Document:

<PAGE>

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.36

                             DEFINITIVE AGREEMENT

                                    between

                   CELLCO PARTNERSHIP d/b/a VERIZON WIRELESS

                                      and

                           LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

                             Dated March 16, 2001

Verizon Wireless Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER. OMITTED
INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                             DEFINITIVE AGREEMENT

                               Table of Contents

ARTICLE 1

AGREEMENT TO PURCHASE

         1.1               SCOPE OF AGREEMENT
         1.2               COMMITMENTS
         1.3               TERM OF AGREEMENT
         1.4               SUPERSEDED AGREEMENTS
         1.5               EXCLUSIVE MARKET RIGHTS

ARTICLE 2

DEFINITIONS

ARTICLE 3

ORDERS

         3.1               ORDERS
         3.2               VARIATION IN QUANTITY
         3.3               CANCELLATION OF ORDER
         3.4               PURCHASE ORDER TERMS
         3.5               CHANGE ORDER
         3.6               PURCHASER ADVICE
         3.7               ELECTRONIC DATA INTERCHANGE

ARTICLE 4

SUPPLIER COMPREHENSIVE RESPONSIBILITIES FOR OVERALL PERFORMANCE

ARTICLE 5

ASSIGNMENT

         5.1               ASSIGNMENT BY PURCHASER
         5.2               ASSIGNMENT BY SUPPLIER
         5.3               SUBCONTRACTING

ARTICLE 6

DOCUMENTATION, SUPPLIER'S SPECIFICATIONS, INFORMATION, RECORDKEEPING AND
DISCLOSURE

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page ii
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

         6.1               DOCUMENTATION
         6.2               SUPPLIER'S SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS
         6.3               PERIODIC REPORTS
         6.4               RECORDS AND AUDITS
         6.4.1             BILLING RECORDS
         6.4.2             OTHER RECORDS
         6.5               COMPATIBILITY INFORMATION
         6.6               NETWORK INTERCONNECTION INFORMATION
         6.7               DISCLOSURE OF POTENTIAL OR ACTUAL DEFECTS
         6.8               DISCLOSURE
         6.9               FEATURE AVAILABILITY

ARTICLE 7

PRICES AND TERMS OF PAYMENT

         7.1               PRICES
         7.1.1             INCREASE DURING TERM
         7.1.2             CONTINUOUS IMPROVEMENTS
         7.1.3             REPLACEMENT AND ENHANCED TECHNOLOGY
         7.1.3.1           REPLACEMENT TECHNOLOGY
         7.1.3.2           ENHANCED TECHNOLOGY
         7.1.4             NEW TECHNOLOGY ADDITIONS
         7.2               FIRM PRICE QUOTE
         7.2.1             EXCLUSIONS
         7.3               MOST PREFERRED CUSTOMER
         7.4               TERMS OF PAYMENT
         7.4.1             INVOICES FOR PRODUCTS
         7.4.2             INVOICES FOR SERVICES
         7.4.3             LATE PAYMENT CHARGES
         7.4.4             DISTINGUISH PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE
         7.4.5             INVOICING

ARTICLE 8

TITLE, TRANSPORTATION AND OPERATING EFFICIENCIES

         8.1               TITLE AND RISK OF LOSS
         8.2               TRANSPORTATION
         8.3               FORECASTING AND OPERATING EFFICIENCIES
         8.4               SCHEDULES
         8.4.1             ACCELERATED DELIVERY
         8.5               SHIPPING AND BILLING
         8.6               SHIPPING SCHEDULE
         8.7               NOTICE OF DELAY
         8.8               MARKING AND IDENTIFYING PRODUCTS

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                               Page iii
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

ARTICLE 9

FIRST OFFICE APPLICATION PARTNERSHIP

ARTICLE 10

QUALITY ASSURANCE

         10.1              QUALITY COMMITMENT
         10.2              QUALITY SYSTEM
         10.3              QUALITY PERFORMANCE REPORTING
         10.3.1            REGULAR DATA REPORTS
         10.3.2            ADDITIONAL REPORTS
         10.3.3            ADDRESSES
         10.4              PRODUCT TESTING
         10.5              QUALITY SURVEILLANCE
         10.6              COMPLAINTS
         10.6.1            SUPPLIER QUALITY COMPLAINTS
         10.7              QUALITY IMPROVEMENT PLAN

ARTICLE 11

TECHNICAL AND ENGINEERING ISSUES

         11.1              CONTROLLED INTRODUCTION
         11.2              PRODUCT CHANGE NOTICES (PCNs)
         11.2.1            PRODUCT CHANGE NOTIFICATION ("PCN") CLASSIFICATION
         11.2.1.1          PCN REQUIREMENTS
         11.2.2            PCN NOTIFICATION
         11.2.2.1          PCN NOTICE INFORMATION
         11.2.3            CLASS A DESIGNATION GUIDELINES
         11.2.4            CLASS B DESIGNATION GUIDELINES

ARTICLE 12

TECHNICAL SUPPORT

ARTICLE 13

ACCEPTANCE

ARTICLE 14

WARRANTIES

         14.1              WARRANTY OF TITLE
         14.1.1            QUIET ENJOYMENT

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page iv
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

         14.2              HARDWARE WARRANTY
         14.2.1            COMMENCEMENT OF HARDWARE WARRANTY
         14.2.1.2          PRESERVATION OF ACCEPTANCE RIGHTS
         14.2.2            HARDWARE WARRANTY PROCEDURES
         14.2.3            WARRANTY EXCLUSIONS
         14.3              SOFTWARE WARRANTY
         14.3.1            COMMENCEMENT OF SOFTWARE WARRANTY
         14.3.1.1          PRESERVATION OF ACCEPTANCE RIGHTS
         14.3.2            SOFTWARE WARRANTY PROCEDURES
         14.3.3            TRANSPORTATION EXPENSES
         14.3.4            SUPPLIER'S OBLIGATIONS
         14.3.5            NO TROUBLE FOUND
         14.3.6            DISCLOSURE OF SOFTWARE DEFECTS
         14.3.7            SOFTWARE WARRANTY EXCLUSIONS
         14.4              SERVICES WARRANTY
         14.5              SYSTEM COMPATIBILITY WARRANTY
         14.6              CONFIGURATION WARRANTY
         14.7              SURVIVAL
         14.8              WARRANTY PERIOD
         14.8.1            HARDWARE
         14.8.2            SOFTWARE
         14.9              ILLICIT CODE
         14.10             LIMITATION OF WARRANTIES

ARTICLE 15

SOFTWARE

         15.1              RIGHTS IN SOFTWARE
         15.2              PURCHASER REQUESTED FEATURES
         15.3              RE-COMMISSIONED SOFTWARE

ARTICLE 16

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY - GENERAL OBLIGATIONS

         16.1              INFRINGEMENT OF PATENTS, COPYRIGHTS & TRADEMARKS
         16.2              INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS
         16.3              RIGHTS TO INNOVATIONS AND INVENTIONS
         16.3.1            PROSECUTION OF PATENTS
         16.4              LICENSES
         16.5              IDENTIFICATION
         16.6              INSIGNIA
         16.7              PUBLICITY
         16.8              USE OF PURCHASER'S INFORMATION
         16.9              USE OF SUPPLIER'S INFORMATION

ARTICLE 17

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                 Page v
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

EXTRAORDINARY SUPPORT

ARTICLE 18

PERFORMANCE REMEDIES

         18.1              SYSTEM PERFORMANCE FUND
         18.2              SERVICE OUTAGE
         18.3              NETWORK ELEMENT ACCESS
         18.4              SERVICE OUTAGE EXCLUSIONS

ARTICLE 19

DEFAULT AND TERMINATION

         19.1              FULL USE OF REMEDIES
         19.1.1            COMMITMENT SHORTFALL
         19.2              SUPPLIER DEFAULT AND TERMINATION BY PURCHASER
         19.3              PURCHASER DEFAULT AND TERMINATION BY SUPPLIER
         19.4              PURCHASER'S RIGHT TO PRODUCT AND PARTIALLY
                           COMPLETED PRODUCT UPON TERMINATION
         19.5              TERMINATION FOR INSOLVENCY, BANKRUPTCY, ASSIGNMENT,
                           EXPROPRIATION AND/OR LIQUIDATION
         19.6              TRANSFER OF CONTROL
         19.7              ABILITY TO PERFORM

ARTICLE 20

SUPPLIER'S CONTINUING OBLIGATIONS

         20.1              INDEPENDENT OBLIGATION OF SUPPLIER TO CONTINUE
                           PERFORMANCE
         20.2              POST TERMINATION /NON-RENEWAL
         20.3              CONTINUING AVAILABILITY

ARTICLE 21

INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE

         21.1              INDEMNIFICATION
         21.2              INSURANCE
         21.3              LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

ARTICLE 22

IMPLEADER

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page vi
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

ARTICLE 23

WORK PERFORMED ON PURCHASER PREMISES

         23.1              CLEAN UP
         23.2              HARMONY
         23.3              PLANT AND WORK RULES
         23.4              RIGHT OF ACCESS
         23.5              TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
         23.6              WORK HEREUNDER
         23.7              IDENTIFICATION CREDENTIALS

ARTICLE 24

ENVIRONMENTAL AND SAFETY

         24.1              ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE
         24.1.1            SUPPLIER ENVIRONMENTAL WARRANTY
         24.1.2            PERFORMANCE
         24.1.3            SUPPLIER'S CERTIFICATION AND INDEMNIFICATION
         24.1.4            LICENSES AND PERMITS
         24.1.5            SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND MANAGEMENT PRACTICES
         24.2              HAZARDOUS CHEMICAL INFORMATION
         24.2.1            HAZARDOUS MATERIALS COMPLIANCE PROVISION
         24.3              OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ACT (O.S.H.A)

ARTICLE 25

TRAINING

ARTICLE 26

CONSULTING

ARTICLE 27

GENERAL PROVISIONS

         27.1              SEVERABILITY
         27.2              CHOICE OF LAW
         27.3              COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS
         27.4              COMPLIANCE WITH FEDERAL RULES
         27.4.1            RADIO FREQUENCY ENERGY STANDARDS
         27.4.2            REGISTRATION
         27.5              MINORITY AND WOMEN-OWNED BUSINESS ENTERPRISES
         27.6              EXPORT CONTROL
         27.7              TAXES

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                               Page vii
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

         27.8              REGULATORY ASSISTANCE
         27.9              SURVIVAL
         27.10             NON-WAIVER
         27.11             NOTICES
         27.12             FORCE MAJEURE
         27.13             RELEASES VOID
         27.14             SECTION HEADINGS

ARTICLE 28

ALTERNATE DISPUTE RESOLUTION

         28.1              REFERRAL
         28.2              THIRD PARTY ENGINEER
         28.3              MEDIATION

ARTICLE 29

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                              Page viii
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                              DEFINITIVE AGREEMENT

This agreement ("Agreement") is entered into this ____ day of March, 2001 by and
among Cellco Partnership d/b/a Verizon Wireless, a Delaware general partnership
with offices at 180 Washington Valley Road, Bedminster, New Jersey 07921
(hereinafter referred to as "PURCHASER") on behalf of itself and for the benefit
of its AFFILIATES, and Lucent Technologies Inc., a Delaware corporation with
offices at 5 Penn Plaza, New York, New York 10001 (hereinafter referred to as
"SUPPLIER").

Whereas, Verizon Wireless is the partnership between Vodafone AirTouch and
Verizon Communications Inc., formed through the merger and restructuring of
several entities, including Cellco Partnership, Southwestco Wireless, L.P.
(collectively referred to as "BAM"), AirTouch Cellular, AirTouch Communications,
Inc. (collectively referred to as "AirTouch"), PCS PrimeCo, L.P. ("PrimeCo") and
GTE Communication Systems Corporation ("GTE"),

Whereas, prior to such merger and restructuring, each of BAM, AirTouch, PrimeCo
and GTE had entered into a principle purchase agreement under which each
purchased hardware, software and services for their wireless communications
systems from Lucent; such purchase agreements are identified in Section 1.4
hereof;

Whereas, Verizon Wireless and Lucent entered into a Letter of Limited Engagement
dated August 9, 2000 and an Interim Agreement dated August 2000 ("Interim
Agreement") and agreed, among other things, that the former BAM, AirTouch,
PrimeCo and GTE markets would purchase hardware, software and services from
Lucent under the terms of the Interim Agreement until such time as the
Definitive Agreement is in place between the parties;

Whereas, Verizon Wireless and Lucent have herein reached agreement on the terms
and conditions of the Definitive Agreement, identified herein;

Whereas, in addition to the hardware, software and services covered as of the
date of execution, the parties intend to extend this Definitive Agreement to
encompass the provision of all other hardware, software and services between the
parties no later than December 31, 2001.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and conditions set forth
herein, and intending to be legally bound, the parties agree as follows:

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page ix
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE 1

                              Agreement to Purchase

1.1      SCOPE OF AGREEMENT

This AGREEMENT sets forth the terms and conditions pursuant to which PURCHASER
commits to purchase and SUPPLIER agrees to supply the PRODUCTS, LICENSED
MATERIALS and SERVICES herein at the prices set forth in Appendix A, for
deployment and use in the TERRITORY.

1.2      COMMITMENTS

PURCHASER commits to purchase, and SUPPLIER commits to provide five billion
dollars ($5,000,000,000.00) of SUPPLIER'S PRODUCTS, LICENSED MATERIALS and
SERVICES as ordered by PURCHASER during the three (3) year term of this
AGREEMENT, each party's commitment subject to the other's continued performance
in compliance with the requirements of the AGREEMENT. PURCHASER'S total dollar
volume purchase commitment shall be satisfied by uncancelled ORDERS for minimum
annual purchases of one and one-half billion dollars ($1,500,000,000.00) per
year for calendar years 2001 and 2002, with any remainder to be purchased by
December 31, 2003. Such ORDERS shall be placed in accord with the level
described in Appendix A2.a.1, which shall be effective with respect to ORDERS
placed on or after March 1, 2001, and at the net price offered on May 1, 2000
for ORDERS placed between January 1, 2001 and February 28, 2001.

In the event that PURCHASER exceeds * in purchases at any time during the term
of the AGREEMENT, SUPPLIER shall, upon providing immediate notice to PURCHASER,
extend the discounts and price described in Appendix A2.a.2 that correspond to
the * commitment level to ORDERS places in excess of * for the remainder of the
term of this AGREEMENT. In the event PURCHASER exceeds * in purchases at any
time during the term of this AGREEMENT, SUPPLIER shall, upon providing
immediate notice to PURCHASER, extend the discounts and prices described in
Appendix A2.a.3 that correspond to the * commitment level to ORDERS placed in
excess of * for the remainder of the term of this AGREEMENT. If at any time
during the term of this AGREEMENT PURCHASER notifies SUPPLIER of its intent to
raise its commitment to a higher level, and such higher level commitment is
supported by reasonably accurate forecast information, the parties shall
implement the discounts and prices corresponding to the level of the increased
dollar volume commitment effective on the date of the amendment or as otherwise
mutually agreed for the remainder of the term of this AGREEMENT.

In addition, SUPPLIER commits to provide cash payments totaling * to PURCHASER
on the following schedule, subject to PURCHASER'S continued performance in
compliance with the requirements of this AGREEMENT:

1)   * on or (at SUPPLIER'S discretion) before October 31, 2001;
2)   * on or (at SUPPLIER'S discretion) before October 31, 2002; and
3)   * on or (at SUPPLIER'S discretion) before October 31, 2003, or on such
     date as the parties otherwise agree.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                 Page 1
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

1.3      TERM OF AGREEMENT

This AGREEMENT shall be effective as of January 1, 2001 and shall continue in
effect until December 31, 2003.

1.4      SUPERSEDED AGREEMENTS

The following agreements, including amendments and (to the extent not separately
and currently in use) supplemental agreements, are hereby superseded by this
AGREEMENT:

     PCS Infrastructure Purchase and Sale Agreement between PCS PrimeCo, L.P.
     and AT&T Corporation, dated November 10, 1995 ("PrimeCo Agreement");

     Cellular Infrastructure Purchase and Sale Agreement between WMC Partners,
     L.P. and Lucent Technologies Inc., dated August 23, 1996 ("Air Touch
     Agreement");

     General Sales Agreement between Western Electric Company, Inc. and Advanced
     Mobile Phone Service, Inc., dated May 16, 1983 ("Bell Atlantic Agreement");
     and

     Agreement for Purchase and Sale of Cellular Equipment, Software and Related
     Services between GTE Wireless Service Corporation and Lucent Technologies
     Inc., dated October 1, 1999 ("GTE Agreement") (superseded as to all
     purchases made by PURCHASER and its AFFILIATES).

Such agreements are hereby terminated, except the GTE Agreement which is
superseded as described above. The non-pricing terms and conditions of this
AGREEMENT, excluding Article 1, apply to all purchases made under the Interim
Agreement between Verizon Wireless and Lucent Technologies Inc., originally
effective in August 2000. The Interim Agreement is hereby terminated.

Section 7.3 of this AGREEMENT also supersedes Sections 2(b) and 2(c) of the
Settlement Agreement between Bell Atlantic Corporation, Bell Atlantic Mobile
Systems, Inc., NYNEX Corporation, NYNEX Mobile Communications Company and AT&T
Corporation ("Settlement Agreement") for the duration of this AGREEMENT. The
parties further agree to take reasonable action and cooperate as necessary to
supersede the sections of the Settlement Agreement described above, including
but not limited to making appropriate court filings. The parties agree to
discuss the extent to which any other Sections or Appendices of this AGREEMENT
supersede other sections of the Settlement Agreement.

1.5      EXCLUSIVE MARKET RIGHTS

As originally described in the PrimeCo Agreement, from and after the EFFECTIVE
DATE, until December 31, 2002, PURCHASER shall exclusively purchase DELIVERABLES
from SUPPLIER in the following MTAs (formerly known as the PrimeCo markets):
Chicago, Richmond, Houston, Milwaukee, Dallas, Austin/San Antonio, New Orleans,
Jacksonville, Tampa/Orlando and Miami. As used in this Section, DELIVERABLES
refers to certain goods, material, equipment (including network infrastructure)
or components thereof, including drawings, documents and manuals as well as
services and software, which may be manufactured, produced or performed by
SUPPLIER or procured by SUPPLIER for incorporation in the MTAs described above.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                 Page 2
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE 2

                                   Definitions

2.1      ACCEPTANCE

ACCEPTANCE shall occur in accordance with Article 13 hereof, entitled
ACCEPTANCE.

2.2      AFFILIATE(S)

Shall mean, at any time, and with respect to any U.S. domestic corporation,
partnership, person or other entity that is primarily engaged in the provision
of wireless services and that at such time both (i) directly or indirectly
through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under
common control with, such first corporation, partnership, person or other
entity; and (ii) either beneficially owns or holds, directly or indirectly, ten
percent (10%) or more of any class of voting or equity interests of the first
corporation, partnership, person or other entity, or is a corporation,
partnership, person or other entity of which the first corporation, partnership,
person or other entity beneficially owns or holds, in the aggregate, directly or
indirectly, ten percent (10%) or more of any class of voting or equity interests
in it. As used in this definition, "control" means the possession, directly or
indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management,
operations or policies of a corporation, partnership, person or other entity
whether through the ownership of voting securities, or by contract or otherwise.

PURCHASER will place ORDERS on behalf of AFFILIATES, which will not place ORDERS
directly. At SUPPLIER'S request, PURCHASER will verify the status of any company
seeking rights under this AGREEMENT as an AFFILIATE. In the event that PURCHASER
desires to have an AFFILIATE place ORDERS directly to SUPPLIER. PURCHASER shall
notify SUPPLIER of the identity of that AFFILIATE. Such AFFILIATE shall be
entitled to place ORDERS, provided that the AFFILIATE shall agree not to
purchase from SUPPLIER under any other agreement.

2.3      ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT

Shall mean equipment manufactured by an entity other than SUPPLIER and provided
through SUPPLIER or provided by PURCHASER, as appropriate, to implement the
SYSTEM (e.g., antennas, power supplies, coaxial cable, microwave, channel banks,
etc.). Equipment shall not be deemed ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT, however, where the
equipment is integrated into a Network Element by SUPPLIER during the
manufacturing process.

2.4      APPLICATION SOFTWARE

Shall refer to all SOFTWARE other than OPERATIONAL SOFTWARE. Examples of
APPLICATION SOFTWARE include language translators, assemblers, compilers,
service programs (including data set utilities, sort/merge utilities and
emulators), data management systems and application programs.

2.5      CDPD

Means cellular digital packet data.

2.6      CELL SITE

Means a system of radio transceivers and radio control, antenna and other
miscellaneous equipment used to send to and receive from mobile telephones and
other wireless terminals the radio signals necessary to the provision of
wireless telecommunications service. CELL SITES are interconnected with MSC

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                 Page 3
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

equipment, and may be connected to public switched telephone networks, through
transmission facilities which normally are obtained from local telephone
companies, and, in any case, unless expressly provided herein, are not offered
under this AGREEMENT.

2.7      CHANGE ORDER

Shall have the meaning described in Appendix S hereof, entitled CHANGE ORDER
PROCESS.

2.8      DAY

Unless indicated otherwise, all references to "day" or "days" in this AGREEMENT
and all Appendices thereto are to calendar days.

2.9      DOCUMENTATION

Shall mean any and all written materials, drawings, and specifications, other
than SUPPLIER'S internal process documentation, required for or incident to
PURCHASER'S use and operation of the PRODUCTS, including but not limited to,
full descriptions of planning, use, test, maintenance, analysis, repair,
training, operation, and PURCHASER ACCEPTANCE testing of the PRODUCTS, together
with any and all modifications, revisions, additions, improvements or
enhancements to the above.

2.10     ENGINEERING SERVICES

Shall mean any maintenance, repair, design, HARDWARE and SOFTWARE support
SERVICES performed by SUPPLIER hereunder.

2.11     FCC

Shall mean the agency of the United States government charged with licensing
cellular systems, currently the Federal Communications Commission, or its
successor agency.

2.12     FIRMWARE

Shall refer to SOFTWARE in object code form that is embedded in HARDWARE such
as, by example and not limitation: ROM (Read Only Memory); PROM (Programmable
Read Only Memory); or other similar storage media.

2.13     FOA

Shall mean any test or technology trial of HARDWARE or SOFTWARE covered in
Article 9 hereof, occurring in a commercial network environment.

2.14     FVA

Shall mean First Verizon Wireless Application as described in Article 13 hereof,
entitled ACCEPTANCE.

2.15     HARDWARE

Shall mean the SUPPLIER'S hardware (including the Firmware licensed to PURCHASER
when such Firmware is in the hardware), additions, extensions, components,
supplies, test equipment, apparatus and parts, as specified in this Agreement or
in an Order, including, without limitation, those set forth or otherwise
identified in Appendix A hereto, entitled PRICES and all other Appendices to
this Agreement.

2.16     INITIAL SYSTEM

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                 Page 4
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

Means a Network Wireless System for one or more franchise areas furnished under
this AGREEMENT, which such areas, prior to such furnishing hereunder, were not
served by wireless telecommunications equipment purchased from SUPPLIER.

2.17     INSTALLATION SERVICES

Shall mean warehousing, delivery, staging, installation, commissioning,
ACCEPTANCE testing and SUPPLIER program management services provided by SUPPLIER
hereunder resulting in fully operational PRODUCT.

2.18     LICENSED MATERIALS

Shall mean the SOFTWARE and RELATED DOCUMENTATION, including the firmware or
internal code fixed in, or otherwise incident to, the HARDWARE and for which
licenses are granted by SUPPLIER under this Agreement.

2.19     MDBS

Means a mobile data base station, which is typically installed in and may be
connected to traditional cellular equipment at CELL SITES, and which is used to
provide CDPD services.

2.20     MDIS

Means a mobile data intermediate system, which is utilized to provide switching
and routing functions for CDPD traffic to, from and among MDBSs, thereby
facilitating delivery of data packets to either fixed end systems or mobile end
user systems.

2.21     MSC

Means a mobile switching center. MSCs are interconnected with public switched
telephone networks through transmission facilities which normally are obtained
from local telephone companies, and, in any case, unless otherwise expressly
provided in writing are not offered under this AGREEMENT.

2.22     MTA

Shall mean Major Trading Area, a geographic area designated by the Federal
Communications Commission for the purpose of granting authorizations to
construct and operate PCS networks, or any analogous area in the TERRITORY.

2.23     NETWORK

Means a combination of interconnected, integrated telecommunications equipment
owned, operated, licensed or leased by PURCHASER or its AFFILIATES, into which
the SUPPLIER'S PRODUCTS will be integrated, interoperating concurrently and as a
whole for the purpose of transmitting, switching and receiving signals,
containing voice messages and data, by electromagnetic (i.e. through the air)
means.

2.24     NETWORK ELEMENTS

Means entities defined by the functionality of the functional groups they
contain and by their interfaces. For example, NETWORK ELEMENTS refer to the
components of a SYSTEM, including the MSC, Executive Cellular Processor, Base
Transceiver Subsystem and Home Location Register.

2.25     NEW MARKET SYSTEM

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                 Page 5
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

Shall mean a cellular SYSTEM purchased by PURCHASER from SUPPLIER under this
AGREEMENT for deployment in a market where: (i) PURCHASER does not have an
existing cellular SYSTEM; or (ii) PURCHASER is replacing an incumbent vendor's
equipment in its entirety with a SUPPLIER-supplied cellular SYSTEM; or (iii)
PURCHASER is adding a SUPPLIER-supplied cellular SYSTEM to an existing market
where no SUPPLIER-supplied cellular SYSTEM is presently in service.

2.26     OPERATIONAL SOFTWARE

Shall refer to that part of a computer program that is fundamental and necessary
to the functioning of a computer (i.e., the basic operating system and/or
control program elements of the system). Operational software controls the
allocation of all system resources including the central processing unit, main
storage, selection, assignment and control of input/output devices and
processing programs.

2.27     PRODUCT(S)

Shall mean any or all HARDWARE, LICENSED MATERIALS or DOCUMENTATION provided or
furnished by SUPPLIER, including, without limitation, those set forth or
otherwise identified in Appendix A hereto, entitled Prices, Appendix H hereto,
entitled Documentation, and all other Appendices to this Agreement.

2.28     PURCHASER'S DESIGNEE

Shall include, but not be limited to SUPPLIER'S marshalling centers, warehouses
and other facilities specified by PURCHASER as the place of delivery.

2.29     RELATED DOCUMENTATION

Shall mean materials useful in connection with software such as, but not limited
to, flowcharts, logic diagrams and listings, program descriptions and
specifications.

2.30     SERVICES

Shall mean the technical support, emergency technical assistance, training, and
other related services associated with the SYSTEM, or any SUPPLIER'S PRODUCT
which may be ordered hereunder, including, without limitation, those set forth
or otherwise identified the Appendices to this Agreement.

2.31     SOFTWARE

Shall mean on whatever media provided, a program, or programs, including switch
operating systems and network management systems, and firmware or internal code
fixed in or otherwise incident to the Hardware, consisting of machine readable
logical instructions and tables of information, supplied in object code form,
including, without limitation, those set forth or otherwise identified in
Appendix A hereto, entitled PRICES, and all other Appendices to this Agreement,
which guide the functioning of a processor. Such programs include, but are not
limited to, control programs, application programs, operating system programs,
base-feature programs, optional-feature programs, and programs related to the
operation, administration and/or support of HARDWARE, including all feature
releases/upgrades, patches, fixes, corrections, enhancements, improvements and
updates relating to such programs. SOFTWARE as used in this Agreement does not
include SOURCE CODE.

2.32     SOURCE CODE

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                 Page 6
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

Shall mean a computer program in the form of high-level language that generally
is not directly executable by a processor, and shall include programmer's
comments.

2.33     SPECIFICATIONS

Shall mean those specific requirements and detailed specifications set forth in
the SUPPLIER'S specifications and as agreed to in the text of this Agreement or
as set forth in the Appendices to this AGREEMENT.

2.34     SUBSCRIBER

Shall mean a person with a handset who uses a SYSTEM or any portion thereof and
whose use entitles PURCHASER to revenue and who use is authorized by PURCHASER.

2.35     SYSTEM

Shall mean all components of SUPPLIER'S PRODUCT(S), purchased hereunder,
functioning together, performing and interoperating as a fully integrated and
efficient whole with itself and with other SUPPLIER-provided switching,
transport, transmission elements, other facilities and equipment in the
PURCHASER network, in accordance with the requirements and specifications
incident to this Agreement or any Order(S) issued pursuant to this Agreement,
including, without limitation, those set forth or otherwise identified in
Appendix A hereto, entitled Prices and all other Appendices to this Agreement.

2.36     SYSTEM EXPANSION

Shall mean all NETWORK ELEMENTS, ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT, support SERVICES and
related SOFTWARE or other PRODUCT purchased and/or licensed hereunder for adding
to or expanding a SYSTEM, including new or added SOFTWARE features after initial
SYSTEM ACCEPTANCE.

2.37     TERRITORY

Shall mean the District of Columbia and the fifty (50) states of the United
States of America.

2.38     THIRD PARTY ENGINEER

Shall mean a neutral engineering expert appointed by agreement of the parties
and charged with resolving certain differences between the parties as more
specifically defined in Section 28.2 hereof, entitled THIRD PARTY ENGINEER.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                 Page 7
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE 3

                                     Orders

3.1      ORDERS

Any written order or statement of work ("Order") issued by PURCHASER or its
AFFILIATE(S) for PRODUCT and SERVICES which reference or are placed at the
discounts and/or prices provided under this Agreement, shall be deemed to be
placed under and incorporate the terms and conditions of this Agreement. The
modification or termination of this AGREEMENT shall not affect the rights or
obligations of either party under any ORDER accepted by SUPPLIER before the
effective date of the modification or termination.

An ORDER for the purchase of PRODUCT and SERVICES shall be written on
PURCHASER'S purchase order form and shall contain the following:

     1.   The incorporation by reference of this Agreement, except that
          PURCHASER'S failure to specifically incorporate or identify the number
          of this Agreement on any Order shall in no manner affect the
          applicability of these terms and conditions;

     2.   A complete list of the PRODUCT and SERVICES to be purchased specifying
          quantity, type, model, feature, description and purchase price, or, if
          applicable, a completed SUPPLIER-provided questionnaire;

     3.   The locations at which the PRODUCT and SERVICES will be delivered or
          installed and to which invoices shall be forwarded;

     4.   The dates by which the PRODUCT and SERVICES are: (a) to be shipped or
          performed; and (b) installed or completed and ready for use;

     5.   Any other special terms and conditions agreed upon by the parties.

ORDERS placed for PRODUCT and SERVICES which are consistent with the terms and
conditions of this Agreement, shall be deemed accepted by SUPPLIER unless
written notice to the contrary is received by PURCHASER or its AFFILIATE(S)
within ten (10) business days of SUPPLIER'S receipt of Order.

ORDERS under this Agreement may from time to time be sent to SUPPLIER by any of
PURCHASER'S present or future AFFILIATES as are identified in accordance with
Section 2.2 hereof, entitled AFFILIATES.

     SUPPLIER shall accept PURCHASER'S OrderS on any of the following bases:

     1.   Standard interval OrderS for PRODUCT and/or SERVICES in accordance
          with prices and ordering intervals contained herein, or where such
          prices do not exist, then at prices agreed to by PURCHASER and
          SUPPLIER; or

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                 Page 8
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

     2.   Short interval OrderS for PRODUCT and/or SERVICES required in less
          than standard intervals at prices and intervals agreed to by PURCHASER
          and SUPPLIER; or

     3.   Accepted Firm Price Quote (FPQ), in accordance with Section 7.2
          hereof, entitled FIRM PRICE QUOTE.

If SUPPLIER is unable to accept any Order or change to an Order, SUPPLIER shall
provide PURCHASER and/or its AFFILIATES with a written, verbal or electronic
notice of non-acceptance within ten (10) days of receipt of the Order.
SUPPLIER'S notice of non-acceptance shall state the modifications consistent
with the terms of this Agreement necessary to make it acceptable. The proposed
modifications shall not be binding upon PURCHASER until accepted by PURCHASER in
writing. Pre-printed provisions on the reverse or front of OrderS or SUPPLIER
acknowledgment thereof shall be deemed deleted.

PURCHASER and its AFFILIATES shall have the right to change the locations at
which the PRODUCT and SERVICES will be delivered or installed and/or to which
invoices shall be forwarded at least three (3) days prior to shipment at no
additional cost to PURCHASER and/or its AFFILIATES. SUPPLIER shall accept such
changes and forward a written acknowledgment of such changes to PURCHASER or its
AFFILIATE.

3.2      VARIATION IN QUANTITY

PURCHASER assumes no liability for any PRODUCT produced or processed in excess
of the amount specified in an Order issued pursuant to this AGREEMENT.

3.3      CANCELLATION OF ORDER

PURCHASER may at any time, and upon written notice to SUPPLIER, terminate any or
all ORDERS placed by it hereunder, except with respect to PRODUCT which has been
shipped or SERVICES which have already been performed. Unless otherwise
specified herein, PURCHASER 'S liability to SUPPLIER with respect to such
terminated ORDERS shall be limited to (i) SUPPLIER'S purchase price of all
components not usable in SUPPLIER'S other operations or salable to SUPPLIER'S
other customers; (ii) the actual costs incurred by SUPPLIER in procuring and
manufacturing PRODUCT not usable in SUPPLIER'S other operations or salable to
SUPPLIER'S other customers in process at the date of giving notice of
termination, less any salvage value thereof; and (iii) actual engineering and
installation costs incurred by SUPPLIER in providing SERVICES hereunder. If
requested, SUPPLIER agrees to identify such costs to PURCHASER in reasonable
detail. Termination charges shall not be applicable to cancellations resulting
from SUPPLIER'S default.

Notwithstanding the above, PURCHASER may notify SUPPLIER to put a hold on any
ORDER placed hereunder for a period not to exceed forty-five (45) days or such
longer period as may be mutually agreed between the parties. All work under such
ORDER shall be suspended by SUPPLIER pending termination or reinstatement of the
ORDER. In the event the ORDER is reinstated by PURCHASER, then the ORDER shall
be subject to schedules and such costs as may have been incurred as a result of
the hold notification as mutually agreed. Should the ORDER be subsequently
terminated, termination charges, if any, shall be based upon the date SUPPLIER
receives the hold notification from PURCHASER.

If PURCHASER elects to place a hold on installation services or requests to
change the installation services completion date, SUPPLIER reserves the right to
submit an invoice for any work completed by SUPPLIER prior to the installation
hold or request to change the installation services completion date.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                 Page 9
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

3.4      PURCHASE ORDER TERMS

Whenever the provisions of an Order conflict with the provisions of this
Agreement, the typewritten provisions of the Order which have been placed in
accordance with a proposal or mutually agreed upon by the parties in writing
prior to the ORDER being placed, and which are not pre-printed as part of a form
shall control and take precedence over the conflicting provisions of this
Agreement, but only for purposes of such Order and, except for the conflicting
provisions of such Order, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall not
be deemed to be amended, modified, canceled, or waived. Conflicting pre-printed
provisions on the reverse or front of the forms belonging to either party shall
be deemed deleted.

3.5      CHANGE ORDER

PURCHASER may initiate the CHANGE ORDER process within the scope of this
AGREEMENT or any ORDER issued pursuant to this AGREEMENT, including without
limitation, the addition, deletion or modification of PRODUCT to be furnished or
SERVICES to be performed, in accordance with the process set forth in Appendix S
hereof, entitled CHANGE ORDER PROCESS.

3.6      PURCHASER ADVICE

In the course of performing the WORK and providing the SERVICES, SUPPLIER may
receive advice from PURCHASER concerning results to be achieved and requirements
to be met in the performance of the WORK. SUPPLIER shall comply with any advice
consistent with the terms of this AGREEMENT, but it shall be the responsibility
of SUPPLIER'S representatives and supervisors to give such instructions and
directions as may be necessary or appropriate to ensure that the work
assignments of SUPPLIER'S employees are properly carried out in conformity with
such advice.

3.7      ELECTRONIC DATA INTERCHANGE

At an appropriate time, the parties may mutually agree to a process for handling
ORDERS through an Electronic Data Interchange ("EDI"). Upon such mutual
agreement, the following process may be implemented, PURCHASER shall have the
option of issuing, and SUPPLIER shall accept, ORDERS through EDI. Potential EDI
transactions, at the discretion of PURCHASER, shall include, but not be limited
to, Orders (850), PO Acknowledgment (855), Ship Notice (856), PO Change Order
(860), PO Change Order Acknowledgment (865), Invoice (810), Payment (820), and
Functional Acknowledgments (997), as defined in ASC ANSIX12 Standards. The party
receiving any EDI transaction set other than a Functional Acknowledgment (997)
shall acknowledge the EDI transaction set with a Functional Acknowledgment
(997). Failure of the sending party to receive a Functional Acknowledgment (997)
of its transaction within seventy-two (72) hours, excluding weekends and
holidays, shall require the sending party to determine if the transaction has
been received. If the transaction has not been received, the sending party shall
retransmit the transaction. SUPPLIER shall acknowledge every transaction from
PURCHASER which is an ORDER (850) with a Functional Acknowledgment (997) as
Accepted, Accepted with Errors, or Rejected. A Functional Acknowledgment is an
electronic data transmission or a tangible written document sent from SUPPLIER
to inform PURCHASER that the transaction has been received and that SUPPLIER
accepts, accepts with errors, or rejects, the order. The parties may transmit
tangible written copies of electronically transmitted transactions. Since the
parties are not required to send tangible written copies of electronically
transmitted transactions, the parties agree that the provisions of the Uniform
Commercial Code ss. 2-201, entitled Formal Requirements; Statute of Frauds (62
1/2 Part 1, McKinney U.C.C. 2-201) shall not apply to transactions covered by
this EDI provision, and that copies of the transmitted and received data,
mechanically stored by PURCHASER, shall constitute the sole evidence of the
contents of an EDI transaction.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 10
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE 4

         Supplier Comprehensive Responsibilities for Overall Performance

SUPPLIER represents, warrants and agrees that it has the responsibility, duty
and obligation to provide, perform, and deliver, to the extent set forth herein,
the SYSTEM, PRODUCT and SERVICES, as well as any ancillary services, facilities,
and equipment, set forth in any ORDER(S) issued by PURCHASER and accepted by
SUPPLIER pursuant to this Agreement and further SUPPLIER agrees and
acknowledges:

     1.   that it recognizes that the SYSTEM, PRODUCT and SERVICES which are to
          be provided under this AGREEMENT are vital to PURCHASER and must be
          delivered in full compliance with the scheduled dates and requirements
          set forth in the ORDER(S) and perform in full compliance with the
          SPECIFICATIONS;

     2.   that SUPPLIER has and will maintain an organization staffed by
          qualified personnel, including "key personnel," with the knowledge,
          skill and resources to perform and complete the work; and

     3.   that should SUPPLIER fail in its performance beyond the cures and
          remedies in this AGREEMENT, the cost, and expense required to
          reprocure the SYSTEM, PRODUCT and SERVICES, and the time lost and the
          revenues income and profit jeopardized could be substantial and
          material.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 11
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE 5

                                   Assignment

5.1      ASSIGNMENT BY PURCHASER

PURCHASER shall have the right to assign this Agreement or to assign its rights
and delegate its duties, obligations or commitments under this Agreement, either
in whole or in part, to any of its AFFILIATES, parent, and/or subsidiaries upon
notice to SUPPLIER, unless such an entity will be acting in competition with the
Cellco Partnership.

No assignment pursuant to this clause shall either affect or diminish any rights
or duties that PURCHASER may then have as to PRODUCT ordered by, or SOFTWARE
licensed to, PURCHASER or delivered by SUPPLIER prior to the effective date of
the assignment or as to PRODUCT which is beyond the scope of the assignment.
Upon the acceptance of the assignment and the assumption of the duties under
this AGREEMENT by the assignee, PURCHASER shall be released and discharged, to
the extent of the assignment, from all further duties under this Agreement.

5.2      ASSIGNMENT BY SUPPLIER

SUPPLIER shall not assign any right or interest under this Agreement, or
Order(S) issued pursuant to this AGREEMENT, without the prior written consent of
PURCHASER. Any attempted assignment in contravention of the above provision
shall be void and ineffective.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, SUPPLIER may assign its rights and obligations:
(i) in a situation where a transfer of control has occurred in accordance with
Section 19.6 hereof, entitled TRANSFER OF CONTROL, upon written notice to
PURCHASER; or (ii) in whole to any present or future wholly-owned subsidiary of
SUPPLIER upon written notice to PURCHASER; or (iii) if to a non-wholly-owned
subsidiary or if assigned only in part, then upon PURCHASER'S consent, which
consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, following SUPPLIER'S written notice
to PURCHASER in accordance with Section 27.11 hereof, entitled NOTICES.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, PURCHASER acknowledges that SUPPLIER has
established a separate entity, Avaya Communications ("Avaya"), and has given
Avaya responsibility for selected product lines and divested itself of its
ownership in Avaya. SUPPLIER'S obligations under this AGREEMENT shall be
assignable and delegable in whole or in part without PURCHASER'S consent, to
Avaya, provided that PURCHASER may elect to terminate the assigned portion of
this AGREEMENT. Such assignment or delegation shall release SUPPLIER from any
further obligation or liability for those products, provided that the assignee
assumes all of SUPPLIER'S obligations for those products, including without
limitation terms and conditions no less favorable to PURCHASER than those
contained herein.

Furthermore, SUPPLIER has divested itself of its Power Systems business and has
assigned all responsibility for those products and their ownership to Tyco
International ("Tyco"). SUPPLIER'S obligations and performance due shall be
assigned in whole or in part without PURCHASER'S consent to Tyco, provided that
PURCHASER may elect to terminate the assigned portion of this AGREEMENT. Such
assignment shall release SUPPLIER from any further obligation or liability for
those products,

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 12
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

provided that the assignee assumes all of SUPPLIER'S obligations for those
products, including without limitation terms and conditions no less favorable to
PURCHASER than those contained herein.

SUPPLIER has announced its intention to divest itself of its Microelectronics
Division business and will assign all responsibility for those products and
their ownership to the resulting entities or successors. SUPPLIER'S obligations
and performance due shall be assigned in whole or in part without PURCHASER'S
consent to the resulting entities, provided that PURCHASER may elect to
terminate the assigned portion of this AGREEMENT. Such assignment shall release
SUPPLIER from any further obligation or liability for those products, provided
the assignee assumes all of SUPPLIER'S obligations for those products, including
without limitation terms and conditions no less favorable to PURCHASER than
those contained herein.

Except for the exceptions detailed in the paragraphs above, SUPPLIER shall not
be released and discharged from it duties under this Agreement following an
assignment unless PURCHASER consents to such release and discharge in writing.

Notwithstanding the above, any assignment by SUPPLIER of monies due SUPPLIER
under this Agreement shall be void and ineffective to the extent that: (i)
SUPPLIER shall not have given PURCHASER at least thirty (30) days prior written
notice of such assignment; and (ii) such assignment attempts to limit
PURCHASER'S rights and remedies as to SUPPLIER or its assignee, or to impose
upon PURCHASER obligations to the assignee additional to the payment of such
monies, or to preclude PURCHASER from dealing solely and directly with SUPPLIER
in all matters pertaining to this Agreement, including the negotiation of
amendments or settlements of charges due.

5.3      SUBCONTRACTING

SUPPLIER may subcontract SERVICES provided hereunder, provided that SUPPLIER
shall remain fully responsible for performance of these SERVICES in satisfaction
of this AGREEMENT. If PURCHASER has a concern about a particular subcontractor,
PURCHASER may raise this concern and the parties shall agree on a resolution.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 13
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE 6

      Documentation, Supplier's Specifications, Information, Recordkeeping
                                 and Disclosure

6.1      DOCUMENTATION

SUPPLIER agrees to furnish DOCUMENTATION, and any succeeding changes thereto, in
accordance with Appendix H hereto, entitled Documentation and the terms and
conditions stated within this Agreement, at no additional charge.

PURCHASER shall treat such DOCUMENTATION in accordance with the Agreement
Regarding the Treatment of Lucent Information, a copy of which is attached
hereto as Appendix F.

6.2      SUPPLIER'S SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS

SUPPLIER'S standard commercial and/or technical specifications (including
drawings) or other applicable documentation, relating to the SYSTEM and PRODUCT,
provided hereunder and listed in Appendix H hereto, entitled Documentation,
shall be considered a part of the SPECIFICATIONS.

6.3      PERIODIC REPORTS

SUPPLIER agrees to provide the following reports at no charge to PURCHASER:

         Annual VPP Credit Report
         Quarterly Spend Rate Report
         Quarterly Co-Marketing Credit Report
         Quarterly Training Credit Report
         Quarterly Credit Summary Report

         In addition, SUPPLIER agrees to provide other reports as reasonably
         requested by PURCHASER.

6.4      RECORDS AND VERIFICATIONS

         6.4.1    BILLING RECORDS

         SUPPLIER shall maintain complete and accurate records of all amounts
         charged to and payments made by PURCHASER hereunder in accordance with
         generally accepted accounting practices. SUPPLIER shall retain such
         records for a period of three (3) years from the date of final payment
         for PRODUCT and/or SERVICES covered by this Agreement and ORDERS issued
         hereunder. SUPPLIER agrees to provide reasonable supporting
         documentation concerning any disputed amount of invoice to PURCHASER
         within thirty (30) days after PURCHASER provides written notification
         of the dispute to SUPPLIER.

         SUPPLIER shall provide to PURCHASER, upon request, such records as
         required for the purposes of verification during the term of this
         Agreement and during the respective periods in which SUPPLIER is
         required to maintain such records. Such records shall be utilized in
         determining the accuracy of SUPPLIER'S billing. Records may be kept in
         electronic form.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 14
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

         6.4.2    OTHER RECORDS

         SUPPLIER shall maintain, in accordance with generally accepted
         accounting practices, accurate and complete records as are necessary to
         enable SUPPLIER to demonstrate full compliance with all of the terms
         and conditions of this Agreement. SUPPLIER shall maintain such records
         for a period of six (6) years from the date of the record's creation,
         except as may be specified in any other clause in this AgreemenT.
         SUPPLIER shall provide to PURCHASER, upon request, such records as
         required for the purposes of verification during the term of this
         Agreement and during the respective periods in which SUPPLIER is
         required to maintain such records. Such records shall be utilized in
         determining the accuracy of SUPPLIER'S compliance with all of the terms
         and conditions of this Agreement. Records may be kept in electronic
         form. This paragraph shall not apply to: (i) Section 7.3 hereof,
         entitled MOST PREFERRED CUSTOMER; nor (ii) where such disclosure would
         violate law, provided that, SUPPLIER identifies the legal prohibition.
         SUPPLIER shall not be required to reveal trade secrets or provide
         Source Code to PURCHASER under this Section.

6.5      COMPATIBILITY INFORMATION

Compatibility information is that technical information, including but not
limited to software interfaces, required to design equipment and/or software
which is functionally interconnectable with the PRODUCT supplied by SUPPLIER
hereunder. For a period of five (5) years from the expiration of this AGREEMENT,
SUPPLIER shall supply such compatibility information to PURCHASER within
forty-five (45) days of a request from PURCHASER.

6.6      NETWORK INTERCONNECTION INFORMATION

As used in this section, "Network Interconnection Information" is that
information with regard to SUPPLIER'S PRODUCTS, which PURCHASER is required to
provide to requesting persons, or as to which PURCHASER is required to provide
public notice, pursuant to applicable law and/or government rules, regulations,
or orders, including, but not limited to, 47 USC ss. 251(c)(5) and the rules,
regulations and orders of the Federal Communications Commission, including, but
not limited to, 47 USC ss.ss. 51.305, 51.307, 51.325 through 51.335,
64.702(d)(2), or 68.110(b). PURCHASER and SUPPLIER agree to cooperate with one
another in good faith to establish the specific items of information that
constitute Network Interconnection Information.

SUPPLIER shall make available all necessary Network Interconnection Information
to PURCHASER. Network Interconnection Information shall not be deemed to be
proprietary or confidential information of SUPPLIER or SUPPLIER'S suppliers, and
PURCHASER shall have the right to disclose the Network Interconnection
Information to any person on a non-confidential and non-proprietary basis and
without PURCHASER or the recipient being obligated to make any payment to
SUPPLIER or SUPPLIER'S suppliers in connection with the Network Interconnection
Information.

SUPPLIER agrees to make available one copy of all necessary Network
Interconnection Information to purchaser within thirty (30) days of receipt of a
request.

In the event that SUPPLIER fails to disclose Network Interconnection Information
to purchaser within thirty (30) days after receiving the request, PURCHASER
shall have the right to request a government agency or judicial authority of
appropriate jurisdiction, to determine whether the requested information must be
disclosed.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 15
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

In the event that a person requesting Network Interconnection Information from
PURCHASER challenges before a government agency or a judicial authority the
availability of SUPPLIER Network Interconnection Information, PURCHASER and
SUPPLIER shall reasonably cooperate with one another at their own respective
cost and expense in responding to such challenge.

In the instance where an order from an appropriate government agency or judicial
authority requires the disclosure of any portion of requested Network
Interconnection Information, SUPPLIER shall disclose such Network
Interconnection Information under such terms, conditions and prices as shall
have been directed by the agency or authority, or if terms, conditions and
prices have not been directed by the agency or authority, then pursuant to
terms, conditions and prices which are (a) commercially reasonable, and (b)
permit SUPPLIER to meet its obligations under applicable law and government
rules, regulations and orders.

In the event of SUPPLIER'S failure to disclose Network Interconnection
Information, PURCHASER shall have the right to return to SUPPLIER any PRODUCT
delivered to PURCHASER which PURCHASER is unable to use as a consequence of
SUPPLIER'S failure to disclose Network Interconnection Information. SUPPLIER
shall refund to PURCHASER the purchase price paid by PURCHASER for any such
returned PRODUCTS less reasonable depreciation.

SUPPLIER'S obligations under this section, entitled NETWORK INTERCONNECTION
INFORMATION, shall remain in effect for the term of this Agreement or the term
of the most recent warranty remaining on any PRODUCTS purchased by PURCHASER
under this Agreement, whichever is greater.

6.7      DISCLOSURE OF POTENTIAL OR ACTUAL DEFECTS

SUPPLIER acknowledges and understands the critical importance to PURCHASER of
avoiding network or other service degradation, adverse publicity regarding its
network services, or the deterioration or breach of the security of PURCHASER'S
telecommunications facilities or network. For purposes of this section,
"SUPPLIER'S PRODUCTS" shall mean products or goods, wherever located, which are
manufactured and/or sold by SUPPLIER, including products or goods which are
under development by SUPPLIER or SUPPLIER'S agents or contractors, and which are
the same as or functionally or operationally similar to the PRODUCTS. For
purposes of this section, "Event" shall mean any malfunction of the SUPPLIER'S
PRODUCTS or any failure of the SUPPLIER'S PRODUCTS to conform to the
SPECIFICATIONS, which result in the disruption of network access, or the
services provided by telecommunications facilities to customers of PURCHASER,
SUPPLIER or any other purchaser or user of SUPPLIER'S PRODUCTS for a period of
thirty (30) uninterrupted minutes per occurrence. An Event includes but is not
limited to:

     1.   actual failures or adverse functioning, attributable to the SUPPLIER'S
          PRODUCTS, resulting in the disruption of network access, or the
          services provided by telecommunications facilities, to customers of
          PURCHASER, SUPPLIER or any other purchaser or user of SUPPLIER'S
          PRODUCTS for a period of thirty (30) uninterrupted minutes per
          occurrence;

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 16
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

     2.   potential, suspected, or actual defects in design and/or manufacturing
          of the PRODUCTS which have resulted in any actual malfunctions or
          failures of the SUPPLIER'S PRODUCTS, and which have the potential of
          causing the disruption of network access, or the services provided by
          telecommunications facilities, to customers of PURCHASER, SUPPLIER or
          any other purchaser or user of SUPPLIER'S PRODUCTS for a period of
          thirty (30) uninterrupted minutes per occurrence; and

     3.   defects of the SUPPLIER'S PRODUCTS when used in combination with other
          goods, products or services, whether those of SUPPLIER or others,
          where such combined usage actually does result in failures or adverse
          functioning of the SUPPLIER'S PRODUCTS due to design deficiency which
          cause the disruption of network access, or the services provided by
          telecommunications facilities, to customers of PURCHASER, SUPPLIER or
          any other purchaser or user of SUPPLIER'S PRODUCTS for a period of
          thirty (30) uninterrupted minutes per occurrence.

SUPPLIER agrees to notify PURCHASER within eight (8) hours of SUPPLIER'S first
knowledge of impact on a customer of PURCHASER, for any actual or potential
EVENT meeting the criteria stated herein. Such notification shall include action
taken by SUPPLIER, its agents and contractors and by the owner or user of the
equipment and/or software which are subject to the actual or potential EVENT.
Such action may include recommended measures to be reasonably taken to avoid or
stop the occurrence of the actual or potential Event in the PURCHASER'S
facilities or network. SUPPLIER agrees to be aware of and to compile reports
concerning any actual EVENTS.

Notification shall include a description of the problem, potential customer
impact, status and any immediate action required. After initial notification,
SUPPLIER shall provide PURCHASER within two (2) business days, an electronic or
written notification of: (i) the cause or causes of the defect; (ii) any and all
measures which can be reasonably taken to avoid or stop any occurrence of a
service failure; and (iii) a best effort estimate as to the correction of the
defect. Unless otherwise instructed in writing by PURCHASER, SUPPLIER shall
continue to provide updates relating to an actual or potential event as
contained herein until such time as the actual or potential event has been
resolved or PURCHASER and SUPPLIER agree to the discontinuance of the reporting.

The reporting of an EVENT by SUPPLIER to PURCHASER as provided herein shall not
relieve SUPPLIER of any of its obligation or liabilities under this agreement.

6.8      DISCLOSURE

SUPPLIER represents that it has disclosed, and will continue to disclose, any
issue, element, factor, cause of action, claim or event incident to this
AGREEMENT or the technology upon which the PRODUCT, SERVICES or SYSTEM is based,
which if disclosed would be likely to have or have had a significant adverse
impact upon PURCHASER'S decision to enter into this AGREEMENT or the technology
upon which the PRODUCT, SERVICES or SYSTEM is based.

6.9      FEATURE AVAILABILITY

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 17
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

SUPPLIER shall make features and innovations in architecture or functionality in
the PRODUCT available for delivery to PURCHASER. Upon PURCHASER'S reasonable
request, SUPPLIER will make feature release plans available to PURCHASER for
information and planning purposes only.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 18
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE 7

                           Prices and Terms of Payment

7.1      PRICES

PRODUCTS and SERVICES will be furnished by SUPPLIER in accordance with the
prices stated in the applicable ORDER or in Appendix A hereto, entitled PRICES.
Such prices shall be applicable to OrderS issued to SUPPLIER by PURCHASER at the
location and by the method agreed to by the parties. The prices applicable to an
ORDER shall be those in effect at the time the ORDER is issued. SUPPLIER'S price
list for SOFTWARE in Appendix A must differentiate between operating system
SOFTWARE and applications SOFTWARE according to the FCC-mandated Uniform System
of Accounts, Part 32 of the FCC Rules and Regulations.

     7.1.1    INCREASE DURING TERM

     SUPPLIER shall not, during the effective term of this AGREEMENT, increase
     the Effective Price to PURCHASER ("Effective Price" shall constitute the
     price actually paid by PURCHASER after applicable discounts) for any
     PRODUCT or SERVICES specified in Appendix A hereof, entitled PRICES. For
     the elements included in a price guide, if list prices decrease, PURCHASER
     will receive the benefit of the decrease in list prices. However, should
     the list prices for the elements included in a price guide increase.
     SUPPLIER, at its sole discretion, will either increase PURCHASER'S discount
     levels or re-establish the list price at the former level such that the
     Effective Price to PURCHASER remains the same.

     7.1.2    CONTINUOUS IMPROVEMENTS

     SUPPLIER and PURCHASER shall continue to identify areas for (i):
     SUPPLIER'S continuous improvement in cost, quality, and service over
     the term of this AGREEMENT; and (ii) PURCHASER'S process improvements.
     SUPPLIER shall afford PURCHASER the ability to realize the benefit of
     such improvements, including price reductions to the extent the parties
     mutually agree. Furthermore, a list of continuous improvement
     initiatives shall be created by the parties. SUPPLIER and PURCHASER
     will meet at least once every three months, or as mutually agreed, to
     assess opportunities to implement potential continuous improvement
     initiatives, such initiatives to be mutually agreed to by the parties.

     7.1.3    REPLACEMENT AND ENHANCED TECHNOLOGY

     PURCHASER and SUPPLIER recognize that SUPPLIER may develop and market
     PRODUCTS that are designed either (i) to replace the PRODUCTS provided
     for in this AGREEMENT with PRODUCTS offering the same or comparable
     features and functionality ("REPLACEMENT TECHNOLOGY") or (ii) to
     enhance PRODUCTS provided for in this AGREEMENT, by providing
     additional features and functionality ("ENHANCED TECHNOLOGY"). Such
     PRODUCTS shall be offered for sale by SUPPLIER to PURCHASER in
     accordance with the following conditions:

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 19
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

         7.1.3.1    REPLACEMENT TECHNOLOGY

         SUPPLIER agrees to include REPLACEMENT TECHNOLOGY as part of its
         PRODUCT offerings within the terms provided for in this AGREEMENT at a
         price no greater than the pricing for PRODUCT stated within this
         AGREEMENT subject to the following:

               1. The provision of REPLACEMENT TECHNOLOGY shall not relieve
                  SUPPLIER of any obligations contained herein with respect to
                  PRODUCT.

               2. REPLACEMENT TECHNOLOGY shall be priced at the same or lower
                  price for the same or comparable features and functionality as
                  the replacement PRODUCT.

               3. All such proposed changes to Appendix A hereto, entitled
                  PRICES, shall be subject to PURCHASER'S written agreement
                  evidenced by a written amendment to this AGREEMENT.

         7.1.3.2    ENHANCED TECHNOLOGY

         SUPPLIER agrees to include ENHANCED TECHNOLOGY as part of its PRODUCT
         offerings within the terms provided for in this AGREEMENT at the same
         discount as has been applied to arrive at the price for PRODUCT stated
         within the AGREEMENT, in addition to any other discounts applicable to
         such PRODUCT.

     7.1.4    NEW TECHNOLOGY ADDITIONS

     SUPPLIER may propose the addition of new technology to Appendix A
     hereto, entitled PRICES, which is not intended to replace or upgrade
     current PRODUCT, but rather is intended to introduce new features and
     functionality ("NEW Technology Addition"). SUPPLIER shall provide a
     detailed written explanation of how such NEW Technology Addition will
     meet the joint goal of continuous improvement. All proposed NEW
     Technology Additions shall only be furnished to PURCHASER pursuant to a
     written amendment to this Agreement or pursuant to a separate written
     agreement between the parties. The provisions of Section 7.1.3 with
     respect to pricing and discounts shall not apply to such NEW TECHNOLOGY
     ADDITIONS.

7.2      FIRM PRICE QUOTE

PURCHASER may utilize the Firm Price Quote (FPQ) for any PRODUCT or SERVICES
desired including, but not limited to, initial installations, major
rearrangements, engineering, installation services, major equipment removals or
provisioning of complex systems. PURCHASER will solicit an FPQ from SUPPLIER
utilizing SUPPLIER provided questionnaire or a complete description of the
PRODUCT and/or SERVICES requested.

SUPPLIER shall analyze the completed questionnaire and/or request and provide to
PURCHASER an FPQ consistent with PURCHASER'S requirements within two (2) weeks
of receipt of such questionnaire/request. The FPQ shall be detailed and
classified as to PRODUCT and/or SERVICES. Also included with the FPQ shall be a
proposed job schedule.

PURCHASER shall review the FPQ and accept or reject such quote. If the FPQ is
acceptable to PURCHASER, PURCHASER shall submit to SUPPLIER an Order confirming
acceptance of such FPQ.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 20
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

Other necessary engineering information shall be exchanged prior to the
scheduled ship date as mutually determined.

     7.2.1    EXCLUSIONS

     Exclusions from proposals or firm price quotes shall be limited to work
     operations for which PURCHASER is unable to provide quantity until job
     start, such as the number of cross-connections. SUPPLIER shall
     acknowledge all such exclusions in the proposal or firm price quote
     and include unit rates for all exclusion items.

7.3     MOST PREFERRED CUSTOMER

SUPPLIER warrants that the pricing and discounts in this AGREEMENT provide most
favored customer terms and pricing as described below for all PRODUCTS. SUPPLIER
will provide prices, terms and conditions (when viewed collectively over the
life of the AGREEMENT) no less favorable to PURCHASER than those provided by
SUPPLIER to other customers for PRODUCTS for delivery or use anywhere in the
TERRITORY by other customers who are involved in transactions of similar or
lesser volumes under otherwise comparable circumstances. During the
applicability of this obligation, SUPPLIER shall, as required to meet this
obligation, adjust prices in Appendix A to reflect any prices more favorable
than those available to PURCHASER under Appendix A and/or offer non-price terms
or concessions to reflect any such non-price terms and conditions more favorable
than those extended to PURCHASER under this AGREEMENT, and PURCHASER shall have
the option of accepting those terms or concessions as an amendment to this
AGREEMENT. PURCHASER shall receive the benefit of any price reductions under
this Section 7.3 from the date such lower price was accepted by SUPPLIER'S other
customer. SUPPLIER shall make the benefits of any price reduction available for
PURCHASER'S existing open (i.e. non-shipped) purchase orders accepted in the
last ninety (90) days, where applicable.

To assure that PURCHASER is treated appropriate under this Section 7.3, upon
written request of and at no cost to PURCHASER, SUPPLIER shall conduct at the
end of each calendar year, a review of relevant sales made by SUPPLIER and
certify whether PURCHASER is entitled to any rebate or lower prices or any other
remedy as under this Section 7.3. Such certification shall be signed by an
authorized officer stating that a review was performed and whether or not a
rebate of previously paid prices or other action is appropriate in the
circumstances. If a rebate is appropriate, SUPPLIER shall provide credits for
the purchase of PRODUCTS and SERVICES to PURCHASER within thirty (30) days
following such notice. To the extent that such provision of credits to PURCHASER
fully recognizes the benefit, credit or discount denied to PURCHASER such
provision shall discharge fully SUPPLIER'S liability to have made such benefit,
credit or discount available to PURCHASER at any earlier time.

7.4      TERMS OF PAYMENT

SUPPLIER shall submit invoices for PRODUCTS furnished and SERVICES performed
pursuant to its standard practice, and PURCHASER shall pay such invoices in
accordance with the schedules set forth below:

     EF&I
     ----

     For PRODUCT            *

     For Installation       *

     For Engineering        *

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 21
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

     NEW MARKETS
     -----------

     For PRODUCT            *

     For Installation       *

     For Engineering        *

     FOA and FVA
     -----------

     For PRODUCT            *

     For Installation       *

     For Engineering        *

     FURNISH ONLY AND SELF-INSTALL
     -----------------------------

     For PRODUCT            *

     For SERVICES           *

     7.4.1    INVOICES FOR PRODUCTS

     SUPPLIER'S invoice for PRODUCTS, shall be paid net * days from date of
     invoice, but in no event, unless otherwise agreed to by the parties, shall
     the invoice be dated prior to shipment of PRODUCT by SUPPLIER.

     7.4.2    INVOICES FOR SERVICES

     SUPPLIER'S invoice for SERVICES shall be paid net * days from
     date of invoice, but in no event, unless otherwise agreed to by the
     parties, shall the invoice be dated prior to completion of SERVICES.

     7.4.3    LATE PAYMENT CHARGES

     Delinquent payments on undisputed amounts for PRODUCTS and/or SERVICES are
     subject to a late payment charge at the rate of * per month, or portion
     thereof, of the amount due (but not to exceed the maximum lawful rate).
     The late payment charge will be calculated on the undisputed unpaid
     balances of all open invoices that are * days in arrears. Late payment
     charges will be calculated and reviewed on a quarterly basis with
     PURCHASER and SUPPLIER shall determine whether or not such charges will be
     used as an offset to reduce existing credit obligations (e.g. co-operative
     advertising credits, VPP or System Performance funds due to PURCHASER).

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 22
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

     7.4.4    DISTINGUISH PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE

     Payment by PURCHASER of such invoices does not mean or imply that the
     PRODUCT has been accepted and does not impair or limit in any way
     PURCHASER'S full rights and remedies of ACCEPTANCE which shall be and
     remain as set forth in Section 13 hereof, entitled ACCEPTANCE.

     7.4.5    INVOICING

     SUPPLIER'S invoices must reflect a differentiation between HARDWARE,
     SOFTWARE, SERVICES and TRASNPORTATION.

     SUPPLIER agrees to render separate invoices for each shipment or Order
     in duplicate unless otherwise specified. SUPPLIER shall cooperate with
     PURCHASER to satisfy PURCHASER'S needs for information on invoices.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 23
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE 8

                 Title, Transportation & Operating Efficiencies

8.1      TITLE AND RISK OF LOSS

Title and risk of loss or damage to HARDWARE purchased by PURCHASER or its
AFFILIATES under this AGREEMENT, or any ORDER placed pursuant to this AGREEMENT,
shall pass to PURCHASER upon delivery to the final destination established by
the PURCHASER'S purchase order (including PURCHASER'S DESIGNEE) or other
agreement of the parties, unless otherwise provided in this AGREEMENT. Risk of
loss or damage to LICENSED MATERIALS licensed to PURCHASER or its AFFILIATES
under this AGREEMENT or any ORDER placed pursuant to this AGREEMENT shall vest
in PURCHASER when the LICENSED MATERIALS have been delivered to the final
destination established by the PURCHASER'S purchase order. Delivery of PRODUCT
to its final destination by SUPPLIER shall be deemed complete at such time as
all transportation, interim warehousing, hauling and hoisting required to be
performed by SUPPLIER or its agents under the purchase order for the item have
been completed. Notwithstanding the above, if sooner, title and risk of loss to
PRODUCT shall pass to PURCHASER at the point at which SUPPLIER or SUPPLIER'S
agent turns over possession of the item to PURCHASER, PURCHASER'S employee,
PURCHASER'S designated carrier, warehouser or hoister or other PURCHASER'S agent
including PURCHASER'S DESIGNEE.

Title to LICENSED MATERIALS shall remain in SUPPLIER or the party from whom
SUPPLIER has received the right to sublicense. Nothing in this Section 8.1
hereof shall, during the period SUPPLIER or PURCHASER has the risk of loss of
PRODUCT, relieve the other party of responsibility for damage, loss or
destruction of PRODUCT, where the damage, loss or destruction is due to such
other party's negligence, intentional act or failure to act where action is
required under this AGREEMENT.

PURCHASER shall notify SUPPLIER promptly of any claim with respect to loss which
occurs while SUPPLIER has the risk of loss and shall cooperate in every
reasonable way to facilitate the settlement of any claim.

PURCHASER shall inspect the shipping container(s) and verify that the PRODUCT
received complies with the Order with respect to quantity and condition of the
shipping container in which the PRODUCT is received. In the event that the
shipment does not comply, PURCHASER shall note any shortage and/or visible
transportation damages on the shipping document and notify SUPPLIER of same.
Each party shall cooperate with the other in the prosecution of loss or damage
and resulting claim.

If an Order requires additional SUPPLIER-provided services, such as unloading,
hoisting and rigging, installation or ACCEPTANCE testing to be performed by
SUPPLIER, SUPPLIER shall be responsible for repairing or replacing any
PRODUCT(S) in the event of loss or damage to the PRODUCT(S) resulting from the
performance of such SUPPLIER-provided services, and PURCHASER shall remain
responsible for purchasing such PRODUCT(S). In addition, SUPPLIER shall be
responsible for repairing or replacing any PRODUCT(S) in the event of loss or
damage resulting from its acts or omissions while such PRODUCT(S) is in the
care, custody and control of SUPPLIER.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 24
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

When purchasing PRODUCT for shipment directly to an AFFILIATE, PURCHASER shall
be acting solely as a purchasing agent for the AFFILIATE to which the PRODUCT is
to be shipped and title shall pass directly to that AFFILIATE. Similarly, should
an Order be issued by an AFFILIATE and accepted by SUPPLIER, title to direct
ship PRODUCT shall pass from SUPPLIER directly to the applicable AFFILIATE.
Under both circumstances, the receiving AFFILIATE shall be entitled to all of
the rights otherwise afforded to PURCHASER under this Agreement.

8.2      TRANSPORTATION

SUPPLIER shall furnish transportation by common carrier to the destination
specified in the purchase order, and transportation charges shall be in
accordance with the following transportation factors as described below. Any
additional handling services, such as hauling and hoisting, not provided by
common carrier shall be charged separately. Transportation as well as any
additional handling charges shall each be separately shown on the invoices.

         FURNISH ONLY CIRCUIT PACKS

         Transportation charges for ORDERS for Furnish Only Circuit Packs
         shall be calculated by multiplying the list prices, less any
         applicable discounts, of the total amount HARDWARE in the ORDER by a
         factor of *.

         FOR ALL OTHER ORDERS

         Transportation charges for all other ORDERS shall be calculated by
         multiplying the list prices, less any applicable discounts, of the
         total amount of HARDWARE in the ORDER by a factor of *.

No later than six (6) months from the date of execution of this AGREEMENT,
SUPPLIER shall provide PURCHASER with a reasonable and sufficient quantity of
information that accurately represents the actual transportation charges paid by
SUPPLIER for shipments to PURCHASER, and SUPPLIER and PURCHASER will agree on
whether the transportation factors should be adjusted.

8.3      FORECASTING AND OPERATING EFFICIENCIES

In order for SUPPLIER to deliver NETWORK ELEMENTS to PURCHASER in a timely
manner, PURCHASER shall provide SUPPLIER with an equipment forecast for each
quarter and the next three (3) subsequent quarters not later than thirty (30)
days prior to the beginning of the first forecasted quarter. Such forecasts
shall not obligate PURCHASER to purchase any quantity of PRODUCT, but shall be a
good faith estimate of the PURCHASER'S needs. In order to assist SUPPLIER in
maintaining an orderly production flow for the purpose of meeting PURCHASER'S
delivery requirements, PURCHASER will make a good faith effort to place purchase
orders forty-five (45) days to sixty (60) days prior to forecasted delivery
dates. SUPPLIER and PURCHASER shall cooperatively develop mutually acceptable
cell and switch model configurations which form the basis for PURCHASER to order
cellular and PCS cells and switches for initial and growth applications.

8.4      SCHEDULES

SUPPLIER'S standard delivery schedules for the PRODUCT to be furnished under
this Agreement, under normal circumstances and in accordance with PURCHASER'S
forecasts, are as set forth in the table below. The information below is for
planning purposes only; SUPPLIER will provide firm delivery dates for each
individual ORDER.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 25
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Application Name         Resv    Order   OE/E    Spec   Prov   Trans     Total Time
                                          (Y/N)   Entry   Intv    Trans  Intv   Intv (US)  Ord-Delv
                                                   Intv           Intv
<S>                                        <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>   <C>        <C>
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BILLDATS                                     N       2      18      2      10       5         37
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3B21D RETROFIT (PCO)                         Y       2      17      2      17       5         43
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3B21D RETROFIT MMO                           Y       2       4      2      22       5         35
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Flexent APCC                                 Y       2       5      2      16       5         30
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FLEXENT CDMA MICROCELL PCS 1900              Y       2       5      2      10       5         24
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OMP-FX                                       Y       2      10      2       6       5         25
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FLEXENT CDMA MODCELL PCS                     Y       2       1      2      12       5         22
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PCS CDMA GROWTH                              Y       2       2      2       8       5         19
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PCS CDMA (FLAGSHIP)                          Y       2       2      2      12       5         23
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AC CABS                                      N       2      17      2      40       5         66
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BATTERIES(UNIGY)                             N       2      13      2      30       5         52
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BATTERIES(VR/IR)                             N       2      13      2      40       5         62
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CONTROLLERS MONITORING                       N       2      13      2      20       5         42
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
WIRELESS/OUTSIDE PLANT #3                    N       2      16      2      30       5         55
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Wireless/Outside Plant #2                    N       2      14      2      30       5         53
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DSX EQUIPMENT
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DISTRIBUTION PANELS                          N       2       8      2      20       5         37
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ECHO CANCELLERS (NEPTUNE III)                Y       2       0      2      15       4         23
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PSAX                                         N       2       0      0      21       5         28
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INVERTERS/UPS                                N       2      14      2      22       5         45
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Wireless/Outside Plant #1                    N       2      17      2      10       5         36
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RECTIFIERS(SWITCHMODE)                       N       2      20      2      10       5         39
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECONDARY DISTRIBUTION                       N       2      21      2      20       5         50
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Network Operations Center 1 (NOC1)                                  2      37                 41
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Wireless SM2K Growth                         Y       2      15      2      22       4         45
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Wireless  SM2K New Start                     Y       2      20      2      22       4         50
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Wireless  VCDX SM2K New Start                Y       2      20      2      22       4         50
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
WIRELESS DRM
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Generic Upgrade                              N       2      15      2      20       4         43
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ECP Complex/PCS Access Manager New Start     Y       2      20      2      22       4         50
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Unit and Circuit Pack Growth                 N       2       7      2      11       4         26
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Wireless LTP Growth                          Y       2      15      2      22       4         45
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

Definition of Terms:
Days are Business Days Excludes Holidays
Resv = Reservation required
Order Entry Intv = Time required to process Purchase Order
OE/E Intv = Engineer equipment interval
Spec Trans Intv = Transmit specifications to factory
Prov Intv = Manufacturing Interval
Trans Intv = Transportation Interval (Continental US only)
Total Time Ord-Delv = Total interval from receipt of Purchase Order to Deliver
of equipment

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 26
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

SUPPLIER reserves the right to modify, amend or change SUPPLIER standard
intervals at any time, provided SUPPLIER is doing so in the course of its normal
business for all customers. For PRODUCT not identified in this Section 8.4,
SUPPLIER shall provide PURCHASER with standard intervals for such product upon
PURCHASER'S request. SUPPLIER shall provide updated standard intervals from time
to time in the event of any significant modifications, amendments or changes
thereto.

     8.4.1    ACCELERATED DELIVERY

     In the event that an accelerated delivery schedule is required by
     PURCHASER in an interval less than that as established for delivery
     ("Accelerated Delivery"), SUPPLIER shall use reasonable efforts to
     comply with such requirements. Actual additional costs incurred by
     SUPPLIER to comply with such requirements shall be billed to PURCHASER.

8.5      SHIPPING AND BILLING

Unless instructed otherwise by PURCHASER, SUPPLIER shall, for each Order placed
hereunder: (i) deliver the entire quantity of items ordered; (ii) ship to the
destination designated in the Order in accordance with specific shipping
instructions; (iii) ensure that all subordinate documents bear PURCHASER'S Order
number; (iv) enclose a packing memorandum with each shipment and when more than
one package is shipped, identify the one containing the memorandum; (v) mark
PURCHASER'S Order number on all packages and shipping papers; (vi) render
itemized invoices in duplicate, or as otherwise specified, showing Order number;
(vii) render separate invoices for each shipment of the Order; and (viii)
invoice PURCHASER by mailing or otherwise transmitting invoices, bills and
notices to the billing address on the Order after shipment of PRODUCT. Shipping
and routing instructions may be altered in writing, as mutually agreed by
SUPPLIER and PURCHASER.

8.6      SHIPPING SCHEDULE

The delivery schedule applicable to each Order will be that set forth in the
Order or any Change Order, if applicable. SUPPLIER agrees not to deliver PRODUCT
prior to the agreed-upon shipping schedule. Any variation from the foregoing
must be agreed upon by the parties in writing.

8.7      NOTICE OF DELAY

SUPPLIER, having agreed to the delivery date and/or completion date, whichever
is applicable, for any combination of PRODUCT or SERVICES incorporated into
PURCHASER'S Order, further agrees to notify PURCHASER in accordance with Section
27.11 hereof, entitled NOTICES, as soon as any foreseeable delay in that date
becomes known to SUPPLIER.

8.8      MARKING AND IDENTIFYING PRODUCTS

SUPPLIER'S prices for PRODUCTS include charges for packing and marking shipping
containers in accordance with SUPPLIER'S standard practices for domestic
shipments, unless expressly stated in writing by SUPPLIER to the contrary. Under
normal circumstances, SUPPLIER shall:

     (a)  enclose a packing memorandum with each shipment and, if shipment
          contains more than one package, identify the package containing the
          memorandum; and

     (b)  mark SUPPLIER'S PRODUCT(S) as practicable for identification in
          accordance with SUPPLIER'S marking specifications (e.g. model/serial
          number and month and year of manufacture, including bar coding where
          applicable).

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 27
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

SUPPLIER shall use the Telecommunications Industry Forum, Shipping and Receiving
Transaction Bar Code Label Specification, BCC/95 or equivalent specification, as
mutually agreed by the parties, as its standard for all shipping labels. All
containers shipped by SUPPLIER shall utilize the specifications, except for
references made to Mixed loads. PURCHASER does not wish to receive Mixed Load
shipments. This standard addresses the transaction label, which provides
information for receiving shipments using bar code technology. The transaction
label should be affixed on final shipping containers, boxes, cartons, pallets,
cases, barrels, etc. PURCHASER requires bar code labels to be on each product as
well as shipping containers for inventory management. PURCHASER shall specify
information on the bar codes at a later date.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 28
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE 9

                  First Office Application ("FOA") Partnership

SUPPLIER agrees that PUCHASER is the Preferred FOA Partner for all
non-proprietary SOFTWARE and HARDWARE releases, and will notify PURCHASER of all
First Office Application testing ("FOA") planned for all CDMA, ECP, and 5ESS
Software Releases for commercial network use in any PCS and Cellular
environment.

SUPPLIER will present the FOA requirements to PURCHASER for its review and
consideration. PURCHASER must respond in writing to SUPPLIER ,either accepting
or rejecting the FOA opportunity and must, if accepting, identify an appropriate
market or markets in PURCHASER'S network that meets all FOA requirements.
PURCHASER has the option to accept either the PCS FOA or the Cellular FOA or
both FOAs. The FOA for new HARDWARE for Cell, ECP, or 5ESS introduced with a
Software Release may also be accepted or rejected, at PURCHASER'S discretion.
PURCHASER and SUPPLIER will agree on the procedures appropriate to each FOA.

If within thirty (30) calendar days of SUPPLIER presenting the FOA requirements
PURCHASER fails to respond, fails to identify an appropriate market (after
consultation with SUPPLIER), or rejects the FOA opportunity, SUPPLIER may offer
the FOA opportunity to other customers.

In order to satisfy a pre-existing contractual obligation with another
customer(s) or if another customer requests and SUPPLIER agrees to develop a new
feature through the RDAF process, SUPPLIER may conduct simultaneous FOAs with
such customer(s) on a particular feature or feature sub-set or new technology
product that is included in PURCHASER'S FOA. In the case of pre-existing
obligations, such other customer FOA shall be limited to just those features
and/or products for which SUPPLIER has a contractual obligation.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 29
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE 10

                                Quality Assurance

The parties hereby agree that TL-9000 shall be the standard for quality
assurance for all PRODUCTS and SERVICES furnished by SUPPLIER under this
AGREEMENT within a reasonable time of the standard being adopted by the standard
body. In addition, SUPPLIER shall demonstrate its commitment to quality in
accordance with the provisions of this Article.

10.1     QUALITY COMMITMENT

Quality is a process of assuring conformance to the appropriate terms,
conditions and specifications of this AGREEMENT. SUPPLIER agrees that its
commitment to quality and the processes it has in place to fulfill this
commitment with respect to each PRODUCT and SERVICE provided by SUPPLIER are
primary and material requirements of this Agreement. In addition to any other
rights or remedy available to PURCHASER under this Agreement, PURCHASER reserves
the right to assure, throughout the term of this Agreement, SUPPLIER'S continued
commitment to quality, and SUPPLIER agrees to endeavor to improve in its
commitment to quality.

SUPPLIER will demonstrate commitment to a quality improvement process by
providing:

     1.   A published statement of its quality policy signed by an officer of
          the company;
     2.   An established means of measuring and reporting PURCHASER
          satisfaction;
     3.   A quality training and awareness program;
     4.   A continuous quality improvement process;
     5.   An established means of monitoring conformance to requirements for
          PRODUCTS and SERVICES; and
     6.   An established incoming PRODUCT quality inspection program.

10.2     QUALITY SYSTEM

SUPPLIER shall document, implement and maintain a quality control, assurance and
improvement system, which assures that the SYSTEM(S), PRODUCT(S) and services
provided to PURCHASER meet all performance standards and requirements and
perform in accordance with SPECIFICATIONS. SUPPLIER shall review and use
commercially reasonable efforts to be in compliance with all updates to such
SPECIFICATIONS and shall report to PURCHASER any exceptions to such compliance.

SUPPLIER agrees to allow PURCHASER, or its agent as approved by Supplier, such
approval not to be unreasonably withheld, to conduct periodic on-site reviews at
SUPPLIER'S HARDWARE manufacturing and SOFTWARE development facilities to verify
compliance with SPECIFICATIONS. SUPPLIER also agrees to develop corrective
action plans for any quality system deficiencies that may be detected during
these periodic on-site reviews and submit such plans to PURCHASER or PURCHASER'S
agent within thirty (30) days after such review. Furthermore, SUPPLIER agrees to
implement these corrective action plans, as reasonably necessary to correct such
deficiency, within six (6) months after such review.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 30
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

10.3     QUALITY PERFORMANCE REPORTING

     10.3.1   REGULAR DATA REPORTS

              SUPPLIER agrees to provide, as requested by PURCHASER and at
              no cost to PURCHASER, regular data reports, which demonstrate
              the performance of the SUPPLIER'S PRODUCT while in
              development, manufacture and service, and the adherence of
              SUPPLIER'S PRODUCT to the SPECIFICATIONS.

     10.3.2   ADDITIONAL REPORTS

              SUPPLIER agrees to render other periodic reports for service
              affecting conditions or other conditions that affect the
              operations and administrative procedures of PURCHASER, or as
              otherwise requested by PURCHASER. All information provided
              under this Section 10.3.2 shall be treated as the proprietary
              information of the originating party.

     10.3.3   ADDRESSES

              All required reports and data shall be delivered to PURCHASER
              in accordance with Section 27.11 hereof, entitled NOTICES.

10.4     PRODUCT TESTING

All PRODUCT shipped to PURCHASER shall receive SUPPLIER testing to demonstrate
functionality, quality and reliability. SUPPLIER'S test environment shall
emulate or simulate PURCHASER'S actual PRODUCT application/usage conditions as
identified in the SPECIFICATIONS. SUPPLIER'S testing shall be of a sufficient
magnitude and duration to demonstrate full PRODUCT feature functionality in
accordance with the SPECIFICATIONS. If SUPPLIER'S quality level for this final
test stage does not conform to the SPECIFICATIONS, then SUPPLIER shall notify
PURCHASER immediately of such non-conformance before PRODUCT shipment, and
PURCHASER will advise SUPPLIER as to whether PURCHASER shall accept such
PRODUCT.

10.5     QUALITY SURVEILLANCE

SUPPLIER agrees to quality system surveillance activities through PURCHASER or
its agent, as approved by SUPPLIER, such approval not to be unreasonably
withheld, designated by PURCHASER to demonstrate that the quality system is
achieving results consistent with product quality, engineering and reliability
requirements. The scope and frequency of these surveillance activities will be
based on the SUPPLIER achieving and maintaining consistent and stable quality
and reliability results.

10.6     COMPLAINTS

     10.6.1   SUPPLIER QUALITY COMPLAINTS

     In the event that PURCHASER determines that PRODUCT furnished hereunder
     does not perform in a satisfactory manner or is unsatisfactory in other
     respects, PURCHASER may issue a Supplier Quality Complaint ("SQC") in
     writing to notify SUPPLIER. SUPPLIER shall provide an acknowledgment to
     PURCHASER within ten (10) days of receipt. Within twenty (20) days,
     SUPPLIER shall provide a final report specifying such changes, if any,
     in design, manufacturing process or installation and/or engineering
     instructions, which SUPPLIER believes are reasonably required to
     address PURCHASER'S SQC. The report will include the root cause of the
     SQC,

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 31
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

     condition, a plan for immediate corrective action to correct the
     SQC and a long-term plan to ensure continued quality PRODUCTS are
     provided.

     Nothing herein shall obviate SUPPLIER'S obligations under Section 11.2
     hereof, entitled PRODUCT CHANGE NOTICES, Appendix E hereof, entitled
     LUCENT WIRELESS SOFTWARE SUPPORT and Article 14 hereof, entitled
     WARRANTIES.

     The parties shall provide notice with respect to all quality complaints
     in accordance with Section 27.11 hereof, entitled NOTICES.

10.7     QUALITY IMPROVEMENT PLAN

SUPPLIER shall have a documented plan for continuously assessing and improving
the price, quality and reliability of PRODUCT used in network applications. Such
plan shall rely upon performance data collected on a continual basis.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 32
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE 11

                        Technical and Engineering Issues

11.1     CONTROLLED INTRODUCTION

Upon PURCHASER'S request, SUPPLIER agrees to submit an evaluation copy of
initial SOFTWARE Code Corrections, Upgrades, or Enhancements intended for
introduction in PURCHASER'S network to PURCHASER'S Director of Maintenance
Engineering or PURCHASER'S agent, for evaluation purposes at a mutually agreed
to date prior to placing such SOFTWARE Code Corrections, Upgrades or
Enhancements on any PRODUCT covered by the applicable Product Specific
Agreement.

There shall be no fees associated with the SOFTWARE evaluation copy provided by
SUPPLIER and such evaluation shall in no way oblige PURCHASER to subsequent
charges or contingencies regardless of the results of the evaluation. At the end
of the evaluation period, PURCHASER will either return the SOFTWARE evaluation
copy and all RELATED DOCUMENTATION to SUPPLIER or issue an Order for such
SOFTWARE.

Within thirty (30) days of receipt of evaluation SOFTWARE, PURCHASER will
advise SUPPLIER in writing of the acceptability or non-acceptability of such
SOFTWARE provided for use in PURCHASER'S network. In the event that any
evaluation SOFTWARE is unacceptable to PURCHASER, SUPPLIER shall not furnish
such SOFTWARE on any of PURCHASER'S OrderS during the evaluation or thereafter
without prior written approval from PURCHASER.

SOFTWARE documentation for a new Flexent(TM) or AUTOPLEX(R) wireless network
release will be made available to PURCHASER by SUPPLIER at least sixteen (16)
weeks in advance of the planned availability date for such SOFTWARE to enable
PURCHASER to have appropriate time in advance of general availability to review
and access potential impacts to PURCHASER'S off-board platforms such as billing.

11.2     PRODUCT CHANGE NOTICES (PCNs)

SUPPLIER shall notify PURCHASER of changes to be made by SUPPLIER in the
HARDWARE or SOFTWARE furnished hereunder that would impact:

     a. HARDWARE and/or SOFTWARE SPECIFICATIONS;
     b. FIT rates set forth in the SPECIFICATIONS; or
     c. Form, Fit or Function.

     11.2.1 PRODUCT CHANGE NOTIFICATION ("PCN") CLASSIFICATION

     Changes in HARDWARE and/or SOFTWARE may be classified as follows:

     CLASS "A" CHANGE

     Shall mean a modification of an existing item to remedy a
     nonconformance to SUPPLIER'S SPECIFICATIONS required to correct a
     design defect of a type that results in electrical or mechanical
     inoperative conditions, extremely unsatisfactory operating conditions,
     or a modification which is recommended to enhance safety.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 33
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

     CLASS "B" CHANGE

     Shall mean a change that provides item enhancements resulting in new
     features or improved service capabilities.

     11.2.1.1. PCN REQUIREMENTS

     At any time during its performance under this AGREEMENT, SUPPLIER may
     implement changes to PRODUCT(S), modify the drawings and SPECIFICATIONS
     relating thereto, or substitute PRODUCT(S) of a similar or more recent
     design. However, such changes must comply with each of the following
     requirements:

     (a)  changes must not adversely affect physical or functional
          interchangeability or performance unless otherwise agreed in writing
          by PURCHASER;

     (b)  the price for equivalent performance must be the same or lower
          than the price provided in this AGREEMENT unless otherwise
          agreed in writing by PURCHASER (this price comparison shall
          consist of all costs to PURCHASER, including those of
          installation, operation and maintenance);

     (c)  changes must not detract from safety of the PRODUCT(S);

     (d)  changes must have received all necessary regulatory approvals; and

     (e)  changes must not in any way diminish SUPPLIER'S obligations
          pursuant to the warranties provided in this AGREEMENT or
          diminish the scope of warranties provided in this AGREEMENT.
          If PURCHASER disagrees with the nature of any change in
          HARDWARE and/or SOFTWARE, PURCHASER shall have the right to
          escalate the matter for review and resolution by SUPPLIER'S
          senior management.

     11.2.2 PCN NOTIFICATION

     SUPPLIER will provide PURCHASER with advance written notice of any
     change, modification or substitution, including notice of SUPPLIER'S
     intention to change the PRODUCT(S)' price. The notice shall be given at
     least thirty (30) days in advance of the effective date of the change,
     modification or substitution. However, notice is not necessary where
     SUPPLIER reasonably considers the change as minor, where there is no
     price change and where the provisions of 11.2.1.1 are complied with, or
     with respect to a Class A or Class B change.

          11.2.2.1. PCN NOTICE INFORMATION

          The information provided to PURCHASER shall include:

          (a)  description and classification of change;
          (b)  reason for change;
          (c)  price impact, if known;
          (d)  effective date of change; and
          (e)  implementation schedule, if appropriate.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 34
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

     11.2.3. CLASS A DESIGNATION GUIDELINES

          11.2.3.1.

          If SUPPLIER has engineered, furnished and installed a PRODUCT
          which is subject to a Class A change, SUPPLIER will provide
          such change at its expense if it is issued within fifteen (15)
          years from the date of shipment of that PRODUCT by, at its
          option, either (i) providing the modification for the PRODUCT
          to PURCHASER'S site; (ii) modifying the PRODUCT which
          PURCHASER has returned to SUPPLIER in accordance with
          SUPPLIER'S instructions or (iii) replacing the PRODUCT
          requiring the change with a replacement PRODUCT for which such
          a change has already been implemented. If SUPPLIER has not
          engineered the original product application and accordingly,
          office records are not available to SUPPLIER, SUPPLIER will
          provide the generic Class A change information and associated
          parts for PURCHASER'S use to apply such change.

          If SUPPLIER has not installed such PRODUCT, SUPPLIER will, at
          its expense, furnish the parts and DOCUMENTATION necessary to
          implement such change if it is announced within fifteen (15)
          years from the date of shipment of that PRODUCT. If SUPPLIER
          determines that a PRODUCT subject to such change is readily
          returnable, PURCHASER, at its expense, shall remove and return
          such PRODUCT to SUPPLIER'S facility and SUPPLIER, at its
          expense, shall implement such change at is facility and return
          such changed PRODUCT to PURCHASER'S designated location.
          Reinstallation shall be performed by PURCHASER at its expense.

          If PURCHASER does not permit SUPPLIER to make a Class A change
          as stated above within one year from the date of change
          notification, subsequent changes, repairs or replacements
          affected by the failure to make such change may, at SUPPLIER'S
          option, be billed to PURCHASER whether or not such subsequent
          change, repair or replacement is covered under warranty.

          If requested, Class A changes announced more than fifteen (15)
          years from the date of shipment will be implemented at
          PURCHASER'S expense.

     11.2.4. CLASS B DESIGNATION GUIDELINES

          11.2.4.1

          With respect to Class B changes, SUPPLIER shall first
          notify PURCHASER of the exact nature of the change and details
          of the proposed implementation procedure shall be discussed
          with PURCHASER within the notification time periods stated
          above. If SUPPLIER issues a Class B change after the PRODUCT
          has been shipped to PURCHASER, SUPPLIER shall promptly notify
          PURCHASER of such Class B change if it is being generally
          offered to SUPPLIER'S customers. When a Class B change is
          requested by PURCHASER, billing will be at SUPPLIER'S then
          prevailing rates.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 35
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE 12

                                Technical Support

SUPPLIER shall provide technical support in accordance with the terms and
conditions of Appendix E, entitled LUCENT WIRELESS SOFTWARE SUPPORT.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 36
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE 13

                                   Acceptance

13.1     ACCEPTANCE

The SYSTEMS, PRODUCT(S) and SERVICES to be furnished or
delivered pursuant to Order(s) issued under this Agreement shall be subject to
ACCEPTANCE in accordance with one of the following procedures:

1. SYSTEMS, PRODUCT(S) which do not require Formal Acceptance Testing ("FORMAL
ACCEPTANCE TESTING NOT REQUIRED") as described in Appendix C and;

2. SYSTEMS, PRODUCT(S) which require Formal Acceptance Testing ("FORMAL
ACCEPTANCE TESTING REQUIRED") as described in Appendix C.

13.2     FORMAL ACCEPTANCE TESTING NOT REQUIRED

         13.2.1 FORMAL ACCEPTANCE TESTING NOT REQUIRED PROCEDURE

         Upon receipt by PURCHASER when SUPPLIER is not performing installation,
         or upon installation complete when SUPPLIER is performing installation,
         PURCHASER will be granted up to a thirty (30) day period, ("STANDARD
         ACCEPTANCE PERIOD") to test for conformance with SUPPLIER'S
         SPECIFICATIONS and PURCHASER'S functional requirements. Upon successful
         completion of testing PURCHASER shall issue a Notice of ACCEPTANCE or,
         should test(s) not be completed successfully, a Notice of Defect, in
         accordance with Section 27.11 hereof, entitled NOTICES. In the event
         PURCHASER does not issue either notice within ten (10) days after the
         STANDARD ACCEPTANCE PERIOD, then it shall be deemed that PURCHASER had
         issued a Notice of ACCEPTANCE. In the event a Notice of Defects has
         been issued by PURCHASER, SUPPLIER shall start to correct defects
         within twenty-four (24) hours of such notice. Upon completion of such
         corrective actions by SUPPLIER, PURCHASER shall have the opportunity to
         retest the new or replacement PRODUCT. Time required by SUPPLIER to
         correct deficiencies and for PURCHASER to retest the new PRODUCT shall
         not apply to the thirty (30) day Standard Acceptance Period.

         13.2.2 CORRECTIVE ACTION PLAN

         Except as otherwise agreed to by the parties on a case-by-case basis,
         if during the retest period, the SUPPLIER'S PRODUCT, or SERVICE does
         not meet the SPECIFICATIONS and PURCHASER'S functional requirements, or
         otherwise fails ACCEPTANCE, the SUPPLIER shall respond with a
         documented Corrective Action plan established by PURCHASER and SUPPLIER
         jointly. The plan, which shall be mutually agreed upon, shall address
         the unacceptable condition with a root cause analysis of the problem,
         the proposed solution, the process modification to prevent
         reoccurrence, the time frame for the changes, and the person(s)
         responsible for SUPPLIER'S implementation of the plan.

         The Corrective Action plan shall be presented to the
         PURCHASER'S Representative for concurrence prior to
         implementation, which concurrence shall not be unreasonably
         withheld or delayed. Upon completion of the Corrective Action
         Plan by SUPPLIER, PURCHASER shall re-initiate its ACCEPTANCE
         procedures and the applicable

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 37
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

         Standard Acceptance Period shall start anew. In the event that
         the PRODUCT, or SERVICE again fails ACCEPTANCE, PURCHASER shall
         have the right to declare a breach and proceed in accordance with
         Section 19.2 hereof, entitled SUPPLIER DEFAULT AND TERMINATION BY
         PURCHASER.

13.3     FORMAL ACCEPTANCE TESTING REQUIRED

In the event that an ACCEPTANCE TEST is required, PURCHASER shall conduct such
ACCEPTANCE TESTS in accordance with the provisions of Appendix C.

         Items shall be deemed accepted by PURCHASER at the end of the
ACCEPTANCE TEST period or as mutually agreed, unless PURCHASER notifies SUPPLIER
in writing to the contrary. If an item fails the ACCEPTANCE TEST during the
mutually agreed ACCEPTANCE TEST period, the ACCEPTANCE DATE shall be extended on
a day-to-day basis until the item, as modified or replaced, is accepted.

         13.3.1 NEW MARKETS/SYSTEM EXPANSION

         For deliverables supplied and installed by SUPPLIER as a part of a New
         Market or System Expansion, ACCEPTANCE will occur as mutually agreed by
         the Parties or upon expiration of ninety (90) days from the date of
         Commercial Services or one-hundred and twenty (120) days from the date
         of Installation Complete whichever is earlier.

         The parties will use reasonable efforts to agree upon acceptance test
         procedures that may be performed simultaneously with SUPPLER'S standard
         installation completion testing.

         13.3.2 FIRST VERIZON WIRELESS APPLICATION ("FVA") ACCEPTANCE

         In the event that a First VERIZON WIRELESS Application ACCEPTANCE
         procedure is required and is agreed to by the parties, such an
         ACCEPTANCE procedure shall occur in at most two phases, denoted as
         Phase I and Phase II. PURCHASER shall have a sixty (60) day period or
         as mutually agreed following installation completion ("FVA Phase I
         Acceptance Period") to determine whether or not the SYSTEM, PRODUCT or
         SERVICE initially meets the parameters and performance objectives set
         forth in the SPECIFICATIONS and other mutually agreed acceptance
         criteria by the parties, utilizing SUPPLIER'S standard ACCEPTANCE test
         procedures and PURCHASER'S own independent measurement standards and
         testing procedures. Upon successful completion of such testing,
         PURCHASER will issue a Notice of Initial ACCEPTANCE to SUPPLIER; or if
         the SYSTEM, PRODUCT OR SERVICE fails ACCEPTANCE, a Notice of Defect, in
         accordance with Section 27.11 hereof, entitled NOTICES.

         13.3.3 FVA PHASE II ACCEPTANCE

         If FVA Phase II ACCEPTANCE procedure is required and will be mutually
         agreed to by the parties, such FVA Phase II ACCEPTANCE shall commence
         when in the judgment of the parties, the SYSTEM, PRODUCT or SERVICE is
         fully operational and loaded with sufficient traffic in order to
         determine whether or not the SYSTEM, PRODUCT or SERVICE operates and
         functions in an identified network environment for a continuous thirty
         (30) day period ("FVA Phase II Acceptance Period"), in accordance with
         the SPECIFICATIONS and mutually agreed acceptance criteria. Upon
         successful completion of FVA Phase II ACCEPTANCE, PURCHASER will issue
         a Notice of FVA ACCEPTANCE signifying that full and final ACCEPTANCE of
         the FVA portion of the SYSTEM, PRODUCT or SERVICE has occurred; or in
         the event the SYSTEM, PRODUCT OR SERVICE fails ACCEPTANCE, a Notice of
         Rejection in accordance with Section 27.11 hereof, entitled NOTICES.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 38
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

         13.3.4 FVA CORRECTIVE ACTION PLAN

         Except as otherwise agreed to by the parties on a case-by-case basis,
         in the event that the SUPPLIER'S SYSTEM, PRODUCT, or SERVICE does not
         meet the SPECIFICATIONS and mutually agreed acceptance criteria for
         Phase I or Phase II of the FVA, the SUPPLIER shall respond with a
         documented FVA Corrective Action plan. The plan shall address the
         unacceptable condition with a root cause analysis of the problem, the
         proposed solution, the process modification to prevent reoccurrence,
         the time frame for the changes, and the person(s) responsible for
         SUPPLIER'S implementation of the plan.

         The FVA Corrective Action plan shall be presented to the PURCHASER
         Representative for concurrence prior to implementation, which
         concurrence shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Upon
         completion of the Corrective Action Plan by SUPPLIER, PURCHASER shall
         reinitiate its ACCEPTANCE procedures and the applicable Acceptance
         Period shall start anew. In the event that the SYSTEM, PRODUCT, or
         SERVICE in the FVA fails Phase I or Phase II ACCEPTANCE, PURCHASER may
         reject, in whole or in part, the SYSTEM(s), PRODUCT, or SERVICE and
         SUPPLIER shall promptly refund any payment which PURCHASER may have
         made for the rejected SYSTEM, PRODUCT, or SERVICE and PURCHASER may
         procure through a third party or other sources substitute functionally
         similar or comparable SYSTEM, PRODUCT, or SERVICE as may be deemed
         necessary to replace that which has been rejected in such a manner and
         under such terms as PURCHASER may deem appropriate.

         13.3.5 GENERALLY AVAILABLE PRODUCT ACCEPTANCE

         Except as otherwise agreed to by the parties on a case-by-case basis,
         upon successful completion of FVA Phase I and, if mutually agreed to,
         Phase II ACCEPTANCE, SUPPLIER shall furnish, deliver and, if required,
         install SYSTEM, PRODUCT, or SERVICE ordered by PURCHASER on a generally
         available basis and PURCHASER shall have the following rights in
         ACCEPTANCE.

         Upon completion of installation PURCHASER will be granted up to a
         thirty (30) day period ("GA Acceptance Period") to test and determine
         readiness for turnover i.e., accept for service. This routine procedure
         will be normally conducted as part of the ACCEPTANCE procedure to
         determine whether or not the SYSTEM, PRODUCT, or SERVICE meets the
         parameters and performance objectives set forth in the SPECIFICATIONS
         and other ACCEPTANCE criteria mutually agreed to by the parties. Upon
         successful completion of such tests, PURCHASER shall issue a Notice of
         GA ACCEPTANCE; or if the SYSTEM, Product or SERVICE fails ACCEPTANCE, a
         Notice of Defect in accordance with Section 27.11 hereof, entitled
         NOTICES. In the event PURCHASER does not issue either notice within ten
         (10) days after the completion of the ACCEPTANCE Tests, then it shall
         be deemed that PURCHASER had issued a Notice of ACCEPTANCE. In the
         event a Notice of Defect has been issued by PURCHASER, SUPPLIER shall
         start to correct defects within twenty-four (24) hours of such Notice.
         Upon completion of such corrective actions by SUPPLIER, PURCHASER shall
         retest the SYSTEM, PRODUCT or SERVICE ("Retest Period") for turnover
         i.e., accept for service.

         13.3.6 GA CORRECTIVE ACTION PLAN

         Except as otherwise agreed to by the parties on a case-by-case basis,
         if during the retest period, the SUPPLIER'S SYSTEM, PRODUCT, or SERVICE
         does not meet the SPECIFICATIONS, or otherwise fails ACCEPTANCE
         criteria, the SUPPLIER shall respond with a documented GA Corrective
         Action plan established by PURCHASER and SUPPLIER jointly. The plan
         which shall be mutually agreed upon shall address the unacceptable
         condition with a root cause analysis of the problem, the proposed
         solution, the process modification to prevent reoccurrence, the time
         frame for the changes, and the person(s) responsible for SUPPLIER'S
         implementation of the plan.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 39
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

         The Corrective Action plan shall be presented to the PURCHASER'S
         Representative for concurrence prior to implementation, which
         concurrence shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Upon
         completion of the Corrective Action Plan by SUPPLIER, PURCHASER shall
         re-initiate its ACCEPTANCE procedures and the applicable Acceptance
         Period shall start anew. In the event that the SYSTEM, PRODUCT, or
         SERVICE again fails ACCEPTANCE, PURCHASER shall have the right to
         declare a breach and proceed in accordance with Section 19.2 hereof,
         entitled SUPPLIER DEFAULT AND TERMINATION BY PURCHASER.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 40
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE 14

                                   Warranties

14.1     WARRANTY OF TITLE

SUPPLIER warrants that it shall have, as of the date of each ORDER, and as of
the ACCEPTANCE DATE of each PRODUCT thereunder, free and clear title to, or the
right to possess, use, sell, transfer, assign, license or sub-license on a
perpetual basis or as otherwise specified, any and all PRODUCTS that are sold,
licensed or otherwise provided to PURCHASER by SUPPLIER pursuant to such Order.
SUPPLIER shall not create or permit the creation of any lien, encumbrance, or
security interest in any PRODUCT licensed to PURCHASER, or sold to PURCHASER and
for which title has not yet passed to PURCHASER, without the prior written
consent of PURCHASER. Title to any PRODUCT licensed by PURCHASER hereunder shall
not transfer to PURCHASER unless otherwise specified in this AGREEMENT or any
amendment hereto. Title to and risk of loss for any PRODUCT purchased by
PURCHASER hereunder shall pass to PURCHASER, in accordance with Section 8.1
hereof, entitled TITLE AND RISK OF LOSS. Passing title to any PRODUCT shall not
constitute ACCEPTANCE on the part of PURCHASER.

         14.1.1   QUIET ENJOYMENT

         With respect to any PRODUCT(S) or SERVICES furnished hereunder,
         SUPPLIER agrees that PURCHASER shall be entitled to possess and use
         such PRODUCT(S) or ServiceS during the initial term, including any
         extensions or renewals thereof, without interruption by SUPPLIER or any
         person claiming by or through SUPPLIER, provided only that PURCHASER
         shall duly perform its obligations pursuant to this Agreement and any
         applicable Order(S).

14.2     HARDWARE WARRANTY

SUPPLIER represents and warrants that all HARDWARE will be free from defects in
material or workmanship and will conform to, comply, function and perform in
accordance with the SPECIFICATIONS throughout the warranty period stated in
Section 14.8 hereof, entitled WARRANTY PERIOD, and that SUPPLIER will, at its
option, either repair or replace the HARDWARE without charge at its
manufacturing or repair facility, or if the HARDWARE is not repairable or
replaceable, at the option of PURCHASER provide a refund or credit of the
original purchase price and, if installed by SUPPLIER, also a refund or credit
of the original price for associated installation SERVICES provided, and remove
the HARDWARE and repair the premises as caused by the removal of the HARDWARE,
at SUPPLIER'S expense.

         14.2.1   COMMENCEMENT OF HARDWARE WARRANTY

         The warranty period for HARDWARE commences on:

         1)  if installed by SUPPLIER, on the date installation or repair is
             completed; and

         2)  for all other HARDWARE, on the date of shipment of the HARDWARE.

                  14.2.1.1
                  The warranty period for SERVICES commences on the date the
                  SERVICES are completed.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 41
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                  14.2.1.2 PRESERVATION OF ACCEPTANCE RIGHTS

                  SUPPLIER recognizes that commencement of the warranty period
                  at installation completion and prior to ACCEPTANCE in no way
                  limits PURCHASER'S ACCEPTANCE rights and remedies as set forth
                  in Section 13 hereof, entitled ACCEPTANCE. However, upon
                  ACCEPTANCE and thereafter during the warranty period as set
                  forth in Section 14.8, PURCHASER'S sole and exclusive remedy
                  for warranty claims under this article shall be repair,
                  replace, refund or credit.

         14.2.2   HARDWARE WARRANTY PROCEDURES

         The following provisions define the obligations of the parties in the
         event, a defect or non-conformity appears in HARDWARE during the
         applicable warranty period.

         1)       PURCHASER must notify SUPPLIER in writing of the claimed
                  defect or non-conformity not later than thirty (30) days after
                  the expiration of the applicable warranty period as set forth
                  in Section 14.8.

         2)       SUPPLIER shall provide written instructions covering return of
                  HARDWARE and PURCHASER shall follow such instructions.
                  HARDWARE to be repaired will be shipped to a location
                  designated by SUPPLIER, and, unless otherwise agreed, SUPPLIER
                  shall return ship the HARDWARE within thirty (30) days of
                  receipt of the defective HARDWARE or pursuant to a mutually
                  agreed upon schedule.

         3)       SUPPLIER shall (i) at its option either repair or replace the
                  HARDWARE without charge at its manufacturing or repair
                  facility; or (ii) if the HARDWARE is not repairable or
                  replaceable, at the option of PURCHASER, provide a refund or
                  credit of the original purchase price and, if installed by
                  SUPPLIER, also a refund or credit of the original price for
                  associated installation SERVICES provided, and remove the
                  HARDWARE and repair the premises as caused by the removal of
                  the HARDWARE at SUPPLIER'S expense.

         4)       Notwithstanding the provisions of #3 above, if the HARDWARE
                  subject to defect or non-conformity was installed by SUPPLIER
                  and is determined by SUPPLIER to be repairable but not readily
                  returnable for repair, SUPPLIER shall either: (i) repair the
                  HARDWARE at PURCHASER'S site without charge; or (ii) remove
                  the HARDWARE from PURCHASER'S site and replace and install the
                  replacement HARDWARE at no charge to PURCHASER.

         5)       Where defective or non-conforming HARDWARE is readily
                  returnable or has not been installed by SUPPLIER, it shall be
                  removed and sent to SUPPLIER by PURCHASER in accordance with
                  instructions described in #2 above, at PURCHASER'S expense.
                  Thereafter the provisions set forth in #3 above shall apply
                  and, if repaired or replaced SUPPLIER shall return the
                  HARDWARE to PURCHASER at a destination within the contiguous
                  forty-eight United States at SUPPLIER'S expense.

         6)       There shall be no charge to PURCHASER if SUPPLIER determines
                  that returned HARDWARE is not defective or non-conforming [No
                  Trouble Found ("NTF")].

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 42
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                  6(a)     If the same HARDWARE part is declined for repair by
                           SUPPLIER under #6 above more than three times within
                           any sixty (60) day period, the parties shall meet,
                           determine the cause of the problem and remedy it.

         7)       In repairing or replacing any HARDWARE under this warranty,
                  SUPPLIER may use reconditioned or refurbished HARDWARE.
                  Replaced HARDWARE shall become SUPPLIER'S property.

         14.2.3   WARRANTY EXCLUSIONS

         SUPPLIER makes no warranty and undertakes no warranty obligations
         (i.e.  repair,  replace,  refund or credit) with respect to:

         1)       a defective condition or non-conformity caused solely by the
                  HARDWARE being subjected to misuse, neglect, accident or abuse
                  by anyone other than SUPPLIER or its subcontractors; or

         2)       a defective condition or non-conformity caused solely by the
                  HARDWARE being improperly wired, repaired, altered, stored,
                  maintained or installed by anyone other than SUPPLIER or its
                  subcontractors unless resulting from following SUPPLIER'S
                  written instructions; or

         3)       a defective condition or non-conformity caused solely by the
                  HARDWARE being used in a manner not in accordance with
                  SPECIFICATIONS; or

         4)       any HARDWARE which has had, other than by SUPPLIER, its
                  suppliers, or its subcontractors,  its serial number or date
                  of manufacture removed or altered,

         5)       expendable items, including, without limitation, fuses,light
                  bulbs, motor brushes and the like.

14.3      SOFTWARE WARRANTY

SUPPLIER warrants to PURCHASER that SOFTWARE ordered under this AGREEMENT shall
for the applicable warranty period set forth in Section 14.8, entitled WARRANTY
PERIOD:

         1)       properly function in the system environment, as may be
                  prescribed in SPECIFICATIONS;

         2)       be free from defects which affect performance in accordance
                  with the SPECIFICATIONS; and

         3)       perform in accordance with the applicable SPECIFICATIONS.

         14.3.1 COMMENCEMENT OF SOFTWARE WARRANTY

         The warranty period for SOFTWARE commences on:

         1)       if installed by SUPPLIER on the date installation or repair
                  is completed; and

         2)       for all other SOFTWARE, on the date of shipment of the
                  SOFTWARE.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 43
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                  14.3.1.1  PRESERVATION OF ACCEPTANCE RIGHTS

                  SUPPLIER recognizes that commencement of the warranty period
                  at installation completion and prior to ACCEPTANCE in no way
                  limits PURCHASER'S ACCEPTANCE rights and remedies as set forth
                  in Article 13 hereof, entitled ACCEPTANCE. Upon ACCEPTANCE and
                  thereafter during the warranty period as set forth in Section
                  14.8, PURCHASER'S sole and exclusive remedy for warranty
                  claims under this article shall be repair, replace, refund or
                  credit.

         14.3.2  SOFTWARE WARRANTY PROCEDURES

         In the event the SOFTWARE fails to perform as described above, SUPPLIER
         shall promptly correct or replace the SOFTWARE, without charge to
         PURCHASER. SUPPLIER shall warrant such correction or replacement for
         six (6) months or the balance of the warranty period, whichever is
         longer.

         14.3.3   TRANSPORTATION EXPENSES

         The transportation expense associated with returning SOFTWARE to
         SUPPLIER shall be borne by PURCHASER. The transportation expense
         associated with returning corrected or replacement SOFTWARE to
         PURCHASER shall be borne by SUPPLIER.

         14.3.4   SUPPLIER'S OBLIGATIONS

         If SUPPLIER cannot correct the SOFTWARE, then at PURCHASER'S option,
         SUPPLIER shall provide a credit or full refund of the license fee, the
         price of SUPPLIER 'S engineering charges (if applicable), and the price
         of HARDWARE ordered in conjunction with such SOFTWARE. If such SOFTWARE
         and HARDWARE was installed by SUPPLIER, then SUPPLIER shall also refund
         to PURCHASER the price of installation of such SOFTWARE and HARDWARE,
         and remove the SOFTWARE and HARDWARE and repair the premises as caused
         by the removal of the SOFTWARE and HARDWARE, at SUPPLIER 'S expense.

         14.3.5   NO TROUBLE FOUND

         There shall be no charge to PURCHASER if SUPPLIER determines after
         investigation that the SOFTWARE is performing in accordance with the
         SPECIFICATIONS.

         14.3.6   DISCLOSURE OF SOFTWARE DEFECTS

         During the warranty period set forth in Section 14.8, SUPPLIER shall
         notify PURCHASER of defects in SUPPLIER'S SOFTWARE of which PURCHASER
         becomes aware and SUPPLIER shall promptly correct all warranted
         defects; provided, however, when the PRODUCT is inoperative due to the
         inability to use the SOFTWARE and such inability to use has a critical
         impact on PURCHASER'S operations, any period during which the PRODUCT
         is inoperative in excess of forty eight (48) hours shall be added to
         the remaining warranty period or the ninety (90) days, whichever is
         greater. If PURCHASER does not permit SUPPLIER to make such corrections
         within a reasonable time period, subsequent corrections under this
         warranty may, at SUPPLIER 'S option, be billed to PURCHASER.

         14.3.7   SOFTWARE WARRANTY EXCLUSIONS

         SUPPLIER makes no warranty and undertakes no warranty obligations

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 44
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

         1)       as to defects other than those which affect performance in
                  accordance with SPECIFICATIONS;

         2)       as to defects caused solely by PURCHASER'S or PURCHASER'S
                  agents' or vendors' misuse, neglect, accident or abuse;

         3)       as to defects caused solely by PURCHASER'S or PURCHASER'S
                  agents' or vendors' alteration of the SOFTWARE, other than
                  following SUPPLIER'S written instructions;

         4)       as to defects caused solely by PURCHASER'S or PURCHASER'S
                  agents' or vendors' violation of the license granted in this
                  AGREEMENT; or

         (5)      as to defects caused solely by PURCHASER'S or PURCHASER'S
                  agents' or vendors' failure to apply previously applicable
                  SUPPLIER'S modifications.

14.4     SERVICES WARRANTY

SUPPLIER agrees to perform SERVICES in a workmanlike manner and in accordance
with good usage and accepted practices in the community in which the SERVICES
are performed using material free from defects, except where such material is
provided by PURCHASER. If SERVICES performed by SUPPLIER prove not to have been
so performed, or if SUPPLIER fails to provide the SERVICES or a portion thereof,
and if PURCHASER notifies SUPPLIER to that effect within a six (6) month period
commencing on the earlier date of completion of the SERVICES or the date that
PURCHASER knew or should have known of defects or deficiencies, SUPPLIER, at its
option, either will correct any defects or deficiencies or render a full or
pro-rated refund or credit based on the original charge for such SERVICES.

14.5     SYSTEM COMPATIBILITY WARRANTY

Unless the parties otherwise agree in writing, SUPPLIER warrants that all
PRODUCT(S) as provided hereunder shall operate and function in a fully
compatible mode as a System, which System shall function, perform and
interoperate in a fully integrated and efficient manner with all other NETWORK
ELEMENTS specifically identified in the SPECIFICATIONS contained in this
Agreement; provided, however, that such other NETWORK ELEMENTS meet the
interface requirements or standards referenced in the SPECIFICATIONS and/or
those standards adopted by recognized standards bodies which are agreed to by
both parties.

14.6     CONFIGURATION WARRANTY

Where the applicable ORDER for a PRODUCT specifies a particular configuration
and SUPPLIER accepts such ORDER, SUPPLIER warrants that the price quoted for
such PRODUCT shall be deemed to include the cost of such reasonable and
incidental parts, items, and components necessary for the PRODUCT to function as
specified in such configuration, regardless of whether such parts, items, or
components are specified or listed in the applicable ORDER.

14.7     SURVIVAL

All warranties shall survive inspection, ACCEPTANCE and payment. Any additional
terms and conditions to this warranty and this Agreement will be of no effect
unless such additional terms and conditions are in the form of an amendment to
this Agreement and signed by both parties.

14.8     WARRANTY PERIOD

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 45
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

         14.8.1  HARDWARE

                 14.8.1.1

                 The warranty period for HARDWARE is as follows:

                 ITEM                                WARRANTY PERIOD
                 Cellular/PCS Products
                 MSC and Cell Site Products             *
                 CDPD                                   *
                 MDIS                                   *
                 Repair/Replacement Products            *

                 14.8.1.2

                 With respect to HARDWARE furnished by SUPPLIER, but neither
                 manufactured by nor branded by SUPPLIER ("THIRD PARTY
                 HARDWARE"), to the extent permitted, does hereby assign to
                 PURCHASER the warranties given to SUPPLIER by the provider
                 of such THIRD PARTY HARDWARE. Such assignment shall be
                 effective as of the date of shipment. With respect to THIRD
                 PARTY HARDWARE recommended by SUPPLIER in its
                 SPECIFICATIONS for which the vendor's warranty cannot be
                 assigned, or in which there remains less than  *  days of the
                 vendor's warranty, SUPPLIER warrants for  *  days
                 from shipment, or if installed by SUPPLIER, * days from the
                 date SUPPLIER submits the completion notice that the THIRD
                 PARTY HARDWARE will be free from defects in material and
                 workmanship. In addition, SUPPLIER may extend such warranty
                 for THIRD PARTY HARDWARE at its sole discretion.

         14.8.2 SOFTWARE

                 14.8.2.1

                 The warranty period for SOFTWARE is as follows:

                 ITEM                                WARRANTY PERIOD
                 Cellular/PCS Software               *
                 Repair/Replacement Software         *

14.9   ILLICIT CODE

SUPPLIER warrants that unless: (a) authorized in writing by PURCHASER; or (b)
necessary to perform functions identified in the SPECIFICATIONS and, with
respect to (c) and (d) herein, authorized in writing by PURCHASER, any SOFTWARE
purchased or licensed to PURCHASER by SUPPLIER for use by PURCHASER shall: (a)
contain no hidden files; (b) not replicate, transmit, or activate itself without
control of a person operating computing equipment on which it resides; (c) not
alter, damage, or, in a manner not prescribed in the SPECIFICATIONS, erase any
data or computer programs without control of a person operating the computing
equipment on which it resides; (d) contain no encrypted imbedded key unknown to
PURCHASER, node lock, time-out or other function, whether implemented by
electronic, mechanical or other means, which restricts or may restrict use or
access to any programs or data purchased or licensed under this AGREEMENT, based
on residency on a specific hardware configuration, frequency of duration of use,
or other limiting criteria ("Illicit Code"). Should any program have any of the
foregoing attributes, and notwithstanding anything elsewhere in this

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 46
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

AGREEMENT to the contrary, SUPPLIER shall be in default of this Agreement, and
no cure period shall apply.

14.10    LIMITATION OF WARRANTIES

THE FOREGOING WARRANTIES ARE EXCLUSIVE AND ARE IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER STATUTORY
AND IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. SUPPLIER'S SOLE AND
EXCLUSIVE PERFORMANCE OBLIGATION UNDER ARTICLE 14 SHALL BE SUPPLIER'S OBLIGATION
TO REPAIR, REPLACE, CREDIT OR REFUND AS SET FORTH ABOVE.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 47
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE 15

                                    Software

15.1     RIGHTS IN SOFTWARE

Unless otherwise specified in an Order, SUPPLIER hereby grants to PURCHASER as
to any LICENSED MATERIALS, in any form known or unknown, a personal,
nontransferable except as set forth herein, perpetual, irrevocable,
royalty-free, non-exclusive right and license, under any intellectual property
or license rights now or hereafter acquired by SUPPLIER or its affiliates:

         (i)      to use, execute and operate the LICENSED MATERIALS, in whole
                  or in part, on any computer system or processor on which the
                  LICENSED MATERIALS will function, and on any number of
                  computer systems or processors, provided the use, execution or
                  operation is in the normal course of business;

         (ii)     to authorize any third party to exercise any of the rights and
                  licenses herein, provided such exercise is in support of or
                  arises out of PURCHASER'S normal course of business and that
                  the third party treats such LICENSED MATERIALS in confidence
                  and in accordance with the conditions set forth herein
                  respecting exercise of such rights and licenses;

         (iii)    to transfer the LICENSED MATERIALS (hereinafter for this
                  paragraph only, collectively referred to as "Transferable
                  Licensed Material") in accordance with the following:

                  (a)      PURCHASER may transfer its right-to-use Transferable
                           Licensed Material furnished under this Agreement
                           without the payment of an additional right-to-use fee
                           by transferee, except where size sensitive units are
                           a factor and the transferee increases such units
                           beyond those used by PURCHASER. Such transfer can be
                           made to an end user for their own internal use and
                           only under the following conditions:

                           (1)      Such Transferable Licensed Material shall be
                                    used only within the United States; however,
                                    SUPPLIER will not unreasonably withhold its
                                    consent to use outside the United States
                                    provided that, in the sole opinion of the
                                    SUPPLIER, the proprietary information
                                    associated with the use can be adequately
                                    protected and any other reasonable concerns
                                    of SUPPLIER are adequately addressed;

                           (2)      Except as otherwise provided in this
                                    AGREEMENT, the right to use such
                                    TRANSFERABLE LICENSED MATERIAL may be
                                    transferred only together with a PRODUCT
                                    with which PURCHASER has a right to use such
                                    TRANSFERABLE LICENSED MATERIAL, and such
                                    right to use

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 45
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                    the TRANSFERABLE LICENSED MATERIAL shall
                                    continue to be limited to use with such
                                    PRODUCT;

                           (3)      Before any such TRANSFERABLE LICENSED
                                    MATERIAL shall be transferred, PURCHASER
                                    shall notify SUPPLIER of such transfer and
                                    the transferee shall have agreed in writing
                                    (a copy of which will be provided to
                                    SUPPLIER at its request) to keep such
                                    TRANSFERABLE LICENSED MATERIAL in confidence
                                    and to comply with corresponding conditions
                                    respecting use of LICENSED MATERIALS as
                                    those imposed on PURCHASER;

                           (4)      Within the United States, the transferee
                                    shall have the same right to SOFTWARE
                                    warranty or SOFTWARE maintenance for such
                                    TRANSFERABLE LICENSED MATERIAL as the
                                    transferor, provided the transferee
                                    continues to pay the fees, if any,
                                    associated with such SOFTWARE or SOFTWARE
                                    maintenance; and

                           (5)      In no event shall such transfer be made to
                                    any competitor of SUPPLIER who is in the
                                    business of manufacturing comparable
                                    systems.

The license term for SOFTWARE shall commence upon delivery of such SOFTWARE and
shall continue perpetually, unless terminated by PURCHASER by giving SUPPLIER
sixty (60) days prior written notice. Termination of such license term shall
also automatically terminate any maintenance services for such SOFTWARE.

PURCHASER shall have the right, at no additional charge, to access and use the
Software licensed hereunder by means of remote electronic access. If PURCHASER
believes it needs to add to, delete from or modify LICENSED MATERIALS, the
parties will discuss PURCHASER'S needs and attempt to arrive at a mutually
satisfactory solution.

With each license of SOFTWARE ordered hereunder, SUPPLIER shall provide
PURCHASER with RELATED DOCUMENTATION and any other applicable DOCUMENTATION
identified in Appendix H hereof, together with documentation which either is
provided by SUPPLIER to any of its other customers for the Software or is
reasonably necessary to enable PURCHASER to adequately use such SOFTWARE. All
documentation shall be in English and shall comply with commonly accepted
industry standards with respect to content, size, legibility and
reproducibility.

PURCHASER acknowledges SUPPLIER'S representation that LICENSED MATERIALS are the
property of SUPPLIER or its suppliers and that PURCHASER shall not have any
ownership interest in LICENSED MATERIALS.

PURCHASER shall hold LICENSED MATERIALS as it treat its own confidential
information of similar type and value. PURCHASER'S obligations hereunder shall
not extend to any information or data relating to LICENSED MATERIALS which are
now available to the public or become available by reason of acts or omissions
not attributable to PURCHASER. PURCHASER shall not make any copies of LICENSED
MATERIALS, except as necessary to exercise the rights granted hereunder.
PURCHASER shall not decompile, disassemble, or reverse engineer SOFTWARE to
generate SOURCE CODE. PURCHASER shall reproduce and include any SUPPLIER
copyright and proprietary notice on all such necessary copies

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 49
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

of LICENSED MATERIAL. PURCHASER shall also mark all media containing such copies
with a warning that LICENSED MATERIALS are subject to restrictions contained in
an agreement between SUPPLIER and PURCHASER and that they are the property of
SUPPLIER.

15.2     PURCHASER REQUESTED FEATURES

PURCHASER may request that SUPPLIER develop custom product ("CUSTOM PRODUCT
DEVELOPMENT") not generally offered by SUPPLIER by utilizing the RDAF process
set forth in Appendix J hereof, entitled PURCHASER REQUESTED FEATURES. The
parties agree to negotiate a separate agreement containing mutually acceptable
provisions relating to such CUSTOM PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT.

15.3     RE-COMMISSIONED SOFTWARE

         15.3.1

         With respect to re-installation and re-commissioning of used SUPPLIER
         switches purchased by PURCHASER from third parties, subject to
         SUPPLIER'S consent to the assignment of the software license, PURCHASER
         shall pay SUPPLIER a software re-commissioning fee ("Re-Commissioning
         Fee") in the amount of *.

         15.3.2

         With respect to re-installation and re-commissioning of used SUPPLIER
         ECP equipment purchased by PURCHASER, subject to SUPPLIER'S consent to
         the assignment of the applicable Software license, PURCHASER shall pay
         SUPPLIER a software Re-Commissioning Fee in the amount of *.

         15.3.3

         For such Re-Commissioning Fees in Sections 15.3.1 and 15.3.2, SUPPLIER
         will validate the integrity of the current Software load
         ("Re-commissioned Software"). Provided that SUPPLIER is able to
         validate the integrity of the Re-commissioned Software and that the
         Re-commissioned Software is within two (2) consecutive releases from
         the then-current SUPPLIER-numbered release ("Current Consecutive
         Load"), SUPPLIER shall bring the Re-commissioned Software up to the
         version currently in use in the relevant section of PURCHASER'S
         network.

         15.3.4

         If the Re-commissioned Software is not within the Current Consecutive
         Load, retrofitting features from a new release onto PURCHASER'S System
         shall be considered and quoted on a case-by-case basis.

         15.3.5

         SUPPLIER will make available technical assistance support for
         Re-commissioned Software that is not a Current Consecutive Load, quoted
         on a case-by-case basis.

         15.3.6

         PURCHASER will pay for any hardware, additional software beyond that
         described in Section 15.3.3 above, or services (other than electronic
         software distribution) required to bring the Re-commissioned Software
         up to the current version.

         15.3.7

         SUPPLIER does not warrant Re-commissioned Software. SUPPLIER will quote
         a maintenance fee for Re-commissioned Software on a case-by-case basis,
         as additional sites.

         15.3.8

         There are no Re-Commissioning Fees associated with analog AMPS cell
         site equipment.

         15.3.9

         Re-Commissioning Fees do not constitute "right to use" or licensing
         fees associated with PURCHASER'S use of the Re-commissioned Software.
         Such fees will be considered separately, on a case-by-case basis.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 50
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

         15.3.10

         Re-Commissioning Fees for software associated with all other equipment
         purchased from third parties, including loose circuit packs, will be
         considered and quoted on a case-by-case basis.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 51
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE 16

                   Intellectual Property - General Obligations

16.1     INFRINGEMENT OF PATENTS, COPYRIGHTS & TRADEMARKS

The following terms apply to any infringement, or claim of infringement, of any
patent, trademark, copyright, trade secret, or other proprietary interest based
on the SUPPLIER'S disclosure, development, manufacture, use, reproduction,
possession, sale, transfer, resale, misuse or misappropriation or PURCHASER'S
possession, or use of any PRODUCT, DOCUMENTATION, and/or SERVICES furnished, or
the use of any LICENSED MATERIALS within the scope of the licenses granted to
PURCHASER under the terms of this AGREEMENT.

SUPPLIER shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend PURCHASER from and against
any loss, cost, damage, expense, including without limitation court costs and
reasonable attorney fees, or liability that may arise out of any such
infringement or claim. SUPPLIER shall not be responsible for infringement claims
which arise (a) solely from SUPPLIER'S adherence to PURCHASER'S written
instructions, and which instructions could not have been satisfied by SUPPLIER,
with the exercise of commercial reasonableness, absent such infringement and
which involve the use of merchandise or items other than: (i) commercial
merchandise which is available on the open market or is the same as such
merchandise; or (ii) items of SUPPLIER'S origin, design, or selection; (b) from
SUPPLIER'S adherence to instructions to apply PURCHASER'S trademark, trade name
or other company identification; (c) resides in a product or licensed material
that is not of SUPPLIER'S origin and that is furnished by PURCHASER to SUPPLIER
for use under this Agreement; or (d) relates to use of PRODUCTS, LICENSED
MATERIALS or other items provided by SUPPLIER or others, which combination was
not installed, recommended or otherwise approved of by SUPPLIER. PURCHASER shall
in the case of (a) through (c) defend and save SUPPLIER harmless, subject to the
same terms and conditions and exceptions stated above with respect to SUPPLIER'S
rights and obligations under this clause.

SUPPLIER shall defend or settle, at its own expense, any action or claim against
PURCHASER for which SUPPLIER is responsible hereunder. PURCHASER shall notify
SUPPLIER promptly, in accordance with Section 27.11 hereof, entitled NOTICES, of
any claim, action, proceeding or suit alleging infringement or violation
(collectively "Claim") for which SUPPLIER is responsible, and PURCHASER shall
cooperate with SUPPLIER in every reasonable way to facilitate the defense of any
such Claim. SUPPLIER shall have ultimate authority to assume and control the
defense of such Claim, including appeals, and to settle same, provided PURCHASER
shall be afforded the opportunity to participate in any eventual settlement to
the extent that its rights or interests may be affected thereby, but such
participation shall not void SUPPLIER'S ultimate authority to assume, control
and settle such Claim.

In addition, PURCHASER may retain its own counsel to participate in the defense
and settlement of any Claim tendered under this section, to the extent PURCHASER
and SUPPLIER have a conflict of interest with regard to any claim and/or to the
extent that its rights or interests may be affected thereby.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 52
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

SUPPLIER'S agreement to allow participation by PURCHASER'S own counsel shall not
be deemed a waiver by either party of any rights or obligations afforded
hereunder, including the obligation of PURCHASER to cooperate with SUPPLIER in
SUPPLIER'S defense of the tendered Claims.

Without limitation of the foregoing, if PURCHASER'S normal use of the PRODUCT,
DOCUMENTATION, and associated LICENSED MATERIALS and/or SERVICES shall be
impeded, prevented or limited by injunction or court order because of any such
infringement for which SUPPLIER is responsible, SUPPLIER shall, in addition to
the above indemnity, at no expense, loss, or damage to PURCHASER and, at
SUPPLIER'S option:

     a.   replace such PRODUCT, DOCUMENTATION, and associated LICENSED MATERIALS
          and/or SERVICES which SUPPLIER can demonstrate to PURCHASER'S
          reasonable satisfaction are equally suitable PRODUCT, DOCUMENTATION,
          and associated LICENSED MATERIALS and/or SERVICES free of
          infringement; or

     b.   modify such PRODUCT, DOCUMENTATION, and associated LICENSED MATERIALS
          and/or SERVICES without reduction or loss of functionality so that it
          or they will be free of infringement; or

     c.   by license or other release from claim of infringement procure for
          PURCHASER'S benefit the right to use, install, sell, or resell such
          PRODUCT, DOCUMENTATION, and associated LICENSED MATERIALS and/or
          SERVICES; or

     d.   if either PURCHASER or SUPPLIER is directed by a court of competent
          jurisdiction, after all permissible appeals have been taken, to cease
          further use or deployment of, or remove the PRODUCTS from the premises
          of PURCHASER or its AFFILIATES, or such other location; or after
          SUPPLIER has demonstrated its good faith efforts to achieve the
          foregoing without success;

          SUPPLIER shall, if directed by PURCHASER, remove the PRODUCT
          from the premises of PURCHASER; refund to PURCHASER the full
          PRODUCT purchase price and any non-recurring amount paid for
          the use of any associated SOFTWARE and the costs associated
          with removal thereof; shall, at its own expense, restore the
          premises as nearly to their original condition as is
          reasonably possible, unless otherwise directed in writing by
          PURCHASER; and pay to PURCHASER an amount equal to all
          reasonable and substantiated charges, costs and expenses to
          reprocure similar generally available PRODUCTS and SERVICES
          from a third party on an expedited basis, it being understood
          that any such costs associated with such PRODUCTS and SERVICES
          will be net of the original purchase price paid to SUPPLIER.
          Such amount shall not exceed 25% of the original purchase
          price of the infringing product. In such case, PURCHASER may
          terminate this AGREEMENT without liability of any type or
          character to SUPPLIER.

16.2     INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS

SUPPLIER, pursuant to this AGREEMENT and the relationship created herein, may
provide PRODUCTS and SERVICES including without limitation previously developed
hardware and software, firmware, internal code, materials and services based
upon or utilizing inventions, discoveries, know-how, techniques, data, reports,
records, research, information, software and documentation developed, acquired
or owned by SUPPLIER, or to which SUPPLIER holds a license, prior to and
independent of this AGREEMENT ("INFORMATION"); and furthermore SUPPLIER may
develop, acquire or obtain a

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 53
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

license for additional material, data, records, research, information, software,
firmware and documentation ("INFORMATION") which will be used or useful in the
provision of PRODUCTS or SERVICES pursuant to this Agreement, but which
Information was not initially developed, acquired or licensed in order to
perform or satisfy the requirements of this AGREEMENT. SUPPLIER shall retain its
right, title and ownership interest in all such Information; provided, however,
that if, and to the extent that, such Information is provided to PURCHASER or
contained within a PRODUCT or SERVICE, provided pursuant to this Agreement,
SUPPLIER hereby grants to PURCHASER and its AFFILIATE(S) a license and right as
set forth in Article 15 hereof, entitled SOFTWARE.

SUPPLIER recognizes that PURCHASER possesses knowledge and experience, incident
to the construction, operation and management of a complex wireless
telecommunications network, ("PURCHASER'S Network") and that PURCHASER has made
substantial investments of time, personnel and money in the development of a
broad range of technical information and expertise relating to the PURCHASER'S
Network, and the hardware, equipment, facilities, and software used and useful
in the construction, provision, operation and management of telecommunications
services, including without limitation inventions, discoveries, know-how,
techniques, data, reports, records, research, information, software, including
source code and documentation developed, acquired or owned by PURCHASER, or to
which PURCHASER holds a license, prior to and independent of this AGREEMENT
("PURCHASER'S Information"); and furthermore PURCHASER may develop, acquire or
obtain a license for additional data, records, research, information, software,
including source code and documentation which will be used or useful in the
provision of telecommunications services. PURCHASER shall retain its right,
title and ownership interest in all such PURCHASER'S Information.

16.3     RIGHTS TO INNOVATIONS AND INVENTIONS

SUPPLIER and PURCHASER acknowledge that new or proprietary or trade secret
concepts, methods, techniques, processes, know-how, adaptations, ideas,
inventions, discoveries, improvements, including without limitation patented or
patentable concepts may, in the course of or as a result of performance under
this AGREEMENT be conceived, first reduced to practice, made or developed, in
the course of, or as a result of performance under this AGREEMENT
("Innovations").

Each Innovation, but not the tangible embodiments of such Innovations, shall be
treated as follows: (a) if made or conceived solely by PURCHASER'S personnel, it
shall be the property of PURCHASER; (b) if made or conceived solely by SUPPLIER
personnel, it shall be the property of SUPPLIER; (c) if made or conceived
jointly by personnel of PURCHASER and SUPPLIER, ownership shall be as the
parties mutually agree in writing in advance of undertaking such joint
development or, in the absence of such agreement, jointly owned without right of
accounting. Except as expressly provided in this Article, nothing herein shall
be construed as granting any license or rights under any statutory forms of
protection. This Agreement shall not preclude SUPPLIER or PURCHASER from
developing materials which are competitive, irrespective of their similarity, to
materials which might be delivered to PURCHASER pursuant to this Agreement,
provided that such ability shall not be construed as granting the party
developing competitive materials any license rights, permission or waiver of any
rights or claims, including but not limited to infringement claims, that the
other party may have against the party developing the competitive materials.

        16.3.1  PROSECUTION OF PATENTS

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 54
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

         SUPPLIER and PURCHASER further agrees that, each will sign and cause to
         be signed all papers and do and cause to be done all acts which may be
         necessary, desirable or convenient to enable the other, at the other's
         expense, to file and prosecute applications for jointly owned patents
         on such inventions, discoveries and improvements, and to maintain
         patents granted thereon. Each party shall have and acquire from its and
         any subcontractor's employees, agents and contractors who perform
         services under this AGREEMENT, such assignment and rights as to assure
         that the other party shall receive all of the rights provided for in
         this AGREEMENT. Each party shall provide a copy of all documents to
         show that all Innovations and intellectual property developed by its
         and its subcontractor's employees, agents and contractors shall be
         owned or transferred in accordance with Section 16.3, above.

16.4     LICENSES

Except as set forth in Section 16.3 hereof, entitled RIGHTS TO INNOVATIONS AND
INVENTIONS, no licenses, express or implied, under any patents, copyrights,
trade secrets, trademarks or otherwise are granted by PURCHASER to SUPPLIER
hereunder.

16.5     IDENTIFICATION

Neither party or its AFFILIATES shall use or make references to the other
party's identification, trademarks, service marks, codes, drawings, or
specifications in any of its advertising or promotional efforts in reference to
activities undertaken by the party under this AGREEMENT without the other
party's prior written permission. SUPPLIER shall remove any identification,
trade names, trademarks, insignia, symbols or evidences of PURCHASER inspection
prior to any sale, use or disposition of material or equipment rejected or not
purchased by PURCHASER or its AFFILIATE. This clause does not modify Section
16.8 hereof, entitled USE OF PURCHASER'S INFORMATION.

16.6     INSIGNIA

Upon PURCHASER'S written request SUPPLIER shall, at mutually agreed to charges,
properly affix to HARDWARE certain of PURCHASER'S trademarks, trade names,
insignia, symbols, decorative designs, (hereafter "Insignia") provided such
insignia do not adversely affect the operation of the PRODUCTS. PRODUCTS
rejected or not purchased by PURCHASER which has been identified or marked with
PURCHASER'S insignia or evidences of PURCHASER'S inspection, shall have all such
insignia and evidences of PURCHASER'S inspection removed, mutilated, destroyed
or disposed of or as otherwise agreed upon, prior to any sale, use or
dispositions thereof. SUPPLIER agrees to indemnify and hold PURCHASER harmless
and if requested defend PURCHASER from and against any claim, loss, damage or
lawsuit arising out of SUPPLIER'S failure to do so. This clause shall in no way
modify the provisions of Section 16.8 hereof, entitled USE OF PURCHASER'S
INFORMATION.

16.7     PUBLICITY

PURCHASER agrees that in the event it issues a press release or makes a public
announcement which specifically references SUPPLIER or SUPPLIER'S PRODUCTS,
PURCHASER will give notice to SUPPLIER, provide SUPPLIER with a copy of any such
press release or public announcement, grant an opportunity to comment thereon or
to correct an error of fact prior to its release, and SUPPLIER agrees that any
public announcement or press release must be submitted to PURCHASER for prior
review and approval and that no public announcement or press release will be
made by SUPPLIER absent such approval.

16.8     USE OF PURCHASER'S INFORMATION

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 55
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

Any specifications, drawings, sketches, models, samples, tools, computer or
other apparatus programs, technical or business information or data, written,
oral or otherwise (all hereinafter designated "INFORMATION") which PURCHASER
furnished, or shall furnish, to SUPPLIER under this Agreement or in
contemplation of this Agreement shall remain PURCHASER'S. All copies of such
INFORMATION in written, graphic or other tangible form shall be returned to
PURCHASER upon request. Unless such INFORMATION was previously known to SUPPLIER
free of any obligation to keep it confidential, or has been or is subsequently
made public by PURCHASER or a third party, it shall be kept confidential by
SUPPLIER, shall be used only in performing under this AGREEMENT, and may not be
used for other purposes except upon such terms as may be agreed upon in writing
by PURCHASER.

16.9     USE OF SUPPLIER'S INFORMATION

SUPPLIER'S information shall be treated in accordance with the Agreement
Concerning the Treatment of Lucent Information, a copy of which is attached
hereto as Appendix F.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 56
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE 17

                              Extraordinary Support

In addition to the provisions for repair or replacement of PRODUCT set forth in
Appendix E hereof, entitled LUCENT WIRELESS SOFTWARE SUPPORT and Article 14
hereof, entitled WARRANTIES, SUPPLIER agrees, in any event, if any natural or
other disaster or emergency causes an out of service condition, SUPPLIER shall
use all commercially reasonable efforts to locate or provide (i.e. procure or
manufacture) and ship to PURCHASER replacement PRODUCT, and make available
necessary manpower within twenty four (24) hours of verbal notification by
PURCHASER.

Such emergency support shall be available twenty four (24) hours a day, seven
(7) days a week during the term of this AGREEMENT and for a period of five (5)
years from the expiration of this AGREEMENT.

Charges for replacement PRODUCT shall be at the prices contained in Appendix A
hereto, entitled PRICES for the term of this Agreement and any extension hereof;
thereafter, such PRODUCT shall be at then-current prices. This clause shall not
be construed to required SUPPLIER to maintain any inventories whatsoever nor
maintain any position of readiness to perform in the future nor require breach
of SUPPLIER'S contractual obligations to third parties.

SUPPLIER agrees to discuss with PURCHASER the particular types of emergency
support available.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 57
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE 18

                              Performance Remedies

18.1     SYSTEM PERFORMANCE FUND

SUPPLIER is committed to resolving SOFTWARE quality issues which contribute to
specific network performance problems. Therefore, SUPPLIER hereby establishes a
System Performance Fund ("SPF") to reinforce its commitment to addressing such
issues. The fund is available to purchase SUPPLIER wireless HARDWARE or
SOFTWARE. SPF credits issued in one year must be used by the end of the
following year or will be forfeited.

At the end of each quarter, appropriate representatives from PURCHASER and
SUPPLIER will meet to discuss system performance. This process will start at
the end of the quarter in which the contract is signed. Credits shall be added,
subject to the limitations described in this section. First, for each SERVICE
OUTAGE, as defined and limited herein, after the first twenty (20) minutes, the
SPF will be credited with * for each additional 15 minute increment of SERVICE
OUTAGE. Second, a * credit shall be added to the SPF for every full software
release that is aborted, and a * credit for every software update or broadcast
warning message that is aborted, for reasons strictly attributable to the
failure of SUPPLIER'S product. Third, should a software change extend beyond
the 12:01 A.M. to 5:00 A.M. maintenance window (excluding system testing and
clean up tasks) due solely to the fault of SUPPLIER, and such extended change
affects an end user's ability to place calls on PURCHASER'S network, the SPF
will be credited with *. A maximum of * in SPF credits may be accumulated per
SERVICE OUTAGE. The total annual cap on SPF credits that may be accumulated is
the product of * multiplied by the number of SUPPLIER'S MSCs that PURCHASER has
in service on the first day of each calendar year. * This SPF program will be
in effect for the duration of the contract.

18.2     SERVICE OUTAGE

As used herein, SERVICE OUTAGE shall mean any unplanned incident during which
more than fifty-percent (50%) of the UTILIZED CAPACITY of an MSC is unavailable.

UTILIZED CAPACITY for a particular period is the measurement (in CCS or Hundred
Call Seconds) of the average load (averaged in 15-minute segments) on the system
on the same day of the week, during the same time period, over the preceding
three (3) week period. At certain times of day, the capacity of the system, even
if it is experiencing a reduction or outage, will still be greater than the
UTILIZED CAPACITY for such period. In such case, no reliability fault shall have
occurred. UTILIZED CAPACITY for holidays, will be compared to the same holiday
of the previous year.

Events or activities outside of or beyond SUPPLIER'S control, including but not
limited to reasons of force majeure, power failures, failure of network
facilities, or network elements that are not deployed in a fully redundant
configuration, where such configuration is offered by SUPPLIER, shall not be
eligible for SPF credits.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 58
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

18.3     NETWORK ELEMENT ACCESS

Once PURCHASER notifies SUPPLIER of a SERVICE OUTAGE, the duration of the outage
for SPF credit will be calculated from the time that SUPPLIER'S Customer
Technical Support/Program Management Organization ("CTS/PM") is notified of the
SERVICE OUTAGE. Any time longer than two minutes (to provide SUPPLIER access to
remedy the outage) will be deducted from the SERVICE OUTAGE, if it is determined
that the access delay is the fault of PURCHASER. Access to PURCHASER'S system
must meet the requirements outlined in the MSC supportability guidelines. The
reasonable travel time of SUPPLIER'S maintenance forces shall be excluded from
any time calculation where travel is necessary to reach a defective network
element.

18.4     SERVICE OUTAGE EXCLUSIONS

SUPPLIER shall not be liable for SPF credits to PURCHASER, or any other costs as
provided for herein, and such SERVICE OUTAGE shall not be counted in quarterly
performance results where the SERVICE OUTAGE is caused by: (i) reasons of force
majeure; (ii) power failures, failure of network facilities or network elements
that are not deployed in a fully redundant configuration, where such
configuration is offered by SUPPLIER; (iii) unauthorized PURCHASER changes,
revisions or modifications to the system experiencing the SERVICE OUTAGE,
including the specific items causing the failure; (iv) reasons attributable to
PURCHASER including, but not limited to, PURCHASER having failed to implement
all SUPPLIER-recommended recovery and system stabilization procedures,
PURCHASER'S failure to implement all broadcast warning messages and software
updates promptly upon their official general availability date (within thirty
days of notification, provided that such updates have not been delayed because
of problems found in the first PURCHASER applications of the broadcast warning
messages or software updates or notification from SUPPLIER of problems with the
broad cast warning messages or software updates, subsequent to notification of
general availability) or failure to perform all standard preventative
maintenance; (v) failure to maintain SUPPLIER'S recommended list of spares and
replace any defective circuit packs with spare circuit packs on hand; (vi)
otherwise failing to follow all applicable instructions (i.e. MSC supportability
guidelines) of SUPPLIER; (vii) defects in equipment (and related software) not
manufactured or supplied by SUPPLIER; (viii) the actions of a third party, where
the third party is not under the control of SUPPLIER including, but not limited
to, network and communications facilities problems; and (ix) any other reasons
beyond the reasonable control of SUPPLIER.

SUPPLIER shall not be liable for SPF credits to PURCHASER, or any other costs as
provided for herein, where the SERVICE OUTAGE occurs during a First Office
Application test, Controlled Introduction or special experimental loads or
trials, and such SERVICE OUTAGE shall not be counted in quarterly performance
results.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 59
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE 19

                             Default and Termination

19.1     FULL USE OF REMEDIES

In the event that PURCHASER fails to maintain a level of actual and/or
forecasted purchases that will comply with the minimum annual commitment and/or
the total dollar volume commitment, SUPPLIER shall first, prior to taking any
other action (including action under Section 19.3 PURCHASER DEFAULT AND
TERMINATION BY SUPPLIER), (1) utilize its remedies under Section 19.1.1
COMMITMENT SHORTFALL and, if PURCHASER fails to submit or follow a recovery
plan, (2) engage in the escalation and resolution procedure in Section 19.7
ABILITY TO PERFORM.

In the event that SUPPLIER fails to perform in compliance with the requirements
set forth in this AGREEMENT, PURCHASER shall first, prior to taking any other
action (including action under Section 19.2 SUPPLIER DEFAULT AND TERMINATION BY
PURCHASER), engage the escalation and resolution procedure in Section 19.7
ABILITY TO PERFORM.

         19.1.1 COMMITMENT SHORTFALL

         Should PURCHASER fail to maintain a level of actual and/or forecasted
         purchases that will comply with the minimum annual commitment and/or
         the total dollar volume commitment in effect at the time, and provided
         such failure is not directly caused by SUPPLIER'S failure to perform in
         compliance with the requirements in the AGREEMENT, then SUPPLIER may
         withhold VPP or Co-operative Advertising credits in a dollar amount
         proportionate to the percentage amount of the projected shortfall after
         giving PURCHASER prior written notice, in accordance with Section
         27.11, entitled NOTICES. Any such credit amounts withheld may be later
         issued to PURCHASER provided that PURCHASER submits within ninety (90)
         days of receiving notice a recovery plan that demonstrates that actual
         and/or forecasted purchases are on track to achieve the annual and/or
         total dollar volume commitment levels in the time remaining on the
         contract.

19.2     SUPPLIER DEFAULT AND TERMINATION BY PURCHASER

SUPPLIER shall be in default as defined in this Article, if SUPPLIER fails to
perform any of its material obligations under this Agreement. In the event of
any SUPPLIER default under this Section, Purchaser shall provide SUPPLIER with
written notice thereof, in accordance with Section 27.11 hereof, entitled
NOTICES, and SUPPLIER shall have thirty (30) days from receipt of said notice by
Purchaser to cure the default ("Cure Period"). Should an occasion(s) of default
arise which the parties agree is of such a nature that it cannot be remedied
within the Cure Period through the application of SUPPLIER'S commercially
reasonable efforts, SUPPLIER shall present within such Cure Period a plan of
action to remedy same, which plan shall have, in PURCHASER'S judgment, a
reasonable opportunity for success. If, at the end of the thirty (30) day
period, the default has not been remedied to the reasonable satisfaction of
Purchaser, or a plan to remedy reasonably acceptable to Purchaser is not
presented, as the case may be, then Purchaser may cause SUPPLIER to be in
default hereunder by giving SUPPLIER at least ten (10) business days prior
written notice of the effective date of such default. In the event of default
and in addition to all other rights and remedies under this AGREEMENT, at law or
in equity, but subject to Section 21.3 hereof, entitled LIMITATION OF LIABILITY,
Purchaser may, at its option, terminate this AGREEMENT, by giving at least ten
(10) business days prior written notice of the effective date of such
termination.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 60
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

19.3     PURCHASER DEFAULT AND TERMINATION BY SUPPLIER

SUPPLIER may terminate this AGREEMENT or cancel an ORDER(S) for non-payment of
the purchase price if after sixty (60) days of receipt of written notice of
non-payment in accordance with Section 27.11 hereof, entitled NOTICES, PURCHASER
fails to pay such purchase price and thereupon SUPPLIER issues its written
notice of default and PURCHASER fails to pay such purchase price within ten (10)
business days of receipt of such notice of default. Furthermore, in the event
that PURCHASER fails to perform any of its material obligations under this
AGREEMENT, SUPPLIER shall provide PURCHASER with written notice thereof, in
accordance with Section 27.11 hereof, entitled NOTICES, and PURCHASER shall have
thirty (30) days from receipt of said notice by SUPPLIER to PURCHASER to cure
the default ("CURE PERIOD"). In the event of default and in addition to all
other rights and remedies under this AGREEMENT, at law or in equity, but subject
to Section 21.3, entitled LIMITATION OF LIABILTY, SUPPLIER may at its option,
terminate this AGREEMENT, by giving at least ten (10) business days prior
written notice of the effective date of such termination. In no way shall such
termination act to impair PURCHASERS right, title and interest to the PRODUCT
purchased hereunder and its rights under Section 15.1. hereof, entitled RIGHTS
IN SOFTWARE and Sections 16.2 hereof, entitled INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS.

19.4     PURCHASER'S RIGHT TO PRODUCT AND PARTIALLY COMPLETED PRODUCT
         UPON TERMINATION

If this AGREEMENT, or any Order(S), is terminated pursuant to this Article,
PURCHASER, in addition to any other rights provided in this Article, may require
the SUPPLIER to transfer title to HARDWARE or grant a license to LICENSED
MATERIAL, and deliver to PURCHASER, in the manner and to the extent directed by
PURCHASER, (i) any completed PRODUCTS, and (ii) such partially completed
PRODUCTS and components of PRODUCT as specified in this AGREEMENT or any
Order(S) (hereinafter collectively referred to as "Termination Product") as the
SUPPLIER has specifically produced or acquired for the performance of such part
of this AGREEMENT as has been terminated; and SUPPLIER shall, upon direction of
PURCHASER, protect and preserve such Termination Product in the possession of
the SUPPLIER. Payment for completed PRODUCT delivered to and accepted by
PURCHASER shall be at the AGREEMENT or ORDER price. Payment for partially
completed PRODUCT delivered to and accepted by PURCHASER and for the protection
and preservation of Termination Product shall be in the amount agreed upon by
the SUPPLIER and PURCHASER; however, SUPPLIER'S obligation hereunder to carry
out PURCHASER'S direction as to such shipment, protection and preservation shall
not be contingent upon prior agreement of the parties as to such amount.

19.5     TERMINATION FOR INSOLVENCY, BANKRUPTCY, ASSIGNMENT, EXPROPRIATION
         AND/OR LIQUIDATION

Either party may terminate this Agreement immediately by giving written notice
in accordance with Section 27.11 hereof, entitled NOTICES, without liability to
the other party, except for such PRODUCT and SERVICES already delivered,
installed and accepted in the event the other party:

     1.   fails to meet and maintain any financial performance criteria
          identified in this Agreement;

     2.   is declared insolvent or bankrupt, or makes an assignment or other
          arrangement for the benefit of its creditors;

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 61
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

     3.   has all or any substantial portion of its capital stock or assets
          expropriated by government authority; or

     4.   is dissolved or liquidated (except as a consequence of a merger,
          consolidation, or other corporate reorganization not involving the
          insolvency or expropriation of that party).

If party is involved in any of the events described in subsections (1.), (2.),
(3.) or (4.) it shall promptly notify the other party in accordance with Section
27.11 hereof, entitled NOTICES.

19.6     TRANSFER OF CONTROL

In the event of the direct or indirect sale or transfer of control of SUPPLIER
or substantially all of its assets to any third party, SUPPLIER shall notify
PURCHASER that such sale or transfer has been completed, and PURCHASER shall
have the right to terminate this Agreement at any time within a six-month period
following receipt of notice from SUPPLIER of such direct or indirect sale or
transfer of control. Upon giving written notice thereof to SUPPLIER or its
successor in interest and upon the giving of such notice by PURCHASER, this
Agreement shall terminate forthwith and PURCHASER shall have no liability to
SUPPLIER except for PRODUCT and SERVICES already delivered, installed and
accepted. Terms and conditions which normally survive the termination of an
agreement shall survive termination pursuant to this section.

19.7     ABILITY TO PERFORM

*
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 63
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE 20

                        Supplier's Continuing Obligations

20.1 INDEPENDENT OBLIGATION OF SUPPLIER TO CONTINUE PERFORMANCE

Because of the critical importance of the obligations undertaken by SUPPLIER
hereunder to the operations of PURCHASER, and the substantial expertise and
manufacturing capability and capacity (not otherwise possessed by PURCHASER)
which SUPPLIER has represented it will utilize in connection with the
fulfillment of its obligations, and the reliance of PURCHASER on such expertise,
capability and capacity, during the term of this Agreement, SUPPLIER assumes an
independent obligation to continue performance of its obligations hereunder in
all respects regardless of any dispute which may arise between PURCHASER and
SUPPLIER in connection with any claims by SUPPLIER that PURCHASER has materially
breached its obligations hereunder. Such independent obligation shall continue
for ninety (90) days from the date upon which PURCHASER receives written notice
of such alleged breach from SUPPLIER. SUPPLIER undertakes this independent
obligation without prejudice to any rights or remedies it may otherwise have in
connection with any dispute between SUPPLIER and PURCHASER.

20.2     POST TERMINATION/NON-RENEWAL

In the event of any termination or non-renewal of this Agreement, SUPPLIER shall
assist and cooperate in all reasonable ways with PURCHASER and any replacement
provider in the transition to a replacement provider. Such assistance shall
include, but not be limited to, the delivery to PURCHASER of any technical
information, DOCUMENTATION, RELATED DOCUMENTATION and PURCHASER'S information,
and shall be provided in accordance with the provisions of Appendix S, entitled
CHANGE ORDER PROCESS, including provisions for the payment of additional fees
for any additional work. PURCHASER shall treat such DOCUMENTATION in accordance
with the Agreement Regarding the Treatment of Lucent Information, a copy of
which is attached hereto as Exhibit F. SUPPLIER shall not be required to reveal
trade secrets or provide Source Code to PURCHASER under this Section.

20.3     CONTINUING AVAILABILITY

SUPPLIER agrees to offer for sale to PURCHASER, at the then prevailing price,
for a period of five (5) years from the expiration of this AGREEMENT
functionally equivalent maintenance, support, replacement, and repair parts. In
addition, should SUPPLIER decide during the life of this Agreement to
discontinue manufacturing PRODUCT, SUPPLIER shall give at least one (1) year
prior written notice to PURCHASER of such manufacture discontinuance.

When SUPPLIER has given PURCHASER such discontinuance notice, or if for any
other reason SUPPLIER is unable to provide such PRODUCT, SUPPLIER shall, if
requested by PURCHASER, endeavor to arrange for a third party to continue to
furnish the discontinued maintenance, replacement and repair parts to PURCHASER.
In the event SUPPLIER is not requested or, if requested, is unable to find a
third party to furnish such maintenance or replacement or repair of PRODUCT to
PURCHASER, SUPPLIER shall, upon request by PURCHASER, provide PURCHASER with
existing technical information and rights to the extent SUPPLIER has such
rights, including SOURCE CODE and

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 64
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

DOCUMENTATION, at no additional charge, sufficient for PURCHASER to manufacture,
or have manufactured the PRODUCT and maintain, modify and upgrade the SOFTWARE.
In no event shall the provision of such rights and technical information to a
third party or to PURCHASER be delayed beyond six (6) months after SUPPLIER'S
date of notice of discontinuance.

SUPPLIER shall protect against the loss or damage of the existing technical
information required for the manufacture of the discontinued parts with the same
degree of care that SUPPLIER uses to protect its own valuable technical
information. In addition, SUPPLIER shall advise PURCHASER in writing at least
six (6) months in advance of its decision to discontinue maintenance of any
technical information, so that PURCHASER may acquire such technical information
in accordance with the provisions of this clause.

The technical information includes, by example and not by way of limitation,
available information such as: (a) manufacturing drawings and specifications of
raw materials and components comprising such parts; (b) manufacturing drawings
and specifications covering special tooling and the operation thereof; and (c) a
detailed list of all commercially available parts and components purchased by
SUPPLIER on the open market disclosing the part number, name and location of the
supplier.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 65
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE 21

                          Indemnification and Insurance

21.1     INDEMNIFICATION

All WORK or SERVICES furnished by SUPPLIER or its subcontractors (if any)
pursuant to this Agreement shall be performed by SUPPLIER in a proper and
workmanlike manner, and as an independent contractor and not as the agent of
PURCHASER. All persons furnished by SUPPLIER and its subcontractors (if any)
shall be considered solely SUPPLIER'S and its subcontractors' (if any) employees
or agents, and SUPPLIER and its subcontractors (if any) shall be responsible for
compliance with all laws, rules, and regulations including but not limited to
employment of labor, hours of labor, working conditions, worker's compensation,
payment of wages, and payment of taxes, such as unemployment, social security
and other payroll taxes, including applicable contributions from such persons
when required by law. SUPPLIER shall indemnify, hold harmless, and defend
PURCHASER against any claim or lawsuits arising out of SUPPLIER'S and its
subcontractors' (if any) failure to comply with any such laws, rules or
regulations.

SUPPLIER agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless PURCHASER from any
liabilities, claims or demands (including the costs, expenses and reasonable
attorneys' fees) that may be made (a) by anyone for injuries (including death)
to persons or damage to property including theft, resulting from the acts or
omissions of SUPPLIER or those of persons furnished by SUPPLIER including its
subcontractors (if any); (b) by persons furnished by SUPPLIER and its
subcontractors (if any) under Worker's Compensation or similar acts; (c) by
anyone in connection with work, PRODUCTS or SERVICES provided by SUPPLIER or
contemplated by this Agreement; and (d) under any federal securities laws or
under any other statute, at common law or otherwise arising out of or in
connection with the performance by SUPPLIER contemplated by this Agreement or
any information obtained in connection with such performance; and SUPPLIER
further agrees to bind its subcontractors (if any) to similarly indemnify, hold
harmless and defend PURCHASER.

PURCHASER will promptly notify SUPPLIER of any written claims or demands against
it for which SUPPLIER is responsible hereunder. PURCHASER shall give SUPPLIER
full opportunity and authority to assume the sole defense of and settle such
suits, and furnish to SUPPLIER upon request all information and assistance
available to PURCHASER for defense against any such suit, claim or demand;
provided, however, that PURCHASER shall be afforded the opportunity to
participate in any such defense and any eventual settlement to the extent that
its rights or interests may be affected thereby.

21.2     INSURANCE

SUPPLIER agrees to maintain during the term hereof all insurance and/or bonds
required by law or this AGREEMENT including without limitation:

        a.    Worker's Compensation and related insurance as prescribed by the
              law of the State in which the work is performed;

        b.    employer's liability insurance with limits of at least two
              million, five hundred thousand ($2,500,000) each occurrence;

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 66
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

        c.    comprehensive general liability insurance including contractual
              liability, products liability, owners and contractors protective
              insurance and completed operations coverage; and

        d.    if the use of motor vehicles is required, comprehensive motor
              vehicle liability insurance.

Each of the policies referred to in paragraphs "c" and "d" above shall be with
limits of at least two million, five hundred thousand dollars ($2,500,000) for
bodily injury (including death) to any one person, and two million, five hundred
thousand dollars ($2,500,000) on account of any one occurrence and two million,
five hundred thousand dollars ($2,500,000) for each occurrence of property
damage. SUPPLIER shall furnish certificates evidencing placement of such
insurance. PURCHASER and the owner of the Leased Premises (where applicable)
shall be named as Additional Insureds in the policies referred to in paragraphs
"c" and "d" above. In addition to containing an endorsement naming PURCHASER as
an Additional Insured, the policies listed above in paragraphs "c" and "d" shall
contain a provision eliminating and removing any exclusion of liability for i)
injury, including bodily injury and death, to an employee of the Additional
Insured or ii) any obligation of the insured to indemnify, hold harmless, defend
or otherwise make contribution to PURCHASER because the damage arises out of
injury, including bodily injury and death, to an employee of PURCHASER.

Certificates furnished by SUPPLIER shall contain a clause stating, "PURCHASER is
to be notified in writing at least ten (10) days prior to cancellation of, or
any material change in the policy." SUPPLIER shall assume responsibility for
such notification being given to Verizon Wireless, Executive Director, Network
Purchasing, 180 Washington Valley Road, Bedminster, New Jersey 07921.

SUPPLIER, at its option, may self-insure as to any or all of the foregoing
insurance requirements, including those of its subcontractors.

21.3     LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

SUPPLIER shall in no event be liable to PURCHASER or PURCHASER'S AFFILIATES, nor
shall PURCHASER or PURCHASER'S AFFILIATES be liable to SUPPLIER, for loss of or
reduction in their revenues and/or profits. Such disclaimer of liability shall
not extend to claims, demands or lawsuits by third parties against SUPPLIER or
PURCHASER or PURCHASER'S AFFILIATES for third party loss of or reduction in
revenues and/or profits. Furthermore, neither party shall be liable for damages
in excess of the greater of * or the total amount of
purchases made by PURCHASER in the  *  month period immediately prior to
the receipt of the notice of default or the event giving rise to liability but
in no event more than *, where such damages result from
non-negligent acts or omissions of SUPPLIER or persons furnished by SUPPLIER,
either solely or together with PURCHASER'S or PURCHASER'S AFFILIATES'
non-negligent acts or omissions.

The provisions of this section, the foregoing paragraph, shall survive failure
of any remedy.

Nothing in this provision shall be deemed to limit SUPPLIER'S responsibilities
under Section 16.1, entitled "Infringement of Patents, Copyrights and
Trademarks".

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 67
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE 22

                                    Impleader

SUPPLIER shall not implead or bring any action against PURCHASER or PURCHASER'S
customers or employees based on any claim by any person for personal injury or
death that occurs in the course or scope of employment of such person by
PURCHASER for which a claim may be filed under the Worker's Compensation Act and
that arises out of the business contemplated under this AGREEMENT.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 68
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE 23

                      Work Performed on Purchaser Premises

23.1     CLEAN UP

Upon completion of any work performed under this Agreement or pursuant to OrderS
placed hereunder, SUPPLIER shall promptly remove all implements, surplus
materials and debris.

23.2     HARMONY

SUPPLIER shall be entirely responsible for all persons furnished by it working
in harmony with all others working on PURCHASER premises or those of PURCHASER'S
AFFILIATE.

23.3     PLANT AND WORK RULES

SUPPLIER'S employees, agents and contractors shall, while on PURCHASER or its
AFFILIATES' premises, comply with all plant rules and regulations, including,
where required by government regulations, submission of satisfactory clearance
from the U.S. Department of Defense and other Federal authorities concerned.

23.4     RIGHT OF ACCESS

Each party shall permit access to the other's respective facilities as
reasonably required in connection with work hereunder. No charge shall be made
for such access. It is agreed that reasonable advance notice will be given when
access is required.

23.5     TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, SUPPLIER shall provide
labor, tools and equipment necessary for performance pursuant to an Order under
this Agreement.

23.6     WORK HEREUNDER

It is understood that visits by SUPPLIER'S representatives or SUPPLIER'S
contractor's representatives to perform SUPPLIER'S obligations under this
Agreement shall for all purposes be deemed "work hereunder" and shall be at no
charge to PURCHASER unless otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement or
in another writing signed or duly acknowledged by authorized representatives of
both parties.

SUPPLIER shall be solely responsible for work performed by its employees,
agents, and/or contractors. SUPPLIER shall, upon notification from PURCHASER of
completion of work performed by others, upon whose completion SUPPLIER'S own
work depends, promptly inspect and advise PURCHASER of any impediment that
prevents the SUPPLIER'S proper performance. SUPPLIER'S silence shall constitute
approval of such other work as fit, proper, and suitable for SUPPLIER'S
performance of work.

23.7  IDENTIFICATION CREDENTIALS

PURCHASER may, at its discretion, require SUPPLIER'S employees to exhibit
identification credentials, which PURCHASER may issue, in order to gain access
to PURCHASER'S premises for the performance of the work. If, for any reason, any
of SUPPLIER'S employees are no longer performing work,

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 69
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

SUPPLIER shall immediately inform PURCHASER'S representative in the most
expeditious manner possible. Notification shall be followed by the prompt
delivery to PURCHASER'S representative of the identification credentials
involved.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 70
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE 24

                            Environmental and Safety

24.1     ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE

         24.1.1   SUPPLIER ENVIRONMENTAL WARRANTY

         SUPPLIER hereby warrants, represents and certifies that SUPPLIER'S
         performance of this Agreement, SUPPLIER'S PRODUCTS and the result of
         SUPPLIER'S SERVICES rendered hereunder conform to and shall conform and
         comply with all applicable Federal, State, County and Municipal laws,
         statutes, regulations, and codes which relate to environmental
         protection and employee protection.

         24.1.2  PERFORMANCE

         "Performance" as used herein refers to SUPPLIER'S installation,
         dismantling, segregation, staging, loading, removal, processing,
         transportation, disposal, treatment, reclamation or other handling
         methods used in performing under this Agreement.

         24.1.3 SUPPLIER'S CERTIFICATION AND INDEMNIFICATION

         SUPPLIER further agrees to certify compliance herewith at PURCHASER'S
         request. SUPPLIER will indemnify and save PURCHASER harmless from
         any violation or breach of this Section 24.1, entitled ENVIRONMENTAL
         COMPLIANCE.

         24.1.4  LICENSES AND PERMITS

         SUPPLIER certifies that it shall obtain all licenses, permits, and
         authorizations necessary to perform under this AGREEMENT from the
         appropriate State, Federal and local governments and agencies prior to
         commencement of WORK hereunder.

                  24.1.4.1

                  SUPPLIER shall notify PURCHASER immediately if any
                  permit, license, certificate or identification number required
                  for working on the PRODUCT shall have been revoked, not been
                  renewed, expired or been suspended.

         24.1.5  SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

         SUPPLIER shall use its best efforts to exercise every reasonable safety
         precaution and best management practice, whether or not required by
         law, in dealing with the material.

24.2     HAZARDOUS CHEMICAL INFORMATION

SUPPLIER shall provide Material Safety Data Sheet(s) in the event that the
PRODUCT (including electronic components) to be provided is or contains any
substance designated:

        1.    as a toxic/hazardous substance, as defined by the Occupational
              Safety and Health Administration, Environmental Protection Agency,
              and/or all State "Right to Know" laws; and/or

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 71
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

        2.    as a carcinogen or potential carcinogen by the National Toxicology
              Program or the International Agency for Research on Cancer; and/or

        3.    a hazardous material as defined in the Hazardous Material
              Transportation Act; and/or

        4.    a regulated material under the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and
              Rodenticide Act; and/or

        5.    as a hazardous waste in the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act
              or the Superfund Amendment Reauthorization Act; and/or

        6.    as radioactive; and/or

        7.    under the Clean Air Act or Clean Water Act.

A Material Safety Data Sheet must also be provided if the PRODUCT (including
components) could be a hazard to human health and/or the environment in a
fire/combustion or spill situation.

        24.2.1   HAZARDOUS MATERIALS COMPLIANCE PROVISION

        SUPPLIER represents and warrants that all PRODUCTS provided hereunder
        will be packaged, labeled, handled and shipped in accordance with all
        applicable Federal, State, County and local laws, rules, regulations,
        orders and other lawfully mandated requirements. This obligation shall
        include but not be limited to compliance with the following:

                1. all product labeling and other requirements imposed by the
                New Jersey Worker and Community Right-to-Know Act, N.J.S.A.
                34:5A-1, et. seq., and all regulations adopted pursuant thereto;

                2. all product labeling and other requirements imposed by the
                Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (OSHA), as amended,
                and all regulations adopted pursuant thereto, including the
                Hazard Communication Standard regulations;

                3. all requirements of the Hazardous Material Transportation
                Act, the Toxic Substance Control Act, as amended, the Federal
                Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA) and the New
                Jersey Pesticide Control Code (N.J.A.C. 7:30).

24.3     OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ACT (O.S.H.A

SUPPLIER in performing work under this Agreement will fully comply with the
provisions of the Federal Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 and with
any and all applicable rules and regulations issued pursuant to the Act.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 72
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE 25

                                    Training

SUPPLIER shall provide to PURCHASER training as set forth in Appendix G hereto,
entitled Training. The training to be furnished by SUPPLIER under this Agreement
shall be suitable to train PURCHASER'S and/or its AFFILIATES' personnel in the
area of systems planning, application practices, operation, maintenance and
repair of system or product features as required.

If requested by PURCHASER and/or its AFFILIATES, SUPPLIER agrees to make
available training in addition to the courses referenced in Appendix G hereto,
entitled TRAINING, provided that such additional training is reasonably
necessary to operate PURCHASER'S or its AFFILIATES' network. Prices for such
additional training shall be mutually agreed to by the parties.

PURCHASER may request training for third party contractors that are employed by
or acting as agents for PURCHASER. PURCHASER will verify to SUPPLIER that any
third parties for which it has requested training have signed Attachment B of
the Agreement for the Treatment of Lucent Information, a copy of which is
attached hereto as Appendix F, and will hold all information as confidential
pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Agreement for the Treatment of
Lucent Information. Nothing in this Section shall be interpreted to grant
PURCHASER'S third party contractors any other rights under this AGREEMENT,
including but not limited to the right to use any LICENSED MATERIALS, except for
the purpose for which such licensed materials are provided.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 73
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE 26

                                   Consulting

Within ninety (90) days of execution of this AGREEMENT, the parties shall enter
into an agreement covering consulting assistance that will incorporate all of
the provisions of this AGREEMENT, except as explicitly stated in the consulting
agreement.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 74
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE 27

                               General Provisions

27.1     SEVERABILITY

If any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be invalid or unenforceable,
such invalidity or unenforceability shall not invalidate or render unenforceable
the entire Agreement, but rather the entire Agreement shall be construed as if
not containing the particular invalid or unenforceable provision or provisions.
If the invalid or unenforceable provision or provisions shall be considered an
essential element of this Agreement, the parties shall promptly attempt to
negotiate a substitute therefor.

27.2     CHOICE OF LAW

The construction, interpretation and performance of this AGREEMENT shall be
governed by and construed in accordance with the domestic laws of the State of
New York, and all actions under this Agreement shall be brought in a court of
competent subject matter jurisdiction of the State of New York and both parties
agree to accept and submit to the personal jurisdiction of such court. SUPPLIER
also agrees to submit to the jurisdiction of any court in the United States
wherein an action is commenced against PURCHASER based on a claim for which
SUPPLIER has indemnified PURCHASER hereunder.

27.3     COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS

SUPPLIER and all persons furnished by SUPPLIER shall comply with the applicable
EEO, Fair Labor Standards Act and all other federal, state, county and local
laws, ordinances, regulations and codes (including procurement of required
permits or certificates) in its or their performance under this Agreement or any
Order issued pursuant hereto.

This Agreement is subject to applicable laws and executive orders relating to
equal opportunity and nondiscrimination in employment. SUPPLIER and all persons
furnished by SUPPLIER shall not unlawfully discriminate in its employment
practices against any person by reason of race, religion, color, sex, disability
or national origin and agrees to comply with the provisions of said laws and
orders to the extent applicable in the performance of this Agreement.

SUPPLIER agrees to indemnify and hold harmless PURCHASER for, from and against
and defend PURCHASER against, any loss or damage sustained because of SUPPLIER's
noncompliance hereunder.

27.4     COMPLIANCE WITH FEDERAL RULES

SUPPLIER represents that PRODUCT(S) furnished hereunder shall comply, to the
extent required, with the applicable requirements of Parts 15, 22 and 24 of the
Federal Communication Commission's Rules and Regulations pertaining to Personal
Communications Services Systems in effect at the time of delivery of such
PRODUCTS, including those sections concerning the labeling of such PRODUCTS and
the suppression of radio frequency and electromagnetic radiation of specified
levels. SUPPLIER makes no undertaking with respect to harmful interference
caused by (i) installation, repair, modification or change of PRODUCTS or
SOFTWARE by persons other than SUPPLIER; (ii) PRODUCTS or SOFTWARE which are
subjected to misuse, neglect, accident or abuse by persons other than SUPPLIER;
(iii) PRODUCTS or SOFTWARE which are used in a manner not in accordance with
operating instructions or

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 75
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

in a suitable installation environment or operations of other equipment in
the frequency range reserved for PURCHASER within the franchise area.

SUPPLIER assumes no responsibility under this section for items designated or
supplied by PURCHASER, including but not limited to, antennas, power equipment
and batteries. Type acceptance or certification of such items shall be the sole
responsibility of PURCHASER

         27.4.1  RADIO FREQUENCY ENERGY STANDARDS

         Should the PRODUCTS during use fail to meet relevant parts of the FCC
         Rules and Regulations for spurious emission and interference to radio
         communications, SUPPLIER shall provide to PURCHASER information
         relating to methods of suppressing such interference. In the event such
         interference cannot reasonably be suppressed, then all remedies as
         provided by Article 14 hereof, entitled WARRANTIES, shall apply.

         27.4.2  REGISTRATION

         When PRODUCT furnished under this Agreement is subject to registration
         under Part 68 of the FCC's Rules and Regulations as they may be amended
         from time to time ("Part 68"), SUPPLIER warrants that such PRODUCT
         furnished under this Agreement is registered under and complies with
         Part 68 including, but not limited to, all labeling and customer
         instruction requirements unless such PRODUCT is furnished as part of a
         technical field trial or unless the PRODUCT is provided for services
         not covered or exempt under Part 68. SUPPLIER agrees to defend and hold
         PURCHASER harmless from any liability, claim or demand (including the
         costs, expenses and reasonable attorney's fees on account thereof) that
         may arise out of SUPPLIER's non-compliance with Part 68. PURCHASER
         agrees to promptly notify SUPPLIER of any liability, claim or demand
         against PURCHASER for which SUPPLIER is responsible under this clause
         and gives SUPPLIER full opportunity and authority to assume the
         defense, including appeals, and to settle such liability, claims and
         demands, provided that if PURCHASER reasonably believes that SUPPLIER
         is not adequately handling such defense or settlement, PURCHASER
         reserves the right to assume the defense or settlement.

27.5 MINORITY AND WOMEN-OWNED BUSINESS ENTERPRISES

The parties agree to cooperate to develop appropriate standards to provide equal
opportunity to Minority and Women-Owned Business Enterprises ("MWBE") under this
AGREEMENT

27.6     EXPORT CONTROL

SUPPLIER hereby certifies to PURCHASER that unless SUPPLIER has received the
prior written authorization of the Office of Export Licensing of the US
Department of Commerce, Washington, DC, SUPPLIER will not transmit, by any
means, either directly or indirectly, any technical data or information in any
form whatsoever (whether written, oral or otherwise) acquired from PURCHASER, or
any direct product of such data or information, except in compliance with United
States laws and regulations, including but not limited to export laws and
regulations.

27.7     TAXES

         27.7.1

         PURCHASER shall pay all federal excise tax and all state and local
         sales and use tax or other similar transfer tax in the nature of sales
         or use tax, however denominated (each, a "TAX"), which is directly and
         solely attributable to purchases by PURCHASER from SUPPLIER for
         consideration under this AGREEMENT. SUPPLIER shall bill such TAX to
         PURCHASER in the amount required by law, separately stating the amount
         and type of the billed TAX on the applicable invoice; PURCHASER shall

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 76
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

         pay such billed amount of TAX to SUPPLIER; and SUPPLIER shall remit
         such billed amount of TAX to the appropriate tax authorities as
         required by law; provided, however, that SUPPLIER shall not bill to or
         otherwise attempt to collect from PURCHASER any TAX with respect to
         which PURCHASER has provided SUPPLIER with (i) an exemption certificate
         prepared in accordance with applicable law, (ii) a direct pay number,
         or (iii) a written opinion of counsel (which may be addressed to either
         SUPPLIER or PURCHASER) to the effect that there is at least a
         reasonable basis for claiming that such TAX does not apply to the
         transaction or class of transactions at issue. If SUPPLIER proposes to
         make a transfer to PURCHASER other than by purchase (i.e., at no
         charge) and SUPPLIER wishes to raise the issue of payment and
         reimbursement of any TAX on such transfer, SUPPLIER will raise this
         issue in writing, either in its proposal or otherwise, prior to
         PURCHASER'S acceptance of the proposal; SUPPLIER shall not be entitled
         to raise this issue after PURCHASER'S acceptance of the proposal, or to
         collect any such TAX which PURCHASER has not agreed in writing to pay
         before the delivery of the transferred property to PURCHASER.

         27.7.2

         SUPPLIER shall pay all TAX which is directly and solely attributable to
         any transfer from PURCHASER to SUPPLIER which is made in connection
         with a transaction under this AGREEMENT (including, without limiting
         the generality of the foregoing, a return, exchange, trade-in, or
         repurchase). PURCHASER shall bill such TAX to SUPPLIER in the amount
         required by law, separately stating the amount and type of the billed
         TAX on the applicable invoice or other statement; SUPPLIER shall pay
         such billed amount of TAX to PURCHASER; and PURCHASER shall remit such
         billed amount of TAX to the appropriate tax authorities as required by
         law; provided, however, that PURCHASER shall not bill to or otherwise
         attempt to collect from SUPPLIER any TAX with respect to which SUPPLIER
         has provided PURCHASER with (i) an exemption certificate prepared in
         accordance with applicable law, (ii) a direct pay number, or (iii) a
         written opinion of counsel (which may be addressed to either SUPPLIER
         or PURCHASER) to the effect that there is at least a reasonable basis
         for claiming that such TAX does not apply to the transaction or class
         of transactions at issue.

         27.7.3

         At the other party's request, each of SUPPLIER and PURCHASER shall
         reasonably cooperate with the other party so as to minimize the tax
         liability of such other party, including such other party's liability
         for TAX to be billed and collected under Sections 27.7.1 and 27.7.2.
         Such cooperation shall include, without limiting the generality of the
         foregoing, (a) the delivery of SOFTWARE and DOCUMENTATION from SUPPLIER
         to PURCHASER via electronic transmission, (b) the separate statement of
         taxable and nontaxable charges on all invoices (including, without
         limiting the generality of the foregoing, charges for installation,
         assembly, configuration, freight, insurance and shipping), and (c) the
         maintenance and invoicing of separate prices for HARDWARE, SOFTWARE and
         SERVICES.

         27.7.4

         From time to time, SUPPLIER shall provide PURCHASER, within 90 days of
         PURCHASER'S request, a written opinion (which shall not constitute an
         opinion of counsel) as to (a) the percentage of the value of the
         FIRMWARE which is included in any HARDWARE supplied under this
         AGREEMENT, and (b) the percentage breakdown of value between
         APPLICATION SOFTWARE and OPERATIONAL SOFTWARE which is included in any
         SOFTWARE (including FIRMWARE) or HARDWARE supplied under this
         AGREEMENT; provided, however, that SUPPLIER shall not be required to
         respond to more than 15 such requests per calendar year. At the same
         time that SUPPLIER provides the written statement, SUPPLIER shall also
         provide reasonable detail concerning the method and underlying facts
         SUPPLIER used to arrive at the estimate. If a taxing authority will or
         does require additional information, PURCHASER may request that
         SUPPLIER also provide such additional information (which request shall
         not count toward the annual 15-request limit). SUPPLIER will supply
         such additional information to PURCHASER unless SUPPLIER informs
         PURCHASER that it will be

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 77
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

         unable to provide it. In that event, either party may invoke Section
         19.7 and through that procedure, come to agreement on the additional
         information that SUPPLIER will provide.

         Such statements and information shall be treated as confidential
         information under the Agreement Concerning the Treatment of SUPPLIER
         Information, shall only be disclosed to employees of PURCHASER and
         PURCHASER'S outside counsel with a need to know for the sole purpose of
         determining PURCHASER'S ad valorem taxes and shall not be shared with
         PURCHASER'S employees engaged in procurement (provided, that neither
         legal department nor tax department employees of PURCHASER shall be
         treated, for this purpose, as engaged in procurement). PURCHASER may
         reveal a statement and underlying information to a taxing authority,
         provided that PURCHASER has first taken whatever action is available in
         that jurisdiction to protect the confidentiality of the statement and
         information.

         27.7.5

         From time to time, within 90 days of PURCHASER's request, SUPPLIER
         shall certify to PURCHASER in writing whether any particular
         APPLICATION SOFTWARE is custom or pre-written, as such terms are
         routinely and consistently used between SUPPLIER and PURCHASER.

         27.7.6

         Each party to this AGREEMENT shall cooperate with all reasonable
         requests of the other party in connection with any contest or refund
         claim with respect to taxes. If one party incorrectly bills and
         collects taxes from the other party and the taxing authority requires
         that any refund from the taxing authority be sought by the billing
         party, the billing party shall seek the refund and remit to the other
         party the amount of the refund actually obtained, together with
         interest, if any, actually received, promptly upon receiving such
         refund and interest, if any, from the taxing authority.

         27.7.7

         Subject to Section 27.7.9, if SUPPLIER fails to bill any TAX to
         PURCHASER as required by Section 27.7.1, then, as between SUPPLIER and
         PURCHASER, PURCHASER shall remain liable for such unbilled TAX, and
         SUPPLIER shall be liable for any interest, penalties and additions to
         tax which are assessed with respect to such unbilled TAX by the
         applicable taxing authority. Likewise, subject to Section 27.7.9, if
         PURCHASER fails to bill any TAX to SUPPLIER as required by Section
         27.7.2, then, as between PURCHASER and SUPPLIER, SUPPLIER shall remain
         liable for such unbilled TAX, and PURCHASER shall be liable for any
         interest, penalties and additions to tax which are assessed with
         respect to such unbilled TAX by the applicable taxing authority.

         27.7.8

         If PURCHASER fails to pay any TAX to SUPPLIER as required by Section
         27.7.1, then, as between PURCHASER and SUPPLIER, PURCHASER shall be
         liable for such unpaid TAX and for all interest, penalties and
         additions to tax which are assessed with respect to such unpaid TAX by
         the applicable taxing authority. Likewise, if SUPPLIER fails to pay any
         TAX to PURCHASER as required by Section 27.7.2, then, as between
         SUPPLIER and PURCHASER, SUPPLIER shall be liable for such unpaid TAX
         and for all interest, penalties and additions to tax which are assessed
         with respect to such unpaid TAX by the applicable taxing authority.

         27.7.9

         If SUPPLIER does not bill or collect a TAX under Section 27.7.1 because
         PURCHASER has provided SUPPLIER with an exemption certificate, direct
         pay number or opinion of counsel as described in such Section, then, as
         between SUPPLIER and PURCHASER, PURCHASER shall remain liable for such
         unbilled TAX, and for any interest, penalties and additions to tax
         which are assessed with respect to such unbilled TAX by the applicable
         taxing authority; provided, however, that SUPPLIER shall be liable for
         all such amounts which are assessed because SUPPLIER failed to maintain
         or produce any records, including exemption certificates, as required
         by law. Likewise, if PURCHASER does not bill or

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 78
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

         collect a TAX under Section 27.7.2 because SUPPLIER has provided
         PURCHASER with an exemption certificate, direct pay number or opinion
         of counsel as described in such Section, then, as between PURCHASER and
         SUPPLIER, SUPPLIER shall remain liable for such unbilled TAX, and for
         any interest, penalties and additions to tax which are assessed with
         respect to such unbilled TAX by the applicable taxing authority;
         provided, however, that PURCHASER shall be liable for all such amounts
         which are assessed because PURCHASER failed to maintain or produce any
         records, including exemption certificates, as required by law.

         27.7.10

         Control of TAX audits shall rest with the party responsible for filing
         the TAX return audited; provided, however, that such party in control
         may not adjust, compromise or settle any TAX audit, the economic burden
         of which will be borne by the other party, without the prior written
         consent of such other party. If any taxing authority assesses any TAX
         against, or seeks to collect any TAX from, a party (the "ASSESSED
         PARTY"), and the other party (the "RESPONSIBLE PARTY") is responsible
         for such TAX under Section 27.7, Section 27.7.8 or Section 27.7.9, then
         the RESPONSIBLE PARTY may participate in or, with the consent of the
         ASSESSED PARTY, conduct the contest of the TAX determination in good
         faith, at the RESPONSIBLE PARTY'S own expense. In any such contest
         which is conducted by the RESPONSIBLE PARTY, the RESPONSIBLE PARTY
         shall promptly furnish the ASSESSED PARTY with copies of all filings in
         any proceeding, protest, or legal challenge, all rulings issued in
         connection therewith, and all correspondence between the RESPONSIBLE
         PARTY and the tax authority. In any such contest which is conducted by
         the ASSESSED PARTY, the ASSESSED PARTY shall provide an opportunity for
         the RESPONSIBLE PARTY to meaningfully participate in all aspects of
         such contest, and the ASSESSED PARTY may not adjust, compromise or
         settle any dispute with regard to, or fail to appeal any adverse
         judgment or other determination with respect to, TAX, the economic
         burden of which will be borne by the RESPONSIBLE PARTY, without the
         prior written consent of the RESPONSIBLE PARTY. The ASSESSED PARTY
         shall use reasonable efforts to promptly inform the RESPONSIBLE PARTY
         of any relevant TAX assessment or collection effort, so as to permit
         the RESPONSIBLE PARTY to effectively exercise its rights under this
         Section 27.7.10; provided, however, that no failure of the ASSESSED
         PARTY to inform the RESPONSIBLE PARTY shall diminish the responsibility
         of the RESPONSIBLE PARTY to pay any TAX or other amount pursuant to
         this Agreement unless, and then only to the extent that, the
         RESPONSIBLE PARTY'S contest-participation rights are adversely affected
         by the ASSESSED PARTY'S failure to inform.

27.8     REGULATORY ASSISTANCE

If requested by PURCHASER or its AFFILIATE(S), SUPPLIER shall, to the best of
its ability, provide assistance by supplying an expert witness, if required,
with regard to regulatory matters in connection with PRODUCTS and/or SERVICES
provided hereunder, provided that PURCHASER or its AFFILIATE(S) shall pay
SUPPLIER for such assistance at a reasonable rate to be specified and shall
reimburse SUPPLIER for all travel and per-diem living expenses reasonably
incurred by the expert witness.

27.9     SURVIVAL

All rights and obligations hereunder granted or incurred prior to and which by
their nature would continue beyond the cancellation, termination, or expiration
of this Agreement or any Order placed hereunder by PURCHASER shall survive such
cancellation, termination, or expiration.

27.10    NON-WAIVER

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 79
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

Neither party's failure at any time to enforce any of the provisions of this
Agreement or any right or remedy available hereunder or at law or equity, or to
exercise any option herein provided will in no way be construed to be a waiver
of such provisions, rights, remedies or options or in any way to affect the
validity of this Agreement. The exercise by a party of any rights, remedies or
options provided hereunder or at law or equity shall not preclude or prejudice
the exercising thereafter of the same or any other rights, remedies or options.

27.11    NOTICES

Any Notice or demand which under the terms of this Agreement or under any
statute shall be made by SUPPLIER or PURCHASER in writing which may take the
form of facsimile, electronic transfer, overnight courier or certified or
registered mail, with return receipt requested, addressed to the respective
parties. A Notice shall be deemed to have been given when received.

Notices to PURCHASER shall be addressed to the following (unless this Agreement
provides otherwise):

                  Verizon Wireless
                  180 Washington Valley Road
                  Bedminster, New Jersey  07921
                  Attn:  Executive Director, Network Purchasing.
                  Telecopier No.:  (908) 346-4218

with a copy to:

                  Verizon Wireless
                  180 Washington Valley Road
                  Bedminster, New Jersey  07921
                  Attn.:  Legal Department
                  Telecopier No.:  (908) 306-6836

Notices to SUPPLIER shall be addressed to:

                  Lucent Technologies Inc.
                  5 Penn Plaza, Tenth Floor
                  New York, New York  10001
                  Attn:  August Villano
                  Telecopier No.:  (212) 290-5942

27.12    FORCE MAJEURE

Neither party shall be held responsible for any delay or failure in performance
of this Agreement caused by fires, strikes, embargoes, requirements imposed by
government regulations, civil or military authorities, acts of God, beyond the
control of Supplier or Purchaser and which could not have been avoided through
the application of reasonable foresight or diligent effort, provided that this
clause shall not excuse failure of a PRODUCT due to the occurrence of a Force
Majeure condition that the SPECIFICATIONS are designed to protect against. If
such contingency occurs, the party delayed or unable to perform shall provide
notice to the other party and if the delaying causes continue for a period of
fifteen (15) days, the party injured by the other's inability to perform may
elect to:

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 80
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

         1.       terminate the affected order or part thereof as to PRODUCTS
                  not already shipped or SERVICES not already performed;

         2.       suspend such order for the duration of the delaying causes,
                  buy or sell elsewhere PRODUCTS to be bought or sold hereunder
                  and deduct from any commitment the quantity bought or sold or
                  for which such commitments have been made elsewhere; or

         3.       resume performance under such order once the delaying cause
                  ceases with an option in the injured party to extend the
                  delivery or performance date up to the length of time the
                  contingency endures.

Unless written notice is given no later than fifteen (15) days from when the
injured party is notified, (2) shall be deemed selected.

27.13  RELEASES VOID

Neither party shall require waivers or releases of any personal rights from
representatives of the other in connection with visits to their respective
premises and no such releases or waivers shall be pleaded by SUPPLIER or
PURCHASER in any action or proceeding.

27.14  SECTION HEADINGS

The headings of the sections herein are inserted for convenience only and are
not intended to affect the meaning or interpretation of this AGREEMENT.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 81
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE 28

                          Alternate Dispute Resolution

28.1     REFERRAL

Should any disagreement, dispute, disputed claim of breach, nonperformance, or
repudiation arising from, related to or connected with this Agreement or any of
the terms or conditions hereof, or any transactions hereunder ("Dispute"), arise
between PURCHASER and SUPPLIER either during this Agreement or after termination
or expiration of this Agreement, either party may give to the other notice of
the Dispute, specifically referencing this provision and request resolution of
the Dispute. At the expiration of ten (10) business days, unless it shall have
been settled, either party may refer such Dispute to the Vice President, Network
Planning, Verizon Wireless, and the Sales Vice President, New Business
Development, Lucent Technologies Inc., for resolution. If within an additional
ten (10) business days such Dispute shall not have been settled, then either
party may refer it to the Executive Vice President and Chief Technical Officer,
Verizon Wireless, and the Customer Team Vice President, Lucent Technologies
Inc., for resolution. The parties agree to exchange relevant information and
cooperate in good faith to resolve the Dispute under this provision. If within
an additional ten (10) business days, such dispute shall not have been settled,
the parties agree to resort to the dispute mediation remedies set forth below,
or to use a THIRD PARTY ENGINEER to resolve the DISPUTE, if such DISPUTE
involves any of the issues set forth in Section 28.2.1 hereof. The parties will
not be prohibited from seeking injunctive relief to preserve the status quo
while the mediation is pending.

28.2     THIRD PARTY ENGINEER

SUPPLIER and PURCHASER will first attempt to resolve the DISPUTE through the
process set forth in Section 28.1 hereof, entitled REFERRAL. If such attempt
fails, then each party shall submit its position in writing to the other within
ten (10) business days of written notice from the party requesting that the
DISPUTE be resolved by the THIRD PARTY ENGINEER, and the parties shall then
mutually select a THIRD PARTY ENGINEER to render a decision in the DISPUTE. The
THIRD PARTY ENGINEER shall be an engineer (who is not employed by either party)
that shall be chosen by the then President of the Institute of Electrical and
Electronic Engineers (or the Vice President, if the President is a present or
former employee of either party) to serve as the THIRD PARTY ENGINEER for
purposes of resolving the dispute. The costs of using a THIRD PARTY ENGINEER to
resolve disputes under this Section 28.2 hereof shall be shared equally by both
parties. If within an additional ten (10) business days, such DISPUTE shall not
have been settled, the parties agree to resort to the mediation process set
forth in Section 28.3 hereof, entitled MEDIATION.

         28.2.1

         The following list of issues may be referred to a THIRD PARTY ENGINEER
         for resolution, if the process set forth in Section 28.1 hereof,
         entitled REFERRAL, are unsuccessful.

         o        Capacity Warranty
         o        Acceptance Test Procedures
         o        Software Applicability and Use
         o        Equipment Specifications
         o        Feature Transparency
         o        Critical Fault Responsibility

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 82
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

28.3     MEDIATION

A formal mediation procedure may be commenced by either party under the then
current Center for Public Resources ("CPR") Model Procedure for Mediation of
Business Disputes by notice to CPR to select an experienced neutral mediator and
a proposed time and date for mediation. All mediators shall be selected from the
CPR Panel of Neutrals unless the parties mutually agree to a different neutral
mediator. All mediator fees shall be equally shared by the parties. Each party
will pay its own costs and other expenses associated with the mediation, except
that the reasonable travel expenses, as outlined in the Verizon Wireless Travel
Guidelines, incurred by the party which is more distant from the site of the
mediation, shall be shared equally by SUPPLIER and PURCHASER. The parties shall
participate in good faith in the mediation and if the parties reach a resolution
of the Dispute, it shall be reduced to writing and shall be enforceable in
accordance with its terms.

If the procedures set forth above do not result in a resolution of the dispute
satisfactory to both parties within thirty-one (31) days of the first notice to
CPR to select a mediator, either party may give notice in writing to the other
party that the mediation procedure is terminated. Upon the issuance of such
notice, either party shall have the right to pursue such remedies as may be
available at law or in equity or under this Agreement.

ALL DISCUSSIONS AND DOCUMENTS PREPARED PURSUANT TO ANY ATTEMPT TO RESOLVE A
DISPUTE UNDER THIS PROVISION ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND FOR SETTLEMENT PURPOSES ONLY
AND SHALL NOT BE ADMITTED IN ANY COURT OR OTHER FORUM AS AN ADMISSION OR
OTHERWISE AGAINST A PARTY FOR ANY PURPOSE INCLUDING THE APPLICABILITY OF FEDERAL
AND STATE COURT RULES.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 83
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE 29

                                ENTIRE AGREEMENT

This instrument, the Appendices and Schedules attached hereto, which are hereby
made part of this AGREEMENT, and the OrderS attached hereto, or hereafter issued
under this AGREEMENT, constitute and embody the entire agreement by and between
the parties hereto and supersede all prior oral or written agreements or
understandings, if any, between them with respect to the subject matter of this
AGREEMENT. In the event of a direct conflict between a specific term or
condition of this AGREEMENT and a specific term or condition in an ORDER, issued
and accepted by the parties, the specific term or condition in the ORDER shall
take precedence and control, but only for purposes of that individual ORDER. All
ORDERS placed by PURCHASER shall be deemed to incorporate the terms and
conditions of this AGREEMENT as well as any supplemental terms and conditions
agreed to by the parties in writing. This AGREEMENT shall not be modified or
amended except by a writing signed by authorized representatives of both
parties.

This AGREEMENT may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be
deemed an original, and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the
same instrument.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 85
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have set their hand to this Definitive Agreement
between Cellco Wireless a/b/a Verizon Wireless and Lucent Technologies,
intending to be legally bound this ___ day of ________ 2001.

<TABLE>

<S>                                                <C>                                          <C>
LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.                           Cellco Partnership d/b/a Verizon Wireless

--------------------------                         --------------------------                    ------------------------
Signature                                           Signature                                            Signature

L. DeLaurentis                                     Dennis F. Strigl
--------------------------                         --------------------------                    ------------------------
Printed Name                                       Printed  Name                                         Printed Name

Vice President, North American Sales               President and CEO
------------------------------------               --------------------------                    ------------------------
Title                                              Title                                                  Title

--------------------------                         --------------------------                    ------------------------
Date                                               Date                                                    Date

--------------------------                         --------------------------
Signature                                          Signature

Vincent J. Molinaro                                Edward Langston
--------------------------                         --------------------------
Printed Name                                       Printed  Name

Senior Vice President, North American Sales        Vice President and CFO
-------------------------------------------        --------------------------
Title                                              Title

--------------------------                         --------------------------
Date                                               Date

Legal Review                                       Legal Review

by                                                 by
  ------------------------                           ------------------------
      Mary E. Grant                                      Patrick J. O'Shea

Witnessed by:                                      Witnessed by:

--------------------------                         --------------------------

--------------------------                         --------------------------

--------------------------                         --------------------------

--------------------------                         --------------------------
</TABLE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless                                Page 84
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                  Appendix A

                             Pricing and Discounts

A.1 Pricing

         A.1.a             AMPS Cellular Net Price List
         A.1.b             AMPS PCS Net Price List
         A.1.c             Pick a Pack Software Price List
         A.1.d             Power Equipment Price List
         A.1.e             LWSS Price List
         A.1.f             Optional Services Price List
         A.1.g             Product Configuration Models

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless      Appendix  A           Page 1 of 1
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                        A.1.a AMPS Cellular Price List
                           A.1.b AMPS PCS Price List

The attached AMPS Cellular and AMPS PCS Price Reference Guides (January 1, 2001
issues) are included in this Appendix for illustrative purposes only. These
will be replaced with Net Price Lists upon their availability.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless      Appendix  A           Page 1 of 1
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                                              [GRAPHIC OMITTED]
                                                            Lucent Technologies
                                                          Bell Labs Innovations

                            Appendix A.1a and A.1.b

                                     AMPS

                             PRICE REFERENCE GUIDE

                                JANUARY 1, 2001

        Per the Agreement of the Parties, Lucent will replace this page

           with Net Pricing for all AMPS and PCS Products within 30

                   days of the execution of this Agreement.

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                      A.1.c Pick A Pack Software Pricing

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless      Appendix  A           Page 1 of 1
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                         A.1.c Pick a Pack Price List

                             "Pick A Pack" Program

Pick A Pack is a pricing program developed to allow the licensing transfer of
new or existing Lucent optional feature software. The special Pick A Pack
pricing schedule may be used in lieu of list price established for each
optional feature. It allows for licensing software in a 'Pack' for 'one price
during the calendar years 2000, 2001, 2002, and 2003. The customer can select
any mix of 5, 10, or 15 new or existing optional features for CDMA, ECP, 5ESS
Wireless and analog. The option for ALL features pack includes the allnew CDMA
ECP 5ESS Wireless and analog features that are declared Generally Available
(GA) in a calendar year. The All Feature Pack also includes Base Release
Software and Service component of the LWSS program at no additional charge.
Pick A Pack prices are fixed for calendar years 2000 - 2003. Licensing
transfers can be made on an annual basis or on a multiple year commitment
basis. Initial Operating fees, and Right to Use fees are NOT included as part
of the Pick A Pack program.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless     Appendix  A.1.c       Page 1 of 2
Definitive Agreement                                   Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

Pick a Pack, per Cell Pricing Program

Annual Prices in $M According to Number of Cells in Network

Total Software Price: BRSS plus Pick a Pack (5, 10 or 15)

The "All" option includes BRSS at no additional charge.

Multi-year Purchase Commitment provides 10% reduction of Pick a Pack software
package price

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless     Appendix  A.1.c       Page 2 of 2
Definitive Agreement                                   Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                         A.1.d Power Products Pricing

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless      Appendix  A           Page 1 of 1
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                           Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                             Galaxy Power Systems
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                                  July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                                   List Price
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             H569-434 GPS4848 (48V, 4800 Amp) Galaxy Power System
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       Standard Configurations - Distributed Architecture - Initial Bay
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>      <C>            <C>                                                       <C>
                        H569-434 G-1 e/w 1G14, 1G24, 1G31
                        800 Amp, -48V system e/w Galaxy Millennium Controller,
                        4 Rectifier Shelves 208/240V Input. Provides Terminal
FE284     108485277     Block Connection; (1) LVBD. One 1200A Contactor & Shunt    *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        H569-434 G-1 e/w 1G15, 1G24, 1G30
                        800 Amp, -48V system e/w Galaxy Millennium controller
                        w/intelligence; 4 Rectifier Shelves, 208/240V Input.
                        Terminal Block Connection to Rectifiers; (1) LVBD, Two
FE284     108485590     500A Contactors & Shunts.                                  *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        H569-434 G-1 e/w 1G15, 1G26, 1G30, 1G91
                        800 Amp, -48V system e/w Galaxy Millennium controller
                        w/intelligence; 4 Rect. Shelves, 480V Input. Terminal
                        Block Connection to Rectifiers; (1) LVBD, Two 500A
FE284     108570821     Contactors & Shunts.  (3) 9 inch blank panels.             *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        H569-434 G-1 e/w 1G15, 1G22, 1G32, 1G43
                        800 Amp, -48V system e/w Galaxy Millennium controller
                        w/intelligence; 4 Rectifier Shelves, 480V Input. AC
                        input Circuit Breakers; 1500A Battery Shunt. (1) 6
FE284     108725169     position, 125-600A CB Panel w/Return Bus.                  *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        H569-434 G-1 e/w 1G15, 1G22, 1G30, 1G68
                        800 Amp, -48V system e/w Galaxy Millennium Controller
                        w/intelligence, 4 Rectifier Shelves, 480V Input. AC
                        Input Circuit Breakers; LVBD; (2) 500A Contactors &
                        Shunt; (2) 2 position, 32- =400A NH00 DIN Fuse Panel
FE284     108736620     w/Return Bus.                                              *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        H569-434 G-1 e/w 1G15, 1G24, 1G32
                        800 Amp, -48V system e/w Galaxy Millennium Controller
                        w/Intelligence, 4 Rectifier Shelves 208/240 Input.
                        Terminal block connection, 1500 Amp Battery Shunt
FE284     108785916     & Meter                                                    *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        H569-434 G-1 e/w 1G15, 1G26, 1G32
                        800 Amp, -48V system e/w Galaxy Millennium Controller
                        w/Intelligence, 4 rectifier Shelves 480V Input.
                        Terminal block Connection; 1500 Amp Battery Shunt and
FE284     108785924     Meter                                                      *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Standard Configurations - Distributed Architecture - Supplemental Bay
                                (no controller)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        H569-434 G1 e/w G13, G24, G31
                        800 Amp, -48V supplemental bay w/4 rectifier shelves,
                        208/240V input provides terminal block connection to
FE284    108485285      rectifier; (1) LVBD. One 1200A Contactor & Shunt.          *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        H569-434 G1 e/w G13, G24, G30
                        800 Amp, -48V supplemental bay w/4 rectifier shelves;
                        208/240V input provides terminal block connection; (1)
FE284    108485608      LVBD. Two 500A Contactors & Shunts.                        *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        H569-434 G1 e/w G13, G26, G32
                        800 Amp, -48V system e/w 4 rectifier shelves. 480V
                        input provides terminal block connection, 1500 amp
FE284    108785882      shunt & meter.                                             *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        H569-434 G1 e/w G13, G26, G30

                        800 Amp, -48V system e/w 4 rectifier shelves. 480V
                        input provides terminal block connection; 2 LVBD. Two
FE284    108792623      600 Amp contactors, shunts battery meter.                  *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        H569-434 G1 e/w G13, G22, G32, (2) G43
</TABLE>

                             Galaxy Power Systems
                               Section 1 Page 1

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                           Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                             Galaxy Power Systems

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                                  July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                                   List Price
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>      <C>            <C>                                                        <C>
                        800 Amp, -48V system e/w 4 rectifier shelves. 480V
                        input provides rectivier AC input circuit breaker;
                        1500A battery shunt; (1) 6 position, 125-600A circuit
FE284     108725151     breaker panel w/return bus.                                *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        H569-434 G1 e/w G13, G26, G31, G40, (2) G43
                        800 Amp, -48V system e/w 4 rectifier shelves. 480V input
                        provides terminal block connection; (1) LVBD: One 1200A
                        contactor & shunt;(1) 13 position, 1-100A circuit
                        breaker panel w/return bus; (2) 6 position 125-600A
FE284     108469677     circuit breaker panel w/return bus.                        *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Standard Configurations - Centralized Architecture - Initial Bay
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        H569-434 G2 e/w 1 G15, 1 G27, 1 G33
                        1200 Amp, -48V system e/w Galaxy Millennium controller
                        w/Intelligence; 6 Rectifier Shelves, 480V AC Input
                        provides terminal block connection to Rectifiers;
FE284    108673237      No Battery Section.                                        *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        H569-434 G2 e/w G14, G24, G33, (2) G111A, G52A
                        800 Amp, -48V system e/w Galaxy Millennium Controller;
                        4 rectifier shelves, 208/240V AC input provides
                        terminal block connection to rectifiers; No battery
                        section; (2) 5 position, 125-600A circuit breaker
                        panels w/return bus, each e/w (5) 225A circuit
FE284    108776279      breakers; (1) 10 position, 1-70A fuse panel.               *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        H569-434 G2 e/w G14, G26, G33, (2) G111A, G52A
                        800 Amp, -48V system e/w Glaxy Millennium Controller, 4
                        rectifier shelves, 480V AC input provides terminal
                        block connection to rectifiers; No battery section; (2)
                        5 position, 125-600A circuit breaker panels w/return
                        bus each e/w (5) 225A circuit breakers; 91) 10 position
FE284    108776287      1-70A fuse panel.                                          *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Standard Configurations - Centralized Architecture - Supplemental Bay
                                (no controller)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        H569-434 G2 e/w G12, G21, G33
                        1200 Amp, -48V system e/w 6 rectifier shelves. 208/240V
                        input provides rectifier AC input for circuit breakers;
FE284     108256280     No battery section.                                        *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        H569-434 G2 e/w G12, G23, G33
                        1200 Amp, -48V system e/w 6 rectifier shelves. 480V
                        input provides rectifier AC input circuit breaker;
FE284     108256314     No battery section.                                        *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        H569-434 G2 e/w 1 G12, 1 G25, 1 G33
                        1200 Amp, -48V system e/w 6 rectifier shelves. 208/240V
                        input provides terminal clock connection to rectifiers;
FE284     108254368     No battery section.                                        *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        H569-434 G2 e/w 1 G12, 1 G27, 1 G33
                        1200 Amp, -48V system e/w 6 rectifier shelves. 480V
                        input provides terminal block connection to rectifier;
FE284     108256249     No battery section.                                        *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        H569-434 G2 e/w G12, G24, G33, G111A, G90, G92
                        800 Amp, -48V system e/w 4 rectifier shelves. 208/240V
                        input provides terminal block connection to rectifiers;
                        No battery section; (2) 5 position, 125-600A circuit
                        breaker panels w/return bus each e/w (5) 2325A circuit
                        breakers; (1) 6 inch blank panel; (1) 12 inch blank
FE284     108615865     panel.                                                     *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        H569-434 G2 e/w G12, G26, G33, (2) G111A, G90, G92
                        800 Amp, -48V system e/w 4 rectifier shelves. 480V
                        input provides terminal block connection to rectifiers;
                        No battery section; (2) 5 position, 125-600A circuit
                        breaker panels with return bus each e/w (5) 225A
                        circuit breakers; (1) 6 inch blank panel; (1) 12 inch
FE284     108776303     blank panel.                                               *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Standard Configurations - Centralized Architecture - Distribution Only Bay
</TABLE>

                             Galaxy Power Systems
                               Section 1 Page 2

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                           Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                             Galaxy Power Systems
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                                  July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                                   List Price
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              (no controller, rectifier shelves or battery panels)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>       <C>           <C>                                                        <C>
                        H569-434 G2 e/w G12, G29, G33, (4) G103A, G52A
                        4800 Amp, -48V distribution only bay e/w no controller,
                        rectifier shelves or battery panels. (4) 6 position,
                        125-600A circuit breaker panels each e/w (3) 400A
FE284     108673302     circuit breakers; (1) 10 position, 1-70A fuse panel.       *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        H569-434 G2 e/w G12, G29, G33, G103A, G43A
                        4800A -48V distribution only bay e/w no controller,
                        rectifier shelves or battery panels; (4) 6 position
                        125-600A circuit breaker panels w/return bus, each e/w
                        (3) 400A circuit breakers; (2) 6 position 125-600A
FE284    108676214      circuit breaker panel.                                     *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              Distribution Options
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         G-40           Six inch circuit breaker panel with 13 positions for
FE284   108485574       1-100 A breakers w/return bus. (Max 400A per panel)        *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         G-41           Nine inch circuit breaker panel with 21 positions for
FE284    108485582      1-100 A breakers w/return bus. (Max 400A per panel)        *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         G-42           Six inch circuit breaker panel with 3 positions for
FE284    108485566      125-600 Amp breakers w/return bus. (Max 600A per panel)    *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         G-43           Twelve inch circuit breaker panel with 6 positions for
FE284    108783994      125-600A breakers w/return bus. (Max 1200A)                *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         G-95           Six inch circuit breaker panel & return with 10
FE284    108784000      positions for 1-150A breakers.                             *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      Galaxy Millennium Controller Options
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Intelligent Control Card Kit (to upgrade G14 to G15 in
FE287    108284662      the field).                                                *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287    108284639      Modem Card Kit                                             *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287    108284605      Dataswitch Card (Requires Intelligent Card).               *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287    848183323      External Modem Connection Kit.                             *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287    848183307      External Auxiliary Port Connection Kit.                    *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287    108265422      External Additional Dataswitch Extension Kit.              *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287    108029687      BSL1 Alarm Wire Wrap Card (BSL2 Wire Punch Card Provided). *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE282    108473067      Galaxy Gateway Basic Kit for Millennium Controller         *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         200 Amp Switchmode Rectifiers
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE288    108680026      48V/200A 208-240VAC SMR 595B2.                             *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE288    108680018      48V/200A 480VAC SMR 595A2.                                 *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Large Circuit Breakers for Groups 42,43 and 47
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE295    108312794      One position, 125 amp circuit breaker.                     *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE295    108312802      One position, 175 amp circuit breaker.                     *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE295    108312810      One position, 225 amp circuit breaker.                     *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE295    108312828      Two position, 300 amp circuit breaker.                     *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE295    108312836      Two position, 400 amp circuit breaker.                     *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE295    108312844      Three position, 500 amp circuit breaker.                   *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE295    108312851      Three position, 600 amp circuit breaker.                   *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Plug-In Circuit Breakers for Groups 40, 41, 45 and 46
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF020    407098417      One position, 3 amp circuit breaker.                       *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF022    407098425      One position, 5 amp circuit breaker.                       *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF022    407098433      One position, 10 amp circuit breaker.                      *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF022    407098458      One position, 15 amp circuit breaker.                      *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF020    407098474      One position, 20 amp circuit breaker.                      *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF020    407098482      One position, 25 amp circuit breaker.                      *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF020    407098490      One position, 30 amp circuit breaker.                      *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                             Galaxy Power Systems
                               Section 1 Page 3

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                           Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                             Galaxy Power Systems

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                                  July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                                   List Price
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>      <C>            <C>                                                        <C>
FF020    407245448      One position, 40 amp circuit breaker.                       *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF020    407098516      One position, 45 amp circuit breaker.                       *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF020    407098524      One position, 50 amp circuit breaker.                       *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF022    407098532      Two position, 60 amp circuit breaker.                       *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF020    407098540      Two position, 70 amp circuit breaker.                       *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF020    407098557      Two position, 80 amp circuit breaker.                       *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF020    407098565      Two position, 90 amp circuit breaker.                       *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF020    407098573      Two position, 100 amp circuit breaker.                      *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Other Equipment
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE295    108289760      Capacitor Charge Unit                                       *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       Recommended Spare Parts - Cabinet
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF070    402328926      18 Amp GMT Alarm Fuse                                       *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF010    406530725      1-1/3 Amp Alarm Fuse                                        *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF040    405673161      1/2 Amp Alarm Fuse                                          *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
80231    406204230      3 amp alarm Fuse                                            *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE113    407227172      Alarm Lamp                                                  *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE288    847755378      Rectifier Fan Assembly                                      *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270    107637688      BLJ1 Bay Board                                              *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE250    107900169      EBV2 Load Disconnect PWB                                    *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270    107604076      BJN1 Battery Disconnect PWB                                 *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                Recommended Spare Parts - Millennium Controller
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287    108029679      BSK1 Display Card.                                          *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287    848194551      BSL2 Alarm Wire Punch Card.                                 *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE286    108029653      BSH1 Basic Control Card.                                    *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE286    108029661      BSJ1 Intelligent Card.                                      *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287    108029695      BSM1 Modem Card.                                            *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287    108163601      BSW1 Dataswitch Card.                                       *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF010    406530725      1-1/3 Amp Alarm Fuse.                                       *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
80231    406204230      3 amp alarm Fuse.                                           *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE611    406677880      Battery TI5101 for BSJ Card.                                *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287    847950912      LCD Module Assembly for BSK Card.                           *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                           Remote Peripheral Monitors
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Module Connecting Cable (specify length)
FF921    407377704      (price is per foot).                                        *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270    847910221      Shunt Monitoring Module for (6) Shunts & (1) Temp.          *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270    847910213      Voltage Monitoring Module for (6) 0-70 Vdc & (1) Temp       *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287    108298431      Voltage Monitoring Module for (6) 0-3 Vdc & (1) Temp.       *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287    108298498      Voltage Monitoring Module for (6) 0-16 Vdc & (1) Temp.      *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287    108298449      (6) Binary Monitoring 5-200V.                               *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287    108298456      (4) Control Relay 110 Vdc 0-3A Max.                         *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Mounts up to 6 RPMS on top of bay. Replaces
FE287    848285854      standard facia cover.                                       *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Battery Slope Thermal Compensation for Galaxy Millenniun & SC controllers
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287    108298514      210E Battery Thermal Management Unit.                       *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF920    847900180      Power Cable for 201E Unit with In-Line Fuse.                *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
82761    405186339      Spare 0.5 Amp Fuse for 847900180 Power Cable.               *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Paddle Probe for sliding between Batteires when they        *
FF515    847050010      are touching each other.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        0.25 inch Diameter Ring Terminal Probe for 12IR125
FF515    847494606      & Unigy Batteries.                                          *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE131    848194221      5/16 inch Diameter Ring Terminal Probe.                     *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287    848202743      0.50 inch Diameter Ring Terminal Probe.                     *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                             Galaxy Power Systems
                               Section 1 Page 4

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                           Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                             Galaxy Power Systems

<TABLE>
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                                  July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                                   List Price
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>      <C>            <C>                                                        <C>
FE287    848152989      8 ft. cable to connect one probe to Millennium (A).         *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE611    847307410      10 ft cable to connect one probe to the BIC1 (B).           *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE295    848314563      16 ft. cable to connect one probe to the BIC1 (B).          *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287    848153003      8 ft cable to connect 210E to Millennium (C).               *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270    848302048      8 ft. cable to connect 210E to BIC1 (F).                    *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE172    847550175      9 ft. cable to connect probe to 210E (D)                    *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE172    847548468      17.5 ft. cable to connect probe to 210E (D).                *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Battery Reserve Thermal Probe & 85 ft. of wire
FE270    108354390      for connecting to SC only (G).                              *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 H569-436 GPS 4812 -48V 1200 Amp Battery Plant
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           GPS4812 Standard Configurations - Full Height Initial Bay,
                         All Options Factory Installed
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        H569-436 G5, G14,G77F, G85F, (5) G52A, (2)G90
                        600 Amp, -48V full height system e/w Galaxy Millennium
                        Controller, 3 rectifier shelves (terminal strip input
                        connections), 1000A shunt only (5) 10 position 1-60A
FE286     108597261     fuse panel, (2) 6 inch blank panel.                         *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        H569-436 G5 e/w G14, G77F, G30, (3) G41B, G40B
                        600 Amp, -48V full height ystem e/w Galaxy Millennium
                        Controller; (3) rectifier shelves (terminal strip
                        inputconnections); (1) LVBD; Two 500A contactors & two
                        1000A shunt, (3) 21 position 1-100A circuit breaker
                        panel & return; (1) 13 position 1-100A circuit breaker
FE286     108341348     panel & return.                                             *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        H569-436 G5 e/w G15, G77F, G85F, (3) G41B
                        600 Amp -48V full height system e/w Galaxy Millennium
                        Controller w/Intelligence; (3) rectifier shelves
                        (terminal strip input connections); (1) 1000A shunt
                        only battery panel; (3) 21 position, 1-100A circuit
FE286     108687716     breaker panel & return.                                     *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        H569-436 G5 e/w G15, G77F, G85F, (2) G41B
                        600 Amp, -48V full height system e/w Galaxy Millennium
                        Controller w/Intelligence; (3) rectifier shelves
                        (terminal strip input connections); (1) 1000A shunt
                        only; (2) 21 position, 1-100A circuit breaker panel &
FE286     108688284     return.                                                     *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        H569-436 G-5, G14, G77F, G85F, G44B
                        600 Amp -48V full height system e/w Galaxy Millennium
                        controller; (3) rectifier shelves (terminal strip input
                        connection); (1) 1000A shunt only; (1) 5 position
FE286     108319641     125-600A circuit breaker panel & return.                    *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        H569-436 G-5, G14, G77F, G85F, G44B, G41B
                        600 Amp -48V full height system e/w Galaxy Millennium
                        Controller; (3) rectifier shelves (terminal strip input
                        connection); (1) 1000A shunt only; (1) 21 position
                        1-100A circuit breaker panel & return; (1) 5 position
FE286     108319658     125-600A circuit breaker panel.                             *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        H569-436 G5, G15, G30, (3) G40B, G41B, G42B,G 77F
                        600 Amp -48V full height system e/w Galaxy Millennium
                        Controller w/Intelligence; (1) LVBD; two 500A contactor
                        & two 1000A shunts; 3 rectifier shelves (terminal strip
                        input connection); (1) 21 position, 1-100A circuit
                        breaker panel; (3) 13 position 1-100A circuit breaker
FE286     108410309     panel; (1) 3 position 125-600A circuit breaker panel.       *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
                             Galaxy Power Systems
                               Section 1 Page 5

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                           Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                             Galaxy Power Systems

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                                  July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                                   List Price
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>      <C>            <C>                                                        <C>
                        H569-436 G5, G15, (3) G41C, G72F, G80
                        600 Amp -48V full height system e/w Galaxy Millennium
                        Controller w/Intelligence; (3) rectifier shelves (AC
                        input circuit breaker); (10 LVBD; One 1200A contactor,
                        Two DIN NH3 fuses and two 600A shunts; (3) 21 position
FE286     108445859     1-100A circuit breaker panel e/LVLD & return.               *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        H569-436 G5 e/w G15, G72F, G80, (2) G41C
                        600 Amp -48V full height system e/w Galaxy Millennium
                        Controller w/Intelligence; (3) rectifier shelves (AC
                        input circuit breaker); (1) LVBD: One 1200A contactor,
                        two DIN NH3 fuses & two 600A shunts; (2) 21 position
FE286     108666207     1-100A circuit breaker panel w/LVLD & return.               *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        H569-436 G5 e/w G14, G78F, G85F, G40B, (3) G41B
                        800 Amp -48V full height system e/w Galaxy Millennium
                        controller; (4) rectifier shelves (terminal strip input
                        connection); (1) 1000A shunt only; (1) 13 position
                        1-100A circuit breaker panel; (3) 21 position 1-100A
FE286     108319666     circuit breaker panel & return.                             *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        H569-436 G5 e/w G15, G77F, G85F
                        600 Amp -48V full height system e/w Galaxy Millenniun
                        Controller w/Intelligence; (3) rectifier shelves
FE286     108785890     (terminal strip input connections); 1000A shunt only.       *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        H569-436 G5 e/w G15, G78F, G30, (3) G40B, G42B
                        800 Amp -48V full height system e/w Galaxy Millennium
                        Controller w/Intelligence; (4) rectifier shelves
                        (terminal strip input connections); (1) LVBD; two 500A
                        contactors & two 1000A shunts; (1) 3 position 125-600A
                        circuit breaker panel & return; (3) 13 position 1-100A
FE286     108410317     circuit breaker panel & return.                             *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    GPS4812 Basic -48V Power Cabinets - Full Height (No Distribution Panels)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        H569-436 G5 e/w G14, G72F, G31
                        600 Amp, -48V full height system e/w Basic Millennium
                        Controller, 12 AC circuit breakers, 3 rectifier shelves
FE286     108469719     and 1200A LVBD contactor.                                   *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        H569-436 G5 e/w G14, G77F, G31
                        600 Amp, -48V full height system e/w Basic Millennium
                        Controller, Terminal Strip connections, (3) rectifier
FE286     108561846     shelves and 1200A LVBD contactor.                           *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        H569-436 G5 e/w G16F, G72F, G31
                        600 Amp, -48V full height system without controller as
                        supplemental bay e/w (12) AC circuit breakers, (3)
FE286     108469735     rectifier shelves and 1200A LVBD contactor.                 *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        H569-436 G6 e/w G14, G71H, G36H
                        400A, -48V 40" half-height system e/w Basic Millennium
                        Controller, (8) AC circuit breakers, (2) rectifier
FE286     108469727     shelves and 800A LVBD contactor.                            *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        H569-436 G6 e/w G14, G76H, G36H
                        400 Amp, -48V 40" half-height system e/w Basic
                        Millennium Controller, Terminal Strip connections, (2)
FE286      108561473    rectifier shelves and 800A LVBD contactor.                  *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         GPS4812 Standard Configurations - Full Height Supplemental Bay
                                (no controller)
                         All Options Factory Installed
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        H569-436 G5 e/w G16F, G77F, G85F, (3) G41B
                        600 Amp, -48V full height system e/w (3) rectifier
                        shelves (terminal strip input connection); (1) 1000A
                        shunt only battery panel; (3) 21 position 1-100A
FE286    108687708      circuit breaker panel & return.                             *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                             Galaxy Power Systems
                               Section 1 Page 6

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                           Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                             Galaxy Power Systems

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                                  July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                                   List Price
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>      <C>            <C>                                                        <C>
                        H569-436 G5 e/w G16F, G77F, G33F, G43A, (3) G90, G92
                        600 Amp -48V full height system e/w (3) rectifier
                        shelves (terminal strip input connections); No Battery
                        Panel; 91) 6 position 125-600A circuit breaker panel;
FE286    108615956      (3) 6 inch blank panel; (1) 12 inch blank panel.            *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        H569-436 G5 e/w G16F, G77F, G30, (2) G40B, G41B, G42B,
                        G90
                        600 Amp -48V full height system e/w (3) rectifier
                        shelves (terminal strip input connections); (1) LVBD;
                        two 500A contactors & two 1000A shunts; (2) 13
                        positrion 1-100A circuit breaker panel & return; (1) 21
                        position 1-100A circuit breaker panel & return; (1) 3
                        position 125-600A circuit breaker panel & return; (1) 6
FE286    108410341      inch blank panel.                                           *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        H569-436 G5 e/w G16F, G72F, (2) G40B, G44B
                        600 Amp -48V full height system e/w (3) rectifier
                        shelves (AC input circuit breaker), (2) 13 position
                        1-100A circuit breaker panel; (1) 5 position 125-600A
FE286     108685645     panel & return.                                             *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        H569-436 G5 e/w G16F, G77F, G85F
                        600 Amp, -48V full height system e/w (3) rectifier
                        shelves (terminal strip input connections); 1000A shunt
FE286     108785874     only                                                        *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        H569-436 G5 e/w G16F, G28, G33F, (5) G52A, (2) G90
                        Full height -48V no amps cabinet e/w no controller, no
                        rectifier shelves, distribution only bay. No battery
                        panel, (5) 10 position 1-60A fuse panel, (2) 6 inch
FE286     108597279     blank panel.                                                *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           GPS4812 Standard Configurations - Half Height Initial Bay,
                         All Options Factory Installed
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        H569-436 G6 e/w G15, G74H, G36H, (2) G41B
                        400 Amp -48V half height system e/w Galaxy Millennium
                        Controller w/Intelligence; (2) rectivier shelves (AC
                        input circuit breaker); (1) LVBD; One 800A contactor &
                        600A shunt; (2) 21 position 1-100A circuit breaker
FE286     108736638     panel & return.                                             *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        H569-436 G6 e/w G17, G76H, G84H, (2) G41B
                        400 Amp -48V half height system e/w Galaxy Vector
                        controller; (2) rectifier shelves (terminal strip input
                        connection); (1) 600A shunt only; (2) 21 position
FE286     108743709     1-100A circuit breaker panel & return.                      *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        H569-436 G6, G15, G53B, G71H, G84H
                        400 Amp -48V half height system e/w Galaxy Millennium
                        Controller w/Intelligence; (2) rectifier shelves (AC
                        input circuit breaker); (1) 600A shunt only; (1) 2
FE286    108445867      position 100-600A fuse panel                                *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        H569-436 G-9, G14, G71H, G36H, (2) G41B
                        400 Amp -48V half height system on stand for 12IR125
                        batteries, e/w Galaxy Millennium Controller; (2)
                        rectifier shelves (AC input circuit breaker); (1) LVBD;
                        One 800A contactor & 600A shunt; (2) 21 position 1-100A
FE286    108319674      circuit breaker panel & return.                             *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  GPS4812 Distribution Options (Field Install)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE282      G-40B        Six inch Distribution KS circuit breaker panel assembly
         108783945      with return bus, 1-100A, 13 positions                       *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE282      G-41B        Nine inch DC Distribution KS circuit breaker panel
         108794264      assembly with return bus, 1-100A, 21 positions.             *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE282      G42B         Six inch DC Distribution KS circuit breaker panel
         108659574      assembly with return bus, 125-600A, 3 positions.            *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE282      G-43B        Twelve inch DC Distribution KS circuit breaker panel
         108783952      assembly with return bus, 125-600A, 6 positions.            *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                             Galaxy Power Systems
                               Section 1 Page 7

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                           Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                             Galaxy Power Systems
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                                  July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                                   List Price
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>      <C>            <C>                                                        <C>
FE282      G-45B        Six inch DC Distribution LMLK circuit breaker panel
         108639717      assembly with return bus, 1-150A, 10 positions.             *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                           Galaxy Millennium Options
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Intelligent control card kit (to upgrade G-14 to G-15
FE287    108284662      in the field).                                              *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287    108284639      Modem card kit (requires intelligent card).                 *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287    108284605      Dataswitch card kit (requires intelligent card).            *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287    848183323      External modem connection kit.                              *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287    108029687      BSL1 Alarm Wire Wrap Card                                   *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        External auxiliary port connection kit (requires
FE287    848183307      intelligent card).                                          *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287    108265422      External additional dataswitch extension kit.               *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE282    108473067      Galaxy GatewayBasic Kit for Millennium Controller           *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Remote Peripheral Modules for Galaxy Millennium Controller only.
                           Requires intelligent card.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Connecting cable for RPMs (length must be specified)
FF921    407377704      Price is per ft.                                            *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Shunt monitoring module for (6) shunts and (1) temp
FE270    108469461      (221F)                                                      *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Voltage monitoring module for (6) 0-70Vdc & (1) TEMP
FE270    108469503      (221C)                                                      *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Voltage monitoring module for (6) 0-3 Vdc and (1)
FE287    108298431      temp.                                                       *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287    108298498      Voltage monitoring module for (6) 0-16 Vdc and (1) temp.    *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Voltage monitoring module for (6) 0-200Vdc and (1)
FE270    108469479      temp (221D)                                                 *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270    108469495      Module for (6) transducers (221J)                           *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287    108298449      Module for (6) binary 5-200V.                               *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287    108298456      Module for (3) control relays (100 Vdc/0.3A max)            *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270    108274242      Temperature monitoring module for up to 7 points (223T)     *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Thermistor for temp channel on voltage, shunt, &
FZ780    407209808      temperature monitoring modules                              *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE282    847917879      1/2" diameter ring terminal probe                           *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE611    847307410      10' cable to connect one probe to the 223T.                 *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE284    848285854      Mounts up to 6 RPMs on top of bay. Replace standard
                        facia cover.                                                *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       Battery Slope Thermal Compensation Equipment for Galaxy Millennium
                             and Vector Controllers
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287    108298514      210E Battery Thermal Management Unit.                       *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF920    847900180      Power Cable for 201E Unit with In-Line Fuse.                *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
82761    405186339      Spare 0.5 Amp Fuse for 847900180 Power Cable.               *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Paddle Probe for sliding between Batteires when they
FF515    847050010      are touching each other.                                    *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        0.25 inch Diameter Ring Terminal Probe for 12IR125 &
FF515    847494606      Unigy Batteries.                                            *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE131    848194221      5/16 inch Diameter Ring Terminal Probe.                     *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287    848202743      0.50 inch Diameter Ring Terminal Probe.                     *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287    848152989      8 ft. cable to connect one probe to Millennium (A).         *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE611    847307410      10 ft cable to connect one probe to the BIC1 (B).           *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE295    848314563      16 ft. cable to connect one probe to the BIC1 (B).          *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287    848153003      8 ft cable to connect 210E to Millennium (C).               *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270    848302048      8 ft. cable to connect 210E to BIC1 (F).                    *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE172    847550175      9 ft. cable to connect probe to 210E (D)                    *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE172    847548468      17.5 ft. cable to connect probe to 210E (D).                *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Battery Reserve Thermal Probe & 85 ft. of wire for
FE270    108354390      connecting to SC only (G).                                  *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             Switch Mode Rectifiers
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE290    107598120      596A 48 Vdc, 50 amp rectifier (input 200/240Vac)            *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                             Galaxy Power Systems
                               Section 1 Page 8

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                           Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                             Galaxy Power Systems

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                                  July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                                   List Price
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>      <C>            <C>                                                        <C>
                        Batteries and Accessories
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        One 12IR125 battery (4 are required for one string);
FF520    407155399      8 strings fit on one G-9 stand).                            *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        One 12IR125 battery string disconnect switch assembly
FE287    108298464      (one per shelf/one per two battery strings).                *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Additional stand for 12IR125 batteries. Used with G-6
FF522    108298506      or G-9.                                                     *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        One module of Unigy II 1A-85-51L batteries (24 modules
FF861    407531953      are required for one string). Used with G-10.               *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        One module of Unigy II 3A-85-33L batteries (8 modules
FF861    407531474      are required for one string). Used with G-10.               *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        One module of Unigy II 3A-85-33S batteries (8 modules
FF861    407531466      are required for one string). Used with G-10.               *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        One module of Unigy II 3A-75-27L batteries (8 modules
FF861    407531912      are required for one string. Used with G-10.                *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        One module of Unigy II 3A-75-23L batteries (8 modules
FF861    407531888      are required for one string). Used with G-10.               *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        One module of Unigy II 3A-75-17S batteries (8 modules are
FF861    407531854      required for one string). Used with G-10.                   *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Unigy II Battery Interface Kit for Field Mounting an Existing Half-Height Cabinet.
                         Kit includes Mounting Plate.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Kit to mount half height cabinet on Unigy II 75AH-15,
FE282    848352035      29, 31                                                      *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Kit to mount half height cabinet on Unigy II 75AH-9, 17,
FF050    848412276      19                                                          *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Kit to mount half height cabinet on Unigy II 75AH-11,
FF050    848412284      21, 23                                                      *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Kit to mount half height cabinet on Unigy II 75AH-13,
FF050    848412292      25, 27                                                      *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF050    848412300      Kit to mount half height cabinet on Unigy II 85AH-33        *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              Plug-In Circuit Breakers for G-40 & 41 series Panels
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF020    407098417      One position, 3 amp circuit breaker.                        *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF022    407098425      One position, 5 amp circuit breaker.                        *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF022    407098433      One position, 10 amp circuit breaker.                       *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF022    407098458      One position, 15 amp circuit breaker.                       *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF020    407098474      One position, 20 amp circuit breaker.                       *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF020    407098482      One position, 25 amp circuit breaker.                       *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF020    407098490      One position, 30 amp circuit breaker.                       *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF020    407245448      One position, 40 amp circuit breaker.                       *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF020    407098516      One position, 45 amp circuit breaker. *                     *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF020    407098524      One position, 50 amp circuit breaker. *                     *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF022    407098532      Two position, 60 amp circuit breaker.                       *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF020    407098540      Two position, 70 amp circuit breaker.                       *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF020    407098557      Two position, 80 amp circuit breaker.                       *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF020    407098565      Two position, 90 amp circuit breaker. *                     *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF020    407098573      Two position, 100 amp circuit breaker. *                    *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           *Use only in ambient environments up to 40 degrees C max.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Large Circuit Breakers for Groups 42, 43, & 44 Panels
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287    108312794      Single position breaker, 125 amps.                          *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287    108312802      Single position breaker, 175 amps.                          *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287    108312810      Single position breaker, 225 amps.                          *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE295    108312828      Two position breaker, 300 amps. (Min. wire ga. (2) 4/0*)    *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE295    108312836      Two position breaker, 400 amps. (Min. wire ga. (2) 4/0*)    *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE295    108312844      Three position breaker, 500 amps. (Min. wire ga. (2) 4/0*)  *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                             Galaxy Power Systems
                               Section 1 Page 9

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                           Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                             Galaxy Power Systems

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                                  July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                                   List Price
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>      <C>            <C>                                                        <C>
FE295    108312851      Three position breaker, 600 amps. (Min. wire ga. (3) 4/0*)  *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  * Wires must be the same length & terminated at a common point at each end.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Plug-In Bullet Style Circuit Breakers for G-45
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF050    407998137      One position 3 amp circuit breaker.                         *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145    407998145      One position 5 amp circuit breaker.                         *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145    407998152      One position 10 amp circuit breaker.                        *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF050    407998160      One position 15 amp circuit breaker.                        *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145    407998178      One position 16 amp circuit breaker.                        *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145    407998186      One position 20 amp circuit breaker.                        *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145    407998194      One position 25 amp circuit breaker.                        *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145    407998202      One position 30 amp circuit breaker.                        *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145    407998210      One position 45 amp circuit breaker.                        *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF050    407998228      One position 50 amp circuit breaker.                        *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145    407998236      One position 60 amp circuit breaker.                        *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF050    407998244      One position 70 amp circuit breaker.                        *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145    407998251      One position 80 amp circuit breaker.                        *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145    407998269      One position 90 amp circuit breaker.                        *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145    407998277      One position 100 amp circuit breaker.                       *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF050    408185353      One position 125 amp circuit breaker.                       *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE282    408185346      One position 150 amp circuit breaker.                       *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     One Position, Plug-In Fuses for Groups 50 and 51 (Min. wire gauge =10)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE126    407006329      5 amp fuse                                                  *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ790    407006337      10 amp fuse                                                 *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ790    407006345      15 amp fuse                                                 *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ790    407006352      20 amp fuse                                                 *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ772    407006360      25 amp fuse                                                 *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ772    407006378      30 amp fuse                                                 *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              Note: Internal cabinet temperature is 15 degrees C over room ambient.
                                 Derate fuse size accordingly.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               Recommended Spare Parts - Cabinet
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF070    402328926      18 Amp GMT Alarm Fuse                                       *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF010    406530725      1-1/3 Amp Alarm Fuse                                        *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF040    405673161      1/2 Amp Alarm Fuse                                          *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
80231    406204230      3 amp alarm Fuse                                            *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE113    407227172      Alarm Lamp                                                  *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE288    847755378      Rectifier Fan Assembly                                      *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270    107637688      BLJ1 Bay Board                                              *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE250    107900169      EBV2 Load Disconnect PWB                                    *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270    107604076      BJN1 Battery Disconnect PWB                                 *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     Recommended Spare Parts - Millennium Controller
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287    108029679      BSK1 Display Card.                                          *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287    848194551      BSL2 Alarm Wire Punch Card.                                 *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE286    108029653      BSH1 Basic Control Card.                                    *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE286    108029661      BSJ1 Intelligent Card.                                      *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287    108029695      BSM1 Modem Card.                                            *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287    108163601      BSW1 Dataswitch Card.                                       *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF010    406530725      1-1/3 Amp Alarm Fuse.                                       *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
80231    406204230      3 amp alarm Fuse.                                           *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE611    406677880      Battery TI5101 for BSJ Card.                                *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287    847950912      LCD Module Assembly for BSK Card.                           *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE282    108340100      Gateway board (EBW1)                                        *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                             Galaxy Power Systems
                               Section 1 Page 10

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                           Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                             Galaxy Power Systems

<TABLE>
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                                  July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                                   List Price
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>      <C>            <C>                                                        <C>
                  Recommended Spare Parts - Vector Controller
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE286    108259615      BIC3 Board                                                  *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287    848284782      Vector Display                                              *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        H569-437 GPS 2424 +24V 2400 Amp Battery Plant
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                   GPS2424 Standard Configurations - Full Height Initial Bay
                                (All Options Factory Installed)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        H569-437 G5 e/w G14, G77F, G31, (4) G41B
                        1200 Amp, +24V full height system e/w Galaxy Millennium
                        Controller; (1) LVBD; One 1200A contactor & 1500A shunt; (3)
                        rectifier shelves (terminal strip input connections); (4)21
FE287    108319625      position 1-100A circuit breaker panel & return.             *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        H569-437 G5 e/w G14, G77F, G31, 848523296
                        1200A, +24V full height system, factory wired w/AC
                        input terminal strip, (3) rectifier shelves, Galaxy
                        Millennium controller; 1200A LVBD contactor, (4) Load
                        Return Bus Bars, one 210E multiplexor, two #6AWG frame
                        ground lugs, a #2 AWG, 12 ft. Central Office Ground
FE287    108739483      wire w/terminal lugs, & a Central Office Alarm Cable.       *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        H569-437 G5 e/w G17, G77F, G31, 848475307
                        1200A, +24V full height system, factory wired w/AC
                        input terminal strip, (3) rectifier shelves, Galaxy
                        Vector Controller, 1200A LVBD contactor, (3) Load
                        Return Bus Bars, two #6AWG fram ground lugs, a #2 AWG,
                        12 ft. Central Office Ground wire w/terminal lugs, & a
FE287    108660879      Central Office Alarm Cable.                                 *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         GPS2424 Power Cabinet Configurations (no distribution panels)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        H569-437 G5 e/w G14, G72F, G31
                        1200A, +24V full height system e/w Basic Millennium
                        Controller, AC circuit breakers, 3 rectifier shelves &
FE287    108469701      1200A LBVD contactor                                        *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        H569-437 G5 e/w G14, G77F, G31
                        1200A, +24V full height system e/w Basic Millennium
                        Controller, Terminal Strip Connection, 3 rectifier
FE287    108561853      shelves & 1200A LVBD contactor.                             *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        H569-437 G5 e/w G17, G77F, G31
                        1200A, +24V full height system e/w Vector Controller,
                        Terminal Strip connections, 3 rectifier shwlves
FE287    108561481      &1200A LVBD Contactor.                                      *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        H569-437 G6 e/w G14, G71H, H36H
                        800A, +24V half height system e/w Basic Millennium
                        Controller, 8 AC circuit breakers, 2 rectifier shelves
FE287    108469685      and 800A LVBD contactor.                                    *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        H569-437 G6 e/w G14, G76H, G36H
                        800A, +24V half height system e/w Basic Millennium
                        controller, Terminal Strip connection, 2 rectifier
FE287    108561861      shelves and 800A LVBD contactor.                            *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        H569-437 G6 e/w G17, G71H, H36H
                        800A, +24V half height system e/w Vector Controller,
                        terminal strip connection, 2 rectifier shelves, 800A
FE287    108787300      LVBD contactor.                                             *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        H569-437 G6 e/w G17, G76H, G36H
                        800A, +24V half height system e/w Vector Controller,
                        terminal strip connections, 2 rectifier shelves, and
FE287    108561929      800A LVBD contactor.                                        *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           GPS2424 Standard Configurations - Half Height Initial Bay
                        (All Options Factory Installed)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        H569-437 G6 e/w G14, G76H, G36H, 848523312
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                             Galaxy Power Systems
                               Section 1 Page 11

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                           Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                             Galaxy Power Systems

<TABLE>
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                                  July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                                   List Price
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>      <C>            <C>                                                        <C>
                        800A +24V half height system, factory wired w/AC input
                        terminal strip, (2) rectifier shelves, Galaxy
                        Millennium controller, 800A LVBD contactor;
                        two Load Return Bus Bars, one 210E multiplexor; two
                        #6AWG frame ground lugs; a #2 AWG 12 ft. Central Office
                        Ground wire w/terminal lugs, & a Central Office Alarm
FE287    108739491      Cable.                                                      *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        H569-437 G6 e/w G17, G76H, G36H, G41C, G91
                        800A, +24V half height system e/w Galaxy Vector
                        Controller; 2 rectifier shelves (terminal strip input
                        connections); (1) LVBD, One 800A contactor & 1000A
                        shunt; (2) 21 position 1-100A circuit breaker panel
FE287    108590464      & return.                                                   *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        H569-437 G9 e/w G14, G76H, G36H, (2) G41B
                        800A, +24V half height system on stand for 12IR125
                        Batteries e/w Galaxy Millennium Controller, 2 rectifier
                        shelves (terminal strip input connections); (1) LVBD;
                        One 800A contactor & 1000A shunt; (2) 21 position
FE287    108319633      1-100A circuit breaker panel & return.                      *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        H569-437 G9 e/w G14, G71H, G36H, G41C, G91
                        800A, +24V half height system on stand for 12IR125
                        Batteries e/w Galaxy Millennium Controller, 2 rectifier
                        shelves (AC input circuit breaker); (1) LVBD; One 800A
                        contactor & 1000A shunt; (1) 21 position 1-100A circuit
FE287    108485889      breaker panel w/LVLD & return; (1) 9 inch blank panel..     *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        H569-437 G9 e/w G15, G71H, G36H, G41C, G91
                        800A, +24V half height system on stand for 12IR125
                        Batteries e/w Galaxy Millennium Controller
                        w/Intelligence; 2 rectifier shelves (AC input circuit
                        breaker); (1) LVBD, One 800A contactor & 1000A shunt;
                        (1) 21 position 1-100A circuit breaker w/LVLD & return;
FE287    108402587      (1) 9 inch blank panel.                                     *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        H569-437 G10 e/w G15, G76H, G36H, (2) G41B
                        800A, +24V half height system w/Bracket for mounting on
                        Unigy Batteries; e/w Galaxy Millennium Controller
                        w/Intelligence; 2 rectifier shelves (terminal strip
                        input connections); (1) LVBD; One 800A contactor &
                        1000A shunt; (2) 21 position 1-100A circuit breaker
FE287    108456740      panel & return.                                             *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        H569-437 G10 e/w G15, G76H, G36H, (2)G41C
                        800 Amp, +24V half height system with bracket for
                        mounting on Unigy Batteires; e/w Galaxy Millennium
                        Controller w/Intelligence; (2) rectifier shelves
                        (terminal strip input connections); (1) LVBD; One 800A
                        contactor & 1000A shunt; (2) 21 position 1-100A circuit
FE287    108406588      breaker panel w/LVLD & return.                              *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        H569-437 G205 e/w G17, G76H, G36H, 848314548
                        800A, +24V half height system mounted on top of Low
                        Provile IR125 Battery Stand, factory wired w/AC input
                        terminal strip; (2) rectifier shelves, Galaxy Vector
                        Controller, 800A LVBD contactor, (2) battery disconnect
                        switches; (2) Load Return Bus Bars, (4) thermal probes,
                        (2) #6 AWG frame ground lugs, a #2 AWG, 12 ft. Central
                        Office Ground wire w/terminal lugs, & a Central Office
FE287    108531658      Alarm Cable.                                                *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  GPS2424 Distribution Options (Field Install)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Six inch DC distribution KS Circuit Breaker Panel
FE282     G-40A         Assembly, w/o Return Bus Bar. 13 positions for 1-100A
        108571092       circuit breakers.                                           *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE282     G-40B         Six inch DC distribution KS Circuit Breaker Panel Assembly,
        108783960       w/Return Bus Bar. 13 positions for 1-100A circuit breakers. *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                             Galaxy Power Systems
                               Section 1 Page 12

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                           Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                             Galaxy Power Systems

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                                  July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                                   List Price
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>     <C>             <C>                                                        <C>
FE282     G-41A         Nine inch DC Distribution KS Circuit Breaker Panel Assembly,
        108580226       w/o Return Bus Bar. 21 positions for 1-100A circuit breakers. *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Nine inch DC Distribution KS Circuit Breaker Panel
FE282     G-41B         Assembly, w/Return Bus Bar. 21 positions for 1-100A
        108571076       circuit breakers.                                             *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE282     G-42B         Six inch DC Distribution KS Circuit Breaker Panel Assembly
        108783978       w/Return Bus. 3 positions for 125-600A circuit breakers.      *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE282     G-43B         Twelve inch DC Distribution KS Circuit Breaker Panel Assembly
        108783986       w/Return Bus. 6 positions for 125-600A circuit breakers.      *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE282     G-45A         Six inch DC Distribution LMLK Circuit Breaker Panel Assembly
        108651506       w/o Return Bus Bar. 10 positions for 1-150A circuit breakers. *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE282     G-45B         Six inch DC Distribution LMLK Circuit Breaker Panel Assembly
        108634098       w/Return Bus Bar. 10 positions for 1-150A circuit breakers.   *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         Type Rectifiers and Converters
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287   848233862       Kit to field convert AC circuit breaker input from
                        PH/PH to PH/N                                                *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE291   108687765       596B4 24VDC/100A Rectifier (200-240V input)                  *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE282   108171547       24/48VDC 597A Converter Carrier with DIN Circuit Breaker
                        Distribution.                                                *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287   108271974       24/48VDC 597B Converter Carrier with GMT type fuses.         *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE282   108171554       24/48VDC 3A 47A Converter Module (MAX 4 cards per carrier)   *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF960   848183422       Cable to interconnect two Converter Carriers.                *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE282   848253654       14AWG cable to connect one converter carrier to ground bus   *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                           Galaxy Millennium Options
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287   108284647       Intelligent Field Upgrade Kit. (to Upgrade G14 To G15 in
                        Field)                                                       *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287   108284639       Internal modem upgrade kit.                                  *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287   108284605       Dataswitch card kit with ports 1, 2, 3. (requires
                        intelligent card).                                           *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287   848183323       External Modem Connection Kit. (used whdn Lucent modem
                        108284639 is not specified).                                 *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287   848183307       External Auxiliary Port Connection Kit. (requires
                        intelligent card).                                           *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287   108265422       External additional dataswitch card extension kit with
                        ports 4, 5, 6. (requires Dataswitch card).                   *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287   108029687       BSL1 Alarm Wire Wrap Card. (BSL2 wire punch card provided).  *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE282   108473067       Galaxy Gateway basic Kit for Millennium Controller.          *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         Remote Peripheral Modules for use with Galaxy Millennium only.
                           Requires intelligent card.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF921   407377704       Connecting cable for RPMs. (length to be specified)
                        (price is per ft.)                                           *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270   108469461       Shunt monitoring module for (6) shunts and (1) temp (221F).  *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270   847910213       0-60Vdc Monitoring and (1) Temp (includes 20' of
                        connecting cable)                                            *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287   108298431       0-3Vdc Monitoring and (1) Temp                               *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287   108298498       0-16Vdc Monitoring and (1) Temp                              *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287   108298449       Binary Module 5-200V                                         *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287   108298456       Control Relay 110V DC 0.3A Max.                              *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270   108274242       Temperature monitoring module for up to 7 points (223T)      *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ780   407209808       Thermistor for temp channel on voltage, shunt & temperature
                        monitoring modules.                                          *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE282   847917879       1/2" Diameter Ring Terminal Probe.                           *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE611   847307410       10 ft. cable to connect one probe to the 223T.               *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE284   848285854       Mounts up to 6 RPMs on top of bay. Replace standard
                        facia cover.                                                 *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Galaxy Vector Controller Options
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE282   848457271       Vector modem kit. Includes 2400 baud modem board, mounting
                        bracket, cable to BLJ3, and installation instructions.       *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*Vector must be hardware series 1:3 or higher, and the software (IC27) must ber
                            version 2.0 or higher.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                             Galaxy Power Systems
                               Section 1 Page 13

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                           Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                             Galaxy Power Systems

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                                  July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                                   List Price
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>    <C>                                                                         <C>
       Battery Slope Thermal Compensation Equipment for Galaxy Millennium
                             and Vector Controllers
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287    108298514      210E Battery Thermal Management Unit. Max 8 temp probes
                        per unit. Includes a power cable w/o an in-line fuse.        *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF920    847900180      Power Cable for 210E Unit with In-Line Fuse                  *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
82671    405186339      Spare 0.5 Amp Fuse for 847900180 Power Cable                 *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF515    847050010      Paddle probe for sliding between batteries when they
                        are touching each other.                                     *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF515    847494606      Ring Terminal Probe 0.25 inches in diameter for 12IR125
                        and UNIGY batteries.                                         *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE131    848194221      Ring Terminal Probe, 5/16 inch in diameter.                  *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287    848202743      Ring Terminal Probe, 1/2 inch in diameter.                   *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287    848152989      8' Cable to connect one probe to Millennium Controller.
                        Includes paddle probe 847050010.                             *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE611    847307410      10'  Cable to Connect One Probe to the BIC7 or Vector.       *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE295    848314563      16' cable to Connect One Probe to the BIC or Vector.         *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287    848153003      8' Cable to connect one 210E to Millennium Controller        *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270    848302048      8' cable to connect 210E to BIC7 or Vector.                  *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE172    847550175      9' Cable to connect probe to 210E.                           *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE172    847548468      17.5" Cable to connect probe to 210E.                        *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                           Batteries and Accessories
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF520    407155399      One 12IR125 battery (4 are required for one string); 8
                        strings fit on one G-9 stand).                               *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287    108298464      One 12IR125 battery string disconnect switch assembly
                        (one per shelf/one per two battery strings).                 *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF522    108298506      Additional stand for 12IR125 batteries. Used with G-6 or
                        G-9.                                                         *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF861    407531953      One module of Unigy II 1A-85-51L batteries (24 modules are
                        required for one string). Used with G-10.                    *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF861    407531474      One module of Unigy II 3A-85-33L batteries (8 modules are
                        required for one string). Used with G-10.                    *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF861    407531466      One module of Unigy II 3A-85-33S batteries (8 modules are
                        required for one string). Used with G-10.                    *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF861    407531912      One module of Unigy II 3A-75-27L batteries (8 modules are
                        required for one string. Used with G-10.                     *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF861    407531888      One module of Unigy II 3A-75-23L batteries (8 modules are
                        required for one string). Used with G-10.                    *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF861    407531854      One module of Unigy II 3A-75-17S batteries (8 modules are
                        required for one string). Used with G-10.                    *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Unigy II Battery Interface Kit for Field Mounting an Existing Half-Height Cabinet.
                         Kit includes Mounting Plate.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE282    848352035      Kit to mount half height cabinet on Unigy II 75AH-15, 29,
                        31                                                           *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF050    848412276      Kit to mount half height cabinet on Unigy II 75AH-9, 17,
                        19                                                           *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF050    848412284      Kit to mount half height cabinet on Unigy II 75AH-11, 21,
                        23                                                           *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF050    848412292      Kit to mount half height cabinet on Unigy II 75AH-13, 25,
                        27                                                           *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF050    848412300      Kit to mount half height cabinet on Unigy II 85AH-33         *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               European Batteries
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287    108292137      One European Battery String Disconnect Switch Assembly
                        (One Per String). Mounts on Battery Stand. Used to
                        Disconnect Batteries During Maintenance.                     *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                             Galaxy Power Systems
                               Section 1 Page 14

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                           Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                             Galaxy Power Systems

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                                  July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                                   List Price
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>      <C>            <C>                                                        <C>
FE287    848162962      Stand for European Batteries                                 *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       Recommended Spare Parts - Cabinet
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF070    402328926      18 Amp GMT Alarm Fuse                                        *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF010    406530725      1-1/3 Amp Alarm Fuse                                         *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF040    405673161      0.5 Amp Alarm Fuse                                           *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
82610    406421032      2 amp alarm Fuse                                             *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287    407226836      Alarm Lamp                                                   *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287    848262622      BLJ3 terminal board card                                     *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE284    408229318      Wire insertion tool for BLJ3                                 *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287    108409343      BIC7 bay interface card                                      *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287    108173782      BIC2 bay interface card                                      *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287    108045485      EBV3 load disconnect card                                    *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270    107782583      BJN2 battery disconnect card                                 *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Recommended Spare Parts - Galaxy Millennium Controller
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287    108029679      Display Card (BSK1)                                          *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287    848194551      Alarm Wire Punch Crd (BSL2)                                  *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287    108204397      Basic control Crd (BSH2)                                     *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287    108204405      Intelligent Card (BSJ2)                                      *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287    108029695      Modem Card BSM1)                                             *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287    108163601      Data Switch Card (BSW1)                                      *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF010    406530725      1-1/3 Amp Fuse                                               *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
80321    406204230      3 Amp Fuse                                                   *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE611    406677880      TLS101 Battery for BSJ Card.                                 *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287    847950912      LCD Module Assembly for BSK Card.                            *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE282    108340100      Gateway Board (EBW1)                                         *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Recommended Spare Parts - Galaxy Vector Controller
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287    108173782      BIC2 Board                                                   *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287    848284782      Vector Display                                               *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              Recommended Rectifier Spare Parts
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287    407840792      Rectifier Fan Assembly                                       *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE291    108687765      596B4 24V/100A rectifier (208/240Vac input).                 *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              Recommended Converter Spare Parts
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287    108171554      24/48V 47 Amp converter card.                                *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE282    108171562      128 Amp CIC card.                                            *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287    848190054      Fan Assembly                                                 *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                Recommended Spare Parts - Millennium Controller
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287    108029679      BSK1 Display Card.                                           *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287    848194551      BSL2 Alarm Wire Punch Card.                                  *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE286    108204397      BSH2 Basic Control Card.                                     *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE286    108204405      BSJ2 Intelligent Card.                                       *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287    108029695      BSM1 Modem Card.                                             *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287    108163601      BSW1 Dataswitch Card.                                        *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF010    406530725      1-1/3 Amp Alarm Fuse.                                        *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
80231    406204230      3 amp alarm Fuse.                                            *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE611    406677880      Battery TI5101 for BSJ Card.                                 *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE287    847950912      LCD Module Assembly for BSK Card.                            *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                             Galaxy Power Systems
                               Section 1 Page 15

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                            Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                               CPS Power Systems
***
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                              July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                               List Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>      <C>      <C>                                                          <C>
                  H569-422 Frame Mounted CPS with Distribution
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
               CPS 4048 Full Height Standard Frame Configurations
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE178    601788821      H569-422 G-1, 12, 15, A                                     *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE178    601795230      H569-422 G-1, 15, A, 5A                                     *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE178    601795057      H569-422 G-1, 15, A, 9A                                     *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE178    601807456      H569-422 G-1, 15, 2 G-32, A, 5A                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE178    601827496      H569-422 G-1, 16, 2 G-32, 5A                                *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE178    108550872      H569-422 G-1, 7A, 16, 2 G-32                                *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE178    108601337      H569-422 G-1, 9A, 13, 16, B                                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE178    108077728      H569-422 G-1, 16, 5A                                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE178    108527060      H569-422 G-1, 5A, 15, !, 31                                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE178    108633108      H569-422 G-1, 5A, A, 4 G-32                                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Configurations using 42 inch frame for mounting on top of a Battery Stand
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE178    108511643      H569-422 G-2, 9A, 16                                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE178    107994725      H569-422 G-2, 9A, 13, 15, A, B                              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE178    601863970      H569-422 G-2, 15, A, 9A                                     *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE178    601794829      H569-422 G-2, 15, 33, A, 8A                                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE178    601819931      H569-422 G-2, 15, 33, A, 9A                                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE178    601819550      H569-422 G-2, 3, 12, 15, A                                  *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE178    601813090      H569-422 G-2, 3, 15, A, 5A                                  *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE178    601822109      H569-422 G-2, 3, 15, A, 8A                                  *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE178    601822513      H569-422 G-2, 3, 16, 5A                                     *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE178    601795255      H569-422 G-2, 4, 15, A, 5A                                  *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE178    108724949      H569-422 G-2, 33, 16, 8A, 10, B                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE178    601932247      H569-422 G-15, A                                            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Configurations using 38 inch frame for mounting on top of a Battery Stand
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE178    108542267      H569-422 G-50, 15, 10, 8A, A, B                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE178    108610643      H569-422 G-50, 5A, 16, 33                                   *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE178    108589391      H569-422 G-50, 7A, 16, 33                                   *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE178    108728312      H569-422 G-50, 33, 15, 10, 5A, A, B                         *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE178    601863830      H569-422 G-50, 10, 12, 15, 33, A, B                         *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE178    601876014      H569-422 G-50, 10, 16, 33, B, 8A                            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE178    108772187      H569-422 G-50, 8A, 15, 33, A                                *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE178    108766676      H569-422 G-50, 5A, 15, A, 33                                *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         The Following Descriptions are Provided for Information Only.
                       They cannot be ordered separately.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              Electronic Framework
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE178    G-1            7' high seismic network bay frame.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE178    G-2            42-inch high frame suitable for mounting on top of a
                        battery stand such as Group 3 or 4.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE178    G-50           38 inch-high frame suitable for mounting on top of a
                        battery stand such as G-33.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                               CPS Power Systems
                               Section 2 Page 16

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                            Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                               CPS Power Systems

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                              July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                                List Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                     <C>                                                     <C>
                               VR Battery Stands
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE178    G-3            Equipment required with Group 2 for a 42-inch high
                        4-shelf battery stand for 2-cell-type batteries
                        (2VR250E or 4VR125EL). Includes earthquake bracing for
                        zone 4 applications.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE178    G-4            Required with Group 2 for a 42-inch high 4-shelf
                        battery stand for 3-cell-type batteries (2VR375E).
                        Includes earthquake bracing for zone 4 applications.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE178    G-5A           Replaces G-5 & 6. Configuration suitable for
                        single-shelf plant. Provides slope-compensation thermal
                        battery management feature. Input: five 100-240 Vac
                        plugs which separately power each equipment slot.
                        Output 1: -48Vdc, 63 Amps max (rectifiers). Output 2:
                        100VA redundant max (ringing).
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE178    G-7A           Configuration suitable for single-shelf plant. Provides
                        slope-compensation thermal battery management feature.
                        Input: One 200-240 Vac conduit feed which powers all
                        equipment slots. Output 1: -48 Vdc, 63 Amps max
                        (rectifiers). Output 2: 100VA redundant max (ringing).
                        LVD rating: 100A.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     One AC Input
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE178    G-8A           Configuration suitable for single-shelf plant or as the
                        initial shelf in a dual-shelf plant. Provides slope-
                        compensation thermal battery management feature. Input:
                        5, 100-240 Vac plugs which separately power each
                        equipment slot. Output 1: -48Vdc, 63 Amps max
                        rectifiers. Output 2: 100VA redundant max (ringing).
                        LVD contactor rating: 150A.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE178    G-9A           Configuration suitable for single-shelf plant or as the
                        initial shelf in a dual-shelf plant. Provides thermal
                        battery management feature. Input: One 200-240 Vac
                        conduit feed which powers all equipment slots. Output
                        1: -48Vdc, 63 amps max (rectifiers). Output 2: 100VA
                        redundant max (ringing). LVD contactor rating: 150 A.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE178    G-10           Configuration suitable for supplementary shelf in a
                        dual-shelf plant (does not include LVD. Input: five
                        100-240V ac plugs which separately power each equipment
                        slot. Output 1: -48 Vdc, 63 amps max (rectifiers).
                        Output 2: 100VA redundant max (ringing).
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE178    G-11           Configuration suitable for supplementary shelf in a
                        dual-shelf plant, or for a single-shelf plant where LVD
                        is not required. Input: One 200-240 V ac conduit feed
                        which powers all equipment slots. Output 1: -48Vdc, 63
                        Amps max (rectifiers). Output 2: 100VA redundant max
                        (ringing).
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE178    G-12           Configuration suitable for single-shelf plant where LVD
                        is not required. Input: Five 100-240V ac plugs which
                        separately power each equipment slot. Output 1: -48V
                        dc, 63 Amps max (rectifiers). Output 2: 100VA redundant
                        max (ringing).
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE178   G-13            Configuration suitable for supplementary shelf in a
                        dual-shelf plant. Input: One 200-240 Vac conduit feed
                        which powers all equipment slots. Output 1: -48 Vdc, 53
                        Amps max (Rectifiers). Output 2: 100 VA redundant max
                        (ringing).
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                               CPS Power Systems
                               Section 2 Page 17

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                            Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                               CPS Power Systems

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                              July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                               List Price
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>      <C>            <C>                                                    <C>
                              Distribution Panels
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE178    G-15           Distribution Panel with 22 positions for plug-in style
                        circuit breakers and/or fuses from 0-50A each.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE178    G-16           Distribution panel with 11 positions for 0-50 Amp
                        plug-in style circuit breakers or fuse holders for DC
                        loads, 6 positions for 0-10 Amp fuses for DC loads, and
                        6 positions for 0-5 Amp fuses for AC (ringing) loads.
                        Includes cables needed to connect panel to a CPS shelf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             IR Battery Trays/Stand
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE178    G-31           Equipment with Group 1 for one tray to hold two IR30C
                        Battery Strings. No seismic qualification.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE178    G-32           Equipment with Group 1 for one tray to hold two IR40C
                        Battery Strings or two 12IR125 Batteries. No seismic
                        qualification.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE178    G-33           Equipment with Group 2 for a 44.6-inch high, 4-shelf
                        battery stand for four strings of 12IR125 Batteries.
                        Qualified for zone 4 applications.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    Wiring
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE178    G-A            Equipment & wiring required with G-15 to interconnect
                        distribution panel in position 1 & a CPS shelf in
                        position 2. One must be ordered for each single or
                        dual-shelf application which uses a distribution panel.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE178    G-B            Equipment & wiring required with G-8A or 9A to
                        interconnect a supplemental CPS shelf in position 2 and
                        an initial CPS shelf in position 3. Group B must be
                        ordered for each dual-shelf application.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE178    G-AB           Equipment required with G-50 to mount frame on absolyte
                        battery stand.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              CPS Plug-In Modules
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE174   108286055       ES660C 48V, 15A Rectifier                                   *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177   108344490       ES648A Monitor & Control Unit                               *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177   108344508       ES648B Monitor & Control Unit                               *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177   108344516       ES648C Monitor & Control Unit                               *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177   108344524       ES648BZ Monitor & Control Unit                              *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177   107335069       ES647 ACU (Alarm Control Unit)                              *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE173   107266397       ES610 Distribution Module                                   *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE173   107502825       ES611 Distribution Module                                   *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE173   107966616       ES613 Distribution Module                                   *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177   107128563       ES680 48/130V, 4A Converter                                 *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE163   107128571       ES681 48/24V, 25A, Converter                                *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FP526   108407909       100VA, 80V, 25 Hz Ringing Generator                         *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FP526   108541517       100VA, 100V, 20 Hz Ringing Generator                        *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177   108274044       BSP2 LVD Thermal control PWB with slope compensation.       *
                        (Included shelves that contain LVDS).
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE172   847244100       DC Fan Cradle Assembly                                      *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                               CPS Power Systems
                               Section 2 Page 18

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                            Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                               CPS Power Systems

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                              July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                               List Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>      <C>    <C>                                                            <C>
                H569-424 24V Frame Mounted CPS with Distribution
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            CPS 4024 (H569-424) Full Height Standard Configurations
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE131    601828676      H569-424 G-1, 7, 8, B, C                                    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE131    601908767      H569-424 G-1, 7, 8, 16, B, C                                *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE131    601913064      H569-424 G-1, 7, 8, 17, E, G, H                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE131    601911209      H569-424 G-1, 9, 15, A                                      *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE131    108043381      H569-424 G-1, 7, 8, 17, E, G, H, Z2                         *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE131    601828825      H569-424 G-1, 11, 12, 16, B, C                              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       Standard Configurations using 42 inch frame for mounting on top of
                                 Battery Stand
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE131    601821853      H569-424 G-2, 4, 11, 16, C                                  *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE131    601818909      H569-424 G-2, 6, 15, A                                      *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE131    601822380      H569-424 G-2, 4, 11, 12, 17, E, F                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       Standard Configurations using 38 inch frame for mounting on top of
                                 Battery Stand
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE131    601876006      H569-424 G-52, 8, 15, A, B                                  *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE131    107977134      H569-424 G-52, 11, 17, 34, BC, E, H, Z1                     *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE131    108512096      H569-424 G-52, 11, 12, 17, 34, BC, BD, E, G, Z1, Z2         *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE131    107977514      H569-424 G-52, 11, 17, 34, E, AA, Z1, H                     *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE131    108013665      H569-424 G-52, 11, 12, 17, 34, E, G, Z1, Z2, BC             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE131    108606054      H569-424 G-52, 34, 17, 11, E, BC, Z1                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              Equipment for Growth
------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------
FE131    601832215      H569-424 G-12, G, Z2. Provides supplemental shelf &         *
                        connecting equipment.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         The Following Descriptions are Provided for Information Only.
                       They cannot be ordered separately.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              Electronic Framework
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE131    G-1            7'  high seismic Network Bay frame.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE131    G-2            42-inch high frame suitable for mounting on top of a
                        Battery Stand.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE131    G-52           39.25-inch high frame which creates a 7 foot plant when
                        mounted on top of a G-34 battery stand.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE131    G-53           42-inch frame which creates a 7 foot plant when mounted
                        on top of G-34 battery stand.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               VR Battery Stands
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE131    G-3            Equipment required with G-2 for a 42 inch high, 4-shelf
                        battery stand for 2-cell type batteries (2VR250E and
                        4VR125EL. Qualified for zone 3 applications.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE131    G-4            Equipment with G-2 for a 42-inch high, 4-shelf Battery
                        Stand for 3-cell-type batteries (2VR375E). Qualified
                        for zone 3 applications.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                               CPS Power Systems
                               Section 2 Page 19

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                            Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                               CPS Power Systems

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                              July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                               List Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>      <C>            <C>                                                    <C>
                               CPS Shelves
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE131     G-5           Configuration suitable for single- or dual-shelf plant
                        where LVD is not required. Input: Five 100-240 Vac
                        plugs which separately power each equipment slot.
                        Output 1: +24Vdc, 135A max (rectifiers). Output 2:
                        -48Vdc, 48A max (converters).
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE131     G-6           Configuration suitable for single-shelf plant. Input:
                        Five 100-240 Vac plugs which separately power each
                        equipment slot. Output 1: +24Vdc, 135A max
                        (rectifiers). Output 2: -48Vdc, 48A max (converters).
                        Low Voltage Disconnect contactor rating: 150
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE131     G-7           Configuration suitable for single-shelf plant or as the
                        initial shelf in a dual-shelf plant. Input: Five 100-
                        240 Vac plugs which separately power each equipment
                        slot. Output 1: +24Vdc, 135A max (rectifiers). Output
                        2: -48Vdc, 48A max (Converters).
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE131     G-8           Configuration suitable for supplementary shelf in a
                        dual-shelf plant. Input: Five 100-240 Vac conduit feed
                        which separately each power equipment slot. Output 1:
                        +24Vdc, 135 Amps max (rectifiers). Output 2: -48Vdc,
                        48A max (converters).
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE131     G-9           Configuration suitable for single-or dual-shelf plant
                        where LVD is not required. Input: One 200-240 Vac plugs
                        which separately power each equipment slot. Output 1:
                        +24Vdc, 135 Amps max (rectifiers). Output 2: -48Vdc,
                        48A max (converters).
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE131    G-10           Configuration suitable for single-shelf plant. Input:
                        One 200-240 Vac conduit feed which powers all equipment
                        slots. Output 1: +24Vdc, 135 Amps max (rectifiers).
                        Output 2: -48Vdc, 48 Amps max (converters). LVD
                        contactor rating: 150 Amps.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE131    G-11           Configuration suitable for single-shelf plant or as the
                        initial shelf in a dual-shelf plant. Input: One 200-
                        240 Vac conduit feed which powers all equipment slots.
                        Output 1: +24Vdc, 135 Amps max (rectifiers). Output 2:
                        -48Vdc, 48 Amps max (converters). Provides control
                        cable for external contactor.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE131    G-12           Configuration suitable for supplementary shelf in a
                        dual-shelf plant. Input: One 200-240 Vac conduit feed
                        which powers all equipment slots. Output 1: +24Vdc,
                        135A max (rectifiers). Output 2: -48Vdc, 48A
                        (converters). Provides control cable for external
                        contactor.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE131    G-13           Configuration suitable for 2nd supplementary shelf in a
                        three-shelf plant. Input: One 208/240 Vac conduit feed
                        which powers all equipment slots. Output 1: +24Vdc, 135
                        Amps max (rectifiers). Output 2: -48Vdc, 48 Amps max
                        (converters).
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                               CPS Power Systems
                               Section 2 Page 20

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                            Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                               CPS Power Systems

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                              July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                               List Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>      <C>            <C>                                                    <C>
                                 Battery Wiring
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE131    G-AA           Equipment and wiring required to connect the 12IR125
                        Battery Strings in positions 1 & 2 (bottom shelf of
                        batteries) to the G-17 distribution panel w/o battery
                        disconnects. It comes factory wired with the cables tie
                        wrapped to the frame.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE131    G-AB           Equipment & wiring required to connect the 12IR125
                        battery strings in positions 3 & 4 (second shelf of
                        batteries) to the G-17 distribution panel without
                        battery disconnects. It comes factory wired with the
                        cables tie wrapped to the frame.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE131    G-BA           Equipment & wiring required to connect the 12IR125
                        battery strings in positions 1 & 2 (bottom shelf of
                        batteries) to the G-17 distribution panel with battery
                        disconnects. It comes factory mounted and wired with
                        cables tie wrapped to the frame.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE131    G-BB           Equipment & wiring required to connect the 12IR125
                        battery strings in positions 3 & 4 (second shelf of
                        batteries) to the G-17 distribution panel with battery
                        disconnects. It comes factory mounted & wired with
                        cables tie wrapped to the frame.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE131    G-BC           Equipment & wiring required to connect the 12IR125
                        Battery strings in positions 1 & 2 (the bottom shelf of
                        batteries) to the G-17 distribution panel with battery
                        disconnects. This Group comes factory mounted & wired
                        with cables tie wrapped to the frame. Battery
                        disconnect & cable for field wiring for two strings of
                        12IR125 Batteries are available separately. Can only be
                        ordered with G-34 Battery Stand.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE131    G-BD           Equipment & wiring required to connect the 12IR125
                        Battery strings in positions 3 & 4 (the second shelf of
                        Batteries) to the Group 17 Distribution Panel with
                        Battery Disconnects. This Group comes factory mounted
                        and wired with cables tie wrapped to the frame. Battery
                        Disconnect Switch and Cables for field wiring for two
                        strings of 12IR125 Batteries are available but not
                        included.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE131    G-CA           Equipment & wiring required to connect one 2VR375E
                        battery string in shelves 1 & 2 (bottom shelves of
                        batteries) to the G-17 distribution panel without
                        battery disconnects. It comes factory wired with the
                        cables tie wrapped to the frame.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE131    G-CB           Equipment & wiring required to connect one 2VR375E
                        battery string in shelves 3 & 4 (top shelves of
                        batteries to the G-17 distribution panel without
                        battery disconnects. It comes factory wired with cables
                        tie wrapped to the frame.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE131    G-DA           Equipment & wiring required to connect one 2VR375E
                        Battery string in shelves 1 & 2 (bottom shelves of
                        batteries) to the G-17 distribution panel with battery
                        disconnects. This group comes factory wired with the
                        cables tie wrapped to the frame.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE131    G-DB           Equipment & wiring required to connect one 2VR375E
                        battery string in shelves 3 & 4 (the top shelves of
                        batteries) to the G-17 distribution panel with battery
                        disconnects. It comes factory wired with cables tie
                        wrapped to the frame.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
                               CPS Power Systems
                               Section 2 Page 22

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                            Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                               CPS Power Systems

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                              July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                               List Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>      <C>            <C>                                                    <C>
                            Miscellaneous Equipment
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE131    G-Z1           Equipment to provide one ES643 control unit, AC lugs &
                        office alarm wiring. ES643 alarm unit & BSP1 contactor
                        control board switch settings are different from
                        factory default can only be ordered with Groups 6, 7,
                        10 or 11.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE131    G-Z2           Equipment to provide AC lugs & interconnecting signal
                        wiring for a three shelf plant. Can only be ordered
                        with G-8 or 12.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              CPS Plug-In Modules
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177    108344490      ES648A Monitor & Control Unit                               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177    108344508      ES648B Monitor & Control Unit                               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177    108344516      ES648C Monitor & Control Unit                               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177    108344524      ES648BZ Monitor & Control Unit                              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE180    107826760      ES612 -48V Distribution Module                              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE180    107318941      ES643 +24V DC Input Alarm Control Unit                      *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE180    107335069      ES647 Alarm Control Unit (ACU)                              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE180    107306045      ES682 +24/-48V Converter, 8.5 amps.                         *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE174    108286071      ES661C 24volt, 30 Amp rectifier                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        J85500N1 +24V CPS Battery Plant
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
               CPS 4024 (J85500N1) Standard Shelf Configurations
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE162    601798200      J85500N1 L-1, 21, 31                                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE162    601803794      J85500N1 L-1, 21, 36                                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE162    108622804      J85500N1 L-1, 21, 38                                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE162    601803802      J85500N1 L-1, 21, 37                                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE162    601808512      J85500N1, L-1, 23, 31                                       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE162    601793763      J85500N1 L-1, 25, 31                                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE162    601795958      J85500N1 L-1, 25, 37                                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE162    601803828      J85500N1 L-1, 26, 31                                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE162    601787195      J85500N1 L-1, 26, 36                                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE162    601803836      J85500N1 L-1, 31, 37                                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE162    601803810      J85500N1 L-1, 31, 21B                                       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE162    601795966      J85500N1 L-1, 31, 25B                                       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE162    601803844      J85500N1 L-1, 31, 26B                                       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE162    601795040      J85500N1 L-4, 21, 31                                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE162    601800865      J85500N1 L-4, 21, 36                                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE162    601797905      J85500N1 L-4, 21, 37                                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE162    601467202      J85500N1 L-4, 22, 36                                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE162    601791395      J85500N1 L-4, 25, 31                                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE162    601788664      J85500N1 L-4, 25, 36                                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE162    108663980      J85500N1 L-4, 26B, 31                                       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE162    108663972      J85500N1 L-4, 26, 31                                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE162    601800899      J85500N1 L-4, 26, 36                                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE162    601800907      J85500N1 L-4, 26, 37                                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE162    601822174      J85500N1 L-4, 31, 22B                                       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                               CPS Power Systems
                               Section 2 Page 23

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                            Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                               CPS Power Systems

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                              July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                               List Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>      <C>            <C>                                                    <C>
FE162    601800873      J85500N1 L-4, 37, 21B                                       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE113    847409695      J85500N1 L-K2                                               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         The Following Descriptions are Provided for Information Only.
                      They cannot be ordered separately.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Positive 24V Chassis Assemblies. One always required per shelf.
                        Each Chassis Assembly provides:
           *Five equipment slots arranged for ES series Power Units,
                          and Output voltage keying.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE162    L-1            Output 1: +24 volts DC, 135A Max. Output 2: 48 volts
                        DC, 48A max. Arranged for apparatus: ES661 +24V
                        Rectifiers and ES682 +24/48V DC-DC Converters.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE162    L-4            Output 1: +24 volts DC, 135 Amps Max. Output 2: None.
                        Arranged for apparatus: ES661 +24V Rectifier.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   AC Input Assemblies. One always required per shelf unless otherwise noted.
                     Each input assembly is arranaged for:
      AC input to shelf, ES643 alarm unit, office alarm output connection,
                       and Intershelf signal connection.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE162    L-21           Equipped with five plugable 200-240 Vac feeds which
                        separately power each equipment unit slot. Initial
                        shelf.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE162    L-21B          Equipped with five plugable 200-240 Vac feeds which
                        separately power each equipment slot. Supplemental
                        shelf.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE162    L-22           Equipped with one plugable 200-240 Vac feed common to
                        all equipment unit slots. Initial shelf.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE162    L-22B          Equipped with one plugable 200-240 Vac feed common to
                        all equipment unit slots. Supplemental shelf.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE162    L-23           Equipped without AC feed, for converter only shelf
                        applications. Not arranged for AC inputs. Initial shelf.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE162    L-23B          Supplemental shelf equipped without AC feed. For
                        converter only shelf applications. Not arranged for
                        AC inputs.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE162    L-25           Initial shelf e/w two plugable 200-240 Vac feeds which
                        separately power equipment unit slots 1, 3, 5 and
                        2, 4.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE162    L-25B          Supplemental shelf e/w two plugable 200-240 Vac feeds
                        which separately power equipment unit slots 1,
                        3, 5 and 2, 4.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE162    L-25R          Initial shelf e/w two 200-240 Vac feeds, provided by
                        two each 10 ft. of 3 X 10ga. wire from the rear of
                        the shelf, which separately power equipment unit slots
                        1, 3, 5 and 2, 4.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE162    L-25RB         Supplemental shelf e/w two 200-240 Vac feeds, provided
                        by 2 each 10 ft. of 3 X 10ga. wire from the rear
                        of the shelf, which separately power equipment unit
                        slots 1, 3, 5 and 2, 4.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE162    L-26           Initial shelf e/w one 200-240 Vac feed common to all
                        equipment unit slots. For installations with AC
                        wiring run in conduit.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE162    L-26B          Supplemental shelf e/w one 200-240 Vac feed common to
                        all equipment unit slots. For installations with
                        AC wiring run in conduit.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                               CPS Power Systems
                               Section 2 Page 24

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                            Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                               CPS Power Systems

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                              July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                               List Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>      <C>            <C>                                                    <C>
    Output Assemblies. One always required per shelf unless otherwise noted.
                       Each output assembly is arranged
    for: Connection of max four Battery strings or IR series Battery Trays,
                         Intershelf power connection,
                         LVD/Thermal control PWB BSP1,
                      Max four thermal probe assemblies,
                    Bulk power outputs for outputs 1 and 2.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE162    L-31           Output assembly. Applicable for initial shelves with
                        rectifiers when LVD is not required, and for
                        supplemental shelves in a two shelf rectifier/converter
                        plant. (Max 150 Amp plant load).
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE162    L-36           Output assembly equipped with 150A contactor and BSP1
                        LVD/thermal PWB. Applicable for initial shelves with
                        rectifiers when LVD is required.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE162    L-37           Output assembly e/w BSP1 LVD/thermal management PWB and
                        wire set A/F connection to an external contactor.
                        Applicable for initial shelves with rectifiers when LVD
                        is required and LVD contactor is supplied externally.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE162    L-98           Two rectifier wide shelf requiring ES438 controller, AC
                        feed through pig tail on back side.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            Miscellaneous Equipment
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE180    107826760      ES612 -48V Distribution Module                              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE180    107318941      ES643 +24V Input Alarm Control Unit.                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177    107335069      ES647 Alarm Control Unit (ACU)                              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177    108344490      ES648A Monitor & control Unit                               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177    108344508      ES648B Monitor & Control Unit                               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177    108344516      ES648C Monitor & Control Unit                               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177    108344524      ES648BZ Monitor & Control Unit                              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE180    107306045      ES682 +24/48V DC-DC Converter, 8.5 Amps.                    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE174    108286071      ES661C +24Vdc Rectifier, 30 Amps.                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE180    107858003      ES643B Alarm Unit for two rectifier wide shelf.             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE180    108274036      BSP1C LVD/Thermal Control Board.                            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE172    847198751      Thermistor Kit Assembly.                                    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE172    847345576      MCU Slot Cover.                                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             J85500Q1 60V 60Hz CPS For Small Broadband Applications
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE181    L-60           CPS shelf assembly arranged for 100/120 Vac input. (1)      *
                        ES664 Rectifier, and (1) ES635 Battery Polarity
                        Switch/Distribution Unit.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    J85500R1 Cabinet Power System (CPS 4048)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
               CPS 4048 (J85500R1) Standard Shelf Configurations
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177    601451875      J85500R1 L-1, 21, 31                                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
                               CPS Power Systems
                               Section 2 Page 25

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                            Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                               CPS Power Systems

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                              July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                               List Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>      <C>            <C>                                                    <C>
FE177    601787757      J8550R1 L-1, 21, 35                                         *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177    108690033      J85500R1 L-1, 22, 35                                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177    601783996      J85500R1 L-1, 23, 34                                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177    108615097      J85500R1 L-1, 25, 35                                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177    601451883      J85500R1 L-2, 21, 31                                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177    601451891      J85500R1 L-3, 21, 31                                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177    601787773      J85500R1 L-3, 21, 35                                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177    108675000      J85500R1 L-3, 22, 35                                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177    601784465      J85500R1 L-3, 25, 34                                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177    601797798      J85500R1 L-3, 25, 35                                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177    601787799      J85500R1 L-3, 25, 36                                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177    107973174      J85500R1 L-3, 25R, 37                                       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177    601787815      J85500R1 L-3, 26, 36                                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177    107973166      J85500R1 L-3, 31, 25RB                                      *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177    601454135      J85500R1 L-4, 21, 31                                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177    601794050      J85500R1 L-4, 21, 34                                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177    601787823      J85500R1 L-4, 21, 35                                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177    601787831      J85500R1 L-4, 21, 36                                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177    107977506      J85500R1 L-4, 21B, 31                                       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177    601858996      J85500R1 L-4, 21B, 34                                       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177    108672817      J85500R1 L-4, 22, 31                                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177    108653189      J85500R1 L-4, 22, 37                                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177    601881501      J85500R1 L-4, 22, 38                                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177    108672791      J85500R1 L-4, 22B, 34                                       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177    108032327      J85500R1 L-4, 25, 31                                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177    601787849      J85500R1 L-4, 25, 35                                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177    601787856      J85500R1 L-4, 26, 35                                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE113    847409695          J85500R1 L-K2                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         The Following Descriptions are Provided for Information Only.
                       They cannot be ordered separately.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          CPS Shelf Assemblies consist of and always require one each:
                     Chassis assembly with voltage keying;
                      AC Input Assembly; Output Assembly.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Negative 48V Chassis Assemblies. One always required per shelf.
                        Each chassis assembly provides:
              5 equipment unit slots arranged for ES series power
                        units & distribution modules;
                            Output voltage keying.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177    L-1            Output 1: -48 volts DC, 63A max. Output 2: 24 volts DC,
                        48A max. Arranged for apparatus: (Ordered separately)
                        ES660, -48V Rectifiers; ES681, 48/24V DC-DC converters;
                        ES610, 48V fuse distribution module.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177    L-2            Output 1: -48 volts DC, 63A max. Output 2: 130 volts
                        DC, 22A max. Arranged for apparatus: (Ordered
                        separately) ES660, -48V Rectifiers; ES680, 48/130V
                        DC-DC converters; ES610, 48V fuse distribution module.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177    L-3            Output 1: -48 volts DC, 63A max. Output 2: Ringing, 100
                        VA redundant max. Arranged for apparatus: (Ordered
                        separately) ES660, -48V Rectifiers; ES620, 50VA Ringing
                        Generators (two per power unit slot, max two per shelf;
                        ES610, 48V fuse distribution module.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177    L-4            Output 1: -48 volts DC, 63A max. Output 2: None.
                        Arranged for apparatus: (Ordered separately) ES660,
                        -48V Rectifiers; ES610, 48V fuse distribution module.
</TABLE>

                                CPS Power Systems
                                Section 2 Page 26

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                           Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                               CPS Power Systems

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                              July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                               List Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>      <C>            <C>                                                    <C>
   AC Input Assemblies. One always required per shelf unless otherwise noted.
                      Each input assembly is arranged for:
    AC input to shelf; ES646 or 648 monitor and control or ES647alarm unit;
                        Office alarm output connection;
                          Intershelf signal connection.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177    L-21           E/W five 100-240 Vac feeds which separately power each
                        equipment unit slot.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177    L-21B          Same as L- 21 except used for second shelf in multiple
                        shelf plants. Not arranged for controller or office
                        alarm connections.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177    L-22           E/W one 200-240 Vac feed which powers all equipment unit
                        slots. To be used only where AC wiring to the shelf is
                        factory installed.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177    L-22B          Same as L-22 except used for second shelf in multiple
                        shelf plants. Not arranged for controller of office
                        alarm connections. To be used only where AC wiring to
                        the shelf is factory installed.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177    L-23           Provides an input assembly without AC feed for converter
                        only shelf applications. Not arranged for AC inputs.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177    L-23B          Same as L- 23 except used for second shelf in multiple
                        shelf plants. Not arranged for controller or office
                        alarm connections.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177    L-25           Input assembly: e/w two 200-240 VAC feeds where one feed
                        powers equipment slots 1,3,5 and one feed powers
                        equipment slots 2,4.  To be used only where AC wiring
                        to the shelf is factory installed.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177    L-25B          Same as L- 25 except used for second shelf in multiple
                        shelf plants. Not arranged for controller or office
                        alarm connections. To be used only where AC wiring to
                        the shelf is factory installed.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177    L-25R          Equipped with two 200-240 Vac rear feeds where one
                        feed powers equipment unit slots 1, 3, 5 and one feed
                        powers equipment unit slots 2, 4.  To be used only where
                        AC wiring to the shelf is factory installed.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177    L-25RB         Same as L-25R except used for second shelf in multiple
                        shelf plants. Not arranged for controller or office
                        alarm connections. To be used only where AC wiring to
                        the shelf is factory installed.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177    L-26           Equipped with one 200-240 VAC conduit feed which powers
                        all equipment unit slots. May be used where AC wiring
                        to the shelf is field installed or factory installed.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177    L-26B          Same as L-26 except used for second shelf in multiple
                        shelf plants. Not arranged for controller or office
                        alarm connections. May be used where AC wiring to the
                        shelf is field installed or factory installed.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Output Assemblies: One always required per shelf unless otherwise noted.
      Each output assembly provides: Connection of max 4 battery strings or
                            IR series battery trays;
Intershelf power connection; Max 4 thermal probe assemblies; Bulk power outputs
                              for outputs 1 and 2.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177    L-31           One output assembly.  One of output assemblies L-31 or
                        L-32 always required with L 1, 2, or 3. Provides  charge
                        busses arranged for connection to max (4) battery
                        strings or external battery trays.  Max (4) thermal
                        probes 847198751 and secondary  voltage output.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177    L-34           Equipment to provide (1) output assembly. Arranged for
                        connection to primary shelf. Bulk feed output of primary
                        voltage, & secondary voltage output.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
                                CPS Power Systems
                                Section 2 Page 27

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                           Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                               CPS Power Systems

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                              July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                               List Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>     <C>             <C>                                                    <C>
FE177   L-35            Same as L- 32, but with slope thermal management.
                        Applicable to single shelf rectifier &
                        rectifier/converter plants and the initial shelf in
                        plants with rectifiers in the initial shelf only. Always
                        includes BSP2 LVD/Slope thermal PWB.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177   L-36            Same as L- 35, with 150A rated low voltage disconnect
                        contactor. Applicable to first shelf of multiple shelf
                        plants with rectifiers in first and second shelf. Always
                        includes BSP2 LVD/slope thermal PWB.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177   L-37            Same as L-31, with BSP2 slope thermal management board.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177   L-K2            Wire set & cable assembly for connecting 2 shelves into
                        a 2 shelf plant.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177   L-K3            Wire set & cable assembly for connecting 3 shelves into
                        a 3 shelf plant.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             Miscellaneous Equipment
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE173   107266397       ES610, 48V GMT Fuse Distribution Module. Provides load
                        protection at 30 Amps max. Arranged for (12) 0.25-10 Amp
                        Telecom type fuses. Max 2 units per shelf.                  *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE173   107502825       ES611 48V CB Distribution Module. Provides load
                        protection at 30A max. Arranged for (4) 3-30A plug-in
                        style circuit breakers as well as (2) 0.25-10 Amp
                        Telecom type fuses. Max 2 units per shelf.                  *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE173   107966616       ES 613 Distributrion Module                                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FP526   107138679       ES620 50 VA Ringing Generator, 48 volt input.               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FP526   107287575       ES621 100VA Ringing Generator, 48V input.                   *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FP526   108407909       ES622B Ringing Generator, 25 Hz, 100VA                      *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FP526   108541517       ES622C Ringing Generator, 20 Hz, 100VA                      *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177   107335069       ES647 48V ACU for slope thermal management.                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177   108344490       ES648A Monitor and Control Unit                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177   108344508       ES648B Monitor and Control Unit                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177   108344524       ES648BZ Monitor and Control Unit 1/ Modem                   *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE174   108286055       ES660C 48 volt, 15 amp DC Rectifier                         *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE163   107128571       ES681 48 - 24 volt DC-DC converter.                         *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177   107128563       ES680 48 - 130 volt DC-DC converter.                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177   107186355       BSB1 LVD/Thermal Control PWB.                               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177   108274044       BSP2C LVD/Slope thermal control PWB                         *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE172   847198751       Thermistor kit assembly                                     *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE172   847345576       MCU Slot Cover                                              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE172   847380698       Fuse Alarm Wireset for ES610 & ES611.                       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                           J85500V1 -90 Volt CPS Shelf
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          CPS Shelf Assemblies. consist of and always require one each:
                    (a) Chassis Assembly with Voltage Keying.
 (b) AC Input Assembly. (c) Output Assembly Lists 1 through 4, -90V Chassis
                         Assemblies: One always required
 per shelf. Each chassis provides: 5 equipment unit slots arranged for ES series
           power units, distribution modules & output voltage keying.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE187   L-1     Input 1: -90Vdc, 17-92A. Output 2: -90 Vac, 1 Hz, 17A each.
                Arranged for apparatus: ES630 (Max 4 in slots 1-4) 90V battery
                polarity switch modules. ES650 (max 1 in slot 5) -90Vdc bypass
                module.                                                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                CPS Power Systems
                                Section 2 Page 28

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                           Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                               CPS Power Systems

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                              July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                               List Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>     <C>     <C>                                                            <C>
FE187   L-2     Output 1: -90 Vdc, 46A. Output 2: 90 Vac, 1 Hz, 17A. Arranged
                for apparatus ES663 -90V rectifiers. (max in slots 1-5). 90V
                battery polarity switch modules.                                    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE187   L-4     Output 1: 90 Vdc, 46A. Output 2: None. Arranged for apparatus
                ES663 - 90V rectifiers.                                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                   AC Input Assemblies, Lists 21 through 26.
             One always required per shelf unless otherwise noted.
          Each Input Assembly is arranged for: (a) AC input to shelf.
                             (b) ES645 Alarm Unit.
     (c) Office Alarm Output Connection. (d) Intershelf signal connection.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE187   L-34    Output assembly. Applicable for supplemental shelves in multiple
                shelf plants (no LVD & no battery shunt).                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE187   L-35    Output assembly equipped with 100A contactor and BSP4
                LVD/thermal management PWB. Applicable for initial shelves with
                rectifiers when LVD is required.                                    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE187   L-39    Output assembly for Battery Polarity Switch only shelf.             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         J85582R2 CPS 2000 Power System
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     CPS 2000 Standard Shelf Configurations
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE188   107994717       J85582R2 L-21, 32                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE188   107999237       J85582R2 L-21, 31                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE188   107999229       J85582R2 L-21, 33                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE188   601828817       J85582R2 L-21, 34                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE188   107999211       J85582R2 L-22, 31                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE188   107999294       J85582R2 L-22,32                                            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE188   107999286       J85582R2 L-22, 33                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE188   107999278       J85582R2 L-22,34                                            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE188   107999245       J85582R2 L-22, 41                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE188   107999260       J85502R2 L-22, 42                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE188   107999252       J85582R2 L-22, 43                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE188   601832462       J85582R2 L-22, 44                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE188   601886310       J85582R2 L-23, 41                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE188   601886328       J85582R2 L-23, 44                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE188   108569195       J85582R2 L-23, 43                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE185   108672445       J85582R2 L-23, 61                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE185   601869175       J85582R2 L-23, 62                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE185   601869159       J85582R2 L-23, 64                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE185   601861891       J85582R2 L-24, 51                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE185   601861909       J85582R2 L-24, 52                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE185   601861917       J85582R2 L-24, 53                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE185   601861925       J85582R2 L-24, 54                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE185   601861933       J85582R2 L-25, 51                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE185   601861941       J85582R2 L-25, 52                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE185   601861958       J85582R2 L-25, 53                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE185   601861966       J85582R2 L-25, 54                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
                                CPS Power Systems
                                Section 2 Page 29

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                           Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                               CPS Power Systems

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                              July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                               List Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>     <C>             <C>                                                    <C>
FE185   601861974       J85582R2 L-25, 61                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE185   601861982       J85582R2 L-25, 62                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE185   601861990       J85582R2 L-25, 63                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE185   601862006       J85582R2 L-25, 64                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF410   108684457       J85582R2 L-91                                               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE185   601869142       J85582R2 L-100                                              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          The Following Descriptions are Provided for Information Only.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE188   L-21    Provides AC input with 1 IEC 320 type appliance inlet.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE188   L-22    Provides AC input with 2 IEC 320 type appliance inlet powering
                odd & even slots.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE188   L-23    Provides single ac terminal input for 19" and 23" shelves.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE185   L-24    Provides single AC input with 1 IEC receptacle for 19 inch
                shelf.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE188   L-25    Provides dual AC input with 2 IEC receptacles powering odd and
                even slots for 19 inch shelf.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE188   L-31    Provides for 23 inch shelf equipped for ringers and 48 volt
                rectifiers without battery disconnect circuit breakers or
                low-voltage battery disconnect.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE188   L-32    Provides for 23 inch shelf equipped for ringers, 48 volt
                rectifiers, and low-voltage disconnect without battery
                disconnect circuit breakers.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE188   L-33    Provides for 23 inch shelf equipped for ringers, 48 volt
                rectifiers, and battery disconnect circuit breakers without
                low-voltage battery disconnect.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE188   L-34    Provides for 23 inch shelf equipped for ringers, 48 volt
                rectifiers, battery disconnect circuit breakers, and low-voltage
                battery disconnect.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE188   L-41    Provides for 23 inch shelf equipped for 48 volt rectifiers
                without ringers, battery disconnect circuit breakers or
                low-voltage battery disconnect.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE188   L-42    Provides for 23 inch shelf equipped for 48 volt rectifiers, and
                low-voltage disconnect without ringers or battery disconnect
                circuit breakers.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE188   L-43    Provides for 23 inch shelf equipped for 48 volt rectifiers, and
                battery disconnect circuit breakers without ringers or
                low-voltage battery disconnect.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE188   L-44    Provides for 23 inch shelf equipped for 48 volt rectifiers,
                battery disconnect circuit breakers, and low-voltage battery
                disconnect without ringers.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE185   L-51    Provides 19 inch shelf for ringers and 48 volt rectifiers, with
                bulk output; without LVBD.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE185   L-52    Provides 19 inch shelf for ringers and 48 volt rectifiers, with
                bulk output; with LVBD.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE185   L-53    Provides 19 inch shelf for ringers and 48 volt rectifiers, with
                fused output; without LVBD.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE185   L-54    Provides 19 inch shelf for ringers and 48 volt rectifiers, with
                fused output; with LVBD.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE185   L-61    Provides 19 inch shelf for 48 volt rectifiers only, with bulk
                output; without LVBD.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                CPS Power Systems
                                Section 2 Page 30

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                           Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                               CPS Power Systems

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                              July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                               List Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>     <C>     <C>                                                            <C>
FE185   L-62    Provides 19 inch shelf for 48 volt rectifiers only, with bulk
                output; with LVBD.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE185   L-63    Provides 19 inch shelf for 48 volt rectifiers only, with fused
                output; without LVBD.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE185   L-64    Provides 19 inch shelf for 48 volt rectifiers only, with fused
                output; with LVBD.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 CPS2000 Rectifiers, Ringers, and Control Units
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FP526  108173279 ES421A 50VA, 20 Hz ringing generators                              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE184  108218462 ES446A Monitor and Control Unit (MCU)                              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE184  107775223 ES447 Alarm and Control Unit (ACU)                                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF310  108384777 ES460C 48V, 7.2 amp Rectifier + class B EMC Emissions.             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE184  107775306 LED Board                                                          *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE188  847861192 14 AC Input Cords (Order one per ac receptacle)                    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE188  847616828 25 Cable, pre-assembled for Office Alarm Connector                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE172  847541653 150 cable, pre-assembled for Office Alarm Connector                *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE172  847198751 Thermal Probe Kit includes One (1) 5 cable and one (1) paddle
                 type probe.                                                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE174  847580529 Thermal Probe Kit includes One (1) 9 cable and one (1) ring
                 type probe.                                                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            CPS2000 Fuse Information
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF041  406976894 .5 (1/2) Amp GMT-Type fuse                                         *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF040  405673146 1.33 Amp GMT-Type fuse                                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF040  405181983 2 Amp GMT-Type fuse                                                *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF040  406159061 5 Amp GMT-Type fuse                                                *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF040  405725433 7.5 Amp GMT-Type fuse                                              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF040  406159236 10 Amp GMT-Type fuse                                               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                   ED83135-30 Distribution Panel for CPS 4000
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                plug-in style fuse holders or circuit breakers. -48Vdc or
                +24Vdc. Max current rating of 300A. Front access. Mounting
                centers are 33.312 inches or 24.32 inches. Provides isolated
                alarm signal.                                                       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE131   G-2     Distribution Panel 5 inches high with 11 positions for 0-50A
                plug-in style fuse holders or circuit breakers for DC loads. 6
                posotions for 0-10A fuses for DC loads and 6 positions for 0-5A
                fuses for AC loads. Max current rating of 300A DC, 50A AC. Front
                access. Mounting centers are 22.312 inches. Provides isolated
                alarm signal.                                                       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE131   G-4     Distribution Panel 8 inches high, +24Vdc with 22 positions for
                0-50A plug-in style fuse holders or 0-100A circuit breakers. Max
                current rating of 420A. Provides 600A Low Voltage
                Disconnect/Reconnect and isolated alarm signal. Front and rear
                access.                                                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE131   G-5     Distribution Panel 9 inches high, front access +24Vdc with 22
                positions for 0-50A plug-in stryl fuse holders or 0-100A circuit
                breakers. Max current rating of 420A. Provides 600A Low Voltage
                Disconnect/Reconnect and isolated alarm signal.                     *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                CPS Power Systems
                                Section 2 Page 31

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                           Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                               CPS Power Systems
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                              July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                               List Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>     <C>     <C>                                                           <C>
FE131   G-6     Distribution Panel 7.5 inches high with 22 positions for 0-50A,
                plug-in style circuit breakers. Max current rating of 300 amps.
                Provides 400A Low Voltage Disconnect/Reconnect and isolated
                alarm signal. Front and rear access.                                *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177   G-7     Front access -24Vdc flooded battery interface panel to
                accommodate 4/0 cable termination for both charge and ground
                buses for up to 8 strings of flooded batteries. Max current
                rating of 450 amps.                                                  NA
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177   G-8     Front access -24 Vdc Distribution Panel nine inches high, w/22
                positions for 0-50 amp plug-in style fuse holders or 0-100 amp
                circuit breakers. Max current rating 450 amps. Low Voltage
                Disconnect/ Reconnect is not provided. An external battery shunt
                is provided.                                                         NA
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE131   G-13    Distribution Panel 7.5 inches high, +24Vdc w/22 positions for
                0-50 amp plug-in style fuse holders or circuit breakers. Max
                current rating of 300 amps. Provides 100 amp Low Voltage
                Disconnect/Reconnect, Battery Shunt, & isolated alarm signal.
                Front and Rear access.                                              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE131   G-A     Required with G-3 or 6 for power and alarm wires to interconnect
                with CPS shelf when distribution panel is mounted beneath CPS
                shelf.                                                              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        G-B     Required with G-3 or 6 for power and alarm wires to
                interconnect with CPS shelf when distribution panel is mounted
                above CPS shelf.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE131   G-D     Required with G-1 for power and alarm wires to interconnect with
                CPS shelf when distribution panel iw mounted above CPS shelf.       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    ED83310-30 Distribution Panel for CPS2000
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177   G-1     Distribution Panel 3.5 inches high e/w two separate inputs, A &
                B, arranged for -48Vdc operation with both feeds. Equipped with
                12 GMT style fuses on each feed (24 total). Provides Isolated
                alarm signal. Max current rating of 100A per feed (100A total).
                Mounts in standard 10 inch frame.                                   *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177   G-2     Distribution Panel 3.5 inches high e/w two separate inputs, A &
                B, arranged for -48Vdc operation on side A and AC Ringing on
                input side B. Equipped with 12 GMT style fuses on each feed
                (24 total). Provides Isolated alarm signal. Max current rating
                of 100A on input A and a max of 50A in input side B. Mounts in
                standard 19 inch rack.                                              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177   G-11    Same as Group 1 e/w current display.                                *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177   G-12    Same as Group 2 e/w current display.                                *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE131   G-A     Brackets for mounting G-1, 11, 2, & 12 in standard 23 inch rack.    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE177   G-B     Brackets for mounting G-1, 11, 2 & 12 in ETSI racks.                *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
                                CPS Power Systems
                                Section 2 Page 32

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                           Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                            Controllers & Monitors

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                              July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                               List Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                           J85501E1 ECS-6U Controller
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>       <C>   <C>                                                            <C>
FZ780     L-1   Assembly, wiring & equipment for one Lineage 2000 Universal
                Rectifier Controller for -48V plant. (Provides ECS controller
                and interface to all Lucent Technologies rectifiers).               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE125 847366788 Optional equipment with List 1 for a 48V microprocessor circuit
                pack (CP2). CP2 provides remote/local monitoring and control
                functions.                                                          *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE125 847366762 Optional Equipment to List 1 for a 24V CP2.                         *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE125 846575223 Upgrade kit to add CP3 to controller in the field.                  *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE125 846632982 Upgrade Kit to add remote termination panel to controller in the
                field.                                                              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ710 106593015 Optional equipment to List 1 for Rectifier Adapter Board (EAT2).
                Provides access to ECS-6U for non-Lineage Rectifiers and
                non-Lucent Technologies Rectifiers.                                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ780   L-BA    Mounting hardware required with List 1 or 2 to mount controller
                in frame with 22-5/16 inch mounting centers.                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                           J85501E2 ECS-12U Controller
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ780   L-1     ECS-12U Controller for -48V plants. Provides interface to 12
                Lucent Technologies Lineage 2000 Rectifiers. Includes mounting
                hardware for 26 inch framework.                                     *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ780   L-2     ECS-12U Controller for +24V plants. Provides interface to 12
                Lucent Technologies Lineage 2000 Rectifiers. Includes mounting
                hardware for 26 inch framework.                                     *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ780   L-3     Same as List 1 except includes a low voltage disconnect circuit
                for use on J85500S and J85500T Bays.                                *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ780 847268646 Optional wiring & equipment with L-1, 2 or 3 to provide one
                AKC1B circuit pack & associated mounting hardware for plants
                where the plant load shunt is in the "hot" i.e. ungrounded
                lead or the shunt rating is not a selectable option on the
                controller.                                                         *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ780   L-BA    Optional mounting hardware for mounting controller in a 23 inch
                framework.                                                          *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                           J85501F1 Galaxy Controller
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270   L-1     Equipment to provide a rear access basic GALAXY controller
                assembly with "Independent" control equipment for mounting in
                a 26"" frame. Requires one L-11, 12 or 13 and a minimum of one
                L-21 or 22. For serial rectifiers, requires one L-11, 12 or 13 &
                only one L-23.                                                      *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270   L-2     Equipment to provide a front access basic GALAXY controller
                assembly with "independent" control equipment for mounting in
                a 26"" frame. Requires one L-14 or 15 and one L-23 only.            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270   L-3     Same as L-1 except the color is gray and a 847799129 bracket kit
                is used to accommodate a 21.5" frame assembly. (Optional gray
                panels may be ordered).                                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
                            Controllers & Monitors
                               Section 3 Page 33

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                           Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                            Controllers & Monitors

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                              July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                               List Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>     <C>     <C>                                                            <C>
FE270   L-4     Equipment to provide a rear access Galaxy controller assembly
                with independent (basic) and "intelligent" control equipment for
                 4ESS 140V rectifiers only powered from 48V.                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270   L-11    Power Supply and fuse Circuit Packs required in addition to L-1
                or L-3 for - 48V Battery Plants.                                    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270   L-12    Power Supply and fuse Circuit Packs required in addition to L-1
                or L-3 for +24V Battery Plants.                                     *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270   L-13    Power Supply and fuse Circuit Packs required in addition to L-1
                or L-3 for - 24V Battery Plants.                                    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270   L-14    Power supply and fuse circuit packs in addition to L-2 for
                negative 48 volt serial interface battery plants.                   *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270   L-15    Power supply & fuse circuit packs required in addition to L-2
                for +24 volt serial interface battery plants.                       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270   L-21    Equipment required with L-1 or 3 to provide rectifier monitor
                and control circuit pack for up to 8 Lucent parallel
                communication ferro rectifiers. Requires one L-31 or 32 for each
                L-21 ordered.                                                       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270   L-22    Equipment in addition to L-1 or 3 to provide rectifier monitor
                and control circuit pack for up to 8 Lucent parallel
                communication switch mode rectifiers or 8 commercial rectifiers.
                Requires one L-34 or 35 for each L-22 ordered.                      *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270   L-23    Equipment in addition to L-1, 2 or 3 to provide rectifier
                monitor and control circuit pack for up to 24 Lucent serial
                rectifiers. For L-1 or L-3, only one L-36 required. For L-2,
                L-36 not required.                                                  *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270   L-31    Rectifier Interface Module (connector module) in addition to
                each L-21 for rectifiers previously connected to an MCS
                controller or Lucent ferroresonant rectifiers without enhanced
                communications. One L-31 is required per 8 rectifiers.              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270   L-32    Equipment to provide one rectifier interface module (connector
                module) in addition to each List 21 for Lucent Technologies
                ferro rectifiers with enhanced communications.                      *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270   L-34    Equipment to provide one rectifier interface module in addition
                to each L-22 for commercial rectifiers.                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270   L-35    Equipment to provide one rectifier interface module in addition
                to each List 22 for Lucent Technologies parallel communication
                switch mode rectifiers. Includes shunt monitoring.                  *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270   L-36    Equipment to provide one rectifier interface module in addition
                to L-23 (L-1 or L-3 only) for serial rectifiers.                    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270   L-AB    Optional intelligent controller circuit packs in addition to L-1
                or L-3 e/w L-11 (48V applicatons). Includes microprocessor
                board. Aux port cable interface board. Int power board &
                Easyview software package. (This feature can manage 1 modem
                circuit pack (L-AE) and up to 5 additional circuit packs).
                Includes TL1 command language interface software.                   *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
                            Controllers & Monitors
                               Section 3 Page 34

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                           Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                            Controllers & Monitors

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                              July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                               List Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>     <C>     <C>
FE270   L-AD    Optional intelligent controller circuit packs in addition to L-1
                or L-3 e/w L-12 or 13 (24V applicatons). Includes microprocessor
                board. Aux port cable interface board. Int power board &
                Easyview software package. (This feature can manage 1 modem
                circuit pack (L-AE) and up to 5 additional circuit packs).
                Includes TL1 command language interface software.                   *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270   L-AE    Optional modem circuit pack in addition to List AA, AB, AC or AD
                to provide remote access to the controller (without voice
                response). (Max 1 per controller).                                  *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270   L-AG    Optional peripheral monitoring circuit pack in addition to L-AA,
                AB, AC or AD to provide access to the monitor & control system.
                (See J85501G1 to order modules).                                    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270   L-AH    Optional DataSwitch circuit pack in addition to L-AA, AB, AC or
                AD to provide MCS DataSwitch functionality.                         *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270   L-FB    Optional front access intelligent controller circuit packs in
                addition to L-2 e/w L-14 (48V applications) with TL1 command
                language interface software.                                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270   L-FE    Optional front access modem circuit pack in addition to L-FA,
                FB, FC or FD to provide remote access to the controller.
                (Without voice response).                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270   L-FG    Optional front access peripheral monitoring circuit pack in
                addition to L-FA, FB, FC or FD to provide access to the monitor
                and control system (see J85501G1 to order modules).                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270   L-FH    Optional front access DataSwitch circuit pack in addition to
                L-FA, FB, FC or FD to provide MCS DataSwitch functionality.         *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270   L-K1    Optional Reserve Time Predictor Kit. Provides a temperature
                probe and access to software feature.                               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270   L-K2    Optional rear lexan cover kit (L-1 or L-3 only).                    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   Spare Parts
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270 107199374 Display Board (CP BJG1).                                            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270 107172371 Alarm Board (CP BJE1).                                              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270 107128886 Rectifier Interface Board (CP BJC1).                                *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270 107172355 Basic Control Board (CP BJB).                                       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270 107172348 Basic Controller Power Board 48V (CP BJA1).                         *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270 107284473 Basic controller Power Board 24V (CP BJA2).                         *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270 107381915 Intelligent control Board with TL1 (CP BJA1).                       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270 107243834 Intelligent Controller Power Board 48V (CP BJJ1).                   *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270 107284481 Intelligent Controller Power Board 24V (CP BJJ2).                   *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270 107284499 Modem Board (CP BJL2).                                              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270 107243867 Peripheral Monitor Board (CP BJM1).                                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270 107243842 DataSwitch Board (CP BJK1).                                         *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF010 406530725 1-1/3 Ampere Fuse (GMT).                                            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
80231 406203976 3 Ampere Fuse (GMT).                                                *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE124 406526079 Battery BR2032 for CP BJH                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE282 848520383 Galaxy Gateway Basic Kit for Galaxy SC Rear Access Controller.      *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE282 848520391 Galaxy Gateway Basic Kit for Galaxy SC Front Access Controller.     *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
                            Controllers & Monitors
                               Section 3 Page 35

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                           Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                            Controllers & Monitors

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                              July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                               List Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           J85501G1 Peripheral Monitoring System for Galaxy Controller
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>       <C>   <C>
FZ780     L-9   Equipment & Wiring to provide one relay module. Includes one
                monitoring unit, one interconnection unit (with terminal
                blocks).                                                            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270     L-21  Equipment & Wiring to provide one shunt monitoring module (-50
                to +150 mvdc). Includes one monitoring unit, one interconnection
                unit (with terminal blocks), and 100K OHM current limiting
                resistor assemblies for 6 channels.                                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270   L-22    Equipment & Wiring to provide one voltage monitoring module
                (0-200 vdc). Includes one monitoring unit, one interconnection
                unit (with terminal blocks), and 100K OHM current limiting
                resistor assemblies for 6 channels.                                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270   L-23    Equipment & Wiring to provide one 100MVDC transducer module.
                Includes one monitoring unit, one interconnection unit (with
                terminal blocks), and 100K OHM current limiting resistor
                assemblies for 6 channels.                                          *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270   L-24    Equipment & Wiring to provide one voltage monitoring module
                (0-3 vdc). Includes one monitoring unit, one interconnection
                unit (with terminal blocks)., and 100K OHM current limiting
                resistor assemblies for 6 channels.                                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270   L-25    Equipment & Wiring to provide one voltage monitoring module
                (0-16 vdc). Includes one monitoring unit, one interconnection
                unit (with terminal blocks), and 100K OHM current limiting
                resistor assemblies for 6 channels.                                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270   L-26    Equipment & Wiring to provide one voltage monitoring module
                (0-70 vdc). Includes one monitoring unit, one interconnection
                unit (with terminal blocks), and 100K OHM current limiting
                resistor assemblies for 6 channels.                                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270   L-27    Equipment & Wiring to provide one Binary module. Includes one
                monitoring unit, one interconnection unit (with terminal
                blocks), and 100K OHM current limiting resistor assemblies for
                6 channels.                                                         *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270   L-K1    Optional equipment to provide panel for mounting 7 modules in 26
                inch frame (6 inch panel).                                          *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270   L-K2    Optional equipment to provide mounting bracket for one module on
                a frame with one inch mounting centers (4 inch high).               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270   L-K3    Optional equipment to provide mounting bracket for one module on
                a frame with one inch mounting centers (6 inch high).               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   Spare Parts
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270 108040924 Control Unit 221D (Voltage Monitor).                                *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270 108040932 Control Unit 221F (Shunt Monitor).                                  *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270 847381811 PWB Assembly - Interconnect Module.                                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ776 405298308 Termination Resistor.                                               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270 847540424 Voltage Current Limiting Resistor Assembly.                         *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270 847568920 Shunt Current Limiting Resistor Assembly.                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
                            Controllers & Monitors
                               Section 3 Page 36

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                           Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                            Controllers & Monitors
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                              July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                               List Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>   <C>       <C>                                                            <C>
FF921 407377704 Monitoring Module Bus Cable (priced per ft).                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270 108040940 A/CU-210J Transducer Module.                                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270 108040890 A/CU-211A Voltage Monitor.                                          *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270 108040908 A/CU-211B Voltage Monitor.                                          *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270 108040916 A/CU-211C Voltage Monitor.                                          *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270 108040957 A/CU-212A Binary Monitor.                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ780 107307555 A/CU-214A Relay Module.                                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ780 847635851 PWB Assembly-Interconnect Module.                                   *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ780 847629342 PWB Assembly-Interconnect Module.                                   *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ780 407209808 Thermistor, 2322-640-64104.                                         *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270 107381915 Intelligent Control Board with TL1 (CP BJH2).                       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270 07243834 Intelligent Controller Power Board 48V (CP BJJ1).                    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270 107284481 Intelligent Controller Power Board 48V (CPBJA1).                    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270 107284499 Modem Board (CP BJL2).                                              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270 107243867 Peripheral Monitor Board (CP BJN1).                                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE270 107243842 DataSwitch Board (CP BJK1).                                         *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF010 406530725 1-1/3 Amp Fuse (GMT).                                               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
80231 406203976 3 Amp Fuse (GMT).                                                   *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE124 406526079 Battery BR2032 for CP BJH.                                          *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    J85501X1 Battery Thermal Protection Unit
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ780   L-K1    Equipment & wiring to provide one Battery temperature monitor &
                control kit. Includes one control unit, (210A), one
                interconnection module (with terminal blocks), two "paddle
                type" temperature probes for insertion between batteries, and
                interconnecting wiring.                                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ780   L-K2    Equipment & wiring to provide one Battery temperature monitor &
                control kit . Includes one control unit (210A), one
                interconnection module (with connectors), two "paddle type"
                temperature probes for insertion between batteries and
                interconnecting wiring.                                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ780   L-K3    Equipment & wiring to provide one Battery temperature monitor &
                control kit. Includes one control unit (210A), one
                interconnection module (with connectors), two temperature probes
                on ring terminals for connection to 1/4" diameter or
                smaller battery post and interconnecting wiring.                    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ780   L-K4    Equipment & wiring to provide one Battery temperature monitor &
                control unit (210B), one interconnection module (with
                connectors), two "paddle type" temperature probes for
                insertion between batteries and interconnecting wiring.             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ780   L-K10   Same as L-K1 except additional material for connection to an
                ED83123-30 Battery String disconnect.                               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ780   L-K20   Equipment to provide interface and proper control between Lucent
                XCS controller (j85501B1) and List K4 (210B modules). This list
                includes the material contained in one List K4.                     *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
                            Controllers & Monitors
                               Section 3 Page 37

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                           Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                            Controllers & Monitors
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                              July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                               List Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>     <C>    <C>                                                              <C>
FZ780   L-K30   Equipment and wiring to provide one thermal probe multiplexer
                kit. Includes one control unit (210E), one interconnection
                module (with connectors).                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            LAST TIME IN PRICE BOOK!
       J85576A1 is being discontinued in its entirety effective 4/20/2000
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               J85576A1 OMNIpulse
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE124   L-3     Lineage 2000 OMNIpulse (48V input) e/w Microprocessor Board and
                Datalogger Board.                                                   *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE124   L-4     Lineage 2000 OMNIpulse (24V input) e/w Microprocessor Board and
                Datalogger Board.                                                   *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE124   L-5     Lineage 2000 OMNIpulse (48V input) e/w TL1 (including voice).       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE124   L-6     Lineage 2000 OMNIpulse (24V input) e/w TL1 (including voice).       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE124 847158318 Optional Datalogger Circuit Pack (Maximum of 3).                    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE124 846983328 MCS Pass-through Cable Adapter.                                     *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE124   L-KB    Cable set for Current Limiting Resistors when used to monitor
                the shunt on a KS22012 Circuit Breaker.                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          X.25/TL1 Equipment required with ECS Controllers, OMNIpulse &
                      Galaxy Controller having TL1 Feature
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE125 847074507 48V Pad (Packet Assembler/Disassembler) Kit.                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE125 847074515 24V Pad (Packet Assembler/Disassembler) Kit.                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE125 847074531 DSU (Digital Service Unit) Kit.                                     *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE125 847074549 Installation Shelf Kit.                                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE124 847365673 OMNIpulse software upgrade to TL1 kit. Adds TL1 capability to
                L-3 or L-4 CP2 (contains software, converter, wiring & manual).     *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           J85577A1 Intelligent Reserve Unit for use with IR Batteries
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE611   L-5     Assembly, wiring and equipment for one Lineage 2000 Intelligent
                Reserve Unit (48V input).                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE611   L-10    Equipment always required with L-5 to provide a Battery
                Interface Module for one string of IR Batteries. Order one L-10
                per each Battery String. (Max 6 per List).                          *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE611   L-15    Equipment to provide a supplementary battery channel cable for
                strings 4 through 6. List 15 required only if the number of
                battery strings is greater than 3.                                  *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE611   L-A     Optional equipment to provide User Channel Cable.                   *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE611   L-B     Optional equipment to provide cable to extend length of battery
                channel cable by 4 feet. Order 8 per each battery string.           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
                            Controllers & Monitors
                               Section 3 Page 38

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                           Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                             Lineage Power Systems
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                              July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                               List Price
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         J85500A2 6400 Amp Battery Plant
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>     <C>     <C>                                                            <C>
FZ752   L-1A    Framework, assembly, wiring & equipment for one 15" deep
                initial distribution bay e/w 1300A capacity distribution feeder
                bus mounted on the top half of the bay.                             *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ752   L-2     Supplemental Distribution Bay, 1300 Amp Capacity, 15 inches
                deep.                                                               *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ752   L-3     Supplemental Rectifier Bay.                                         *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ752   L-4     Framework, assembly, wiring & equipment for one 15" deep
                initial distribution bay e/w 1300A capacity distribution feeder
                bus mounted on the top half of the bay.                             *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ752   L-5A    Framework, assembly, wiring & equipment for one 15" deep
                supplementary distribution bay for a maximum of 2600A capacity
                e/w two 1300A capacity distribution panel feeder buses.             *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ752   L-6     Equipment and wiring required with L-1A, 2 or 5A to provide
                Alarm indicator panel LED for "FAJ" alarm for the -48V plant
                when specified.                                                     *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ752   L-7     Framework, assembly, wiring & equipment for one 15 inch deep
                supplementary distribution bay for a split bus bar with two
                1300 amp capacity distribution panel feeder buses.                  *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ752   L-11   Box framework assembly, wiring & equipment for 1, 30 inch deep,
               36 inch wide initial distribution bay e/w 4800A capacity
               distribution feeder buses for distributing up to 1800A to panels
               mounted above the controller and 3000A to panels mounted below
               the controller.                                                      *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ752   L-12   Box framework assembly, wiring and equipment for 1, 30 inch deep,
               36 inch wide supplemental distribution bay e/w 4800A capacity
               distribution feeder buses running from the top to the bottom of
               the bay.                                                             *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ752   L-AA   Required w/L-1A for a 1300A capacity distribution panel feeder
               bus assembly mounted in the lower half of bay.                       *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ752   L-B    Required with L-1A, 2 or 5A to provide a 2 inch blank panel for
               unequipped fuse or circuit breaker positions.                        *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ752   L-C    Required with L-1A, 2 or 5A to provide a 3 inch blank panel for
               unequipped fuse or circuit breaker positions.                        *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ752   L-D    Required with L-1A, 2 or 5A to provide a 4 inch blank panel for
               unequipped fuse or circuit breaker positions.                        *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ752   L-E    Required with L-1A, 2 or 5A to provide a 6 inch blank panel for
               unequipped fuse or circuit breaker positions.                       *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ752   L-F    Required with L-1A, 2 or 5A to provide a 9 inch blank panel for
               unequipped fuse or circuit breaker positions.                        *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ752   L-G    Equipment required with L-1A to provide a 7 inch blank panel,
               intended to occupy the space directly below a J85503A rectifier.
               (1 required).                                                        *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ752   L-J    Required with L-3 to provide a 26 inch blank panel. Intended to
               occupy the space of 1 unequipped rectifier position for
               rectifiers per J85503A (max 2).                                      *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ752   L-K    Equipment required with L-1A to mount one, 100A, 3 Phase
               Rectifier per J85503A1 or one 50A, 1 phase Rectifier per J85502B1
               in lower half of bay in lower half of bay.                           *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
                             Lineage Power Systems
                               Section 4 Page 39

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                           Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                             Lineage Power Systems
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                              July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                               List Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>     <C>    <C>                                                              <C>
FZ752   L-L    Equipment required with L-3 to provide a baffle for use with
               100A 3 Phase Rectifier per J85503A or with L-1A or 3 to provide a
               baffle for use with a 50A rectifier per J85502B.                     *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ752   L-M    Equipment required with L-1A to mount one 24 or 48 volt 125A
               rectifier per J85502C in lower half of bay. (Omits panel &
               brackets to accommodate rectifier & provides a new panel & a
               6-inch baffle assembly).                                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ752   L-N    Required with L-3 to provide a 2 inch baffle when more than one
               (1) 24 volt, 125A rectifier is equipped in supplementary bay.        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ752   L-P    Required with L-3 to provide a 7 inch baffle when more than one
               (1) 48 volt, 125 Amp rectifier is equipped in the supplementary
               bay.                                                                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ752   L-Q   Required with L- 3 to provide additional cable brackets when 24V,
              125 Amp rectifiers are being employed in the supplementary bay.       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ752   L-R    Apparatus always required with L-6 when specified in a -48V 1300
               or 2600A Initial Bay.                                                *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ752   L-S    Apparatus always required with L-6 when specified in a -48V,
               1300A supplementary Bay.                                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ752   L-T    Apparatus always required with L-6 when specified in a -48V,
               2600A supplementary Bay.                                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ752   L-U    Equipment required with L-2 to provide a 12 lead connection to
               discharge bus bar.                                                   *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ752   L-V    Equipment required with L-1A when e/w a Galaxy controller and
               J85702B2 rectifier shelf. Provides appropriate rear brackets and
               cover.                                                               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ752   L-W    Equipment required to mount one J85702B2 rectifier shelf.            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ752   L-X    Equipment required with L-1A e/w L-AA, or L-2 or 5A to extend the
               footprint depth to 18 inches for additional cabling space. (If
               end covers are required order L-KF).                                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ752   L-Y    Equipment required w/L-1A, 2 or 5A to provide a spare fuse holder
               panel to accommodate 12 TPS/TP 20 GMT fuses. L-Y is e/w only 4 of
               a possible 12 spare fuse holders, enough to accommodate a fully
               loaded J85500A2 Bay. Additional spare fuse holders of various
               types may be ordered & mounted in the field as required.             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ752   L-CG   Required with List 1A when the power plant is e/w a Galaxy
               controller to provide control cables for use with a J85702B2
               rectifier shelf when shelf is mounted below Galaxy in 1st
               position.                                                            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ752   L-CH   Required with List 1A when the power plant is e/w a Galaxy
               controller to provide control cables for use with a J85702B2
               rectifier shelf when shelf is mounted below Galaxy in 2nd
               position.                                                            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ752   L-CK   Required with List 1A when the power plant is e/w a Galaxy
               controller to provide control cables for use with a J85702B2
               rectifier shelf when shelf is mounted below Galaxy in 3rd
               position.                                                            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ752   L-KA   Stile Strip Appearance Package for L- 1, 2 or 5.                     *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ752   L-KB   Stile Strip Appearance Package for L- 1.                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ752   L-KC   Stile Strip Appearance Package for L- 3.                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ752   L-KD   End Cover Appearance Package for L- 1, 2, 3 or 5.                    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
                            Lineage Power Systems
                               Section 4 Page 40

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                           Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                            Lineage Power Systems
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                              July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                               List Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>     <C>    <C>                                                             <C>
FZ752   L-KE   Stile strip appearance package for L-1A e/w Galaxy controller &
               J85702B2 rectifier shelf.                                            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ752   L-KF   End cover appearance package for a List 1A e/w a Galaxy
               controller & J85702B2 rectifier shelf.                               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ752   L-KG   End cover appearance package for a List 11 or 12 box framework
               (1 per side).                                                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            Standard Configurations
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ752 107835308 1 L-1A Control Bay e/w 1 L-6, 1 L-AA, 1 L-R, 1 L-KA, 2 L-KD,
                1 L-F, 1 J85501F1 L-1 e/w 1 L-11, 1 ED83012-30 G-1 e/w 1 G-2,
                1 G-C, 1 G-E, 1 ED83018-31 G-32, 4 ED83018-31 G-16 e/w 20 G-AE,
                5- 406530725, 3- 406204230, 3- 406203976                            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ752 107835290 1 L-1A Control Bay e/w 1 L-6, 1 L-R, 1 L-KA, 2 L-KD, 1 L-C,
                1 L-E, 3 L- F, 1 J85501F1 L-1 e/w 1 L-11, 1 ED83012-30 G-1 e/w 1
                G-2, 1 G-C, 1 G- E, 1 ED83018-31 G-32, 1 ED83018-31 G-16 e/w 6
                G-AE, 5- 407530725, 3- 407204230, 3- 406203976                      *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ752 107843906 1 L-2 Supplemental PBD Bay e/w 1 L-6, 9 L-E, 1 L-T, 1 L_KA,
                1 L_KD, 2 ED83018-31 G-31 e/w 2 G-BP, 2 G-BX, 1 H569-407 G-2
                Anchor Bolt                                                         *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ752 107843781 1 L-5A Supplemental Bay e/w 1 L-6, 2 L-C, 7 L-E, 1 L-T, 1 L-KA,
                1 L-KD, 2 ED83018-31 G-31 e/w 2 G-BP, 2 G-BX, 1 H569-407 G-2
                Anchor Bolt                                                         *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ752 107843922 1 L-5A Supl.Bay e/w 1 L-6, 1 L-T, 1 L-KA, 1 L-KD, 2 L-C, 4 L-E,
                5 ED83018-31 G-31 e/w 10 G-BQ                                       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ752 107797144 1 L-5A Supl. Bay e/w 1 L-6, 1 L-T, 1 L-KA, 2 L-F, 1 L-E,
                4 ED83018-31 G-16 e/w 20 G-AE                                       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ752 108066697 1 L-1A Control Bay e/w 1 L-6, 1 L-AA, 1 L-R, 1 L-KA, 2 L-KD,
                1 L-C, 1 L-E, 1 J85501F1 L-1 e/w 1 L-11, 2 L-1, 2 L-32, 1 L-AB,
                1 L-AE, 1 L-AG, 1 ED83012-30 G-1 e/w 1 G-2, 1 G-C, 1 G-E, 1
                ED83018-31 G-32, 4 ED83018-31 G-16 e/w 8 G-AG                       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ752 108257395 1 L-1A Control Bay e/w 1 L-6, 1 L-AA, 1 L-R, 1 L-KA, 2 L-KD,
                1 L-C, 1 L-E, 1 J85501F1 L-1 e/w 1 L-11, 1 L-23, 1 L-36, 1 L-AB,
                1 L-AE, 1 L-AG, 1 ED83012-30 G-1 e/w 1 G-2, 1 G-C, 1 G-E,
                1 ED83018-31 G-32, 4 ED83018-31 G-16                                *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ752 108087610 1 L-5A Supl. Bay e/w 1 L-6, 1 L-T, 1 L-KA, 2 L-C, 4 L-E,
                5 ED83018-31 G-31 e/w 8 G-BP, 10 G-BX, 2 G-BQ                       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ752 108257916 1 L-5A Supl. PBD Bay e/w 1 L-6, 1 L-T, 1 L-KA, 2 L-KD, 1 L-C,
                2 L-E, 1 L-F, 4 ED83018-31 G-16                                     *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ752 108066705 1 L-5A Supl. PBD Bay e/w 1 L-6, 1 L-t, 1 L-KA, 2 L-KD, 1 L-C,
                2 L-E, 1 L-F, 4 ED83018-31 G-16 e/w 8 G-AG                          *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ752 107797110 1 L-1A Control Bay e/w 1 L-6, 1 L-AA, 1 L-R, 1 L-KA, 2 L-KD,
                1 L-C, 1 L-F, 1 J85501F1 L-1 e/w 1 L-11, 1 ED83012-30 G-1 e/w 1
                L-2, 1 G-C, 1 G-E, 4 ED83018-31 G-16 e/w 20 G-AE, 1 ED83018-31
                G-32                                                                *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  ED83012-30 Capacitor Charge / Data Set Panel
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ753   G-1    One panel assembly arranged to mount one data set and/or one
               capacitor charge.                                                    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
                            Lineage Power Systems
                               Section 4 Page 41

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                           Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                            Lineage Power Systems
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                              July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                               List Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>     <C>    <C>                                                              <C>
FZ753   G-2    Assembly, wiring & equipment in addition to G-1 for one capacitor
               charge circuit.                                                      *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ753   G-C    Wiring & equipment always required in addition to L-2. Includes
               bracket assembly, clip and diode.                                    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ753   G-D    Equipment required in addition to G-C for 24V plant.                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ753   G-E    Equipment required in addition to G-C for 48V plant.                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              ED83018-31 Circuit Breaker Panel for J85500A2 Plant
                                 & J85568B BDFB
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ753   G-15   9 inch high Circuit Breaker Panel for 12 circuit breakers, 1-110
               amp capacity.                                                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ753   G-16   9 inch high Circuit Breaker Panel for circuit breakers, 100-600
               amp capacity.                                                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ753   G-17   9 inch high Circuit Breaker Panel and Low Voltage Disconnect for
               DMS 10 application. Arranged to mount two GJ2-Z10 type circuit
               breakers 125 to 250A capacity.                                       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ753   G-18   4 inch Fuse Panel for 16, 3-30 amp fuses.                            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ753   G-19   6-inch fuse panel for 8, 1-30 and/or 31-60 fuse mountings.           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ753   G-20   6 inch Fuse Panel for 4, 70-100 amp fuse mountings without
               shunts.                                                              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ753   G-21   6 inch Fuse Panel e/w two 110-200 amp fuse mountings arranged for
               Load Monitoring Shunt.                                               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ753   G-22   Fuse pln 6" high e/w 2, 70-100 amp fuse mountings w/out shunts,
               and 1, 110-200 amp fuse mounting and arranged for load monitoring
               shunt.                                                               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ753   G-23   15 inch Switch & Fuse Panel always arranged for load monitoring &
               e/w one KS19392 L-24 Switch & Fuse Unit.                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ753   G-24   Required with G-23 to provide a second Switch & Fuse Unit on
               Right side of Panel for 225 to 600 amp fuses.                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ753   G-25   4 inch Fuse Panel e/w fuse mountings for 48 to 70 type fuses 9/32
               X 1-1/4 inches, 0 to 5 amps.                                         *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ753   G-26   15 inch fuse panel always arranged for load monitoring & e/w 2,
               KS19393 fuse mountings & arranged for 2 additional fuse
               mountings.                                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ753   G-27   Required w/G-26 to provide 2 additional 225A to 600A fuse
               mountings with shunts.                                               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ753   G-28   Same as G-20 with Bus Bar extensions on load leads for front
               access installation.                                                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ753   G-29   Same as G-21 with Bus Bar extensions on load leads for front
               access installation.                                                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ753   G-30   Same as G-22 with Bus Bar extensions on load leads for front
               access installation.                                                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ753   G-31   6 inch fuse panel e/w two 70 to 600A fuse mountings arranged for
               load monitoring shunts.                                              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ753   G-32   6 inch fuse panel providing 20 fuse blocks with capacity for 1 to
               60 amp fuses and equipped with a GMT-type alarm fuse.                *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ753   G-33   9 inch switch & fuse panel providing 2 switch & fuse units
               capable of holding "TPL" type load fuses from 70 to 600 amps.        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
                            Lineage Power Systems
                               Section 4 Page 42

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                           Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                             Lineage Power Systems

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                              July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                               List Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>     <C>    <C>                                                               <C>
FZ753   G-A    Required with G-19 to provide one 1 to 30 amp fuse mounting. (A
               combination of 8 G-A or B must be furnished).                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ753   G-B    Required with G-19 to provide one 31 to 60 amp fuse mounting. (A
               combination of 8 G-A or B must be furnished).                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE286   G-C    Required with G-15 to provide KS22010 circuit breaker with charge
               switch with 1 Amp capacity.                                          *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE286   G-D    Required with G-15 to provide KS22010 circuit breaker with charge
               switch with 3 Amp capacity.                                          *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE286   G-E    Required with G-15 to provide KS22010 circuit breaker with charge
               switch with 5 Amp capacity.                                          *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE286   G-F    Required with G-15 to provide KS22010 circuit breaker with charge
               switch with 10 Amp capacity.                                         *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE286   G-G    Required with G-15 to provide KS22010 circuit breaker with charge
               switch with 15 Amp capacity.                                         *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE286   G-H    Required with G-15 to provide KS22010 circuit breaker with charge
               switch with 20 Amp capacity.                                         *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE286   G-J    Required with G-15 to provide KS22010 circuit breaker with charge
               switch with 25 Amp capacity.                                         *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE286   G-K    Required with G-15 to provide KS22010 circuit breaker with charge
               switch with 30 Amp capacity.                                         *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE286   G-L    Required with G-15 to provide KS22010 circuit breaker with charge
               switch with 40 Amp capacity.                                         *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE286   G-M    Required with G-15 to provide KS22010 circuit breaker with charge
               switch with 45 Amp capacity.                                         *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE286   G-N    Required with G-15 to provide KS22010 circuit breaker with charge
               switch with 50 Amp capacity.                                         *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE286   G-P    Required with G-15 to provide KS22010 circuit breaker with charge
               switch with 60 Amp capacity.                                         *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE286   G-Q    Required with G-15 to provide KS22010 circuit breaker with charge
               switch with 70 Amp capacity.                                         *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE286   G-R    Required with G-15 to provide KS22010 circuit breaker with charge
               switch with 80 Amp capacity.                                         *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE286   G-S    Required with G-15 to provide KS22010 circuit breaker with
               charge switch with 90 Amp capacity.                                  *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE286   G-T    Required with G-15 to provide KS22010 circuit breaker with charge
               switch with 100A capacity.                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE286   G-U    Required with G-15 to provide KS22010 circuit breaker with charge
               switch with 110A capacity.                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ753   G-V    Equipment required w/G-15 to provide high-inrush CDI type, 30 amp
               circuit breaker. (Use with system 85 or similar applications).       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ753   G-W    Required with G-15 to provide high-inrush CDI type circuit
               breaker with 40A capacity.                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ753   G-X    Required with G-15 to provide high-inrush CDI circuit breaker
               with 100A capacity.                                                  *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE286   G-Y    Required with G-16 to provide KS22010 circuit breaker with charge
               switch with 100A capacity.                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                            Lineage Power Systems
                               Section 4 Page 43

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                           Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                             Lineage Power Systems

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                              July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                               List Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>     <C>    <C>                                                               <C>
FE286   G-Z    Required with G-16 to provide KS22010 circuit breaker with charge
               switch with 110A capacity.                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE286   G-AA   Required with G-16 to provide KS22010 circuit breaker with charge
               switch with 125A capacity.                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE286   G-AB   Required with G-16 to provide KS22010 circuit breaker with charge
               switch with 150A capacity.                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE286   G-AC   Required with G-16 to provide KS22010 circuit breaker with charge
               switch with 175A capacity.                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE286   G-AD   Required with G-16 to provide KS22010 circuit breaker with charge
               switch with 200A capacity.                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ753   G-AE   Required with G-16 to provide KS22010 circuit breaker with charge
               switch with 225A capacity.                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE286   G-AF   Required with G-16 to provide KS22010 circuit breaker with charge
               switch with 300A capacity.                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ753   G-AG   Required with G-16 to provide KS22010 circuit breaker with charge
               switch with 400A capacity.                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE286   G-AH   Required with G-16 to provide KS22010 circuit breaker with charge
               switch with 500A capacity.                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE286   G-AJ   Required with G-16 to provide KS22010 circuit breaker with charge
               switch with 600A capacity.                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ753   G-AK   Required with G-16 to provide high-inrush GJI type circuit
               breaker with 175A capacity for use with 5KVA Inverter.               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ753   G-AL   Required with G-16 to provide High-Inrush GJI type Circuit
               Breaker with 175 amp capacity for use with 10KVA Inverter.           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ753   G-AM   Required with G-17 to provide 2 circuit breakers with external
               load monitoring shunt rated 48V, 125A.                               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ753   G-AN   Required with G-17 to provide two circuit breakers with external
               load monitoring shunt rated 48V, 150A.                               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ753   G-AP   Required with G-17 to provide two circuit breakers with external
               load monitoring shunt rated 48V, 175A.                               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ753   G-AQ   Required with G-17 to provide two Circuit Breakers with external
               Load Monitoring Shunt rated 48V, 200A.                               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ753   G-AR   Required with G-17 to provide two Circuit Breakers with external
               Load Monitoring Shunt rated 48V, 225A.                               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ753   G-AY   Required with G-21, 22, 29 or 30 to provide one load monitoring
               shunt and one 110A fuse.                                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ753   G-AZ   Required with G-21, 22, 29 or 30 to provide one load monitoring
               shunt and one 125A fuse.                                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ753   G-BA   Required with G-21, 22, 29 or 30 to provide one load monitoring
               shunt and one 150A fuse.                                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ753   G-BB   Required with G-21, 22, 29 or 30 to provide one load monitoring
               shunt and one 175A fuse.                                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ753   G-BC   Required with G-21, 22, 29 or 30 to provide one load monitoring
               shunt and one 200A fuse.                                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                            Lineage Power Systems
                               Section 4 Page 44

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                           Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                            Lineage Power Systems

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                              July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                               List Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>     <C>    <C>                                                               <C>
FZ753   G-BD   Required with G-23 or 24 to provide one load monitoring shunt and
               two 225A fuses.                                                      *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ753   G-BE   Required with G-23 or 24 to provide one load monitoring shunt and
               two 300A fuses.                                                      *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ753   G-BF   Required with G-23 or 24 to provide one load monitoring shunt and
               two 400A fuses.                                                      *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ753   G-BG   Required with G-23 or 24 to provide one load monitoring shunt and
               two 500A fuses.                                                      *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ753   G-BH   Required with G-23 or 24 to provide one load monitoring shunt and
               two 600A fuses.                                                      *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ753   G-BJ   Required with G-26 or 27 to provide one load monitoring shunt and
               one 225A fuse.                                                       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ753   G-BK   Required with G-26 or 27 to provide one load monitoring shunt and
               one 300A fuse.                                                       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ753   G-BL   Required with G-26 or 27 to provide one load monitoring shunt and
               one 400A fuse.                                                       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ753   G-BM   Required with G-26 or 27 to provide one load monitoring shunt and
               one 500A fuse.                                                       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ753   G-BN   Required with G-26 or 27 to provide one load monitoring shunt and
               one 600A fuse.                                                       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ753   G-BP   Required with G-31 or G-33 to provide fuse block heads for 70-
               250A fuses (Combination of G-BP & BQ must = 2).                      *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ753   G-BQ   Required with G-31 or G-33 to provide fuse block heads for 300 -
               600A fuses (Combination of G-BP & BQ must=2 & 1 BX must also be
               ordered for each BQ).                                                *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ753   G-BS   Required with G-31 or 33 for one 150 amp Load Monitoring Shunt.      *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ753   G-BU   Required with G-31 or 33 for one 300 amp Load Monitoring Shunt.      *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ753   G-BX   Required with G-31 or 33 for one 600 amp Load Monitoring Shunt.      *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ753   G-CA   Required with G-17 to provide a second CMI Module for redundant
               applications.                                                       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 Pre-configured
                                     Panels
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ753 601803398 ED83018-31 G-15 e/w G-M                                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE286 601842925 ED83018-31 G-15 e/w 12 G-N                                          *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE286 601864887 ED83018-31 G-16 e/w 2 G-AC                                          *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE286 601818081 ED83018-31 G-16 e/w 6 GAC                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE286 601854631 ED83018-31 G-16 e/w 2 G-AG                                          *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE286 601864937 ED83018-31 G-16 e/w 2 G-AE                                          *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE286 601818297 ED83018-31 G-16 e/w 4 G-AE                                          *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE286 601818271 ED83018-31 G-16 e/w 6 G-AE                                          *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ753 107966434 ED83018-31 G-16 e/w 2 G-AF, 2 G-AE                                  *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ753 107998254 ED83018-31 G-16 e/w 2 G-AJ                                          *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE286 601843055 ED83018-31 G-16 e/w 2 G-Y                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ753 601809254 ED8308-31 G-29 e/w G-BC                                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ753 601830094 ED83018-31 G-31 e/w 2 G-BP                                          *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ753 601814593 ED83018-31 G-31 e/w 2 G-BP, 2 G-BU                                  *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ753 601822398 ED83018-31 G-31 e/w 2 G-BP, 2 G-BX                                  *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ753 601822505 ED83018-31 G-31 e/w 10 G-BP, 10 G-BX                                *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ753 601814619 ED83018-31 G-31 e/w 2 G-BQ, 2 G-BX                                  *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                            Lineage Power Systems
                               Section 4 Page 45

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                           Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                            Lineage Power Systems

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                              July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                               List Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>     <C>    <C>                                                               <C>
            ED83019-50 Ground Bus Bar Terminal Assembly for J85500A2
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE284   G-1    One 1300A ground bar arranged for mounting on auxiliary framing
               or 15 or 20 inch ladder-type cable rack.                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE284   G-3    Material required in addition to G-1 to provide an additional
               1300 ampere ground busbar. (Max 2)                                   *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE284   G-5    One 600 ampere ground bar arranged for one 50, 100, 200, 400 or
               600 ampere shunt and equipment for mounting on auxiliary framing
               or 10, 12 or 15 inch ladder-type cable rack.                         *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE284   G-7    Material required in addition to G-5 to provide an additional
               ground bar for additional terminating positions. (Max 2)             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE284   G-9    One 2600 ampere ground bar arranged for mounting on auxiliary
               framing or 20 or 25 inch ladder-type cable rack.                     *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE284   G-11   Material required in addition to G-9 to provide an additional
               2600 ampere ground busbar. (Max 2)                                   *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE284   G-C    Equipment and mounting material required in addition to G-5 to
               provide a 50mv shunt with a capacity of 200 amps.                    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE284   G-D    Equipment and mounting material required in addition to G-5 to
               provide a 50mv shunt with a capacity of 400 amps.                    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE284   G-E    Equipment and mounting material required in addition to G-5 to
               provide a 50mv shunt with a capacity of 600 amps.                    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                   J85500K1 FLEXIBLE POWER SYSTEM SPARE PARTS
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  List 10 provides one Converter Shelf with 24V input and -48V output (gray),
  arranged for one (1) 115B Monitor and Control Unit and a maximum of six (6)
            693AA Converters, arranged for distribution as follows:
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ790 106676299 693AA, 24V/-48V DC/DC Converter (10A).                              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ790 106938764 115B Monitor & Control Unit for 24V DC input converter              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ790 106938772 115C Monitor & Control Unit, (1 per Service. Area).                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF040 405181983 2 amp telecom fuse, (2 per system).                                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF040 405673146 1-1/3 amp telecom fuse, (1 per system).                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF040 405725433 7-1/2 amp telecom fuse, (2 per system).                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF040 406159061 5 amp telecom fuse, (2 per system).                                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF040 406159236 10 amp telecom fuse, (2 per system).                                *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF041 406976886 1-1/4 amp (74A type) fuse, (2 per system).                          *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF041 406976894 1/2 amp telecom fuse, (2 per system).                               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF041 406976910 3 amp (74B type) fuse, (2 per system).                              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF041 406976977 5 amp (74C type) fuse, (2 per system).                              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ770 406976985 3 amp telecom fuse, (2 per system).                                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF041 406976993 10 amp (74D type) fuse, (2 per system).                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF041 406977009 15 amp (74E type) fuse, (2 per system).                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF041 406977017 7-1/2 amp (74J type) fuse, (2 per system).                          *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF041 406977520 1/2 amp (70G type) alarm fuse, (4 per system).                      *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF041 406977538 20 amp (74F type) fuse, (2 per system).                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                            Lineage Power Systems
                               Section 4 Page 46

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                           Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                            Lineage Power Systems

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                              July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                               List Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>     <C>    <C>                                                               <C>
FZ790 847017548 Spare Fan Assembly, (6 per Service. Area).                          *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF020 406746313 KS23626 L-20, 3 amp plug-in circuit breaker.                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF020 406746321 KS23626 L-21, 5 amp plug-in circuit breaker.                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF020 406746339 KS23626 L-22, 10 amp plug-in circuit breaker.                       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE113 406746347 KS23626 L-23, 15 amp plug-in circuit breaker.                       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF020 406746354 KS23626 L-24, 20 amp plug-in circuit breaker.                       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF020 406746362 KS23626 L-25, 30 amp plug-in circuit breaker.                       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Discontinued Availability Postponed until 5-1-2001
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        J85500S1 1800 Amp Battery Plant
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ760   L-1    Initial rectifier cabinet e/w two side covers, a rear cover, &
               plant bus bars rated at 1800 Amps. (Space for 4 rectifier
               shelves).                                                            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ760   L-2    Supplementary rectifier cabinet e/w rear cover and plant bus bars
               rated for 1800 Amps. (Space for 4 rectifier shelves).                *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ760   L-3    Distribution cabinet e/w rear cover, alarm indicator panel and
               charge & discharge bus rated for 1800 Amps.                          *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ760   L-4    Equipment required with L- 1 or 2 for a 150A rectifier housing.      *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ760   L-5    Equipment required with L- 1 or 3 for an AC termination panel.       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ760   L-6    Equipment required with L- 1 or 2 for an AC circuit breaker box
               equipped with (4) 40A breakers.                                      *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ760   L-8    Optional Equipment required with L- 1 for an 1800 Amp LVD.           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ760   L-9    Optional Equipment required with L- 1 for a 1200 Amp Shunt.          *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ760   L-10   Optional Equipment required with L- 1 for a 2000 Amp Shunt.          *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ760   L-13   Framework, assembly, wiring & equipment for one distribution bay
               arranged for L-17 or 18 low voltage load disconnect. Provides a
               2200mm X 643mm X 500mm cabinet e/w a 1800 amp capacity
               distribution feeder bus running from the top to the bottom of the
               bay.                                                                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ760   L-18   Optional equipment required with L-13 for a 1800A LVD/R feature.     *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ760   L-C    Optional Equipment with L- 3 for a 3 inch blank panel.               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ760   L-E    Optional Equipment with L- 3 for a 6 inch blank panel.               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ760   L-F    Optional Equipment with L- 3 for a 9 inch blank panel.               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ760   L-K    Mounting & wiring hardware required with L-1 when e/w the
               J85501E2 ECS-12U controller.                                         *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ760   L-L    Wiring required with L-2 when used with the J85501E2 ECS-12U
               controller.                                                          *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ760   L-M    Wiring required with L-2 when used with the J85501F1 Galaxy
               controller.                                                          *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ710 847360161 Equipment required for each L-4 to provide three 1PS302A power
                modules for the 150A rectifier housing. Order as separate item.     *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE125 847366788 Equipment for plant controller to provide microprocessor circuit
               (CP2). CP2 provides remote/local monitoring & control functions.     *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE125 846575223 Equipment for plant controller to provide datalogger circuit
                pack (CP3), a data acquisition circuit pack that always requires
                a CP2 microprocessor board.                                         *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE125 846632982 Same as 847366796 (CP2) with remote termination panel.              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                            Lineage Power Systems
                               Section 4 Page 47

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                           Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                            Lineage Power Systems

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                              July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                               List Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>     <C>    <C>                                                               <C>
                 Spare Parts for Discontinued ECS Power Plants
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    H569-416
                                  Spare Parts
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE138 107310187 50 Amp Switchmode Rectifier                                         *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE125 847366788 CP2 without Voice                                                   *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE125 847366820 CP2 with X.25/TL1                                                   *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE125 846575223 48V / CP3 Datalogger                                                *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE125 846632982 CP3 with Remote Termination Panel                                   *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF020 406746339 10 Amp Circuit Breaker                                              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF020 406746354 20 Amp Circuit Breaker                                              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF020 406746362 30 Amp Circuit Breaker                                              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE113 406746370 45 Amp Circuit Breaker                                              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF020 406746388 60 Amp Circuit Breaker                                              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF020 406746313 3 Amp Circuit Breaker                                               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF020 406746321 5 Amp Circuit Breaker                                               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE113 406746347 15 Amp Circuit Breaker                                              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              J85500D3 Spare Parts
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF020 406746313 3A plug-in circuit breaker kit (KS23616, L20)                       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF020 406746321 5A plug-in circuit breaker kit (KS23616, L21)                       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE113 406746347 15A plug-in circuit breaker kit (KS23616, L23)                      *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF020 406746339 10A plug-in circuit breaker kit (KS23616, L22)                      *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF020 406746354 20A plug-in circuit breaker kit (KS23616, L24)                      *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF020 406746362 30A plug-in circuit breaker kit (KS23616, L25)                      *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE113 406746370 45A plug-in circuit breaker kit (KS23616, L26)                      *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF020 406746388 60A plug-in circuit breaker kit (KS23616, L27)                      *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE126 407006329 5A plug-in type fuse (TPA-5)                                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ790 407006345 15A plug-in type fuse (TPA-15)                                      *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ790 407006352 20A plug-in type fuse (TPA-20)                                      *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ772 407006378 30A plug-in type fuse (TPA-30)                                      *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE113 406980797 Fuse Holder (15900-AT)                                              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF020 407098417 3 Amp Circuit Breaker (KS23616 L-31)                                *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF022 407098425 5 Amp Circuit Breaker (KS23616 L-32)                                *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF022 407098433 10 Amp Circuit Breaker (KS23616 L-33)                               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF022 407098458 15 Amp Circuit Breaker (KS23616 L-34)                               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF020 407098474 20 Amp Circuit Breaker (KS23616 L-36)                               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF020 407098482 25 Amp Circuit Breaker (KS23616 L-37)                               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF020 407098490 30 Amp Circuit Breaker (KS23616 L-38)                               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF020 407245448 40 Amp Circuit Breaker (KS23616 L-48)                               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF020 407098516 45 Amp Circuit Breaker (KS23616 L-40)                               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF020 407098524 50 Amp Circuit Breaker (KS23616 L-41)                               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF022 407098532 60 Amp Circuit Breaker, 2 positions (KS23616 L-42)                  *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF020 407098540 70 Amp Circuit Breaker, 2 positions (KS23616 L-43)                  *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF020 407098557 80 Amp Circuit Breaker, 2 positions (KS23616 L-44)                  *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF020 407098565 90 Amp Circuit Breaker, 2 positions (KS23616 L-45)                  *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                            Lineage Power Systems
                               Section 4 Page 48

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                           Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                            Lineage Power Systems

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                              July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                               List Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>     <C>    <C>                                                               <C>
FF020 407098573 100 Amp Circuit Breaker, 2 positions (KS23616 L-46)                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         24 Cell Battery String Options
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF834 407435825 (1) 375AH, 2VR375E Battery. 24 required per string. (Max 7
                strings per plant). (2) Recommended Float Voltage -54.48V.          *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF886 846808764 (1) Inter-Tier Cable Kit ordered separately & always required
                (3 required per string).                                            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF834 407435841 (1) 250AH, 2VR250E Battery. 24 required per string. (Max 7
                strings per plant). (2) Recommended Float Voltage -54.48V.          *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF886 846808764 (1) Inter-Tier Cable Kit ordered separately & always required.
                (3 required per string).                                            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         23 Cell Battery String Options
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF834 407435825 (1) 375AH, 2VR375E Battery. 23 required per string. (Max 7
                strings per plant). (2) Recommended Float Voltage -52.21V.          *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF886 846808764 (1) Inter-Tier Cable Kit ordered separately & always required.
                (3 required per string).                                            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF834 407435841 (1) 250AH, 2VR250E Battery. 23 required per string. (Max 7
                strings per plant). (2) Recommended Float Voltage -52.21V.          *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF834 407436583 Dummy Battery. Always required with 23-Cell Arrangements.           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF886 846808764 (1) Inter-Tier Cable Kit ordered separately & always required.
                (3 required per string).                                            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         12 Cell Battery String Options
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF834 407435858 (1) 125AH, 4VR125EL Battery. 12 required per string. (Max 7
                strings per plant). (2) Recommended Float Voltage -54.48V.          *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF886 846808764 (1) Inter-Tier Cable Kit ordered separately & always required.
                (3 required per string).                                            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE113 846481232 Battery Cable Kit - 30 feet of KS20921 1/0 cable, 4 cable lugs,
                and associated hardware.                                            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               Controller Options
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE125 847366788 One microprocessor Circuit Pack (CP2) which provides
                remote/local monitoring and control functions.                      *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE125 846575223 One BAC1 Datalogger Circuit Pack (CP3) which always requires a
                CP2 with or without voice.                                          *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE125 846632982 One BAC2 datalogger circuit. pack. (CP3) with remote termination
                panel which allows external connection to the (CP3) Circuit
                Pack.                                                               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE125 847366820 CP2 without voice, but with X.25/TL1 feature.                       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       Miscellaneous Kits and Assemblies
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE113 846826378 AC cable assembly (set of 3) for rectifier shelf assembly. One
                (1) required per shelf.                                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE113 846730661 Rear Cover Kit for upper half of Bay.                               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              J85500E2 Spare Parts
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE140 107306599 +24V 100 amp Rectifier.                                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE114 846786499 20 amp Circuit Breaker Kit for use with L- 4 distribution
                module.                                                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE114 846786507 30 amp Circuit Breaker Kit for use with L- 4 distribution
                module.                                                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE113 406746370 45 amp Circuit Breaker Kit for use with L- 4 distribution
                module.                                                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                            Lineage Power Systems
                               Section 4 Page 49

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                           Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                            Lineage Power Systems

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                              July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                               List Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>   <C>       <C>                                                            <C>
FF020 406746388 60 amp Circuit Breaker Kit for use with L- 4 distribution
                module.                                                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE114 846814457 100 amp Circuit Breaker Kit for use with L- 3 distribution
                module.                                                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE114 846814465 225 amp Circuit Breaker Kit for use with L- 3 distribution
                module.                                                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF020 406746313 3A plug-in circuit breaker kit for use with L- 4 distribution
                module.                                                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF020 406746321 5A plug-in circuit breaker kit for use with L- 4 distribution
                module.                                                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE113 406746347 15A plug-in circuit breaker kit for use with L- 4 distribution
                module.                                                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE125 847366762 Microprocessor Circuit Pack for Remote/Local Monitoring. (CP2
                w/o voice).                                                         *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE125 847366804 CP2 with TL1.                                                       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE125 846575223 Datalogger Board CP3.                                               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE125 846632982 Datalogger Board CP3 with Termination Panel.                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF050 846651115 Stile Appearance Kit.                                               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ790 106676299 693AA, 24V/-48V DC/DC Converter (10A).                              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE114 847321957 Rectifier Shelf Assembly.                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE140 407314335 Fan for +24 volt, 100A SR series Rectifier.                         *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE125 106395064 CP1 (113B Controller Unit).                                         *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE125 106394489 Spare Fuse/Low Voltage Disconnect Board.                            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF845 406281428 Spare Battery for Microprocessor Board.                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF040 405673146 1-1/3 amp Fuse.                                                     *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF040 405181983 2 amp Fuse.                                                         *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF040 406159061 5 amp Fuse.                                                         *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF020 407098417 3 amp single-position circuit breaker for use with L-10
                distribution module.                                                *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF022 407098425 5 amp single position circuit breaker for use with L-10
                distribution module.                                                *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE022 407098433 10 amp single position circuit breaker for use with L-10
                distribution module.                                                *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE022 407098458 15 amp single position circuit breaker for use with L-10
                distribution module.                                               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF020 407098474 20 amp single position circuit breaker for use with L-10
                distribution module.                                                *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF020 407098482 25 amp single position circuit breaker for use with L-10
                distribution module.                                                *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF020 407098490 30 amp single position circuit breaker for use with L-10
                distribution module.                                                *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF020 407245448 40 amp single position circuit breaker for use with L-10
                distribution module.                                                *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE114 407098508 45 amp two position circuit breaker for use with L-10
                distribution module.                                                *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF020 407098516 45 amp single position circuit breaker with L-10 distribution
                module.                                                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF020 407098524 50 amp single position circuit breaker for use with L-10
                distribution module.                                                *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF022 407098532 60 amp two position circuit breaker for use with L-10
                distribution module.                                                *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF020 407098540 70 amp two position circuit breaker for use with L-10
                distribution module.                                                *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                            Lineage Power Systems
                               Section 4 Page 50

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                           Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                            Lineage Power Systems

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                              July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                               List Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>   <C>       <C>                                                            <C>
FF020 407098565 90 amp two position circuit breaker for use with L-10
                distribution module.                                                *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF020 407098573 100 amp two position circuit breaker for use with L-10
                distribution module.                                                *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF997 847301694 Term Lug Kit (4 AWG) with one position adapter.                     *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF997 847301686 Term Lug Kit (6 AWG) with one position adapter.                     *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF997 847301678 Term Lug Kit (8 AWG) with one position adapter.                     *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF997 847301660 Term Lug Kit (10-12 AWG) with one position adapter.                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE114 847301702 Term Lug Kit (6 AWG) with 2 position adapter.                       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE114 847301447 Term Lug Kit (2 AWG) with 2 position adapter.                       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE114 847301710 Term Lug Kit (1/0 AWG) with 2 position adapter.                     *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ790 106938764 Monitor and control unit (115B).                                    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE113 406980797 Fuse Holder, 15900-AT                                               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE126 407006329 Fuse, TPA-5                                                         *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ790 407006337 Fuse, TPA-10                                                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ790 407006345 Fuse, TPA-15                                                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ790 407006352 Fuse, TPA-20                                                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ772 407006378 Fuse, TPA-30                                                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE125 847074507 Optional 48V Pad Kit for X.25/TL1 Communication System.             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE125 847074515 Optional 24V Pad Kit for X.25/TL1 Communication System.             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE125 847074531 Optional Digital Service Unit Kit for X.25/TL1 Communication
                System.                                                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE125 847074549 Optional Shelf Kit for X.25/TL1 Communication System.               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              J85500G2 Spare Parts
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE116 107310187 Equipment required with List 1, 2 or 3 for one 50 amp Switch
                Mode Rectifier. Max 3 per rectifier shelf. Max 12 per ECS
                controller.                                                         *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE116 847366788 Optional equipment for plant controller to provide
                Microprocessor Circuit Pack (CP2) for Remote/Local Monitoring
                and control.                                                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE116 846575223 Optional equipment for plant controller to provide datalogger
                circuit pack (CP3) a data acquisition circuit pack that always
                requires a List 5 or 7 (CP2) circuit pack.                          *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE116 846632982 Same as List 8 (CP3) but e/w Remote Termination Panel               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                            Lineage Power Systems
                               Section 4 Page 51

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                           Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                              Circuit Breaker Kits

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                              July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                               List Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>      <C>                         <C>                                       <C>
  KS22010 Breaker Kits Required with ED83018-31 Group 15 Circuit Breaker Panel
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE116 848193686 Equipment for one 1 amp circuit breaker kit. Provides KS22010
                circuit breaker and associated connecting equipment for use with
                ED83018-31, G-15 circuit breaker panel. (same as ED83018-31 G-C).   *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE116 848193694 Equipment for one 3 amp circuit breaker kit. Provides KS22010
                circuit breaker and associated connecting equipment for use with
                ED83018-31, G-15 circuit breaker pane. (same as ED83018-31 G-D).    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE116 848193702 Equipment for one 5 amp circuit breaker kit. Provides KS22010
                circuit breaker, and associated connecting equipment for use
                with ED83018-31, G-15 circuit breaker panel. (same as ED83018-31
                G-E).                                                               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE116 848193561 Equipment for one 10 amp circuit breaker kit. Provides KS22010
                circuit breaker and associated connecting equipment for use with
                ED83018-31 G-15 circuit breaker panel. (same as ED83018-31 G-F).    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE116 848193579 Equipment for one 15 amp circuit breaker kit. Provides KS22010
                circuit breaker and associated connecting equipment for use with
                ED83018-31 G-15 circuit breaker panel. (same as ED83018-31 G-G).    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE116 848193587 Equipment for one 20 amp circuit breaker kit. Provides KS22010
                circuit breaker and associated connecting equipment for use with
                ED83018-31 G-15 circuit breaker panel. (same as ED83018-31 G-H).    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE116 848193595 Equipment for one 25 amp circuit breaker kit. Provides KS22010
                circuit breaker and associated connecting equipment for use with
                ED83018-31 G-15 circuit breaker panel. (same as ED83018-31 G-J).    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE116 848193603 Equipment for one 30 amp circuit breaker kit. Provides KS22010
                circuit breaker and associated connecting equipment for use with
                ED83018-31 G-15 circuit breaker panel. (same as ED83018-31 G-K).    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE116 848193710 Equipment for one 40 amp circuit breaker kit. Provides KS22010
                circuit breaker and associated connecting equipment for use with
                ED83018-31 G-15 circuit breaker panel. (same as ED83018-31 G-L).    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE116 848193611 Equipment for one 45 amp circuit breaker kit. Provides KS22010
                circuit breaker and associated connecting equipment for use with
                ED83018-31 G-15 circuit breaker panel. (same as ED83018-31 G-M).    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE116 848193629 Equipment for one 50 amp circuit breaker kit. Provides KS22010
                circuit breaker and associated connecting equipment for use with
                ED83018-31 G-15 circuit breaker panel. (same as ED83018-31 G-N).    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE116 848193637 Equipment for one 60 amp circuit breaker kit. Provides KS22010
                circuit breaker and associated connecting equipment for use with
                ED83018-31 G-15 circuit breaker panel. (same as ED83018-31 G-P).    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE116 848193728 Equipment for one 70 amp circuit breaker kit. Provides KS22010
                circuit breaker and associated connecting equipment for use with
                ED83018-31 G-15 circuit breaker panel. (same as ED83018-31 G-Q).    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE116 848193736 Equipment for one 80 amp circuit breaker kit. Provides KS22010
                circuit breaker and associated connecting equipment for use with
                ED83018-31 G-15 circuit breaker panel. (same as ED83018-31 G-R).    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                              Circuit Breaker Kits
                               Section 5 Page 52

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                            Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                              Circuit Breaker Kits

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                              July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                               List Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>      <C>    <C>                                                            <C>
FE116 848193744 Equipment for one 90 amp circuit breaker kit. Provides KS22010
                circuit breaker and associated connecting equipment for use with
                ED83018-31 G-15 circuit breaker panel. (same as ED83018-31 G-S).    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE116 848193678 Equipment for one 100 amp circuit breaker kit. Provides KS22010
                circuit breaker and associated connecting equipment for use with
                ED83018-31 G-15 circuit breaker panel. (same as ED83018-31 G-T).    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE116 848193751 Equipment for one 110 amp circuit breaker kit. Provides KS22010
                circuit breaker and associated connecting equipment for use with
                ED83018-31 G-15 circuit breaker panel. (same as ED83018-31 G-U).    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  KS22012 Breaker Kits Required with ED83018-31 Group 16 Circuit Breaker Panel
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE116 848193819 One 100A circuit breaker kit. Provides KS22012 single position
                circuit breaker and associated connecting equipment for use with
                ED83018-31 G-16 circuit breaker panel. (same as ED83018-31 G-Y).    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE116 848193827 One 110A circuit breaker kit. Provides KS22012 circuit breaker
                and associated connecting equipment for use with ED83018-31 G-16
                circuit breaker panel. (same as ED83018-31 G-Z).                    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE116 848193769 One 125A circuit breaker kit. Provides KS22012 single position
                circuit breaker and associated connecting equipment for use with
                ED83018-31 G-16 circuit breaker panel. (same as ED83018-31 G-AA).   *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE116 848193777 One 150A circuit breaker kit.. Provides KS22012 single posiition
                circuit breaker and associated connecting equipment for use with
                ED83018-31 G-16 circuit breaker panel. (same as ED83018-31 G-AB).   *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE116 848193785 One 175A circuit breaker kit. Provides KS22012 single position
                circuit breaker and associated connecting equipment for use with
                ED83018-31 G-16 circuit breaker panel. (same as ED83018-31
                G-AC).                                                              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ753 848193793 One 200A circuit breaker kit. Provides KS22012 single position
                circuit breaker and associated connecting equipment for use with
                ED83018-31 G-16 circuit breaker panel. (same as ED83018-31
                G-AD).                                                              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE116 848193801 One 225A circuit breaker kit. Provides KS22012 single position
                circuit breaker and associated connecting equipment for use with
                ED83018-31 G-16 circuit breaker panel. (same as ED83018-31
                G-AE).                                                              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE116 848193652 One 300A circuit breaker kit. Provides KS22012 two position
                circuit breaker and associated connecting equipment for use with
                ED83018-31 G-16 circuit breaker panel. (same as ED83018-31
                G-AF).                                                              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE116 848193660 One 400A circuit breaker kit. Provides KS22012 two position
                circuit breaker and associated connecting equipment for use with
                ED83018-31 G-16 circuit breaker panel. (same as ED83018-31
                G-AG).                                                              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE116 848193835 One 500A circuit breaker kit. Provides KS22012 three position
                circuit breaker and associated connecting equipment for use with
                ED83018-31 G-16 circuit breaker panel. (same as ED83018-31
                G-AH).                                                              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE116 848193645 One 600A circuit breaker kit. Provides KS22012 three position
                circuit breaker and associated connecting equipment for use with
                ED83018-31 G-16 circuit breaker panel. (same as ED83018-31
                G-AJ).                                                              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                              Circuit Breaker Kits
                               Section 5 Page 53

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                            Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                              Circuit Breaker Kits

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                              July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                               List Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>   <C>       <C>                                                            <C>
FE116 601329766 One 100A circuit breaker kit. Provides circuit breakerand
                associated connecting equipment for use with ED83018-31 G-16
                circuit breaker panel. (same as ED83182-30 G-Z).                    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ760 601464522 One 5A circuit breaker kit. Provides circuit breaker and
                associated connecting equipment for use with ED83018-31 G-16
                circuit breaker panel. (same as ED83182-30 G-AA).                   *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE116 848241113 One 5A circuit breaker kit. Provides circuit breaker, bus bar,
                patch cords and associated mounting hardware for use with
                ED83119-30 G-1 or 2 front access circuit breaker panel. (same as
                ED83119-30 G-AA).                                                   *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE116 848241121 One 10A circuit breaker kit. Provides circuit breaker, bus bar,
                patch cords and associated mounting hardware for use with
                ED83119-30 G-1 or 2 front access circuit breaker panel. (same as
                ED83119-30 G-AB).                                                   *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE116 848241139 One 15A circuit breaker kit. Provides circuit breaker, bus bar,
                patch cords and associated mounting hardware for use with
                ED83119-30 G-1 or 2 front access circuit breaker panel. (same as
                ED83119-30 G-AJ).                                                   *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE116 848241147 One 20A circuit breaker kit. Provides circuit breaker, bus bar,
                patch cords and associated mounting hardware for use with
                ED83119-30 G-1 or 2 front access circuit breaker panel. (same as
                ED83119-30 G-AC).                                                   *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE116 848241154 One 30A circuit breaker kit. Provides circuit breaker, bus bar,
                patch cords and associated mounting hardware for use with
                ED83119-30 G-1 or 2 front access circuit breaker panel. (same as
                ED83119-30 G-AD).                                                   *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE116 848241162 One 45A circuit breaker kit. Provides circuit breaker, bus bar,
                patch cords and associated mounting hardware for use with
                ED83119-30 G-1 or 2 front access circuit breaker panel. (same as
                ED83119-30 G-AE).                                                   *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE116 848241188 One 60A circuit breaker kit. Provides circuit breaker, bus bar,
                patch cords and associated mounting hardware for use with
                ED83119-30 G-1 or 2 front access circuit breaker panel. (same as
                ED83119-30 G-AF).                                                   *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE116 848241196 One 80A circuit breaker kit. Provides circuit breaker, bus bar,
                patch cords and associated mounting hardware for use with
                ED83119-30 G-1 or 2 front access circuit breaker panel. (same as
                ED83119-30 G-AG).                                                   *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE116 848241212 One 100A circuit breaker kit. Provides circuit breaker, bus bar,
                patch cords and associated mounting hardware for use with
                ED83119-30, G-1 or 2 front access circuit breaker panel. Always
                provided with charge terminal. (same as ED83119-30 G-AH).           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE116 848241022 One 100A circuit breaker kit. Provides single pole circuit
                breaker, bus bar, patch cords and associated mounting hardware
                for use with ED83119-30, G-1 or 2. Always provided with charge
                terminal and shunt. (same as ED83119-30 G-AL).                      *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE116 848241030 One 125A circuit breaker kit. Provides single pole circuit
                breaker, bus bar, patch cords and associated mounting hardware
                for use with ED83119-30 G-1 or 2. (same as ED83119-30 G-AM).        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE116 848241048 One 175A circuit breaker kit. Provides single pole circuit
                breaker, bus bar, patch cords and associated mounting hardware
                for use with ED83119-30, G-1 or 2. (same as ED83119-30 G-AP).       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                              Circuit Breaker Kits
                               Section 5 Page 54

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                            Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                              Circuit Breaker Kits

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                              July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                               List Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>   <C>       <C>                                                            <C>
FE286 848241055 One 225A circuit breaker kit. Provides single pole circuit
                breaker, bus bar, patch cords and associated mounting hardware
                for use with ED83119-30, G-1 or 2. (same as ED83119-30 G-AR).       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE286 848241063 One 300A circuit breaker kit. Provides double pole circuit
                breaker, bus bar, patch cords and associated mounting hardware
                for use with ED83119-30, G-1 or 2. (same as ED83119-30 G-AU).       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE286 848241089 One 400A circuit breaker kit. Provides double pole circuit
                breaker, bus bar, patch cords and associated mounting hardware
                for use with ED83119-30, G-1 or 2. (same as ED83119-30 G-AV).       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE116 848241097 One 500A circuit breaker kit. Provides triple pole circuit
                breaker, bus bar, patch cords and associated mounting hardware
                for use with ED83119-30, G-1 or 2. (same as ED83119-30 G-AW).       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE116 848241105 One 600A circuit breaker kit. Provides triple pole circuit
                breaker, bus bar, patch cords and associated mounting hardware
                for use with ED83119-30, G-1 or 2. (same as ED83119-30 G-AX).       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ753 848280228 Equipment required with ED83018-31 G-16 to provide high-inrush
                GJIP type circuit breaker with 400 ampere capacity for use with
                a 10Kva Inverter. (2 position)                                      *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                              Circuit Breaker Kits
                               Section 5 Page 55

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                            Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                            Ferroresonant Rectifiers

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                              July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                               List Price
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>      <C>   <C>                                                             <C>
                           J85502A1 25 Amp Rectifier
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ710   L-1    Equipment & Wiring for 24V, 25 amp Rectifier. 208V AC or 240V AC
               input (Positive ground system) (Arranged for 208V input).            *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ710   L-2    Equipment & Wiring for 48V, 25 amp Rectifier, 208V AC or 240V AC
               input. (Positive ground system) (Arranged for 208V input).           *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ710   L-10   Required with Lists 1 or 2 to provide digital meter.                 *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ710   L-E    Always required in addition to List 1 or 2 to provide AC/DC
               voltage monitor and shutdown circuit.                                *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ710   L-F    Always required in addition to List 1 or 2 to provide AC/DC
               voltage monitor and shutdown circuit.                                *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        J85502B1 50 Amp Ferro Rectifier
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ710   L-1    One 24V 50 Amp Rectifier (Arranged for 208/240V input).              *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ710   L-2    One 48V 50 Amp Rectifier (Arranged for 208/240V input).              *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ710   L-10   Digital Meter for Lists 1, 2 or 3                                    *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ710   L-E    Always required with List 1 or 2 to provide AC/DC voltage
               monitor and shutdown circuit without AC voltage alarm.               *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ710   L-F    Always required with List 1 or 2 to provide AC/DC voltage monitor
               and shutdown circuit with AC voltage alarm.                          *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ710   L-WA   Required with List 1, 2 or 3 to provide external sensing.         INCLUDED
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ710   L-WB   Required with Lists 1, 2, 3 or 4 to provide for external high
               voltage shutdown signal.                                          INCLUDED
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             Pre-configured Models
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ710 107828279 1 L-2 e/w 1 L-10, 1 L-F, 1 L-WA, 1 L-WB, 1 J85500A2 L-L             *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ752 107798647 1 L-2 e/w 1 L-10, 1 L-F, 1 L-WA, 1 L-WB, 1 J85500A2 L-3 e/w 1
                L-KC, 1 L-KD                                                        *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        J85502C1 125 Amp Ferro Rectifier
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ710   L-1    One 125 Amp 24V Rectifier.                                           *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ710   L-2    One 125 Amp 48V Rectifier.                                           *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ710   L-B    Required with List 1 to place Circuit Breaker in positive output
               lead.                                                             INCLUDED
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ710   L-C    DC Filter Assembly for List 2.                                       *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ710   L-E    Always required with List 1 or 2 to provide AC/DC voltage monitor
                & shutdown circuit without AC voltage alarm.                        *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ710   L-F    Always required in addition to List 1 or 2 to provide AC/DC
               voltage monitor & shutdown circuit with AC voltage alarm.            *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ710   L-WA    External Sensing for List 1 or 2.                                INCLUDED
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ710   L-WB   External High Voltage shutdown for List 1 or 2.                   INCLUDED
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             Pre-configured Models
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ752 107828626 1 L-2 e/w 1 L-E, 1 L-WA, 1 L-WB, 1 J85500A2 L-3 e/w 1 L-KC,
                1 L-KD                                                              *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                            Ferroresonant Rectifiers
                               Section 6 Page 56

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                            Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                            Ferroresonant Rectifiers

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                              July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                               List Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>     <C>    <C>                                                             <C>
                        J85503A1 100 Amp Ferro Rectifier
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ710   L-1    One 100 Amp 24V Rectifier (Wired for 208V input).                    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ710   L-2    One 100 Amp 48V Rectifier (Wired for 208V input).                    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ710   L-3    One 100 Amp 24V Rectifier (Wired for 240V input).                    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ710   L-4    One 100 Amp 48V Rectifier (Wired for 240V input).                    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ710   L-5    One 100 Amp 24V Rectifier (Wired for 480V input).                    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ710   L-6    One 100 Amp 48V Rectifier (Wired for 480V input).                    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             Pre-configured Models
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ710 107828287 1 L-2 e/w 1 L-10, 1 L-16, 1 J85500A2 L-L                            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ710 107828295 1 L-6 e/w 1 L-10, 1 L-16, 1 J85500A2 L-L                            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ752 107798670 1 L-6 e/w 1 L-10, 1 L-16, 1 J85500A2 L-3 e/w 1 L-KC, 1 L-KD         *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            ED83187-30 Filter Assembly for J85503A1 Ferro Rectifier
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ710   G-1    DC Filter Assembly, 24 volt output.                                  *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ710   G-2    DC Filter Assembly, 24 volt output with additional filtering.        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ760   G-3    DC Filter Assembly, 48 volt output.                                  *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ710   G-4    DC Filter Assembly, 48 volt output with additional filtering.        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    J85503B2 Ferroresonant Rectifier 200 Amp
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ731   L-1   Assembly, wiring & equipment for one rectifier -24Vdc/200 Amp
              (output), 208 Vac/60Hz (input).                                       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ731   L-2   Assembly, wiring & equipment for one Rectifier -48Vdc/200 Amp
              (output), 208 Vac/60Hz (input).                                       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ731   L-3    Assembly, wiring & equipment for one Rectifier -24Vdc/200 Amp
               (output), 240 Vac/60Hz (input).                                      *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ731   L-4    Assembly, wiring & equipment for one Rectifier -48Vdc/200 Amp
               (output), 240 Vac/60Hz (input).                                      *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ731   L-5    Assembly, wiring & equipment for one Rectifier -24Vdc/200 Amp
               (output), 480 Vac/60Hz (input).                                      *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ731   L-6    Assembly, wiring & equipment for one Rectifier -48Vdc/200 Amp
               (output), 480 Vac/60Hz (input).                                      *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ731   L-15   Required in addition to List 1, 3 or 5 to provide additional
               output filtering.                                                    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ731   L-16   Required in addition to List 2, 4 or 6 to provide additional
               output filtering.                                                    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ731   L-B    Required with List 1, 3 or 5 to place circuit breaker in positive
               output lead. (Negative Ground System).                               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF997 847320835 Anchor Bolt Kit required for Zone 3 & 4 applications.               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        J85503C3 400 Amp 60Hz Rectifier
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ733   L-1         Framework, assembly, wiring & equipment for one 3-phase
      601462302     Rectifier, - 48 Vdc, 400 amperes output & 208 Vac, 60 Hz
                    input.                                                          *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ733   L-2         Framework, assembly, wiring & equipment for one 3-phase
                    Rectifier, -48 Vdc, 400 amperes output, & 240 Vac, 60 Hz
                    input.                                                          *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                            Ferroresonant Rectifiers
                               Section 6 Page 57

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                            Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                            Ferroresonant Rectifiers

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                              July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                               List Price
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>     <C>         <C>                                                         <C>
FZ733   L-3         Framework, assembly, wiring & equipment for one 3-phase
      601816648     Rectifier, - 48 Vdc, 400 amperes output, & 480 Vac, 60 Hz
                    input.                                                          *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ733   L-4         Framework, assembly, wiring & equipment for one 3-phase
                    Rectifier, - 48 Vdc, 400 amperes output, and 416 Vac, 60 Hz
                    input.                                                          *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ733   L-6         Replaces the 450 ampere output circuit breaker on L-1,2, 3 &
                    4 with a 500A output circuit breaker.                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ733   L-7         Always required in addition to Lists 1,2,3 & 4 when used in
                    bus bar plant only. (Not required with cable plant).         INCLUDED
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ733   L-8         Option with L-1,2,3 & 4 to provide additional filtering to
                    limit the output noise to 32 DBRN C with a battery present.     *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ733   L-10        Option replaces several English safety labels, product
                    manual and SD with Spanish translated documents and
                    labels.                                                      INCLUDED
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ733   L-20        Side cover always required in addition to L-1,2,3 & 4
      601920770     when rectifier is either first or last bay in line-up.          *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ733    L-21       Rear cover always required with Lists 1,2,3 & 4 when
      601920788     rectifier is not installed with its back to another
                    J85503C1, C2, or 2-J87439B1 rectifiers.                         *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ733    L-K1       Spare circuit modules for List 1 (Order separately).            *
      601452519
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ733    L-K2       Spare circuit modules for List 2 (Order separately).            *
      601452527
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ733    L-K3       Spare circuit modules for List 3 (Order separately).            *
      601452535
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ733    L-K4       Spare circuit modules for List 4 (Order separately).            *
      601452543
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             Pre-configured Models
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ733 107831356     1 L-1 e/w 1 L-20, 1 L-21 plus terminating equipment and
                    connecting hardware.                                            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ733 107831364     1 L-3 e/w 1 L-20, 1 L-21 plus terminating equipment and
                    connecting hardware.                                            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
                            Ferroresonant Rectifiers
                               Section 6 Page 58

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                            Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                             Secondary Distribution

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                              July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                               List Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>     <C>         <C>                                                         <C>
           H569-445 Secondary Power Distribution Bay (BDFB / BDCBB)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Standard 7 Ft., Top Feed, Fuse Distribution Configurations
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 108479114     H569-445 G1 e/w G10A, G20, 3G30B, G61, 3G61A, G70
                    7 ft. Top Feed Cabinet e/w 2 Load Connections; Six -48V
                    Fuse Panels;
                    Internal Discharge Return Bus; 6 Panel Return Bus; Current
                    Meter.                                                          *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 108479106     H569-445 G1 e/w G10A, G20, 3G30B, G60, G70
                    7 ft. Top Feed Cabinet e/w 2 load Connections; Six -48V Fuse
                    Panels;
                    External Discharge Return Bus; Current Meter.                   *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 108569120     H569-445 G1 e/w G10A, 2G20, 3G30B, G60, G70
                    7 ft. Top Feed Cabinet e/w 4 Load Connections; Six -48V Fuse
                    Panels;
                    External Discharge Return Bus; Current Meter.                   *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 108595182     H569-445 G1 e/w G10A, G20, 2G30B, G60, G70
                    7 ft. Top Feed Cabinet e/w 2 Load Connections; Four -48V
                    Fuse Ppanels;
                    External Discharge Return Bus; Current Meter.                   *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 108572090     H569-445 G1 e/w G10A, 2G20, 2G30B, G60, g70
                    7 ft. Top Feed Cabinet e/w 4 Load Connections; Four -48V
                    Fuse Panels;
                    External Discharge Return Bus; Current Meter.                   *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 108552027     H569-445 G1 e/w G10A, G20, G30B, G60, G70
                    7 ft. Top Feed Cabinet e/w 2 load Connections; Two 48V Fuse
                    Panels;
                    External Discharge Return Bus; Current Meter.                  *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 108749151     H569-445 G1 e/w G10A, 3G20, 3G30B, G60, G70
                    7 ft, Top Feed Cabinet e/w 6 load Connections; Six -48V Fuse
                    Panels; 1 Current Meter and 1 External Discharge Return
                    Bus.                                                            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 108730045     H569-445 G1 e/w G10A, 2G20, 3G30B, G61, 3G61A, G70
                    7 ft., Top Feed Cabinet e/w 4 load Connections; Six -48V
                    Fuse Panels;
                    Internal Discharge Return Bus; 6 Panel Return Bus; Current
                    Meter.                                                          *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 108773037     H569-445 G1 e/w G10A, 3G20, 3G30B, G60, G70, 848258679,
                    848258687
                    7 Ft, Top Feed Cabinet e/w 6 Load Connections; Six -48V Fuse
                    Panels;
                    External Discharge Return Bus; Current Meter.; External
                    Hardware Busbar Kkit (J85568C1LK1); External Hardware Busbar
                    Kit (J85568C1LK2).                                              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 108764879     H569-445 G1 e/w G10A, 3G20, 3G30B, G61, 3G61A, G70
                    7 Ft., Top Feed Cabinet e/w 6 load Connections; Six -48V
                    Fuse Panels;
                    Internal Discharge Return Bus; 6 panel Return Bus; Current
                    Meter.                                                          *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 108730037     H569-445 G1 e/w G10A, G20, 2G30B, G61, 2G61A, G70
                    7 Ft., Top Feed Cabinet e/w 2 load Connections; Six -48V
                    Fuse Panels;
                    Internal Discharge Return Bus; 4 Panel Return Bus; Current
                    Meter.                                                          *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         Standard 7 Ft., Bottom Feed, Fuse Distribution Configurations
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 108572025     H569-445 G1 e/w G10C, G20, 3G30B, G60, G70
                    7 ft. Bottom Feed Cabinet e/w 2 Load Connections; Six -48V
                    Fuse Panels, External Discharge Return Bus; Current Meter.      *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
                             Secondary Distribution
                               Section 7 Page 59

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                            Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                             Secondary Distribution

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                              July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                               List Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>     <C>         <C>                                                        <C>
FE145 108571993     H569-445 G1 e/w G10C, G20, G30B, G60, G70
                    7 ft., Bottom Feed Cabinet e/w 2 Load Connections; Two -48V
                    Fuse Panels;
                    External Discharge Return Bus; Current Meter.                   *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 108660861     H569-445 G1 e/w G10D, 2G20, 3G30B, G61, 3G61A, G70
                    7 Ft., Bottom Feed Cabinet e/w 4 Load Connections; Six -48V
                    Fuse Panels;
                    Internal Discharge Return Bus; 6 Panel Return Bus.              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Standard 7 Ft., Top Feed, Circuit Breaker Distribution Configurations
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 108653700     H569-445 G1 e/w G10A, G20, 3G31B, G61, 3G61A, G70
                    7 ft. Top Feed Cabinet e/w 2 Load Connections; Six -48V
                    Circuit Breaker Panels;
                    Internal Discharge Return Bus; 6 Panel Return Bus;
                    Current Meter.                                                  *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 108653643     H569-445 G1 e/w G10A, G20, 3G31B, G60, G70
                    7 ft. Top Feed Cabinet e/w 2 Load Connections; Six -48V
                    Circuit Breaker
                    Panels; External Discharge Return Bus; Current Meter.           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 108736521     H569-445 G1 e/w G10A, G20, 2G31B, G60, G70
                    7 Ft., Top Feed Cabinet e/w 2 Load Connections; Six -48V
                    Circuit Breaker Panels; External Discharge Return Bus;
                    Current Meter.                                                  *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 108735929     H569-445 G1 e/w G10A, 2G20, 3G31B, G61, 3G61A, G70
                    7 Ft. Top Feed Cabinet e/w 4 Load Connections; Six -48V
                    Circuit Breaker Panels; Internal Discharge Return Bus;
                    Panel Return bus; Current Meter.                                *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 108772880     H569-445 G1 e/w G10A, 3G20, 3G31B, G61, 3G61A, G70
                    7Ft., Top Feed Cabinet e/w 6 Load Connections; Six -48V
                    Circuit Breaker panel; Internal Discharge Return Bus.; 6
                    panel return bus; Current Meter.                                *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 108737214     H569-445 G1 e/w G10A, G20, 3G31A, G60, G70
                    7 Ft., Top Feed Cabinet e/w 2 Load Connections; Six 24V
                    Circuit Breaker Panel; External Dischrge Return Bus;
                    Current Meter.                                                  *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Standard 7 Ft., Bottom Feed, Circuit Breaker Distribution Configurations
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 108740705     H569-445 G1 e/w G10C, G20, 3G31B, G60, G70
                    7 Ft., Bottom Feed Cabinet e/w 2 Load Connections; Six -48V
                    Breaker Panels; External Return Bus; Current Meter.             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         Standard 7 Ft., Top Feed, Circuit Breaker & Fuse Distribution
                                 Configurations
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 108719352     H569-445 G1 e/w G10A, G20, 2G30B, G31B, G61, 3G61A, G70
                    7 Ft., Top Feed Cabinet e/w 2 Load Connections; Four -48V
                    Fuse Panels; Two -48V Circuit Breaker Panels; Internal
                    Discharge Return Bus; 6 Panel Return Bus; Current Meter         *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 108716648     H569-445 G1 e/w G10A, 3G20, G30B, 2G31B, G61, 3G61A
                    7 ft., Top Feed Cabinet e/w 6 Load Connections; Two -48V
                    Fuse Panels; Four -48V Circuit Breaker Panel; Internal
                    Discharge Return Bus; 6 Panel Return Bus.                       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Standard 9 Ft., Top Feed, Fuse Distribution Configurations
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 108569088     H569-445 G2 e/w G10A, G20, G30B, G60, G70
                    9 Ft., Top Feed Cabinet e/w 2 Load Connections; Two -48V
                    Fuse Panels; External Discharge Return Bus; Current Meter       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 108569112     H569-445 G2 e/w G10A, G20, G30B, G60, G70, 848258562
</TABLE>

                             Secondary Distribution
                               Section 7 Page 60

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                            Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                             Secondary Distribution

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                              July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                               List Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>      <C>     <C>                                                           <C>
                    9 Ft., Top Feed Cabinet e/w 2 Load Connections; Two -48V
                    Fuse Panels; External Discharge Return Bus; Current Meter;
                    Cabinet Parts Extension Kit.                                    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 108569070     H569-445 G2 e/w G10A, G20, 3G30B, G60, G70
                    9 Ft., Top Feed Cabinet e/w 2 Load Connections; Six -48V
                    Fuse Panel; External Discharge Return Bus; Current Meter        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 108749169     H569-445 G2, e/w G10A, 2G20, 4G30B, G60, G70
                    9 Ft., Top Feed Cabinet e/w 4 Load Connections; Eight -48V
                    Fuse Panels; External Discharge Return Bus; Current Meter.      *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 108572108     H569-445 G2 e/w G10A, 2G20, 2G30B, G60, G70
                    9 Ft., Top Feed Cabinet e/w 4 Load Connections; Four -48V
                    Fuse Panels; External Discharge Return Bus; Current Meter.      *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 108569104     H569-445 G2 e/w G10A, G20, 3G30B, G60, G70, 848258562
                    9 Ft., Top Feed Cabinet e/w 2 Load Connections; Six -48V
                    Fuse Panel; External Dischage Return Bus; Current Meter;
                    Cabinet Parts Extension Kit                                     *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 108791211     H569-445 G2 e/w G10A, G20, 4G30B, G60, G70
                    9 Ft., Top Feed Cabinet e/w 2 load Connections; Eight -48V
                    Fuse Panels; External Discharge Return Bus; Current Meter.      *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 108595174     H569-445 G2 e/w G10A, G20, 2G30B, G60, G70
                    9 Ft., Top Feed cabinet e/w 2 Load Connections; Four -48V
                    Fuse Panel; External Discharge Return Bus; Current Meter.       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 108600347     H569-445 G2 e/w G10A, G20, 2G30B, G60, G70, 848258562
                    9 Ft., Top Feed cabinet e/w 2 Load Connections; Four -48V
                    Fuse Panel; External Discharge Return Bus; Current Meter;
                    Cabinet Parts Extension Kit.                                    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 108569146     H569-445 G2 e/w G10A, 2G20, 3G30B, G60, G70
                    9 Ft., Top Feed cabinet e/w 4 Load Connections; Six -48V
                    Fuse Panel; External Discharge Return Bus; Current Meter.       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 108569179     H569-445 G2 e/w G10A, 2G20, 3G30B, G60, G70, 848258562
                    9 Ft., Top Feed cabinet e/w 4 Load Connections; Six -48V
                    Fuse Panel; External Discharge Return Bus; Current Meter;
                    Cabinet Parts Extension Kit.                                    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 108572124     H569-445 G2 e/w G10A, 2G20, 2G30B, G60, G70, 848258562
                    9 Ft., Top Feed cabinet e/w 4 Load Connections; Four -48V
                    Fuse Panel; External Dischrge Return Bus; Current Meter;
                    Cabinet Parts Extension Kit.                                    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Standard 9 Ft., Top Feed, Circuit Breaker Distribution Configurations
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 108737925     H569-445 G2 e/w G10A, G20, 3G31B, G60, G70
                    9 Ft., Top Feed Cabinet e/w 2 Load Connections; Six -48V
                    Circuit Breaker Panels; External Discharge Return Bus;
                    Current Meter.                                                  *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         Standard 9 Ft., Bottom Feed, Fuse Distribution Configurations
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 108572041     H569-445 G2 e/w G10C, G20, 3G30B, G60, G70
                    9 Ft., Bottom Feed cabinet e/w 2 Load Connections; Six -48V
                    Fuse Panels; External Discharge Return Bus; Current Meter.      *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                             Secondary Distribution
                               Section 7 Page 61

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                            Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                             Secondary Distribution

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                              July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                               List Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>   <C>       <C>                                                            <C>
FE145 108572009 H569-445 G2 e/w G10C, G20, G30B, G60, G70
                9 Ft., Bottom Feed cabinet e/w 2 Load Connections; Two -48V
                Fuse Panel; External Discharge Return Bus Current Meter.          *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 108572017 H569-445 G2 e/w G10C, G20, G30B, G60, G70, 848258562
                9 Ft., Bottom Feed; 2 Load Connections; 2 -48V Fuse Panel;
                External Discharge Return Bus; Current Meter; Cabinet Parts
                Extension Kit.                                                    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 108572058 H569-445 G2 e/w G10C, G20, 3G30B, G60, 1G70, 848258562
                9 Ft., Bottom Feed Cabinet e/w 2 Load Connections; Six -48V
                Fuse Panels; External Discharge Return Bus; Current Meter;
                Cabinet Parts Extension Kit.                                      *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              External Ground Bars
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 848258679 2400A External Ground Bar for mounting on 15 or 20 inch
                Cable Rack.                                                         *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 848258687 2400A External Ground Bar in addition to 848258679.                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 Bay Extenders
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 848258588 4 ft. 6 inch Extension Kit for 7 ft. cabinet in 11 ft. 6 inch
                environment.                                                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 848258570 2 ft. Extension Kit for 7 ft. cabinet in 9 ft environment.          *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 848258562 2 ft. 6 inch Extension Kit for 9 ft. cabinet in 11 ft. 6 inch
                environment.                                                       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    Labels
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 848270765 Labels for numbering fuse/circuit breaker positions (1 - 20)        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 848272399 Labels for numbering fuse/circuit breaker positions (21 - 40,
                41 - 60, 61 - 80)                                                   *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  Distribution
                                     Panels
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 848376323 Fuse Panel Kit with Bus Bar Links (2 panels).                       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 108601345 Fuse Panel Kit & Shunt Kit with Bus Bar Links (2 panels & 2
                shunts).                                                            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 848376315 Circuit Breaker Panel Kit (2 panels, 20 positions each).            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 848433918 Blank Panel Kit                                                     *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 848469946 Labels for numbering fuse/circuit breaker panel positions
                (81-160).                                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Miscellaneous Kits & Spare Parts
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 848433363 Bus Bar Battery Strap Kit. Includes 1 strap, 1 instruction sheet
                and all hardware required for field mount.                          *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 848363792 Load shunt assembly kit (600 amp) for adding loads to J85568C1
                BDFB.                                                               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 106849508 BEP1 - Alarm Circuit Module                                         *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 848376349 Meter Kit - (ED83127-30 G17) & hardware.                            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 848385282 130V Fuse Panel Conversion Kit                                      *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 848376331 Load shunt assembly kit (800 amp) for adding loads to
                 H569-445 BDFB.                                                     *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Plug-In Breakers
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF050 407998137 One position 3 amp circuit breaker.                                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 407998145 One position 5 amp circuit breaker.                                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 407998152 One position 10 amp circuit breaker.                                *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF050 407998160 One position 15 amp circuit breaker.                                *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 407998178 One position 16 amp circuit breaker.                                *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 407998186 One position 20 amp circuit breaker.                                *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 407998194 One position 25 amp circuit breaker.                                *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 407998202 One position 30 amp circuit breaker.                                *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                             Secondary Distribution
                               Section 7 Page 62

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                            Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                             Secondary Distribution

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                              July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                               List Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>   <C>                                                                      <C>
FE145 407998210 One position 45 amp circuit breaker.                                *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE050 407998228 One position 50 amp circuit breaker.                                *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 407998236 One position 60 amp circuit breaker.                                *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE050 407998244 One position 70 amp circuit breaker.                                *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 407998251 One position 80 amp circuit breaker.                                *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 407998269 One position 90 amp circuit breaker.                                *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 407998277 One position 100 amp circuit breaker.                               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   TPS Fuses
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF070 402328926 Alarm Fuse                                                          *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF010 406700567 TPS fuse 3 amp.                                                     *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF010 406700583 TPS fuse 5 amp.                                                     *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF010 406700591 TPS fuse 6 amp.                                                     *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF010 406700609 TPS fuse 10 amp.                                                    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF010 406700617 TPS fuse 15 amp.                                                    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF010 406700625 TPS fuse 20 amp.                                                    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF010 406700633 TPS fuse 25 amp.                                                    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF010 406700641 TPS fuse 30 amp.                                                    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF010 406700658 TPS fuse 40 amp.                                                    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF010 406700674 TPS fuse 50 amp.                                                    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF010 406700682 TPS fuse 60 amp.                                                    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF010 406700690 TPS fuse 70 amp.                                                    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             J85568B1 Two Load BDFB
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145   L-1    Framework, assembly & wiring for one 7'0" distributing bay e/w
               dual load feed bus system using "A" & "B" bus, providing 600
               Amps discharge.                                                      *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145   L-2    Required with List 1 to provide a 1200A Ground Bus arranged for
               mounting on auxiliary framing or 15/20 inch ladder type cable
               rack.                                                                *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145   L-A    Required with List-1 to provide a 6 inch blank panel in an
               unequipped fuse panel position (1 per each unequipped position).     *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145   L-B    Required with each ED83018-31 Grp-18 Fuse Panel ordered (One (1)
               per Panel).                                                          *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145   L-D    Equipment required to provide an enclosed 4'6" extension to
               the top of the 7'0" Bay for use in 11'6" Bay environments.           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145   L-WA   Wiring required in addition to List 1 for +24V usage.             INCLUDED
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145   L-WB   Wiring required in addition to List 1 for -24V or -48V usage.     INCLUDED
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
               ED83111-30 Alarm and Meter Panel for J85568B1 BDFB
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE144   G-2    Equipment, assembly and wiring for one negative voltage alarm
               panel.                                                               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE144   G-3    Equipment, assembly and wiring for one meter panel equipped with
               a liquid crystal display meter.                                      *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                             Secondary Distribution
                               Section 7 Page 63

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                           Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                            Secondary Distribution

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                              July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                               List Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>      <C>            <C>                                                   <C>
                         J85568D1 6 Ft. Eight Load BDFB
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            Standard Configurations
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          J85568D1 L1 e/w L11, L12, L13, L14, L15, L16, L17, L18, LE,
                          (4) 601887847, (4) 601887839
FE145 108536103 Six ft., Top Feed, Fuse Distribution Cabinet; 300 Amp Meter,
                8 distribution panels, positions 1-8, 8 Loads in positions 1-8.
                300 Amp shunt and 12 inch extension.                                *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          J85568D1 L2 e/w L21, L22, L25, L26, 4LA, LE, (4) 601887847,
                                 (4) 601887839
FE145 108257387 Six ft., Top Feed, Fuse Distribution Cabinet; 600 Amp Meter,
                8 distribution panels, positions 1-8, 4 Loads in positions 1, 2,
                5, 6; . 300 Amp shunt and 12 inch extension.                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      J85568D1 L2, LBF, L21, L22, L25, 10L26, 4LA, LE, (4) 601887847, (4)
                                   601887839
FE145 108257379 Six ft., botton feed, Fuse Distribution Cabinet; 600 Amp Meter,
                8 panels in positions 1-8, 4 loads in positions 1, 2, 5, 6; 600
                Amp shunt, 12 inch extension.                                       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       J85568D1 L2, L21, L22, L23, L24, 4LD, 2LK1, LE, (2) 601887847, (2)
                                   601887839
FE145 108826710 Six ft., Top Feed, Fuse Distribution Cabinet; 600 Alarm Meter
                and 8 panels.                                                       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 848575155 Equipment required to provide a bus bar link for connecting
                multiple fuse panel battery buses together.                         *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 848575163 Equipment required with List 3 for arranging a bottom entry for
                4ESS.                                                               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145   L-BF    Equipment required to arrange a cabinet for bottom load feed.    INCLUDED
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 848575171 One blank panel required for each unequipped fuse panel
                position.                                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 848575189 Equipment required to provide one 12 inch extension cabinet
                when the BDFB is used in 7 foot equipment required environments.    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 848575197 Equipment required with List 1, 2 or 3 to provide a rear door
                assembly with brackets.                                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 848575205 Optional material to provide a 2400 ampere ground bus arranged
                for mounting on a 15 or 20 inch ladder type cable rack.             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 848575213 Optional material required with List K1 to provide an additional
                2400 ampere ground bus bar for a stacked bus arrangement.           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     ED83127-30 Fuse Panel for J85568D BDFB
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145   G-1    Equipment & wiring required for one 20 position fuse panel for
               mounting on the Left side of the BDFB.                               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145   G-2    Equipment & wiring required for one 20 position fuse panel for
               mounting on the Right Side of J85568C-1 BDFB.                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145   G-3    Equipment & wiring required for one 10 position fuse panel for
               mounting on Left Side of J85568D-1 BDFB.                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145   G-4    Equipment & wiring required for one 10 position fuse panel for
               mounting on Right Side of J85568D-1 BDFB.                            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                             Secondary Distribution
                               Section 7 Page 64

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                           Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                            Secondary Distribution

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                              July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                               List Price
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>      <C>    <C>                                                               <C>
FE145   G-5    Equipment & wiring required for one fuse panel e/w twelve 0-60
               fuse blocks for mounting on the J85568E1 Mini-BDFB.                  *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145   G-6    Equipment & wiring required for one fuse panel e/w twelve 0-60
               ampere fuse blocks for mounting on the J86324A & B, BDFB.            *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145   G-11   Digital Meter & Switch Assembly for monitoring 300 ampere Shunts
               on the J85568C1 BDFB.                                                *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145   G-12   Digital Meter & Switch Assembly for monitoring 600 ampere Shunts
               on the J85568C1 BDFB.                                                *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145   G-13   Equipment required for 1 digital meter and switch assembly for
               monitoring 300A shunts and alarms on the J85568D1 BDFB.              *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145   G-14   Equipment required for 1 digital meter and alarm panel for
               monitoring 300A shunts and alarms on the J85568E1 Mini-BDFB.         *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145   G-15   Equipment required for one digital meter and switch assembly for
               monitoring 600 ampere shunts on the J85568D1 BDFB.                   *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145   G-16   Equipment required for one digital meter and switch assembly for
               monitoring 150 ampere shunts on the J85568D1 BDFB, PDF.              *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145   G-20   4ESS, 415B system equipment and wiring required for one filter
               panel for mounting on the left side position one of the J85568D1,
               PDF. 140V positive.                                                  *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145   G-21   4ESS, 415B system equipment and wiring required for one filter
               panel for mounting on the right side position two of the J85568D1
               PDF. 140V positive.                                                  *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145   G-22   4ESS, 415B system pre-charge panel for the PDF frame J85568D1.
               140V positive.                                                       *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145   G-A    Required with G-1 or 2 to provide one 0-60 ampere Cartridge type
               Fuse Block.                                                          *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145   G-B    Required with G-1 or 2 to provide one 3 position 0-5 ampere GMT
               Fuse Module.                                                         *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145   G-C    Required with G-1 or 2 to provide one Blank Filler.                  *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145   G-D    Equipment required with G-1, 2, 3 or 4 for one dual position TPL
               fuse 70-150A cartridge type fuse block. (Takes two positions in
               fuse panel).                                                         *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145   G-F     Required with G-1 or 2 to provide one alarm signaling Circuit
                Module for 48V Battery Plants.                                      *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145   G-WA   Wiring option required with Group E, F, or G for a negative
               Battery Plant.                                                    INCLUDED
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145   G-WB   Wiring option required with Group E, F, or G for a negative
               Battery Plant.                                                    INCLUDED
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF010 406700567 WP92461 L-100 Cartridge Fuse, 3 amp.                                *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF010 406700583 WP92461 L-101 Cartridge Fuse, 5 amp.                                *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF010 406700591 WP92461 L-102 Cartridge Fuse, 6 amp.                                *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF010 406700609 WP92461 L-103 Cartridge Fuse, 10 amp.                               *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF010 406700617 WP92461 L-104 Cartridge Fuse, 15 amp.                               *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF010 406700625 WP92461 L-105 Cartridge Fuse, 20 amp.                               *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF010 406700633 WP92461 L-106 Cartridge Fuse, 25 amp.                               *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF010 406700641 WP92461 L-107 Cartridge Fuse, 30 amp.                               *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF010 406700658 WP92461 L-108 Cartridge Fuse, 40 amp.                               *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF010 406700674 WP92461 L-109 Cartridge Fuse, 50 amp.                               *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                <C>
FF010 406700682 WP92461 L-110 Cartridge Fuse, 60 amp.                               *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                             Secondary Distribution
                               Section 7 Page 65

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                           Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                            Secondary Distribution

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                              July 2000
Class    Comcode                 Description                                   List Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>      <C>        <C>                                                           <C>
                             J85568E1 Mini BDFB
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            Comcoded Configurations
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 108197245 Top Feed Mini BDFB with 2 loads, 48 fuse positions, internal
                ground: (1 L-2, 1 L-A, 4 L-C).                                      *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 108197252 Top Feed Mini BDFB with 2 loads, 24 fuse positions, internal
                ground: (1 L-2, 1 L-A, 2 L-B, 2 L-C).                               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 108197237 Top Feed Mini BDFB with 2 loads, 48 fuse positions, internal
                ground: (1 L-2, 4 L-C).                                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               Individual Options
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145   L-2    Assembly, wiring & equipment required for one 33 inch high
               Battery Fuse Distribution Unit for mounting in a 23 inch relay
               rack. Supports four fuse panels in a two load arrangement.           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145   L-A    Optional equipment required in addition to L-2 for a 23 inch
               relay rack. List 2 is mounted at the top of the framework. (soft
               blue finish).                                                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145   L-B    Optional equipment required with List 2 for a blank panel for
               frame positions 2 and/or 4.                                          *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145   L-C    Optional equipment required in addition to L-2 for a fuse panel
               e/w twelve fuse blocks for 0-60 amp fuses. Positions 1 and 3 must
               be equipped with a fuse panel or circuit breaker panel to support
               bus bars.                                                            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145   L-D    Optional equipment in addition to List 2 for a circuit breaker
               panel with 12 circuit breaker positions. Positions 1 and 3 must
               be equipped with a fuse panel or circuit breaker panel to support
               bus bars.                                                            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Cartridge Fuses
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF010 406700567 Cartridge fuse, 3 amp.                                              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF010 406700583 Cartridge fuse, 5 amp.                                              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF010 406700591 Cartridge fuse, 6 amp.                                              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF010 406700609 Cartridge fuse, 10 amp.                                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF010 406700617 Cartridge fuse, 15 amp.                                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF010 406700625 Cartridge fuse, 20 amp.                                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF010 406700633 Cartridge fuse, 25 amp.                                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF010 406700641 Cartridge fuse, 30 amp.                                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF010 406700658 Cartridge fuse, 40 amp.                                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF010 406700674 Cartridge fuse, 50 amp.                                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF010 406700682 Cartridge fuse, 60 amp.                                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                Circuit Breakers
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF050 407998137 Circuit Breaker, 3 amps.                                            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 407998145 Circuit Breaker, 5 amps.                                            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 407998152 Circuit Breaker, 10 amps.                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF050 407998160 Circuit Breaker, 15 amps.                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 407998178 Circuit Breaker, 16 amps.                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 407998186 Circuit Breaker, 20 amps.                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 407998194 Circuit Breaker, 25 amps.                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                             Secondary Distribution
                               Section 7 Page 66

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                            Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                             Secondary Distribution

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                              July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                               List Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>      <C>     <C>                                                               <C>
FE145 407998202 Circuit Breaker, 30 amps.                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 407998210 Circuit Breaker, 45 amps.                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF050 407998228 Circuit Breaker, 50 amps.                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 407998236 Circuit Breaker, 60 amps.                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF050 407998244 Circuit Breaker, 70 amps.                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 407998251 Circuit Breaker, 80 amps.                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 407998269 Circuit Breaker, 90 amps.                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE145 407998277 Circuit Breaker, 100 amps.                                          *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    Global Power Distribution Frame J86334E1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE144 108746470 J86334E1 L2 e/w L10, 3L13, LBF, LK1                                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE144 108742024 J86334E1 L2 e/w 3L15, L14                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE144 108735994 J86334E1 L2 e/w 2L10, 2LK1, 2L13, LB                                *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE144 108727777 J86334E1 L2 e/w 2L10, L14, L16, LBF, 2LK1, LK5                      *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE144 108726910 J86334E1 L2 e/w 3L10, L13, LB, 3LK1                                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE144 108725219 J86334E1 L2 e/w 3L10, L13, LBF, 3LK1                               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE144 108717125 J86334E1 L2 e/w 2L10, 2L13, 2LK1, LB, LBF                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE144 108692609 J86334E1 L2, 3L10, L14, 3LK1                                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE144 108692591 J86334E1 L2 e/w 2L10, L13, L14, 2LK1                                *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE144 108688698 J86334E1 LK5, L16                                                   *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE144 108692583 J86334E1 L2 e/w L10, 2L13, L14, LK1                                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE144 108763970 J86334E1 L2, e/w 2L10, 2LK1, L16, LK5, L13                          *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE144 108764713 J86334E1 L2 e/w 4L10, 4LK1                                          *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE144 108763962 J86334E1 L2 e/w 2L10, 2LK1, 2L13                                    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE144 108763236 J86334E1 L2 e/w 3L10, L13, 3LK1, LB, LBF                            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE144 108763319 J86334E1 L2 e/w 4L10, 4LK1, LB, LBF                                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE144 108763293 J86334E1 L2 e/w L10, 3L13, LK1, LB, LBF                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE144 108781014 J86334E1 L2, 3L10, 3LK1, L13                                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE144 108781022 J86334E1 L2 e/w L10, LK1, 3L13                                      *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE144 108803867 J86334E1 L2 e/w LB, LP, 4L13                                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE144 108003849 J86334E-1 L-2, L-11, (3) L-13                                       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE144 108491127 J86334E-1 L-2, (4) L-15, L-B                                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE144 108491135 J86334E-1 L-2, L-15, (3) L-13, L-B                                  *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE144 108491333 J86334E-1 L-1, (4) L-15, L-A                                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE144 108491325 J86334E-1 L-1, L-15, (3) L-13, L-A                                  *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE144 108318940 J86334E-1 L-2, (4) L-10, (4) L-K1, L-B                              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE144 108528365 J86334E-1 L-2, L-10, L-K1, (3) L-13, L-B                            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE144 108528381 J86334E-1 L-1, (4) L-10, (4) L-K1, L-A                              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE144 108528399 J86334E-1 L-1, L-10, L-K1, (3) L-13, L-A                            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE144 108580234 J86334E-1 L-10, LK1                                                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE144 108478462 J86334E-1 L-15                                                      *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE144 108685066 J86334E1 L-K1                                                       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE144 108685074 J86334E1 L-K3                                                       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                             Secondary Distribution
                               Section 7 Page 67

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                            Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                             Secondary Distribution

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                              July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                               List Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The following is listed for information only. Lists cannot be ordered
                                  separately.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>      <C>   <C>                                                                 <C>
FE144   L-1    Framework, equipment, wiring & assembly for one power
               distribution frame for 5ESS applications. Provides 72" high x 30"
               wide x 21.5" deep standard framework e/w alarm circuit module.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE144   L-2    Framework, equipment, wiring & assembly for one power
               distribution frame for 5ESS applications. Provides 72" high x 30"
               wide x 23.25" deep framework e/w alarm circuit module.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE144   L-3    Framework, equipment, wiring & assembly for one power
               distribution frame for 4ESS applications. Provides 72" high x 30"
               wide x 21.5" deep standard 5ESS framework e/w alarm circuit
               module.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE144   L-4    Framework, equipment, wiring & assembly for one power
               distribution frame for 4ESS applications. Provides 72" high x 30"
               wide x 23.25" deep "Global" or 5ESS-2000 style framework e/w
               alarm circuit module.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE144   L-10   Equipment, wiring & assembly required in addition to Lists 1, 2,
               3, or 4 to provide 15 inch high filter fuse panel containing 48
               load positions, capacitors & associated details equally split on
               two separate buses. (1 A Bus and 1 B Bus).
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE144   L-11   Equipment, wiring & assembly required in addition to Lists 1, 2,
               3, or 4 to provide connectorized version of 15 inch high filter
               fuse panel containing 48 load positions, capacitors & associated
               details equally split on two separate buses. (1 A Bus and 1 B
               Bus). Connectors are KS21103.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE144   L-12   Equipment, wiring & assembly required in addition to Lists 1, 2,
               3, or 4 to provide 15 inch high, high-current fuse panel
               containing 8 KS16364 L6 fuse blocks, capacitors & associated
               details equally split on two separate buses. (1 A Bus and 1 B
               Bus).
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE144   L-13   Equipment & assembly required in addition to Lists 1, 2, 3, or
               4 to provide 15 inch blank panel.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE144   L-14   Equipment & assembly required in addition to Lists 1, 2, 3, or 4
               to provide 15 inch power distribution unit containing six 175 amp
               circuit breakers.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE144   L-15   Equipment, wiring & assembly required in addition to L-1, 2, 3,
               or 4 to provide 15 inch high filter fuse panel containing 48 load
               positions, capacitors & associated details equally split on 2
               separate buses. (1 A Bus and 1 B Bus). The fuse holder positions
               & load return positions have spring loaded female connectors.
               Cable lugs & screws are not required with this option.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE144   L-16   Equipment, wiring & assembly required in addition to L-1, 2, 3,
               or 4 to provide 15 inch high filter fuse panel containing 24 load
               positions for use with TPA 50 amp fuses only, capacitors &
               associated details equally split on 2 separate buses.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE144   L-20   Equipment, wiring & assembly required in addition to L-1, 2, 3,
               or 4 to provide 15 inch high filter fuse panel containing 48 load
               positions, capacitors & associated details equally split on 2
               separate buses.  Designed for use in small Switch applications.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
                             Secondary Distribution
                               Section 7 Page 68

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                            Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                             Secondary Distribution

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                              July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                               List Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>      <C>   <C>                                                                 <C>
FE144   L-21   Equipment, wiring & assembly always required in addition to List
               20 to provide one cable-rack mounted alarm panel for use in small
               Switch applications.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE144   L-A    Option in addition to List 1 to omit doors.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE144   L-B    Option in addition to List 2 to omit doors.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         ED83133-30 Fuse Panel for GPDF
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE144   G-1    Assembly, equipment and wiring for one 380 mm (15 inch) high
               filter fuse panel with 48 load positions, capacitors and
               associated details split on two separate buses. (1 A bus and 1 B
               bus)                                                                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE144   G-4    Assembly, equipment and wiring for one 100mm (4 inch) high alarm
               panel for use in miscellaneous frames. Accommodates 1 Group 1
               fuse panel.                                                          *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE144   G-7    Assembly, equipment and wiring for one 380 mm (15 inch) high
               filter fuse panel with 48 load positions, capacitors and
               associated details split on two separate buses. (1 A bus and 1 B
               bus). Different from List 1 in that utilities spring clamp cable
               connections at the load fuses and at the return busbar.              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                             Secondary Distribution
                               Section 7 Page 69

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                            Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                           Batteries & Battery Stands

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                              July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                               List Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>      <C>        <C>                                                            <C>
                                  IR Batteries
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF512    407928761  IR30EC Battery. 12V 28Ah Valve Regulated, Constant Current,
        KS23815 L-4 Constant Voltage, Rechargeable Lead-Acid Battery.               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF513    407928753  IR40EC Battery. 12V 36Ah Valve Regulated, Constant Current,
        KS23815 L-5 Constant Voltage, Rechargeable Lead-Acid Battery.               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF520    407155399  12IR125 Battery. 12V 125 Nominal Ah Capacity Battery for use
        KS23997 L-1 in Siemens 914 and 914EX and Northern Telecom urban & rural
                    cabinets.                                                       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF520 408044295 12IR125 Low Profile Battery                                         *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE611 846861664 Inter-Battery Busbar for IR30C and IR40C Batteries.                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE611 846651495 IR Battery String Cable Assembly.                                   *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF511 408188241 SBS C-11 Battery, 92 Ah, Valve Regulated, Lead-Acid.                *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF511 408196970 SBS 60, Lead-Acid Battery, Non Engine Start, 12V, 38.6 LB, 50 A.    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    J85504D1 IR Battery Modules and Bus Unit
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF522   L-1    Equipment & wiring for one -48V shelf for 2 strings of IR30C
               Batteries.                                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FE522   L-2    Equipment & wiring for one -48V shelf for 2 strings of IR40C
               Batteries.                                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF522   L-3    Equipment & wiring for one Battery Bus Unit (one unit needed for
               up to 12 strings of Batteries). Provides minor alarm at 55 C.        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF522   L-4    Equipment & wiring for one Battery Bus Unit (one unit needed for
               up to 12 strings of Batteries). Provides major alarm at 55 C.        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF522   L-11   Equipment for one tray to hold two IR30C -48V battery strings.       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF522   L-12   Equipment for one tray to hold two IR40C -48V battery strings or
               two 12IR125 batteries.                                               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF522   L-16    Multi-Purpose Battery stand with cables, disconnects and
      848474656 distribution.                                                       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF522   L-17    Multi-Purpose Battery Stand (0nly).                                 *
      848462628
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF522   L-20   Equipment to provide one 39 inch high framework designed for use
               with L-14 battery stand.                                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF522   L-21   Equipment to provide one 42 inch high framework designed for use
               with battery stand per L-14.                                         *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF522   L-22   Equipment to provide one 46 inch high framework designed for use
               with battery stand per L-14.                                         *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF522   L-70   For use in cabinet applications only where both front and rear
               mounting uprights exist. Equipment & wiring for one -48V shelf
               for 2 strings of IR40C batteries.                                    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF522   L-A    Required in addition to L-3 or 4 for equipment & wiring to
               provide LVD.                                                         *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               VR / EVR Batteries
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF834 406722934 (1) Inter-Module, Copper (2) Lockwasher, Brass 1/4-20 (3) Hex
                Nut, Brass, 1/4-20                                                  *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF886 846808764 Inter-Tier Cable Kit                                                *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                           Batteries & Battery Stands
                               Section 8 Page 70

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                            Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                           Batteries & Battery Stands

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                              July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                               List Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>      <C>    <C>                                                                <C>
FF834 407435833 KS23619 L-22. 4 V, 125 Ah Enhanced Valve-Regulated Battery in
                metal sleeve.                                                       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF834 407435825 KS23619 L-23. 2 V, 375 Ah Enhanced Valve-Regulated Battery in
                metal sleeve.                                                       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF834 407436518 KS23619 L-24. Spacer Module for 2VR375EL                            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF834 407435841 KS23619 L-26. 2 V, 250 Ah, Enhanced Valve-Regulated Battery in
                metal sleeve.                                                       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF834 407435858 KS23619 L-27. 4 V, 125 Ah, Low Profile VR Battery 4VR125E.          *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF834 407436583 KS23619 L-28. Spacer Module for 2VR250EL.                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
               J85504C1 Universal Battery Stand for VR Batteries
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Lists 12, 15, & 17 Provide a Stand with the Following # of Shelves for
                                Mounting 2VR375E
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF834   L-30   Equipment to provide a four shelf stand for use with 2 cell
               Lucent Technologies 2VR250E Batteries (2 cell).                      *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF886   L-31   Equipment to provide a eight shelf stand for use with 2 cell
               Lucent Technologies 2VR250E Batteries (2 cell).                      *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF834   L-32   Equipment to provide a 4 shelf bolt-together stand for use with
               Lucent Technologies 2VR375E Batteries (3 cell). Earthquake zone 3
               and 4 qualified.                                                     *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF886   L-33   Equipment to provide an 8 shelf bolt-together stand for use with
               Lucent Technologies 2VR375E Batteries (3 cell). Earthquake zones
               3 and 4 qualified.                                                   *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       Lineage 2000 Round Cell Batteries
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF835 402785232 KS20472 L-1S 1600 Ah Round Cell Battery                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF835 402785240 KS20472 L-2S 864 Ah Round Cell Battery                              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF835 402785257 KS20472 L-3S 488 Ah Round Cell Battery                              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF835 402785265 KS20472 L-4S 296 Ah Round Cell Battery                              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF871 402467252 KS22385 L-10 Intercell Connector (12" X2-1/2" X1/8")                *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF871 402467245 KS22385 L-1 Connector Bolt                                          *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF871 402467864 KS22385 L-50 Connector Bolt (UPS).                                  *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF870 997992615 KS5499 L-1353 Thermometer                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF870 402242697 KS5499 L-1306 Hydrometer                                            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF870 997525555 KS5499 L-1303A Hydrometer Holder                                    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF832 400771309 KS20760 L-1 Back panel for KS20472 L-1S Round Cell Battery          *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF832 400771317 KS20760 L-2 Back panel for KS20472 L-2S Round Cell Battery          *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF832 401512009 KS20760 L-7 Back panel for KS20472 L-3S and 4S Round cell
                Battery                                                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF832 400773867 KS20760 L-5 Base for all Round Cell Batteries                       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF895 401864574 KS21724 L-4 Cable Guard                                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF895 401856067 KS21723 L-1 Cable Bracket                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
82461 841657166 Auxiliary Framing Support                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
82461 841064793 Hex Nut (2 required with Auxiliary Framing Support).                *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
82461 814947073 "J" Bolt (2 required with Auxiliary Framing Support).               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                           Batteries & Battery Stands
                               Section 8 Page 71

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                            Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                           Batteries & Battery Stands

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                              July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                               List Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>   <C>                                                                      <C>
82461 801829672 Lockwasher ( 2 required with Auxiliary Framing Support).            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
80321 814251914 Washer (2 required with Auxiliary Framing Support).                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     J85504A1 Battery Stand for Round Cells
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF832   L-1    Battery stand parts for a 2 tier, 2 row battery stand, 7' 6" long
               and 2' 6" wide with connecting equipment for one -48V, 24 main
               cell group KS20472 L-1S.                                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF832   L-2    Battery stand parts for two 12 main cell groups on a 2 tier, 2
               row battery stand, 7' 6" long and 2' 6" wide with connecting
               equipment. For the first positive or negative 24 volt, 12 main
               cell group per KS20472 L-1S.                                         *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF832   L-3    Connecting equipment required with List 2 for 2nd + or -24V 12
               Main Cell Group KS20472 List 1S.                                     *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF832   L-4    Parts for 2 tier, 2 row Battery Stand & connecting equipment for
               one positive or negative 24V Main Cell Group KS20472 L-1S.           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF832   L-5    1300 Amp discharge capacity bus bar assembly equipment with
               growth capability to 2600 Amps. (max)                                *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF832   L-6    Earthquake bracing equipment required with L-1 or L-2 for
               earthquake zones 2, 3 and 4 per B.S.P. 800-610-155.                  *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF832   L-7    Earthquake bracing equipment required with L-4 for earthquake
               zones 2 (above first floor), 3 & 4 per AT&T P 800-510-155            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF832   L-8    Steel Base retainer required with L-1 or 2 for earthquake zone 2
               or 1st floor per B.S.P. 800-610-155.                                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF832   L-9    Steel Base retainer required with List 4 for Earthquake zone 2 or
               1st floor per B.S.P. 800-610-155.                                    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF832   L-10   Parts for 2, 24 main cell groups on a 2 tier, 2 row battery stand
               with connecting equipment for 1st -48V 24 main cell group.           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF832   L-11   Battery connecting equipment required with L-10 for 2nd -48V 24
               main cell group KS20472 L-1S.                                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF832   L-12   Bus Bar equipment required with L-1, 2 or 10 for supplementary
               battery stand when remotely located & requires more 4/0 cables.      *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF832   L-13   Earthquake bracing equipment required with L-10 for earthquake
               zones 2, 3 & 4 per Lucent Technologies Practice 800-610-155.         *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF832   L-14   Steel Base retainers required with L-10 for Earthquake zone 2 per
               Lucent Technologies Practice 800-610-155.                            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF832   L-15   2600 Amp Discharge capacity Bus Bar Assembly equipment with
               growth capability to 5200 Amps (max).                                *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF832   L-16   1300 Ampere discharge capacity and bus bar equipment and 800amp
               Low Voltage Disconnect/Reconnect panel required in addition to
               List 1 or 10 for the initial battery stand in the power plant.       *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF832   L-17   1300 ampere discharge capacity bus bar equipment and 1200 amp Low
               Voltage Disconnect/Reconnect panel required in addition to List 1
               or 10 for the initial battery stand in the power plant.              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF832 846652824 Cable Assembly Kit for connecting sense leads from Battery Stand
                mounted bus bars to Control Bay (35ft).                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                           Batteries & Battery Stands
                               Section 8 Page 72

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                           Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                          Batteries & Battery Stands

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                              July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                               List Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>      <C>    <C>                                                             <C>
FF832 846652816 Cable assembly kit for connecting sense leads from battery stand
                mounted bus bars to Control Bay (75ft).                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF832   L-20   5200 Amperes (max) discharge capacity bus bar assembly required
               with List 1, 2 or 10 for the initial battery stand in the plant.     *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lists A through F Provide Equipment Required with Lists 5, 16, or 17 for a 50MV
                                  Plant Shunt
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF832   L-A    400 Amp shunt                                                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF832   L-B    600 Amp shunt                                                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF832   L-C    800 Amp shunt                                                        *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF832   L-D    1200 Amp shunt                                                       *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF832   L-E    2000 Amp shunt                                                       *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF832   L-F    2500 Amp shunt                                                       *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF832   L-G    Bus bars required with L-5, 16 or 17 when plant discharge
               capacity is greater than 1300 Amps or when additional rectifier
               battery strings and/or discharge lead term position required.        *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF832   L-H    Material always required with List 5 when List 6, 7 or 13 is not
               specified                                                            *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF832   L-J    Material required with Lists D, E or F when List G is not
               specified.                                                           *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF832   L-K    Material always required with List 5 when List 6, 7 or 13 is
               specified.                                                           *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF832   L-L    Equipment required w/L-15 to provide a 50 MV, 2000A plant shunt.     *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF832   L-M    Equipment required w/L-15 to provide a 50 MV, 2600A plant shunt.     *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF832   L-N    Equipment required w/L-15 to provide a 50 MV, 4000A plant shunt.     *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF832   L-P    Equipment required w/L-15 to provide a 50 MV, 6000A plant shunt.     *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF832   L-Q    Bus Bars required with L-15 when Plant Discharge capacity is
               greater than 2600 Amps or when additional Rectifier Battery
               Strings and/or Discharge Lead Terminating Position required.         *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF832   L-S    Material always required with List 15 when L-6 or 13 is specified.   *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF832   L-T    Material always required with L-6 or 13 when L-15 is specified.      *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       KS15544 Rectangular Cell Batteries
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF833 997809637 KS15544 L-402 Rectangular Cell Battery                              *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF833 997809645 KS15544 L-403 Rectangular Cell Battery                              *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF833 997809603 KS15544 L-405 Rectangular Cell Battery                              *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF833 995042264 KS15544 L-501 Rectangular Cell Battery                              *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF833 405906074 KS15544 L-501P Rectangular Cell Battery                             *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF833 997851100 KS15544 L-508 Rectangular Cell Battery                              *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF833 405872698 KS15544 L-508P Rectangular Cell Battery                             *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF820 406768598 FTC21P Rectangular Cell Battery replaces KS15544 L-508E             *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        J85504B1 Battery Stand Equipment for Rectangular Cell Batteries
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF885   L-1    Parts for a 2 tier, 2 row Battery Stand & Connecting equipment
               for one, -48V 24 Main Cell Group.                                    *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF885   L-1AM  Same as List 1 except battery terminal connectors per KS5499 are
               omitted.                                                             *
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                          Batteries & Battery Stands
                               Section 8 Page 73

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                           Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                          Batteries & Battery Stands

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                              July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                               List Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>     <C>    <C>                                                             <C>
FF885   L-2    Battery stand parts for two 12 main cell groups on a 2 tier, 2
               row battery stand, 7 feet, 6 inches long and 3 feet 1-1/4 inches
               wide and connecting equipment for the first positive or negative
               24 volt, 12 main cell group per KS5553 or KS15544, L-508
               batteries.                                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF832   L-3    Battery connecting equipment required with L-2 for the second
               positive or negative 24 volt, 12 main cell group per KS5553 or
               KS15544, L-508 batteries.                                            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF885   L-4    1300 Amp Discharge Capacity Bus Bar Assembly.                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF885   L-5    Battery stand parts for two 24 main cell groups on a 2 tier, 2
               row battery stand, 15 feet long and 3 feet 1-1/4 inches wide and
               connecting equipment for the first negative 48 volt, 24 main cell
               group per KS5553 or KS15544 L- 508 batteries.                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF885   L-5AM  Same as List 5 except battery terminal connectors per KS5499 are
               omitted.                                                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF885   L-6AM  Same as List 6 except battery terminal connectors per KS5499 are
               omitted.                                                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF885   L-8    2600 Amp Discharge Capacity Bus Bar Assembly.                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF885   L-9    1300 amp discharge capacity bus bar equipment (800 amp). Low
               voltage disconnect/reconnect panel required with L-1 or 5 for the
               initial battery stand in the power plant.                            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF832   L-10   1300 Amp discharge capacity bus bar equipment and 1200 Amp low
               voltage disconnect/reconnect panel.                                  *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF832   L-11   Battery stand parts for a 2 tier 1 row battery stand 15 feet long
               and 1 ft 9-1/4 inches wide and connecting equipment for one
               negative 48 volt 24 main cell group per KS5553 or KS15544 L-508
               batteries.                                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF832   L-11AM Same as List 11 except battery terminal connectors per KS5499
               are omitted.                                                         *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF832   L-A    Equipment required with L-4, 9, or 10 to provide a 50 Mv plant
               shunt with a capacity of 400 amps.                                   *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF885   L-B    Additional material to Lists 4, 9 or 10 for 50MV Shunt with
               capacity of 600 Amps.                                                *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF832   L-C    Additional material to Lists 4, 9 or 10 for 50MV Shunt with
               capacity of 800 Amps.                                                *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF885   L-D    Additional material to Lists 4, 9 or 10 for 50MV Shunt with
               capacity of 1200 Amps.                                               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF885   L-E    Additional material to Lists 4, 9 or 10 for 50MV Shunt with
               capacity of 2000 Amps.                                               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF885   L-F    Additional material to Lists 4, 9 or 10 for 50MV Shunt with
               capacity of 2600 Amps.                                               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF885   L-G    Additional Bus Bars to Lists 4, 9 or 10.                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF885   L-H    Additional material to Lists D, E or F when no List G is
               specified.                                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF885   L-J    Material always required with L-1 or 2 when L-8, 9, or 10 is
               specified                                                            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF885   L-K    Additional equipment to List 8 to provide 50MV Shunt with
               capacity of 2000A                                                    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF885   L-L    Additional equipment to L-8 to provide 50MV Shunt with capacity
               of 2600A                                                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                          Batteries & Battery Stands
                               Section 8 Page 74

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                           Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                          Batteries & Battery Stands

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                              July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                               List Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>     <C>    <C>                                                             <C>
FF885   L-M    Additional equipment to L-8 to provide 50MV Shunt with capacity
               of 4000A                                                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF885   L-N    Additional equipment to L-8 to provide 50MV Shunt with capacity
               of 6000A                                                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF885   L-P    Bus Bars required in addition to List 8 when plant discharge
               capacity is greater than 2600 amperes or when additional
               rectifier, battery string and/or discharge lead terminating
               positions are required.                                              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF832   L-Q    Material always required with L-5 when L-8, 9, or 10 is
               specified.                                                           *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF885   L-R    Module required with L-9 & 10 to provide nominal voltage of 40.56    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF832   L-S    Module required with L-9 & 10 to provide nominal voltage of 41.39    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF885   L-T    Module required with L-9 & 10 to provide nominal voltage of 42.25    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF885   L-V    Module required with L-9 & 10 to provide nominal voltage of 44.02    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF885   L-W    Module required with L-9 & 10 to provide nominal voltage of 44.95    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF832   L-K1   Kit to provide necessary hardware for L-1 & 5 battery stand.
               (Ref. J87122AE1 L-1)                                                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF832   L-K2   Kit to provide necessary hardware for L-1 & 5 battery stand.
               (Ref. J87122AE1 L-5)                                                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF832   L-K3   Kit to provide necessary hardware for L-5 & 6 battery stand.
               (Ref. J87122AD1)                                                     *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF832   L-K4   Kit to provide necessary hardware for L-2 & 3 battery stand.
               (Ref. J87122AB1 L-2)                                                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF832   L-K5   Kit to provide necessary hardware for L-2 & 3 battery stand.
               (Ref. J87122AB1 L-3)                                                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF832   L-K6   Kit to provide necessary hardware for J87120D1 battery stand.        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF832   L-K7   Equipment and mounting hardware to provide 1 each thermometer and
               hydrometer. (Already provided with Lists 1AM, 5AM, 6AM and 11AM)     *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF885   L-K8   Kit to provide 1/4-20 mounting hardware.                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                           Batteries & Battery Stands
                               Section 8 Page 75

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                           Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                           Batteries Battery Stands
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                       Lucent Unigy(R)II Battery WP93379
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                     Capacity
WP93379                                  28-LOI           July 2000            Standard              @ 8 Hour         July 2000 List
List No.       Module   Description      Comcode          List Price           Comcode                Rate                Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>            <C>                       <C>                 <C>                <C>                 <C>                 <C>
1 (L or S)     6A-45-5   (L or S)*       407586510             *                                    12 V, 90 Ah
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 (L or S)     6A-45-7   (L or S)*       407586528             *                                    12 V, 140 Ah
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 (L or S)     6A-45-9   (L or S)        407586536             *                                    12 V, 185 Ah
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4 (L or S)     6A-45-11  (L or S)        407586544             *                                    12 V, 230 Ah
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 (L or S)     6A-45-13  (L or S)        407586551             *                                    12 V, 275 Ah
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6 (L or S)     6A-45-15  (L or S)        407586569             *                                   12 V, 320 Ah
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7 (L or S)     6A-75-5   (L or S)        407586486             *                                    12 V, 160 Ah
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8 (L or S)     6A-75-7   (L or S)        407586494             *                                    12 V, 235 Ah
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9 (L or S)     6A-75-9   (L or S)        407531979             *              **407531961           12 V, 310 Ah            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 (L or S)    6A75-11   (L or S)        407531938             *                407531920           12 V, 390 Ah            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11 (L or S)    6A-75-13  (L or S)        407586502             *                407586387           12 V, 470 Ah            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12 (L or S)    6A-75-15  (L or S)        407531995             *                407531987           12 V, 550 Ah            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13 (L or S)    3A-75-17  (L or S)       *407531862             *             ***407531854            6 V, 630 Ah            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
14 (L or S)    3A-75-19  (L or S)      **407532027             *                407532019            6 V, 705 Ah            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
15 (L or S)    3A-75-21  (L or S)        407532043             *                407532035            6 V, 785 Ah            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
16 (L or S)    3A-75-23  (L or S)       *407531888             *                407531870            6 V, 865 Ah            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
17 (L or S)    3A-75-25  (L or S)        407532068             *                407532050            6 V, 945 Ah            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
18 (L or S)    3A-75-27  (L or S)       *407531912             *               *407531904           6 V, 1025 Ah            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
19 (L or S)    3A-75-29  (L or S)        407532084             *                407532076           6 V, 1100 Ah            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20 (L or S)    3A-75-31  (L or S)        407532100             *                407532092           6 V, 1175 Ah            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
21 (L or S)    3A-75-33  (L or S)        407532126             *                407532118           6 V, 1255 Ah            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22 (L or S)    6A-85-7   (L or S)        407586411             *                407586429           12 V, 265 Ah            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23 (L or S)    6A-85-9   (L or S)        407586437             *                407586445           12 V, 350 Ah            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24 (L or S)    6A-85-11  (L or S)        407586452             *                407586403           12 V, 440 Ah            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25 (L or S)    6A-85-13  (L or S)        407586460             *                407531342           12 V, 530 Ah            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
26 (L or S)    6A-85-15  (L or S)        407586478             *                                    12 V, 615 Ah
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
26 (L or S)    3A-85-17  (L or S)        407531367             *                407531359            6 V, 695 Ah            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
28 (L or S)    3A-85-19  (L or S)        407586577             *                                     6 V, 785 Ah
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
29 (L or S)    3A-85-21  (L or S)        407586585             *                                     6 V, 875 Ah
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
30 (L or S)    3A-85-23  (L or S)        407531383             *                407531375            6 V, 960 Ah            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
31 (L or S)    3A-85-25  (L or S)        407531409             *                407531391           6 V, 1050 Ah            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
32 (L or S)    3A-85-27  (L or S)        407531425             *                407531417           6 V, 1135 Ah            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
33 (L or S)    3A-85-29  (L or S)        407586593             *                407586395           6 V, 1225 Ah            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
34 (L or S)    3A-85-31  (L or S)        407531441             *              **407531433           6 V, 1310 Ah            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
35 (L or S)    3A-85-33  (L or S)      **407531474             *             ***407531466           6 V, 1400 Ah            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
36 (L or S)    1A-85-39  (L or S)*     **407531508             *             ***407531490           2 V, 1585 Ah            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
37 (L or S)    1A-85-45  (L or S)*      *407531524             *                407531516           2 V, 1845 Ah            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
38 (L or S)    1A-85-51  (L or S)       *407531953             *              **407531946           2 V, 2095 Ah            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
39 (L or S)    1A-85-57  (L or S)        407531565             *                407531557           2 V, 2360 Ah            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
40 (L or S)    1A-85-63  (L or S)        407531581             *                407531573           2 V, 2625 Ah            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
41 (L or S)    1A-85-69  (L or S)        407531607             *                407531599           2 V, 2890 Ah            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
42 (L or S)    1A-85-75  (L or S)        407531623             *                407531615           2 V, 3145 Ah            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                           Batteries Battery Stands
                               Section 8 Page 76

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                           Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                           Batteries Battery Stands

<TABLE>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>            <C>       <C>           <C>                     <C>              <C>                <C>                     <C>
43 (L or S)    1A-85-81  (L or S)        407531649             *                407531631           2 V, 3405 Ah            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
44 (L or S)    1A-85-87  (L or S)        407531805             *                407531797           2 V, 3675 Ah            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
45 (L or S)    1A-85-93  (L or S)        407531821             *                407531813           2 V, 3935 Ah            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
46 (L or S)    1A-85-99  (L or S)      **407531847             *                407531839           2 V, 4200 Ah            *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                            Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                           Batteries Battery Stands
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 ----------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------
               Lucent Technologies' Unigy II Battery Accessories
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>            <C>                                                                                  <C>
Description
------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------------------------
847674769      Mounting hardware kit to attach a framework** to the top of a 45Ah Unigy battery.        *
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
847674777      Mounting hardware kit to attach a framework** to the top of a 75Ah Unigy battery.        *
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
847674785      Mounting hardware kit to attach a framework** to the top of a 85Ah Unigy battery.        *
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
847598265      White framework used on J85500D-3, H569-422 and H569-424 -48V battery plant.             *
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 ** Top-mount framework is 26" wide and will overhang these modules.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*** Framework is 42" high and 26" wide with 22-5/16 mounting centers.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                           Batteries Battery Stands
                               Section 8 Page 77

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                           Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                         Acid Spill Management System

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                           Option 1
                                                                                           Floor
                                                                                           Coating         Option 2
Mdse.                   ED & Group or                                                      Comcode         Neutra-       July 2000
Class   Comcode           WP & List                          Battery Stand Used On         (Qty)           mat Qty.      List Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>     <C>            <C>                                          <C>                   <C>          <C>            <C>
                       Option 2 Comcode 407523497 for Groups 1 thru 96
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601806433        ED83139-30 G1                              J85504A-1 List 4        407523471 (1)      2              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601806441        ED83139-30 G2                             J85504A-1 List 1,2       407523471 (2)      3              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601805146        ED83139-30 G3                              J85504A-1 List 10       407523489 (1)      5              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601808611        ED83139-30 G4                           J87123A-1 List 1 thru 7    407523471 (1)      3              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601808629        ED83139-30 G5                              J87123B-1 List 5        407523471 (1)      2              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601808637        ED83139-30 G6                             J87123B-1 List 2,7       407523471 (1)      2              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601808645        ED83139-30 G7                           J87123B-1 List 1,3,4,6     407523471 (1)      2              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601808652        ED83139-30 G8                           J87123C-1 List 5 thru 8    407523471 (2)      3              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601808660        ED83139-30 G9                              J87123C-1 List 3        407523471 (2)      3              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601808710        ED83139-30 G14                            J87123E-1 List 1,2       407523471 (2)      3              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601808801        ED83139-30 G23                             J87124D-1 List 1        407523489 (1)      5              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601808819        ED83139-30 G24                            J87124E-1 List 1,2       407523471 (2)      5              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601808827        ED83139-30 G25                            J87124F-1 List 2,4       407523471 (2)      3              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601808835        ED83139-30 G26                            J87124F-1 List 1,3       407523471 (2)      4              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601808843        ED83139-30 G27                          J87124G-1 List 2 thru 6    407523471 (2)      3              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601808850        ED83139-30 G28                             J87124G-1 List 1        407523471 (2)      3              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601808868        ED83139-30 G29                            J87124H-1 List 1,2       407523471 (1)      2              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601808884        ED83139-30 G30                            J87125A-1 List 1         407523471 (1)      7              *
                                                                                           + 407523489
                                                                                               (1)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601808892        ED83139-30 G31                            J87125B-1 List 1         407523489 (1)      5              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601808900        ED83139-30 G32                            J87125C-1 List 1         407523471 (1)      8              *
                                                                                           + 407523489
                                                                                               (1)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601808918        ED83139-30 G33                            J87124D-1 List 1         407523471 (2)      9              *
                                                                                           + 407523489
                                                                                               (1)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601808926        ED83139-30 G34                            J87126A-1 List 1,2       407523471 (1)      7              *
                                                                                           + 407523489
                                                                                               (1)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601808934        ED83139-30 G35                            J87126B-1 List 1         407523471 (3)      5              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601808942        ED83139-30 G36                            J87126C-1 List 1,2       407523471 (1)      7              *
                                                                                           + 407523489 (1)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601808959        ED83139-30 G37                            J87126D-1 List 1thru 4   407523489 (1)      5              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601808967        ED83139-30 G38                            J87126E-1 List 1,2       407523471 (3)      4              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601808975        ED83139-30 G39                            J87126F-1 List 1,2       407523471 (1)      7              *
                                                                                           + 407523489 (1)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601808983        ED83139-30 G40                            J87126G-1 List 1 thru 4  407523489 (1)      5              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601808991        ED83139-30 G41                            J87126H-1 List 1,2       407523471 (3)      4              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601809007        ED83139-30 G42                            J87127A-1 List 1         407523471 (1)      2              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601809015        ED83139-30 G43                            J87127B-1 List 1,3,5,7   407523471 (2)      3              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601809023        ED83139-30 G44                            J87128A-1 List 1 thru 4  407523471 (2)      3              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601809031        ED83139-30 G45                             J87128B-1 List 1        407523489 (1)      5              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601809049        ED83139-30 G46                             J87128C-1 List 1        407523471 (3)      5              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                          Acid Spill Management System
                               Section 9 Page 78

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                           Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                         Acid Spill Management System

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                           Option 1
                                                                                           Floor
                                                                                           Coating         Option 2
Mdse.                   ED & Group or                                                      Comcode         Neutra-       July 2000
Class   Comcode           WP & List                          Battery Stand Used On         (Qty)           mat Qty.      List Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                     <C>                                  <C>                           <C>             <C>           <C>
FF862  601809056        ED83139-30 G47                           J87128C-1 List (1+2)      407523471 (1)      9               *
                                                                                           + 407523489
                                                                                                (1)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601809064        ED83139-30 G48                            J87130A-1 List 1,2       407523471 (2)      7               *
                                                                                           + 407523489 (1)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        "Existing Stands with epoxy floor coating" (Existing Round Cells)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601806458        ED83139-30 G49                               J85504A-1 List 4         Included        2               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601806466        ED83139-30 G50                              J85504A-1 List 1,2        Included        3               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601806474        ED83139-30 G51                               J85504A-1 List 10        Included        5               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601809072        ED83139-30 G52                            J87123A-1 List 1 thru 7     Included        3               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601809353        ED83139-30 G53                               J87123B-1 List 5         Included        2               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601809361        ED83139-30 G54                              J87123B-1 List 2,7        Included        2               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601809379        ED83139-30 G55                           J87123B-1 List 1, 3, 4, 6    Included        2               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601809387        ED83139-30 G56                            J87123C-1 List 5 thru 8     Included        3               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601809395        ED83139-30 G57                               J87123C-1 List 3         Included        3               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601809403        ED83139-30 G58                               J87123C-1 List1          Included        4               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601809411        ED83139-30 G59                              J87123D-1 List 1,5        Included        2               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601809429        ED83139-30 G60                          J87123D-1 List (1+2), List    Included        3               *
                                                                           (5+6)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601809437        ED83139-30 G61                            J87123E-1 List 3,5,7,9      Included        3               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601809445        ED83139-30 G62                            J87123E-1 List 1,2          Included        3               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601809452        ED83139-30 G63                            J87123F-1 List 1 thru 6     Included        2               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601809460        ED83139-30 G64                            J87123G-1 List 1,2          Included        2               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601809478        ED83139-30 G65                            J87124A-1 List 1 thru 7     Included        5               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601809486        ED83139-30 G66                            J87124B-1 List 2,7,9        Included        3               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601809494        ED83139-30 G67                            J87124B-1 L-1, 3 thru 6, 8  Included        3               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601809502        ED83139-30 G68                            J87124C-1 List 3,4          Included        4               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601809510        ED83139-30 G69                            J87124C-1 List 1,2          Included        6               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601809528        ED83139-30 G70                            J87124D-1 List 3            Included        5               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601809536        ED83139-30 G71                            J87124D-1 List 1            Included        5               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601809544        ED83139-30 G72                            J87124E-1 List 1,2          Included        5               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601809551        ED83139-30 G73                            J87124F-1 List 2,4          Included        3               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601809569        ED83139-30 G74                            J87124F-1 List 1,3          Included        4               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601809577        ED83139-30 G75                            J87124G-1 List 2 thru 6     Included        3               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601809585        ED83139-30 G76                            J87124G-1 List 1            Included        3               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601809593        ED83139-30 G77                            J87124H-1 List 1,2          Included        2               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601809601        ED83139-30 G78                            J87125A-1 List 1            Included        7               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601809619        ED83139-30 G79                            J87125B-1 List 1            Included        5               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601809627        ED83139-30 G80                            J87125C-1 List 1            Included        8               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601809635        ED83139-30 G81                            J87124D-1 List 1            Included        9               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601809643        ED83139-30 G82                            J87126A-1 List 1,2          Included        7               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601809650        ED83139-30 G83                            J87126B-1 List 1            Included        5               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601809668        ED83139-30 G84                            J87126C-1 List 1,2          Included        7               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601809676        ED83139-30 G85                            J87126D-1 List 1 thru 4     Included        5               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                         Acid Spill Management System
                               Section 9 Page 79

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                            Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                          Acid Spill Management System

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                           Option 1
                                                                                           Floor
                                                                                           Coating         Option 2
Mdse.                   ED & Group or                                                      Comcode         Neutra-       July 2000
Class   Comcode           WP & List                          Battery Stand Used On         (Qty)           mat Qty.      List Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>    <C>              <C>                                  <C>                           <C>              <C>           <C>
FF862  601809684        ED83139-30 G86                            J87126E-1 List 1, 2         Included        4               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601809692        ED83139-30 G87                            J87126F-1 List 1, 2         Included        7               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601809700        ED83139-30 G88                            J87126G-1 List 1 thru 4     Included        5               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601809718        ED83139-30 G89                            J87126H-1 List 1,2          Included        4               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601809726        ED83139-30 G90                            J87127A-1 List 1            Included        2               *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601809734        ED83139-30 G91                        J87127B-1 List 1, 3, 5, 7     Included        3                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601809742        ED83139-30 G92                        J87128A-1 List 1 thru 4       Included        3                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601809759        ED83139-30 G93                        J87128B-1 List 1              Included        5                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601809767        ED83139-30 G94                        J87128C-1 List 1              Included        5                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601809775        ED83139-30 G95                        J87128C-1 List (1+2)          Included        9                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862  601809783        ED83139-30 G96                        J87130A-1 List 1, 2           Included        7                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Option 2 Comcode 407523505 for Groups 200 thru 260
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862   601806482       ED83139-30 G222                       J85504B-1 List 1,2            407523471 (2)   4                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862   601810385       ED83139-30 G238                       J87122AC-1 List 2             407523471 (1)   2                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862   601810393       ED83139-30 G239                       J87122AC-1 List 3             407523471 (1)   2                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862   601810419       ED83139-30 G240                       J87122AC-1 List 4             407523471 (2)   2                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862   601810435       ED83139-30 G241                       J87122AC-1 List 5             407523471 (2)   3                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862   601810468       ED83139-30 G242                       J87122AC-1 List 6             407523471 (2)   3                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862   601810476       ED83139-30 G243                       J87122AC-1 List 7 thru 12     407523471 (3)   5                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862   601810484       ED83139-30 G244                       J87122AD-1 List 1             407523471 (1)   2                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862   601810492       ED83139-30 G245                       J87122AD-1 List 2             407523471 (2)   3                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862   601810500       ED83139-30 G246                       J87122AD-1 List 3             407523471 (2)   3                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862   601810518       ED83139-30 G247                       J87122AD-1 List 4             407523471 (2)   4                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862   601810526       ED83139-30 G248                       J87122AD-1 List 5             407523471 (3)   4                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862   601810534       ED83139-30 G249                       J87122AD-1 List 6             407523471 (3)   5                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862   601810542       ED83139-30 G250                       J87122AD-1 List 7 thru 9      407523471 (1)   7                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862   601810559       ED83139-30 G251                       J87122AE-1 List 1             407523489 (1)   1                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862   601810567       ED83139-30 G252                       J87122AE-1 List 2             407523471 (1)   2                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862   601810575       ED83139-30 G253                       J87122AE-1 List 3             407523471 (1)   2                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FF862   601810583       ED83139-30 G254                       J87122AE-1 List 4             407523471 (1)   2                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862   601810591       ED83139-30 G255                       J87122AE-1 List 5             407523471 (1)   2                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862   601810609       ED83139-30 G256                       J87122AE-1 List 6             407523471 (2)   3                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862   601810617       ED83139-30 G257                       J87122AE-1 List 7 thru 16     407523471 (2)   4                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862   601810625       ED83139-30 G258                       J87122AF-1 List 1 thru 7      407523471 (1)   2                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862   601810633       ED83139-30 G259                       J87122AL-1 List 1 thru 6      407523471 (2)   4                 *
------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862   601810641       ED83139-30 G260                       J87122AN-1 List 1,2           407523471 (2)   11                *
                                                                                            + 407523489
                                                                                                (1)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862   601810658       ED83139-30 G261                       RD-1289, RD-901-EP1                                             *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  Various Kits
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862   407523455           L-101                             Floor Coating - 1 gallon                                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862   407523471           L-111                             Floor - Joint/Crack filler kit                                  *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862   407523489           L-112                             Floor Coating - 4 gallon                                        *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862   407523497           L-120                             Neutra tubes                                                    *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                          Acid Spill Management System
                               Section 9 Page 80

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                            Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                          Acid Spill Management System

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                           Option 1
                                                                                           Floor
                                                                                           Coating         Option 2
Mdse.                   ED & Group or                                                      Comcode         Neutra-       July 2000
Class   Comcode           WP & List                          Battery Stand Used On         (Qty)           mat Qty.      List Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>     <C>             <C>                                   <C>                          <C>             <C>           <C>
FF862   407523505           L-130                             Neutra pillows                                                  *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862   407523513           L-142                             Spill Response Kit                                              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862   407523521           L-150                             Battery Cleaning / Leak Detector                                *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862   407523539           L-160                             Leak Repair Kit                                                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862   407523547           L-170                             Installer Tool Kit                                              *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862   407523554           L-171                             Site Supply Kit                                                 *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF862   407523562           L-172                             Concrete Prep Kit (Bilk replenishment).                         *
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                          Acid Spill Management System
                               Section 9 Page 81

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                            Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                             Inverters & Accessories

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                                  July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                                   List Price
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 WP91652 Inverters with Static Transfer Switch
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>        <C>               <C>                                                 <C>
FF610      L-14              Inverter Size 500 VA                                        *
         407604263
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF610      L-22              Inverter Size 1 KVA                                         *
         407604289
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF610      L-34              Inverter Size 2 KVA                                         *
         408145134
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF610      L-40A             Inverter Size 3 KVA                                         *
         407117274
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF610      L-52              Inverter Size 5 KVA                                         *
         406676080
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF610      L-62              Inverter Size 10 KVA                                        *
         406676106
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Spare Parts Kits for Inverters w/Static Transfer Switch
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FF610      L-221        Spare parts Kit for 500 VA Inverter e/w                          *
         407604305      Static Transfer Switch
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF610      L-223        Spare parts Kit for 1k VA Inverter e/w                           *
         407604321      Static Transfer Switch
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF610      L-226        Spare parts Kit for 2k VA Inverter e/w                           *
         408229037      Static Transfer Switch
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF610     L-207A        Spare parts Kit for 3k VA Inverter e/w                           *
         407154947      Static Transfer Switch
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF610      L-213        Spare parts Kit for 5k VA Inverter e/w                           *
         406938886      Static Transfer Switch
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF610      L-215        Spare parts Kit for 10k VA Inverter e/w                          *
         406938852      Static Transfer Switch
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                WP91652 Inverters without Static Transfer Switch
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF610      L-15         Inverter Size 500 VA                                             *
         407604271
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF610      L-23         Inverter Size 1 KVA                                              *
         407604297
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF610      L-35         Inverter Size 2 KVA                                              *
         408145142
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF610      L-41A        Inverter Size 3 KVA                                              *
         407117829
---------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------
          Spare Parts Kit for Inverters without static Transfer Switch
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF610      L-222        Spare Parts Kit for 500VA Inverter without                       *
         407604313      Static Transfer Switch
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF610      L-224        Spare Parts Kit for 1k VA Inverter without                       *
         407604339      Static Transfer Switch
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF610      L-227        Spare Parts Kit for 2k VA Inverter without                       *
         407154921      Static Transfer Switch
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FF610     L-208A        Spare Parts Kit for 3k VA Inverter without                       *
         407154954      Static Transfer Switch
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        WP91652 Inverter Bracket Table
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF610      L-117        Used On 0.5 & 1K VA 19" / 23", optional                          *
         407604370
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF610      L-109        Used On 3 KVA 19""/23"" optional                                 *
         405890138
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
                             Inverters & Accessories
                               Section 10 Page 82

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                            Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                             Inverters & Accessories

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                                  July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                                   List Price
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>      <C>            <C>                                                        <C>
FF610      L-108        Used On 5 KVA 19""/23"" optional                                 *
         405890120
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF610      L-107        Used On 10 KVA 19""/23"" optional                                *
         405885351
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF610      L-121        Used on 2k VA 19 inch Shelf Mounting Kit, standard               *
         408339844
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF610      L-122        Used on 2k VA 23 inch Vise Lock Kit, standard                    *
         408339851
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF610      L-123        Used on 2k VA 25 inch Vise Lock Kit, standard                    *
         408339869
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE: While the suggested ordering interval for all Inverters and spare parts is
6 weeks, most orders can be filled per customer request date.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             KS24007 Inverter Plant
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF610        L-3        5 KVA Inverter Plant (includes: ED8C800-50 G-5 frame             *
         847313236      with KS24007 List 1 AC Distribution Panel &
                        KS24007 List 2B MBPS and blank panel assembled & wired
                        in framework and WP91652 List 52 Inverter shipped in a
                        separate container).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF610        L-4        10 KVA Inverter Plant (ED8C800-50 G-5 frame with KS24007         *
          847313244     List 1 AC distribution panel & KS24007 List 2B MBPS
                        assembled & wired in framework & WP91652 List 62
                        Inverter shipped separately).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        KS24007 Inverter Plant Accessories
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF610       L-20        19""/25"" brackets for MBPS, Optional.                           *
          407132596
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF610       L-21        23""/25"" brackets for MBPS, Standard.                           *
          407132612
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF610       L-25        19""/25"" brackets for ACDP, Optional.                           *
          407132620
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF610       L-26        23""/25"" brackets for ACDP, Standard.                           *
          407132638
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                             Inverters & Accessories
                               Section 10 Page 83

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                            Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                             Inverters & Accessories

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mdse     List/Grp/                                                                  July 2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                                   List Price
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>      <C>            <C>                                                        <C>
                            KS24007 Circuit Breakers
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF610     406938688     QO115-2100 15A Single Pole - 10K A/C.                            *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF610     406938696     QO120-2100 20A Single Pole - 10K A/C.                            *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF610     406938704     QO125-2100 25A Single Pole - 10K A/C.                            *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF610     406938712     QO130-2100 30A Single Pole - 10K A/C.                            *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF610     406938738     QO140-2100 40A Single Pole - 10K A/C.                            *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF610     406938753     QO150-2100 50A Single Pole - 10K A/C.                            *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF610     406938779     QO220-2100 20A Double Pole - 10K A/C.                            *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF610     407247337     QO115VH-2100 15A Single Pole - 22K A/C.                          *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF610     407247386     QO125VH-2100 25A Single Pole - 22K A/C.                          *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF610     407247394     QO130VH-2100 30A Single Pole - 22K A/C.                          *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF610     407250034     QO215VH-2100 150A Double Pole - 22K A/C.                         *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF610     407250042     QO220VH-2100 20A Double Pole - 22K A/C.                          *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF610     407250059     QO225VH-2100 25A Double Pole - 22K A/C.                          *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF610     407250067     QO230VH-2100 30A Double Pole - 22K A/C.                          *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF610     407250083     QO240VH-2100 40A Double Pole - 22K A/C.                          *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF610     407250109     QO250VH-2100 50A Double Pole - 22K A/C.                          *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                             Inverters & Accessories
                               Section 10 Page 84

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                            Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                                   Connectors

                               WP91412 Connectors
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                            Center-to-
         WP91412       Stranded     Flexible                                                  Center
Mdse.    List # &       Class B      Class I                    Degree of                   Mounting Hold     July 2000
Class    Comcode       Wire Size    Wire Size      Bolt Size      Bend        # Holes       Dimensions(")    List Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>      <C>           <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>           <C>            <C>             <C>
FF995      L-1             8            8             10        straight          1               ---               *
        405347402
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-2             6            6            1/4        straight          1               ---               *
        405347436
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-3             6            6            1/4        straight          2              0.625              *
        405347519
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-4             4            4            5/16       straight          1               ---               *
        405347543
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-5             4            4            1/4        straight          2              0.625              *
        405347576
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-6             4            4            1/4           45             1               ---               *
        405347618
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-7                          2            1/4        straight          1               ---               *
        405347659
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-8                          2            1/4        straight          2              0.625              *
        405347683
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-9                          2            1/4           45             1               ---               *
        405347709
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-10           2/0          1/0           3/8        straight          1               ---               *
        405347717
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-11           2/0          1/0           3/8           45             1               ---               *
        405347725
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-12           2/0           10           3/8           90             1               ---               *
        405347733
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-13           2/0          1/0           5/16       straight          2              1.000              *
        405347758
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-14            8            8             10           45             1               ---               *
        405347766
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-15            6            6            1/4           45             1               ---               *
        405347774
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-16            2           ---           1/4           45             1               ---               *
        405347782
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-17           ---          2/0           3/8        straight          1               ---               *
        405347790
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-18           ---          2/0           3/8           45             1               ---               *
        405347808
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-19           ---          2/0           3/8           90             1               ---               *
        405347816
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-20           ---          2/0           5/16       straight          2              1.000              *
        405347857
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-21           1/0          ---           3/8           45             1               ---               *
        405347899
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-22           1/0          ---           3/8           90             1               ---               *
        405347865
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                   Connectors
                               Section 11 Page 85

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                            Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                                   Connectors

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                            Center-to-
         WP91412       Stranded     Flexible                                                  Center
Mdse.    List # &       Class B      Class I                    Degree of                   Mounting Hold     July 2000
Class    Comcode       Wire Size    Wire Size      Bolt Size      Bend        # Holes       Dimensions(")    List Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>     <C>            <C>          <C>            <C>           <C>          <C>           <C>              <C>
FF995      L-23          750           ---           5/8           90             1               ---               *
        405347873
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-24          ---           4/0           1/2        straight          1               ---               *
        405347881
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-25          ---           4/0           1/2           45             1                ---              *
        405347907
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-26          ---           4/0           1/2           90             1                ---              *
        405347915
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-27          ---           4/0           3/8        straight          2               1.000             *
        405347923
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-28          750           ---           1/2           90             2               1.750             *
        405347931
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-29          4/0           ---           3/8           45             1                ---              *
        405347949
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-30          4/0           ---           3/8           90             1                ---              *
        405347956
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-31          ---           350           1/2        straight          1                ---              *
        405347964
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-32          ---           350           1/2           45             1                ---              *
        405347972
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-33          ---           350           1/2           90             1                ---              *
        405347980
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-34          ---           350           1/2        straight          2               1.750             *
        405347998
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-35          ---           350           1/2           45             2               1.750             *
        405348004
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-36          ---           350           1/2           90             2               1.750             *
        405348012
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-37          350           ---           1/2           45             1                ---              *
        405348020
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-38          ---           500           5/8        straight          1                --               *
        405348038
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-39          ---           500           5/8           45             1                ---              *
        405348046
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-40          ---           500           5/8           90             1                ---              *
        405348053
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-41          ---           500           1/2        straight          2               1.750             *
        405348061
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-42          ---           500           1/2           45             2               1.750             *
        405348079
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-43          ---           500           1/2           90             2               1.750             *
        405348087
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-44          350           ---           3/8           45             2               1.000             *
        405348095
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-45          ---                         5/8        straight          1                ---              *
        405348103
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-46          ---           750           5/8           45             1                ---              *
        405348111
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                   Connectors
                               Section 11 Page 86

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                            Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                                   Connectors

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                            Center-to-
         WP91412       Stranded     Flexible                                                  Center
Mdse.    List # &       Class B      Class I                    Degree of                   Mounting Hold     July 2000
Class    Comcode       Wire Size    Wire Size      Bolt Size      Bend        # Holes       Dimensions(")    List Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>     <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>              <C>
FF995      L-47           ---          750           5/8           90             1                ---              *
        405348129
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-48           ---          750           1/2        straight          2               1.750             *
        405348137
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-49           ---          750           1/2           45             2               1.750             *
        405348145
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-51           350          ---           1/2           90             1                 ---             *
        405348160
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-52            8            8             10        straight          2               0.625             *
        405348178
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-53            2           ---           1/4        straight          1                 ---             *
        405348186
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-54            2           ---           1/4        straight          2               0.625             *
        405348202
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-55           1/0          ---           3/8        straight          1                 ---             *
        405348210
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-56           1/0          ---           3/8        straight          2               1.000             *
        405348228
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-57           2/0          1/0           3/8        straight          2               1.000             *
        405348236
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-58           4/0          ---           1/2        straight          1                 ---             *
        405348244
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-59           4/0          ---           3/8        straight          2               1.000             *
        405348251
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-60           350          ---           1/2        straight          1                 ---             *
        405348269
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-61           350          ---           3/8        straight          2               1.000             *
        405348277
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-62           500          ---           1/2        straight          1                 ---             *
        405348285
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-63           500          ---           3/8        straight          2               1.000             *
        405348293
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-64           750          ---           5/8        straight          1                 ---             *
        405348301
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-65           750          ---           1/2        straight          2               1.750             *
        405348319
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-66           350          ---           3/8           90             2               1.000             *
        405356106
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-67           500          ---           1/2           45             1                 ---             *
        405356114
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-68           500          ---           3/8           45             2               1.000             *
        405356122
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-69           500          ---           1/2           90             1                 ---             *
        405356130
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-70           500          ---           3/8           90             2               1.000             *
        405356148
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-71           750          ---           5/8           45             1                 ---             *
        405356155
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                   Connectors
                               Section 11 Page 87

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                            Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                                   Connectors

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                            Center-to-
         WP91412       Stranded     Flexible                                                  Center
Mdse.    List # &       Class B      Class I                    Degree of                   Mounting Hold     July 2000
Class    Comcode       Wire Size    Wire Size      Bolt Size      Bend        # Holes       Dimensions(")    List Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>     <C>            <C>          <C>           <C>            <C>          <C>           <C>              <C>
FF995      L-72           750           ---          1/2           45             2               1.750             *
        405356163
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-73          14-10         14-10         8-10       straight          2               0.625             *
        405356171
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-74            8             8           1/4        straight          1                 ---             *
        405356189
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-75            8             8           1/4        straight          2               0.625             *
        406021626
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-76            8             8           1/4           45             1                ---              *
        406021642
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-77           ---           2/0          3/8        straight          2               1.000             *
        406021725
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-78           ---           4/0          3/8        straight          1                ---              *
        406021741
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-79           ---           4/0          3/8           45             1                ---              *
        406021766
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-80           ---           4/0          3/8           90             1                ---              *
        406021857
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-81           350           ---          1/2        straight          2               1.250             *
        406021865
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-82           350           ---          1/2           45             2               1.750             *
        406021873
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-83           350           ---          1/2           90             2               1.750             *
        406021881
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-84           350           ---          3/8        straight          1                ---              *
        406021899
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-85           ---           350          3/8        straight          1                ---              *
        406021907
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-86           ---           350          3/8        straight          2               1.000             *
        406021915
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-87           ---           500          1/2        straight          1                ---              *
        406021923
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-88           500           ---          1/2        straight          2               1.750             *
        406021931
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-89           ---           500          1/2           45             1                ---              *
        406021949
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-90           500           ---          1/2           45             2               1.750             *
        406021956
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-91           ---           500          1/2           90             1                ---              *
        406021964
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-93          14-10         14-10         8-10       straight          1               1.750             *
        406338145
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-94          14-10         14-10         1/4        straight          1                ---              *
        406338152
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-96          14-10         14-10         8-10          90             1                ---              *
        406338178
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-97          14-10         14-10         1/4           90             1                ---              *
        406338186
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                   Connectors
                               Section 11 Page 88

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                            Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                                   Connectors

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                            Center-to-
         WP91412       Stranded     Flexible                                                  Center
Mdse.    List # &       Class B      Class I                    Degree of                   Mounting Hold     July 2000
Class    Comcode       Wire Size    Wire Size      Bolt Size      Bend        # Holes       Dimensions(")    List Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>     <C>            <C>         <C>             <C>         <C>            <C>         <C>                <C>
FF995      L-98            8             8            8         straight          1                ---              *
        406338194
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995      L-99            8             8           5/16       straight          1                ---              *
        406338210
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-100            8             8            8         straight          2               0.625             *
        406332825
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-101            8             8           1/4        straight          2               1.000             *
        406338244
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-102            8             8           3/8        straight          2               1.000             *
        406338269
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-103            8             8           1/4        straight          2               0.750             *
        406338343
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-104            8             8           1/4           90             1                ---              *
        406338350
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-105            8             8           3/8        straight          1                ---              *
        406338368
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-106            6             6           5/16       straight          1                ---              *
        406338376
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-107            6             6           3/8        straight          1                ---              *
        406338392
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-108            6             6            10        straight          2               0.625             *
        406338400
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-109            6             6           1/4        straight          2               1.000             *
        406338426
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-110            6             6           1/4        straight          2               0.750             *
        406338442
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-111            6             6           3/8        straight          2               1.000             *
        406332841
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-112            6             6           1/4           90             1                ---              *
        406338459
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-113            6             6           1/4           45             2               1.00              *
        406338467
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-114            4             4           3/8        straight          1                ---              *
        406338475
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-115            4             4           5/19       straight          1                ---              *
        406338483
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-116            4             4           3/8        straight          2               1.000             *
        406332940
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-117            4             4           1/4        straight          2               0.750             *
        406338574
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-118            4             4           5/16          45             1                ---              *
        406338582
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-119            2            ---          5/16       straight          1                ---              *
        406338616
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-120            2            ---          3/8        straight          1                ---              *
        406338640
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-121            2            ---          3/8        straight          2               1.000             *
        406338665
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                   Connectors
                               Section 11 Page 89

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                            Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                                   Connectors

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                            Center-to-
         WP91412       Stranded     Flexible                                                  Center
Mdse.    List # &       Class B      Class I                    Degree of                   Mounting Hold     July 2000
Class    Comcode       Wire Size    Wire Size      Bolt Size      Bend        # Holes       Dimensions(")    List Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>     <C>            <C>         <C>             <C>         <C>            <C>
FF995     L-122            2            ---          1/4        straight          2                0.750            *
        406338673
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-123            2            ---          5/16          45             1                 ---             *
        406338681
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-124            2            ---          3/8           45             2                1.000            *
        406338699
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-125           1/0           ---          1/4        straight          1                 ---             *
        406338707
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-126           1/0           ---          1/4        straight          2                0.750            *
        406338715
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-127           1/0           ---          1/4           45             1                 ---             *
        406338723
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-128           1/0           ---          5/16          45             1                 ---             *
        406338731
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-129           2/0           1/0          5/16       straight          1                 ---             *
        406338822
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-130           2/0           1/0          1/4        straight          2                0.750            *
        406338764
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-131           4/0           ---          ---        straight          1                 ---             *
        406338772
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-132           4/0           ---          5/16          45             1                 ---             *
        406338780
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-133           350           ---          1/4        straight          2                0.750            *
        406338798
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-134           500           ---          1/2        straight          2                1.250            *
        406338806
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-135           750           ---          3/8        straight          2                1.000            *
        406335141
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-136            6             6           5/16          45             1                 ---             *
        406434472
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-137            6             6           1/4           90             2                0.750            *
        406434480
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-138           1/0           ---          1/2        straight          1                 ---             *
        406434498
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-139           1/0           ---          1/4           45             2                0.750            *
        406434506
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-140           1/0           ---          5/16       straight          1                 ---             *
        406434514
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-142           2/0           1/0          1/2        straight          2                1.000            *
        406434019
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-143           2/0           1/0          1/2        straight          2                1.750            *
        406434027
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-144           2/0           1/0          1/2        straight          1                 ---             *
        406434035
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-145           2/0           1/0          5/8        straight          1                 ---             *
        406434043
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-146           2/0           1/0          1/2           90             1                 ---             *
        406434050
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                   Connectors
                               Section 11 Page 90

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                           Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                                  Connectors

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                            Center-to-
         WP91412       Stranded     Flexible                                                  Center
Mdse.    List # &       Class B      Class I                    Degree of                   Mounting Hold     July 2000
Class    Comcode       Wire Size    Wire Size      Bolt Size      Bend        # Holes       Dimensions(")    List Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>     <C>            <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>              <C>
FF995     L-147           ---           2/0          1/2        straight          1                 ---             *
        406434068
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-148           ---           2/0          5/16       straight          1                 ---             *
        406434076
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-149           ---           2/0          1/2        straight          2                1.000            *
        406434084
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-150           ---           2/0          1/2        straight          2                1.750            *
        406434092
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-151           4/0           ---          1/2        straight          1                 ---             *
        406434100
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-152           4/0           ---          1/2           45             1                 ---             *
        406434118
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-153           4/0           ---          1/4        straight          2                0.750            *
        406434126
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-154           4/0           ---          3/4        straight          1                 ---             *
        406434134
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-155           4/0           ---          1/4        straight          1                 ---             *
        406434142
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-156           4/0           ---          1/4           45             1                 ---             *
        406434159
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-157           ---           4/0          5/16       straight          1                 ---             *
        406434167
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-158           ---           4/0          5/16       straight          2                1.000            *
        406434175
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-159           ---           4/0          1/2        straight          2                1.000            *
        406434183
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-160           ---           4/0          1/2        straight          2                1.750            *
        406434191
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-161           350           ---          ---        end-to-end        0                 ---             *
        406434209
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-162           ---           350          5/8        straight          4                 ---             *
        406434217
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-163           ---           350          1/2        straight          2                1.250            *
        406434225
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-164           ---           500          1/2        straight          2                1.250            *
        406434233
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-165           ---           500          3/8        straight          2                1.000            *
        406434241
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-166           750           ---          ---        nd-to-end         0                 ---             *
        406434258
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-167           ---           750          1/2        straight          1                 ---             *
        406434266
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-168           ---           750          5/8        straight          2                1.500            *
        406434274
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FZ776     L-169           ---           750          1/2        straight          2                1.500            *
        406434282
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-170           ---           750          3/8        straight          2                1.000            *
        406434290
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                  Connectors
                              Section 11 Page 91

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                           Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                                  Connectors

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                            Center-to-
         WP91412       Stranded     Flexible                                                  Center
Mdse.    List # &       Class B      Class I                    Degree of                   Mounting Hold     July 2000
Class    Comcode       Wire Size    Wire Size      Bolt Size      Bend        # Holes       Dimensions(")    List Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>     <C>            <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>              <C>
FF995     L-171            6             6            10        straight          1                 ---             *
        407334671
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-172           ---            2           5/16       straight          1                 ---             *
        407334697
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-173           2/0           1/0          5/16       straight          2                0.875            *
        407334705
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-174           ---           4/0          3/8           90             --                ---             *
        407334713
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-175           750           ---          3/8           45             2                1.000            *
        407670603
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-176           ---            2           3/8        straight          2                1.000            *
        407726041
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-177           ---           4/0          3/8           90             2                1.000            *
        407761378
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-178            4             4            10        straight          1                 ---             *
        407813047
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-179           1/0           ---          1/4        straight          2                0.625            *
        407817568
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-180           2/0           1/0          1/4        straight          2                0.625            *
        407817550
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-181           ---           2/0          1/4        straight          2                0.625            *
        407817576
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-182           500           ---          3/8        straight          2                1.000            *
        407850833
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-183           ---           350          3/8        straight          2                1.000            *
        407890748
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-184           ---           750          3/8        straight          2                1.000            *
        407890730
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-185           ---           500          3/8        straight          2                1.000            *
        407890755
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-186           350           ---          3/8        straight          2                1.000            *
        407890763
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-187          14-10          ---          3/8        straight          2                1.000            *
        407890771
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                  Connectors
                              Section 11 Page 92

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                           Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                                  Connectors

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                            Center-to-
         WP91412       Stranded     Flexible                                                  Center
Mdse.    List # &       Class B      Class I                    Degree of                   Mounting Hold     July 2000
Class    Comcode       Wire Size    Wire Size      Bolt Size      Bend        # Holes       Dimensions(")    List Price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>     <C>            <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>              <C>
FF995     L-188           2/0           1/0          1/4        straight          1                 N/A             *
        408018190
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-189           500           ---          1/2        straight          2                1.750            *
        408049591
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-190           ---           500          1/2        straight          2                1.750            *
        408049583
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-191           750           ---          1/2        straight          2                1.750            *
        408049575
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-192           ---           750          1/2        straight          2                1.750            *
        408049567
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF995     L-193           ---            2           1/4           45             2                0.625            *
        408210524
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

          KS23836 Connector (H-Tap) and KS21652 Insulating Cover Kits

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                      July
Mdse                                                                                  2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                                   List Price
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Connectors and covers should be ordered as kits. A kit consists of one
  connector and one cover. Connectors and covers can be ordered separately as
                                    spares.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>       <C>           <C>                                                           <C>

FF996    406825588      Kit -- KS23836 L-11 (List 1 H-Tap and List 12 Cover)            *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF996    406825596      Kit -- KS23836 L-12 (List 2 H-Tap and List 12 Cover)            *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF996    406825604      Kit -- KS23836 L-13 (List 3 H-Tap and List 12 Cover)            *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF996    406825612      Kit -- KS23836 L-14 (List 4 H-Tap and List 9 Cover)             *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF996    406825620      Kit -- KS23836 L-15 (List 5 H-Tap and List 9 Cover)             *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF996    406825638      Kit -- KS23836 L-16 (List 6 H-Tap and List 10 Cover)            *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF996    406825646      Kit -- KS23836 L-17 (List 7 H-Tap and List 10 Cover)             *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF996    406825653      Kit -- KS23836 L-18 (List 8 H-Tap and List 10 Cover)             *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF996    406825661      Kit -- KS23836 L-19 (List 9 H-Tap and List 11 Cover)             *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF996    406825679      Kit -- KS23836 L-20 (List 10 H-Tap and List 8 Cover)             *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF996    407281310      Kit -- KS23836 L-22 (List 21 H-Tap and List 8 Cover)             *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF996    407281294      Kit -- KS23836 L-24 (List 23 H-Tap and List 12 Cover)            *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         KS23836 "H-Tap" Connector Only
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF996    406510859      KS23836 L-1 "H-Tap" Connector Only                               *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF996    406511113      KS23836 L-2 "H-Tap" Connector Only                               *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF996    406511121      KS23836 L-3 "H-Tap" Connector Only                               *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF996    406511139      KS23836 L-4 "H-Tap" Connector Only                               *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF996    406511147      KS23836 L-5 "H-Tap" Connector Only                               *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF996    406511154      KS23836 L-6 "H-Tap" Connector Only                               *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF996    406511162      KS23836 L-7 "H-Tap" Connector Only                               *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF996    406511238      KS23836 L-8 "H-Tap" Connector Only                               *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF996    406511246      KS23836 L-9 "H-Tap" Connector Only                               *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF996    406511253      KS23836 L-10 "H-Tap" Connector Only                              *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                  Connectors
                              Section 11 Page 93

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                           Power Systems Price Book
                                   July 2000
                                  Connectors

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                      July
Mdse                                                                                  2000
Class    Comcode                     Description                                   List Price
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>      <C>            <C>                                                        <C>
FF996    407281336      KS23836 L-21 "H-Tap" Connector Only                              *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FF996    407281286      KS23836 L-23 "H-Tap" Connector Only                              *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            KS21652 Connector Cover
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 FF996   406541946      KS21652 L-8 Cover. Used with Lists 10 and 21 connectors.         *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 FF996   407052307      KS21652 L-9 Cover. Used with Lists 4 and 5 connectors.           *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 FF996   407052315      KS21652 L-10 Cover. Used with Lists 6, 7, and 8 connectors.      *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 FF996   407052323      KS21652 L-11 Cover. Used with List 9 connector.                  *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 FF996   407052331      KS21652 L-12 Cover. Used with Lists 1, 2, 3 and 23 connectors.   *
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                  Connectors
                              Section 11 Page 94

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                             A.1.e LWSS Price List

                 System Support for Cellular and PCS Products

   See Appendix E for details of the Lucent Wireless System Support Program

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless      Appendix  A           Page 1 of 1
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                       A.1.e LWSS Pricing Table per ECP

Per ECP:
Price listed below; discounting allowed per schedule below
Customer can pick level of support within their "Bucket"
Pricing for up to * cells per ECP

Base Release Software & Service
# of ECPs:          1-9         10-19         20-29         30-39         +40
                    ---         -----         -----         -----         ---

Fee per ECP:        *            *             *             *             *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Technical System Support

Fee per ECP:
Program 3           *            *             *             *             *
Program 2           *            *             *             *             *
Program 1           *            *             *             *             *

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Maximum Discount Schedule
-------------------------

# of ECP's:     *

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless      Appendix  A.1.e       Page 1 of 1
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                      A.1.f Optional Services Price List

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless      Appendix  A           Page 1 of 1
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                Appendix A.1.f
                           Optional Services Prices

..    Pricing for the Optional Services described in Appendix N and not
     reflected here will be calculated at the time of the request.

..    MSC Engineering:

     -------------------------------------------------
     Less than 1 month           *
     -------------------------------------------------
     1 - 3 months                *
     -------------------------------------------------
     More than 3 months          *
     -------------------------------------------------

Pricing Assumptions:

1.   A per diem fee of $165 per day plus actual airfare will be charged to
     cover the expenses for all Lucent employees and sub-contractors working on
     the project.

2.   The schedule for these resources must be mutually agreed upon between
     Lucent Technologies and the PURCHASER. A minimum of four weeks' lead time
     is required to schedule resources for this on-site support.

3.   Pricing is based on a 5 day 40 hour week (Monday through Friday)

..    Standard RF Optimization (CDMA):

     --------------------
     Price Per Cell
     --------------------
     *
     --------------------

Pricing Notes

1.   Rates: */hr/RF Engineer; */hr/data processor, data collector or
     driver.

2.   Price does not include system wide drive tests, down time for site
     readiness failure or rush hour drive testing,.

..    RF Engineering Design

Price will be quoted at the time of the request and is based on the PURCHASER
requirements.

Rate: * per hour for RF engineering labor, and * per day for travel
and living.

..    Standard Cell Engineering

Per cell price will be detailed on the quotation based on cell configuration
and requirements.

Rate: Basic hourly rate of * per hour for labor, travel and living
costs additional as required.

.. Subject Matter Experts time will be charged at the rates detailed above:

RF Design Engineer
RF Optimization Engineer
Cell Site Engineer
MSC Engineer

Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless     Appendix A.1.f              Page 1
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                      A.1.g Product Configuration Models

SUPPLIER will provide generic switch and base station models. These models
will be mutually developed with PURCHASER following execution of this
Agreement.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless      Appendix  A           Page 1 of 1
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                 Appendix A.2

                             Discounts and Credits

A.2.a.1   * Commitment Discount Levels

          * Commitment Discounts
          * Commitment Discounts for Market Upgrades

A.2.a.2   * Commitment Discount Levels

          * Commitment Discounts
          * Commitment Discounts for Market Upgrades

A.2.a.3   * Commitment Discount Levels

          * Commitment Discounts
          * Commitment Discounts for Market Upgrades

A.2.b     Additional Discount Programs

          Power Products Discount Schedule
          Volume Purchase Plan Credits
          Co-operative Marketing credits
          Training Credits

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless      Appendix  A           Page 1 of 1
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                 Appendix A.2.a
                           Commitment Level Discounts

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless      Appendix  A           Page 1 of 1
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                  Standard Discounts Effective March 1, 2001
                           * Dollar Commitment Level

  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Standard Discount Off List,
                      Product                          Effective march 1, 2001
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  5ESS Hardware                                                  *
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  ECP/IMS Hardware                                               *
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  OMP Hardware                                                   *
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Series II Hardware (except MLAC)                               *
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Series II LAC/MLAC Hardware                                    *
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  CDMA Autoplex Hardware (except ECU)                            *
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  ECU-10 Hardware                                                *
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Flexent APC Hardware                                           *
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Flexent Microcell & Modular Cell Hardware (except              *
  ULAM & CCU)
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Flexent ULAM Hardware                                          *
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  CCU-20 Hardware                                                *
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Flexent Microminicell Hardware                                 *
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3G1X Channel Card Hardware:

       ECU-32 (3G1X)                                             *
       CCU-64 (3G1X)                                             *
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Initial Operating Fees:
        5ESS                                                     *
        ECP                                                      *
        Series II                                                *
        CDMA Autoplex                                            *
        Flexent Microcell & Modular Cell                         *
        Flexent Microminicell                                    *
  Annual Release Maintenance Fees:                               *
  Optional Software for individual  features:
  5ESS                                                           *
  ECP                                                            *
  Cell Site                                                      *
  For purchases greater than five (5) features, see
  Pick-a-Pack price list.

  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless     Appendix A.2.a.1       Page 1 of 1
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                          Standard Discounts Off List
                       at the * Dollar Commitment Level

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                   Product                                       *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5ESS Hardware                                                    *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ECP/IMS Hardware                                                 *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OMP Hardware                                                     *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Series II Hardware (except LAC/MLAC)                             *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Series II LAC/MLAC Hardware                                      *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CDMA Autoplex Hardware (except ECU)                              *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CDMA ECU-10                                                      *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CDMA Flexent Microcell and Modular Cell                          *
Hardware, including ULAM (except CCU)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Flexent CCU-20 Hardware                                          *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Flexent CDMA Distributed Base Station                            *
Hardware(DBS, formerly known as Microminicell
5100)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Flexent APC                                                      *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3G1X Channel Card Hardware:
   ECU-32 (3G1X)                                                 *
   CCU-64 (3G1X)                                                 *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Initial Operating Fees:
5ESS                                                             *
ECP                                                              *
Cell Site                                                        *

Flexent APC                                                      *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annual Release Maintenance Fees:                                 *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Optional Software for individual  features:
5ESS                                                             *
ECP                                                              *
Cell Site                                                        *
For purchases greater than five (5) features,
see Pick-a-Pack price list.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless   Appendix A.2.a.2  Page 1 of 1
Definitive Agreement                             Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                       Market Upgrade Discounts Off List
                       at the * Dollar Commitment Level

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                   Product                                       *
================================================================================
5ESS Hardware                                                    *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ECP/IMS Hardware                                                 *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OMP Hardware                                                     *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Series II Hardware (except MLAC)                                 *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Series II LAC/MLAC Hardware                                      *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CDMA Autoplex Hardware (except ECU)                              *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ECU-10 Hardware                                                  *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Flexent APC Hardware                                             *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Flexent Microcell & Modular Cell Hardware (except                *
ULAM & CCU)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Flexent ULAM Hardware                                            *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CCU-20 Hardware                                                  *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Flexent Microminicell Hardware                                   *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3G1X Channel Card Hardware:
     ECU-32 (3G1X)                                               *
     CCU-64 (3G1X)                                               *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Initial Operating Fees:
      5ESS                                                       *
      ECP                                                        *
      Series II                                                  *
      CDMA Autoplex                                              *
      Flexent Microcell & Modular Cell                           *
      Flexent Microminicell                                      *
Annual Release Maintenance Fees:                                 *

Optional Software for individual  features:
5ESS                                                             *
ECP                                                              *
Cell Site                                                        *
For purchases greater than five (5) features, see
Pick-a-Pack price list.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless    Appendix A.2.a.1        Page 1 of 1
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                       Market Upgrade Discounts Off List
                       at the * Dollar Commitment Level

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Product                                                          *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5ESS Hardware                                                    *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ECP/IMS Hardware                                                 *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OMP Hardware                                                     *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Series II Hardware (except MLAC)                                 *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Series II LAC/MLAC Hardware                                      *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CDMA Autoplex Hardware (except ECU)                              *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ECU-10 Hardware                                                  *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Flexent APC Hardware                                             *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Flexent Microcell & Modular Cell Hardware (except                *
ULAM & CCU)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Flexent ULAM Hardware                                            *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CCU-20 Hardware                                                  *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Flexent Microminicell Hardware                                   *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3G1X Channel Card Hardware:
     ECU-32  (3G1X)                                              *
     CCU-64  (3G1X)                                              *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Initial Operating Fees:
     5ESS                                                        *
      ECP                                                        *
      Series II                                                  *
      CDMA Autoplex                                              *
      Flexent Microcell & Modular Cell                           *
      Flexent Microminicell                                      *
Annual Release Maintenance Fees:                                 *

Optional Software for individual  features:
5ESS                                                             *
ECP                                                              *
Cell Site                                                        *
For purchases greater than five (5) features, see
Pick-a-Pack price list.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless     Appendix A.2.a.2      Page 1 of 1
Definitive Agreement                                   Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                          Standard Discounts Off list
                       at the * Dollar Commitment Level
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Product                                                          *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5ESS Hardware                                                    *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ECP/IMS Hardware                                                 *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OMP Hardware                                                     *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Series II Hardware (except LAC/MLAC)                             *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Series II LAC/MLAC Hardware                                      *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CDMA Autoplex Hardware (except ECU)                              *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CDMA ECU-10                                                      *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CDMA Flexent Microcell and Modular Cell                          *
Hardware, including ULAM (except CCU)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Flexent CCU-20 Hardware                                          *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Flexent CDMA Distributed Base Station                            *
Hardware(DBS, formerly known as
Microminicell 5100)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Flexent APC                                                      *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3G1X Channel Card Hardware:
   ECU-32 (3G1X)                                                 *
   CCU-64 (3G1X)                                                 *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Initial Operating Fees:
5ESS                                                             *
ECP                                                              *
Cell Site                                                        *
                                                                 *
                                                                 *
                                                                 *
Flexent APC                                                      *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annual Release Maintenance Fees:                                 *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Optional Software for individual
features:
5ESS                                                             *
ECP                                                              *
Cell Site                                                        *
For purchases greater than five (5)
features, see Pick-a-Pack price list.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless    Appendix A.2.a.3       Page 1 of 1
Definitive Agreement                                   Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                       Market Upgrade Discounts Off List
                       at the * Dollar Commitment Level

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Product                                                          *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5ESS Hardware                                                    *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ECP/IMS Hardware                                                 *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OMP Hardware                                                     *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Series II Hardware (except MLAC)                                 *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Series II LAC/MLAC Hardware                                      *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CDMA Autoplex Hardware (except ECU)                              *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ECU-10 Hardware                                                  *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Flexent APC Hardware                                             *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Flexent Microcell & Modular Cell Hardware (except                *
ULAM & CCU)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Flexent ULAM Hardware                                            *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CCU-20 Hardware                                                  *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Flexent Microminicell Hardware                                   *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3G1X Channel Card Hardware:
     ECU-32  (3G1X)                                              *
     CCU-64  (3G1X)                                              *
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Initial Operating Fees:
      5ESS                                                       *
      ECP                                                        *
      Series II                                                  *
      CDMA Autoplex                                              *
      Flexent Microcell & Modular Cell                           *
      Flexent Microminicell                                      *
Annual Release Maintenance Fees:                                 *

Optional Software for individual  features:
5ESS                                                             *
ECP                                                              *
Cell Site                                                        *
For purchases greater than five (5) features, see
Pick-a-Pack price list.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless    Appendix A.2.a.3        Page 1 of 1
Definitive Agreement                                     Contract No ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                Appendix A.2.b
                         Additional Discount Programs

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless      Appendix  A           Page 1 of 1
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                Appendix A.2.d

                        POWER PRODUCTS DISCOUNT LEVELS

This pricing will be in effect until June 30, 2001 under the terms of the
Transitional Service Agreement between Tyco and Lucent Technologies.

------------------------------- -------------------------
            FE 114                        *
------------------------------- -------------------------
            FE 140                        *
------------------------------- -------------------------
            FE 287                        *
------------------------------- -------------------------
            FE 291                        *
------------------------------- -------------------------
            FE 180                        *
------------------------------- -------------------------
            FE 186                        *
------------------------------- -------------------------
            FE 220                        *
------------------------------- -------------------------
            FE 174                        *
------------------------------- -------------------------
            FE XXX                        *
  All other products in this
merchandise class receive the
 discount indicated at right
------------------------------- -------------------------
            FF 835                        *
------------------------------- -------------------------
            FF 828                        *
------------------------------- -------------------------
            FF 832                        *
------------------------------- -------------------------
            FF 870                        *
------------------------------- -------------------------
            FF 840                        *
------------------------------- -------------------------
            FF 610                        *
------------------------------- -------------------------
            FF 861                        *
------------------------------- -------------------------
            FF XXX                        *
  All other products in this
      merchandise class
     receive the discount
      indicated at right
------------------------------- -------------------------

The following equipment has fixed pricing

108319625 GPS 2424 Full height cabinet - *
300120391 FPS 2424 Half height e/w IR Battery stand - *
108687765 +24 =V/100A 596B 4 Rectifier - *
300120433 +24V/100A 596B Rectifier - *
107965816 12IR125 Battery - *
300120417 12IR125 Battery - *

                                                                          Page 1
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless     Appendix A.2.d
Definitive Agreement                                 Contract No. LNM01NMVX02000

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                             Co-Marketing Programs

PURCHASER will earn a co-marketing credit of * of the purchase price (after
discounts) of all hardware and software ordered from June 1, 2000, to November
30, 2000. SUPPLIER began accruing these credit dollars as of June 1, 2000 and
will make the credits available to PURCHASER upon execution of the Definitive
Agreement.

For orders placed from December 1, 2000 through the end of the
initial term of this Agreement, PURCHASER will earn a co-marketing credit of *
of the purchase price amount invoiced for hardware and software. In addition,
PURCHASER will earn * for the term specified above on invoices paid within
30 days of the date of the invoice. SUPPLIER will make these credits available
to PURCHASER on a quarterly basis. Credits will be accrued on paid invoices
only.

Accrued credits will be valid for a period of twelve (12) months from date of
accrual. Credits that have not been utilized within twelve (12) months will
expire and cannot be used or renewed. Credits can be used to purchase
additional SUPPLIER hardware and software. SUPPLIER will release credits to
PURCHASER at the rate of * of every dollar spent for Eligible Activities
presented for release.

The Messaging Products Co-Marketing Program will be effective from October 1,
2000 until September 30, 2001.

Verizon will earn credits equal to * on the net purchase price (after
discounts and credits) of hardware and software for new systems. Credits will
be accrued on paid invoices only Verizon will not receive general co-marketing
credits on messaging purchases covered by the Messaging Co-marketing Program

No credits accrued (0%) for service upgrades/updates

No credits accrued (0%) for Capacity On Demand

Accrued credits have a life-cycle of twelve (12) months from date of
accrual. Credits that have not been utilized within twelve (12) months will
expire and cannot be used or renewed.

Credits can be used against invoices for additional Messaging equipment and
services only.

A * Training Credit will be made available upon the execution of this
Definitive Agreement and will expire one year from the signing of this
agreement. In addition, Buyer may, at their discretion; convert up to
* of the awarded Volume Purchase Plan "VPP" credits into Training
Credits on an annual basis. VPP credits converted to training credits
will expire under the terms and conditions of the Volume Purchase Plan.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless      Appendix  A.2.b       Page 1 of 1
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                APPENDIX A.2.b

                               Training Credits

A * Training Credit will be made available upon signing this agreement
and will expire one year from the signing of this agreement. In
addition, PURCHASER may, at their discretion; convert up to * of the
awarded Volume Purchase Plan "VPP" credits into Training Credits on
an annual basis. VPP credits converted to training credits will expire
under the terms and conditions of the Volume Purchase Plan

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless    Appendix A.2.b         Page 1 of 1
Definitive Agreement                                   Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                          Volume Purchase Plan "VPP"

PURCHASER will receive credits for certain purchases made from SUPPLIER as
follows:

1.   Purchases must be made for use in a current Verizon Wireless market that
     is committed to Lucent Technologies CDMA technology.

2.   The plan will provide * VPP on sales in the Verizon Wireless network
     until December 31, 2004. With the award for PCS network deployment,
     Verizon Wireless will earn * VPP credits from August 1, 2000 to July 31,
     2001, on purchases of the equipment described below.

3.   Credits will be earned on a calendar year basis and will be made available
     beginning on January 1 of the following year.

4.   Credit may be earned on purchases made until December 31, 2004, and shall
     accrue at the applicable purchase price net of all discounts and credits.

5.   Equipment on which credits may be earned are: Lucent wireless software,
     Lucent Series II hardware, Lucent Series II CDMA 850 hardware, Lucent PCS
     hardware, Lucent Switching hardware and software for the ECP, IMS Ring,
     OMP, 5ESS DCS Switching equipment, and FLEXENTTM Cells and FLEXENTTM APC.

6.   Credits shall be used by PURCHASER in the calendar year following the
     calendar year in which the credits are earned. Up to * worth of credits
     each year may be carried forward for a maximum of one additional year.
     Credits not so used shall be lost.

7.   Credits earned by PURCHASER may be applied to purchases of Lucent Wireless
     software, Lucent Series II, Lucent Series II CDMA 850 hardware, Lucent PCS
     hardware, Lucent Switching hardware and software for the ECP, IMS Ring,
     OMP, 5ESS DCS Switching equipment, and FLEXENTTM Cells and FLEXENTTM APC.
     Up to * is available for CDMA digital cooperative advertising. Up to * is
     available for Lucent Technologies training.

8.   Credits shall be earned in the calendar year in which the eligible
     equipment was invoiced and paid for.

9.   SUPPLIER will notify PURCHASER of credits earned under the plan.

10.  Credits shall be earned as set for on the attached schedule.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless     Appendix  A.2.b        Page 1 of 2
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                             Volume Purchase Plan

Total Annual
   Volume                               Total Credit Earned*

*                                            *
*                                            *
*                                            *
*                                            *
*                                            *
*                                            *

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                             *                  *

*                                            *                  *
*                                            *                  *
*                                            *                  *
*                                            *                  *
*                                            *                  *
                                             *                  *
                                         increment          increment

* * VPP is earned from 8-1-00 through 7-31-01; * VPP is earned from 8-1-01
through 12-31-04

Credits will be earned on each * increment rounded down as shown in
the above schedule.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless     Appendix  A.2.b        Page 2 of 2
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                  Appendix B-1

                            FIXED NETWORK EQUIPMENT
                                 SPECIFICATIONS

Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless  Appendix B-1                   Page 1
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                Lucent Technologies
                                                        [GRAPHIC OMITTED]
                                Bell Labs Innovations

Series II and
Series IIe Cell Sites

Technical Specifications
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Lucent Technologies' AUTOPLEX (R) System 1000 Series II cell site is a complete
system containing the radios, amplifiers, and associated equipment for setting
up and completing cellular telephone calls. For rural and smaller metropolitan
markets, the Series IIe provides all the features, reliability and potential of
the Series II in a more economical configuration.

Series II and Series IIe cell sites are based on a modular architecture.
Distributed intelligence makes it easy to add subscribers and migrate to new
digital access technologies. The plug-in modularity of the Series II and Series
IIe makes it simple to add new features as technology changes or customer
service needs increase.

[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

In addition to analog, Series II cell sites support digital technologies
including Time Division Multiple Access (TDMA), Code Division Multiple Access
(CDMA), and Cellular Digital Packet Data (CDPD) wireless data.

Cell Site Transmitter - Analog

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Parameter                                               Specification (see note)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                     <C>
    Frequency Range                                     869-894 MHz Block A = 870-880 MHz
                                                                    Block A' = 890-891.5 MHz
                                                                    Block A" = 869-870 MHz
                                                                    Block B = 880-890 MHz
                                                                    Block B' = 891.5-894 MHz

    Frequency Stability                                 +/-0.01 PPM per year

Output Power (measured at antenna port)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    - Per Modular Linear Amplifier                      160 watts total per MLAC
      Circuit (MLAC) (up to four MLACs
      per Linear Amplifier Frame)
      (seven MLACs maximum per cell site)

    Maximum Analog Radio Channel Units per              200 channels for Series II
    Cell Site (includes setup, locate, and traffic)     176 channels for Series IIe

Number of Transmit Channels per Radio Channel Frame
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    - Primary Frame                                     Up to 56 channels for Series II
                                                        (includes setup and locate functions);
                                                        up to 32 channels for Series IIe

    - Growth Frame (2 maximum)                          Up to 72 channels

    Control Channels                                    21 dedicated control channels in each block A and block B

Modulation
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    - Deviation
      o Speech                                          +/-12 kHz peak
      o SAT                                             +/-2 kHz+/-10%
      o Wideband data                                   +/-8 kHz+/-10%

    - Network Transmission Level                        -24 dBm at 1000 Hz produces +/-2.9 kHz peak deviation,
                                                        input adjustable +3, -15 dB from nominal

    - Carrier Shift                                     500 Hz maximum

    - Frequency Response
      o Data                                            +/-1 dB over the band of 300 Hz to 10 kHz
      o Audio                                           Conforms to 6 dB/octave pre-emphasis characteristic

Noise and Emission
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    - Residual AM                                       5 percent maximum

    - Modulation Noise and Distortion                   5 percent maximum at 1 kHz and 10 percent
                                                        maximum at 10 kHz, with +/-8 kHz deviation

    - Sideband Noise                                    -60 dBc in a 30-kHz bandwidth located 60 kHz
                                                        or more from carrier+

    - Spurious Emissions                                -60 dBc at 60 kHz or more from carrier+

    - Intermodulation Distortion                        At least 60 dB below carrier (per FCC two-tone
                                                        test measurement)+

    - Harmonics                                         At least 60 dB below carrier

    Carrier On-Off Transition Time                      2 ms maximum

    Unkeyed Transmitter Output                          -55 dBm maximum at Radio Channel Unit (RCU) output
</TABLE>

Note: These specifications apply to the transmitter as a system.
+ Or [43 + 10 log [subscript 10] (mean output power per carrier in watts)]
dB below the unmodulated carrier, whichever is the lesser attenuation.

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

Cell Site Receiver - Analog

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Parameter                                               Specification (see note)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                     <C>
    Frequency Range                                     824-849 MHz Block A = 825-835 MHz
                                                                    Block A' = 845-846.5 MHz
                                                                    Block A" = 824-825 MHz
                                                                    Block B = 835-845 MHz
                                                                    Block B' = 846.5-849 MHz

    Diversity Reception                                 All channel units equipped for diversity reception

    RF Sensitivity (12-dB SINAD - C                     -116 dBm nominal signal at antenna cable input
    Message Weighting)                                  to antenna interface frame
                                                        (1-kHz tone, DF = +/-8 kHz peak)*

    Low-Noise Amplifier (LNA)                           1.5 dB
    Maximum Noise Figure

    Selectivity, Adjacent Channel (30 kHz)              16 dB minimum (per IS-20 desensitivity method)

    Selectivity, Alternate Channel (60 kHz)             60 dB minimum (per IS-20 desensitivity method)

    Spurious and Image Rejection                        90 dB

    Intermodulation Distortion                          70 dB

    AM Rejection (80% Modulation)                       -26 dB

    Maximum Total Channel Separation                    No restrictions, including expanded spectrum channels

Audio Frequency Response
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    - Data                                              Flat to within +/-2 dB over a 300-Hz to 10-kHz bandwidth

    - Audio                                             Conforms to 6 dB/octave de-emphasis characteristic

Voice Channels per Radio Frame
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    - Primary Frame                                     Up to 56 channels for Series II+
                                                        Up to 32 channels for Series IIe+

    - Growth Frame (2 maximum)                          Up to 72 channels

    Audio Distortion (SINAD - C                         Total RMS frequency distortion with +/-8 kHz peak deviation
    Message Weighting)                                  and with a 1-kHz modulating tone is less than 5 percent
                                                        using a true RMS reading device

    Receive Signal Strength Indicators                  20 dB per volt slope between -120 dBm and -40 dBm
    (RSSI) (for both branches of 2-branch
    diversity receive)

    Network Transmission Level                          +/-2.9 kHz peak deviation at 1 kHz produces -15 dBm level,
                                                        output adjustable +3, -15 dB from nominal
</TABLE>

Note:  These specifications apply to the receiver as a system.
*   Specification includes low-noise amplifier mounted in antenna interface
    frame. Special tower- mount LNA not required or recommended.
+   Minus the number of channels assigned to setup and locate functions.

Cell Site Transmitter - Time Division Multiple Access (TDMA) Digital

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Parameter                                               Specification (see note)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                     <C>
    Frequency Range                                     869-894 MHz Block A = 870-880 MHz
                                                                    Block A' = 890-891.5 MHz
                                                                    Block A" = 869-870 MHz
                                                                    Block B = 880-890 MHz
                                                                    Block B' = 891.5-894 MHz

    Frequency Stability                                 +/-0.01 PPM per year

Output Power (measured at antenna port)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    - Per Modular Linear Amplifier Circuit              160 watts total per MLAC
      (MLAC) (up to four MLACs per Linear
      Amplifier Frame)(seven MLACs maximum
      per cell site)

    Maximum Capacity                                    Up to 79 Enhanced Digital Radio Units (EDRUs)
                                                        (237 channels) for Series II/IIe
</TABLE>

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

Cell Site Transmitter - Time Division Multiple Access (TDMA) Digital (continued)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Parameter                                               Specification (see note)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                     <C>
Maximum Number of EDRUs per Radio Channel Frame
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    - Primary Frame                                     Up to 23 EDRUs (69 channels) for Series II/IIe

    - 1st Growth Frame                                  Up to 40 EDRUs (120 channels)

    - 2nd Growth Frame                                  Up to 16 EDRUs (48 channels)

    Control Channels                                    21 dedicated control channels in each block A and block B

Modulation
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    - Type                                              pi/4 shifted, differentially encoded quadrature phase
                                                        shift keying (pi/4 DQPSK)

    - Accuracy (per IS-56 standards)
      o RMS Vector Error                                Less than 12.5 percent (nominal 6 percent)
      o Origin Offset in any Burst                      Less than -30 dBc (nominal -34 dBc)
      o Carrier Shift                                   223 Hz maximum

Noise and Emission
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    - Sideband Noise due to Modulation
      o Adjacent Channels                               -26 dBc in either adjacent channel, centered +/-30 kHz
                                                        from carrier frequency
      o Alternate Channels                              -45 dBc in either alternate channel, centered +/-60 kHz
                                                        from carrier frequency

    - Spurious Emission                                 -60 dBc in a 30-kHz bandwidth centered 120 kHz
                                                        or more from the carrier frequency

    - Intermodulation Distortion                        At least 60 dB below carrier
                                                        (per FCC two-tone test measurement)

    - Harmonics                                         At least 60 dB below carrier

    Carrier On/Off Transition Time                      2 ms maximum

    Unkeyed Transmitter Output                          -55 dBm maximum at antenna feeder cable input
</TABLE>

Note: These specifications apply to the transmitter as a system.

Cell Site Receiver - Time Division Multiple Access (TDMA) Digital

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Parameter                                               Specification (see note)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                     <C>
    Frequency Range                                     824-849 MHz Block A = 825-835 MHz
                                                                    Block A' = 845-846.5 MHz
                                                                    Block A" = 824-825 MHz
                                                                    Block B = 835-845 MHz
                                                                    Block B' = 846.5-849 MHz

    Diversity Reception                                 All digital radio channel units are equipped for diversity
                                                        reception

RF Sensitivity (3% Bit Error Rate)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    - Static                                            -110 dBm minimum (-114 dBm nominal) signal
                                                        at antenna cable input to antenna interface frame

    - Faded (8 km/hr and 100 km/hr)                     -103 dBm minimum (-106 dBm nominal) signal
                                                        at antenna cable input to antenna interface frame

    Low-Noise Amplifier (LNA)                           1.5 dB
    Maximum Noise Figure

    Selectivity, Adjacent Channel (30 kHz)              16 dB minimum (per IS-56 desensitivity method)

    Selectivity, Alternate Channel (60 kHz)             45 dB minimum (per IS-56 desensitivity method)

    Spurious and Image Rejection                        60 dB minimum (per IS-56 desensitivity method)

    Intermodulation Distortion                          65 dB minimum (per IS-56 measurement method)

    Maximum Total Channel Separation                    No restrictions, including expanded spectrum channels

    Type of Modulation                                  pi/4 shifted, differentially encoded quadrature phase shift
                                                        keying (pi/4 DQPSK)

Voice Channels per Radio Frame
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    - Primary Frame                                     Up to 69 channels [23 Enhanced Digital Radio Units
                                                        (EDRUs)] for Series II/IIe

    - 1st Growth Frame                                  Up to 120 channels (40 EDRUs)
</TABLE>

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

Cell Site Receiver - Time Division Multiple Access (TDMA) Digital (continued)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Parameter                                               Specification
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Voice Channels per Radio Frame
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                     <C>
    - 2nd Growth Frame                                  Up to 48 channels (16 EDRUs)

    Signal Strength Indicators (SSI)                    -115 dBm to -30 dBm
    Range (for both branches of
    2-branch diversity receive)
</TABLE>

Note: These specifications apply to the receiver as a system.

Cell Site Power Requirements

<TABLE>
Parameter                                               Specification
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AC Power
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                     <C>
    - Input Voltage (see Note 1)                        180 to 264 V AC single-phase* (200/208/220/240 V nominal)

    - Input Frequency (see Note 1)                      47 to 63 Hz (50/60 Hz nominal)

DC Power
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    - Input Voltage Range                               +25 to +27.25 V DC
      (measured at frame input)                         +21 to +25 V DC (reduced MLAC output power)

    - Ground Polarity                                   Negative

    - Maximum Direct Current                            1060 amps peak (fully loaded), 885 amps nominal
                                                        (fully loaded)

    - Ripple and Noise                                  200 mV peak-to-peak

    - Voltage Transients                                +20 to +28 V DC at frame input

    - Voltage Application Stabilization                 Less than 350 ms

Maximum Direct Current
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    - Primary Radio Channel Frame                       125 amps+ peak/109 amps+ nominal for Series II
      (fully loaded)                                    85 amps+ peak/75 amps+ nominal for Series IIe

    - Growth Radio Channel Frame                        114 amps+ peak/102 amps+ nominal
      (fully loaded)

    - Linear Amplifier Frame                            400 amps (100 amps per MLAC) peak
      (up to 4 linear amplifiers)                       324 amps (81 amps per MLAC) nominal circuits (MLACs)

    - Antenna Interface Frame                           6 amps peak/5 amps nominal
      (AIF-0 + AIF-1, 7 antenna faces)

Battery Holdover Time++
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    - 200 channels                                      1/2 hr.
    - 128 channels                                      1 hr.
    - 56 channels                                       2 hrs.

Power Plant Recommended (see Note 2)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    - 1 Primary Radio Channel Frame                     LINEAGE 2000 (R) ECS power plant equipped
     (up to 56 channels)                                with six 100-amp, 1-phase rectifiers

    - 1 Primary Radio Channel Frame                     LINEAGE 2000 ECS power plant equipped
      and 1 Growth Radio Channel Frame                  with eight 100-amp, 1-phase rectifiers
      (up to 128 channels with 4 MLACs)

    - 1 Primary Radio Channel Frame                     LINEAGE 2000 ECS power plant equipped
      and 2 Growth Radio Channel Frames                 with twelve 100-amp, 1-phase rectifiers
      (up to 200 channels with 7 MLACs)
</TABLE>

Note 1: This specification is for the LINEAGE (R) 2000 ECS power plant.
Note 2: The rectifiers recommended are LINEAGE 2000 SR series switch-mode 100
        amp/24 volt. These rectifiers also support the current requirements of
        the associated Linear Amplifier Frame(s) and Antenna Interface Frame(s).
        Rectifier recom-mendation employs an "N+1" configuration, whereby one
        additional rectifier is used above the minimum required. The N+1 factor
        provides redundancy and current capacity to ensure complete charging of
        batteries.
*   Equivalent to standard commercial AC power.
+   Fully loaded frames at 24 V. These numbers reflect Lucent Technologies
    engineering practices to support future Lucent Technologies digital
    products.
++  Using one string of 12 LINEAGE 2000 round cell 1600 amp-hour batteries (80
    percent channel occupancy). Sealed lead acid type batteries with similar
    characteristics are also available.

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

Cell Site Equipment Requirements

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Parameter                                               Specification
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dimensions
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                     <C>
    - Radio Channel Frame                               26"W x 22"D x 81"H (66cm x 56cm x 206cm)
    - Linear Amplifier Frame                            26"W x 22"D x 81"H (66cm x 56cm x 206cm)
    - Antenna Interface Frame                           26"W x 20"D x 84"H (66cm x 51cm x 213cm)
    - LINEAGE 2000 ECS Power Plant                      26"W x 20"D x 84"H (66cm x 51cm x 213cm)
    - Batteries (one string of 12 round                 90"W x 15"D x 76"H (229cm x 38cm x 913cm)
      cells mounted in two tiers)*

Floor Weights (fully equipped)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    - Primary Radio Channel Frame                       800lb. (363kg) for Series II; 700lb. (318kg) for Series IIe
    - Growth Radio Channel Frame                        800lb. (363kg)
    - Linear Amplifier Frame                            1100lb. (499kg)
    - Antenna Interface Frame                           600lb. (272kg)
    - Facilities Interface Frame                        300lb. (136kg)
    - Dehydrator                                        140lb. (64kg)
    - Power Plant (without rectifiers)                  250lb. (113kg)
    - Power Plant [fully configured with                650lb. (295kg)
      12 rectifiers (25lb. or 11kg each),
      distribution panel, and controller]
    - Batteries (per string of 12 round cells)          4350lb. (1973kg)

    Cell Site Grounding+                                Interior/exterior ring ground. Exterior ring must be 18 in.
                                                        (46cm) deep, 2 ft. (61cm) from building. All equipment,
                                                        including the mast, must be tied into ring ground system

    Auxiliary Alarm Ports                               Up to 18 external alarms; can be configured for normally
                                                        open or normally closed

Cell Site Options
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    - Battery Backup                                    Full backup -- minimum of 1/2 hour for full cell site
    - Omni Reception                                    Full or partial
    - Omni Transmission                                 Full or partial
    - Directional Transmission                          2-sector, 3-sector, 4-sector, 5-sector, and 6-sector
    - Antenna and Cable Pressurization                  Pressurized or nonpressurized cables and antennas
    - Modular Cell Site Buildings                       Prefabricated and preintegrated cell sites in transportable
                                                        buildings are available
</TABLE>

*   Sealed lead acid type batteries with similar characteristics are also
    available.
+   Design of cell site grounding system should comply with Lucent Technologies
    standards.

Cell Site Environmental Requirements

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Parameter                                               Specification
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Heat Dissipation (maximum)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                     <C>
    - Primary Radio Channel Frame                       3000 watts per frame for Series II, 2000 watts per
                                                        frame for Series IIe

    - Growth Radio Channel Frame                        3000 watts per frame

    - Linear Amplifier Frame [with full                 9200 watts per frame
      power output (4 MLACS)]

    - Antenna Interface Frame (1 or 2 frames)           240 watts

    - LINEAGE 2000 Power Plant
      o Rectifiers                                      10 percent of total for all other equipment
      o ECS Controller (fully configured)               25 watts

    Storage Temperature                                 -40(degree) F to +140(degree) F (-40(degree) C to +60(degree) C)

    Storage Humidity                                    10 percent to 95 percent*
</TABLE>

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

Cell Site Environmental Requirements (continued)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Parameter                                               Specification
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating Temperature
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                     <C>
    - Normal                                            +41(degree) F to +104(degree) F (+5(degree) C to +40(degree) C)
    - Short-term (not to exceed 3 days                  +32(degree) F to +122(degree) F (0 (degree)C to +50(degree) C)
      at a time and 15 days per year)

Operating Humidity
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    - Normal                                            10 percent to 80 percent
    - Short-term (not to exceed 3 days                  5 percent to 90 percent (non-condensing) (If low-end
      at a time and 15 days per year)                   humidity range is anticipated, electrostatic discharge
                                                        control provisions should be made)

    Cooling Fans                                        Alarmed, individually replaceable, +24V powered
</TABLE>

* Maximum of 0.024 gms H[subscript2]0 per pound of dry air (non-condensing).

Cell Site Capacity

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Parameter                                               Specification
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                     <C>
    Maximum Receivers per Antenna                       200
    (or pair of diversity receive antennas
    - includes setup, locate, and traffic)

    Maximum Setup Channels per Cell Site                8

    Maximum Locating Receivers per Cell Site            10

    Maximum Transmit Channels per Antenna (omni or directional)

          Power Level/Channel                 Number of Analog Channels*
            Full power+                                  12
               -4 dB                                     30
               -8 dB                                     75
              -12 dB                                    108
              -16 dB                                    108
              -20 dB                                    108
              -24 dB                                    108
              -28 dB                                    108

       Maximum Voice Channels               200 minus the number of setup and
       per Cell Site                        locate channels (192 maximum)
</TABLE>

*   These figures are based on a 240-Watt linear amplifier circuit and standard
    RF combining and distribution circuits.
+   Full power is defined as 20 Watts per channel measured at the linear
    amplifier circuit (LAC) output.

Cell Site Antenna

<TABLE>
Parameter                                               Specification
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Antenna Configurations
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                     <C>
    - Omni                                              1 to 7 transmit antennas; 2 receive antennas

    - 3-Sector                                          1 or 2 transmit antennas per sector; 2 receive
                                                        antennas per sector

    - 6-Sector                                          1 transmit antenna per sector; 2 receive antennas per sector

Omnidirectional Antennas
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Power Gain (relative to 1/2-wave dipole)            9.0 dB*

    Length                                              14 ft. (4.3 meters), including mounting

    Diameter                                            3 in. (7.6cm)
</TABLE>

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

Cell Site Antenna (continued)

<TABLE>
Parameter                                               Specification
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Directional Antennas (3-sector)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                     <C>
    - Power Gain (relative to
      1/2-wave dipole)                                  8.0 dB*

Directional Antennas (6-sector)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    - Power Gain (relative to
      1/2-wave dipole)                                  10 dB*

    Ground-Mounted Mast                                 150 ft. (46m), 130 ft. (40m),
    Heights Available                                   100 ft.(30m) [40 psf (1.7kgm[2])
    [highest omni antenna is                            wind loading];
    17 ft.(5.2 meters) higher                           150 ft. (46m), 130 ft. (40m),
    than top of mast]                                   100 ft. (30m), 85 ft. (26m),
                                                        75 ft. (23m), 60 ft. (18m),
                                                        40 ft. (12m) [50 psf (2.1kgm[2])
                                                        wind loading]

    Roof Mast Heights Available                         6 ft. to 40 ft. (1.8m, 3m, 4.6m,
                                                        6m, 7.6m, 9m, 10.6m, 12m)

    Options Available                                   Integrated antenna duplexer
                                                        (combining transmit and one receive path onto same antenna)

                                                        Roof frames

                                                        Frame towers - guyed or unguyed

                                                        Air-dielectric pressurized cable
                                                        with pressurization equipment or
                                                        foam-filled non-pressurized cables

                                                        Side-mounted or top-mounted
                                                        aircraft warning lights

                                                        Fiberglass radome over each
                                                        directional antenna face

                                                        Conduit inside mast for cables may
                                                        be eliminated as an option

                                                        Other antenna mounting
                                                        arrangements
                                                        (designed by Lucent Technologies
                                                        Turnkey Engineering Group)
</TABLE>

* Antenna elements with other gain values are available.

When you want to talk wireless, give us a call.

Our one network solution offers you a total communications system. With Lucent
Technologies' vast experience, dedication to customer satisfaction, and
continuous search for innovations through our Bell Laboratories, we provide
advanced wireless products that can move your network seamlessly into the next
generation.

For more information on Lucent Technologies' wireless communications, please
contact your Lucent Technologies Account Representative or call: 800-344-0223
x7020 (United States) 314-536-1886 (outside United States).

Visit our web site at http://www.lucent.com

AUTOPLEX and LINEAGE are registered trademarks of Lucent Technologies.

This document is for planning purposes only and is not intended to modify or
supplement any specifications or warranties relating to these products or
services.

Copyright (C)1998 Lucent Technologies
All rights reserved.
Printed in U.S.A.

Lucent Technologies
Wireless Market Communications
4594TS NK 2/98

                                        Lucent Technologies
                                                              [GRAPHIC OMITTED]
                                      Bell Labs Innovations

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                        Lucent Technologies
                                                               [GRAPHIC OMITTED]
                                        Bell Labs Innovations

Series IIm
T1/E1 Minicell

Technical Specifications
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Lucent Technologies' AUTOPLEX(R) System 1000 Series IIm T1/E1 Minicell is a
high-power, low-channel-capacity base station. The versatile Series IIm Minicell
supports up to 21 analog voice channels for wide coverage in rural and suburban
areas. It can also fill in dead spots in metropolitan areas. Each small,
self-contained unit runs on AC or DC power and can be configured for indoor or
outdoor use.

[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

Standard features include high power amplifiers, an embedded 24 V power plant
with a 10-minute battery backup, a redundant controller and flexible filter
arrangements. The Series IIm Minicell connects directly to the Mobile Switching
Center (MSC) via T1, E1, or microwave facilities. In addition to analog, the
Series IIm Minicell currently supports Time Division Multiple Access (TDMA) and
Cellular Digital Packet Data (CDPD) wireless data. Code Division Multiple Access
(CDMA) support is planned for spring 1998.

Transmit Path - Analog

<TABLE>
Parameter                                        Specification (see note)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                              <C>        <C>   <C>
    Frequency Range                              869-894 MHz Block A = 870-880 MHz
                                                             Block A' = 890-891.5 MHz
                                                             Block A" = 869-870 MHz
                                                             Block B = 880-890 MHz
                                                             Block B' = 891.5-894 MHz

    Frequency Stability                          +/-0.01 PPM per year

    Output Power                                 26 watts (44.1 +1, -2 dBm) per channel at antenna port
    (630 kHz miminum channel spacing)            over full environmental range

    Maximum Radio Channel Units per Frame        9 RCUs
    (includes setup, locate, and voice)

    Number of Transmit Channels per Frame        8 channels (includes setup and voice functions)

    Control Channels                             21 dedicated control channels in each block A and block B

 Modulation
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    - Deviation                                  +/-12 kHz peak
                                                 o Speech         +/-12 kHz peak
                                                 o SAT            +/-2 kHz+/-10%
                                                 o Wideband data  +/-8 kHz+/-10%

    - Sensitivity                                -21 dBm at 1000 Hz produces +/-2.9 kHz peak deviation
                                                 adjustable +3, -15 dB from nominal

    - Carrier Shift                              500 Hz maximum

    - Frequency Response                         +/-1 dB over the band of 300 Hz to 10 kHz

Noise and Emission
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    - Residual AM                                5 percent maximum

    - Modulation Noise and Distortion            5 percent maximum at 1 kHz and 10 percent maximum
                                                 at 10 kHz, with +/-8 kHz deviation

    - Sideband Noise                             -60 dBc in a 30-kHz bandwidth located 60 kHz
                                                 or more from carrier*

    - Spurious Emissions                         -60 dBc at 60 kHz or more from carrier*

    - Intermodulation Distortion                 At least 60 dB below carrier (per FCC two-tone
                                                 test measurement)

    - Harmonics                                  At least 60 dB below carrier

    Carrier On-Off Transition Time               2 ms maximum

    Unkeyed Transmitter Output                   -55 dBm maximum at Radio Channel Unit output

</TABLE>

Note: These specifications apply to the transmitter as a system.
* Or [43 + 10 log 10 (mean output power per carrier in watts)] dB below the
  unmodulated carrier, whichever is the lesser attenuation.

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

Receive Path - Analog

<TABLE>
Parameter                                        Specification (see note)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                              <C>        <C>
    Frequency Range                              824-849 MHz Block A = 825-835 MHz
                                                             Block A' = 845-846.5 MHz
                                                             Block A" = 824-825 MHz
                                                             Block B = 835-845 MHz
                                                             Block B' = 846.5-849 MHz

    Diversity Reception                          All channel units equipped for diversity reception

    RF Sensitivity (12-dB SINAD - C              -120 dBm nominal signal at antenna cable input
    Message Weighting)                           (1-kHz tone, AEF = +/-8 kHz peak)

    Receive Maximum Noise Figure                 5.0 dB

    Selectivity, Adjacent Channel (30 kHz)       16 dB minimum (per IS-20 desensitivity method)

    Selectivity, Alternate Channel (60 kHz)      60 dB minimum (per IS-20 desensitivity method)

    Spurious and Image Rejection                 90 dB

    Intermodulation Distortion                   70 dB

    AM Rejection (80% Modulation)                -26 dB

    Maximum Total Channel Separation             No restrictions, including expanded spectrum channels

Audio Frequency Response
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    - Data                                       Flat to within +/-2 dB over a 300-Hz to 10-kHz bandwidth

    - Audio                                      Conforms to 6 dB/octave de-emphasis characteristic

    Audio Distortion (SINAD - C                  Total RMS frequency distortion with +/-8 kHz peak deviation
    Message Weighting)                           and with a 1-kHz modulating tone is less than 5 percent
                                                 using a true RMS reading device

    Signal Strength Indicators (SSI)             20 dB per volt slope between -120 dBm and -40 dBm
    (for both branches of 2-branch
    diversity receive)
</TABLE>

 Note: These specifications apply to the receiver as a system.

Transmit Path - TDMA Digital

<TABLE>
Parameter                                        Specification (see note)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                              <C>        <C>
    Frequency Range                              869-894 MHz Block A = 870-880 MHz
                                                             Block A' = 890-891.5 MHz
                                                             Block A" = 869-870 MHz
                                                             Block B = 880-890 MHz
                                                             Block B' = 891.5-894 MHz

    Frequency Stability                          +/-0.01 PPM per year

    Output Power                                 26 watts (44.1 +1, -2 dBm) per channel at the antenna port
    (630 kHz minimum channel spacing)            over full environmental range

    Maximum EDRUs per Frame                      9 EDRUs

    Number of Transmit Channels per Frame        24 TDMA channels*

    Analog Control Channels                      21 dedicated control channels in each block A and block B

Modulation
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    - Type                                       pi/4 shifted, differentially encoded quadrature
                                                 phase shift keying (pi/4 DQPSK)
    - Accuracy (per IS-56 standards)
      o RMS Vector Error                         Less than 12.5 percent (nominal 6 percent)
      o Origin Offset in any Burst               Less than -30 dBc (nominal -34 dBc)
      o Carrier Shift                            223 Hz maximum
</TABLE>

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

Transmit Path - TDMA Digital (continued)

<TABLE>
Parameter                                        Specification (see note)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                              <C>
Noise and Emission
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    - Sideband Noise due to Modulation
      o Adjacent Channels                        -26 dBc in either adjacent channel, centered +/-30 kHz
                                                 from carrier frequency
      o Alternate Channels                       -45 dBc in either alternate channel, centered +/-60 kHz
                                                 from carrier frequency

    - Spurious Emissions                         -60 dBc in a 30-kHz bandwidth centered 120 kHz or more
                                                 from the carrier frequency

    - Intermodulation Distortion                 At least 60 dB below carrier (per FCC two-tone test
                                                 measurement)

    - Harmonics                                  At least 60 dB below carrier

    Carrier On-Off Transition Time               2 ms maximum

    Unkeyed Transmitter Output                   -55 dBm maximum at Digital Radio Unit output
</TABLE>

Note: These specifications apply to the transmitter as a system.
*  Includes voice, setup and test radios.

Receive Path - TDMA Digital Parameter

<TABLE>
Parameter                                        Specification (see note)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                              <C>        <C>
    Frequency Range                              824-849 MHz Block A = 825-835 MHz
                                                             Block A' = 845-846.5 MHz
                                                             Block A" = 824-825 MHz
                                                             Block B = 835-845 MHz
                                                             Block B' = 846.5-849 MHz

    Diversity Reception                          All channel units equipped for diversity reception

    RF Sensitivity (3% Bit Error Rate)
    - Static                                     -110 dBm minimum (-114 dBm nominal) signal at antenna
                                                 cable input to receive filter panel
    - Faded (8 km/hr and 100 km/hr)              -103 dBm minimum (-106 dBm nominal) signal at antenna
                                                 cable input to receive filter panel

    Selectivity, Adjacent Channel (30 kHz)       16 dB minimum (per IS-56 desensitivity method)

    Selectivity, Alternate Channel (60 kHz)      45 dB minimum (per IS-56 desensitivity method)

    Spurious and Image Rejection                 60 dB minimum (per IS-56 desensitivity method)

    Intermodulation Distortion                   65 dB minimum (per IS-56 desensitivity method)

    Maximum Total Channel Separation             No restrictions, including expanded spectrum channels

    Type of Modulation                           pi/4 shifted, differentially encoded quadrature phase shift
                                                 keying (pi/4 DQPSK)

    Signal Strength Indicators (SSI) Range       -115 dBm to -30 dBm
    (for both branches of 2-branch
    diversity receive)
</TABLE>

 Note: These specifications apply to the receiver as a system.

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

Equipment Specifications

<TABLE>
<S>                                       <C>                          <C>                       <C>
                                          AC Outdoor                   AC Indoor                 DC Indoor
Parameter                                  Cabinet                      Cabinet                   Cabinet
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Height                                80" (203cm)                  80" (203cm)               65" (165cm)
    Width                                 28" (71cm)                   28" (71cm)                26" (66cm)
    Depth                                 28" (71cm)*                  25" (64cm)                22" (56cm)
    Approx. Weight                        1088lb. (493kg)              1100lb. (499kg)           500lb. (227kg)
    Input Power (Amps/Volts+)             14/220 AC                    12/220 AC                 110/24 DC

Maximum Single Board Radio Channel Units (SBRCUs)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Voice                                      7                          7                             7
    Setup                                      1                          1                             1
    Locate                                     1                          1                             1

Enhanced Digital Radio Units (EDRUs)++
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Maximum EDRUs**                            9                          9                             9
    Maximum Voice Channels**                  24                         24                            24
    Application Code                          WA
</TABLE>

+   AC voltage is 180 to 264 volts, 47 to 63 Hz, single-phase, 60-amp service.
    DC voltage is 25 to 27 volts (21 to 25 volts with reduced RF power output).
++  Combinations of EDRU and SBRCU are permitted.
*   Footprint depth is 21 in. (53 cm)
**  See "Transmit Path - TDMA Digital" footnote on preceding page.

Environmental Specifications

<TABLE>
Parameter                                        Specification
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Outdoor
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                              <C>
    - Temperature Range                          -40(degree) F to +115(degree) F (-40(degree) C to +46(degree) C)
    - Humidity Range                             10 percent to 100 percent

Indoor
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    - Temperature Range
      o Normal                                   +41(degree) F to +100(degree) F (+5(degree) C to +38(degree) C)
      o Short-term*                              +36(degree) F to +120(degree) F (+2(degree) C to +49(degree) C)

    - Humidity Range
      o Normal                                   20 percent to 55 percent
      o Short-term*                              10 percent to 80 percent
</TABLE>

 * Not to exceed 3 days at a time and 15 days per year.

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

When you want to talk wireless, give us a call.

Our one network solution offers you a total communications system. With Lucent
Technologies' vast experience, dedication to customer satisfaction, and
continuous search for innovations through our Bell Laboratories, we provide
advanced wireless products that can move your network seamlessly into the next
generation.

For more information on Lucent Technologies' wireless communications, please
contact your Lucent Technologies Account Representative or call: 800-344-0223
x7020 (United States) 314-536-1886 (outside United States).

Visit our web site at http://www.lucent.com

AUTOPLEX is a registered trademark of Lucent Technologies.

This document is for planning purposes only and is not intended to modify or
supplement any specifications or warranties relating to these products or
services.

Copyright (C)1998 Lucent Technologies
All rights reserved.
Printed in U.S.A.

Lucent Technologies
Wireless Market Communications
4760TS NK 2/98

Lucent Technologies
                        [GRAPHIC OMITTED]
Bell Labs Innovations

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                Lucent Technologies
                                                         [GRAPHIC OMITTED]
                                Bell Labs Innovations

Series IImm
T1/E1 Microcell

Technical Specifications
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Lucent Technologies' AUTOPLEX (R) System 1000 Series IImm T1/E1 Microcell is a
low to mid-power, high-channel-capacity base station with a controlled Radio
Frequency (RF) propagation range and high-density frequency reuse. The versatile
Series IImm Microcell supports up to 59 analog voice channels, and can extend
coverage in tunnels and other RF dead spots, as well as malls and airports when
additional capacity is required. Each small, self-contained unit runs on AC or
DC power and can be configured for indoor or outdoor use.

[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

Standard features include a power amplifier, an embedded 24 V power plant with a
10-minute battery backup, a redundant controller and flexible filter
arrangements. The Series IImm Microcell connects directly to the Mobile
Switching Center (MSC) via T1, E1, or microwave facilities. In addition to
analog, the Series IImm Microcell supports Time Division Multiple Access (TDMA)
and Cellular Digital Packet Data (CDPD) wireless data. Code Division Multiple
Access (CDMA) support is planned for spring 1998.

Transmit Path - Analog

<TABLE>
Parameter                                        Specification (see note)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                              <C>         <C>        <C>
    Frequency Range                              869-894 MHz Block A = 870-880 MHz
                                                             Block A' = 890-891.5 MHz
                                                             Block A" = 869-870 MHz
                                                             Block B = 880-890 MHz
                                                             Block B' = 891.5-894 MHz

    Frequency Stability                          +/-0.01 PPM per year

Output Power (measured at antenna port)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    - Standard Configuration                     10 watts total per amplifier

    - High Power Option                          60 watts total per amplifier*

    Maximum Radio Channel Units per Frame        21 channels (assumes Single Board Radio Channel Unit)
    (includes setup, locate, and voice)

    Number of Transmit Channels per Frame        Up to 20 channels (includes setup and voice functions)

    Control Channels                             21 dedicated control channels in each block A and block B

Modulation
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    -Deviation                                   +/-12 kHz peak
                                                 o Speech               +/-12 kHz peak
                                                 o SAT                  +/-2 kHz +/-10%
                                                 o Wideband data        +/-8 kHz +/-10%

    - Sensitivity                                -21 dBm at 1000 Hz produces +/-2.9 kHz peak deviation
                                                 adjustable +3, -15 dB from nominal

    - Carrier Shift                              500 Hz maximum

    - Frequency Response                         +/-1 dB over the band of 300 Hz to 10 kHz

Noise and Emission
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    - Residual AM                                5 percent maximum

    - Modulation Noise and Distortion            5 percent maximum at 1 kHz and 10 percent
                                                 maximum at 10 kHz, with +/-8 kHz deviation

    - Sideband Noise                             -60 dBc in a 30-kHz bandwidth located 60 kHz
                                                 or more from carrier**

    - Spurious Emissions                         -54 dBc at 60 kHz or more from carrier

    - Intermodulation Distortion                 At least 54 dB below carrier
                                                 (per FCC two-tone test measurement)

    - Harmonics                                  At least 54 dB below carrier

    Carrier On-Off Transition Time               2 ms maximum

    Unkeyed Transmitter Output                   -55 dBm maximum at Radio Channel Unit output
</TABLE>

Note: These specifications apply to the transmitter as a system.
*   When equipped with the External Transmit Amplifier (XTA).
**  Or [43 + 10 log[subscript 10] (mean output power per carrier in watts)] dB
    below the unmodulated carrier, whichever is the lesser attenuation.

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

Receive Path - Analog

<TABLE>
Parameter                                        Specification (see note)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                              <C>         <C>
    Frequency Range                              824-849 MHz Block A = 825-835 MHz
                                                             Block A' = 845-846.5 MHz
                                                             Block A" = 824-825 MHz
                                                             Block B = 835-845 MHz
                                                             Block B' = 846.5-849 MHz

    Diversity Reception                          All channel units equipped for diversity reception

    RF Sensitivity (12-dB SINAD - C              -120 dBm nominal signal at antenna cable input
    Message Weighting)                           (1-kHz tone, (delta)F = +/-8 kHz peak)

    Receive Maximum Noise Figure                 5.0 dB

    Selectivity, Adjacent Channel (30 kHz)       16 dB minimum (per IS-20 desensitivity method)

    Selectivity, Alternate Channel (60 kHz)      60 dB minimum (per IS-20 desensitivity method)

    Spurious and Image Rejection                 90 dB

    Intermodulation Distortion                   70 dB

    AM Rejection (80% Modulation)                -26 dB

    Maximum Total Channel Separation             No restrictions, including expanded spectrum channels

Audio Frequency Response
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    - Data                                       Flat to within +/-2 dB over a 300-Hz to 10-kHz bandwidth

    - Audio                                      Conforms to 6 dB/octave de-emphasis characteristic

    Audio Distortion (SINAD - C                  Total RMS frequency distortion with +/-8 kHz peak deviation
    Message Weighting)                           and with a 1-kHz modulating tone is less than 5 percent
                                                 using a true RMS reading device

    Signal Strength Indicators (SSI) (for both   20 dB per volt slope between -120 dBm and -40 dBm
    branches of 2-branch diversity receive)
</TABLE>

Note: These specifications apply to the receiver as a system.

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

Transmit Path - TDMA Digital

<TABLE>
Parameter                                        Specification (see note)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                              <C>         <C>
    Frequency Range                              869-894 MHz Block A = 870-880 MHz
                                                             Block A' = 890-891.5 MHz
                                                             Block A" = 869-870 MHz
                                                             Block B = 880-890 MHz
                                                             Block B' = 891.5-894 MHz

    Frequency Stability                          +/-0.01 PPM per year

Output Power (measured at antenna port)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    - Standard Configuration                     10 watts total per amplifier

    - High Power Option                          60 watts total per amplifier*

    Maximum EDRUs per Frame                      9 primary, 11 growth*

    Number of Transmit Channels per Frame        24 primary**, 27 growth**

    Analog Control Channels                      21 dedicated control channels in each block A and block B

Modulation
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    - Type                                       pi/4 shifted, differentially encoded quadrature phase
                                                 shift keying (pi/4 DQPSK)

    - Accuracy (per IS-56 standards)
      o RMS Vector Error                         Less than 12.5 percent (nominal 6 percent)
      o Origin Offset in any Burst               Less than -30 dBc (nominal -34 dBc)
      o Carrier Shift                            223 Hz maximum

Noise and Emission
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    - Sideband Noise due to Modulation
      o Adjacent Channels                        -26 dBc in either adjacent channel, centered +/-30 kHz
                                                 from carrier frequency
      o Alternate Channels                       -45 dBc in either alternate channel, centered +/-60 kHz
                                                 from carrier frequency

    - Spurious Emissions                         -54 dBc in a 30-kHz bandwidth centered 120 kHz
                                                 or more from the carrier frequency

    - Intermodulation Distortion                 At least 54 dB below carrier (per FCC two-tone
                                                 test measurement)

    - Harmonics                                  At least 54 dB below carrier

    Carrier On-Off Transition Time               2 ms maximum

    Unkeyed Transmitter Output                   -55 dBm maximum at antenna feeder cable input
</TABLE>

Note: These specifications apply to the transmitter as a system.
*   When equipped with the External Transmit Amplifier (XTA).
**  Includes voice, setup, and test radios.

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

Receive Path - TDMA Digital

<TABLE>
Parameter                                        Specification (see note)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                              <C>         <C>
    Frequency Range                              824-849 MHz Block A = 825-835 MHz
                                                             Block A' = 845-846.5 MHz
                                                             Block A" = 824-825 MHz
                                                             Block B = 835-845 MHz
                                                             Block B' = 846.5-849 MHz

    Diversity Reception                          All channel units equipped for diversity reception

RF Sensitivity (3% Bit Error Rate)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    - Static                                     -110 dBm minimum (-114 dBm nominal) signal
                                                 at antenna cable input to receive filter panel

    - Faded (8 km/hr and 100 km/hr)              -103 dBm minimum (-106 dBm nominal) signal
                                                 at antenna cable input to receive filter panel

    Selectivity, Adjacent Channel (30 kHz)       16 dB minimum (per IS-56 desensitivity method)

    Selectivity, Alternate Channel (60 kHz)      45 dB minimum (per IS-56 desensitivity method)

    Spurious and Image Rejection                 60 dB minimum (per IS-56 desensitivity method)

    Intermodulation Distortion                   65 dB minimum (per IS-56 desensitivity method)

    Maximum Total Channel Separation             No restrictions, including expanded spectrum channels

    Type of Modulation                           pi/4 shifted, differentially encoded quadrature phase shift
                                                 keying (pi/4 DQPSK)

    Signal Strength Indicators (SSI) Range       -115 dBm to -30 dBm
    (for both branches of 2-branch
    diversity receive)
</TABLE>

Note: These specifications apply to the receiver as a system.

Equipment Specifications

<TABLE>
<S>                                       <C>                          <C>                       <C>
                                          AC Outdoor                   AC Indoor                 DC Indoor
Parameter                                  Cabinet                      Cabinet                   Cabinet
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Height                                80" (203cm)                  78" (198cm)               60" (152cm)
    Width                                 28" (71cm)                   28" (71cm)                26" (66cm)
    Depth                                 28" (71cm)*                  25" (64cm)                22" (56cm)
    Approx. Weight                        943lb. (428kg)               950lb. (431kg)            400lb. (181kg)
    Input Power (Amps/Volts+)             12/220 AC                    10/220 AC                 90/24 DC

Maximum Single Board Radio Channel Units (SBRCUs)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Voice                                     19                          19                            19
    Setup                                      1                           1                             1
    Locate                                     1                           1                             1

Enhanced Digital Radio Units (EDRUs)++
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Maximum EDRUs**                            9                          9                             9
    Maximum Voice Channels**                  24                         24                            24

Application Code
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Series IImm T1/E1 Microcell               WD
</TABLE>

+   AC voltage is 180 to 264 volts, 47 to 63 Hz, single-phase, 60-amp service.
    DC voltage is 25 to 27 volts (21 to 25 volts with reduced RF power output).
++  Combinations of EDRU and SBRCU are permitted.
*   Footprint depth is 21" (53cm).
**  See "Transmit Path - TDMA

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

Environmental Specifications

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Parameter                                        Specification
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Outdoor
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                               <C>
    - Temperature Range                          -40(degree)F to +115(degree)F (-40(degree)C to +46(degree)C)
    - Humidity Range                             10 percent to 100 percent

Indoor
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    - Temperature Range
      o Normal                                   +41(degree)F to +100(degree)F (+5(degree)C to +38(degree)C)
      o Short-term*                              +36(degree)F to +120(degree)F (+2(degree)C to +49(degree)C)

    - Humidity Range
      o Normal                                   20 percent to 55 percent
      o Short-term*                              10 percent to 80 percent
</TABLE>

* Not to exceed 3 days at a time and 15 days per year.

When you want to talk wireless, give us a call.

Our one network solution offers you a total communications system. With Lucent
Technologies' vast experience, dedication to customer satisfaction, and
continuous search for innovations through our Bell Laboratories, we provide
advanced wireless products that can move your network seamlessly into the next
generation.

For more information on Lucent Technologies' wireless communications, please
contact your Lucent Technologies Account Representative or call: 800-344-0223
x7020 (United States) 314-536-1886 (outside United States).

Visit our web site at http://www.lucent.com

AUTOPLEX is a registered trademark of Lucent Technologies.

This document is for planning purposes only and is not intended to modify or
supplement any specifications or warranties relating to these products or
services.

Copyright (C)1998 Lucent Technologies
All rights reserved.
Printed in U.S.A.

Lucent Technologies
Wireless Market Communications
4761TS NK 2/98

Lucent Technologies
                        [GRAPHIC OMITTED]
Bell Labs Innovations

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

---------------------------------------------
                          Lucent Technologies [LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES LOGO OMITTED]
                        Bell Labs Innovations

                             Cellular CDMA Double
                             Density Growth Frame

 [GRAPHIC OMITTED]

         Technical Specifications
         ------------------------

         Lucent Technologies' Cellular Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA)
         Double Density Growth Frame provides maximum CDMA growth capabilities
         in a compact design package. Up to four CDMA carriers in a 3-sector
         configuration can be supported in a single frame, making the product
         particularly useful in high growth markets requiring multiple CDMA
         carriers.

         The Double Density Growth Frame adds CDMA functionality to both new
         and existing cell sites. It supports existing 850 MHz CDMA hardware
         products, thereby protecting customer investment. It serves as a CDMA
         growth frame for both the Series II product line and the Cellular CDMA
         Minicell product.

-----------------------------------------------

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

When used with the Cellular CDMA Minicell, the Double Density Growth Frame
provides a CDMA-only base station. This means the customer can start with an
entry level cell site with one carrier. With the addition of the Double Density
Growth Frame, three additional CDMA carriers will be supported -- up to a
maximum of four.

When used with the Series II macro cell, the Double Density Growth Frame adds
CDMA functionality to the analog cell. It may also be added to a Series II
macro cell site where CDMA coverage is already provided by the 2-carrier
Series II CDMA Growth Frame.

Like the Series II products, the Double Density Growth Frame utilizes the
Linear Amplifier Frame (LAF) and is designed for indoor applications.

Cellular CDMA Double Density Growth Frame

Parameter                          Specifications
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Physical Channel                   120 per CDMA Radio Complex (CRC)
  Elements                           480 per frame (4 CRCs)
  Configurations                     Omni (1-3 carriers), 2 or 3 sector
                                     (1-4 carriers), 6 sector (1 carrier)
                                     Note: the 6 sector requires 2 Linear
                                     Amplifier Frames (LAFs)
  Vocoder Rates                      13 Kbps,8 Kbps
  Operating Temperature              +5(degree)C to +38(degree)C
  (Indoor only)                      (+41(degree)F to +100(degree)F)
  Humidity Range                     20% to 55%
  Altitude                           200 feet (61m) below and 10,000 feet
                                     (3,050m) above sea level
  Dimensions                         26.125"W x 23"D x 81.25"H
                                     (66.4cm x 58.4cm x 206.4cm)
  Weight - Maximum
  configuration (Estimated)          900 lb. (408.6 kg)
  Options                            CDMA Radio Test Unit (CRTU)

Power Specifications
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Voltage                            +24 VDC
  Range                              >= +19.0 VDC to <= +28.5 VDC

Application Code
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Double Density
  Growth Frame                       H4

 When you want to talk wireless, give us a call.

 Our one network solution offers you a total communications system. With Lucent
 Technologies' vast experience, dedication to customer satisfaction, and
 continuous search for innovations through our Bell Laboratories, we provide
 advanced wireless products that can move your network seamlessly into the next
 generation.

 For more information on Lucent Technologies' wireless communications, please
 contact your Lucent Technologies Account Representative or call:
 800-344-0223 x7020 (United States) 314-536-1886 (outside United States).

 Visit our web site at http://www.lucent.com

 This document is for planning purposes only and is not
 intended to modify or supplement any specifications or
 warranties relating to these products or services.

Copyright(C) 1998 Lucent Technologies
All rights reserved.
Printed in U.S.A.

Lucent Technologies
Wireless Market Communications
5653TS NK 2/98

                          Lucent Technologies [LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES LOGO OMITTED]
                        Bell Labs Innovations

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                           Lucent Technologies
                                                               [GRAPHIC OMITTED]
                                         Bell Labs Innovations

                              Compact Cellular
                         Digital Packet Data
                    (CDPD) Base Station

                         Technical Specifications
                         -------------------------------------------------------

                         Lucent Technologies' Compact Mobile Data Base Station
                         (CMDBS) is used to fill coverage gaps and provide data
                         service in small, high-density areas. Its small size
                         (5 1/4 inches high) makes it ideal for seamless CDPD
                         coverage in areas where a full-size base station is
                         not feasible. It contains a single Radio Frequency
                         (RF) channel and operates at low or medium power.

                         The CMDBS can be used in any of the following areas:

                         o    small, high-density areas such as office and
                              terminal buildings or campus environments

                         o    small locations where RF propagation is obstructed
                              -- ie, canyons ordense downtown areas.

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                   <C>                                <C>
The CMDBS is fully compliant          System (NMS). Flexible, modular     SIM modules support installation
with CDPD 1.0 and 1.1. Because        design, coupled with integration    and integration with a wide range
the hardware/software platform        of external equipment, makes        of Advance Mobile Phone System
is derived from Lucent's full-size    CMDBS readily deployable in a       (AMPS) mini/microcell vendor
MDBS, it retains the MDBS'            wide variety of environments.       equipment. This simplifies
superior RF performance and                                               installation significantly because
seamless interfaces to the Mobile     A key integrated component of       the CMDBS is no longer dependent
Data Intermediate System (MDIS)       the CMDBS is a Site Interface       on AMPS RF front-end equipment.
and Network Management                Module (SIM) which provides RF
                                      front-end equipment for CDPD.
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<S>                                     <C>                                         <C>
CDPD Functionality
Parameter                               Specification
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AMPS frequency coverage                 TX: 869-894 MHz
                                        RX: 824-849 MHz
                                        Receive diversity
Antenna configuration                   Omni or diversity
Channel data rate                       19.2 kbps
RF output power                         Different configurations
                                        adjustable to 1mW or 3 W
CDPD 1.0 and 1.1 specifications compliant
AMPS RF sniffer to channel hopping
Receiver low noise amplifiers

Hardware Interfaces
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------    When you want to talk wireless,
Network Terminal Interface              T1 (E1 available) interface                 give us a call.
Line Rate                               1.544 Mbps
Framing                                 Superframe/Extended                         Our one network solution offers you a
                                        Superframe/Ericsson                         total communications system. With Lucent
T1 In/Out                               DB-15                                       Technologies' vast experience, dedication
DTE multiple rates (V.35/RS-232)        DB-25                                       to customer satisfaction, and
Utility Port                            Asynchronous RS-232 type                    continuous search for innovations through
                                        serial interface used for                   our Bell Laboratories, we provide
                                        on-site maintenance and                     advanced wireless products that can move
                                        control (DB-9)                              your network seamlessly into the next
RF Interfaces                           Tx, Rxrm, Rxd, and Sniffer                  generation.
                                        (TNC)
                                                                                    For more information on Lucent
Power Environment                                                                   Technologies' wireless communications,
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------    please contact your Lucent Technologies
     +24 Vdc (200 watts) or 115 Vac     50/60 Hz, single phase power                Account Representative or call:
                                        (275 watts)                                 800-344-0223 x7020 (United States)
                                                                                    314-536-1886 (outside United States).
Operating System
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------    Visit our web site at
Operating Temperature                   +32(degree) to +120(degree) F (0(degree)    http://www.lucent.com Weight
                                        to +50(degree) C)
Non-Operating Temperature               -40(degree) to +151(degree) F               This document is for planning purposes
                                        (-40(degree) to +66(degree) C)              only and is not intended to modify or
Operating Humidity                      20% to 75%                                  supplement any specifications or
Non-Operating Humidity                  10% to 95%                                  warranties relating to these products or
Operating Altitude                      200 ft. below sea level to                  services.
                                        13,000 ft. above sea level
                                        (61 m below sea level to                    Copyright (C)1998 Lucent Technologies
                                        3,962 m above sea level.)                   All rights reserved.
Dimensions                              5.25"H x 17.0"W x 14.0"D                    Printed in U.S.A.
                                        (13.5cm x 43.1cm x 35.6cm)
Weight                                  30lb. basic unit (13.6kg)                   Lucent Technologies
                                                                                    Wireless Market Communications
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------    5638TS NK 2/98

                                                                                      Lucent Technologies
                                                                                                           [GRAPHIC OMITTED]
                                                                                    Bell Labs Innovations
</TABLE>

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                           Lucent Technologies
                                                               [GRAPHIC OMITTED]
                                         Bell Labs Innovations

                              Cellular Digital Packet
                              Data (CDPD) Systems

                         Technical Specifications
                         -------------------------------------------------------

                         Lucent Technologies' Cellular Digital Packet
                         Data (CDPD) provides affordable high-speed
                         wireless data communications using existing
                         voice channels or dedicated data channels.
                         When used as an overlay on cellular
                         Advanced Mobile Phone Service (AMPS) or
                         other voice services, CDPD supports packet
                         data transmission over the same frequencies
                         without affecting the quality or quantity of
                         the voice traffic. Modular and flexible, CDPD
                         can coexist with Time Division Multiple
                         Access (TDMA) and Code Division Multiple
                         Access (CDMA) technologies on dedicated
                         channels.

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                     <C>                                         <C>
Lucent Technologies' CDPD System         Network Port                               Operating Humidity
consists of three components             --------------------------------------     (non-condensing)
                                         The Network Port is the 56 Kbps            20% to 75%
o Mobile Data Base Station (MDBS) -      v.35 or RS-232 interface
  Provides radio access, spectrum        between the MDBS and Mobile                Non-Operating
  monitoring and automatic channel       Data Intermediate System                   -40(degree) F to +140(degree) F
  hopping.                               (MDIS). The Network Port                   (-40(degree) C to +60(degree) C)
                                         can be duplexed for additional
o Mobile Data Intermediate System -      reliability in dual Control                Non-Operating Humidity
  Handles authentication, billing        Computer configurations.                   10% to 95%
  data collection, packet switching,
  and gateway services to landline       Utility Port                               Operating Altitude
  data networks.                         --------------------------------------     200 feet (61m) below sea level
                                         The Utility Port Interface is an           to 13,000 feet (3,962m)
o Network Management System (NMS) -      asynchronous RS-232 type                   above sea level
  Controls network configuration,        serial interface that is used for
  provides network monitoring, fault     local (i.e. on-site) configuration         Earthquake
  and performance management, and        and control. The Transceiver               Meets Bellcore Zone
  diagnostic analysis.                   Bank is configured as a Data               4 requirements
                                         Terminal Equipment (DTE)
Mobile Data Base                         interface.                                 Weight
Station                                                                             ---------------------------------
                                         Fault Alarm Contact Closures               Transceiver Bank
Capacity                                 --------------------------------------     42lb. (19.1kg) with
--------------------------------------   The Transceiver Bank contains              all slots occupied; 18lb.
o Six Modems/Transceivers per            one fault alarm contact closure            (8.2kg) chassis only
  Transceiver Bank                       pair for each Control Computer
                                         slot. A fault alarm contact pair           High Gain Amplification
o Two Control Computers per              closes when any fatal fault is             42lb. (19.1kg) with all slots
  Transceiver Bank                       detected by a Control Computer.            occupied; 15lb. (6.8kg)
                                                                                    chassis only
o Two Power Supplies per Transceiver     Power Requirements
  Bank                                   --------------------------------------     Distribution Unit
                                         A fully loaded (all slots occupied         Depends on Configuration
o Three High Gain Amplification units    and powered) Transceiver Bank
  (HGA) per HGA Chassis                  requires approximately 20 amps             Size
                                         of current at 24 V DC. A fully             ---------------------------------
o Two High Gain Amplification Chassis    loaded (all slots occupied                 Transceiver Bank
  per Transceiver Bank                   and powered) High Gain                     19.25"H x 17.2"W x 23"D
                                         Amplification Chassis requires             (48.9cm x 43.7cm x 53.4cm)
o 19.2 Kbps per channel raw data rate    18 amps of current at 24 V DC.
                                                                                    High Gain
                                         Environment                                Amplification Chassis
                                         --------------------------------------     8.75"H x 17.2"W x 24.25"D
                                         Operating temperature                      (22.2cm x 43.7cm x 61.6cm)
                                         +32(degree) F to +122(degree) F
                                         (0(degree) C to +50(degree) C)             Distribution Unit
                                                                                    Depends on Configuration
</TABLE>

Mobile Data Interface System (MDIS) Complex
Parameter                                Specification
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MDIS Server Module SPARC(1) Processor
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Model                                  UltraSPARC(1)
  Software
  Operating System                       Solaris(2) 2.6

MDIS Frames
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Server Modules                         1-2 Administrative Servers
  Drive Array Modules                    1-8 Packet Servers

Environment
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Operating Environment
  Temperature                            +32(degree) F to +122(degree) F
                                         (0(degree) C to +50(degree) C)
  Relative Humidity                      20%-80% non-condensing
  Shock                                  5Gs @ 10 ms duration
  Vibration                              1G RMS 0-1 KHz (Zone 4)

  Non-Operating Environment
  Temperature                            +68(degree) F to +149(degree) F
                                         (+20(degree) C to +65(degree) C)
  Relative Humidity                      95% non-condensing
  Shock                                  60Gs @ 10 ms duration
  Vibration                              2G RMS 0-1 KHz

  Regulations
  Meets or exceeds the following requirements
  Safety                                 UL(3), CSA
  RFI/EMI                                FCC Class A/Part 15

  Electrical
  Power Supply                           -48 VDC
  Output                                 1750 watts max. config.

Dimensions and Weights
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  MDIS Frame
  Height                                 72" (182.9cm)
  Width                                  30" (76.2cm)
  Depth                                  21" (53.3cm)
  Weight                                 760lb. (345.0kg)

Application Codes
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Series II/IIe MDBS                     WT
  Series IIm MDBS                        WN
  Series IImm MDBS                       WV
  MDIS                                   WU

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

When you want to talk wireless,
give us a call.

Our one network solution offers you a
total communications system. With Lucent
Technologies' vast experience,
dedication to customer satisfaction, and
continuous search for innovations
through our Bell Laboratories, we
provide advanced wireless products that
can move your network seamlessly into
the next generation.

For more information on Lucent
Technologies' wireless communications,
please contact your Lucent Technologies
Account Representative or call:
800-344-0223 x7020 (United States)
314-536-1886 (outside United States).

Visit our web site at http://www.lucent.com

1 All SPARC trademarks are used under
license and are trademarks or registered
trademarks of SPARC international, Inc.
in the United States and other
countries. Products bearing SPARC
trademarks are based upon an
architecture developed by Sun
Microsystems, Inc. in the United States
and other countries.

2 Solaris is a trademark of Sun
Microsystems, Inc. in the United States
and other countries.

3 UL is a registered trademark of
Underwriters Laboratories.

This document is for planning purposes
only and is not intended to modify or
supplement any specifications or warranties
relating to these products or services.

Copyright(C)1998 Lucent Technologies
All rights reserved.
Printed in the U.S.A.

Lucent Technologies
Wireless Market Communications
5123TS NK 2/98

   Lucent Technologies
                         [GRAPHIC OMITTED]
Bell Labs Innovations

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                           Lucent Technologies
                                                               [GRAPHIC OMITTED]
                                         Bell Labs Innovations

                              Cellular Digital Packet
                              Data (CDPD) Systems

                         Technical Specifications
                         -------------------------------------------------------

                         Lucent Technologies' Cellular Digital Packet
                         Data (CDPD) provides affordable high-speed
                         wireless data communications using existing
                         voice channels or dedicated data channels.
                         When used as an overlay on cellular
                         Advanced Mobile Phone Service (AMPS) or
                         other voice services, CDPD supports packet
                         data transmission over the same frequencies
                         without affecting the quality or quantity of
                         the voice traffic. Modular and flexible, CDPD
                         can coexist with Time Division Multiple
                         Access (TDMA) and Code Division Multiple
                         Access (CDMA) technologies on dedicated
                         channels.

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                     <C>                                         <C>
Lucent Technologies' CDPD System         Network Port                               Operating Humidity
consists of three components             --------------------------------------     (non-condensing)
                                         The Network Port is the 56 Kbps            20% to 75%
o Mobile Data Base Station (MDBS) -      v.35 or RS-232 interface
  Provides radio access, spectrum        between the MDBS and Mobile                Non-Operating
  monitoring and automatic channel       Data Intermediate System                   -40(degree) F to +140(degree) F
  hopping.                               (MDIS). The Network Port                   (-40(degree) C to +60(degree) C)
                                         can be duplexed for additional
o Mobile Data Intermediate System -      reliability in dual Control                Non-Operating Humidity
  Handles authentication, billing        Computer configurations.                   10% to 95%
  data collection, packet switching,
  and gateway services to landline       Utility Port                               Operating Altitude
  data networks.                         --------------------------------------     200 feet (61m) below sea level
                                         The Utility Port Interface is an           to 13,000 feet (3,962m)
o Network Management System (NMS) -      asynchronous RS-232 type                   above sea level
  Controls network configuration,        serial interface that is used for
  provides network monitoring, fault     local (i.e. on-site) configuration         Earthquake
  and performance management, and        and control. The Transceiver               Meets Bellcore Zone
  diagnostic analysis.                   Bank is configured as a Data               4 requirements
                                         Terminal Equipment (DTE)
Mobile Data Base                         interface.                                 Weight
Station                                                                             ---------------------------------
                                         Fault Alarm Contact Closures               Transceiver Bank
Capacity                                 --------------------------------------     42lb. (19.1kg) with
--------------------------------------   The Transceiver Bank contains              all slots occupied; 18lb.
o Six Modems/Transceivers per            one fault alarm contact closure            (8.2kg) chassis only
  Transceiver Bank                       pair for each Control Computer
                                         slot. A fault alarm contact pair           High Gain Amplification
o Two Control Computers per              closes when any fatal fault is             42lb. (19.1kg) with all slots
  Transceiver Bank                       detected by a Control Computer.            occupied; 15lb. (6.8kg)
                                                                                    chassis only
o Two Power Supplies per Transceiver     Power Requirements
  Bank                                   --------------------------------------     Distribution Unit
                                         A fully loaded (all slots occupied         Depends on Configuration
o Three High Gain Amplification units    and powered) Transceiver Bank
  (HGA) per HGA Chassis                  requires approximately 20 amps             Size
                                         of current at 24 V DC. A fully             ---------------------------------
o Two High Gain Amplification Chassis    loaded (all slots occupied                 Transceiver Bank
  per Transceiver Bank                   and powered) High Gain                     19.25"H x 17.2"W x 23"D
                                         Amplification Chassis requires             (48.9cm x 43.7cm x 53.4cm)
o 19.2 Kbps per channel raw data rate    18 amps of current at 24 V DC.
                                                                                    High Gain
                                         Environment                                Amplification Chassis
                                         --------------------------------------     8.75"H x 17.2"W x 24.25"D
                                         Operating temperature                      (22.2cm x 43.7cm x 61.6cm)
                                         +32(degree) F to +122(degree) F
                                         (0(degree) C to +50(degree) C)             Distribution Unit
                                                                                    Depends on Configuration
</TABLE>

Mobile Data Interface System (MDIS) Complex
Parameter                                Specification
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MDIS Server Module SPARC(1) Processor
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Model                                  UltraSPARC(1)
  Software
  Operating System                       Solaris(2) 2.6

MDIS Frames
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Server Modules                         1-2 Administrative Servers
  Drive Array Modules                    1-8 Packet Servers

Environment
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Operating Environment
  Temperature                            +32(degree) F to +122(degree) F
                                         (0(degree) C to +50(degree) C)
  Relative Humidity                      20%-80% non-condensing
  Shock                                  5Gs @ 10 ms duration
  Vibration                              1G RMS 0-1 KHz (Zone 4)

  Non-Operating Environment
  Temperature                            +68(degree) F to +149(degree) F
                                         (+20(degree) C to +65(degree) C)
  Relative Humidity                      95% non-condensing
  Shock                                  60Gs @ 10 ms duration
  Vibration                              2G RMS 0-1 KHz

  Regulations
  Meets or exceeds the following requirements
  Safety                                 UL(3), CSA
  RFI/EMI                                FCC Class A/Part 15

  Electrical
  Power Supply                           -48 VDC
  Output                                 1750 watts max. config.

Dimensions and Weights
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  MDIS Frame
  Height                                 72" (182.9cm)
  Width                                  30" (76.2cm)
  Depth                                  21" (53.3cm)
  Weight                                 760lb. (345.0kg)

Application Codes
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Series II/IIe MDBS                     WT
  Series IIm MDBS                        WN
  Series IImm MDBS                       WV
  MDIS                                   WU

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

When you want to talk wireless,
give us a call.

Our one network solution offers you a
total communications system. With Lucent
Technologies' vast experience,
dedication to customer satisfaction, and
continuous search for innovations
through our Bell Laboratories, we
provide advanced wireless products that
can move your network seamlessly into
the next generation.

For more information on Lucent
Technologies' wireless communications,
please contact your Lucent Technologies
Account Representative or call:
800-344-0223 x7020 (United States)
314-536-1886 (outside United States).

Visit our web site at http://www.lucent.com

1 All SPARC trademarks are used under
license and are trademarks or registered
trademarks of SPARC international, Inc.
in the United States and other
countries. Products bearing SPARC
trademarks are based upon an
architecture developed by Sun
Microsystems, Inc. in the United States
and other countries.

2 Solaris is a trademark of Sun
Microsystems, Inc. in the United States
and other countries.

3 UL is a registered trademark of
Underwriters Laboratories.

This document is for planning purposes
only and is not intended to modify or
supplement any specifications or warranties
relating to these products or services.

Copyright(C)1998 Lucent Technologies
All rights reserved.
Printed in the U.S.A.

Lucent Technologies
Wireless Market Communications
5123TS NK 2/98

   Lucent Technologies
                         [GRAPHIC OMITTED]
Bell Labs Innovations

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

-----------------------------------------------

                                                      [LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES LOGO]

               THE FLEXENT(TM) WIRELESS NETWORK

                         The Flexent (TM) CDMA Microcell

                New Cost-Effective Base Station Ready for 3G Now

-----------------------------------------------

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

The Flexent (TM) CDMA Microcell

                                                               [GRAPHIC OMITTED]

     Compact, Economical, and Easy to Deploy

     The Flexent CDMA Microcell is a cost-effective, compact base station that
     works with existing CDMA systems as well as evolving CDMA third generation
     standards. The CDMA Microcell is the only technology ready for 3G now.
     Flexible, compact, and easy to deploy, the Microcell offers excellent,
     cost-effective solutions for a wide variety of applications.

     With the Flexent CDMA Microcell you can:

        o Set up a new or temporary network quickly and economically
        o Extend your service capabilities into remote areas inexpensively
        o Fill holes in troublesome tunnels, valleys, and over water
        o Provide in-building or campus coverage

[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

     Advanced Technology to Roll out a New Network or Expand What You Have

     The Flexent CDMA Microcell contains leading-edge baseband processing and
     radio technology. It has been designed to achieve the highest level of
     network service quality with minimal operations and maintenance costs.

     CDMA Microcells can help you roll out a new, cost-effective network quickly
     and lower your risk in building-out in emerging markets. As your system
     grows, CDMA Microcells can fill holes and RF trouble spots where a larger
     cell would not be cost effective. You can daisy chain several Microcells
     together and achieve the same call capacity as existing macrocells for less
     cost. If you have a single-carrier Minicell in place, you can double your
     capacity by adding an adjacent Microcell.

     To help you minimize planned downtime while you expand your wireless
     capabilities, you can even download new software to the Microcell while it
     is in service.

                                                               [GRAPHIC OMITTED]

     Versatile, Easy to Install and Operate

                                                              [GRAPHICS OMITTED]

     CDMA Microcells are so flexible and lightweight, they can be deployed at
     sites where traditional base stations do not fit. The Microcell unit can be
     mounted on existing structures such as buildings, billboards and street
     poles - in many cases, eliminating site acquisition, zoning approvals and
     construction expenses. Its adjustable mounting bracket lets the cell swivel
     and tilt to optimize the signal direction of the integrated antenna.

     The patented front cover of the Microcell is curved and provides an RF
     transparent, weatherized housing for the optional integrated antenna.
     Because the cabinet is thermally efficient, the Microcell operates quietly
     and reliably without the need for fans. Testing shows it withstands high
     winds, rain and other environmental stresses.

-----------------------------------------------

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                           The Flexent CDMA Microcell
               solves a variety of challenges faced by providers.

                       "My wireless network has some real
                    trouble spots. And lately, my subscriber
                       traffic has exceeded my capacity."

     The Flexent Microcell is a great solution for extending RF coverage to
     trouble spots because it's so compact you can install it in tunnels, on
     bridges or on poles to fill holes or "dead areas."

     If your subscriber traffic is exceeding your cell capacity, the CDMA
     Microcell can solve that problem, too. CDMA Microcells can be rapidly and
     easily deployed to add capacity and evenly distribute network traffic
     between cells to reduce potential call blocking problems. One service
     provider in a mid-size city recently "daisy chained" a series of three
     Microcells to a series of poles - without having to find site space or
     appeal to a zoning board - for only the cost of renting each pole.

                           "I just bought frequency in
                         one of the RF bands and I want
                        to start building-out in a rural
                              area inexpensively."

           [Chart showing:] Potential Savings Using CDMA Microcells for
                 Hole Filling, Capacity Relief and New Networks

                               [graphic omitted]

Representative competitive cost for field deployed equipment Estimated typical
costs for purchase, installation and support based on Bell Labs studies. Actual
costs for specific installations may vary.

     Your challenge is that you have to provide immediate coverage, but don't
     know how fast your business will build. Flexent CDMA Microcells are your
     best bet for cost-effective primary coverage in rural areas.The Microcells
     are easy and economical to deploy; they also let you easily expand your
     capacity as your usage grows. CDMA Microcells are also ideal for locations
     with strict zoning, hilly terrain, and restricted antenna height. A small
     city Microcell network was installed in just four days. This kind of fast
     start-up generates new revenue quickly.

     -----------------------------------------------

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                        "I want to extend my network into
                     rural areas to pick up roamer traffic,
                      but putting a big macrocell out there
                             just isn't economical."

          Roamer traffic represents roughly 10-20% of a service provider's
          revenue. Even so, it's more appropriate and economical to extend
          coverage to the edges of your territory with a CDMA Microcell. If your
          goal is to pick up automobile-based calls, a directional antenna can
          focus your Microcell's signal down a highway. Because you can mount
          CDMA Microcells on poles, you can strategically place them along
          highways more cost effectively than adding traditional base stations.
          Factor in site acquisition, construction and base station costs and
          it's clear that the Flexent CDMA Microcell is a highly cost-effective
          solution.

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
                           Flexent Architecture Offers
                          Maximum Investment Protection

                   Microcell integrates into existing network

                     [telephone icon]
            /------------ MSC                                     ....SII
           /                                                     /----Cell
      PSTN/                                                     /
           --------------------5ESS Switch----------------------......
                               /    |.                         /------Minicell
                    /---------/     |.                        /
            Data   /                |.                       /- - -
          Internet/                 |.  APC  -----------     ------Flexent Cells
           Access/                  |.   |             |
                                    |.   | Ethernet    |     -------- - Microcell
                                    |.   |             |     |        - Modular cell
                                    |.  EIN  -------|  |     |
   Cellular                        [ ]              |  |     |
  Signaling -------------------[ ]Access            |  |     |
  Network                         Manager           New Hardware Elements

                                                   .......  SII Cell control
                                                   - - - -  Flexent Cell control link
                                                   -------  Packet pipe

       APC = Application Processor Cluster    EIN = Ethernet Interface Node

-----------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                            "We're missing out by not
                       providing wireless coverage on the
                        campuses in my area. Is the CDMA
                         Microcell a solution for that?"

          It's a great solution, and it can let you expand your day-time use by
          as much as 25% to 50%. Offering wireless services for Private
          in-building coverage can let you reach high-frequency users who are
          working inside offices, hospitals and universities or walking between
          buildings on a campus. You can achieve this coverage easily - with a
          Microcell, Virtual Private Network software and RF distribution in the
          building.

          You can also offer in-building wireless services to public users
          inside airports, shopping malls, stadiums and conference centers. You
          can even back up public service on the same Microcell with separate,
          private coverage to employees who work in those buildings.

                           "I want to provide service
                       for conferences at hotels. Can the
                       CDMA Microcell be used temporarily
                       for special events or emergencies?"

          Covering special events is a great way to increase revenue. Whether
          it's a trade show, a convention or a tournament, a special event
          attracts many people. A large gathering of people gives you an
          opportunity to provide coverage for roamers or heavy subscriber
          traffic.

          Because the Flexent Microcell can be rapidly deployed, it's perfect
          for temporary events. With the Microcell's integrated antenna service,
          you can install it rapidly and easily without having to worry about
          complicated power problems, permanent antenna mounting, or intricate
          cable runs. When the event is over, you can pick up the cell and move
          it to another location.

          In the event of an emergency, natural disaster or a failure in a
          provider's cell, the Flexent Microcell can be rapidly deployed and
          quickly brought on line.

          With the CDMA Microcell, the only limit to expanding your business is
          your imagination.

-----------------------------------------------
*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

     Flexent CDMA Microcells: Engineered for Efficient, Centralized Control

          The Flexent Network architecture is designed to manage Microcells from
          a central server, the Flexent Application Processor Cluster (APC). In
          this architecture, base stations can be smaller, less costly and
          faster to deploy because more functions are software based and
          centralized using standard computing technology. This also streamlines
          operations, reducing your operating costs.

          Operations and Maintenance features allow for quick integration,
          testing and analysis. Cell site technicians can perform software
          upgrades and advanced diagnostics in minutes from the switch location
          or through a Remote Maintenance Terminal. The modular design of the
          Microcell results in quick and easy parts replacement and near zero
          downtime.

          Training is faster, also. There is no need for extensive technician
          training due to the easy-to-use, point-and-click Graphical User
          Interface (GUI). One user called the system "intuitive and powerful".

          Revolutionary Technology that Protects your Investment

          Lucent's Flexent CDMA Microcells are the first base stations on the
          market to be 3G ready. In fact 144 MHz data throughput and double
          capacity will be available with 1X channel cards. For interoperability
          with today's systems and yesterday's designs, CDMA Microcells offer a
          bridge to the future.

The Flexent CDMA Microcell

Parameter                          Specification

Air Interface Standards            IS 2000 (3G-1X)
                                   850 MHz:TIA/EIA IS-95
                                   1.9 GHz:ANSI-J-STD-008

Cabinet Housing                    Indoor/Outdoor Weatherized Cabinet
                                   Bellcore Compliant
                                   Wall, Pole, Floor, Rooftop Mounted
                                   Lightening Protectors

Antenna Configurations             Omni or Directional or Optional
                                   Integrated Antenna, 65 degree array
                                   Duplex (1.9 GHz & 850 MHz)
                                   Simplex (850 MHz only)

Channel Elements                   1 carrier, up to 40 Channel Elements

Facilities Interface               T1 or E1
                                   Daisy chaining capabilities for
                                   facilities saving

RF Output Power                    Cellular: 10 Watts, PCS: 8 Watts

Vocoders                           8 & 13 Kbps, EVRC

AC Service                         100-240 VAC (50/60 Hz)

DC Service                         24-30 VDC, -48 VDC

Operating Temperature Range        -40 C to +52 C

Weight                             125 lb. (56.7 kg)

Dimensions                         36"H x 18"W x 11"D
                                   (91.4cm x 45.7cm x 27.9cm)

   To support your Flexent equipment, Lucent Tech-
   nologies NetCare(R)offers a full suite of professional
   services to support all of your design, construction,
   and operational needs.

   NetCare supports customers and their networks
   everyday, in more than 90 countries with a support
   base of over 25,000  technicians. Our extensive
   resume and broad portfolio of services is among the
   best in the industry for its breadth and depth.

   We'll focus on your wireless network so you can
   focus on your business.

   For more information on Lucent Flexent(TM)
   systems and capabilities, contact your Lucent
   Technologies Account Representative or call:
   888-426-2252 (U.S.) 314-891-6188 (outside U.S.).

   Visit our website at http://www.lucent.com

   This document is for planning purposes only and
   is not intended to modify or supplement any
   Lucent Technologies specifications or warranties
   relating to these products and services.

   Flexent is a trademark of Lucent Technologies Inc.

   Copyright(C)1999 Lucent Technologies Inc.
   All rights reserved. Printed in USA

   Lucent Technologies Inc.
   AMPS/PCS Messaging
   5629 PKH 9/99

[FLEXNET LOGO]                                        [LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES LOGO]

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                              Lucent Technologies [LOGO OMITTED]
                                            Bell Labs Innovations

     THE FLEXENT(TM) WIRELESS NETWORK
-------------------------------------

Modular Cell
The Flexent(TM) CDMA Modular Cell

                          The Solution to Reliable, High-Capacity Urban Coverage

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

The Flexent(TM) CDMA Modular Cell

Maximum Expandable Capacity for
High-Traffic Environments

The Flexent CDMA Modular Cell is Lucent's primary
indoor/outdoor base station for CDMA.  This
revolutionary product offers both high capacity
and excellent reliability. It is especially              [GRAPHIC OMITTED]
beneficial for both cellular and PCS providers who
want coverage in urban and suburban high-traffic
environments now as well as the ability to expand       The Flexent CDMA Modular
for future growth.                                      Primary Cabinet

For International and new PCS providers, the CDMA
Modular Cell answers the need for cost-effective
per-subscriber market entry as well as build-out
of high-capacity coverage. It eliminates holes and
RF trouble spots and reduces life cycle costs in
networks that need high capacity applications.

Maximum Channel Elements in a Small Space

The CDMA Modular Cell meets the need for compacting maximum channel elements
into the smallest footprint. Innovations from Bell Labs have consolidated many
functions into fewer circuit boards to give you three carriers in one
cabinet.  The result is a smaller cell site footprint which not only lowers the
cost of Flexent Modular Cell base stations, it also reduces real estate
costs.  This lets you improve your pricing and performance and sustain
profitability.

Expandable Capacity Made Easy

Each CDMA Modular Cell allows large multi-carrier configurations with 1 to 11
carriers (1 to 9 Cellular, 1 to 11 PCS). In addition, the Modular Cell gives you
flexibility to grow your system by adding cabinets in a modular fashion as your
network capacity needs increase.

                    A Service Provider's Greatest Infrastructure Investment

                    The CDMA Modular Cell gives service providers a
                    cost-effective and graceful migration to 3G-3X (5MHz). By
                    migrating control hardware to software applications
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]   utilizing the Flexent Applications Processor Cluster (APC),
                    this digital base station is an economical solution for the
                    evolution of existing wireless architecture. It can interact
Primary Cabinet     with traditional Lucent AUTOPLEX (R) System 1000 wireless
shown with          cell sites such as the Series II, thereby expanding the life
Growth Frames       of your existing system. It will also interact with other
                    Flexent base station products that may be offered in the
                    future.

                         The Flexent CDMA Modular Cell

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                          The Flexent CDMA Modular Cell
                answers a variety of needs for service providers.

"I'm in a fast growing market and I need to accommodate future capacity needs.
How important is the Flexent CDMA Modular Cell for my system?"

We believe it is essential to your future success. This
revolutionary/evolutionary product provides high reliability and the ability to
offer high-capacity, digital CDMA wireless voice and data services that will be
the cornerstone of future growth.

The Modular Cell accommodates many channel elements: up to 360 per cabinet. And
it can fit three cabinets in a single modular shell. It also allows large
multi-carrier configurations (1 to 11 PCS, 1 to 9 Cellular carriers) and
minimizes the number of antennas necessary to transmit.

"I'm an international service provider. How will the Flexent CDMA Modular Cell
work in my area?"

The Modular Cell provides features required for international providers. These
include: E1 interfaces; country-specific filters; a -48 Volt Power Convert unit;
an uninterruptible Power Supply for various international power interfaces; and
a primary distribution cabinet with appropriate panel interfaces and circuit
breakers.

                         The Flexent CDMA Modular Cell

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

Equipment Options for the CDMA Modular Cell

                    Technician Convenience Lights

                    No more holding flashlights in a technician's mouth! Two
                    optional convenience lights allow a technician to have
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]   bright light when performing maintenance and installation
                    procedures. Located one on the top and another on the bottom
                    (see below) of the cabinet, these flexible lights are ideal
                    for outdoor/indoor nighttime operations.

110 Volt External Outlet and Bottom Convenience Light

This convenient electrical outlet allows technicians to
plug up to two, three-prong 110V electrical devices
into the Modular Cell.  This is ideal for test equipment    [GRAPHIC OMITTED]
and other devices. (NOTE: Available in limited
countries, please check with your Account Executive for
availability.)

                    Exterior Solar Reflector

                    The exterior solar reflector mounted on top of the Modular
                    Cell cabinet allows for increased higher temperature ranges
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]   in harsh solar environments. The exterior solar reflector
                    allows the Modular Cell to operate in temperature
                    environments up to +52C.

Antenna Connectors on the Rear of Cabinet

The new "flow through" design of the Modular Cell
allows for antenna connections to be at the top/rear of
the primary cabinet.  This allows for better connections    [GRAPHIC OMITTED]
to the antenna system, creating a better environment
for protection from flooding and water damage, and for
rodent control.

                    Enhanced Network Scalability and Flexibility

                    Service providers requiring capacity flexibility in seasonal
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]   resort locations, or for special events, can quickly and
                    economically scale capacity as needed with channel cards on
                    a per-carrier basis.

                         The Flexent CDMA Modular Cell

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                Flexent(TM) CDMA
                             Modular Cell Adds Value

                                                   CDMA Modular
  850/PCS Operator Need:                          Cell Provides:

Maximum capacity in minimal    ------>  Highest spectral and Erlang efficiency
spectrum                                wide coverage, small footprint

High power to maximize         ------>  Up to 16W for PCS or 20W for Cellular
850/PCS propagation                       at antenna connection

Deliver high-speed advanced    ------>  Ready for cdma2000 3G-1X Internet
wireless data                           services when available
                                        Also HDR (High Data Rate) ready

Maximum capacity               ------>  360 channel elements per carrier
                                        with 3G-1X RTT when available

Start a new 3G network         ------>  Lower cost, 3G-1X RTT high capacity

Cover urban and rural trouble  ------>  Fills multi-carrier hot spots
spots

Keeps costs down               ------>  Scaleable from one- to multi-carrier
                                        configurations

Reduce number of antennas      ------>  Cuts antenna count in half with cross
                                        carrier antenna sharing

3G/Internet-ready              ------>  Field-replaceable channel cards for
                                        144 Kbps data when cdma2000 is available

In-building coverage           ------>  Provides high capacity and power
                                        for targeted areas

Multi-carrier coverage         ------>  11 carriers/3 sectors for PCS (4
                                        cabinets) 9 carriers/3 sectors for
                                        Cellular (3 cabinets)

Reduce zoning road blocks      ------>  Flexible, space saving installation
                                        options

Grow capacity on demand        ------>  True scaleability -- adds carriers as
                                        needed

Get coverage up and running    ------>  Modular network can be up quickly and
fast                                    easily

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

How the Flexent CDMA Modular Cell Operates

As one component of the Flexent product family, the Flexent Modular Cell uses
the same CDMA radio system compo-nents as the Flexent CDMA Microcell to create
a minicell platform for both Cellular and PCS networks. It will expand to 11
PCS or 9 Cellular IS-95 CDMA carriers. It is also capable of expanding to 3G-3X
standards with a 5MHz "Wideband CDMA ready" backplane for new Third Generation
network services.

It can interact with traditional Lucent cell sites such as the Series II and
the AUTOPLEX (R) System 1000 Compact Minicell.

The Flexent CDMA Modular Cell

Parameter                          Specification

Sectors                            Omni/1,2,3 or 6 sectors

Carriers                           Up to 11 carriers PCS,
                                   9 Cellular, 3 carriers/sector
                                   per frame from Multi-carrier
                                   Ultra Linear amplifiers

CDMA Channel Elements (CEs)        40 CEs per carrier/sector
(Maximum Physical)                 Up to 360 CEs per cabinet

T1/E1 Facilities                   T1/E1, up to 2 per carrier:
                                   A maximum of 6 per cabinet

Air Interface Standards            ANSI-I-STD-008 for l.9 GHz
                                   T1A/E1A 95-A plus TSB-74
                                   T1A/E1A 95-B for 850 MHz
                                   cdma2000

Frequency Bands                    PCS, Cellular

Vocoders                           8 Kbps, 8 Kbps EVRC
                                   and 13 Kbps

Environmental Cabinet Housing      Indoor/Outdoor, Weatherized
                                   Bellcore GR-487-Core,
                                   NEBS, UL50 compliant
                                   Full Front Access/Indoor;
                                   Front & Rear/Outdoor

Operating Temperature Range        -40C to +46C outdoor
                                   -40C to +52C optional outdoor
                                   +5C to +40C indoor

Dimensions                         72"H x 35"W x 36"D outdoor
                                   (1800mm H x 900mm W x
                                   910mm D outdoor)
                                   72"H x 35"W x 28"D indoor
                                   (1800mm H x 900mm Wx
                                   700mm D indoor)

Weight                             1 carrier 800 lbs.
                                   Additional carriers are
                                   100 lbs. each

Power Source                       24V DC input. Optional
                                   external battery backup

Cabinet Access                     Outdoor: Rear access required
                                   All access panels equipped with hasps
                                   Indoor: Full front access
                                   Cabinet can be flush against the wall

Optional Accessories               Technician operator convenience lights
                                   Technician convenience 110V power
                                   outlets (2 plugs)
                                   Heat shield for top of outdoor base
                                   station enables operation temperature to +52C

The Flexent CDMA Modular Cell

o  Offers 1 to 9 Cellular, 1 to 11 PCS CDMA carriers in a small cell footprint.

o  Each Modular Cell Cabinet will support 9 ANSI-95 CDMA carrier/sector
   configurations for:
   -  9 carrier/3 sector Cellular network applications
   -  11 carrier/3 sector PCS network applications
   -  Can accept omni/3 sector/6 sector configurations*
   -  Omni 1-9 carriers requires Growth Cabinet*

o  Minimal antenna configuration: 2 antennas per sector

o  Radio Control Server (RCS) from Applications Processor (AP)

o  cdma2000(TM) 1X ready, cdma2000 3X capable

o  Graceful migration to 3G 5MHz services, no additional cabinets required

o  24V DC power
   -  Optional external power cabinet
   -  Optional external battery backup

o  RF power (at J4)
   -  20W per carrier (850)
   -  16W per carrier (PCS)

o  Up to 40 channel elements per sector per carrier with 3-way interconnection
   (to support soft and softer handoff), up to 360 CEs per cabinet

o  Channel pooling across sectors

o  3 sector, 3 carrier in one cabinet (or up to 9 carrier omni)

* Architecturally supported but will only be offered on demand.

For more information on Lucent Flexent(TM) systems and capabilities, contact
your local Lucent Technologies Account Representative or call: 888-426-2252
(U.S.) or 314-317-6892 (outside U.S.).

Visit our website at http://www.lucent.com

This document is for planning purposes only and is not intended to modify or
supplement any Lucent Technologies specifications or warranties relating to
these products and services.

AUTOPLEX is a registered trademark of Lucent Technologies, Inc.

Flexent is a trademark of Lucent Technologies Inc.

cdma2000 is a trademark of the Telecommunications Industry Association.

Copyright(C)2000 Lucent Technologies Inc.
All rights reserved.
Printed in U.S.A.

Lucent Technologies Inc.
AMPS/PCS Messaging
6900 CDR 7/00

                                           Lucent Technologies [graphic omitted]
[Flexent Graphic Omitted]                Bell Labs Innovations

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                                     Lucent Technologies
                                                                 [LOGO OMITTED]
                                                   Bell Labs Innovations

                             Mobile Switching Center

Technical Specifications      Switching centers serve to concentrate traffic
                              and build the volume necessary to route traffic
                              efficiently to and from networks. Lucent
                              Technologies' Flexent(TM) Switching Center
                              performs the same role for wireless traffic. Our
                              modular, industry-leading wireless Mobile
                              Switching Center (MSC) consists of three key
                              components:

                              o  Access Manager

                              o  5ESS(R) -2000 Switch

                              o  Flexent(TM) Application Processor
                                 Cluster Complex (APCC)
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]
                              All three work in harmony to provide your
                              subscribers with quality and highly reliable
                              services at an affordable cost.

                              What distinguishes Lucent Technologies' Mobile
                              Switching Center is the modularity, flexibility,
                              and reliability of its components, permitting
                              service providers to enjoy unparalleled freedoms
                              in the design and operation of their networks.
                              Advanced system software is the heart of the
                              Flexent Mobile Switching Center. A strong software
                              generic development program assures that your
                              system will support customer needs today and into
                              the future.

                              This technical specification concisely provides
                              the key physical, capacity, and environmental
                              characteristics of the system.

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                         Mobile Switching Center (MSC)

MSC Voice Facility Specifications
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PARAMETER                               SPECIFICATION

Network Interface Trunks
  o Type                                Four-wire voice-grade trunk with E&M
                                        type 1 or type 5 supervision or direct
                                        digital DS1 (1.544 Mb/s) per PUB
                                        41451(1)

Frequency Response
(relative to 1000 Hz)
  o 400 Hz                              +1 to -3 dB

  o 2800 Hz                             +1 to -4.5 dB

  o Address Signaling                   R1MF signaling with wink-start or SS7
                                        ISUP(2) recommended

Cell Site Trunks
  o Type                                Four-wire voice-grade trunk with type I
                                        or type 5 E&M at DCS; type 2 or type 5
                                        E&M at cell site or direct digital DS1
                                        (1.544 Mb/s) interface (24-channel
                                        systems)

Frequency Response
(relative to 1000 Hz)
  o 400 Hz                              +1 to -3 dB(3)

  o 2800 Hz                             +1 to -4.5 dB(4)

MSC Traffic and Subscriber Capacities
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PARAMETER                               LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES PROJECTED CAPACITIES

Subscribers                             500,000 Integrated Home Location
                                        Register (HLR) plus 700,000 Visitor
                                        Location Register (VLR)

Call Attempts                           350,000 Busy Hour Call Attempts
                                        (BHCA)(5)

Cell Sites                              222 Macrocells, 1152 Microcells
                                        (maximum)

5ESS(R)-2000 Switch                     350,000 BHCA

Trunks                                  80,000

Erlangs (maximum                        16,000
simultaneous calls)

All signaling Types
(RIMF. CCITT No. 7
Telephone User Part
(TUP), and CCITT No. 7
ISUP are all supported)

Note: Total Digital Cellular Switch (DCS) and/or system capacity may be reduced
when multiple DCSs and/or systems are interconnected for handling growth using
the Cellular Networking feature. The degree of derating is determined by the
extent of networking and other variable factors, such as hand-off rate or
percentage of no page response.

MSC Power & Equipment Requirements
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

PARAMETER                               SPECIFICATION

AC Voltage(6)                           480 or 240 or 208 V, 3-phase.  Protected
                                        AC recommended for AC-driven peripheral
                                        (38OV, 3-phase for 50 Hz)

AC Input Frequency                      60+/-3 Hz (50+/-2.5 Hz
                                        International Applications)

DC Voltage
  o Nominal                             -48 V DC

  o Range                               -42.75 to -55 V DC

  o DCS and ECP Minimums                -42.75 V DC

MSC Grounding Requirements

Single-point ground for ECP, IMS, and any collocated DCS(s). Approved grounding
mediums include buried ring ground (at least 2 feet, 61 cm, from building and 18
inches, 46 cm, deep, cold-water pipe, or building steel. If a cell site is
collocated with the MSC, cell site grounding requirements must be adhered to
without compromising the single-point ground for ECP, IMS, and DCS.

Temperature Requirements
  o Normal                              41(degree)F to 104(degree)F
                                        (5(degree)C to 40(degree)C)

  o Short Term                          32(degree)F to 122(degree)F
    (not to exceed 3 days at a          (0(degree)C to 50(degree)C)
    time and 15 days per year)

Humidity Requirements
  o Normal                              10% to 80%

  o Short Term                          5% to 90% (non-condensing)
  (not to exceed 3 days                 (If low-end humidity range is
  at a time and 15 days                 anticipated electrostatic
  per year)                             discharge control provisions
                                        should be made.)

The temperature and humidity ranges for optimal performance are: Temperature
64(degree)F to 75(degree)F (18(degree)C to 24(degree)C) Humidity 30% to 40%.

Total Airborne Particulate Contaminants

  o Outdoor                             185 micrograms per cubic
                                        meter of ambient air

  o Equipment Room                      75 micrograms per cubic
                                        meter of ambient air

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

Flexent[TM] Application Processor Cluster Complex (APCC)

[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Flexent Application Processor Cluster Complex (APCC)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

COMPONENT                               SPECIFICATION

Maximum APCs per APCC                   3 per MSC

Application Processors                  8 per APC (maximum)

Cell sites per APC                      384 microcells, 64 modular cells, and
                                        64 macrocells (maximum per APC)(7)

AP CPU                                  166 MHZ PA-RISC Processor Board

100 MB Intelligent                      2 Port
Ethernet Card

T1/E1 Interface Ports                   Up to 4

Hard Disk                               4 GB

100 MB Ethernet Hubs                    2

APCC Power and Equipment Requirements
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PARAMETER                               SPECIFICATION

Power Requirements                      12 DC Feeders (redundant)
                                        - 15 Amps/48 Volts each
                                        - 4200 Watts maximum power requirement

Weight                                  750 lb. (340.5 kg)

Dimensions                              72"H x 32"W x 28"D
                                        (182.9cm x 81.3cm x 71.1cm)

Frame                                   5ESS(R)-2000 Central Office
                                        Standard Frame Pre-wired
                                        for all 8 Application
                                        Processors Scalable for up to
                                        8 Application Processors

Temperature Range                       + 32(degree)to +122(degree)F
                                        (0(degree)to +50(degree)C)

APCC Characteristics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PARAMETER                               SPECIFICATION

Application Processor Cluster (APC)     Front accessible and support
                                        live insertion

Gigabyte back plane                     1

2 Intelligent 100MB hubs                LAN networking of the Application
                                        Processors (one for redundancy)

Watchdog Technology                     Monitors the computing element of the
                                        cluster

Demarcation Communication Panel         For easy connection for both T1 and E1

Local Maintenance                       Laptop and Software
Terminal

High Availability APC                   Application Processor Pairs

Intelligent Maintenance Module

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

The Lucent Technologies Access Manager contains            Access
the system intelligence for handling mobility              Manager
management, system configuration, and feature
control.

The Access Manager consists of two main
components:

  o Executive Control Processor Complex (ECPC)
  o FLEXENT[TM] Operations and Management
    Platform (OMP-FX)

The ECPC contains the Common Network Interface (CNI)/Interprocessor Message
Switch (IMS), which is fully redundant, and ensures that there is reliable
connectivity among cell sites throughout the wireless system. The Flexent OMP-FX
works with ECPC in order to free up resources for other OA&M functions. It
provides high system availability, centralized management, and data redundancy.

Flexent[TM] Operatins & Management Platform (OMP-FX)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

COMPONENT                               SPECIFICATION

OMP Server                              Sun Netra T(TM)

CPU                                     One (1) 300 MHz Sun
                                        UltraSparc II (TM) processor

RAM                                     256 MB (2x 128 MB SIMMS)

Hard Disks                              Two (2) 18 GB mirroring disk drives

CD-ROM Drive                            One (1) internal 32x

Digital Audio Tape (DAT) drives         2901 BTUs/hr (850 watts) per each of two
                                        cabinets

OMP-FX Power and Equipment Requirements
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PARAMETER                               SPECIFICATION

Equipment Frame
  o Power Requirements                  Single feed -48V DC

  o Mounting                            Rack mounted in a 21-inch (53 cm)
                                        deep 5ESS(R) Switch compatible frame

Miscellaneous Cabinets
  o Power requirements                  Single feed 110V AC

  o Mounting                            Rack mounted in a 30-inch (76 cm)
                                        deep cabinet

OMP-FX Characteristics
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PARAMETER                               SPECIFICATION

Server Operating System                 Sun Solaris (TM)

Peripherals                             Modem, console terminal, ethernet hubs,
                                        Network Terminal Server (NTS)

Reliability Features                    Earthquake and fire resistant
                                        EMI and ESD testing/procedures
                                        Airborne contaminants resistant
                                        NEBS Level 3 certified server

Executive Control Processor Complex (ECPC)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

COMPONENT                               SPECIFICATION

Executive Control Processor (ECP)       1 3B21D and 1 Common
                                        Network Interface/
                                        Interprocess Message Switch
IMS Nodes Available for Data Links      1024 (physical limit)
to Digital Cellular Switch (DCS),
Cell Sites, and other Wireless
Systems and application software

Current Maximum Number of Nodes

  o Cell Site Nodes (CSN)               56

  o Direct Link Nodes (DLN)             2 required

  o Intercellular Nodes (ICN)           16 for CN or IS-41
                                        X.25 networking

  o Ring Peripheral Controller          2 required
    (RPC) Nodes

  o Call Processor Data Base            12
    Node (CDN)

  o Signaling System 7                  64 for IS-41 SS7 networking (depends
    (SS7) Nodes                         on traffic demands) and 5ESS-2000
                                        Switch DCS connection

  o Ethernet Interface Nodes (EIN)      24

A-Link Sets                             30

Maximum Links per A-Link Set            16

Maximum Number of Signal                10
Transfer Points (STP) Pairs

Cell Site Data Ports per                8
Cell Site Node

Intercellular Data Ports for            Up to 8 (depends on intersystem
CN or IS41 X .25 per                    traffic demands)
Intercellular Node

Maximum Cell Sites                      222 macrocells,
                                        1152 microcells (per MSC)(8)

Maximum 5ESS(R)-2000                    16

Networked Systems
  o Abutting Systems                    15 (CN and/or IS41)
    (hand-offs)

  o Call Delivery,                      1024 (SS7 destination
    Automatic Roaming                   point codes)

Data Link Speed
  o CSN to Cell Site                    9.6 or 56 Kb/s
                                        (56 Kb/s recommended)

  o ICN                                 9.6, 19.2, or 56 Kb/s
                                        (56Kb/s recommended)

  o SS7                                 56 Kb/s or 64 kb/s

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

ECPC Power and Equipment Requirements
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PARAMETER                               SPECIFICATION

Maximum Direct Current
(fully loaded cabinets)
  o ECP Tape Cabinet                    Max. 10 amps; typical 4 amps
    (9 Track-Optional)                  (110V AC)

  o ECP Processor Cabinets              Max. 240 amps; typical 156
                                        amp (48V DC)

  o Interprocessor Message              18 amps per each of
    Switch (IMS Cabinet)                two cabinets

Dimensions of ECP
Complex Cabinet
  o Tape Cabinet                        30 in. W x 24 in. D x 72 in. H
    (9 Track-Optional)                  (76 cm x 61 cm x 183 cm

  o Processor Cabinet                   30 in. W X 24 in. D x 72 in. H
                                        (76 cm x 61 cm x 183 cm)

  o IMS Cabinets                        26 in. W x 30 in. D x 72 in. H
                                        (66 cm x 76 cm 183 cm)

Space Required for ECP Cabinets         5.4 sq. ft. (0.5 sq m) per cabinet

Floor Weights
  o ECP Tape Cabinet                    Max. 400 lbs. (182 kg)
    (9 Track-Optional)

  o ECP Processor Cabinet               Max. 900 lbs. (410 kg)

  o IMS Cabinets                        750 lbs. (340 kg) per each of
                                        two cabinets

Heat Release
  o ECP Tape Cabinet                    Max. 3413 BTUs/hr
    (9 Track-Optional)                  (1,000 watts)

  o ECP Processor Cabinet               Max 8532 BTUs/hr
                                        (2,500 watts)

  o IMS Cabinets                        2901 BTUs/hr (850 watts)
                                        per each of two cabinets

ECPC Characteristics
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PARAMETER                               SPECIFICATION

Lucent Technologies 3B21D               Minimum of two pairs of 2-gigabyte SCSI
                                        duplicated disks and 64 MB of memory

Reliability Methods                     Key Mobile Switching Center (MSC) units
                                        duplicated (one active and one standby)
                                        Internal and external
                                        interfaces duplicated
                                        Automated recovery maintenance software

ECP Software                            UNIX(8) Real Time Reliable (RTR)
                                        operating system

Charge Recording (AMA)                  Recorded on Digital Audio Tape (DAT)
by ECP                                  on demand (Standard) or 9-track,
                                        inch (1.27 cm) magnetic tape (optional)

High Speed Automatic                    Optional feature
Message Accounting (AMA)

Data Base Management Information        Customer data base
Stored in ECP (on duplicated            Master copy of Interprocess
disks in the MSC)                       Message Switch (IMS)
                                        generic Master copy of cell
                                        site data bases

                                        Up to six master cell site generics

Software Maintenance -                  RS232 connections to color or b/w
Human Interface                         terminal at speeds up to 9600 b/s

Remote Operation and Maintenance
Options Available

  o Software Change                     Software changes for ECP
    Administration and
    Notification System
   (SCANS)

  o Recent Change/Verify (RC/V)         Data rate = 4800 b/s

  o Receive-Only Printer (ROP)          Administrative interface with ECP
                                        Maintenance and administrative
                                        printouts.
                                        Data rate = 1200/9600 b/s
                                        (up to 600 lines/minute)

  o Remote Maintenance                  Color CRT-remote maintenance for ECP
    Terminal                            Data rate - 9600 b/s

  o Remote Dial-up                      For cell site maintenance or
    Terminals                           field support monitoring of
                                        ECP Data rate = 1200 b/s -9600 b/s

  o Remote Alarms                       Monitor cell site alarms over cell
                                        site data link

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                              5ESS(R)-2000 Switch

The 5ESS(R)- 2000 Switch combines the following qualities: small size, modular
architecture, advanced interconnection technology, and the use of redundancy
where needed to provide a digital switch that is easy to engineer and grow,
highly maintainable, and highly reliable. Lucent's scalable architecture offers
the same mobile switching center features and reliability for small markets up
to the largest market sized served.

The 5ESS(R)- 2000 Switch also allows providers the option of offering landline
and wireless services on the same switch. Lucent's Fixed and Mobile Convergence
(FMC) - Landline Cellular Offer features the 5ESS (R) - 2000 Switch that can
provide one single network node from which both traditional wireline and
wireless subscribers can be supported. The Landline Cellular Option allows
combinations of traditional wireline capabilities of the 5ESS(R)-2000 Switch
(local, toll, international gateway, ISDN, Centrex, OSPS, and IN) and supported
wireless air interfaces (GSM, CDMA, TDMA) to seamlessly provide
wireless/wireline services via a single integrated switching platform.

[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

5ESS(R)-2000 Switch
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

COMPONENT                               SPECIFICATION

Switching Modules(SM) per DCS           23 max

Maximum Links per 5ESS(R)-2000          16 Links (Domestic)

Switch DCS Link Set                     8 Links (International)

5ESS(R)-2000 Switch Power and Equipment Requirements
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PARAMETER                               SPECIFICATION

Cabinet Dimensions                      30 in. W x 23.6 in. D x 72 in. H
                                        (76 cm, x 60 cm x 183 cm)

Space Required for Cabinet              Maintenance Aisle: 34 in.
                                        (86 cm)(minimum)
                                        Wiring Aisle: 24 in.
                                        (61 cm) (minimum)

Floor Load                              100 lbs./sq. ft. (488.25 kg/sq. m)
                                        for equipment and 50 lbs./sq. ft.
                                        (244.125 kg/sq. m) for transient load

Equipment Lineup                        520 in. W x 24 in. D
(Max. 17 cabinets per row)              (1316cm x 61cm)

5ESS(R)-2000 Switch Characteristics
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PARAMETER                               SPECIFICATION

Operations and Maintenance Options      Maintenance and administrative
  o Receive Only Printer                printouts connected via a parallel port
    (ROP)

  o Master Control Console              Interface to switch

  o Operational center links            Four (4) high-speed data links
                                        (up to 64 kb/s) (maximum)

5ESS(R)-2000 Switch Heat Dissipation and Current Drain
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

MODULE              No of              Heat            Current            In
                   cabinets         Dissipation         Drain          Lbs. (kg)
                                      (BTUs)           (amps)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrative        2                5456             30.60        1000(453.6)
Module

Communications        2                7246             40.64        1310(594.2)
Module

Miscellaneous         1                1753              9.83        1185(537.5)
Cabinet

Power
Distribution          1                1753              9.83         650(294.8)
Cabinet

Switching             3                1770             10.00        1875(850.5)
Module

Average numbers: contact your technical consultant for specifics regarding your
configuration.

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

5ESS(R)-2000 Very Compact Digital Exchange Switch (VCDX)

If smaller size markets are being targeted, they can be equipped with the 5ESS
(R) - 2000 VCDX (Very Compact Digital Exchange) Switch, which offers a compact,
cost effective solution.

Additionally, the 5ESS(R) - 2000 VCDX switch can be converted to a full size
5ESS(R) - 2000 Switch as the site grows, or it can be added to an existing
net-work containing a full size 5ESS(R) - 2000 Switch in order to provide
advanced features and services.

5ESS(R)-2000 VCDX Switch
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

COMPONENT                               SPECIFICATION

Switching Modules(SM) per VCDX          1 max (SM2000)

Switching Module RAM                    160MB

Administrative Module                   300 MHz UltraSparc-II(TM)

Administrative Module RAM               128 MB

Hard Disks                              Two (2) internal 9.1 GB
                                        mirroring disk drives

DAT Tape                                1 internal drive

5ESS(R)-2000 VCDX Switch Characteristics
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PARAMETER                               SPECIFICATION

Operations and Maintenance Options
  o Receive Only Printer (ROP)          Maintenance and administrative
                                        printouts connected via a parallel port

  o Master Control Console              Interface to VCDX switch

  o Maintenance Ports                   10 RS-232C serial ports

  o Operational center links            Four (4) high-speed data links
                                        (up to 64 kb/s (maximum)

5ESS(R)-2000 VCDX Switch Power and Equipment Requirements
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PARAMETER                               SPECIFICATION

Administrative                          16.4 in. W x 16.1 in. D x 3.1 in. H
Workstation Dimensions                  (41.7 cm x 40.9 cm x 7.7 cm)

Administrative                          Dual 48 V DC power feeds
Workstation Voltage                     120 V/220 VAC

Administrative                          27.0 lbs (12.7 kg)
Workstation Weight

Switching Module                        30 in. W x 23.6 in. D x 72 in. H
Cabinet Dimensions                      (76 cm, x 60 cm x 183 cm)

Space Required for                      Maintenance Aisle: 34 in.
Switching Module                        (86 cm)(minimum)
Cabinet                                 Wiring Aisle: 24 in. (61 cm) (minimum)

Switching Module                        100 lbs./sq. ft. (488.25 kg/sq. m)
Floor Load                              for equipment and
                                        50 lbs-/sq. ft. (244.125 kg/sq. m)
                                        for transient load

Equipment Lineup                        520 in. W x 24 in. D
(Max. 17 cabinets per row)              (1316cm x 61cm)

Temperature Requirements
  o Operating Range                     32(degree)F to 104(degree)F
                                        (0(degree)C to 40(degree)C)

  o Non-operating                       40(degree)F to 158(degree)F
                                        (-40(degree)C to 70(degree)C)

Humidity Requirements
  o Operating Range                     5% to 95% Relative
                                        Humidity (non-condensing)

  o Non-operating                       5% to 95% Relative
                                        Humidity (non-condensing)

5ESS(R)-2000 VCDX Switch Heat Dissipation and Current Drain
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

MODULE              No of              Heat            Current            In
                   cabinets         Dissipation         Drain          Lbs. (kg)
                                      (BTUs)           (amps)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Miscellaneous         1                1753              9.83        1185(537.5)
Cabinet

Power
Distribution          1                1753              9.83         650(294.8)
Cabinet

Switching             3                1770             10.00        1875(850.5)
Module

Average numbers: contact your technical consultant for specifics regarding your
configuration.

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

(1) MDP-326-920, High Capacity Digital Service, Addendum 1 - Aug. 1983

(2) Common Channel Signaling System 7 ISDN User Part

(3) Variations from these specifications are acceptable, but may result in
    decreased transmission quality

(4) Busy Hour Call Attempts (BHCA) constraints apply to these numbers

(5) Busy Hour Call Attempts (BHCA) and capacities may vary based on air
    interface technology utilized, call characteristics,, and networking
    considerations

(6) Equivalent to standard commercial AC power

(7) Busy Hour Call Attempts(BHCA) constraints apply to these numbers

(8) Each set of six (6) microcells on one RCS reduces the number of macrocells
    by one.

For More Information

For more information about Lucent Technologies Mobile Switching Center, contact
your Lucent Technologies Account Representative or call: 888-426-2252 (United
States) or 314-891-6188 (outside United States).

Visit our web site at http://www.lucent.com

This document is for planning purposes only and is not intended to modify or
supplement any Lucent Technologies specifications or warranties relating to
these products and services.

UNIX is a registered trademark in the United States and other countries,
exclusively licensed through X/Open Company, Ltd.

5ESS is a registered trademark of Lucent Technologies, Inc.

Flexent is a trademark of Lucent Technologies, Inc.

Copyright(C)1999 Lucent Technologies Inc.
All rights reserved.
Printed in U.S.A.

Lucent Technologies Inc.
AMPS/PCS Messaging
6506 SJS 12/99

                                                     Lucent Technologies
                                                                  [LOGO OMITTED]
                                                   Bell Labs Innovations

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                  APPENDIX B-2

                          RF Engineering Deliverables

SUPPLIER and PURCHASER Responsibilities for markets where Lucent provides the
CDMA Design

     1.   PURCHASER will provide SUPPLIER with the following CDMA design
          requirements:

          a.   Existing RF System Information
          b.   CDMA Coverage Boundary
          c.   CDMA Coverage requirements
          d.   CDMA Traffic Requirements
          e.   CDMA Market Penetration
          f.   Available CDMA Spectrum
          g.   CDMA Mobile Station Types
          h.   Information on suspected/potential interferers
          i.   Neighbor Lists for Analog System
          j.   Drive Test Data in "Archcats" format
          k.   List of Planned Sites for inclusion in design

     2.   SUPPLIER will provide sufficient data and information on SUPPLIER's
          CDMA Design Methodology, CDMA Simulator/Propagation Tool and other
          CDMA Design Tools and Processes to allow PURCHASER to validate the
          system design.

     3.   SUPPLIER shall provide a draft system design to PURCHASER within 30
          calendar days of receiving PURCHASER's CDMA design requirements
          specified in item 1 above. The draft design shall include the
          following:

          a.   Design Requirements
          b.   Design Methodology
          c.   System Description
          d.   Propagation Model (Based on Drive Data)
          e.   Normal Pilot Signal Strength Plots
          f.   Pilot Channel Ec/Io (On Street) Plots
          g.   Balanced Reverse Link Traffic Channel Eb/No Plots
          h.   Balanced Reverse Link Coverage Plots
          i.   Handoff (On Street)Plots

          SUPPLIER will present SUPPLIER's system design at a Draft RF System
          Design Review held at PURCHASER's designated offices.

     4.   PURCHASER may request and SUPPLIER shall provide any of the CDMA
          Analyses available in SUPPLIER's CE4 Cellular Engineering Tools.

     5.   SUPPLIER shall provide RF Engineers and the CE4 Cellular Engineering
          Tools at PURCHASER's designated offices for a minimum of two weeks
          following the Draft RF design review. During this period PURCHASER's
          and SUPPLIER's engineers will work together to evaluate the draft RF
          Design and resolve system design issues. SUPPLIER's and PURCHASER's
          engineers will mutually agree to a final system design.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless    Appendix B 2           Page 1 of 2
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

     6.   Following agreement on a final system design, SUPPLIER shall provide
          the following within 7 calendar days:

          a.   Design Requirements
          b.   Design Methodology
          c.   System Description
          d.   Propagation Model (Based on Drive Data)
          e.   Normal Pilot Signal Strength Plots
          f.   Pilot Channel Ec/Io (On Street) Plots
          g.   Balanced Reverse Link Traffic Channel Eb/No Plots
          h.   Balanced Reverse Link Coverage Plots
          i.   Handoff (On Street) Plots

     7.   SUPPLIER will evaluate any proposed site modifications to those sites
          selected for CDMA to determine their impact on the final design.
          PURCHASER will provide SUPPLIER a list of proposed site modifications
          for this evaluation.

     8.   SUPPLIER and PURCHASER will jointly review and mutually agree to a
          final system design. This attachment shall include the CDMA Coverage
          Boundary, a detailed list of the sites and sectors at which CDMA will
          be deployed, and a list of the channel elements required at each of
          these sites and sectors.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless    Appendix B 2           Page 2 of 2
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                 APPENDIX B 3

                        Minimum Commercial Requirements
                          for SUPPLIER's CDMA System

                     THIS SECTION INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

                   PARTIES WILL MUTUALLY AGREE UPON THE NEED

                  AND INFORMATION FOR THIS ADDITIONAL SECTION

                     WITHIN 60 DAYS FROM EXECUTION OF THIS

                                  AGREEMENT.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless   Appendix  B 3            Page 1 of 1
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                 APPENDIX B-3a

             RF Performance Acceptance Criteria For A CDMA Network

1. Introduction

     1.1  Overview
     This document describes the Acceptance test procedure and RF systems
     performance warranty for a CDMA wireless voice network using hardware and
     software provided by SUPPLIER.

     The nature of the warranty must necessarily vary depending upon the
     circumstances involved. Several possibilities exist.

     o    SUPPLIER designs and optimizes the system. In this situation, an RF
          system warranty is provided.

     o    SUPPLIER optimizes but does not design the system. In this situation,
          an RF system warranty is only provided if SUPPLIER validates the
          design. The warranty applies only to those portions of the network
          that are validated. Design validation may be done

               --During the design process, OR
               --Performed on the as-built system by measuring path loss and
                 pilot strength information.

     o    SUPPLIER neither designs nor optimizes the system. In this case, no
          RF system warranty is provided.

     o    SUPPLIER swaps out or overlays a system, and performs the
          optimization. In this case, an RF system warranty is provided that
          uses the performance of the new or overlaid network relative to the
          performance of the old or under-laid network as a means of assessing
          acceptance.

     1.2 Nature and conditions of warranty
     Generic warranty metrics and associated test procedures are described in
     section 2. The warranty/acceptance criteria specified in this section is
     valid when SUPPLIER performs the RF design on a "Green field design"
     basis, i.e., SUPPLIER performs the RF design and SUPPLIER performs RF
     optimization of the network as per SUPPLIER standard procedures and there
     has been no other existing network to be swapped-out or overlaid. In
     addition, this warranty/acceptance criteria is only applicable to clusters
     that consist of at least 10 contiguous cells. Warranties for a network
     that consists in total of less than 10 cells must be addressed separately.

     In the event that SUPPLIER performs RF optimization services only and
     PURCHASER wishes to develop the network design, the design must be
     validated by SUPPLIER in order for the warranty criteria described in
     section 2 to apply. Two possible means of validation exist.

     o    The process of PURCHASER design and SUPPLIER validation during the
          design process is described in section 3. Warranty applies to the
          whole or part of the network that is validated during the design
          process.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless  Appendix B 3 a            Page 1 of 6
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

     o    Alternatively, if it is the PURCHASER's desire to relinquish such
          SUPPLIER validation during the design procedure, then the
          warranty/acceptance criteria described in section 2 would only apply
          to the design coverage area that is validated by measurements taken
          on the as-built system. Specifically, the warranty applies to areas
          that fulfill the following criteria:

          1)   The measured path loss is equal to or better than the maximum
               allowable path loss as per SUPPLIER Link budget; AND
          2)   The measured pilot Ec/No is equal to or greater than -13 dB.

     The warranty metrics and procedures specified in section 2 are applicable
     only to the portions of the network that are validated.

     For the markets where SUPPLIER is providing a network to swapout or
     overlay an existing network deployed by SUPPLIER or other SUPPLIER on a
     1:1 basis, the acceptance test shall be based on comparison of the old
     existing network and the new. The performance of SUPPLIER provided network
     as indicated by the performance metrics shall be at least as good or
     better than that of the existing network within the measurement accuracy
     and with statistical significance (e.g., 2 standard deviation). In
     addition, the morphology and traffic pattern changes shall be calibrated
     and accounted for in order to provide a fair comparison. The test metrics
     and procedure may be negotiated on a case by case basis but shall in
     general follow the guideline as that stated in section 2.

     Note that in this case acceptance is assessed by comparing the values
     obtained in the new or overlaid network to those obtained in the old or
     under-laid network, as opposed to comparing the values obtained in the
     new/overlaid network to an absolute target. Further, the comparison is
     only valid for acceptance purposes if the old and new values are measured
     under identical test conditions, and SUPPLIER performs optimization of the
     new/overlaid system.

2.0 Metrics and test procedures
The performance metrics defined below are part of the contract and shall be
used in Acceptance Testing.

The metrics shall apply in those cases where SUPPLIER performs the RF design
and SUPPLIER performs the RF optimization. The values of the metrics obtained
in test shall be compared to the warranty targets stated in order to assess
acceptance.

The metrics shall also apply when SUPPLIER performs RF optimization only and
PURCHASER performs RF design provided that the design is validated by SUPPLIER
(see section 1, also section 3). In this situation, the performance metrics
described below shall apply only to the portion(s) of the network that are
validated. The values of the metrics obtained in test shall be compared to the
warranty targets stated in order to assess acceptance.

The metrics described below shall also apply to the situation where SUPPLIER
performs a swapout or overlay and performs optimization on the new/overlaid
system; however, in this case, acceptance shall be assessed by comparing the
values of the metrics obtained from the new/overlaid network to those obtained
from the old/under-laid network. The old and new metrics must be measured under
identical test conditions in order for the comparison to be valid.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless  Appendix B 3 a            Page 2 of 6
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

The metrics described below shall not apply in situation where SUPPLIER performs
neither design nor optimization. In this case, no RF system warranty shall be
offered.

The procedures for measuring the performance metrics shall be executed as
described below.

     2.1 Test setup
     All tests shall be performed using test vehicles equipped with a
     calibrated test personal stations(s) that meets or exceeds the minimum
     performance specifications (J-STD-008) for a CDMA subscriber unit of 200
     milliwatt EIRP minimum output power. All tests shall be conducted at the
     selected vocoder rates implemented in the PURCHASER's system. Test mobiles
     shall have fixed attenuators connected between the transceiver and the
     antenna to compensate for vehicle penetration loss, additional vehicle
     height, and performance of the test vehicle antenna as appropriate.
     Additional attenuation may also be added to simulate system load.

     2.2 Coverage area for test
     All data shall be collected in mutually agreed test areas within the
     designed service coverage area. The "designed service coverage area" is
     defined as the area predicted to be covered for service by SUPPLIER' tools
     and measurements based on the final cell site locations. (Alternatively,
     if PURCHASER performs RF design as described in sections 1 and 3, the
     "designed service coverage area" shall be defined as the area predicted by
     PURCHASER's design methods and validated by SUPPLIER). Test routes within
     the designed service coverage area shall be mutually agreed. For purposes
     of data collection and analysis the routes shall be divided into spatial
     subdivisions called geographic bins. The bins shall be of mutually agreed
     size and not less than 100 meters by 100 meters. Bin size need not
     necessarily be uniform. The bins along the high way shall be no less than
     100-meter length linear bins. During data collection the test routes shall
     be driven at speeds mutually agreed to as being representative of normal
     subscriber behavior. Data collected from areas not planned to be covered
     in design shall be excluded from any analysis.

     While SUPPLIER will attempt to minimize areas with weak or no coverage by
     using optimization techniques, RF performance will not be guaranteed in
     areas that are not predicted to be covered in design.

     2.3 In-building

     In-building coverage via external CDMA infrastructure will not be tested
     as part of acceptance; however, any building penetration margins specified
     in the design by PURCHASER may be verified at the street level.

     2.4 Traffic load for test
     System acceptance tests shall be conducted with simulated traffic load.
     This traffic load shall correspond to the number of Erlangs for which the
     system has been designed. The method of load simulation shall be as
     follows:

         2.4.1 Reverse Link. Reverse link load simulation shall be conducted by
         using an attenuator placed in the reverse link path at the mobile
         transmitter. The value of the attenuator shall be consistent with the
         equivalent noise rise at the cell site receiver generated by the
         traffic load (busy hour Erlangs) used in design.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless  Appendix B 3 a            Page 3 of 6
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

         2.4.2 Forward Link. Forward link load simulation shall be conducted by
         using Seller's Orthogonal Channel Noise Simulator (OCNS) to broadcast
         forward link interference of appropriate level. This interference
         shall be consistent with the traffic load (busy hour Erlangs) used in
         design. The number, level, and channel activity of interfering links
         shall be mutually agreed between SUPPLIER and PURCHASER.

     2.5  Performance metrics
     The performance metrics are:

         2.5.1 Frame Erasure Rate (FER). Data shall be collected under
         simulated traffic load (see section 2.4). Forward and reverse links
         shall be characterized separately.

         Data shall be collected and analyzed as follows: A call with known
         data sequences (e.g., Markov) shall be made and maintained. (If the
         call drops, a new call will be set up). During the call both forward
         and reverse link full rate frames shall be collected in time bins of
         at least 100 full rate frames. Each time bin average is averaged into
         a geographic bin in order to obtain a FER score, or average frame
         error rate (AFER), that characterizes that bin's location.

         Data collected from areas not planned to be covered in design shall
         not be considered for analysis (see section 2.2). Of the remaining
         data, a small percentage of the worst AFER values collected shall be
         discarded, where the percentage is consistent with the fraction
         (probability) of area design coverage. For example, the worst 5% of
         AFER values collected shall be discarded, where the system is designed
         for 95% area coverage. The worst 10% of AFER values collected shall be
         discarded where the system is designed for 90% area coverage. The
         remaining bins shall together constitute the non-excluded area. The
         AFER values within the non-excluded area shall be averaged together.
         For acceptance, this average shall not exceed 2%.

         2.5.2 Dropped Calls. Data shall be collected under simulated traffic
         load (see section 2.4).

         Data shall be collected and analyzed as follows: a sequence of test
         calls shall be placed along the test drive routes. The duration of
         each call shall not exceed 100 seconds. The dropped call rate shall
         be the ratio of successfully originated calls that were dropped to
         the total number of successfully originated calls. A successfully
         originated call is defined as a successful origination to a non-busy
         number at the switch resulting from a correctly dialed call. Only
         data collected within the non-excluded area (see section 2.5.1) shall
         be included in this analysis. For system acceptance, the dropped call
         rate shall be less than or equal to 2%.

         2.5.3 Originations and Terminations. Data shall be collected under
         simulated traffic load (see section 2.4).

         Data shall be collected and analyzed as follows: for originations, a
         sequence of test calls shall be placed along the test drive routes.
         The origination success rate shall be the ratio of successfully
         originated calls to the total number of valid call attempts. A valid
         call attempt is defined as an origination attempt via a correctly
         dialed number to a non-busy number at the switch. A successfully
         originated call is defined as a call that has reached the voice
         channel state. Only data collected within the non-excluded area (see
         section 2.5.1) shall be included in this analysis. For system
         acceptance, the origination success rate shall meet or exceed 95%.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless  Appendix B 3 a            Page 4 of 6
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

When you want to talk wireless,
give us a call.

Our one network solution offers you a
total communications system. With Lucent
Technologies' vast experience,
dedication to customer satisfaction, and
continuous search for innovations
through our Bell Laboratories, we
provide advanced wireless products that
can move your network seamlessly into
the next generation.

For more information on Lucent
Technologies' wireless communications,
please contact your Lucent Technologies
Account Representative or call:
800-344-0223 x7020 (United States)
314-536-1886 (outside United States).

Visit our web site at http://www.lucent.com

1 All SPARC trademarks are used under
license and are trademarks or registered
trademarks of SPARC international, Inc.
in the United States and other
countries. Products bearing SPARC
trademarks are based upon an
architecture developed by Sun
Microsystems, Inc. in the United States
and other countries.

2 Solaris is a trademark of Sun
Microsystems, Inc. in the United States
and other countries.

3 UL is a registered trademark of
Underwriters Laboratories.

This document is for planning purposes
only and is not intended to modify or
supplement any specifications or warranties
relating to these products or services.

Copyright(C)1998 Lucent Technologies
All rights reserved.
Printed in the U.S.A.

Lucent Technologies
Wireless Market Communications
5123TS NK 2/98

   Lucent Technologies
                         [GRAPHIC OMITTED]
Bell Labs Innovations

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

-----------------------------------------------

                                                      [LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES LOGO]

               THE FLEXENT(TM) WIRELESS NETWORK

                         The Flexent (TM) CDMA Microcell

                New Cost-Effective Base Station Ready for 3G Now

-----------------------------------------------

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

The Flexent (TM) CDMA Microcell

                                                               [GRAPHIC OMITTED]

     Compact, Economical, and Easy to Deploy

     The Flexent CDMA Microcell is a cost-effective, compact base station that
     works with existing CDMA systems as well as evolving CDMA third generation
     standards. The CDMA Microcell is the only technology ready for 3G now.
     Flexible, compact, and easy to deploy, the Microcell offers excellent,
     cost-effective solutions for a wide variety of applications.

     With the Flexent CDMA Microcell you can:

        o Set up a new or temporary network quickly and economically
        o Extend your service capabilities into remote areas inexpensively
        o Fill holes in troublesome tunnels, valleys, and over water
        o Provide in-building or campus coverage

[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

     Advanced Technology to Roll out a New Network or Expand What You Have

     The Flexent CDMA Microcell contains leading-edge baseband processing and
     radio technology. It has been designed to achieve the highest level of
     network service quality with minimal operations and maintenance costs.

     CDMA Microcells can help you roll out a new, cost-effective network quickly
     and lower your risk in building-out in emerging markets. As your system
     grows, CDMA Microcells can fill holes and RF trouble spots where a larger
     cell would not be cost effective. You can daisy chain several Microcells
     together and achieve the same call capacity as existing macrocells for less
     cost. If you have a single-carrier Minicell in place, you can double your
     capacity by adding an adjacent Microcell.

     To help you minimize planned downtime while you expand your wireless
     capabilities, you can even download new software to the Microcell while it
     is in service.

                                                               [GRAPHIC OMITTED]

     Versatile, Easy to Install and Operate

                                                              [GRAPHICS OMITTED]

     CDMA Microcells are so flexible and lightweight, they can be deployed at
     sites where traditional base stations do not fit. The Microcell unit can be
     mounted on existing structures such as buildings, billboards and street
     poles - in many cases, eliminating site acquisition, zoning approvals and
     construction expenses. Its adjustable mounting bracket lets the cell swivel
     and tilt to optimize the signal direction of the integrated antenna.

     The patented front cover of the Microcell is curved and provides an RF
     transparent, weatherized housing for the optional integrated antenna.
     Because the cabinet is thermally efficient, the Microcell operates quietly
     and reliably without the need for fans. Testing shows it withstands high
     winds, rain and other environmental stresses.

-----------------------------------------------

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                           The Flexent CDMA Microcell
               solves a variety of challenges faced by providers.

                       "My wireless network has some real
                    trouble spots. And lately, my subscriber
                       traffic has exceeded my capacity."

     The Flexent Microcell is a great solution for extending RF coverage to
     trouble spots because it's so compact you can install it in tunnels, on
     bridges or on poles to fill holes or "dead areas."

     If your subscriber traffic is exceeding your cell capacity, the CDMA
     Microcell can solve that problem, too. CDMA Microcells can be rapidly and
     easily deployed to add capacity and evenly distribute network traffic
     between cells to reduce potential call blocking problems. One service
     provider in a mid-size city recently "daisy chained" a series of three
     Microcells to a series of poles - without having to find site space or
     appeal to a zoning board - for only the cost of renting each pole.

                           "I just bought frequency in
                         one of the RF bands and I want
                        to start building-out in a rural
                              area inexpensively."

           [Chart showing:] Potential Savings Using CDMA Microcells for
                 Hole Filling, Capacity Relief and New Networks

                               [graphic omitted]

Representative competitive cost for field deployed equipment Estimated typical
costs for purchase, installation and support based on Bell Labs studies. Actual
costs for specific installations may vary.

     Your challenge is that you have to provide immediate coverage, but don't
     know how fast your business will build. Flexent CDMA Microcells are your
     best bet for cost-effective primary coverage in rural areas.The Microcells
     are easy and economical to deploy; they also let you easily expand your
     capacity as your usage grows. CDMA Microcells are also ideal for locations
     with strict zoning, hilly terrain, and restricted antenna height. A small
     city Microcell network was installed in just four days. This kind of fast
     start-up generates new revenue quickly.

     -----------------------------------------------

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                        "I want to extend my network into
                     rural areas to pick up roamer traffic,
                      but putting a big macrocell out there
                             just isn't economical."

          Roamer traffic represents roughly 10-20% of a service provider's
          revenue. Even so, it's more appropriate and economical to extend
          coverage to the edges of your territory with a CDMA Microcell. If your
          goal is to pick up automobile-based calls, a directional antenna can
          focus your Microcell's signal down a highway. Because you can mount
          CDMA Microcells on poles, you can strategically place them along
          highways more cost effectively than adding traditional base stations.
          Factor in site acquisition, construction and base station costs and
          it's clear that the Flexent CDMA Microcell is a highly cost-effective
          solution.

<TABLE>
<S> <C>
                           Flexent Architecture Offers
                          Maximum Investment Protection

                   Microcell integrates into existing network

                     [telephone icon]
            /------------ MSC                                     ....SII
           /                                                     /----Cell
      PSTN/                                                     /
           --------------------5ESS Switch----------------------......
                               /    |.                         /------Minicell
                    /---------/     |.                        /
            Data   /                |.                       /- - -
          Internet/                 |.  APC  -----------     ------Flexent Cells
           Access/                  |.   |             |
                                    |.   | Ethernet    |     -------  - Microcell
                                    |.   |             |     |        - Modular cell
                                    |.  EIN  -------|  |     |
   Cellular                        [ ]              |  |     |
  Signaling -------------------[ ]Access            |  |     |
  Network                         Manager           New Hardware Elements

                                                   .......  SII Cell control
                                                   - - - -  Flexent Cell control link
                                                   -------  Packet pipe

       APC = Application Processor Cluster    EIN = Ethernet Interface Node

-----------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                            "We're missing out by not
                       providing wireless coverage on the
                        campuses in my area. Is the CDMA
                         Microcell a solution for that?"

          It's a great solution, and it can let you expand your day-time use by
          as much as 25% to 50%. Offering wireless services for Private
          in-building coverage can let you reach high-frequency users who are
          working inside offices, hospitals and universities or walking between
          buildings on a campus. You can achieve this coverage easily - with a
          Microcell, Virtual Private Network software and RF distribution in the
          building.

          You can also offer in-building wireless services to public users
          inside airports, shopping malls, stadiums and conference centers. You
          can even back up public service on the same Microcell with separate,
          private coverage to employees who work in those buildings.

                           "I want to provide service
                       for conferences at hotels. Can the
                       CDMA Microcell be used temporarily
                       for special events or emergencies?"

          Covering special events is a great way to increase revenue. Whether
          it's a trade show, a convention or a tournament, a special event
          attracts many people. A large gathering of people gives you an
          opportunity to provide coverage for roamers or heavy subscriber
          traffic.

          Because the Flexent Microcell can be rapidly deployed, it's perfect
          for temporary events. With the Microcell's integrated antenna service,
          you can install it rapidly and easily without having to worry about
          complicated power problems, permanent antenna mounting, or intricate
          cable runs. When the event is over, you can pick up the cell and move
          it to another location.

          In the event of an emergency, natural disaster or a failure in a
          provider's cell, the Flexent Microcell can be rapidly deployed and
          quickly brought on line.

          With the CDMA Microcell, the only limit to expanding your business is
          your imagination.

-----------------------------------------------
*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

     Flexent CDMA Microcells: Engineered for Efficient, Centralized Control

          The Flexent Network architecture is designed to manage Microcells from
          a central server, the Flexent Application Processor Cluster (APC). In
          this architecture, base stations can be smaller, less costly and
          faster to deploy because more functions are software based and
          centralized using standard computing technology. This also streamlines
          operations, reducing your operating costs.

          Operations and Maintenance features allow for quick integration,
          testing and analysis. Cell site technicians can perform software
          upgrades and advanced diagnostics in minutes from the switch location
          or through a Remote Maintenance Terminal. The modular design of the
          Microcell results in quick and easy parts replacement and near zero
          downtime.

          Training is faster, also. There is no need for extensive technician
          training due to the easy-to-use, point-and-click Graphical User
          Interface (GUI). One user called the system "intuitive and powerful".

          Revolutionary Technology that Protects your Investment

          Lucent's Flexent CDMA Microcells are the first base stations on the
          market to be 3G ready. In fact 144 MHz data throughput and double
          capacity will be available with 1X channel cards. For interoperability
          with today's systems and yesterday's designs, CDMA Microcells offer a
          bridge to the future.

The Flexent CDMA Microcell

Parameter                          Specification

Air Interface Standards            IS 2000 (3G-1X)
                                   850 MHz:TIA/EIA IS-95
                                   1.9 GHz:ANSI-J-STD-008

Cabinet Housing                    Indoor/Outdoor Weatherized Cabinet
                                   Bellcore Compliant
                                   Wall, Pole, Floor, Rooftop Mounted
                                   Lightening Protectors

Antenna Configurations             Omni or Directional or Optional
                                   Integrated Antenna, 65 degree array
                                   Duplex (1.9 GHz & 850 MHz)
                                   Simplex (850 MHz only)

Channel Elements                   1 carrier, up to 40 Channel Elements

Facilities Interface               T1 or E1
                                   Daisy chaining capabilities for
                                   facilities saving

RF Output Power                    Cellular: 10 Watts, PCS: 8 Watts

Vocoders                           8 & 13 Kbps, EVRC

AC Service                         100-240 VAC (50/60 Hz)

DC Service                         24-30 VDC, -48 VDC

Operating Temperature Range        -40 C to +52 C

Weight                             125 lb. (56.7 kg)

Dimensions                         36"H x 18"W x 11"D
                                   (91.4cm x 45.7cm x 27.9cm)

   To support your Flexent equipment, Lucent Tech-
   nologies NetCare(R)offers a full suite of professional
   services to support all of your design, construction,
   and operational needs.

   NetCare supports customers and their networks
   everyday, in more than 90 countries with a support
   base of over 25,000  technicians. Our extensive
   resume and broad portfolio of services is among the
   best in the industry for its breadth and depth.

   We'll focus on your wireless network so you can
   focus on your business.

   For more information on Lucent Flexent(TM)
   systems and capabilities, contact your Lucent
   Technologies Account Representative or call:
   888-426-2252 (U.S.) 314-891-6188 (outside U.S.).

   Visit our website at http://www.lucent.com

   This document is for planning purposes only and
   is not intended to modify or supplement any
   Lucent Technologies specifications or warranties
   relating to these products and services.

   Flexent is a trademark of Lucent Technologies Inc.

   Copyright(C)1999 Lucent Technologies Inc.
   All rights reserved. Printed in USA

   Lucent Technologies Inc.
   AMPS/PCS Messaging
   5629 PKH 9/99

[FLEXNET LOGO]                                        [LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES LOGO]

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                              Lucent Technologies [LOGO OMITTED]
                                            Bell Labs Innovations

     THE FLEXENT(TM) WIRELESS NETWORK
-------------------------------------

Modular Cell
The Flexent(TM) CDMA Modular Cell

                          The Solution to Reliable, High-Capacity Urban Coverage

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

The Flexent(TM) CDMA Modular Cell

Maximum Expandable Capacity for
High-Traffic Environments

The Flexent CDMA Modular Cell is Lucent's primary
indoor/outdoor base station for CDMA.  This
revolutionary product offers both high capacity
and excellent reliability. It is especially              [GRAPHIC OMITTED]
beneficial for both cellular and PCS providers who
want coverage in urban and suburban high-traffic
environments now as well as the ability to expand       The Flexent CDMA Modular
for future growth.                                      Primary Cabinet

For International and new PCS providers, the CDMA
Modular Cell answers the need for cost-effective
per-subscriber market entry as well as build-out
of high-capacity coverage. It eliminates holes and
RF trouble spots and reduces life cycle costs in
networks that need high capacity applications.

Maximum Channel Elements in a Small Space

The CDMA Modular Cell meets the need for compacting maximum channel elements
into the smallest footprint. Innovations from Bell Labs have consolidated many
functions into fewer circuit boards to give you three carriers in one
cabinet.  The result is a smaller cell site footprint which not only lowers the
cost of Flexent Modular Cell base stations, it also reduces real estate
costs.  This lets you improve your pricing and performance and sustain
profitability.

Expandable Capacity Made Easy

Each CDMA Modular Cell allows large multi-carrier configurations with 1 to 11
carriers (1 to 9 Cellular, 1 to 11 PCS). In addition, the Modular Cell gives you
flexibility to grow your system by adding cabinets in a modular fashion as your
network capacity needs increase.

                    A Service Provider's Greatest Infrastructure Investment

                    The CDMA Modular Cell gives service providers a
                    cost-effective and graceful migration to 3G-3X (5MHz). By
                    migrating control hardware to software applications
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]   utilizing the Flexent Applications Processor Cluster (APC),
                    this digital base station is an economical solution for the
                    evolution of existing wireless architecture. It can interact
Primary Cabinet     with traditional Lucent AUTOPLEX (R) System 1000 wireless
shown with          cell sites such as the Series II, thereby expanding the life
Growth Frames       of your existing system. It will also interact with other
                    Flexent base station products that may be offered in the
                    future.

                         The Flexent CDMA Modular Cell

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                          The Flexent CDMA Modular Cell
                answers a variety of needs for service providers.

"I'm in a fast growing market and I need to accommodate future capacity needs.
How important is the Flexent CDMA Modular Cell for my system?"

We believe it is essential to your future success. This
revolutionary/evolutionary product provides high reliability and the ability to
offer high-capacity, digital CDMA wireless voice and data services that will be
the cornerstone of future growth.

The Modular Cell accommodates many channel elements: up to 360 per cabinet. And
it can fit three cabinets in a single modular shell. It also allows large
multi-carrier configurations (1 to 11 PCS, 1 to 9 Cellular carriers) and
minimizes the number of antennas necessary to transmit.

"I'm an international service provider. How will the Flexent CDMA Modular Cell
work in my area?"

The Modular Cell provides features required for international providers. These
include: E1 interfaces; country-specific filters; a -48 Volt Power Convert unit;
an uninterruptible Power Supply for various international power interfaces; and
a primary distribution cabinet with appropriate panel interfaces and circuit
breakers.

                         The Flexent CDMA Modular Cell

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

Equipment Options for the CDMA Modular Cell

                    Technician Convenience Lights

                    No more holding flashlights in a technician's mouth! Two
                    optional convenience lights allow a technician to have
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]   bright light when performing maintenance and installation
                    procedures. Located one on the top and another on the bottom
                    (see below) of the cabinet, these flexible lights are ideal
                    for outdoor/indoor nighttime operations.

110 Volt External Outlet and Bottom Convenience Light

This convenient electrical outlet allows technicians to
plug up to two, three-prong 110V electrical devices
into the Modular Cell.  This is ideal for test equipment    [GRAPHIC OMITTED]
and other devices. (NOTE: Available in limited
countries, please check with your Account Executive for
availability.)

                    Exterior Solar Reflector

                    The exterior solar reflector mounted on top of the Modular
                    Cell cabinet allows for increased higher temperature ranges
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]   in harsh solar environments. The exterior solar reflector
                    allows the Modular Cell to operate in temperature
                    environments up to +52C.

Antenna Connectors on the Rear of Cabinet

The new "flow through" design of the Modular Cell
allows for antenna connections to be at the top/rear of
the primary cabinet.  This allows for better connections    [GRAPHIC OMITTED]
to the antenna system, creating a better environment
for protection from flooding and water damage, and for
rodent control.

                    Enhanced Network Scalability and Flexibility

                    Service providers requiring capacity flexibility in seasonal
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]   resort locations, or for special events, can quickly and
                    economically scale capacity as needed with channel cards on
                    a per-carrier basis.

                         The Flexent CDMA Modular Cell

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                Flexent(TM) CDMA
                             Modular Cell Adds Value

                                                   CDMA Modular
  850/PCS Operator Need:                          Cell Provides:

Maximum capacity in minimal    ------>  Highest spectral and Erlang efficiency
spectrum                                wide coverage, small footprint

High power to maximize         ------>  Up to 16W for PCS or 20W for Cellular
850/PCS propagation                       at antenna connection

Deliver high-speed advanced    ------>  Ready for cdma2000 3G-1X Internet
wireless data                           services when available
                                        Also HDR (High Data Rate) ready

Maximum capacity               ------>  360 channel elements per carrier
                                        with 3G-1X RTT when available

Start a new 3G network         ------>  Lower cost, 3G-1X RTT high capacity

Cover urban and rural trouble  ------>  Fills multi-carrier hot spots
spots

Keeps costs down               ------>  Scaleable from one- to multi-carrier
                                        configurations

Reduce number of antennas      ------>  Cuts antenna count in half with cross
                                        carrier antenna sharing

3G/Internet-ready              ------>  Field-replaceable channel cards for
                                        144 Kbps data when cdma2000 is available

In-building coverage           ------>  Provides high capacity and power
                                        for targeted areas

Multi-carrier coverage         ------>  11 carriers/3 sectors for PCS (4
                                        cabinets) 9 carriers/3 sectors for
                                        Cellular (3 cabinets)

Reduce zoning road blocks      ------>  Flexible, space saving installation
                                        options

Grow capacity on demand        ------>  True scaleability -- adds carriers as
                                        needed

Get coverage up and running    ------>  Modular network can be up quickly and
fast                                    easily

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

How the Flexent CDMA Modular Cell Operates

As one component of the Flexent product family, the Flexent Modular Cell uses
the same CDMA radio system compo-nents as the Flexent CDMA Microcell to create
a minicell platform for both Cellular and PCS networks. It will expand to 11
PCS or 9 Cellular IS-95 CDMA carriers. It is also capable of expanding to 3G-3X
standards with a 5MHz "Wideband CDMA ready" backplane for new Third Generation
network services.

It can interact with traditional Lucent cell sites such as the Series II and
the AUTOPLEX (R) System 1000 Compact Minicell.

The Flexent CDMA Modular Cell

Parameter                          Specification

Sectors                            Omni/1,2,3 or 6 sectors

Carriers                           Up to 11 carriers PCS,
                                   9 Cellular, 3 carriers/sector
                                   per frame from Multi-carrier
                                   Ultra Linear amplifiers

CDMA Channel Elements (CEs)        40 CEs per carrier/sector
(Maximum Physical)                 Up to 360 CEs per cabinet

T1/E1 Facilities                   T1/E1, up to 2 per carrier:
                                   A maximum of 6 per cabinet

Air Interface Standards            ANSI-I-STD-008 for l.9 GHz
                                   T1A/E1A 95-A plus TSB-74
                                   T1A/E1A 95-B for 850 MHz
                                   cdma2000

Frequency Bands                    PCS, Cellular

Vocoders                           8 Kbps, 8 Kbps EVRC
                                   and 13 Kbps

Environmental Cabinet Housing      Indoor/Outdoor, Weatherized
                                   Bellcore GR-487-Core,
                                   NEBS, UL50 compliant
                                   Full Front Access/Indoor;
                                   Front & Rear/Outdoor

Operating Temperature Range        -40C to +46C outdoor
                                   -40C to +52C optional outdoor
                                   +5C to +40C indoor

Dimensions                         72"H x 35"W x 36"D outdoor
                                   (1800mm H x 900mm W x
                                   910mm D outdoor)
                                   72"H x 35"W x 28"D indoor
                                   (1800mm H x 900mm Wx
                                   700mm D indoor)

Weight                             1 carrier 800 lbs.
                                   Additional carriers are
                                   100 lbs. each

Power Source                       24V DC input. Optional
                                   external battery backup

Cabinet Access                     Outdoor: Rear access required
                                   All access panels equipped with hasps
                                   Indoor: Full front access
                                   Cabinet can be flush against the wall

Optional Accessories               Technician operator convenience lights
                                   Technician convenience 110V power
                                   outlets (2 plugs)
                                   Heat shield for top of outdoor base
                                   station enables operation temperature to +52C

The Flexent CDMA Modular Cell

o  Offers 1 to 9 Cellular, 1 to 11 PCS CDMA carriers in a small cell footprint.

o  Each Modular Cell Cabinet will support 9 ANSI-95 CDMA carrier/sector
   configurations for:
   -  9 carrier/3 sector Cellular network applications
   -  11 carrier/3 sector PCS network applications
   -  Can accept omni/3 sector/6 sector configurations*
   -  Omni 1-9 carriers requires Growth Cabinet*

o  Minimal antenna configuration: 2 antennas per sector

o  Radio Control Server (RCS) from Applications Processor (AP)

o  cdma2000(TM) 1X ready, cdma2000 3X capable

o  Graceful migration to 3G 5MHz services, no additional cabinets required

o  24V DC power
   -  Optional external power cabinet
   -  Optional external battery backup

o  RF power (at J4)
   -  20W per carrier (850)
   -  16W per carrier (PCS)

o  Up to 40 channel elements per sector per carrier with 3-way interconnection
   (to support soft and softer handoff), up to 360 CEs per cabinet

o  Channel pooling across sectors

o  3 sector, 3 carrier in one cabinet (or up to 9 carrier omni)

* Architecturally supported but will only be offered on demand.

For more information on Lucent Flexent(TM) systems and capabilities, contact
your local Lucent Technologies Account Representative or call: 888-426-2252
(U.S.) or 314-317-6892 (outside U.S.).

Visit our website at http://www.lucent.com

This document is for planning purposes only and is not intended to modify or
supplement any Lucent Technologies specifications or warranties relating to
these products and services.

AUTOPLEX is a registered trademark of Lucent Technologies, Inc.

Flexent is a trademark of Lucent Technologies Inc.

cdma2000 is a trademark of the Telecommunications Industry Association.

Copyright(C)2000 Lucent Technologies Inc.
All rights reserved.
Printed in U.S.A.

Lucent Technologies Inc.
AMPS/PCS Messaging
6900 CDR 7/00

                                           Lucent Technologies [graphic omitted]
[Flexent Graphic Omitted]                Bell Labs Innovations

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                                     Lucent Technologies
                                                                 [LOGO OMITTED]
                                                   Bell Labs Innovations

                             Mobile Switching Center

Technical Specifications      Switching centers serve to concentrate traffic
                              and build the volume necessary to route traffic
                              efficiently to and from networks. Lucent
                              Technologies' Flexent(TM) Switching Center
                              performs the same role for wireless traffic. Our
                              modular, industry-leading wireless Mobile
                              Switching Center (MSC) consists of three key
                              components:

                              o  Access Manager

                              o  5ESS(R) -2000 Switch

                              o  Flexent(TM) Application Processor
                                 Cluster Complex (APCC)
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]
                              All three work in harmony to provide your
                              subscribers with quality and highly reliable
                              services at an affordable cost.

                              What distinguishes Lucent Technologies' Mobile
                              Switching Center is the modularity, flexibility,
                              and reliability of its components, permitting
                              service providers to enjoy unparalleled freedoms
                              in the design and operation of their networks.
                              Advanced system software is the heart of the
                              Flexent Mobile Switching Center. A strong software
                              generic development program assures that your
                              system will support customer needs today and into
                              the future.

                              This technical specification concisely provides
                              the key physical, capacity, and environmental
                              characteristics of the system.

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                         Mobile Switching Center (MSC)

MSC Voice Facility Specifications
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PARAMETER                               SPECIFICATION

Network Interface Trunks
  o Type                                Four-wire voice-grade trunk with E&M
                                        type 1 or type 5 supervision or direct
                                        digital DS1 (1.544 Mb/s) per PUB
                                        41451(1)

Frequency Response
(relative to 1000 Hz)
  o 400 Hz                              +1 to -3 dB

  o 2800 Hz                             +1 to -4.5 dB

  o Address Signaling                   R1MF signaling with wink-start or SS7
                                        ISUP(2) recommended

Cell Site Trunks
  o Type                                Four-wire voice-grade trunk with type I
                                        or type 5 E&M at DCS; type 2 or type 5
                                        E&M at cell site or direct digital DS1
                                        (1.544 Mb/s) interface (24-channel
                                        systems)

Frequency Response
(relative to 1000 Hz)
  o 400 Hz                              +1 to -3 dB(3)

  o 2800 Hz                             +1 to -4.5 dB(4)

MSC Traffic and Subscriber Capacities
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PARAMETER                               LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES PROJECTED CAPACITIES

Subscribers                             500,000 Integrated Home Location
                                        Register (HLR) plus 700,000 Visitor
                                        Location Register (VLR)

Call Attempts                           350,000 Busy Hour Call Attempts
                                        (BHCA)(5)

Cell Sites                              222 Macrocells, 1152 Microcells
                                        (maximum)

5ESS(R)-2000 Switch                     350,000 BHCA

Trunks                                  80,000

Erlangs (maximum                        16,000
simultaneous calls)

All signaling Types
(RIMF. CCITT No. 7
Telephone User Part
(TUP), and CCITT No. 7
ISUP are all supported)

Note: Total Digital Cellular Switch (DCS) and/or system capacity may be reduced
when multiple DCSs and/or systems are interconnected for handling growth using
the Cellular Networking feature. The degree of derating is determined by the
extent of networking and other variable factors, such as hand-off rate or
percentage of no page response.

MSC Power & Equipment Requirements
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

PARAMETER                               SPECIFICATION

AC Voltage(6)                           480 or 240 or 208 V, 3-phase.  Protected
                                        AC recommended for AC-driven peripheral
                                        (38OV, 3-phase for 50 Hz)

AC Input Frequency                      60+/-3 Hz (50+/-2.5 Hz
                                        International Applications)

DC Voltage
  o Nominal                             -48 V DC

  o Range                               -42.75 to -55 V DC

  o DCS and ECP Minimums                -42.75 V DC

MSC Grounding Requirements

Single-point ground for ECP, IMS, and any collocated DCS(s). Approved grounding
mediums include buried ring ground (at least 2 feet, 61 cm, from building and 18
inches, 46 cm, deep, cold-water pipe, or building steel. If a cell site is
collocated with the MSC, cell site grounding requirements must be adhered to
without compromising the single-point ground for ECP, IMS, and DCS.

Temperature Requirements
  o Normal                              41(degree)F to 104(degree)F
                                        (5(degree)C to 40(degree)C)

  o Short Term                          32(degree)F to 122(degree)F
    (not to exceed 3 days at a          (0(degree)C to 50(degree)C)
    time and 15 days per year)

Humidity Requirements
  o Normal                              10% to 80%

  o Short Term                          5% to 90% (non-condensing)
  (not to exceed 3 days                 (If low-end humidity range is
  at a time and 15 days                 anticipated electrostatic
  per year)                             discharge control provisions
                                        should be made.)

The temperature and humidity ranges for optimal performance are: Temperature
64(degree)F to 75(degree)F (18(degree)C to 24(degree)C) Humidity 30% to 40%.

Total Airborne Particulate Contaminants

  o Outdoor                             185 micrograms per cubic
                                        meter of ambient air

  o Equipment Room                      75 micrograms per cubic
                                        meter of ambient air

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

Flexent[TM] Application Processor Cluster Complex (APCC)

[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Flexent Application Processor Cluster Complex (APCC)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

COMPONENT                               SPECIFICATION

Maximum APCs per APCC                   3 per MSC

Application Processors                  8 per APC (maximum)

Cell sites per APC                      384 microcells, 64 modular cells, and
                                        64 macrocells (maximum per APC)(7)

AP CPU                                  166 MHZ PA-RISC Processor Board

100 MB Intelligent                      2 Port
Ethernet Card

T1/E1 Interface Ports                   Up to 4

Hard Disk                               4 GB

100 MB Ethernet Hubs                    2

APCC Power and Equipment Requirements
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PARAMETER                               SPECIFICATION

Power Requirements                      12 DC Feeders (redundant)
                                        - 15 Amps/48 Volts each
                                        - 4200 Watts maximum power requirement

Weight                                  750 lb. (340.5 kg)

Dimensions                              72"H x 32"W x 28"D
                                        (182.9cm x 81.3cm x 71.1cm)

Frame                                   5ESS(R)-2000 Central Office
                                        Standard Frame Pre-wired
                                        for all 8 Application
                                        Processors Scalable for up to
                                        8 Application Processors

Temperature Range                       + 32(degree)to +122(degree)F
                                        (0(degree)to +50(degree)C)

APCC Characteristics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PARAMETER                               SPECIFICATION

Application Processor Cluster (APC)     Front accessible and support
                                        live insertion

Gigabyte back plane                     1

2 Intelligent 100MB hubs                LAN networking of the Application
                                        Processors (one for redundancy)

Watchdog Technology                     Monitors the computing element of the
                                        cluster

Demarcation Communication Panel         For easy connection for both T1 and E1

Local Maintenance                       Laptop and Software
Terminal

High Availability APC                   Application Processor Pairs

Intelligent Maintenance Module

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

The Lucent Technologies Access Manager contains            Access
the system intelligence for handling mobility              Manager
management, system configuration, and feature
control.

The Access Manager consists of two main
components:

  o Executive Control Processor Complex (ECPC)
  o FLEXENT[TM] Operations and Management
    Platform (OMP-FX)

The ECPC contains the Common Network Interface (CNI)/Interprocessor Message
Switch (IMS), which is fully redundant, and ensures that there is reliable
connectivity among cell sites throughout the wireless system. The Flexent OMP-FX
works with ECPC in order to free up resources for other OA&M functions. It
provides high system availability, centralized management, and data redundancy.

Flexent[TM] Operatins & Management Platform (OMP-FX)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

COMPONENT                               SPECIFICATION

OMP Server                              Sun Netra T(TM)

CPU                                     One (1) 300 MHz Sun
                                        UltraSparc II (TM) processor

RAM                                     256 MB (2x 128 MB SIMMS)

Hard Disks                              Two (2) 18 GB mirroring disk drives

CD-ROM Drive                            One (1) internal 32x

Digital Audio Tape (DAT) drives         2901 BTUs/hr (850 watts) per each of two
                                        cabinets

OMP-FX Power and Equipment Requirements
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PARAMETER                               SPECIFICATION

Equipment Frame
  o Power Requirements                  Single feed -48V DC

  o Mounting                            Rack mounted in a 21-inch (53 cm)
                                        deep 5ESS(R) Switch compatible frame

Miscellaneous Cabinets
  o Power requirements                  Single feed 110V AC

  o Mounting                            Rack mounted in a 30-inch (76 cm)
                                        deep cabinet

OMP-FX Characteristics
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PARAMETER                               SPECIFICATION

Server Operating System                 Sun Solaris (TM)

Peripherals                             Modem, console terminal, ethernet hubs,
                                        Network Terminal Server (NTS)

Reliability Features                    Earthquake and fire resistant
                                        EMI and ESD testing/procedures
                                        Airborne contaminants resistant
                                        NEBS Level 3 certified server

Executive Control Processor Complex (ECPC)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

COMPONENT                               SPECIFICATION

Executive Control Processor (ECP)       1 3B21D and 1 Common
                                        Network Interface/
                                        Interprocess Message Switch
IMS Nodes Available for Data Links      1024 (physical limit)
to Digital Cellular Switch (DCS),
Cell Sites, and other Wireless
Systems and application software

Current Maximum Number of Nodes

  o Cell Site Nodes (CSN)               56

  o Direct Link Nodes (DLN)             2 required

  o Intercellular Nodes (ICN)           16 for CN or IS-41
                                        X.25 networking

  o Ring Peripheral Controller          2 required
    (RPC) Nodes

  o Call Processor Data Base            12
    Node (CDN)

  o Signaling System 7                  64 for IS-41 SS7 networking (depends
    (SS7) Nodes                         on traffic demands) and 5ESS-2000
                                        Switch DCS connection

  o Ethernet Interface Nodes (EIN)      24

A-Link Sets                             30

Maximum Links per A-Link Set            16

Maximum Number of Signal                10
Transfer Points (STP) Pairs

Cell Site Data Ports per                8
Cell Site Node

Intercellular Data Ports for            Up to 8 (depends on intersystem
CN or IS41 X .25 per                    traffic demands)
Intercellular Node

Maximum Cell Sites                      222 macrocells,
                                        1152 microcells (per MSC)(8)

Maximum 5ESS(R)-2000                    16

Networked Systems
  o Abutting Systems                    15 (CN and/or IS41)
    (hand-offs)

  o Call Delivery,                      1024 (SS7 destination
    Automatic Roaming                   point codes)

Data Link Speed
  o CSN to Cell Site                    9.6 or 56 Kb/s
                                        (56 Kb/s recommended)

  o ICN                                 9.6, 19.2, or 56 Kb/s
                                        (56Kb/s recommended)

  o SS7                                 56 Kb/s or 64 kb/s

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

ECPC Power and Equipment Requirements
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PARAMETER                               SPECIFICATION

Maximum Direct Current
(fully loaded cabinets)
  o ECP Tape Cabinet                    Max. 10 amps; typical 4 amps
    (9 Track-Optional)                  (110V AC)

  o ECP Processor Cabinets              Max. 240 amps; typical 156
                                        amp (48V DC)

  o Interprocessor Message              18 amps per each of
    Switch (IMS Cabinet)                two cabinets

Dimensions of ECP
Complex Cabinet
  o Tape Cabinet                        30 in. W x 24 in. D x 72 in. H
    (9 Track-Optional)                  (76 cm x 61 cm x 183 cm

  o Processor Cabinet                   30 in. W X 24 in. D x 72 in. H
                                        (76 cm x 61 cm x 183 cm)

  o IMS Cabinets                        26 in. W x 30 in. D x 72 in. H
                                        (66 cm x 76 cm 183 cm)

Space Required for ECP Cabinets         5.4 sq. ft. (0.5 sq m) per cabinet

Floor Weights
  o ECP Tape Cabinet                    Max. 400 lbs. (182 kg)
    (9 Track-Optional)

  o ECP Processor Cabinet               Max. 900 lbs. (410 kg)

  o IMS Cabinets                        750 lbs. (340 kg) per each of
                                        two cabinets

Heat Release
  o ECP Tape Cabinet                    Max. 3413 BTUs/hr
    (9 Track-Optional)                  (1,000 watts)

  o ECP Processor Cabinet               Max 8532 BTUs/hr
                                        (2,500 watts)

  o IMS Cabinets                        2901 BTUs/hr (850 watts)
                                        per each of two cabinets

ECPC Characteristics
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PARAMETER                               SPECIFICATION

Lucent Technologies 3B21D               Minimum of two pairs of 2-gigabyte SCSI
                                        duplicated disks and 64 MB of memory

Reliability Methods                     Key Mobile Switching Center (MSC) units
                                        duplicated (one active and one standby)
                                        Internal and external
                                        interfaces duplicated
                                        Automated recovery maintenance software

ECP Software                            UNIX(8) Real Time Reliable (RTR)
                                        operating system

Charge Recording (AMA)                  Recorded on Digital Audio Tape (DAT)
by ECP                                  on demand (Standard) or 9-track,
                                        inch (1.27 cm) magnetic tape (optional)

High Speed Automatic                    Optional feature
Message Accounting (AMA)

Data Base Management Information        Customer data base
Stored in ECP (on duplicated            Master copy of Interprocess
disks in the MSC)                       Message Switch (IMS)
                                        generic Master copy of cell
                                        site data bases

                                        Up to six master cell site generics

Software Maintenance -                  RS232 connections to color or b/w
Human Interface                         terminal at speeds up to 9600 b/s

Remote Operation and Maintenance
Options Available

  o Software Change                     Software changes for ECP
    Administration and
    Notification System
   (SCANS)

  o Recent Change/Verify (RC/V)         Data rate = 4800 b/s

  o Receive-Only Printer (ROP)          Administrative interface with ECP
                                        Maintenance and administrative
                                        printouts.
                                        Data rate = 1200/9600 b/s
                                        (up to 600 lines/minute)

  o Remote Maintenance                  Color CRT-remote maintenance for ECP
    Terminal                            Data rate - 9600 b/s

  o Remote Dial-up                      For cell site maintenance or
    Terminals                           field support monitoring of
                                        ECP Data rate = 1200 b/s -9600 b/s

  o Remote Alarms                       Monitor cell site alarms over cell
                                        site data link

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                              5ESS(R)-2000 Switch

The 5ESS(R)- 2000 Switch combines the following qualities: small size, modular
architecture, advanced interconnection technology, and the use of redundancy
where needed to provide a digital switch that is easy to engineer and grow,
highly maintainable, and highly reliable. Lucent's scalable architecture offers
the same mobile switching center features and reliability for small markets up
to the largest market sized served.

The 5ESS(R)- 2000 Switch also allows providers the option of offering landline
and wireless services on the same switch. Lucent's Fixed and Mobile Convergence
(FMC) - Landline Cellular Offer features the 5ESS (R) - 2000 Switch that can
provide one single network node from which both traditional wireline and
wireless subscribers can be supported. The Landline Cellular Option allows
combinations of traditional wireline capabilities of the 5ESS(R)-2000 Switch
(local, toll, international gateway, ISDN, Centrex, OSPS, and IN) and supported
wireless air interfaces (GSM, CDMA, TDMA) to seamlessly provide
wireless/wireline services via a single integrated switching platform.

[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

5ESS(R)-2000 Switch
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

COMPONENT                               SPECIFICATION

Switching Modules(SM) per DCS           23 max

Maximum Links per 5ESS(R)-2000          16 Links (Domestic)

Switch DCS Link Set                     8 Links (International)

5ESS(R)-2000 Switch Power and Equipment Requirements
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PARAMETER                               SPECIFICATION

Cabinet Dimensions                      30 in. W x 23.6 in. D x 72 in. H
                                        (76 cm, x 60 cm x 183 cm)

Space Required for Cabinet              Maintenance Aisle: 34 in.
                                        (86 cm)(minimum)
                                        Wiring Aisle: 24 in.
                                        (61 cm) (minimum)

Floor Load                              100 lbs./sq. ft. (488.25 kg/sq. m)
                                        for equipment and 50 lbs./sq. ft.
                                        (244.125 kg/sq. m) for transient load

Equipment Lineup                        520 in. W x 24 in. D
(Max. 17 cabinets per row)              (1316cm x 61cm)

5ESS(R)-2000 Switch Characteristics
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PARAMETER                               SPECIFICATION

Operations and Maintenance Options      Maintenance and administrative
  o Receive Only Printer                printouts connected via a parallel port
    (ROP)

  o Master Control Console              Interface to switch

  o Operational center links            Four (4) high-speed data links
                                        (up to 64 kb/s) (maximum)

5ESS(R)-2000 Switch Heat Dissipation and Current Drain
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

MODULE              No of              Heat            Current            In
                   cabinets         Dissipation         Drain          Lbs. (kg)
                                      (BTUs)           (amps)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrative        2                5456             30.60        1000(453.6)
Module

Communications        2                7246             40.64        1310(594.2)
Module

Miscellaneous         1                1753              9.83        1185(537.5)
Cabinet

Power
Distribution          1                1753              9.83         650(294.8)
Cabinet

Switching             3                1770             10.00        1875(850.5)
Module

Average numbers: contact your technical consultant for specifics regarding your
configuration.

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

5ESS(R)-2000 Very Compact Digital Exchange Switch (VCDX)

If smaller size markets are being targeted, they can be equipped with the 5ESS
(R) - 2000 VCDX (Very Compact Digital Exchange) Switch, which offers a compact,
cost effective solution.

Additionally, the 5ESS(R) - 2000 VCDX switch can be converted to a full size
5ESS(R) - 2000 Switch as the site grows, or it can be added to an existing
net-work containing a full size 5ESS(R) - 2000 Switch in order to provide
advanced features and services.

5ESS(R)-2000 VCDX Switch
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

COMPONENT                               SPECIFICATION

Switching Modules(SM) per VCDX          1 max (SM2000)

Switching Module RAM                    160MB

Administrative Module                   300 MHz UltraSparc-II(TM)

Administrative Module RAM               128 MB

Hard Disks                              Two (2) internal 9.1 GB
                                        mirroring disk drives

DAT Tape                                1 internal drive

5ESS(R)-2000 VCDX Switch Characteristics
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PARAMETER                               SPECIFICATION

Operations and Maintenance Options
  o Receive Only Printer (ROP)          Maintenance and administrative
                                        printouts connected via a parallel port

  o Master Control Console              Interface to VCDX switch

  o Maintenance Ports                   10 RS-232C serial ports

  o Operational center links            Four (4) high-speed data links
                                        (up to 64 kb/s (maximum)

5ESS(R)-2000 VCDX Switch Power and Equipment Requirements
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PARAMETER                               SPECIFICATION

Administrative                          16.4 in. W x 16.1 in. D x 3.1 in. H
Workstation Dimensions                  (41.7 cm x 40.9 cm x 7.7 cm)

Administrative                          Dual 48 V DC power feeds
Workstation Voltage                     120 V/220 VAC

Administrative                          27.0 lbs (12.7 kg)
Workstation Weight

Switching Module                        30 in. W x 23.6 in. D x 72 in. H
Cabinet Dimensions                      (76 cm, x 60 cm x 183 cm)

Space Required for                      Maintenance Aisle: 34 in.
Switching Module                        (86 cm)(minimum)
Cabinet                                 Wiring Aisle: 24 in. (61 cm) (minimum)

Switching Module                        100 lbs./sq. ft. (488.25 kg/sq. m)
Floor Load                              for equipment and
                                        50 lbs-/sq. ft. (244.125 kg/sq. m)
                                        for transient load

Equipment Lineup                        520 in. W x 24 in. D
(Max. 17 cabinets per row)              (1316cm x 61cm)

Temperature Requirements
  o Operating Range                     32(degree)F to 104(degree)F
                                        (0(degree)C to 40(degree)C)

  o Non-operating                       40(degree)F to 158(degree)F
                                        (-40(degree)C to 70(degree)C)

Humidity Requirements
  o Operating Range                     5% to 95% Relative
                                        Humidity (non-condensing)

  o Non-operating                       5% to 95% Relative
                                        Humidity (non-condensing)

5ESS(R)-2000 VCDX Switch Heat Dissipation and Current Drain
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

MODULE              No of              Heat            Current            In
                   cabinets         Dissipation         Drain          Lbs. (kg)
                                      (BTUs)           (amps)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Miscellaneous         1                1753              9.83        1185(537.5)
Cabinet

Power
Distribution          1                1753              9.83         650(294.8)
Cabinet

Switching             3                1770             10.00        1875(850.5)
Module

Average numbers: contact your technical consultant for specifics regarding your
configuration.

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

(1) MDP-326-920, High Capacity Digital Service, Addendum 1 - Aug. 1983

(2) Common Channel Signaling System 7 ISDN User Part

(3) Variations from these specifications are acceptable, but may result in
    decreased transmission quality

(4) Busy Hour Call Attempts (BHCA) constraints apply to these numbers

(5) Busy Hour Call Attempts (BHCA) and capacities may vary based on air
    interface technology utilized, call characteristics,, and networking
    considerations

(6) Equivalent to standard commercial AC power

(7) Busy Hour Call Attempts(BHCA) constraints apply to these numbers

(8) Each set of six (6) microcells on one RCS reduces the number of macrocells
    by one.

For More Information

For more information about Lucent Technologies Mobile Switching Center, contact
your Lucent Technologies Account Representative or call: 888-426-2252 (United
States) or 314-891-6188 (outside United States).

Visit our web site at http://www.lucent.com

This document is for planning purposes only and is not intended to modify or
supplement any Lucent Technologies specifications or warranties relating to
these products and services.

UNIX is a registered trademark in the United States and other countries,
exclusively licensed through X/Open Company, Ltd.

5ESS is a registered trademark of Lucent Technologies, Inc.

Flexent is a trademark of Lucent Technologies, Inc.

Copyright(C)1999 Lucent Technologies Inc.
All rights reserved.
Printed in U.S.A.

Lucent Technologies Inc.
AMPS/PCS Messaging
6506 SJS 12/99

                                                     Lucent Technologies
                                                                  [LOGO OMITTED]
                                                   Bell Labs Innovations

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                  APPENDIX B-2

                          RF Engineering Deliverables

SUPPLIER and PURCHASER Responsibilities for markets where Lucent provides the
CDMA Design

     1.   PURCHASER will provide SUPPLIER with the following CDMA design
          requirements:

          a.   Existing RF System Information
          b.   CDMA Coverage Boundary
          c.   CDMA Coverage requirements
          d.   CDMA Traffic Requirements
          e.   CDMA Market Penetration
          f.   Available CDMA Spectrum
          g.   CDMA Mobile Station Types
          h.   Information on suspected/potential interferers
          i.   Neighbor Lists for Analog System
          j.   Drive Test Data in "Archcats" format
          k.   List of Planned Sites for inclusion in design

     2.   SUPPLIER will provide sufficient data and information on SUPPLIER's
          CDMA Design Methodology, CDMA Simulator/Propagation Tool and other
          CDMA Design Tools and Processes to allow PURCHASER to validate the
          system design.

     3.   SUPPLIER shall provide a draft system design to PURCHASER within 30
          calendar days of receiving PURCHASER's CDMA design requirements
          specified in item 1 above. The draft design shall include the
          following:

          a.   Design Requirements
          b.   Design Methodology
          c.   System Description
          d.   Propagation Model (Based on Drive Data)
          e.   Normal Pilot Signal Strength Plots
          f.   Pilot Channel Ec/Io (On Street) Plots
          g.   Balanced Reverse Link Traffic Channel Eb/No Plots
          h.   Balanced Reverse Link Coverage Plots
          i.   Handoff (On Street)Plots

          SUPPLIER will present SUPPLIER's system design at a Draft RF System
          Design Review held at PURCHASER's designated offices.

     4.   PURCHASER may request and SUPPLIER shall provide any of the CDMA
          Analyses available in SUPPLIER's CE4 Cellular Engineering Tools.

     5.   SUPPLIER shall provide RF Engineers and the CE4 Cellular Engineering
          Tools at PURCHASER's designated offices for a minimum of two weeks
          following the Draft RF design review. During this period PURCHASER's
          and SUPPLIER's engineers will work together to evaluate the draft RF
          Design and resolve system design issues. SUPPLIER's and PURCHASER's
          engineers will mutually agree to a final system design.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless    Appendix B 2           Page 1 of 2
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

     6.   Following agreement on a final system design, SUPPLIER shall provide
          the following within 7 calendar days:

          a.   Design Requirements
          b.   Design Methodology
          c.   System Description
          d.   Propagation Model (Based on Drive Data)
          e.   Normal Pilot Signal Strength Plots
          f.   Pilot Channel Ec/Io (On Street) Plots
          g.   Balanced Reverse Link Traffic Channel Eb/No Plots
          h.   Balanced Reverse Link Coverage Plots
          i.   Handoff (On Street) Plots

     7.   SUPPLIER will evaluate any proposed site modifications to those sites
          selected for CDMA to determine their impact on the final design.
          PURCHASER will provide SUPPLIER a list of proposed site modifications
          for this evaluation.

     8.   SUPPLIER and PURCHASER will jointly review and mutually agree to a
          final system design. This attachment shall include the CDMA Coverage
          Boundary, a detailed list of the sites and sectors at which CDMA will
          be deployed, and a list of the channel elements required at each of
          these sites and sectors.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless    Appendix B 2           Page 2 of 2
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                 APPENDIX B 3

                        Minimum Commercial Requirements
                          for SUPPLIER's CDMA System

                     THIS SECTION INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

                   PARTIES WILL MUTUALLY AGREE UPON THE NEED

                  AND INFORMATION FOR THIS ADDITIONAL SECTION

                     WITHIN 60 DAYS FROM EXECUTION OF THIS

                                  AGREEMENT.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless   Appendix  B 3            Page 1 of 1
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                 APPENDIX B-3a

             RF Performance Acceptance Criteria For A CDMA Network

1. Introduction

     1.1  Overview
     This document describes the Acceptance test procedure and RF systems
     performance warranty for a CDMA wireless voice network using hardware and
     software provided by SUPPLIER.

     The nature of the warranty must necessarily vary depending upon the
     circumstances involved. Several possibilities exist.

     o    SUPPLIER designs and optimizes the system. In this situation, an RF
          system warranty is provided.

     o    SUPPLIER optimizes but does not design the system. In this situation,
          an RF system warranty is only provided if SUPPLIER validates the
          design. The warranty applies only to those portions of the network
          that are validated. Design validation may be done

               --During the design process, OR
               --Performed on the as-built system by measuring path loss and
                 pilot strength information.

     o    SUPPLIER neither designs nor optimizes the system. In this case, no
          RF system warranty is provided.

     o    SUPPLIER swaps out or overlays a system, and performs the
          optimization. In this case, an RF system warranty is provided that
          uses the performance of the new or overlaid network relative to the
          performance of the old or under-laid network as a means of assessing
          acceptance.

     1.2 Nature and conditions of warranty
     Generic warranty metrics and associated test procedures are described in
     section 2. The warranty/acceptance criteria specified in this section is
     valid when SUPPLIER performs the RF design on a "Green field design"
     basis, i.e., SUPPLIER performs the RF design and SUPPLIER performs RF
     optimization of the network as per SUPPLIER standard procedures and there
     has been no other existing network to be swapped-out or overlaid. In
     addition, this warranty/acceptance criteria is only applicable to clusters
     that consist of at least 10 contiguous cells. Warranties for a network
     that consists in total of less than 10 cells must be addressed separately.

     In the event that SUPPLIER performs RF optimization services only and
     PURCHASER wishes to develop the network design, the design must be
     validated by SUPPLIER in order for the warranty criteria described in
     section 2 to apply. Two possible means of validation exist.

     o    The process of PURCHASER design and SUPPLIER validation during the
          design process is described in section 3. Warranty applies to the
          whole or part of the network that is validated during the design
          process.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless  Appendix B 3 a            Page 1 of 6
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

     o    Alternatively, if it is the PURCHASER's desire to relinquish such
          SUPPLIER validation during the design procedure, then the
          warranty/acceptance criteria described in section 2 would only apply
          to the design coverage area that is validated by measurements taken
          on the as-built system. Specifically, the warranty applies to areas
          that fulfill the following criteria:

          1)   The measured path loss is equal to or better than the maximum
               allowable path loss as per SUPPLIER Link budget; AND
          2)   The measured pilot Ec/No is equal to or greater than -13 dB.

     The warranty metrics and procedures specified in section 2 are applicable
     only to the portions of the network that are validated.

     For the markets where SUPPLIER is providing a network to swapout or
     overlay an existing network deployed by SUPPLIER or other SUPPLIER on a
     1:1 basis, the acceptance test shall be based on comparison of the old
     existing network and the new. The performance of SUPPLIER provided network
     as indicated by the performance metrics shall be at least as good or
     better than that of the existing network within the measurement accuracy
     and with statistical significance (e.g., 2 standard deviation). In
     addition, the morphology and traffic pattern changes shall be calibrated
     and accounted for in order to provide a fair comparison. The test metrics
     and procedure may be negotiated on a case by case basis but shall in
     general follow the guideline as that stated in section 2.

     Note that in this case acceptance is assessed by comparing the values
     obtained in the new or overlaid network to those obtained in the old or
     under-laid network, as opposed to comparing the values obtained in the
     new/overlaid network to an absolute target. Further, the comparison is
     only valid for acceptance purposes if the old and new values are measured
     under identical test conditions, and SUPPLIER performs optimization of the
     new/overlaid system.

2.0 Metrics and test procedures
The performance metrics defined below are part of the contract and shall be
used in Acceptance Testing.

The metrics shall apply in those cases where SUPPLIER performs the RF design
and SUPPLIER performs the RF optimization. The values of the metrics obtained
in test shall be compared to the warranty targets stated in order to assess
acceptance.

The metrics shall also apply when SUPPLIER performs RF optimization only and
PURCHASER performs RF design provided that the design is validated by SUPPLIER
(see section 1, also section 3). In this situation, the performance metrics
described below shall apply only to the portion(s) of the network that are
validated. The values of the metrics obtained in test shall be compared to the
warranty targets stated in order to assess acceptance.

The metrics described below shall also apply to the situation where SUPPLIER
performs a swapout or overlay and performs optimization on the new/overlaid
system; however, in this case, acceptance shall be assessed by comparing the
values of the metrics obtained from the new/overlaid network to those obtained
from the old/under-laid network. The old and new metrics must be measured under
identical test conditions in order for the comparison to be valid.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless  Appendix B 3 a            Page 2 of 6
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

The metrics described below shall not apply in situation where SUPPLIER performs
neither design nor optimization. In this case, no RF system warranty shall be
offered.

The procedures for measuring the performance metrics shall be executed as
described below.

     2.1 Test setup
     All tests shall be performed using test vehicles equipped with a
     calibrated test personal stations(s) that meets or exceeds the minimum
     performance specifications (J-STD-008) for a CDMA subscriber unit of 200
     milliwatt EIRP minimum output power. All tests shall be conducted at the
     selected vocoder rates implemented in the PURCHASER's system. Test mobiles
     shall have fixed attenuators connected between the transceiver and the
     antenna to compensate for vehicle penetration loss, additional vehicle
     height, and performance of the test vehicle antenna as appropriate.
     Additional attenuation may also be added to simulate system load.

     2.2 Coverage area for test
     All data shall be collected in mutually agreed test areas within the
     designed service coverage area. The "designed service coverage area" is
     defined as the area predicted to be covered for service by SUPPLIER' tools
     and measurements based on the final cell site locations. (Alternatively,
     if PURCHASER performs RF design as described in sections 1 and 3, the
     "designed service coverage area" shall be defined as the area predicted by
     PURCHASER's design methods and validated by SUPPLIER). Test routes within
     the designed service coverage area shall be mutually agreed. For purposes
     of data collection and analysis the routes shall be divided into spatial
     subdivisions called geographic bins. The bins shall be of mutually agreed
     size and not less than 100 meters by 100 meters. Bin size need not
     necessarily be uniform. The bins along the high way shall be no less than
     100-meter length linear bins. During data collection the test routes shall
     be driven at speeds mutually agreed to as being representative of normal
     subscriber behavior. Data collected from areas not planned to be covered
     in design shall be excluded from any analysis.

     While SUPPLIER will attempt to minimize areas with weak or no coverage by
     using optimization techniques, RF performance will not be guaranteed in
     areas that are not predicted to be covered in design.

     2.3 In-building

     In-building coverage via external CDMA infrastructure will not be tested
     as part of acceptance; however, any building penetration margins specified
     in the design by PURCHASER may be verified at the street level.

     2.4 Traffic load for test
     System acceptance tests shall be conducted with simulated traffic load.
     This traffic load shall correspond to the number of Erlangs for which the
     system has been designed. The method of load simulation shall be as
     follows:

         2.4.1 Reverse Link. Reverse link load simulation shall be conducted by
         using an attenuator placed in the reverse link path at the mobile
         transmitter. The value of the attenuator shall be consistent with the
         equivalent noise rise at the cell site receiver generated by the
         traffic load (busy hour Erlangs) used in design.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless  Appendix B 3 a            Page 3 of 6
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

         2.4.2 Forward Link. Forward link load simulation shall be conducted by
         using Seller's Orthogonal Channel Noise Simulator (OCNS) to broadcast
         forward link interference of appropriate level. This interference
         shall be consistent with the traffic load (busy hour Erlangs) used in
         design. The number, level, and channel activity of interfering links
         shall be mutually agreed between SUPPLIER and PURCHASER.

     2.5  Performance metrics
     The performance metrics are:

         2.5.1 Frame Erasure Rate (FER). Data shall be collected under
         simulated traffic load (see section 2.4). Forward and reverse links
         shall be characterized separately.

         Data shall be collected and analyzed as follows: A call with known
         data sequences (e.g., Markov) shall be made and maintained. (If the
         call drops, a new call will be set up). During the call both forward
         and reverse link full rate frames shall be collected in time bins of
         at least 100 full rate frames. Each time bin average is averaged into
         a geographic bin in order to obtain a FER score, or average frame
         error rate (AFER), that characterizes that bin's location.

         Data collected from areas not planned to be covered in design shall
         not be considered for analysis (see section 2.2). Of the remaining
         data, a small percentage of the worst AFER values collected shall be
         discarded, where the percentage is consistent with the fraction
         (probability) of area design coverage. For example, the worst 5% of
         AFER values collected shall be discarded, where the system is designed
         for 95% area coverage. The worst 10% of AFER values collected shall be
         discarded where the system is designed for 90% area coverage. The
         remaining bins shall together constitute the non-excluded area. The
         AFER values within the non-excluded area shall be averaged together.
         For acceptance, this average shall not exceed 2%.

         2.5.2 Dropped Calls. Data shall be collected under simulated traffic
         load (see section 2.4).

         Data shall be collected and analyzed as follows: a sequence of test
         calls shall be placed along the test drive routes. The duration of
         each call shall not exceed 100 seconds. The dropped call rate shall
         be the ratio of successfully originated calls that were dropped to
         the total number of successfully originated calls. A successfully
         originated call is defined as a successful origination to a non-busy
         number at the switch resulting from a correctly dialed call. Only
         data collected within the non-excluded area (see section 2.5.1) shall
         be included in this analysis. For system acceptance, the dropped call
         rate shall be less than or equal to 2%.

         2.5.3 Originations and Terminations. Data shall be collected under
         simulated traffic load (see section 2.4).

         Data shall be collected and analyzed as follows: for originations, a
         sequence of test calls shall be placed along the test drive routes.
         The origination success rate shall be the ratio of successfully
         originated calls to the total number of valid call attempts. A valid
         call attempt is defined as an origination attempt via a correctly
         dialed number to a non-busy number at the switch. A successfully
         originated call is defined as a call that has reached the voice
         channel state. Only data collected within the non-excluded area (see
         section 2.5.1) shall be included in this analysis. For system
         acceptance, the origination success rate shall meet or exceed 95%.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless  Appendix B 3 a            Page 4 of 6
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

         For terminations, a sequence of test calls shall be placed along the
         test drive routes. The termination success rate shall be the ratio of
         successfully terminated calls to the total number of valid call
         attempts. A valid call attempt is defined as a termination attempt via
         a correctly dialed number from the switch to the test mobile. A
         successfully terminated call is defined as a call that has reached the
         voice channel state. Only data collected within the non-excluded area
         (see section 2.5.1) shall be included in this analysis. For system
         acceptance, the termination success rate shall meet or exceed 95%.

3.0 CDMA RF Network Design Process (Validation During Design)
This section describes the CDMA RF network design process flow should PURCHASER
intend to develop the network design for any or all market in the CDMA network
but contracts with SUPPLIER to perform the optimization. In this situation, the
warranty described in section 2 only applies to the portion(s) of the network
that SUPPLIER validates. Validation may be done during the design process or
upon the as-built network by taking measurements. This section describes
the former; i.e., the process that is followed when SUPPLIER validates the
design during the design procedure. (Validation upon the as-built network is
described in section 1).

If SUPPLIER performs both RF design and RF optimization, the process described
below is not applicable, and the warranty metrics described in section 2 shall
apply (see section 1).

The design process flow for PURCHASER design and SUPPLIER optimization, with
SUPPLIER design validation during the design procedure, shall be as follows:

(a)  PURCHASER shall define the required coverage and performance objectives
     and also shall specify the carried traffic design objectives for a
     particular market. SUPPLIER provides a link budget customized to achieve
     the PURCHASER specified design objectives. PURCHASER shall specify
     applicable penetration margins (e.g., building), probability of cell edge
     coverage, antenna height, cable loss, head (body) loss, and voice quality
     target.

(b)  Based on the SUPPLIER provided link budget, PURCHASER produces a
     Preliminary Initial Cluster Design for a particular Cluster and submits
     complete, comprehensive CDMA Design data to SUPPLIER for review. All
     simulations performed by PURCHASER and/or SUPPLIER shall assume a design
     Carried Traffic load based on Dominant Morphology for each sector for
     building a Traffic Distribution Map. The Land Use Data for the respective
     coverage area of each sector shall be evaluated and a Dominant Morphology
     class will be selected for each sector. PURCHASER shall provide sufficient
     clutter (Land Use) classifications to enable the morphology
     classifications for specified design coverage area. PURCHASER shall
     provide engineering and technical support to assist SUPPLIER's evaluation
     of PURCHASER's design.

(c)  PURCHASER and SUPPLIER jointly review the Preliminary Initial Cluster
     Design.

(d)  SUPPLIER provides in written form, a list of suggested changes for the
     Preliminary Initial Cluster Design. If SUPPLIER demonstrates to PURCHASER
     that the Land Use database used to produce any Definitive Final Cluster
     Design has errors that would affect the Performance Guarantees, then
     SUPPLIER shall have the right to provide corrections for all such errors
     and PURCHASER shall re-run the Definitive Final Cluster Design.

(e)  PURCHASER shall review and implement the suggested changes and PURCHASER
     shall be obligated to accept SUPPLIER's suggested changes.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless  Appendix B 3 a            Page 5 of 6
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

(f)  SUPPLIER approves the Preliminary Initial Cluster Design by issuing a
     Design Acceptance Certificate for either the modified Cluster Design from
     Section 3.0 (d), or PURCHASER's original design from Section 3.0 (b) if
     such Cluster Design is consistent with Section 3.0 (d) above.

(g)  The approved Preliminary Initial Cluster Design then becomes the
     Definitive Initial Cluster Design that is utilized to generate the initial
     Order for Articles of said design.

(h)  PURCHASER shall produce a Preliminary Final Cluster Design for the
     "as-built" configuration of the Cluster.

(i)  PURCHASER and SUPPLIER jointly review and as necessary refine the
     Preliminary Final Cluster Design. This design is then delivered to
     SUPPLIER for approval.

(j)  SUPPLIER shall have the same rights to suggest changes to the Preliminary
     Final Cluster Design as specified in Section 3.0 (c) and (d) above.

(k)  PURCHASER shall have the same obligations to accept SUPPLIER suggested
     changes as are specified in Section 3.0 (d) above.

(l)  SUPPLIER shall then approve the Preliminary Final Cluster Design by
     issuing a Design Acceptance Certificate for either the modified Cluster
     Design from Section 3.0 (j), or PURCHASER's original design from Section
     3.0 (g) if such modified Cluster Design is consistent with Section 3.0 (j)
     above. The approved Preliminary Final Cluster Design shall become the
     Definitive Final Cluster Design.

The Definitive Final Cluster Design is utilized to generate the predicted
coverage area and the mutually agreed Drive Test Routes for assessing
Performance Guarantee compliance during the System Performance Acceptance Test
(see section 2).

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless  Appendix B 3 a            Page 6 of 6
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                   APPENDIX C

                 Acceptance Test Procedures and Sign-Off Forms

Acceptance Test Procedures for equipment are defined in "Customer Acceptance
Test Plans - Document No. 401-600-115". This document is located on an internal
Lucent web site and is used as a template along with customer input to create
the actual test plans. SUPPLIER and PURCHASER have agreed to meet and mutually
develop a Method of Procedure ("MOP") document that will detail the Acceptance
Test Procedures and actual acceptance criteria as detailed in Appendix B3a for
all network deployments.

Attachment - Acceptance Test Procedure Sign-off forms

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless        Appendix C         Page 1 of 3
Definitive Agreement                                   Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                    PURCHASER Acceptance Test Sign-Off Sheet
                               CDMA MSC Equipment

Name of ATP:

Description of Tests Performed:

Date Test Completed:

Exception Items:

Test Results Accepted:

---------------------------------------            -----------------------------
SUPPLIER                       Date                PURCHASER               Date
Representative                                     Representative

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless        Appendix C         Page 2 of 3
Definitive Agreement                                   Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                    PURCHASER Acceptance Test Sign-Off Sheet
                               CDMA Growth Frames

Cell Site Name/Location:

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PART 1 TEST - FITS/FACTS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DATE COMPLETED:

EXCEPTION ITEMS:  (Attach Additional Sheets as Needed)

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

TESTS ACCEPTED BY:                                                     DATE:
SELLER REPRESENTATIVE

TESTS ACCEPTED BY:
BUYER REPRESENTATIVE                                                   DATE:

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PART 2 TEST - BTS CELL  INTEGRATION
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DATE COMPLETED:

EXCEPTION ITEMS: (ATTACH ADDITIONAL SHEETS AS NEEDED)

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

TESTS ACCEPTED BY:                                                     DATE:
SUPPLIER REPRESENTATIVE

TESTS ACCEPTED BY:
PURCHASER REPRESENTATIVE                                      DATE:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless        Appendix C         Page 3 of 3
Definitive Agreement                                   Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                   APPENDIX D

                          Implementation Engineering,
                Site Preparation, Installation and Optimization

For purposes of uniformity and brevity, references to AGREEMENT or to an
APPENDIX shall refer to this the AGREEMENT to which this document is APPENDIX D
and to the other Appendixes within this AGREEMENT. All definitions set forth in
this the AGREEMENT shall apply hereto.

SCOPE OF WORK
This APPENDIX includes:
     o    System Implementation Engineering  - Schedule A
     o    Site Preparation  - Schedule B
     o    Installation and Optimization (if applicable) - Schedule C

When PURCHASER orders System Implementation Engineering or Installation and
Optimization from SUPPLIER, SUPPLIER's services shall be performed in
accordance with industry standards. PURCHASER agrees to accept Schedules A, B
and C, respectively, according to the terms and conditions of this APPENDIX and
PURCHASER shall pay the prices set forth in APPENDIX A, a firm price quote, or
an order as applicable. Completion of the activities set forth in Schedule B is
the sole responsibility of PURCHASER and not subject to any pricing schedules.

COMMENCEMENT OF WORK
System implementation engineering shall commence upon formulation of the
preliminary system definition.

Installation and optimization, if applicable shall commence within a reasonable
time after arrival of Network Elements the FNE in the area, provided that
PURCHASER has completed site preparation and made applicable sites available to
SUPPLIER.

SYSTEM IMPLEMENTATION ENGINEERING
SCHEDULE A
System implementation engineering, including site appraisal and installation
analysis, shall be performed as follows:

Upon completion of the site appraisal and installation analysis by SUPPLIER,
SUPPLIER will meet with PURCHASER and list all tasks which need to be
accomplished on a site by site basis prior to the system's equipment
installation and optimization.

     1.   SUPPLIER will provide a task list to PURCHASER in written format at
          the conclusion of the meeting as outlined above.

     2.   SUPPLIER shall prepare recommended site diagrams for PURCHASER with
          adequate dimensional detail to facilitate Purchasers site
          engineering. Diagrams are to be in a format compatible with AutoCAD,
          preferably DXF format.

     3.   Diagrams are to be supplied to PURCHASER in electronic format as
          closely as practical to the meeting date referenced in section above.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless      Appendix D            Page 1 of 5
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

         4.   Additionally, SUPPLIER shall prepare site specific Network
              ElementFNE and SUPPLIER provided Ancillary equipment lists.
              Pre-construction documentation developed therefrom shall include:

               o    Power cabling diagrams.
               o    Dimensional site layouts.
               o    RF cabling diagrams.
               o    Wiring diagrams.
               o    Rack layout diagrams for equipment to be installed during
                    the initial construction cycle and, if applicable, the
                    final configuration following removal of the displaced
                    equipment.
               o    Wiring lists.
               o    Block and level diagrams.
               o    Overall system diagram and a system block and level
                    diagram.

SITE PREPARATION
SCHEDULE B

STANDARDS
All labor and material necessary to prepare and complete each site will be
provided and installed in compliance with all local, state and federal codes.

SCOPE OF WORK
PURCHASER shall be responsible for all site preparation activities for all MSC
and cell sites. However, if required, SUPPLIER and PURCHASER shall mutually
prepare a scope of work for each site preparation task. Site preparation tasks
shall include, without implied limitation:

     o    Building or room renovation.
     o    Internal and external ground system.
     o    Primary power interconnection and distribution.
     o    Power upgrades.
     o    Cell site alarm specification.
     o    T1 lines or similar facilities

The agreed upon scopes of work shall become attachments to this Schedule B when
ratified by PURCHASER and SUPPLIER.

INSTALLATION AND OPTIMIZATION
SCHEDULE C

STANDARDS
The equipment will be installed and optimized, if applicable, by SUPPLIER in
accordance with the following standards:

     o    All work will be performed by personnel having completed a formal
          installation training program through SUPPLIER'S training facilities.

     o    SUPPLIER parts of the most current mod and revision at the time of
          installation will be

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless      Appendix D            Page 2 of 5
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

          utilized exclusively.

     o    All equipment will be installed in new or like new condition. All
          installation damage to be repaired to like new condition at
          SUPPLIER's expense, both parts and labor.

     o    The work will be performed in accordance with the instructions and
          techniques as described in the service manuals supplied with the
          equipment and proprietary Lucent internal installation documentation.

     o    All grounding shall be in compliance with SUPPLIER grounding
          requirements as described in CIB 148B for cell sites, and
          Installation drawing 650 for ECP, IMS ring, 5ESS Switch and power
          plant. Additional references are ED3R113-01, ED3R113-05, and
          ED3R113-07 attachments 2, 3 & 4.

     o    SUPPLIER shall make available a single dedicated resource to
          physically inspect each installed or modified location just prior to
          FITS (Field Installation Test Set) procedures to facilitate and
          confirm adherence to all appropriate requirements and guidelines for
          installation and optimization, if applicable.

SUPPLIER shall install and optimize where applicable the system as specified in
Schedule A and as follows:

     o    For Network ElementsFNE:
          o    If required, move existing system equipment to create space for
               new system equipment.
          o    Unpack and position cabinets and racks and fasten to the floor,
               if required.
          o    Engineer, furnish and install earthquake bracing and cable tray
               for new Network ElementsFNE, if applicable.
          o    Engineer, furnish and install power and RF cabling.
          o    Verify proper operation of all SUPPLIER provided equipment.
          o    Load the System Software.
          o    Tune and adjust all site equipment being installed and enter
               meter readings and tuning indications on SUPPLIER log sheet.
          o    Perform Acceptance test procedure to assure compliance with
               APPENDIX C.
          o    Test and verify the handling of system calls and the call
               handoff boundary. Adjust and record all line and audio levels
               for the SUPPLIER provided equipment.
          o    Test operation of the system through the cell site(s) using
               SUPPLIER provided mobile units.
          o    Confirm that call records are being stored on hard disk.
          o    Verify proper operation of diagnostic functions.
          o    Perform any other tests or adjustments required by SUPPLIER to
               verify that the system is operating according to SUPPLIER
               specifications.
          o    Supply PURCHASER with optimization measurement information
               necessary for PURCHASER's FCC filing.
          o    Verify proper operation of spare equipment and boards supplied
               by SUPPLIER.
          o    Program the MSC and cell sites with required market specific
               translations, per PURCHASER engineering requirements, to
               facilitate bringing system into commercial service.
          o    Perform on air cell cluster testing during PURCHASER defined
               maintenance

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless      Appendix D            Page 3 of 5
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

               window, when applicable.
          o    Remove all refuse from the sites.
          o    Install necessary alarms and test through to MSC and network
               operations center, as agreed to.
          o    Assist in placing required new DS-1 facilities into service,
               primarily through testing for circuit functionality at the cell
               location.
          o    For initial CDMA commercial deployment; SUPPLIER at its sole
               discretion will maintain on site personnel to assist stabilizing
               system operations through system turn up for no longer than 1
               month following.
          o    For initial 5ESS commercial deployment; SUPPLIER at its sole
               discretion will maintain on site personnel to assist stabilizing
               system operations through system turn up for no longer than 1
               month following.

PURCHASER RESPONSIBILITIES

     o    PURCHASER is responsible for providing access for SUPPLIER to all
          sites.

     o    Information, documentation, facilities and services under PURCHASER's
          control or reasonably obtainable by PURCHASER shall be furnished by
          PURCHASER in a timely manner in order to facilitate the orderly
          progress of the work in accordance with APPENDIX I included, without
          implied limitation, shall be: access and right of entry to all sites
          - provided approval has been obtained from PURCHASER; regulatory
          filing information; floor plans; and any supporting documents which
          may affect site engineering or installation analysis.

     o    PURCHASER shall use best efforts to make each site available to
          SUPPLIER for work 24 hours per day, seven (7) days per week. Site
          access includes providing SUPPLIER with keys, pass codes, security
          clearances, escort, etc., necessary to gain entrance to and exit from
          the work area. Waiver of liability or other restrictions shall not be
          imposed as a site access requirement. The above shall apply except
          where site access is limited by landlord, governmental entity or any
          other restriction beyond PURCHASER's control.

     o    PURCHASER is at all times responsible for maintaining proper
          environmental conditions at each site. Temperature, humidity, dust,
          etc., shall be monitored and controlled within the recommended ranges
          set forth in the equipment specifications.

     o    PURCHASER is at all times responsible for provision and costs of
          commercial AC power, generator fuel, telephone service and
          environmental conditioning.

     o    PURCHASER is at all times responsible for all equipment, products and
          services not provided by SUPPLIER, including without implied
          limitation, telephone or other remote lines, modems supplied by the
          local telephone company, local exchange interfaces to the SUPPLIER
          provided system and subscriber equipment.

     o    PURCHASER is responsible for supervision of system operators and for
          normal system operation.

In the event that PURCHASER fails to meet any of its significant
responsibilities and such failure results in delays to the agreed schedule,
PURCHASER and SUPPLIER shall negotiate a revised schedule and
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless      Appendix D            Page 4 of 5
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

changes to pricing in APPENDIX A (or an order, as appropriate) if necessary,
reflecting the effect of those delays.

RIGHT TO SUBCONTRACT
PURCHASER and SUPPLIER shall have the right to subcontract the installation
work in whole or in part. The foregoing not withstanding, SUPPLIER represents
that SUPPLIER personnel will perform Network ElementFNE optimization and
conduct the FITS (Field Installation Test Set) procedures on equipment which it
installs. Optimization of cells in a new cluster will be done as agreed to as
applicable.

SUPERVISION
SUPPLIER shall appoint a program manager to supervise the installation and
optimization of the system. PURCHASER shall appoint a system manager who shall
have authority to make changes that may be required during the installation.

EXTRA WORK
Extra work to be performed by SUPPLIER not specified in this APPENDIX D but
required to complete installation or optimization shall be authorized in
writing by PURCHASER prior to the commencement of such work. Such work shall be
performed by SUPPLIER at its then prevailing rates.

SYSTEM ACCEPTANCE
System Acceptance shall be in accordance with the terms detailed in Section 13
of this Agreement.

FCC RECORDS
Applications and statements of facts required by the Federal Communications
Commission (FCC) must be subscribed and sworn to by PURCHASER, and PURCHASER is
responsible for meeting FCC requirements. Upon PURCHASER's request, SUPPLIER
will provide reasonable assistance to PURCHASER in preparing FCC documentation
for system changes which are to be made during implementation of the system and
which require FCC notification.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless      Appendix D            Page 5 of 5
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                   APPENDIX E

                     Lucent Wireless System Support "LWSS"

1.0  INTRODUCTION
This Appendix E sets forth the terms and conditions applicable to SUPPLIER's
Base Release Software and Service (BRSS) Program and Technical System Support
(TSS) Program included in the Lucent Wireless System Support "LWSS" provision
to cover all Flexent Cellular and PCS products, Autoplex Cellular and PCS
products, ECP, Switching and all additional AMPS/PCS products including CDPD as
shown below:

2.0  DEFINITIONS
For purposes of this Appendix E, the following definitions shall apply:

     o    "7X24X365" shall mean seven days per week, 24 hours per day and 365
          days per year.

     o    "Appendix E" shall mean Appendices E through E-3, unless otherwise
          specified.

     o    "Assistance Request" and "AR" shall mean a request for TSS support,
          as described in Appendix E-2.

     o    "BRSS Program" and "BRSS" shall mean the program under which SUPPLIER
          offers to PURCHASER, Major Releases, Point Releases, Software Updates
          and Crafts for Software for which PURCHASER has paid the applicable
          Fee, as more particularly described in this This entire Appendix E.

     o    "Cell" is the cell site equipment as described in this entire
          Appendix E.

     o    "Covered Systems" shall mean those AMPS and PCS systems operated by
          PURCHASER in the Franchise Area which, at the time of determination
          for purposes of this, are served by ECPs as defined in this entire
          Appendix E.

     o    "Craft" shall mean a small Software release containing a collection
          of minor Software changes to a Major Release. Typically, a Craft is
          less extensive than those included in Point Releases or Software
          Updates and is often issued in connection with a modification request
          received from a customer under a TSS Program.

     o    "Customer Technical Advocate" ("CTA") shall mean the person or
          persons that support PURCHASER as described in this entire Appendix
          E.

     o    "ECD" shall mean Equipment Configuration Database.

     o    "ECP" shall mean equipment in a mobile serving center as defined in
          this.

     o    "Franchise Area" shall mean the area(s) for which the Federal
          Communications Commission in the United States or a comparable
          government agency has granted a permit to construct and operate one
          or more AMPS or PCS systems, including any non-designated areas
          contiguous to

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless      Appendix E          Page 1 of 31
Definitive Agreement                                   Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

          the Franchise Area, and in which, under such agency's applicable
          rules, PURCHASER will be able to provide wireless telecommunications
          service in such area(s) utilizing such system(s).

     o    "Initial Operating Fee" ("IOF") shall mean those fees paid upon
          initial provision of Software for the right to use such Software.
          Such fee includes for the remainder of the first calendar year of
          use, BRSS and TSS.

     o    "LWSS" shall mean the Lucent Wireless System Support program as
          comprised of BRSS and TSS as described in this Entire Appendix E.

     o    "Major Release" shall mean an issue of Software which significantly
          adds to, improves or enhances existing base or standard Software
          features and capabilities of the prior Major Release involving more
          extensive changes to the underlying source code or the user interface
          than is the case in a Point Release or a Craft. A Major Release may
          also correct defects in earlier releases. The term "Generic Release"
          is synonymous with Major Release. A Major Release may also provide
          optional new Software features which PURCHASER may acquire for
          additional license fees.

     o    "ODD" shall mean Office Dependent Data.

     o    "Optional Software Feature" shall mean a feature or functionality of
          Software resident in a Major Release but which is not licensed to
          PURCHASER as part of BRSS and is available for use by PURCHASER only
          if PURCHASER pays the applicable separate license fee therefor.

     o    "Point Release" shall mean a superseding issue of Software which adds
          to, improves or enhances existing features and capabilities of the
          Major Release of the Software with which it is associated. A Point
          Release may also correct defects in earlier releases.

     o    "Pricing Units" shall mean the pricing elements that are used to
          compute annual fees for BRSS Programs, as described in this entire
          Appendix E.

     o    "Program 1", "Program 2" and "Program 3" shall mean the optional
          levels of packaged TSS, as more particularly described in E-2.

     o    "Retrofit" shall mean a replacement of an existing Major Release
          (including any subsequently issued Point Releases) with a Software
          Update that constitutes a new Major Release (e.g. replacement of ECP
          Release 12, Point Release 99-04, with ECP 13, Point Release 99-01).
          Retrofits require modifications of the ODD and/or the ECD.

     o    "Severity 1", "Severity 2", "Severity 3" and "Severity 4" shall mean
          the severity levels described in this entire Appendix E.

     o    "Software" shall mean a computer program consisting of a set of
          logical instructions and tables of information which guide the
          functioning of a processor. Such program may be contained in any
          medium whatsoever, including hardware containing a pattern of bits
          representing such program, but the term "Software" does not mean or
          include such medium.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless      Appendix E          Page 2 of 31
Definitive Agreement                                   Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

     o    "Software Update" shall mean a reissued version or partial update of
          existing Software (e.g. Release 1.1 following Release 1.0) provided
          to PURCHASER in consideration of PURCHASER's payment of BRSS Program
          fees, and containing one or more of the following, in any
          combination, (i) infrastructure changes; (ii) improvement in basic
          call processing capabilities, as well as basic system operation and
          maintenance; (iii) changes to maintain compatibility between a new
          system release and features existing in a prior system release (when
          initially introduced, a new system release may not always be fully
          compatible with features available immediately prior to such
          release); (iv) a platform for optional Software features; and (v)
          consolidations of periodic fixes and overwrites. A Software Update
          can also be a Point Release or a Major Release or a Craft, if it
          meets any of those definitions.

     o    "Standard Base Software Release" shall mean a Base Software Release
          that is no more than two Base Software Releases including the then
          current generally available release. For example, if Major Release
          14.0 is the current GA release, thus Standard, it and Major Release
          13.0 are considered Standard Base Software Releases.

     o    "Subscriber" shall mean a user of PURCHASER's wireless
          telecommunications services as described in this entire Appendix E.

     o    "T&M Basis" shall mean time and material, at SUPPLIER's then
          prevailing rates.

     o    "Technical System Support" and "TSS" shall mean the support offered
          on a Program 1, Program 2, Program 3 or T&M Basis, as more
          particularly described and defined in this entire Appendix E.

     o    "WTSC" shall mean SUPPLIER's Wireless Technical Support Center or
          equivalent designated center. SUPPLIER reserves the right to provide
          the services described herein from one or more such centers.

3.0  PROGRAM DESCRIPTIONS
The LWSS program includes two components:
     o    Base Release System Software (BRSS) provides the customer all
          Software Updates, including major release point release and crafts
          made generally available. BRSS entitles customer to use the features
          and functionality delivered in Software Updates including, but not
          limited to:
          -    Software to support system improvements, including performance
               and operations
          -    Compatibility of existing features with the new release
          -    New base/standard Software features and functionalities
          -    Platform for Optional Software features and optional hardware
               features
          -    Release compatibility with Translations Entry Assistant
          -    Permanent and/or temporary fixes of problems in prior Software
               releases

     o    Technical Support Services (TSS) encompasses support exceeding the
          level of support provided to the customer during the warranty period
          for Software, which includes defect reporting, remedies for defects,
          information dissemination, and problem solving status. Services are
          grouped into three categories: TSS Outage and Impairment Support, TSS
          Assistance Request Support, and TSS Technical Consulting and
          Knowledge Transfer Support. The scope of services provided for in TSS
          program includes:
          -    Problem consultation

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless      Appendix E          Page 3 of 31
Definitive Agreement                                   Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

          -    Troubleshooting assistance (including identification of any
               service-affecting consequences of trouble experienced)
          -    Emergency recovery expertise
          -    Remote assistance, including Remote Diagnostic Sessions
          -    On-line remote monitoring of service-affecting conditions
          -    Necessary repair of Software

Covered software for both BRSS and TSS include:
     o    Operating Software for each 5ESSR Switch Manager (Administrative
          Module)
     o    Operating Software for each ECP (Executive Cellular Processor)
     o    Operating Software for each OMP (Operations and Maintenance
          Processor)
     o    Operating Software for each AP (Applications Processor)
     o    Operating Software for Lucent cells including CDPD
     o    Wireless Data IWF (Inter Working Function) Software
     o    CDMA OTAF (Over the Air Activation) Software
     o    AutopaceR and WatchmarkTM Prospect - Lucent AMPS/CDMA/TDAM R.xx
          (WatchMark Prospect) Software
     o    Feature Software over and above the base feature Software included in
          the respective operating Software packages set forth above
     o    Software Updates to the Software packages set forth above
     o    Such other Software as Supplier may agree in writing

LWSS Program components are based on an annual fee payable in advance. Annual
fees are based on the number of Pricing Units existing at the end of the
preceding year. Customer shall have an option to select for each calendar year
based upon counts of Subscribers, Cells or ECPs.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless      Appendix E          Page 4 of 31
Definitive Agreement                                   Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

           Lucent Wireless System Support ( LWSS) Program Descriptions

Technical System Support

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Service                                  Program 1               Program 2               Program 3            T&M  (No TSS)
<S>                                      <C>                     <C>                     <C>                  <C>
Elements
Outage and Impairment Support is available for Severity level 1 outages
Telephone Response                       10 minutes              10 minutes              10 minutes           reasonable efforts
  Time
Outage Recovery                          7x24x365                7x24x365                7x24x365             7x24x365
  included hours
Outage reports                           yes                     yes                     yes                  yes

Assistance Request Support, Non Emergency Assistance
Number of Tickets                        unlimited               unlimited               unlimited            unlimited

Phone Access to WTSC                     Limited number of       Any registered          Any registered       Limited number of
  for AR's                               registered employees    employee                employee             registered employees
                                         12 per ECP                                                           12 per ECP

Telephone Support Times                  Mon. thru Fri.          Mon. thru Sat.          7x24x365             No included hours. All
Local time zone of ECP                   8:00AM - 5:00 PM        8:00AM - Midnight                            access billed

Support rate for calls                   $400 per hr             $400 per hr             not applicable       $500 per hr
out of included period                   2 hr min                1 hr min                                     4 hr min

Internet access for status               Yes                     Yes                     Yes                  Yes
  of AR's

CTA Facilitation
 All individual AR's                     Monitor                 Monitor                 Monitor              No CTA Service
 User Group AR's                                                 Expedite
 Customer To Priority                                            Expedite
 AR metrics                                                                              Manage

CTA Reviews;                             Annual conf.            Quarterly conf.         Monthly conf.        No CTA Service
  Frequency & Method                     call                    call                    call

Technical Consulting and knowledge Transfer Support
Customer Advocacy                        Yes                     Yes                     Yes                  No CTA Service

Electronic access to                     Yes                     Yes                     Yes                  No CTA Service
support information
Extranet

CTA Consulting Services                  50 hrs                  100 hrs                 Unlimited special    No CTA Service
  hours per ECP per year                                                                 customer technical
                                                                                         inquiries
                                         add'l hr; $150/hr       add'l hr; $150/hr       add'l hr; $150/hr

User Groups                              2 per company free,     unlimited free          unlimited free       $2000 each
AMUG, PMUG                               $1000 ea add'l          attendance              attendance
Other groups
</TABLE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless      Appendix E          Page 5 of 31
Definitive Agreement                                   Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

Technical Consulting and Knowledge Transfer Support continued
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Service                                  Program 1               Program 2            Program 3               T&M  (No TSS)
<S>                                      <C>                     <C>                     <C>                  <C>
Premium Services                         none                    none                 1 network               none
 included                                                                             performance
                                                                                      analysis per ECP

Remote Event coverage                    in hours:               in hours:            1 event of up to        in hours:
                                         $200/ hr                $150/hr              4 hrs per quarter,      $300/hr
                                         2 hr min                2 hr min             free per ECP add'l      2 hr min
                                         out of hours:           Out of hours         events, $150/ hr
                                         $300/hr                 $300 /hr             Out of hours: $450/hr
                                         2 hr min                2 hr min             2 hr  min
</TABLE>

Performance Objectives, assistance requests will be assigned a Severity Level

Response in minutes for "In hours"
Severity level      Program 1 Target      Program 2 Target      Program Level 3
Target
SL 1                   10 min                 10 min                10 min
SL 2                   10 min                 10 min                10 min
SL 3                   20 min                 10 min                10 min
SL 4                   30 min                 10 min                10 min

Response in Minutes for "Out of hours"
SL 1                   10 min                 10 min                10 min
SL 2                   20 min                 10 min                10 min
SL 3                   30 min                 20 min                20 min
SL 4                   40 min                 30 min                30 min

Resolve, non design
SL 1                   10 days                7 days                2 days
SL 2                   60 days                45 days               30 days
SL 3                   120 days               90 days               45 days
SL 4                   240 days               180 days              60 days

Resolve, design change
SL 1                   90 days                60 days               45 days
SL 2                   180 days               120 days              90 days

Nothing herein shall be deemed to deny SUPPLIER the right to discontinue
PRODUCT or SOFTWARE in accordance with its standard policies and/or the terms
of this AGREEMENT as applicable.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless      Appendix E          Page 6 of 31
Definitive Agreement                                   Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                  APPENDIX E-1

                    Base Release Software and Service Program

1.0  ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS FOR BRSS

     1.1  Installation Performed by SUPPLIER or by PURCHASER and Observation by
SUPPLIER
          Standard Base Software Releases furnished by SUPPLIER are eligible for
          updating and related services under BRSS without initial evaluation by
          SUPPLIER, provided BRSS commences not later than the end of the
          applicable warranty period for the respective Software, and, provided
          further, that if PURCHASER installs the Software, SUPPLIER is given
          the opportunity, at its option, to observe and comment on the
          installation and ultimately accepts that the installation was properly
          performed. Billing to PURCHASER for such observations will be on a
          time and material basis.

     1.2  Other Situations
          In all other situations, Software shall not be eligible for BRSS until
          SUPPLIER, at its option, has made an initial evaluation, to determine
          whether modifications are required to make the Software eligible.
          Billing to PURCHASER for such observations will be on a time and
          material basis. If, in SUPPLIER's judgment, modifications are required
          for this purpose, SUPPLIER will provide an estimate to PURCHASER of
          the costs of making such modifications, including the price for
          updating the Software to a current, supported, Standard Base Software
          Release. Upon PURCHASER's acceptance of the estimate, PURCHASER will
          be billed based on SUPPLIER's estimate for such evaluation, and any
          such modifications furnished by SUPPLIER. Software will not be
          eligible for BRSS unless SUPPLIER determines that the Software is in
          good working order in accordance with its specifications and can be
          maintained in such condition.

     1.3  PURCHASER's Warranties of Authority
          PURCHASER warrants, as a condition of eligibility, that PURCHASER is
          the owner or lessor of any equipment that runs the Software for which
          BRSS will be provided under this Appendix E -1, or that PURCHASER has
          the equipment owner's written authorization to operate such equipment
          and obtain such support services under this Appendix E -1. PURCHASER
          further warrants that PURCHASER is the licensee of the Software for
          which BRSS will be provided under this Appendix E -1.

     1.4  Additional Requirements
          Base Release Software and Service is offered only for equipment
          manufactured by SUPPLIER and equipment manufactured for SUPPLIER
          pursuant to specifications controlled by SUPPLIER. Base Release
          Software and Service is available only on a system basis. As used
          herein, a "system" is a FLEXENT(TM)/AUTOPLEX(R) ECP and its attendant
          cells and related equipment. To be eligible for BRSS, a system must:

          o    have been installed by SUPPLIER or, if not installed by SUPPLIER,
               at SUPPLIER's option, it must pass an acceptance test to the
               satisfaction of SUPPLIER. This acceptance test will be available
               only at a separate fee and will be billed on a time and material
               basis.
          o    be operating on a standard release of Base Release Software as
               defined in Section

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless      Appendix E          Page 7 of 31
Definitive Agreement                                   Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

               2.0.

          PURCHASER must have the same support level on all of its PCS and AMPS
          systems and equipment. For example, if PURCHASER operates CDMA PCS
          systems and analog/CDMA AMPS systems, PURCHASER is required to
          maintain the same support levels for all of its PCS and AMPS systems.

          PURCHASER must subscribe to the Base Release Software and Service
          Program for all of its systems in order to purchase any of the three
          TSS Programs.

          SUPPLIER must, as provided in Section 2.14 of Appendix E-2, be given
          the right to electronically access system configuration and
          operational data and to use automated tools to diagnose such
          information, and to have access to all relevant PURCHASER personnel to
          enable SUPPLIER to understand and diagnose a reported problem. Without
          such access, SUPPLIER will not be held to any applicable support
          performance objectives set forth in this entire Appendix E.

2.0  BASE RELEASE SOFTWARE AND UPDATES

     During any period for which PURCHASER has paid the applicable BRSS Program
     fees, or for which the BRSS Program is provided at no additional charge
     under the terms of this entire Appendix E, SUPPLIER will provide to
     PURCHASER all Software Updates (including Major Releases, Point Releases
     and Crafts) that are made generally available by SUPPLIER during such
     period. SUPPLIER will notify PURCHASER of the availability of each Software
     Update. Such notifications shall include a description of the content of
     the Software Update to be provided by SUPPLIER including a list of all new
     Optional Software Features. SUPPLIER shall also notify PURCHASER of
     preconditions (e.g. additional hardware) for installing such Software
     Update and/or use of any such new Optional Software Features. The
     fulfillment of all such preconditions shall be the responsibility of
     PURCHASER.

     Subject to the provisions of this Appendix E-1, SUPPLIER shall also update
     Documentation to incorporate new or revised operating procedures resulting
     from issuance of Software Updates.

     Software Updates shall be individually warranted, as provided in Software
     warranty provisions of this AGREEMENT, and PURCHASER shall have a right to
     possess and use Software Updates, as provided in the Software licensing
     provisions of this AGREEMENT. Failure to pay any applicable BRSS fees for
     Software Updates shall not void the license granted under this AGREEMENT
     for Licensed Software, including prior Software Updates properly in
     PURCHASER's possession, for which PURCHASER has fully paid all applicable
     BRSS fees. PURCHASER acknowledges that if PURCHASER fails to continue to
     pay BRSS fees, PURCHASER shall not receive any permanent warranty fixes
     embodied in subsequent Software Updates, but nothing herein shall be deemed
     to deprive PURCHASER of any program corrections, work around procedures or
     other temporary or permanent fixes to which PURCHASER may be entitled with
     respect to Software warranty defects noticed to SUPPLIER during the
     applicable Warranty Period or under any TSS Program. SUPPLIER shall not be
     deemed to be in breach of its Software warranty obligations under this
     AGREEMENT with respect to an identified defect, if SUPPLIER has furnished
     or intends to furnish, in a timely manner, a permanent warranty fix in a
     Software Update available to PURCHASER, and PURCHASER shall have no claim
     for refund or credit under such warranty provisions in such

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless      Appendix E          Page 8 of 31
Definitive Agreement                                   Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

     circumstances. Nothing herein shall excuse SUPPLIER of any obligation
     SUPPLIER may have under applicable warranty provisions or TSS Program to
     use all reasonable efforts to effect such a temporary fix during any such
     pending permanent fix.

     BRSS entitles PURCHASER to use the features and functionality delivered
     with Software Updates, including, but not necessarily limited to:
          o    Software to support system improvements, including performance
               and operations
          o    Compatibility of existing features with the new release
          o    New base/standard Software features and functionalities
          o    Platform for Optional Software Features and optional hardware
               features
          o    Release compatibility with Translations Entry Assistant
          o    Permanent and/or temporary fixes of problems in prior Software
               releases

     BRSS does not entitle PURCHASER to use Optional Software Features resident
     in a Software Update, except to the extent that PURCHASER has separately
     paid the applicable license fees for the use thereof. Nothing in this
     entire Appendix E shall be deemed to require SUPPLIER to make any new
     specific Software features and/or enhancements of Software available as
     part of SUPPLIER's Software Updates. SUPPLIER shall have the sole right to
     determine whether a new functionality shall be a new base Software feature
     or functionality or an Optional Software Feature.

     SUPPLIER reserves the right to determine the number of Software Updates
     that will be issued each calendar year for each type of Software covered by
     BRSS. SUPPLIER's current program for Software Updates is described in
     further detail in this Appendix E-1.

3.0  BASE RELEASE SERVICE

     3.1  Software Delivery
          Upon receipt of notice of availability of a Software Update,
          PURCHASER  may  indicate  its  desire to obtain the update as follows:

          3.1.1 Retrofits
               Retrofits must be scheduled.  PURCHASER may request Retrofits
               through its Customer Team Sales representative.

          3.1.2 Non-Retrofit Software Updates
               PURCHASER may request Software Updates that are not Retrofits by
               calling the WTSC at 1-800-225-4672, or such other location as
               SUPPLIER may designate. Calls must be made Monday through Friday,
               SUPPLIER's holidays excluded, during the hours of 8:00AM to
               5:00PM, Central Standard Time.

          3.1.3 Medium of Delivery
               Software Updates shall be delivered by SUPPLIER in such medium
               (e.g. tapes, discs or electronic distribution) as SUPPLIER shall
               determine in its discretion.

     3.2  Pre-Installation Support
          SUPPLIER shall furnish to PURCHASER, Documentation relating to
          Software Updates that contains information regarding the preconditions
          to installation that must be fulfilled by PURCHASER and instructions
          to be followed during installation. It is

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless      Appendix E          Page 9 of 31
Definitive Agreement                                   Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

     PURCHASER's obligation to become familiar with this material prior to
     commencing any self-installation of the Software Update. As part of BRSS,
     SUPPLIER will, at no additional charge, provide answers to a reasonable
     number of questions and otherwise provide a reasonable level of
     pre-installation support to PURCHASER concerning this information and these
     instructions. Such support is available Monday through Friday, SUPPLIER's
     holidays excluded, during the hours 8:00AM and 5:00PM, Central Standard
     Time. A request for support outside these hours will be treated as
     non-emergency Assistance Requests (as described in entire Appendix E-2) and
     will be charged on a T&M basis, except to the extent that such AR is not
     subject to charge under an applicable TSS Program.

     3.3  Installation Support
          During PURCHASER's installation of a Software Update, SUPPLIER shall
          be available to provide a reasonable level of remote telephonic
          support to resolve encountered problems. Such support shall be
          available on a 7X24X365 basis by calling the WTSC at 1-800-225-4672,
          or such other location as SUPPLIER may designate.

     3.4  Retrofit Support
          In addition to standard pre-installation and installation support,
          SUPPLIER will provide to PURCHASER additional tools and services when
          a Retrofit is involved if PURCHASER is obtaining BRSS. Retrofits are
          involved when an ECP Major Release or a 5ESS(R) Major Release is
          replaced by a newer Major Release. A Retrofit requires the use of
          specialized Software and procedures to evolve existing database
          translations in order to make a Product ready to receive and operate a
          new Major Release. Retrofit procedures will vary from Major Release to
          Major Release.

          3.4.1 ECP Retrofits
               SUPPLIER will provide, as part of BRSS, an On-Site Retrofit
               ("OSR") software tool that may be run by PURCHASER on PURCHASER's
               OMP to perform selected activities relating to evolving database
               translations. If PURCHASER elects an On-Site Retrofit, SUPPLIER,
               through its ODD Retrofit Group, will provide remote telephonic
               support for requirements issues and error resolution. This
               support is available Monday-Friday, SUPPLIER's holidays excluded,
               during the hours 8:00AM - 5:00PM, Central Standard Time, by
               calling the WTSC at 1-800-225-4672, or such other number as
               SUPPLIER may designate. Requests for such support outside of
               these hours will be treated as non-emergency Assistance Requests
               and are subject to billing on a T&M basis. Such out-of-hours
               support is not included in any TSS Program Customer may have
               obtained under Appendix E-2.

          3.4.2 5ESS(R) Switch Retrofits
               SUPPLIER will provide, as part of BRSS, 5ESS(R) Switch Retrofits.
               Procedures will be announced to PURCHASER as appropriate.

     3.5  Restrictions on Access to WTSC
          Only employees, authorized agents, and contractors of PURCHASER may
          access the WTSC. All such personnel must be registered to have
          telephonic or Internet access into the WTSC or to the AR Database. The
          number of PURCHASER personnel that may be registered depends on the
          level of service that PURCHASER has elected. PURCHASER shall not
          request registration of any agent or contractor unless such agent or
          contractor is

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless      Appendix E          Page 10 of 31
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

          bound to use access to the WTSC or the AR Database and information
          learned by such access only in connection with work for PURCHASER, and
          is otherwise not authorized to use or disclose such information.
          PURCHASER has the responsibility to inform SUPPLIER upon termination
          of any registered personnel so that WTSC access privileges for said
          person may be revoked. Under no circumstances will SUPPLIER support,
          or PURCHASER allow, individuals who are not employees, authorized
          agents, and contractors of PURCHASER to access the WTSC or the AR
          Database.

     3.6  On-Site Technical Assistance
          Base Release Service is provided from the WTSC or other SUPPLIER
          location that is remote from the site where PURCHASER's systems are
          located. At PURCHASER's request and SUPPLIER's discretion, SUPPLIER
          may dispatch personnel and or equipment to PURCHASER's site to assist
          PURCHASER in preparing to install and/or installing a Software Update.
          At PURCHASER's request, and as agreed to by SUPPLIER, SUPPLIER may
          provide on-site technical assistance beyond such remote support.
          On-site assistance is not included in BRSS, and will be billed to
          PURCHASER at a minimum of eight (8) hours a day on a T&M basis.
          Reasonable travel and living expenses incurred by SUPPLIER will also
          billed to PURCHASER for on-site service.

4.0  COMMENCEMENT OF BRSS PROGRAM

     4.1  General
          BRSS may be ordered only for an annual period effective on January 1
          of the succeeding calendar year. The BRSS fee for that annual period
          will be determined by using the number of Pricing Units existing on
          December 31st of the preceding year. For example, if PURCHASER places
          an order for BRSS for calendar year 2001, based on per ECP pricing,
          the fee shall be determined by the number of ECPs existing in all of
          PURCHASER's systems on December 31, 2000. This general provision is
          subject to certain special rules set forth in the remainder of this
          Section 4 and in Section 1 above.

     4.2  First System
          If this AGREEMENT provides for SUPPLIER's supply of PURCHASER's first
          system(s) comprised of SUPPLIER's equipment, PURCHASER shall in
          consideration of payment of the applicable Initial Operating Fees be
          entitled to BRSS until the end of the calendar year in which the first
          of such systems is deployed. This support starts on the day that
          installation and integration of the system is complete, when SUPPLIER
          performs the installation of the system. If SUPPLIER does not install
          all of the system, such support will be provided only upon written
          request of PURCHASER made within thirty (30) days of completion of
          installation of the system and after the system has been deemed
          eligible for such support, as provided in Section 1 above.

     4.3  Additional Systems
          If PURCHASER has existing systems covered by BRSS, any new
          SUPPLIER-manufactured or furnished system deployed by PURCHASER,
          whether or not purchased from SUPPLIER under this AGREEMENT, shall
          receive BRSS coverage, at no additional charge, for the remainder of
          the calendar year in which the deployment occurs. This support starts
          on the day that installation and integration of the system is
          complete, when SUPPLIER performs the installation of the system. If
          SUPPLIER does not install

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless      Appendix E          Page 11 of 31
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

          all of the system, such support will be provided only upon written
          request of PURCHASER made within thirty (30) days of completion of
          installation of the system and after the system has been deemed
          eligible for such support, as provided in Section 1 above.

     4.4  Addition of Existing Systems
          Notwithstanding Section 4.3 above, if PURCHASER obtains from any third
          party additional existing systems then providing service to the
          public, by purchase, lease, merger or otherwise, such acquired systems
          shall not automatically be included in the group of PURCHASER's
          systems covered by BRSS. However, upon request of PURCHASER, which
          SUPPLIER shall not unreasonably withhold or delay, and subject to
          mutual agreement as to fees and other appropriate terms and
          conditions, such existing systems may be so included. This support
          starts only after the existing system has been deemed eligible for
          such support, as provided in Section 1 above.

5.0  RENEWALS
     For so long as SUPPLIER continues to offer BRSS as described in this entire
     Appendix E, PURCHASER's BRSS may be renewed on January 1st of the next
     calendar year. Unless PURCHASER notifies SUPPLIER in writing to the
     contrary no later than the November 15th prior to that January 1st,
     PURCHASER's existing BRSS Program shall automatically be renewed on the
     same pricing option basis in effect in the current year.

6.0  BRSS CHARGES AND INVOICING

     6.1  Standard Charges for BRSS
          BRSS is based on an annual fee payable in advance. Annual fees are
          based on the number of Pricing Units existing at the end of the
          preceding year, as described in this entire Appendix E. For example,
          the annual fee due for BRSS for the calendar year 2001, based on ECP
          shall be determined by multiplying the number of all of the ECPs in
          all of PURCHASER's systems on December 31, 2000, by the appropriate
          per ECP charge.

     6.2  Determination of Pricing Units
          Promptly following December 31st of each calendar year, if PURCHASER
          has elected to obtain a BRSS for the following year, PURCHASER shall
          provide to SUPPLIER in writing a count of the applicable Pricing Units
          existing as of said date. Such count is subject to verification by
          SUPPLIER. Customer grants SUPPLIER the right to use any information
          learned by SUPPLIER in performing services under this entire Appendix
          E in connection with any verification activities.

     6.3  Invoicing
          All such invoices rendered for BRSS shall be due and payable within
          thirty (30) days of the date of invoice. Invoices shall be rendered as
          provided below:
               o    Annual fees for BRSS are billable in January. For example,
                    the fees for BRSS purchased for calendar year 2001 are
                    billable in January 2001, based on a Pricing Unit count as
                    of December 31, 2000.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless      Appendix E          Page 12 of 31
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

               o    Time and material charges are separately billable and will
                    be invoiced by SUPPLIER.

7.0      SUPPORT FOR RELOCATED SOFTWARE
         Software to be supported by SUPPLIER under this entire Appendix E,
         which is moved to another Designated Processor of PURCHASER within the
         Territory, and Software which is moved together with its Designated
         Processor to another location of PURCHASER's within the Territory,
         shall continue to be covered by PURCHASER's BRSS, provided that
         SUPPLIER has received thirty (30) days prior written notice of such
         relocation and PURCHASER agrees to pay additional charges if the move
         increases SUPPLIER's costs or expenses of providing BRSS. SUPPLIER
         reserves the right to inspect (one time) the Software as installed at
         the new location to determine its eligibility for support as provided
         in Section 1 above. SUPPLIER further reserves the right to supervise
         the unloading (if any) of the Software from the processor and the
         reinstallation of the Software at the new installation location. If
         SUPPLIER chooses to perform the above stated inspection and/or
         supervisions, SUPPLIER shall be entitled to be compensated for such
         services on a T&M basis.

8.0      TERMINATION OF BRSS
         Either party may terminate any effective BRSS, and SUPPLIER may
         terminate any of the services provided in this entire Appendix E and
         may modify BRSS and the provisions of the Software Support Policy set
         forth in Section 9 below, but no such termination and no substantial
         modification shall be effective except upon ninety (90) days prior
         written notice, and no such termination by SUPPLIER shall take effect
         until the end of the calendar year in which such ninety (90) day
         notice is effective. In the event of any such termination by either
         SUPPLIER or PURCHASER or modification by SUPPLIER, no refund or
         forgiveness of any or all of the applicable fees previously paid or
         due for such calendar year shall be payable to PURCHASER. Nothing
         herein shall be deemed to excuse SUPPLIER from any general support
         obligation set forth elsewhere in this AGREEMENT.

9.0      SOFTWARE SUPPORT POLICY

     9.1  Normal Progression/Skipping
          SUPPLIER's Software is typically designed for sequential
          Retrofit/upgrade progression (for example, ECP Major Release 16.0 to
          ECP Major Release 17.0). In some cases, skip Retrofits may be
          available (for example, ECP Major Release 11.0 to ECP Major Release
          13.0, skipping ECP Major Release 12.0). SUPPLIER makes no commitment
          that any Major Release can be skipped. Moreover, where skipping is
          available, additional charges may apply. PURCHASER should evaluate
          each new release, consider its application, consider the availability
          of skipping or the lack thereof, and select the Software migration
          plan that best suits its needs.

     9.2  Rate of Issuing Releases
          Currently, on average, two Major Releases for the ECP and cells, one
          Major Release for the 5ESS(R)2000 Switch, and applicable Point
          Releases and Software Updates are released annually. SUPPLIER reserves
          the right to determine the number of Software Updates that will be
          issued each calendar year.

     9.3  Major Release Life Cycle Ratings

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless      Appendix E          Page 13 of 31
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

          Software ratings apply to Major Releases. Once a Major Release becomes
          generally available to SUPPLIER's customers (i.e. it becomes a
          Standard Base Software Release), it begins to migrate through four
          product ratings during its life cycle: Standard ("STD"), Additions and
          Maintenance ("A&M"), Limited Availability ("LA"), and Discontinued
          Availability ("DA"). Differently rated Major Releases are subject to
          different levels of support and use. The length of time that a Major
          Release remains at each product rating varies depending upon
          SUPPLIER's schedule for issuing new Major Releases. Once a software
          release has been declared STD, it will remain in that classification
          until two succeeding Major Releases have been declared STD. With
          succeeding Major Releases, the original release moves down in rating.
          At any point in time, SUPPLIER fully supports only two STD Major
          Releases. For example, if Software Major Releases are issued every six
          months, the rating for a particular release evolves as follows. The
          initial Major Release will remain STD until the second succeeding
          Major Release is issued (i.e. one year later). During that year
          period, the original and the first succeeding Major Release maintain a
          STD rating. At the end of that period, the original Major Release will
          move down one rating to A&M. With the issuance of the third succeeding
          Major Release (i.e. 18 months later), the original Major Release moves
          down one rating to LA. With issuance of the fourth succeeding Major
          Release, two years after the original Major Release, that release will
          move down to the final DA rating. Any Software Update other than a new
          Major Release that is issued during a rating period will not change or
          otherwise affect the rating of the Major Release. For example, if
          while ECP Major Release 15.0 is rated STD SUPPLIER issues a Point
          Release for that release, Major Release 15.0 will retain its STD
          rating. Such Software Update shall be considered part of the Major
          Release and will have the same rating as that Major Release.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless      Appendix E          Page 14 of 31
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                  BRSS Program
                             Pricing Units and Fees

1.   PRICING UNITS
Annual fees for BRSS Programs are based on Pricing Units existing on a date
certain. For purposes of determining such fees, Pricing Units are defined as
follows:

     ECP: An "ECP" is a SUPPLIER-manufactured Executive Cellular Processor
          installed in any of PURCHASER's PCS or AMPS systems in the Covered
          Systems, whether or not such ECP was installed by or sold to PURCHASER
          by SUPPLIER, and regardless of the technology supported by such ECP
          (e.g. analog, CDMA, and TDMA).

For Pricing Schedule per ECP, please see Appendix A.

2.   COUNT OF PRICING UNITS
Except as provided below, the scope of Covered Systems and Pricing Units will be
counted as of December 31st of the year preceding the year for which BRSS will
be provided.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless      Appendix E          Page 15 of 31
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                       Support Availability for Different
                                Software Ratings*

---------------------------------------------------------------
                         STD        A&M        LA        DA
---------------------------------------------------------------
SUPPORT
Outage                   Yes        Yes1       Yes2      Yes3
Non-Outage               Yes        Yes1       No        No
---------------------------------------------------------------
SOFTWARE UPDATES
ISSUED
Software Updates         Yes        Yes1       No        No
---------------------------------------------------------------
SOFTWARE
MODIFICATIONS
MADE+
Outage                   Yes        Yes1       Yes2      No
Billing/Call Processing  Yes        Yes1       Yes2      No
Non-Service Affecting    Yes        No         No        No
Software Enhancements    Yes        N/A        N/A       No
Special Features         Yes        No         No        No
---------------------------------------------------------------
PROCEDURES
Retrofit From            Yes        Yes        Yes       No
Retrofit To              Yes        Yes        No        No
Procedures Archived      No         No         No        Yes4
Support Tools Archived   No         No         No        Yes4
New Start Cutover        Yes        No         No        No
---------------------------------------------------------------
RELEASE SPECIFIC
Software Maintained      Yes        Yes        Yes       No
Documentation            Yes        Yes        Yes       No
Maintained
Software Archived        No         No         No        Yes4
Documentation Archived   No         No         No        Yes4

---------------------------------------------------------------

+    SUPPLIER reserves the right to implement software to problems in succeeding
     Major Releases of that Software

1    Available only if considered a Severity 1 or 2 problem

2    Available only if considered a Severity 1 problem

3    Available for attempted recovery only of the most recently DA'd
     release, using PURCHASER's copy of the Software. SUPPLIER makes
     no commitment that it can or will provide any fix or work-around
     by overwrite or any other method. When a Software release reaches
     DA, Assistance Requests are no longer addressed.

4    These are limited to the first year of DA rating.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless      Appendix E          Page 16 of 31
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                  APPENDIX E-2

                           Technical Support Services

1.0  SOFTWARE WARRANTY SUPPORT
Certain Software technical support is available during the warranty period for
Software, as described elsewhere in this AGREEMENT, in consideration of
PURCHASER having paid the Initial Operating Fees or the BRSS Program fees
applicable to such Software. This support is available regardless of any
election by PURCHASER to obtain optional Technical System Support. The
provisions of this section are in addition to the applicable warranty
provisions for such Software.

This support, which is provided at no additional charge to PURCHASER, includes
the following:

     o    Defect  Reporting:  Reporting  procedures are set forth in Section 2.9
          below.

     o    Remedies for Defects: Remedies include furnishing a Software
          modification or "fix" for Software that is not substantially compliant
          with applicable specifications. If a Software modification is not
          appropriate or feasible, a workaround may be developed to remedy the
          defect. SUPPLIER reserves the right to include permanent fixes in
          Software Updates to such Software under the BRSS Program.

     o    Information Dissemination: So long as PURCHASER's system Software
          remains under warranty PURCHASER shall be entitled to receive
          dissemination of information to substantiate compliance with
          specifications and to notify customers of any problems (for example,
          bulletins, alerts, informational updates, etc.).

     o    Problem Solving Status: Support during the warranty period includes
          the right for registered users to access the WTSC for defect related
          problem solving status via the Internet. See Section 2.9.2 below.

2.0  TECHNICAL SYSTEM SUPPORT

     2.1  General
          Technical System Support encompasses support exceeding the level of
          support provided to PURCHASER under Section 1 above. TSS is optional.
          Three packaged levels of support are available: Program 1, Program 2
          and Program 3. If PURCHASER selects one of these packages, SUPPLIER
          shall provide support as outlined in this entire Appendix E, but
          nothing herein shall require SUPPLIER to correct any software defects
          that SUPPLIER would not be required to correct under any warranty
          applicable to the Software as delivered to PURCHASER. If PURCHASER
          does not elect to receive TSS, PURCHASER may obtain selected services
          on a T&M basis. Permanent Software corrections may or may not be
          provided under TSS, depending upon the complexity and/or criticality
          of each case, as in all events SUPPLIER reserves the right to
          implement permanent corrections in a Software Update of the affected
          Software.

     2.2  Eligibility Requirements for TSS

          2.2.1 Installation Performed by SUPPLIER or by PURCHASER and
                Observation by SUPPLIER
                Standard Base Software Releases furnished by SUPPLIER are
                eligible for TSS

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless      Appendix E          Page 17 of 31
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                Program support without initial evaluation by SUPPLIER, provided
                the TSS Program commences not later than the end of the
                applicable warranty period for the respective Software, and,
                provided further, that if PURCHASER installs the Software,
                SUPPLIER is given the opportunity, at its option, to observe and
                comment on the installation and ultimately accepts that the
                installation was properly performed. Billing to PURCHASER for
                such observations will be on a time and material basis.

          2.2.2 Other Situations
                In all other situations, Software shall not be eligible for TSS
                Program support until SUPPLIER, at its option, has made an
                initial evaluation to determine whether modifications are
                required to make the Software eligible. Billing to PURCHASER for
                such observations will be on a time and material basis. If, in
                SUPPLIER's judgment, modifications are required for this
                purpose, SUPPLIER will provide an estimate to PURCHASER of the
                costs of making such modifications, including the price for
                updating the Software to a current, supported Standard Base
                Software Release. Upon PURCHASER's acceptance of the estimate,
                PURCHASER will be billed based on SUPPLIER's estimate for such
                evaluation, and any such modifications furnished by SUPPLIER.
                Software will not be eligible for TSS unless SUPPLIER determines
                that the Software is in good working order in accordance with
                its specifications and can be maintained in such condition.

          2.2.3 PURCHASER's Warranties of Authority
                PURCHASER warrants, as a condition of eligibility, that
                PURCHASER is the owner or lessor of any equipment that runs the
                Software for which TSS will be provided under this entire
                Appendix E, or that PURCHASER has the equipment owner's
                authorization to operate such equipment and obtain such support
                services under this entire Appendix E. PURCHASER further so
                warrants that PURCHASER is the licensee of the Software for
                which TSS will be provided under this entire Appendix E.

          2.2.4 Additional Requirements
                Technical System Support is offered only for equipment
                manufactured by SUPPLIER and equipment manufactured for SUPPLIER
                pursuant to specifications controlled by SUPPLIER. Technical
                System Support is available only on a system basis. As used
                herein, a "system" is a FLEXENT(TM)/AUTOPLEX(R) ECP and its
                attendant cells and related equipment. To be eligible for one of
                the TSS Programs, a system must:
                    o    have been installed by SUPPLIER or, if not installed by
                         SUPPLIER, at SUPPLIER's option, it must pass an
                         acceptance test to the satisfaction of SUPPLIER. This
                         acceptance test will be available only at a separate
                         fee and will be billed on a time and material basis.
                    o    be operating on a standard release of Base Software as
                         defined in the BRSS Program provisions in this Appendix
                         E-1.

               PURCHASER must have the same support level on all of its PCS and
               AMPS systems and equipment. For example, if PURCHASER operates
               CDMA PCS systems and analog/CDMA AMPS systems, PURCHASER is
               required to maintain the same support levels for all of its PCS
               and AMPS systems.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless      Appendix E          Page 18 of 31
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

               PURCHASER must subscribe to the Base Release Software and Service
               Program for all of its systems in order to purchase any of the
               three TSS Programs.

               SUPPLIER must, as provided in Section 2.14 of this Appendix E-2,
               be given the right to electronically access system configuration
               and operational data and to use automated tools to diagnose such
               information, and to have access to all relevant PURCHASER
               personnel to enable SUPPLIER to understand and diagnose a
               reported problem. Without such access, SUPPLIER will not be held
               to any applicable support performance objectives set forth in
               this entire Appendix E.

     2.3  Scope of Services Provided for TSS Program
          The following provisions outline the scope of the services available
          if PURCHASER elects to obtain one of the three TSS packages.
               o    Problem consultation
               o    Troubleshooting  assistance (including the identification of
                    any service-affecting consequences of trouble experienced)
               o    Emergency recovery expertise
               o    Remote assistance, including Remote Diagnostic Sessions
               o    On-line remote monitoring of service-affecting conditions
               o    Necessary repair of Software
               o    All other services and other activities,  if any,  described
                    below in this Section 2

          These services are grouped into three categories, described fully in
          Sections 2.5, 2.6 and 2.7 below.

               o    TSS Outage and Impairment Support
               o    TSS Assistance Request Support
               o    TSS Technical Consulting and Knowledge Transfer Support

     2.4  Exclusions
          The TSS Programs do not include SUPPLIER's performance of standard
          operator operations, administration and maintenance functions, such as
          troubleshooting, replacement of faulty circuit packs, etc. In
          addition, the TSS Programs do not include:

               o    Work external to the covered Software, including work to fix
                    any hardware associated with the system in which the
                    Software operates. Repair or replacement of the hardware
                    shall be subject to the terms of the SUPPLIER warranty or
                    other agreement(s) of the parties, if any, applicable to the
                    hardware
               o    Specification changes or services in connection with
                    relocation of covered Software
               o    Service which is necessitated because of changes not
                    authorized by SUPPLIER in the designated processor, hardware
                    configuration, covered Software, or environment in which
                    covered Software operates
               o    Modification or replacement of covered Software, repairs, or
                    increase in service time caused by:
                    -    Causes external to covered Software such as failure to
                         provide suitable

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless      Appendix E          Page 19 of 31
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                         operating environment
                    -    Acts of God, such as lightning, fire, flood, etc.
                    -    Actions of third parties or other events outside of
                         SUPPLIER's control
                    -    PURCHASER's use of covered Software or the system on
                         which it operates not in accordance with
                         specifications, operating instructions, or license
                    -    PURCHASER's failure to adequately train its personnel
                    -    PURCHASER's failure to properly maintain or backup
                         covered software or the system
                    -    Abuse or neglect of covered Software or system
                    -    Modification, relocation, or repair by other than
                         SUPPLIER
                    -    Failure of PURCHASER to apply previously available
                         modifications or corrections offered by SUPPLIER
                    -    Use of covered Software in combination with other
                         software which is not in SUPPLIER's specifications or
                         approved in writing by SUPPLIER

          Any of such excluded services may be available to PURCHASER, as
          determined by SUPPLIER on a T&M basis.

     2.5  TSS Outage and Impairment Support
          TSS Outage and Impairment Support is available for Severity 1 outages
          only. SUPPLIER's support engineers from the WTSC will be available to
          receive requests for and provide remote recovery assistance to
          PURCHASER on a 7X24X365 basis. Requests for this support shall be made
          by Assistance Request as described in Section 2.9.1 below. SUPPLIER's
          object response time for such requests is discussed in Section 2.8
          below. For outages exceeding four (4) minutes in length, SUPPLIER will
          furnish PURCHASER with a written outage report. If PURCHASER has
          elected to receive a TSS Program, this support is provided at no
          additional charge. If PURCHASER's systems are not covered by such a
          program, except for activities directly and necessarily required to
          diagnose and/or implement a warranty fix for which SUPPLIER is
          responsible, SUPPLIER reserves the right to bill PURCHASER for such
          services on a T&M basis. The elements of this support are summarized
          below in this Appendix E-2.

     2.6  TSS Assistance Request Support
          TSS Assistance Request Support is available for Severity 2, 3 and 4
          Assistance Requests, and as otherwise summarized in this Appendix E-2.
          SUPPLIER's support engineers from the WTSC will be available to
          receive requests such service on a 7X24X365 basis. Requests for this
          support shall be made by Assistance Request as described in Section
          2.9 below. SUPPLIER's target response time for such requests is
          discussed in Section 2.8 below. If PURCHASER has elected to receive a
          TSS Program, this support is provided at no additional charge during
          the "Included Hours", as identified in this Appendix E-2. If
          PURCHASER's systems are not covered by a TSS program, or if PURCHASER
          requests commencement of support outside of Included Hours, then,
          except for activities directly and necessarily required to diagnose
          and/or implement a warranty fix for which SUPPLIER is responsible,
          SUPPLIER reserves the right to bill PURCHASER for such services on a
          T&M basis as provided in this Appendix E-2.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless      Appendix E          Page 20 of 31
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

          If PURCHASER has elected to receive a TSS Program, SUPPLIER will
          provide CTA support to PURCHASER. In SUPPLIER's discretion, SUPPLIER
          will provide one or more Customer Technical Advocates (CTAs), to
          assist PURCHASER. SUPPLIER makes no commitment to dedicate any
          particular employee to PURCHASER full time or otherwise. Among other
          functions, CTAs will monitor and report on ARs as follows:

               o    Program 1: CTAs will monitor and oversee all ARs and report
                    in a yearly conference call

               o    Program 2: CTAs will monitor and oversee all ARs and will
                    seek to expedite the closure of a limited reasonable number
                    of those ARs that PURCHASER identifies as top priority or
                    that PURCHASER escalates in a user group (e.g. AMUG/PMUG)
                    reporting in quarterly conference calls

               o    Program 3: CTAs will monitor and oversee all ARs, and will
                    seek to expedite the closure of a limited reasonable number
                    of those ARs that PURCHASER identifies as top priority or
                    that PURCHASER escalates in a user group (e.g. AMUG/PMUG)
                    reporting in monthly conference calls. The CTA will manage
                    and present summary performance metrics to document overall
                    respond, and resolve performance on a quarterly basis

     2.7  TSS Technical Consulting and Knowledge Transfer Support
          The elements of TSS Technical Consulting and Knowledge Transfer
          Support are summarized below in this Appendix E-2. Requests for this
          support shall be made to PURCHASER's CTA, if any, otherwise to
          SUPPLIER's Sales Organization serving PURCHASER. If PURCHASER has
          elected to receive a TSS Program, this support is provided at no
          additional charge during the "Included Hours", and/or up to certain
          defined limits as identified in this Appendix E-2. If PURCHASER
          requests support outside of Included Hours, or in excess of the
          applicable limit, then, except for activities directly and necessarily
          required to diagnose and/or implement a warranty fix for which
          SUPPLIER is responsible, SUPPLIER reserves the right to bill PURCHASER
          for such services as provided in this Appendix E-2.

          2.7.1 PURCHASER Advocacy
                If PURCHASER has elected to obtain a TSS Program, a CTA will
                support PURCHASER, and will for no additional charge:

               o    serve as a single point-of-contact to co-ordinate resolution
                    of multi-product issues and chronic customer issues across
                    organizations
               o    handle executive escalations and set up executive meetings
               o    conduct conference call(s) with PURCHASER at agreed-upon
                    times to review their ARs and champion PURCHASER support
                    issues

          A CTA will act as an advocate of PURCHASER's issues, will identify and
          escalate PURCHASER issues, track key PURCHASER commitments and
          represent SUPPLIER at joint PURCHASER and SUPPLIER conference calls
          and report card/metric reviews as necessary.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless      Appendix E          Page 21 of 31
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

          2.7.2 Electronic Access to Support Information - Extranet
                SUPPLIER maintains an Extranet Technical Support Database. It is
                accessible from the Internet on a 7X24X365 basis, except when
                SUPPLIER's server is being maintained. The Extranet contains
                support information for users of SUPPLIER's
                FLEXENT(TM)/AUTOPLEX(R) systems. SUPPLIER reserves the right to
                add to, delete or otherwise modify the content of the Extranet
                Technical Support Database. Users must register in order to
                access the system. SUPPLIER reserves the right to limit the
                number of registrants per PURCHASER to a reasonable amount.
                PURCHASER will limit its registrants to its employees. PURCHASER
                has the responsibility to inform SUPPLIER upon termination of
                any registered personnel so that Extranet access privileges for
                said personnel may be revoked. Under no circumstances will
                PURCHASER allow individuals who are not employees of PURCHASER
                to access the Extranet. SUPPLIER shall have no liability for
                failures of access to the Extranet due to PURCHASER or Internet
                equipment or facilities problems beyond SUPPLIER's control. If
                PURCHASER elects to obtain a TSS Program, access to the Extranet
                is provided at no additional charge. If PURCHASER does not elect
                to obtain a TSS Program, access may be available only at a
                charge.

          2.7.3 PURCHASER Technical Advocate Consulting Services
                If PURCHASER elects to obtain a TSS Program, PURCHASER will be
                entitled to a set number of included hours per year of CTA
                consulting services, as described in this Appendix E-2. The
                included hours are for remote assistance during the CTA's normal
                working hours at the CTA's normal place of business. Without the
                agreement of SUPPLIER, no more than 35% of the included hours
                for all of PURCHASER's covered systems may be in the same
                calendar quarter. Additional hours and on-site consultation may
                be available on a T&M basis. SUPPLIER makes no commitment that
                CTAs will be available for on-site activities. Such included
                hours are available for consultation with respect to covered
                SUPPLIER equipment only (e.g. they may not be used for Third
                Party IS-634 efforts, which if performed will be charged on a
                T&M or other agreed basis). Various consulting options exist, as
                set forth in Appendix E-2.

          2.7.4 User Groups (i.e. AMUG/PMUG)
                PURCHASER user group forums have been established by SUPPLIER to
                create and maintain an active collaboration between AMPS/PCS
                users and SUPPLIER. The sessions of these groups offer
                SUPPLIER's PURCHASER product information and educational
                PURCHASER technical information. They also provide an
                opportunity to escalate ARs and to seek to impact SUPPLIER's
                future direction for system maintenance and development. While
                these groups currently meet separately, SUPPLIER reserves the
                right to alter, merge, or further split them. If PURCHASER
                elects to purchase a TSS Program, PURCHASER will be entitled to
                the number of free admittances to such forums set forth in this
                Appendix E-2. The travel and living expenses of attendees,
                including attendees who are admitted free, are the
                responsibility of PURCHASER.

          2.7.5 Network Performance Analysis
                If PURCHASER obtains TSS Program 3, PURCHASER will be entitled
                to

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless      Appendix E          Page 22 of 31
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                receive one Network Performance Analysis (NPA) per ECP per
                year as provided in this Appendix E-2. NPA provides a
                comprehensive remote analysis of the ECP's capacity and
                associated RF environment to identify problem areas and propose
                solutions. Such analysis may include, but not be limited to
                TDMA/CDMA/AMPS system configuration, ECP/5ESS capacity
                utilization, and RF performance metrics. These analyses will be
                performed on mutually agreed upon dates. Without the agreement
                of SUPPLIER, no more than 35% of these dates for all of
                PURCHASER's covered ECPs may be in the same calendar quarter. As
                part of an NPA, SUPPLIER will provide a report binder containing
                a summary of findings, along with a detailed written document
                for the both the ECP/5ESS and RF environment. Included in the
                report are recommendations for the resolution of any problems
                revealed during the analysis. Additionally, data diskettes
                containing supplementary data will be provided along with a
                PowerPoint presentation of the results.

          2.7.6 Remote Event Coverage
                In some instances PURCHASER may desire prescheduled remote
                assistance to ensure smooth operation during the performance of
                scheduled maintenance. SUPPLIER's engineers are available to
                provide scheduled event assistance, on a remote basis, on a
                7X24X365 basis. If PURCHASER has a TSS Program 3, such
                assistance will be provided at no additional charge or reduced
                charges, to the extent set out in this Appendix E-2.

     2.8  Technical System Support Performance Objectives
          If PURCHASER elects to obtain a TSS Program, SUPPLIER will use its
          reasonable efforts to meet the applicable targets set forth in this
          Appendix E-2 within the stated time or less in 95% of the cases,
          determined annually. SUPPLIER's performance objectives with respect to
          a specific problem is subject to the problem being reproducible at
          either SUPPLIER's designated facility or on PURCHASER's system,
          verifiable remotely by SUPPLIER. PURCHASER will initially determine
          the severity level of any problem. However, if during analysis
          SUPPLIER determines that the severity level of the problem claimed by
          PURCHASER is inaccurate, SUPPLIER reserves the right to change the
          severity level and notify PURCHASER accordingly. In addition,
          SUPPLIER's performance objectives apply only to problems that have
          been reported through SUPPLIER's AR reporting process by telephone, as
          described in Section 2.9 below. ARs reported in any manner other than
          telephonically are not subject to the performance objectives set forth
          in this Appendix E-2 and shall not be counted in determining
          SUPPLIER's performance against such objectives. For purposes of
          determining SUPPLIER's performance against such objectives, a
          measurement shall be taken once annually after the end of a calendar
          year for which PURCHASER has paid for a TSS Program, based on ARs
          closed during the measured year. The foregoing measurements shall only
          be taken with respect to a complete calendar year for which PURCHASER
          has paid the applicable annual fee.

     2.9  Assistance Request Procedure
          The provisions of this Section 2.9 apply to requests for correction of
          Software warranty defects, TSS Outage and Impairment Support and TSS
          Assistance Request Support.

          2.9.1 Availability of WTSC/Requesting Assistance by Telephone

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless      Appendix E          Page 23 of 31
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                PURCHASER may request assistance, and must request Outage and
                Impairment Support for Severity 1 outages, by calling the WTSC
                on 1-800-225-4672, or such other number as SUPPLIER may
                designate. Telephonic requests for assistance may be made on a
                7X24X365 basis. However, if PURCHASER is not operating under a
                TSS Program, then, except for Outage and Impairment Support for
                Severity 1 outages, all requests for assistance, including
                claims regarding potential warranty defects, shall be reported
                to SUPPLIER as provided in Section 2.9.2 below.

          2.9.2 Availability of WTSC via Internet
                PURCHASER may submit Severity Level 3 and 4 Assistance Requests
                to the WTSC via the Internet. Except when SUPPLIER's server is
                being maintained, the web site will be accessible during hours
                to be published by SUPPLIER. SUPPLIER shall have no liability
                for failures of Internet access due to PURCHASER or Internet
                equipment or facilities problems beyond SUPPLIER's control.
                Assistance Requests submitted via the Internet may be processed
                by the WTSC only during the hours of 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.,
                Central Standard Time, and consequently are not covered by
                response time objectives for telephone calls set forth in
                Section 2.8 above.

          2.9.3 AR Database Access
                SUPPLIER maintains an AR Database that contains the description
                and status of PURCHASER ARs. Upon submission of an AR by
                PURCHASER, SUPPLIER will furnish PURCHASER a confirmation giving
                PURCHASER a corresponding AR tracking number, which PURCHASER
                can use to access the database over the Internet. Access shall
                be through a URL designated by SUPPLIER. This access will
                provide PURCHASER the ability to check AR status and to email
                the WTSC engineer(s) assigned to PURCHASER's AR(s).

          2.9.4 Restrictions on Access
                Only employees, authorized agents, and contractors of PURCHASER
                may access the WTSC. All such personnel must be registered to
                have telephonic or Internet access into the WTSC or to the AR
                Database. The number of PURCHASER personnel that may be
                registered depends on the level of service which PURCHASER has
                elected, as shown in Schedule 3. PURCHASER shall not request
                registration of any agent or contractor unless such agent or
                contractor is bound to use access to the WTSC or the AR Database
                and information learned by such access only in connection with
                work for PURCHASER, and is otherwise not authorized to use or
                disclose such information. PURCHASER has the responsibility to
                inform SUPPLIER upon termination of any registered personnel so
                that WTSC access privileges for said person may be revoked.
                Under no circumstances will SUPPLIER support, or PURCHASER
                allow, individuals who are not employees, authorized agents, and
                contractors of PURCHASER to access the WTSC or the AR Database.

     2.10 On-Site Technical Assistance
          TSS is typically provided from the WTSC or other SUPPLIER location
          that is remote from the site where PURCHASER's systems are located. At
          SUPPLIER's discretion, SUPPLIER may dispatch personnel and or
          equipment to PURCHASER's

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless      Appendix E          Page 24 of 31
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

          site for diagnostic purposes. At PURCHASER's request, and as agreed to
          by SUPPLIER, SUPPLIER may provide on-site technical assistance in
          problem resolution beyond such remote support. On-site assistance is
          not included in any TSS Program, and will be billed to PURCHASER at a
          minimum of eight (8) hours a day on a T&M basis. Reasonable travel and
          living expenses incurred by SUPPLIER will also be billed to PURCHASER
          for on-site service.

     2.11 Commencement of TSS Program

        2.11.1 General
               TSS may be ordered only for an annual period effective on January
               1 of the succeeding calendar year. The order may be for a first
               time purchase of a TSS Program or for an upgrade or reduction in
               program level. The TSS Program fee for that annual period will be
               determined by using the number of Pricing Units existing on
               December 31st of the preceding year. For example, if PURCHASER
               places an order for Program 3 for calendar year 2001, based on
               per ECP pricing, the fee shall be determined by the number of
               ECPs existing in all of PURCHASER's systems on December 31, 2000.
               This general provision is subject to certain special rules set
               forth in the remainder of this Section 2.11 and in Section 2.3.

        2.11.2 First System
               If this AGREEMENT provides for SUPPLIER's supply of PURCHASER's
               first system(s), comprised of SUPPLIER's equipment. PURCHASER
               shall be entitled to TSS Program 1 which will be provided by
               SUPPLIER at no charge to PURCHASER until the end of the calendar
               year in which the first of such systems is deployed. This support
               starts on the day that installation and integration of the system
               is complete, when SUPPLIER performs the installation of the
               system. If SUPPLIER does not install all of the system, such free
               support will be provided only upon written request of PURCHASER
               made within thirty (30) days of completion of installation of the
               system and after the system has been deemed eligible for such
               support, as provided in Section 2.3. If PURCHASER desires to
               upgrade to Program 2 or Program 3 support PURCHASER may do so,
               provided that PURCHASER agrees in writing to purchase such
               desired level of TSS for all of its systems for the succeeding
               calendar year. Certain of the benefits of the selected level of
               free support provided hereunder are subject to allocation as
               provided in this Appendix E-2.

        2.11.3 Additional Systems
               If PURCHASER has existing systems covered by a TSS Program, any
               new SUPPLIER-manufactured or furnished system deployed by
               PURCHASER, whether or not purchased from SUPPLIER under this
               AGREEMENT, shall receive TSS Program coverage at the same level,
               at no additional charge, for the remainder of the calendar year
               in which the deployment occurs. This support starts on the day
               that installation and integration of the system is complete, when
               SUPPLIER performs the installation of the system. If SUPPLIER
               does not install all of the system, such free support will be
               provided only upon written request of PURCHASER made within
               thirty (30) days of completion of installation of the system and
               after the system has been deemed eligible for such

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless      Appendix E          Page 25 of 31
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

               support, as provided in Section 2.3. Certain of the benefits of
               the affected level of free support provided hereunder are subject
               to allocation as provided in this Appendix E-2.

        2.11.4 Addition of Existing Systems
               Notwithstanding Section 2.11.3 above, if PURCHASER obtains from
               any third party additional existing systems then providing
               service to the public, by purchase, lease, merger or otherwise,
               such acquired systems shall not automatically be included in the
               group of PURCHASER's systems, if any, then covered by a TSS
               Program. However, upon request of PURCHASER, which SUPPLIER shall
               not unreasonably withhold or delay, and subject to mutual
               agreement as to fees and other appropriate terms and conditions,
               such existing systems may be so included. This support starts
               only after the existing system has been deemed eligible for such
               support, as provided in Section 2.3. Certain of the benefits of
               the affected level of support provided hereunder are subject to
               allocation as provided in this Appendix E-2.

     2.12 Renewals
          For so long as SUPPLIER continues to offer TSS Programs as described
          in this entire Appendix E, PURCHASER may renew, reduce or upgrade
          PURCHASER's existing TSS Program and/or the pricing option upon which
          it was obtained, commencing on January 1st of the next calendar year.
          Unless PURCHASER notifies SUPPLIER in writing to the contrary no later
          than the November 15th prior to that January 1st, PURCHASER's existing
          selected TSS Program shall automatically be renewed on the same
          pricing option basis in effect in the current year.

     2.13 TSS Charges and Invoicing

        2.13.1 Standard Charges for TSS
               TSS Programs are based on an annual fee payable in advance.
               Annual fees are based on the number of Pricing Units existing at
               the end of the preceding year, as described in this entire
               Appendix E. For example, the annual fee due for a TSS Program for
               the calendar year 2001, based on ECPs shall be determined by
               multiplying the number of all of the ECPs in all of PURCHASER's
               systems on December 31, 2000 by the appropriate per ECP charge.

        2.13.2 Determination of Pricing Units
               Promptly following December 31st of each calendar year, if
               PURCHASER has elected to obtain a TSS Program for the following
               year, PURCHASER shall provide to SUPPLIER in writing a count of
               the applicable Pricing Units existing as of said date. Such count
               is subject to verification by SUPPLIER. PURCHASER grants SUPPLIER
               the right to use any information learned by SUPPLIER in
               performing services under this entire Appendix E in connection
               with any verification activities. The provisions hereof are
               subject to the provisions of this Appendix E-2.

        2.13.3 Invoicing
               All such invoices rendered shall be due and payable within thirty
               (30) days of

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless      Appendix E          Page 26 of 31
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

               the date of invoice. Invoices shall be rendered as provided
               below:
                    o    Annual fees for TSS Programs are billable in January.
                         For example, the fees for a TSS Program purchased for
                         calendar year 2001 are billable in January 2001, based
                         on a Pricing Unit count as of December 31, 2000.
                    o    Time and material charges are separately billable and
                         may be invoiced monthly by SUPPLIER.

        2.13.4 Running Order
               All requests for service under this entire Appendix E, however
               delivered to PURCHASER, shall be deemed orders issued pursuant to
               a running order and shall be deemed accepted by PURCHASER upon
               commencement of performance of service.

     2.14 Telecommunications Link
          PURCHASER shall give access directly to PURCHASER's system(s) and
          Software for which PURCHASER desires support pursuant to this entire
          Appendix E, via telecommunications link, to isolate errors in the
          Software, resolve problems and, where practicable, apply corrections
          or work-arounds. PURCHASER shall furnish SUPPLIER, free of charge,
          local access to its systems, computers and other facilities for the
          time required by SUPPLIER to furnish the support to be provided
          hereunder. However, any data communications links or transport
          facilities expenses associated with long distance circuits between
          PURCHASER's site and SUPPLIER's WTSC or other diagnostic center(s)
          shall be borne by SUPPLIER.

     2.15 Support for Related Software
          Software to be supported by SUPPLIER under this entire Appendix E,
          which is moved to another Designated Processor of PURCHASER within the
          Territory, and Software which is moved together with its Designated
          Processor to another location of PURCHASER's within the Territory,
          shall continue to be covered, provided that SUPPLIER has received
          thirty (30) days prior written notice of such relocation and PURCHASER
          agrees to pay additional charges if the move increases SUPPLIER's
          costs or expenses of providing such support, and, if requested by
          SUPPLIER, the parties have renegotiated the performance objectives set
          out in Section 2.8 of this entire Appendix E. SUPPLIER reserves the
          right to inspect (one time) the Software as installed at the new
          location to determine its eligibility for support as provided in
          Section 2.3. SUPPLIER further reserves the right to supervise the
          unloading (if any) of the Software from the processor and the
          reinstallation of the Software at the new installation location. If
          SUPPLIER chooses to perform the above stated inspection and/or
          supervisions, SUPPLIER shall be entitled to be compensated for such
          services on a T&M basis.

     2.16 Time and Material Services
          If PURCHASER elects not to obtain a TSS Program or seeks services
          beyond that included within a TSS Program of the kind described in
          this entire Appendix E, SUPPLIER will, subject to availability of
          personnel, accept and perform such services. Such services will be
          billable to PURCHASER on a T&M basis.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless      Appendix E          Page 27 of 31
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

3.0  TERMINATION OF TSS
     Either party may terminate any effective TSS Program, and SUPPLIER may
     terminate any of the services provided in this entire Appendix E and modify
     Technical System Support as provided herein, but no such termination and no
     substantial modification shall be effective as to TSS Programs except upon
     ninety (90) days prior written notice. No such notice by SUPPLIER shall be
     effective until the end of the calendar year in which such ninety (90) day
     notice is effective. In the event of any such termination by either
     SUPPLIER or PURCHASER, no refund or forgiveness of any or all of the
     applicable fees previously paid or due for such calendar year shall be
     payable to PURCHASER. Nothing herein shall be deemed to excuse SUPPLIER
     from any general support obligation set forth elsewhere in this AGREEMENT.

4.0  ENHANCED TECHNICAL SERVICES
     In addition to the services and support provided under the terms of this
     entire Appendix E, SUPPLIER offers certain enhanced technical services,
     including, but not limited to: RF Optimization, RF Studies, Performance
     Services (including Network Performance Analysis), Subscriber Database
     Services, Cell Homing, Optional Feature Support, Software Upgrade Support,
     Integration Services, Performance Reporting Platform Support, and
     Implementation Services. With the exception of the Network Performance
     Analysis, which is available to Program 3 participants, these enhanced
     technical services are exclusive of Technical System Support as defined in
     this entire Appendix E but may be available pursuant to separate charges
     and terms and conditions.

                                 Severity Levels

SUPPLIER categorizes Assistance Requests by Severity Level. These Severity
Levels impact development priorities and may have other impacts on which and
when Assistance Requests will be resolved.

     Severity 1: A problem is considered a Severity 1 (Critical) when the
     application is inoperative and the service provider's inability to use the
     licensed product or service has a critical effect on system operations.
     Severity 1 includes:
          o    Total System Failures
          o    Service Interruptions affecting greater than 50 per cent of
               capacity
          o    Total loss of AMA collection
          o    Loss of 911 capability
          o    Loss of communications to a stand-alone HLR
          o    Total failure of the OMP
          o    Loss of communication between the OMP and the ECP complex

     Severity 2: A problem is considered a Severity 2 (Major) when the
     application is partially inoperative but still usable. The inoperative
     portion of the licensed product/service severely restricts operations but
     it has a less than critical impact than a severity one condition. Severity
     2 includes:
          o    Loss of system redundancy
          o    Inability to perform system backups
          o    Loss of diagnostic functionality
          o    Significant degradation of system alarm or trouble reporting
               functions
          o    Database corruption not resulting in loss of service
          o    Inability to add required service

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless      Appendix E          Page 28 of 31
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

          o    Recent change problems that significantly impact user
               capabilities
          o    Functional failure of a specific wireless call type or wireless
               feature affecting greater than 20% of subscriber base

     Severity 3: A problem is considered to be Severity 3 (Minor) when
     administration functions, routine maintenance, and diagnostics are
     affected but they do not significantly affect service to subscribers.
     Severity 3 problems are conditions under which the application is usable
     with limited functionality. Severity 3 includes:
          o    Intermittent system faults due to circuit pack failure, power
               pack failure or blown fuses
          o    Degradation of transmission
          o    Invalid measurement data
          o    Significant degradation of traffic measurement function
          o    Reduction in traffic measurement function
          o    Functional failure of a specific wireless call type or wireless
               feature affecting less than 20% of subscriber base

     Severity 4: A problem is considered Severity 4 when the application is
     usable and the condition does not affect PURCHASER operations. Severity 4
     problems result in a minor failure which involves individual components of
     the system. Severity 4 includes:
          o    Diagnostic or technical assistance requirements
          o    Software update application
          o    Equipment provisioning
          o    Post turnover troubles on a frame not carrying service
          o    General documentation problems/questions
          o    General information questions

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless      Appendix E          Page 29 of 31
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                             CTA Consulting Options

Options for CTA Consulting include the following:

Special Customer Technical Inquiries:
------------------------------------
     Customer Technical Questions
          o    Definition: As the primary customer interface, the CTA brings
               PURCHASER's technical questions and issues to other SUPPLIER
               organizations to provide the required information for PURCHASER
               or to advocate the PURCHASER's request. Technical questions will
               be handled on a priority basis

     Customized Technical Forums
          o    Definition: They will maintain current technical information and
               distribute to the concerned individuals within PURCHASER as
               required. As needed, they will bring in subject matter experts
               from other organizations. CTAs will monitor fax flashes and
               service interruption reports for items impacting PURCHASER.

     Advocate in Development Forums
          o    Definition: For key PURCHASER needs that impact
               FLEXENT(TM)/AUTOPLEX(R) system design, the CTA will champion
               addressing them and act as a PURCHASER advocate at strategic
               development forums.

Customer Initiatives/Projects:
-----------------------------
     Customer Technical Initiatives:
          o    Definition: The CTA will work with the PURCHASER project teams
               that are implementing major, multi-customer SUPPLIER offers
               (Customer Technical Initiatives). The CTA will work with
               PURCHASER to address technical issues associated with the
               initiatives and will interface to CTS/PM and development. The CTA
               will represent PURCHASER on appropriate teams internal to
               SUPPLIER.

     Customer Projects:
          o    Definition: The CTA will support and participate in custom
               PURCHASER-specific projects where appropriate at PURCHASER's
               request.

Capacity Planning & SW Planning:
-------------------------------
     o    Definition: The CTA will assist PURCHASER in the following:
          o    Understand control mechanisms and critical action/recovery paths
               for system components
          o    Understand capacity issues and how to measure and manage current
               capacity
          o    Explain related technical matters

Customer Education:
------------------
     o    Definition (Facilitate training/tele-training):
          o    Based on their particular subject matter expertise, CTAs may be
               able provide specialized training to PURCHASER.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless      Appendix E          Page 30 of 31
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                  TSS Programs
                             Pricing Units and Fees

1.   PRICING UNITS
Annual fees for TSS Programs are based on Pricing Units existing on a date
certain. For purposes of determining such fees, Pricing Units are defined as
follows:

          ECP: An "ECP" is a SUPPLIER-manufactured Executive Cellular Processor
               installed in any of PURCHASER's PCS or AMPS systems in the
               Covered Systems, whether or not such ECP was installed by or sold
               to PURCHASER by SUPPLIER, and regardless of the technology
               supported by such ECP (e.g. analog, CDMA, and TDMA).

For Pricing Schedule per ECP, please see Appendix A.

2.   COUNT OF PRICING UNITS
Except as provided below, the scope of Covered Systems and Pricing Units will be
counted as of December 31st of the year preceding the year for which BRSS will
be provided.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless      Appendix E          Page 31 of 31
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                  Appendix F

       Agreement Concerning the Treatment of Lucent Information, Amended

Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless       Appendix F                Page 1
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                                            [BELL ATLANTIC LOGO]

This Amendment No I (hereinafter "Amendment") to the Agreement Concerning the
Treatment of AT&T Information, dated March 28, 1994, (hereinafter "Agreement"),
effective as of September 30, 1999, is entered into between Telesector Resources
Group, Tnc d/b/a Bell Atlantic Network Services, a Delaware Corporation, having
an office located at 240 East 38th Street, New York, NY, 10016 (formerly "NYNEX"
and hereinafter "Bell Atlantic"), on behalf of itself and for the benefit of its
Affiliates, and Lucent Technologies Inc., a Delaware Corporation having an
office located at 5 Penn Plaza, 10th Floor, New York, New York 10001 (formerly
"AT&T" and hereinafter "Lucent").

WHEREAS, the parties entered into the Agreement on March 28, 1994;

WHEREAS, the Agreement was assigned from AT&T to Lucent Technologies Inc. on
August 5, 1996, with NYNEX' consent;

WHEREAS, NYNEX merged with Bell Atlantic Corporation on August 8, 1997;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and conditions set forth
herein, and intending to be legally bound, the parties agree as follows:

1.    SCOPE OF AMENDMENT

This Amendment modifies the Agreement to reflect changes in the corporate
organization and names of the parties thereto.

2.    PARTIES

All references to AT&T in the Agreement shall be replaced with "Lucent," and all
references to "NYNEX" shall be replaced with "Bell Atlantic."

3.    OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS

All other terms and conditions of the Agreement shall remain unchanged.

4.    ENTIRE AMENDMENT

This Amendment constitutes and embodies the entire agreement by and between the
parties hereto and supersedes all prior oral or written agreements or
understandings, if

                                       1

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

any, between them with respect to the subject matter of this Amendment. This
Amendment shall not be modified or amended except by a writing signed by
authorized representatives of both parties.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have set their hand intending to be legally
bound this       day of               2000.

TELESECTOR RESOURCES GROUP, INC.          LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES INC.

/s/ Alan A. Polonsky                       /s/ A. W. Villano
--------------------------------          ------------------------------
Signature                                 Signature

Alan A. Polonsky                          A. W. Villano
--------------------------------          ------------------------------
Printed Name                              Printed Name

Director                                  Director
--------------------------------          ------------------------------
Title                                     Title

5/1/2000                                  3/29/00
--------------------------------          ------------------------------
Date                                      Date

                                       2

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                      AGREEMENT CONCERNING THE
                 TREATMENT OF AT&T INFORMATION

This Agreement is entered into the 28th day of March 1994 between American
Telephone and Telegraph Company, a New York corporation with a place of business
at Five Penn Plaza, New York New York ("AT&T") and Telesector Resources Group,
Inc., on behalf of New York Telephone Company, New England Telephone and
Telegraph Company and NYNEX Science & Technology, Inc. (hereinafter collectively
"NYNEX"), with a place of business at 240 East 38th Street, New York, New York
10016.

This Agreement shall apply to information heretofore or hereafter provided by
AT&T or any of its Affiliated Companies to NYNEX in connection with or in
contemplation of the purchase of goods or services or the license of software
under a contract or agreement between NYNEX and AT&T.

1.   DEFINITIONS

     a.   "Affiliated Companies" as used herein means, with respect to a party
          (1) any company or person owning or controlling directly or indirectly
          a majority of the stock entitled to vote for the election of directors
          ("Parent"), (ii) any company the majority of whose stock entitled to
          vote for the election of directors is owned or controlled, directly or
          indirectly by the party ("Subsidiary") or (iii) any company the
          majority of whose stock entitled to vote for the election of directors
          is owned or controlled directly or indirectly by the party's Parent,
          Subsidiary or any combination of the party, its Parent or a
          Subsidiary.

     b.   "Information" as used herein includes all business, technical or other
          information whether oral or written. Information includes, without
          limitation, Proprietary Technical Information, Non-Proprietary
          Technical Information, Price Catalogues, Specific Price Information,
          Circuit Pack Schematics, Installation Handbooks, Source Code and
          Source and Disassembly Code Documentation.

     c.   "Confidential Information" as used herein means Information which AT&T
          considers proprietary or confidential and identified as set forth in
          Paragraph 4.

     d.   "Non-proprietary Technical Information" as used herein means technical
          information which has been or is provided by AT&T or its Affiliated
          Companies, relating to AT&T's products, which is normally furnished by
          AT&T or its

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                       2

          Affiliated Companies to its customers for such products. This
          includes, but is not limited to, Schematic Diagrams ("SDs") and their
          associated Circuit Descriptions ("CDs"); J and T drawings; Engineering
          Letters ("ELs"); Information Letters ("ILs"); AT&T and Bell System
          Practices ("BSPs"); compatibility information, maintenance manuals and
          operation manuals. If any of the above-type documents bear a
          proprietary legend or distribution limitation thereon, it may be
          removed or obliterated by NYNEX. Also, Circuit Pack Schematics (CPSs")
          and their associated CDs and Installation Handbooks which do not bear
          a legend identifying them as AT&T proprietary or confidential or
          otherwise limiting dissemination are considered to be Non-proprietary
          Technical Information.

     e.   "Proprietary Technical Information" as used herein means technical
          Information relating to AT&T's products which is not normally
          furnished to AT&T's customers for such products. Proprietary Technical
          Information includes, without limitation, Installation Handbooks,
          manufacturing information and drawings, (e.g., assembly drawings and
          art master drawings), and Circuit Pack Schematics and their Circuit
          Descriptions, all of which bear a legend identifying them as AT&T
          proprietary or confidential information or otherwise limiting
          dissemination.

     f.   "Price Catalogues" as used herein means AT&T's published price lists
          including the Product Ordering and Price Guide, the Systems and
          Services Ordering and Price Guide and other price lists which are made
          generally available to the public. However, this does not include the
          Discount and Transportation Factors Schedule.

     g.   "Specific Price Information" as used herein means all discount
          schedules, including the Discount and Transportation Factors Schedule,
          specific prices and/or discount levels offered to or agreed upon with
          TRG or in responses to requests for quotes or requests for
          information, specific price agreements other than the price and
          discount information contained in AT&T's Price Catalogues, and the No.
          5ESS(R) Switch NYNEX Volume Status Report.

     h.   "Circuit Pack Schematics" as used herein include all Apparatus Pack
          Schematics ("APS"), Circuit Pack Schematics ("CPS"), Circuit Pack
          Assembly ("CPA"), Equipment Pack Schematic ("EPS") and Circuit Module
          Schematic ("CMS") type drawings.

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                        3

     i.   "Source and Disassembly Code Documentation" as used herein means all
          electronic switching systems and their associated processor's software
          listings and documentation including the following documents for all
          generic software programs for the 1, IA, 2, 2B, 3, 3A, and 4ESS
          Switches and for the 5ESS Switch and for the UNIX(R) RTR and DMERT
          programs for the 3B20D processor: program records (also known as
          program listings), program change documents, supplementary program
          information (also known as PKs) and any updates, enhancements, or
          other changes to those listings and documents.

     j.   "Source Code" as used herein means statements in a high level computer
          programming language, which is not directly executable by a processor.

2.   TREATMENT OF SPECIFIC INFORMATION

     AT&T states that it owns the copyright to its Information.

     a.   Price Catalogues have been and will continue to be provided by AT&T to
          NYNEX on a non-confidential basis. Price Catalogues may be used by
          NYNEX for any lawful purpose not in violation of AT&T's copyright.
          AT&T hereby grants to NYNEX the right to make incidental copies of
          Price Catalogues for its own use in evaluating or procuring products
          or licenses from AT&T.

     b.   Specific Price Information shall be considered Confidential
          Information and shall be treated in accordance with the provisions of
          Paragraph 3b of this Agreement for a period of five (5) years from
          receipt of the Specific Price Information by NYNEX.

     c.   Non-proprietary Technical Information has been and will continue to be
          provided by AT&T to NYNEX on a non-confidential basis. Non-proprietary
          Technical Information may be used by NYNEX for any lawful purpose not
          in violation of AT&T's copyright. AT&T hereby grants NYNEX the right
          to make incidental copies of such Non-proprietary Technical
          Information for its own use in connection with the installation,
          operation or maintenance of the products for which it is furnished and
          to acquire products compatible with such products.

     d.   All Proprietary Technical Information which has been or is provided to
          NYNEX shall be considered Confidential Information and shall be
          treated in accordance

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                        4

          with the provisions of Paragraph 3b of this Agreement, except that
          Installation Handbooks shall be treated in accordance with Paragraph
          3c.

     e.   NYNEX agrees to treat all Source Code which NYNEX is licensed to
          obtain, in accordance with Paragraph 3a of this Agreement.

     f.   Source and Disassembly Code Documentation shall be held in confidence
          and treated pursuant to Paragraph 3b of this Agreement and used only
          for purposes of operation and maintenance of the equipment for which
          it was provided.

     g.   All Confidential Information not covered by Paragraph 2, subparagraphs
          (a) through (1) above, which has been or will be provided to NYNEX and
          which NYNEX agrees to accept, shall be treated as Confidential
          Information in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 3d of this
          Agreement unless otherwise agreed to.

3.   TREATMENT OF CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

     a.   This paragraph sets forth levels of treatment for Confidential
          Information.

          NYNEX agrees to treat Source Code to which this sub-paragraph applies
          as follows:

          i.   receive and hold such Source Code in confidence;

          ii.  use the Source Code only in the United States and solely in
               connection with maintenance of the related software which is
               resident in the ESS or 5ESS switches or in the 3B20D processors
               of New York Telephone Company's or New England Telephone and
               Telegraph Company's public switched network;

          iii. not to copy, reproduce, translate or reformat in any form
               whatsoever any of the Source Code;

          iv.  restrict the dissemination of the Source Code to organizations
               named in Attachment "A" or their functional equivalents which are
               responsible for maintenance of the software to which the Source
               Code relates; place those organizations on the appropriate
               standing order list of AT&T's Customer Information Center or
               other AT&T organization providing the applicable

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                       5

          Source Code; restrict disclosure of the Source Code to employees
          within those organizations in Attachment "A" or their functional
          equivalents to whom disclosure is necessary; and notify each such
          employee that the disclosure to him or her is made in confidence and
          that the Source Code shall be kept in confidence and used only for the
          purposes set forth in this Agreement;

     v.   make no further disclosure of the Source Code within NYNEX or to any
          third party without the prior written agreement of AT&T: and

     vi.  return all Source Code to AT&T when no longer needed by NYNEX. In any
          such instance, NYNEX may certify to AT&T that it has destroyed the
          Source Code in lieu of returning it.

     b.   NYNEX agrees to treat Confidential Information to which this
          sub-paragraph applies as follows:

          i.   hold all Confidential Information in confidence;

          ii.  use Confidential Information only for the purpose for which it is
               provided;

          iii. disclose Confidential Information only to employees having a
               need-to-know and advise such employees of the obligations
               contained herein;

          iv.  reproduce Confidential Information only to the extent necessary
               to use the Confidential Information pursuant to this Agreement;
               and

          v.   not disclose Confidential Information to any third party outside
               NYNEX without the prior written approval of AT&T.

     c.   NYNEX agrees to treat Confidential Information to which this
          sub-paragraph applies as follows:

          i.   hold all Confidential Information in confidence;

          ii.  use Confidential Information only for the purpose for which it is
               provided;

          iii. treat such Confidential Information as it treats its own
               Confidential Information of similar character;

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                       6

          iv.  not reproduce Confidential Information without the prior written
               approval of AT&T; and

          v.   not disclose Confidential Information to any third party outside
               NYNEX without the prior written approval of AT&T.

     d.   NYNEX agrees to treat Confidential Information to which this
          sub-paragraph applies as follows:

          i.   hold all Confidential Information in confidence;

          ii.  use Confidential Information only for the purpose for which it is
               provided;

          iii. reproduce Confidential Information only to the extent necessary
               to use the Confidential Information pursuant to this Agreement;

          iv.  treat such Confidential Information as it treats its own
               Confidential Information of similar character; and

          v.   disclose Confidential Information to any third party outside
               NYNEX solely for the purpose of operation or maintenance of
               equipment procured from AT&T, only if the third party signs an
               agreement (Attachment "B") to protect the Confidential
               Information in a manner consistent with paragraph 3b.

4. Confidential Information shall be subject to the restrictions of Paragraph 3
if it is in writing or other tangible form and bears a legend identifying it as
AT&T proprietary or confidential information or otherwise limiting disclosure;
or if not in tangible form, if NYNEX is advised in advance of its confidential
nature and agrees to accept it and it is summarized in writing, bearing a legend
identifying it as confidential, and this document is delivered to NYNEX within
thirty (30) days of the confidential information's disclosure.

5. For Confidential Information which is of a type intended to be covered by
this Agreement but which is not of a type clearly contained in any described
protected category and/or for which a designated level of protection [Paragraph
3 (a) through 3 (d)} is not specified, such Confidential information shall only
become subject to the provisions of this Agreement upon execution by appropriate
representatives of AT&T and NYNEX of an Addendum to this Agreement substantially
in the form set forth in Attachment "C",

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                       7

identifying such Confidential Information, making it expressly subject to this
Agreement, and assigning it to a category of protection.

6. The restrictions on use and disclosure of Confidential Information set forth
in this Agreement shall not apply to any Confidential Information:

     a.   which is independently developed by NYNEX or lawfully received from
          another source free of restriction and without breach by NYNEX of any
          obligation to maintain the Information in confidence; or

     b.   which is at the time of its disclosure to NYNEX or subsequently
          becomes generally available to the public without breach by NYNEX of
          this Agreement; or

     c.   which at the time of disclosure to NYNEX was known to NYNEX free of
          any obligation to maintain the Information in confidence; or

     d.   which AT&T agrees in writing is free of such restrictions.

7. No license under any trademark, patent, copyright, mask protection right or
any other intellectual property right is either granted or implied by the
conveying of Information to NYNEX. None of the Information which may be
disclosed by AT&T shall constitute any representation, warranty, assurance,
guarantee or inducement by AT&T of any kind, and, in particular, with respect
to the non-infringement of trademarks, patents, copyrights or any other
intellectual property rights, or other rights of third persons.

8. Neither this Agreement nor the disclosure or receipt of Information shall
constitute or imply any promise or intention to make any purchase of products or
services by either party or any commitment by either party with respect to the
present or future marketing of any product or service.

9. All Confidential Information shall remain the property of AT&T and shall be
returned upon NYNEX's determination that it no longer has a need for such
Information. NYNEX may, however, retain in the files of its legal counsel,
solely for record purposes, one copy of all written material returned.

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                       8

10. NYNEX hereby assures AT&T that it does not intend to and will not knowingly,
export Information or products directly or indirectly based thereon, outside the
United States in violation of U.S. laws and regulations.

11. In the event NYNEX receives a request to disclose all or a part of AT&T's or
its Affiliated Companies' Confidential Information under the terms of a subpoena
or court order or is otherwise required by law to disclose such information,
NYNEX shall provide AT&T with immediate written notice of the request or
requirement, prior to any disclosure, and cooperate with AT&T and give AT&T an
opportunity to oppose the request or requirement if AT&T deems it appropriate.
If AT&T does not oppose the disclosure or if legal opposition is unsuccessful,
or if AT&T agrees to production subject to a suitable protective order, NYNEX
shall be free to disclose such Confidential Information to the extent required
by such subpoena, court order, law or regulation without violating this
Agreement.

12. NYNEX agrees that all of its obligations undertaken herein, which by their
nature would continue beyond termination of this Agreement, shall survive and
continue after any termination of this Agreement unless otherwise agreed in
writing.

13. The obligations and rights of the parties under the Modification of Final
Judgment, Plan of Reorganization and Divestiture Agreements are not modified by
this Agreement.

14. No amendment or modification of this Agreement shall be valid or binding on
the parties unless made in writing and signed on behalf of each of the parties
by their respective duly authorized officers or representatives.

15. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York.

16. This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding between the parties
hereto and supersedes all previous communications, representations, oral or
written, between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this
Agreement.

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                       9

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date
indicated.

AMERICAN TELEPHONE AND                         TELESECTOR RESOURCES
TELEGRAPH COMPANY                              GROUP INC.

By: /s/ R. J. Moscioni                         By: /s/ R. Many
    -------------------                           ---------------------
      (Signature)                                     (Signature)

    R. J. Moscioni                                   R. Many
-----------------------                        ------------------------
     (Print Name)                                    (Print Name)

Regional Vice President                        Acting Managing Director
-----------------------                        ------------------------
       (Title)                                         (Title)

   March 28, 1994                                  March 25, 1994
-----------------------                        ------------------------
   (Date Signed)                                    (Date Signed)

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                      10

                                                                  ATTACHMENT "A"

Organizations authorized to receive Source Code shall be as mutually agreed
between AT&T and NYNEX.

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                      11

                                                                  ATTACHMENT "B"

                           NON-DISCLOSURE AGREEMENT
                              (AT&T Information)

Agreement between Telesector Resources Group, Inc., (hereinafter NYNEX) having a
place of business at _______________________________________ and
_____________________________________________(hereinafter "RECIPIENT"), having a
place of business at_____________________________________.

WHEREAS NYNEX plans to disclose to RECIPIENT certain confidential information
(hereinafter "INFORMATION") which is the property of American Telephone and
Telegraph Company or its Affiliated Companies (hereinafter "AT&T") and NYNEX
desires to maintain the confidentiality of the INFORMATION;

THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

1.  The INFORMATION will remain the property of AT&T and all copies of such
    INFORMATION shall be returned to NYNEX upon its request.

2.  RECIPIENT will use the INFORMATION solely for the purpose of providing
    operation and/or maintenance service for NYNEX's public switched network.

3.  RECIPIENT shall hold the INFORMATION in confidence and not disclose it to
    any third party. RECIPIENT shall disclose the INFORMATION only to its
    employees having a need to know and advise them of the obligations contained
    herein.

4.  RECIPIENT shall not reproduce the INFORMATION without the written
    permission of NYNEX.

5.  These restrictions on the use or disclosure of such INFORMATION shall not
    apply to INFORMATION:

    i.   independently developed by RECIPIENT or lawfully received from
         another source without breach of this Agreement; or

    ii.  which is or becomes generally available to the public without
         breach of this Agreement by RECIPIENT; or

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                      12

    iii. which at the time of disclosure was known to RECIPIENT.

6.  Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, RECIPIENT agrees not
    to export directly or indirectly, any INFORMATION acquired from NYNEX or any
    products directly or indirectly based thereon unless such export is in
    compliance with the United States Export Laws and Regulations.

7.  Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as granting or
    conferring rights by license or otherwise in any iNFORMATION disclosed to
    RECIPIENT.

8.  It is expressly understood that this Agreement shall not be considered by
    RECIPIENT to be a request for RECIPIENT to provide products or services on
    behalf of NYNEX nor shall it obligate NYNEX to RECIPIENT in the future as a
    supplier of any product or service to NYNEX. NYNEX may develop or contract
    with third parties for comparable products and services.

9.  Neither this Agreement nor any rights hereunder in whole or in part shall be
    assignable or otherwise transferable by RECIPIENT and the obligations
    contained in this Agreement shall survive and continue after termination of
    this Agreement.

10. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the
    laws of the State of New York and shall benefit and be binding upon the
    parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns.

11. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect
    to its subject matter and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous oral or
    written agreements or understandings between the parties on such subject
    matter.

                                          TELESECTOR RESOURCES
                                          GROUP, INC.

By:                                       By:
   -----------------------------             ---------------------------

--------------------------------          ------------------------------
         (Printed Name)                        (Printed Name)

--------------------------------          ------------------------------
             (Title)                              (Title)

--------------------------------          ------------------------------
              (Date)                               (Date)

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                      13

                                                                    ATTACHMENT C

             ADDENDUM TO JOINT AT&T AND NYNEX AGREEMENT CONCERNING
                       THE TREATMENT OF AT&T INFORMATION

In consideration of AT&T's willingness to disclose to NYNEX, and NYNEX's desire
to accept, certain information specified below which AT&T considers to be
Confidential Information within the meaning of the AGREEMENT CONCERNING THE
TREATMENT OF AT&T iNFORMATION dated [here insert date agreement was executed]
(the "AGREEMENT"), AT&T and NYNEX hereby agree as follows:

1. The Confidential Information to be disclosed by AT&T to NYNEX consists of:

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

---------------------------------------

2. The Confidential Information furnished to NYNEX pursuant hereto shall be
   treated in accordance with the following indicated paragraph of the
   AGREEMENT (check which one applies):

      _____ Paragraph 3(a)

      _____ Paragraph 3(b)

      _____ Paragraph 3(c)

      _____ Paragraph 3(d)

3. The Confidential Information furnished to NYNEX pursuant hereto shall be held
   in confidence for a period of_______ (years) and ______(months) from the date
   of this Addendum C.

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                      14

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Addendum to the AGREEMENT has been duly executed by
authorized signatories of AT&T and NYNEX on the dates indicated below.

NYNEX CORPORATION                         AMERICAN TELEPHONE AND
                                          TELEGRAPH COMPANY

By:                                       By:
   -----------------------------             ---------------------------
          (Signature)                               (Signature)

--------------------------------          ------------------------------
           (Typed Name)                             (Typed Name)

--------------------------------          ------------------------------
            (Title)                                  (Title)

--------------------------------          ------------------------------
             (Date)                                   (Date)

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                  APPENDIX G

                                   Training

GENERAL
Lucent Technologies maintains a Training web site,
http://www.lucent.product-training.com/catalog . The training center can also be
reached by calling Lucent Product Training at (888) Lucent8 (582-3688). Included
at this web site is a comprehensive list of all Wireless training currently
available. Information on training, courses and schedules is subject to change
without notice. Prices for training courses are listed at $* per student per
day for Instructor-led Hands-on courses, $* per student per day for
Instructor-led lecture only courses. Prices for alternate media courses vary.
Prices for Instructor-led courses are valid through the end of the term of the
Definitive Agreement.

TRAINING CONDUCTED AT SUPPLIER'S SITE
Prices stated cover tuition and materials for each course listed. PURCHASER
shall bear any attendees' travel and living expenses associated with such
training. SUPPLIER's primary training site is located at:

 Lucent Technologies Customer Training and Information Products Training Center
                            240 East Central Parkway
                          Altamonte Springs, Fla. 32701

TRAINING CONDUCTED AT PURCHASER'S SITE
For the convenience of PURCHASER and to avoid travel and living expenses for
PURCHASER, SUPPLIER can arrange to have certain courses suitcased to PURCHASER's
location. SUPPLIER's pricing for "suitcased" training is for a minimum of 6
students. To provide a full robust experience class sizes are usually restricted
to a maximum of 12 students. The maximum class size is under the discretion of
the instructor. PURCHASER shall bear all mutually agreed to instructor expenses
associated with on-site training, including, but not limited to, transportation,
lodging, and shipping of materials.

Some suitcased courses require SUPPLIER equipment to be provided by PURCHASER.
The equipment must be fully installed and running, but not revenue generating.
Test equipment to be provided by the PURCHASER. Typical hands-on training will
require that faults be introduced to the equipment being trained on. This may
cause delays in making the equipment revenue generating. PURCHASER may elect to
purchase "toy" equipment, which is intended for training use.

TRAINING USING PRELIMINARY TRAINING MATERIALS
If SUPPLIER provides PURCHASER in-class training, using preliminary course
materials and documentation, SUPPLIER will replace the preliminary course
materials with final course materials when they become available. Final
documentation will be used in the classroom when it becomes available.

TRAINING CREDITS
A * Training Credit will be made available upon signing this agreement and
will expire one year from the signing of this agreement. In addition,
PURCHASER may, at their discretion; convert up to * of the awarded Volume
Purchase Plan "VPP" credits into Training Credits on an annual basis. VPP
credits converted to training credits will expire under the terms and
conditions of the Volume Purchase Plan.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless      Appendix G            Page 1 of 1
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                  APPENDIX H

                                 Documentation

In addition to the DOCUMENTATION received with the equipment, SUPPLIER shall
provide 12 Library Copies and associated updates to the DOCUMENTATION. PURCHASER
shall provide an updated list of organizations and locations to receive the
Library Copies of the DOCUMENTATION. Changes and updates to standard
documentation shall be provided within a reasonable time of their respective
effective dates, at no charge to PURCHASER.

All documentation shall be in English and shall comply with commonly accepted
industry standards with respect to content, size, legibility and
reproducibility.

PURCHASER shall treat such DOCUMENTATION in accordance with the Agreement
Regarding the Treatment of Lucent Information, dated March 28, 1994, as amended,
a copy of which is attached hereto as Appendix H.

LOCAL MARKET LEVEL:
Site (cell or MSC)
Manager Network Planning /Engineering

AREA:
Director, Area Network Planning
Great Lakes -            1515 Woodfield Road           Schaumburg, IL  60173
Northeast -              400 Friberg Parkway           Westborough, MA  01581
Mid-Atlantic -           5175 Campus Drive             Plymouth Mtg, PA  19462
Southeast -              8921 Reasearch Drive          Charlotte, NC  28262
South Central -          6 Campus Circle               Westlake, TX  76262
Southwest -              15505 Sand Canyon             Irvine, CA  92618
Northwest -              3305 160th Avenue SE          Bellvue, WA  98008

<TABLE>
<S>                                   <C>                                <C>
Corporate:
NOC - West  Director NOC West         6 Campus Circle                    Westlake, TX  76262
NOC - East Director NOC East          180 Washington Valley Road         Bedminster, NJ07921
Director Network Planning             2785 Mitchell Drive                Walnut Creek, CA 94598
Director Maintenance Engineering      180 Washington Valley Road,        Bedminster, NJ 07921
</TABLE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless        Appendix H          Page 1 of 1
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                  APPENDIX H

                      Autoplex and Flexent Documentation

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   DOCUMENT NUMBER                              DOCUMENT TITLE
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                   <C>
     401-005-100      System 1000 & PCS System Software Support Policy
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-200-111      RF Engineering Guidelines for TDMA
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-200-112      TDMA & DCCH Implementation Guidelines
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-200-113      Autoplex System 1000 TDMA DCCH RF Engineering Guidelines
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-200-114      Series II PCS/Cellular TDMA Flexible Channel Allocation RF Engineering
                      Guidelines
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-200-115      Grounding and Lightning Protection
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-200-120      TDMA Flexent Planning & Implementation Guide
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-300-110      Hardware error Handler (HEH) Handbook
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-401-101      MDBS Users Guide
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-401-103      WPD Release Notes (Core)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-401-110      WPD  Packet Server Operations Manual (Core)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-401-111      WPD Administration Server Operations Manual (Core)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-401-112      WPD Network Management System Users Guide (Core)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-401-114      WPD Installation Manual
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-401-115      WPD Mobile Simulator Operations Manual
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-401-116      WPD Messages Guide
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-401-117      CDPD MDIS Cluster Hardware Reference Manual
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-401-119      WPD Upgrade Manual
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-401-120      WPD Modern Bank Controller Operations Manual
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-401-122      WPD Cluster Hardware Reference Manual
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-600-047      RC/V Form Security
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-601-001      Call Forwarding Backoff to MRS
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-601-002      Answer Supervision to Cellular Phone (ASCP)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-601-003      Selectable Cell Site Messaging
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-601-004      TTY Number Display
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-601-005      Pin Capability
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-601-006      Malicious Call Trace
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-601-007      AMA Containing incoming ANI
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-601-008      Analog/Digital Usage Billing
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-601-009      Autonomous and Enhanced Registration
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-601-010      Informational Services Gateway (ISG)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-601-011      Call Forwarding
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-601-012      Call Waiting and Call Waiting Blocking
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless       Appendix H          Page 1 of 13
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-601-013      Three-Way Calling Feature
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-601-014      Local Directory Number
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-601-015      Selectable Billing Record
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-601-016      Interference Look Ahead
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-601-017      VLR Override Expiration Timer
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-601-018      Subscriber Control of Special Routing
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-601-019      Message Waiting Indicator
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-601-020      Special Routing
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-601-021      Message Recording/Retrieval Service
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-601-022      Project Accounting Service
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-601-023      Credit Card Billing
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-601-025      Delete Digits on Incoming Trunks
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-601-026      Global Title Translations
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-601-027      Automatic Radio Reconfiguration  (ARR)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-601-028      End-Office Appearance
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-601-029      AMA Dump for Selected Subscribers
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-601-030      Limited Service Area
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-601-031      Routing Service for Emergency Call
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-601-032      Allowable Called Number Table
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-601-033      Multiple Roamer Class of Service
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-601-034      Project Accounting Service Validation
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-601-035      Positive Verification System Interface
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-601-036      Analog Option on Digital Terminations
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-601-037      Limit of Expiration Time Received for VLRs - High End
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-601-039      Enhanced 911
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-601-040      TDMA Affected Server Selection (TASS)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-601-042      Cellular Digital Packet Data (CDPD) Feature
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-601-043      Transfer-to-Number After Redirection (TTNREDIR)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-601-044      Limited Call Transfer
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-601-045      Pound Send
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-601-046      Per-Subscriber Override of Filter's PIC for Roaming
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-601-047      IS41 Domestic Location Request
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-601-048      IS41+ Origination Trigger
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-601-049      IS41+ Dialed Number Trigger
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-610-000      Customer Documentation Catalog
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-610-006      System Description
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-610-009      System Capacity Monitoring and Eng. Guidelines
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-610-015      Cell Growth Guidelines
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-610-036      Database Update (Vol 1-4) R14.0
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-610-036      Database Update (Vol 1-5) R14.1
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-610-036      Database Update (Vol 1-5) R15.0
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-610-036      Database Update (Vol 1-5) R15.1
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-610-036      Database Update (Vol 1-5) R16.0
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless       Appendix H          Page 2 of 13
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-610-038      Text Recent Change and Verify Manual
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-610-048      Unix User Guide for Autoplex Application
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-610-055      System 1000 Input Message Manual   (Vol 1, 2)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-610-057      System 1000 Output Message Manual (Vol 1- 6)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-610-059      Input Reference Guide
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-610-060      Autoplex Acronym Dictionary
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-610-077      ECP/CDN Recovery Message Audits Manual (Vol 1)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-610-077      ECP/CDN Recovery Message Audits Manual (Vol 2)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-610-078      Cell Site Audits Manual (Vol 1-3)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-610-079      System Recovery
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-610-094      PLANNING LETTER
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-610-094      PLANNING LETTER
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-610-096      ECP R12.0 Implementation Guide
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-610-098      CDMA Circuit Mode Data Description and Set-Up Procedures
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-610-101      TDMA Circuit Switched Data Implimentation Procedures
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-610-107      Cell Site/DCS I/O Messages (Vol 1, 2)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-610-110      AUTOPLEX SYSTEMS TDMA Vocoder Relocation Conversion procedures for a TDMA
                      cell
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-610-120      Recommended Spare Parts, Tools and Test Eqpt.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-610-121      MSC/Cell Site - Circuit Application Guidelines
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-610-133      AMA Formats (Vol 1, 2)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-610-133A     AMA Formats Description with 15 Digit DN
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-610-135      Service Measurements
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-610-160      Operations, Administration, and Maintenance Guide (Vol 1-4)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-610-170      ECP R13.0 Implementation Guide
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-610-171      ECP R14.0 Implementation Guide
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-610-172      ECP R15.0 Implementation Guide
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-610-173      Software Retrofit Procedures
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-610-500      CMSC Product Overview
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-610-502      Lightning Protection and Grounding Guidelines for Mobile Switching Center
                      (MSC) Equipment
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-610-612      Enhanced Electronic Software Distribution
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-610-613      Speech Option Selection
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-610-614      CSC and OTAF Interface Specifications
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-610-617      Increase Size of Paging Channel Neighbor List.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-610-618      Support of 16 SS7 Signaling links between ECPC & International 5E-DCS
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-610-621      Feature Guide 15.1
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-610-622      15 Digit Directory Number Feature Description
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless       Appendix H          Page 3 of 13
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
 <S>                  <C>
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-610-623      Feature Guide 16.1
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-001      TDMA Call Tracking (TDMACT)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-002      Subscriber Pre-Call Announcement
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-003      Automatic Roamer Greeting (ARG)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-005      Identification for Bad GE Mobiles
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-006      Calling Number ID Presentation and Restriction
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-007      ISDN Subscriber User Part
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-008      Service Measurements Report Generator
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-009      Subscriber Pre-Page Announcement
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-011      Default ADWA Record Generation for Home Subscribers (DARGHS)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-012      Expanded Spectrum Radio Assignment Modification (ESRAM)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-013      Fraudulent Mobile Print
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-014      Long Call Detection and Immediate Long Call Detection
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-015      Roamer Only Roamer Access Number (RORAN)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-016      Sequential Cell Site Trunk Hunt
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-017      Sub-MSC Paging
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-018      Suppress Master SCN AMA Records (SMSAR)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-020      Virtual System Call Routing
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-021      Virtual System Output Message Routing
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-022      Virtual Systems Input Msg Restrict
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-023      AMA Teleprocessing
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-024      Data Base Survey & Enhanced Db subsearch for CCF
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-025      Restricted Access
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-026      Database Tools on OMP, Phases 1 and 2
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-027      Carrier Access Code Restriction
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-028      Virtual System AMA Event Recording
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-030      Credit Card Phone/32 Digit Dialing
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-031      Series IIe Six Sector Support
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-032      Voice Mail Notification
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-033      Series IIe Growth Frame Support
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-034      Expanded Spectrum Capability
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-035      Subscriber PIN Intercept (SPINI)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-036      Subscriber PIN Access (SPINA)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-037      EIA Function Code Dialing
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-038      TDMA Digital Control Channel (DCCH)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-039      Blind Unanswered Call Release
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-040      Manufacturer Code Validation
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-041      Authentication
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-042      Subscriber Call Quality Rating (SCQR) Greeting
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-043      IS41 Automatic Roaming and Call Delivery
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-044      Programmable Treatment Routing
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless       Appendix H          Page 4 of 13
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-045      Alarm Summary Print (ASP)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-046      Voice Privacy
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-047      Remote Feature Activation
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-048      Signaling Message Encryption
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-049      Analog  Capacity Enhancement
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-050      Tandem Trunk Switching
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-051      Immediate Billing with Multiple Systems (IBMS)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-052      RF Call Trace
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-054      Virtual Systems RC/V Access
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-055      Increased Court Ordered Surveillance (ICOS)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-056      Selective Paging
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-057      User-Defined Cell Site Alarms
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-058      Administrable ANI Information Digits
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-059      Subscriber and System Errors to Announcement (SSEA)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-060      Feature Transparency Network Inter-Switch Call Delivery
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-061      Immediate Call Trace
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-062      Selectable Paging Tone (SPT)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-063      Cancel Call Waiting (CCW)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-064      Multiple System Subscriber Administration (MSSA)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-065      Mobile Power Class (MPC) Dependent Thresholds
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-066      Positive Paging Default (PPD)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-067      Non-Autonomous Registration Capable Flood Paging (NARCFP)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-068      Digital Preference for Handoffs
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-069      Mobile Station Test
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-070      Message Retrieval Code
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-072      Multiple Units with Same Directory Number
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-073      DCA and Inter-MSC DCA
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-074      Control Point Switch Handoff Restriction
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-075      Split NPA with Short Mobile Identification Number Paging
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-076      System-Wide Short Mobile Identification Number Paging (With CDNs)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-077      IS41 Inter-Vendor Handoff (IVHO)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-078      IS41 Roamer Administration Service
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-079      IS41 Message Recording Service (MRS) Interface
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-080      AMA Search
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-080A     AMA Search  with 15 Digit DN
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-081      Automatic Call Trace
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-082      Series II Cell Site Directional Setup
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-083      Virtual Systems Tones and Announcements (VSTA)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-084      MRS Equal Access Interface
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-085      Operator Call Restrictions Announcement
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless       Appendix H          Page 5 of 13
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-086      Homer Electronic Serial Number Fraud Check
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-087      No Service VLR Record
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-088      Fraudulent Screening for Tumbling Electronic Serial Number
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-089      BillNet Automatic Message Accounting
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-090      Partial Station Class Mark in Automatic Message Accounting
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-091      Primary Clock Alarm (PCA)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-092      Forced Handoff
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-093      Reserved Radios for Handoff
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-094      Roamer Only Restricted Cellular Networking Handoff
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-095      Radio Reservation for Priority Subscribers (RRPS)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-096      Operator Service Signaling (OSS)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-097      Dialed Digits in Automatic Message Accounting (DDAMA)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-098      Recent Change/Verify Overload Access Control (RCVOAC)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-099      Periodic Cross-Face Locate (PCFL)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-100      Subscriber Form Activity Print (SFAP)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-101      Series IIm T1 Minicell & Series IImm Microcell Support
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-102      Emergency Call Access (ECA)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-103      Authorized Roaming List (ALR) and Home Only Service
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-104      Redirect to Announcement (RTA)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-106      Non-Integrated 13 Kbps Vocoder
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-107      Drop Dragging Restricted Calls
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-108      ECP Cell Swing
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-110      High Capacity AMA Teleprocessing
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-111      Initial Cell-Based Billing
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-112      Mobile Activity Supervision (MAS)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-113      Transfer-to-number as Redirection Request
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-114      Send new Profile Size (SNEWPS)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-115      MultipleVocoding and EVRC
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-116      Over-the-Air Service Provisioning
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-117      CDMA Mobile Loopback Test
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-118      DCCH Inter-Hyperbond Operation
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-119      Power Level Measurement 5  (PLM 5)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-120      Intelligent Peripheral Tandem
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-121      IS41 Dialed Number Trigger
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-122      IS41 Origination Trigger for WIN
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-123      IS41 Termination Trigger for WIN
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-614-124      Do Not Distrub DND
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-125      Call Tear Down (KILLCALL)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-126      IS-136 Non-Public Ntwk Ids and Charge Areas (NPNI)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-127      Visual Zone Identifier
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless       Appendix H          Page 6 of 13
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-128      SAT-SINAD Induced Handoff
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-129      Roamer Verification Reinstatement
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-130      TDMA ACELP Vocoder
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-131      PCS CDMA CATV Distribution System
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-132      Carrier Teleservice Transport
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-133      On-Line Subscriber Transfer Tool (OLSTRA)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-134      Extended Roamer Screening
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-135      Call Waiting with Access Code
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-136      Metered Billing
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-138      Deny Auto Collect Call
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-140      Handoff Matrix
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-141      Wireline Feature Transparency
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-142      Inventory Control
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-144      Rogue Mobile ID
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-146      Autoplex System 1000 Enhanced Kill Call Capability
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-147      Multiple Aborted Access Attempts Reporting
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-148      Autoplex System 1000 Delete Subscriber Database Records
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-149      Global Locator Service
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-150      Inter-MSC (ECP)Swing
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-151      G2 ISUP Continuity Test
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-152      ISUP Dialed Digit String
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-153      Tandem over ISUP
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-154      Autoplex System 1000 PC Authgen
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-155      Autoplex System 1000 PCS CDMA Cell Translations
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-156      Shinsegi CSBS to Autoplex RC/V Data Translation
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-157      Korean Mobile Application Part
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-159      Allow Mobile Orignation and registration regardless of elect SN
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-160      Cell Retune
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-161      CDMA Circuit Mode Optional Feature Document
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-162      PIN Authentication Filter
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-167      WIN-Based Wireless Enhanced 911 Service
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-168      DB Sub Query and DB Subsum
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-169      Consult and Conference
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-171      VLR Parameterazation
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-173      Tandem of Incoming Trunks (TNT)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-174      Change/Insert RC/V Text - Optional Feature Doc
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-175      Digit by Digit Update
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-178      AMA Free Calls
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-180      Deny Three-Way Calling Option
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-181      CDMA Signaling Message Encryption
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-182      CDMA Private Network and User Zone
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless       Appendix H          Page 7 of 13
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-183      CDMA SMS Point to Point on Digital Traffic
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-184      General Cell Growth
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-185      Dialed Number Modification Database (DNMOD) where Zero Subscribers are
                      Denied Service (DO)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-187      System Hashing over Paging Carriers
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-188      Operational Fault Detection Multi-Sector
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-190      SM Data Reporting Enhancements Phase II
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-191      Give Home Subscribers Tandem (GHOST)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-194      Over the Air Activation for TDMA
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-195      Wireless Number Portability
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-196      Recent Change and Verify (RC/V) Security Logging
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-203      CDMA Frame Error Rate (FER) and Power Level Measurements (PLM) Optional
                      Feature (FID-2192)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-204      CDMA Undeclared Neighbor List Optional Feature Document (FID - 2284)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-205      Last Call Return Optional Feature Document (FID - 2521)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-208      Redirection Directive Phase II
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-209      Lawfully Authorized Electronic Surveillance
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-210      Calling Name Presentation (CNAP)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-211      TDMA Circuit Mode Optional Feature Document
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-213      Incoming Call Category in AMA
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-215      ACOC
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-216      ANSI-41 Billing Module with Service Type
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-218      CDMA Multiple Pilots Interfrequency Handoff
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-219      MIN/MDN Separation
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-221      CDMA Packet Pipe Enhancements Optional Feature Document (FID-2281 & 3125)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-223      Flexible Alerting
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-224      CDMA Co-located Cells for Multicarrier Phase 1 Optional Feature Guide
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-226      CRTU/CRTU-II: CDMA Receive Antenna Test
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-227      Don't Detect Loopback at Seizure
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-228      TRAIN
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-230      Feature Request Allowance for Routing Enhancements (FARE)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-232      20 Digit Dialing
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-233      Subscriber Rehome
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-235      Analog Fax Support for CDMA
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-236      Fixed Wireless Subscriber 911 Service
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-237      TDMA Handoff Based on Interference
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless       Appendix H          Page 8 of 13
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-238      TDMA Flexable Channel Allocation
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-239      TDMA DTX with Noise Insertion
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-240      Hierarchical Cell
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-241      International Mobile Station Identifier
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-242      Short Message Service
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-243      Incoming Call Dialed Digits AMA Record
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-244      Roamer Report
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-245      Calling Name Presentation
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-247      Restricted Roaming Class
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-248      IS41 Rev. C-Call Transfer
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-249      Global Locator Service (GLS)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-250      Call Answer Trigger
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-251      Operational Fault Detection-Capacity
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-253      Circuit and Data IWF Indicator in AMA
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-254      China TLDN Add Leading 86
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-255      Send Forced Release After Call Processing Failure
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-257      Operational Fault Detection-Paging
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-258      Add & Delete Digits to A-Party Number Prior to Outpulsing A-Party Number
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-259      Incoming R2 Implementation for TNT
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-260      IS-53 Preferred Language
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-262      Generalized UDP Teleservice Transport
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-263      International Roaming (IMSI Based)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-264      CDMA Intra-MSC Hard Handoff for Voice Calls
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-267      2 Branch Intelligent Antenna
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-270      Mobile Registration Trigger (MRT)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-273      DOCR
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-284      Limited Shared Trunk Groups for Bacic Tamdem Operations
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-285      Add Channel & SAT/DVCC to Cpfail Handoff Message for FlexChan
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-286      Migrate DB Survey to OMP
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-288      Handoff-to-Third Phase
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-289      CDMA Channel Assignment Into Soft Handoff
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-294      Call Disconnect Trigger
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-295      Advanced Termination Trigger
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-297      CDMA Full IMSI
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-302      Korea IS-41 Call Transfer
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-306      Blocked Trunk Identification
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-308      36 Concurrent OMP-FX RC/V Sessions
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-310      CDMA Silent Reorigination
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-316      Downlink Dynamic Power Control
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-317      IS-41 Revision A CDMA-to-AMPS Handoff
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless       Appendix H          Page 9 of 13
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-318      IS-41 CDMA Station Class Mark Handoff Support
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-319      TDMA International Roaming (MIN Based)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-320      Meter Pulse
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-321      WIN Origination Triggers
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-329      Increase AMA record Storage with DAT
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-333      5ESS-DCS Wireless Primary Rate Interface for CDMA Dual Mode Mobiles
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-343      Far End Release Cause Values for ISUP and R2 in the AMA Record
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-345      Add Terminating NPA in AMA Record (TERMAMA)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-346      ANSI-41 Enahnced TIA Call Delivery with Intersystem Paging Using ISPAGE
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-353      CDMA 2G Simple IP Packet Data Optional Feature
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-357      ECU/CCU Range Extension for Flexent
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-364      Access Entry Handoff
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-367      IS-95B Access Handoff
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-369      Access Entry Handoff
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-370      Forward Traffic Channel DTMF Tone Signaling for CDMA EVRC
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-387      WIN Terminating Resource Available Trigger Facility Selected and Available
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-392      CDMA Short Message Service (SMS)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-394      Extended Orignation Indicator Mapping
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-395      Separate Dialing Class for CUG and DNT
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-396      Increased Support of Location Routing Numbers
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-600      Software Solutions Handbook
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-612-615      CALEA Implementation Guide
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-613-001      Spectrum Swap Feature Description
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-613-100      Switch-Hook Flash RedirectApplication with Voice Mail
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-614-012      CDMA RF Engineering Guidelines
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-614-014      Multi Carrier/Inter Carrier CDMA RF Engineering Guidelines
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-614-019      CDMA Compact Minicell Installation
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-614-020      CDMA Minicell Desc. Operation & Maintenance
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-614-021      CDMA Minicell Cabinet Installation
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-614-022      Cellular CDMA Minicell Cabinet Site Preparation Guidelines
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-614-025      CDMA Adjunct to the Series II m/mm Small Cell Site Cabinet Installation
                      Manual
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-614-026      CDMA Adjunct to the Series II m/mm Small Cell Site Preparation Guidelines
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-614-028      CDMA COMPACT MINICELL SITE PREP
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless       Appendix H         Page 10 of 13
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-614-030      CDMA COMPACT MINICELL DOM MAN
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-614-033      850 CDMA DBL DENSITY SII SITE PREP
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-614-035      Over-the-Air-Function Installation Manual
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-614-036      Standardized Over-The-Air Function Operations and Admin Manual
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-614-037      Over-the-Air-Function Upgrade Manual
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-614-140      CDMA DBL DENSITY SII INST
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-614-210      TDMA IWF OA&M Guide
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-614-212      TDMA Circuit Switched Data IWF
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-660-060      Compact Base Station Desc., Oper., & Mtce.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-660-100      Series II Cell Site Hdw Desc. Op. & Mtce.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-660-101      Cell Site Diagnostic Test Descriptions
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-660-105      Series II Linear Amplifier Circuit Maintenance
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-660-106      Cell Site Translations
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-660-110      Cell Site Filter Engineering Guidelines
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-660-111      Guidelines for Minimizing RF Interference
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-660-115      Series IIm T1/E1 Minicell Desc Op & Mtce.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-660-116      Series IImm T1/E1 Microcell Desc Op & Mtce.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-660-123      AutoPACE Special Engineering Studies User's Guide
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-660-124      AutoPACE System Administration Guidelines
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-660-125      Series II Modular Linear Amplifier
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-660-126      AutoPACE Performance Analysis Users Guide
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-660-127      AutoPACE OA&M Manual
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-660-128      GPS Antenna Planning
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-660-129      Base Station CDMA Reference Freq Timing Generator and Antenna System DOM
                      and Installation
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-660-135      L-EDRU Description and Installation
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-660-140      850 CDMA Double Density Growth Frame
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-661-000      Multiple Systems Description
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-661-010      Multiple Systems Implementation Guidelines
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-661-020      SS7 Implementation Guidelines
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-661-030      Digit-by Digit Feature User Guide
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-661-045      CNI Ring Maintenance
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-662-003      IS41 Message Visibility Program Guide
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-662-004      HA-OMP System Administrator's Guide
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-662-015      Simplex OMP to HA-OMP Retrofit Procedures
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-662-101      OMP-FX Product Overview
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-662-102      OMP-FX OA&M Guide
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-662-103      OMP-FX Installation Video
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-703-025      PCS-CDMA Site Prep Document
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-703-201      PCS CDMA RF ENGINEERING GUIDELINES*
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-703-202      TDMA PCS Minicell RF Engineering Guidelines
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless       Appendix H         Page 11 of 13
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-703-204      PCS CDMA CATV RF ENGINEERING GUIDELINES*
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-703-205      PCS TDMA IMPLEMENTATION MANUAL
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-703-207      PCS Range Extension Repeaters CDMA RF Engineering Guidelines
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-703-300      PCS-CDMA Cabinet Installation Guide
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-703-301      PCS-CDMA Minicell Description OA&M
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-703-319      PCS-TDMA MiniCell Site Preparation Guidelines
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-703-320      TDMA-PCS Installation Manual
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-703-321      TDMA PCS Minicell OA&M
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-703-338      Flexent Applications Overview - Video
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-703-339      FLEXENT WIRELESS  APPLICATIONS OVERVIEW CDROM
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-703-340      Flexent CDMA Microcell Site Peparations Guide
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-703-341      Flexent CDMA Microcell Installation Guide
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-703-342      PCS/CDMA Microcell OA&M Guide
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-703-345      PCS-TDMA/TDMA Microcell Site Preparation Guidelines
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-703-346      PCS-TDMA/TDMA Microcell Installation Guide
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-703-347      PCS-TDMA/TDMA Microcell OA&M
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-703-348      Flexent PCS/Cellular TDMA Microcell Rf Eng Guidelines
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-703-349      Flexent PCS/Cellular CDMA Microcell Rf Eng Guidelines
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-703-350      FLEXENT(TM) CDMA Application Processor Cluster Site Survey.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-703-351      Flexent TDMA Microcell Site Prep. Guidelines - International
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-703-352      PCS-CDMA/CDMA Microcell Site Preparation Guidelines
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-703-353      PCS-CDMA/CDMA Microcell Installation Guide
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-703-361      TDMA Multi-Range Cell Site Prep
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-703-362      TDMA Multi-Range Cell Installation
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-703-363      TDMA Multi-Range OA&M Manual
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-703-380      OneBTS t850 Site Preparation Guidelines
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-703-382      Flexent OneBTS t850 BaseStation Operations, Administration, and Maintenance
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-703-400      PCS-CDMA CATV Product Overview
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-703-401      PCS-CDMA CATV CSR Plan Guide
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-703-402      PCS CDMA CATV SIGHS Implementation
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-703-403      PCS CDMA CATV OA&M Ref Manual
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-703-404      PCS-CDMA Cabinet Installation Guide CATV
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-703-406      NOCC HECU Messages Reference Guide Ver. 1.85
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-703-407      Remote Messages Guide
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-703-503      OA&M Translation for Third-Party RF Distribution Elements, Install and
                      Operation Manual
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless       Appendix H         Page 12 of 13
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-703-600      In Building Distributed Antenna Systems Application Guide
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-703-601      In Building Distributed Antenna Systems Installation Guide
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-710-080      MSC Support for IS-634 Base Stations
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-710-100      Applications Processor Cluster Frame Installation Manual
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-710-101      APC Operations, Administration, and Maintenance Guide
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-710-102      Radio Cluster Server RCS OA&M Guide
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-710-103      OMP Web-Based Features System Administrator's Guide
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-710-110      EMS User's Guide
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-710-120      PCS-CDMA/CDMA Modular Cell Site Preparation Guidelines
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-710-121      PCS-CDMA/TDMA Modular Cell Installation Guide
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-710-122      PCS-CDMA/CDMA Modular Cell OA&M
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-710-130      FLEXENT(TM)CDMA Simple IP (SIP) Packet Data  InterWorking Function (IWF)
                      Installation
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-710-131      FLEXENT(TM)CDMA Simple IP (SIP) Packet Data  InterWorking Function (IWF)
                      Planning and Implementation Guide
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-710-132      FLEXENT(TM)CDMA Simple IP (SIP) Packet Data  InterWorking Function (IWF)
                      OA&M Guide
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     401-710-133      FLEXENT(TM)CDMA Simple IP (SIP) Packet Data  InterWorking Function (IWF)
                      Hardware Discription Manual
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     CIB 117-9B       Dynamic Power Control
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     CIB 119-1A       Series I CellSite-OMNI to Directional Cell
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      CIB 148B        Lightning Protection and Grounding
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       CIB 184        AUTOPLEX Cellular Telecommunications Systems Series II Cell Site Multiple
                      LACs Per Sector
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       CIB 189        IMS Circuit Pack Application Guidelines
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       CIB 198        Series II Cell Site Circuit Pack Application Guidelines
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       CIB 251        HA-OMP Demarcation Panel Connectivity
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       CIB 252        TDMA PCS Minicell Capacity Expansion - Co-Locate and Hybrid (Co-Locate plus
                      Overlay) Approaches
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       CIB 253        CDN II/CDN II-X DLN30 DA Notice
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       CIB 254        Operations Maint. Platform (OMP) DA Notice
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       CIB 256        Wireless Networks Miscellaneous IMS Node, Circuit Pack & Interface Adapter
                      Discontinued Availability Notice
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       CIB 259        Miscellaneous ECP Complex/PCS Access Manager and Transmission Equipment
                      Discontinued Availability Notice
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   CTSO Bulletins     1995-1997 Bulletins
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   CTSO Fax Flash.    1995-1997 Fax Flashes
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless       Appendix H         Page 13 of 13
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                  APPENDIX I

                Responsibilities Matrix for System Engineering,
                    Implementation and Optimization Services

For purposes of uniformity and brevity, references to the Agreement or to an
APPENDIX shall refer to that Purchase and Sale Agreement to which this document
is APPENDIX I and to the other APPENDIXs to that Agreement. All definitions set
forth in the Agreement shall apply hereto unless otherwise expressly defined
herein. Except as may otherwise be provided in the Agreement, each of the
Services identified as SUPPLIER's responsibilities in this APPENDIX are offered
on a separate billable basis.

1.       RESPONSIBILITIES MATRIX OVERVIEW
This document provides high-level descriptions of required services (including
but not limited to engineering services, operations and maintenance services,
and implementation services), and outlines the respective responsibilities
concerning the supply, installation, commissioning, and acceptance testing of
the Network Elements supplied under this Agreement.1 The parties' respective
responsibilities under any item of this APPENDIX I shall be discharged in
accordance with the particulars as may be further defined elsewhere in this
Agreement.

All work shall be performed according to mutually agreed standards and practices
where applicable. Installation and commissioning of the Network Elements shall
be performed in accordance with the SUPPLIER's installation and commissioning
instructions.

         1.1      SUPPLIER Responsibilities - General
                  This section is provided for the convenience of the parties
                  and shall not be understood to create any new obligations upon
                  SUPPLIER. SUPPLIER shall perform, as set forth below in this
                  APPENDIX I, services for PURCHASER's CDMA System. Services
                  other than those specifically described in this APPENDIX I,
                  shall be available as Optional Services as described in
                  Appendix N.

                  SUPPLIER's responsibilities shall include, but shall not be
                  limited to:

                  o    Conducting of analyses to determine the required
                       materials, effort and services necessary for installation
                       and optimization of the network.

                  o    Installation of certain Network Elements, including radio
                       and fixed network equipment (e.g., BTS radio equipment, ,
                       associated hardware, MSC and BSC equipment and associated
                       hardware, and power plant).

                  o    Note: SUPPLIER's installation prices do not include any
                       antenna work.

                  o    Provision of a program management plan for system
                       deployment (as discussed in Section 7 of the
                       Agreement)

                  o    Progress reports

---------
1    The definition of Network Elements is provided in Article 2 of the
     Agreement.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless     Appendix I            Page 1 of 13
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER. OMITTED
INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                  o    Documentation (as set forth in APPENDIX H of the
                       Agreement)

                  o    Training (as set forth in APPENDIX G of the Agreement)

                  o    Development of Acceptance Test Procedures (ATPs),
                       provision of test equipment, and performance of
                       acceptance tests2

                  o    Commission testing

                  o    Implementation details as presented in this APPENDIX I
                       and elsewhere in the Agreement.

         1.2      PURCHASER Responsibilities - General
                  This section is provided for the convenience of the parties
                  and shall not be understood to create any new obligations upon
                  PURCHASER. PURCHASER's responsibilities shall include, but
                  shall not be limited to:

                  o    Supplying SUPPLIER with all pertinent coverage and
                       capacity requirements and necessary system engineering
                       information

                  o    Site search and evaluation

                  o    Site acquisition

                  o    Site preparation (all civil works activities, permits,
                       ordering of leased lines and AC power)

                  o Approval or rejection of acceptance tests.

The responsibilities in this APPENDIX are grouped into two categories: Base
Transceiver Stations (BTS) and Switching Systems. Both of these categories are
further divided into Services and Materials.

2.       BTS RESPONSIBILITY
The following sections outline the responsibilities for services and materials
for the BTS Network Elements. Radio Network Design is separated into two series
of activities: Preliminary Radio Network Design and Implementation Radio Network
Design.

         2.1      BTS Services

                  2.1.1    Radio Network Design

---------
2    All draft Acceptance Test Procedures shall be in accordance with APPENDIX C
     and shall be reviewed and approved by PURCHASER. Should PURCHASER not
     approve a draft Acceptance Test Procedure, PURCHASER and SUPPLIER shall
     work in good faith to resolve their differences and agree upon an
     Acceptance Test Procedure. Should agreement not be possible, the dispute
     shall be resolved by a Third Party Engineer as provided in the Agreement.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless     Appendix I            Page 2 of 13
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER. OMITTED
INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                       PURCHASER (P)     SUPPLIER (S)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>     <C>                                                                            <C>               <C>
1.     Define coverage and capacity requirements.                                            X
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.     Provide coverage and capacity data to SUPPLIER.                                       X
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                  2.1.2    Implementation Radio Network Design

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                       PURCHASER (P)     SUPPLIER (S)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.     Prepare forecast and location of demand for service.                                  X
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.     Define coverage and capacity requirements.                                            X
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.     Develop phase coverage objectives.                                                    X
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.     Develop coverage plan to meet phase coverage objectives.                              X
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.     Prepare a detailed data sheet for each base station. Information in the data          X
       sheet shall include, but is not limited to:
         a)     Antenna description and configuration3
         b)     Effective radiated power
         c)     Antenna radiation center above ground level
         d)     Sector/omni antenna, simplex/duplex, 60 /120 sector and orientations
         e)     Maximum transmission line loss acceptable
         f)     Vertical beam width (optional)
         g)     Down tilt angle (if used), mechanical/electrical
         h)     All relevant BTS parameters
         i)     Site name, site code and numbers
         j)     Location of base station
         k)     Scheduled in-service date.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.     Review data sheet against equipment capabilities.                                                      X
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.     Provide RF system design guidelines.                                                  X
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.     Notify SUPPLIER of discrepancies, verify accuracy of calculations associated          X
       with SUPPLIER-provided equipment.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.    Clear microwave spectrum for PURCHASER's use.                                         X
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.    Notify appropriate regulatory agency of frequency use, obtain coordination            X
       approval.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12.    Notify appropriate regulatory agency of adjacent channel use, obtain                  X
       coordination approval.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13.    File appropriate notices with FCC.                                                    X
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
14.    File appropriate notices with FAA for antenna structure lighting and marking.         X
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
15.    Design and conduct coverage tests (not part of acceptance testing).                   X
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
16.    Design and conduct interference tests (not part of acceptance testing).               X
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
17.    Compare the coverage of the design, as built, with requirements.                      X
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

---------
3    The PURCHASER shall select and/or recommend specific antennas for the
     network implementation.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless     Appendix I            Page 3 of 13
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER. OMITTED
INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>    <C>                                                                                   <C>        <C>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
18.    Identify problem areas. Develop solution plan.                                        X          X4
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
19.    Define the types of reports and their respective reporting schedules                  X
       required from BTS/BSC/MSC/OMP/NMC for radio network management.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                  2.1.3    Site Search

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                         PURCHASER         SUPPLIER
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>    <C>                                                                               <C>               <C>
1.     Identify search area.                                                                 X
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.     Survey area for possible sites and prepare site data files.                           X
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.     Evaluate and rank proposed sites.                                                     X
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.     Drive test candidate sites.                                                           X
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.     Evaluate drive test results.                                                          X
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.     Approve or reject selected site.                                                      X
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.     Release selected site for acquisition or start site search process again.             X
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.     Identify and evaluate site access and security.                                       X
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.     Provide SUPPLIER with appropriate escort or written permission to
       proceed without escort as needed at PURCHASER's sites. X
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.    Negotiate lease with site owners.                                                     X
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.    Approve and conclude lease contract.                                                  X
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                  2.1.4    Site Preparation

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                         PURCHASER         SUPPLIER
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>    <C>                                                                               <C>               <C>
1.     Provide specific technical requirements for base station design to PURCHASER
       based on Radio Network Design.                                                                         X
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.     Prepare Civil Engineering Design for site construction and provide copy of            X
       layout drawings to SUPPLIER.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.     Use layout drawings to prepare Bill of Material. Bill of Material to be
       provided to PURCHASER upon site acceptance.                                                            X
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.     Obtain all necessary permits from authorities including, but not limited to           X
       zoning approvals and building permits (Sections 6 and 7 of the Agreement).
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.     Submit all required environmental impact statements.                                  X
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.     Complete site data file.                                                              X
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.     Evaluate and select construction contractors.                                         X
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.     Schedule construction work (including building improvements, AC power,                X
       leased lines).
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.     Supervise site construction.                                                          X
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
---------
4    Where both PURCHASER and SUPPLIER are indicated in the matrix, both parties
     shall cooperate to achieve a successful solution.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless     Appendix I            Page 4 of 13
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER. OMITTED
INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>    <C>                                                                                  <C>               <C>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.    Furnish estimated Site Ready for Installation (SRI) inspection date to                X
       SUPPLIER.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.    Supply site ready for installation.                                                   X
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12.    Conduct inspection of completed construction.                                         X
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13.    Participate in SRI inspection at site.                                                                 X
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                  2.1.5    BTS Equipment Shelters and Antenna Mounting

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                         PURCHASER         SUPPLIER
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>    <C>                                                                               <C>               <C>
1.     Provide design recommendations for equipment shelters.                                                 X
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.     Plan and design outdoor equipment shelters.5                                                           X
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.     Produce civil works drawings and provide to SUPPLIER.                                 X
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.     Plan and design non-standard support masts.                                           X
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.     Provide mechanical details (antennas and cable mounting) for structural               X
       review and permitting.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.     Produce non-standard support masts drawings and provide to PURCHASER.                 X
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.     Perform structural analysis of building.                                              X
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.     Provide floor space (if indoor site) or pad/plinth (if outdoor site).                 X
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.     Provide adequate HVAC (if indoor site).                                               X
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.    Provide adequate AC power supply.                                                     X
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.    Provide proper electrical grounding at each site.                                     X
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12.    Review locations for special requirements, e.g. fireproof cables in                   X
       elevator shafts.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13.    Deliver equipment to site.**                                                                           X
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
14.    Receive and inventory equipment at site.**                                                             X
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
15.    Install outdoor equipment shelters.                                                   X
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
16.    Specify and design custom brackets and other hardware needed for the                  X
       antenna and transmission lines.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
17.    Install custom brackets and other hardware for the antenna and transmission           X
       lines
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
18.    Specify and install standard masts with any necessary structural                      X
       reinforcement.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
19.    Install non-standard masts and any structural reinforcements, where                   X
       necessary.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20.    Coordinate government inspections.                                                    X
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
21.    Clean up site, remove temporary works and staging , clean all duct work and                            X
       ventilation.**
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

** The charge for this Service is included in SUPPLIER's normal charges for
installation and/or engineering Services performed under the Agreement and will
not be billed separately, when the Service is performed in conjunction with an
engineer, furnish and install order..

---------
5    In the event that a larger equipment shelter is required (to co-locate more
     equipment than just the SUPPLIER's base station and ancillary base station
     hardware), PURCHASER shall be responsible for the design and construction
     of the shelter.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless     Appendix I            Page 5 of 13
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER. OMITTED
INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                  2.1.6    BTS Site Equipment
                           The SUPPLIER shall be responsible for the factory
                           testing, packing, delivery of equipment,
                           installation, testing and commissioning of the BTS
                           equipment and antenna systems.

                           Implementation Services at each Site shall commence
                           at the times set out in APPENDIX I (provided that
                           PURCHASER has received all the necessary permits,
                           including, but not limited to, zoning approval,
                           building permits and regulatory approvals, has made
                           the necessary modifications to prepare the Site, and
                           has made the Site available to SUPPLIER as described
                           in this APPENDIX).

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                         PURCHASER         SUPPLIER
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                      <C>               <C>
1.     Issue purchase order to SUPPLIER.                                                     X
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.     Review and accept purchase order as provided in Agreement.                                             X
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.     Provide BTS site equipment Site Preparation Guidelines to PURCHASER,                                   X
       including Ancillary Equipment.**
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.     Provide site equipment documentation, including all documentation for                                  X
       Ancillary Equipment.**
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.     Procure tools and test equipment for acceptance testing.**                                             X
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.     Provide any SUPPLIER proprietary connectors or software that is needed for                             X
       Acceptance Testing.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.     Deliver and unpack BTS equipment at site.**                                                            X
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.     Obtain special installation permits (e.g. crane, street blocking).                    X
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.     Obtain any special manpower (e.g. flag-man to direct traffic around crane).           X
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.    Supply skilled manpower, equipment and tools for installation.**                                       X
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.    Install radio equipment.**                                                                             X
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12.    Install and test batteries.**                                                                          X
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13.    Connect equipment to grounding systems.**                                                              X
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
14.    Connect external alarms to BTS.**                                                                      X
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
15.    Terminate Antenna feeders onto BTS equipment.**                                                        X
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
16.    Provide Digital Distribution Frame (DDF) at BTS site.                                 X
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
17.    Provide connection from DDF to Telco connection point.                                X
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
18.    Perform (as a minimum) Voltage Standing Wave Ratio (VSWR) and/or Time                                  X
       Domain Reflectometer (TDR) test for all coaxial lines and antennas
       separately and together as specified in APPENDIX C2.**
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
19.    Label each line with identifiers and weather-proof both ends.**                                        X
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20.    Weather-proof all outdoor connections with material suggested by                                       X
       manufacturer.**
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
21.    Load frequency and other parameters into equipment (prior to conditional                               X
       acceptance).**
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22.    Load frequency and other parameters into equipment (after conditional                                  X
       acceptance).
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless     Appendix I            Page 6 of 13
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER. OMITTED
INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                        <C>               <C>
23.    Supply replacement spare parts during installation - following acceptance                              X
       and within warranty period per Agreement.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
** The charge for this Service is included in SUPPLIER's normal charges for
installation and/or engineering Services performed under the Agreement and will
not be billed separately, when the Service is performed in conjunction with an
engineer, furnish and install order..

         2.2      Materials - BTS

                  2.2.1    BTS Equipment Shelters and Antenna Mounting

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
                                                                                      Supply     Install      Testing
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
<S>                                                                                 <C>          <C>         <C>
1.     Tower / shelter foundation                                                       P            P            P
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
2.     Tower or building mounting steelworks                                            P            P            P
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
3.     Lightning protection                                                             P            P            P
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
4.     External feeder routes                                                           P            P            P
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
5.     Grounding system                                                                 P            P            P
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
6.     Hazard lighting and other associated items onto tower                            P            P            P
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
7.     Fences around shelters                                                           P            P            P
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
8.     Paint for antennas and outdoor equipment                                         P           P            P
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
9.      Main AC power                                                                   P            P            P
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
10.     Main AC power distribution panel                                                P            P            P
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
11.     Equipment room/shelter lighting                                                 P            P            P
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
12.     Wall sockets for general use                                                    P            P            P
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
13.     Air Conditioning                                                                P            P            P
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
14.     Temperature alarm system                                                        P            P            P
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
15.     Fire/smoke alarm system                                                         P            P            P
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
16.     Cable entry ducts (feed throughs)                                               P            P            P
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
17.     Intruder alarm system                                                           P            P            P
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
18.     Fire extinguisher                                                               P            P            P
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
19.     Suitable floor coating (anti-static)                                            P            P            P
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
20.     Document shelves and other furniture                                            P            P            P
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
21.     Site inspection exception reports                                               P            P            P
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
</TABLE>

                  2.2.2    BTS Site Equipment

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
                                                                                      Supply     Install      Testing
<S>                                                                                 <C>          <C>         <C>
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
1.     Batteries with rack                                                               S           S            S
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
2.     BTS equipment                                                                     S           S            S
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
3.     Cable trays and supporting steelworks in equipment rooms                          P           P            P
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
4.     DDF                                                                               P           P            P
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
5.     Alarm Distribution Panel for external alarms                                      P           P            P
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
6.     Antenna, coaxial cables, and all associated hardware.                             P           P            P
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
7.     Duct feed-through boots for waterproofing                                         P           S            S
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
8.     PCM cabling from BTS to DDF                                                       S           S            S
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
</TABLE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless     Appendix I            Page 7 of 13
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER. OMITTED
INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                 <C>          <C>         <C>
9.     External alarm cabling from alarm panel to BTS                                    S           S            S
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
10.    Alarm cabling from detectors to alarm panel                                       P           P            P
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
11.    Alarm cabling from DDF to Network Element (NE)                                    S           S            S
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
12.    Cable from BTS to grounding system                                                P           S            S
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
13.    Grounding kits and clamps                                                         P           S            S
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
14.    Rectifier system                                                                  S           S            S
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
15.    DC distribution and (fuse cabinet*)**                                             S           S            S
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
16.    Power cabling to BTS                                                              S           S            S
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
17.    Power cabling to link equipment                                                   P           P            P
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
18.    Battery cabling and termination hardware                                          S           S            S
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
19.    Test mobiles                                                                      S           S            S
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
</TABLE>

* Fuse cabinet supplied by PURCHASER if in a building. **The charge for this
Service is included in SUPPLIER's normal charges for installation and/or
engineering Services performed under the Agreement and will not be billed
separately, when the Service is performed in conjunction with an engineer,
furnish and install order..

3.       Switching Responsibilities
The following sections outline the responsibilities for services and materials
for the Switching Systems.

         3.1      Services - Switching Systems
                  This section is separated into two sets of activities:
                  Switching Network Element Design and Implementation Switching
                  Network Element Design.

                  The Switching Network Element Design shall include the
                  PURCHASER's switching requirements and the SUPPLIER's initial
                  network design.

                  The Implementation Switching Network Element Design shall
                  include all subsequent, warranted PURCHASER modifications to
                  the SUPPLIER's Switching Network Element Design.

                  3.1.1   Switching Network Element Design (MSC/BSC/BTS/OMP/NMC)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------
                                                                                       PURCHASER (P)     SUPPLIER (S)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------
<S>                                                                                    <C>               <C>
1.      Define switching requirements.                                                       X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------
2.      Provide switching requirement data to SUPPLIER.                                      X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------
</TABLE>
**The charge for this Service is included in SUPPLIER's normal charges for
installation and/or engineering Services performed under the Agreement and will
not be billed separately, when the Service is performed in conjunction with an
engineer, furnish and install order..

                        3.1.2.1  Implementation Switching Network Element Design
                                 (MSC/BSC/BTS/OMP/NMC)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
                                                                                         PURCHASER         SUPPLIER
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
<S>                                                                                    <C>               <C>
1.     Provide input from RF design.                                                         X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
2.     Provide equipment specifications, e.g., interfaces, capacity, etc.**                                   X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
</TABLE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless     Appendix I            Page 8 of 13
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER. OMITTED
INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>     <C>                                                                            <C>               <C>
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
3.     Provide infrastructure specifications (leased lines).**                                                X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
4.     Approve infrastructure specifications (leased lines).                                 X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
5.     Provide Telco interconnect specifications.**                                                           X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
6.     Approve Telco interconnect specifications.                                            X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
7.     Provide fixed network design specification, e.g., GOS, MTBF, etc..                    X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
8.     Conduct economic study of MSC/BSC/BTS/OMP configuration.                              X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
9.     Design and size MSC/BSC/BTS/OMP configuration and provide copy to                                      X
       PURCHASER.**
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
10.    Review and approve MSC/BSC/BTS/OMP design, including equipment and                    X
       interface compatibility.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
11.    Revise network design if required.**                                                                   X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
12.    Produce Civil works drawings for OMP and NMC.                                         X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
13.    Provide equipment and software for OMP.**                                                              X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
14.    Install OMP equipment and software.**                                                                  X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
15.    Test OMP installation.**                                                                               X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
16.    Approve OMP installation.                                                             X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
17.    Produce Civil works drawings for NMC.                                                 X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
18.    Provide equipment and software for NMC.**                                                              X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
19.    Install NMC equipment and software.**                                                                  X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
20.    Test NMC installation.**                                                                               X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
21.    Approve NMC installation.                                                             X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
</TABLE>
**The charge for this Service is included in SUPPLIER's normal charges for
installation and/or engineering Services performed under the Agreement and will
not be billed separately, when the Service is performed in conjunction with an
engineer, furnish and install order..

                  3.1.3    Site Search

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
                                                                                         PURCHASER         SUPPLIER
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------
<S>                                                                                    <C>               <C>
1.     Search for and identify possible sites.                                               X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------
2.     Pre-survey selected locations.                                                        X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------
3.     Hold technical review at sites with Fixed Network Engineer, Site
       Acquisition X and Preparation specialists and SUPPLIER representative to
       identify all technical requirements from all parties to determine
       feasibility of site.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------
4.     Examine site for suitability, noting ease of access to equipment.**                                    X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------
5.     Make site selection or perform site search again.                                     X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------
6.     Identify and evaluate site access and security.                                       X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------
7.     Negotiate terms and conditions of lease with site owners.                             X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------
8.     Finalize lease contract.                                                              X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------
</TABLE>

**The charge for this Service is included in SUPPLIER's normal charges for
installation and/or engineering Services performed under the Agreement and will
not be billed separately, when the Service is performed in conjunction with an
engineer, furnish and install order..

                  3.1.4    Site Preparation

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless     Appendix I            Page 9 of 13
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER. OMITTED
INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                           Prior to delivery of any equipment, PURCHASER must
                           first issue a purchase order. SUPPLIER must then
                           review and accept the purchase order as provided in
                           the Agreement.

<TABLE>
<S>     <C>                                                                            <C>               <C>
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
                                                                                         PURCHASER         SUPPLIER
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
1.     Specify MSC/BSC equipment per site based on approved fixed network design,                             X
       including trunk and slot assignments.**
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
2.     Prepare plan for testing of network element integration and provide to                                 X
       PURCHASER for review.**
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
3.     Review test plan, agree to changes and approve test plans.                            X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
4.     Perform integration tests.**                                                                           X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
5.     Record results of tests for review.**                                                                  X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
6.     Review test results.                                                                  X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
7.     Connect fire, security, and external alarms to alarm panel.                           X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
8.     Connect alarm panel to NE.                                                            X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
9.     Provide schedule with building-ready dates.                                           X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
10.    Provide for temporary storage of incidental equipment.                                X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
11.    Provide for warehouse storage at PURCHASER's request.                                                  X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
12.    Provide PURCHASER with schedule of equipment delivery dates.**                                         X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
13.    Establish start of work and completion dates.                                         X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
14.    Review, change or approve installation schedule and plans.                            X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
15.    Deliver, inventory and unpack all MSC/BSC equipment to sites.**                                        X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
16.    Provide Site Preparation Guidelines for the MSC equipment.  Guidelines                                 X
       shall include, but shall not be limited to: Telco and T1 Link requirements;
       DC, AC, and emergency power requirements; Floor space requirements; HVAC
       requirements; Grounding and lightening protection specifications; Alarm
       interface requirements.**
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
17.    Provide Site Preparation Guidelines for the BSC equipment (subject to                                  X
       PURCHASER's approval). Guidelines shall include but shall not be limited
       to: BTS-BSC link requirements; DC, AC, and emergency power requirements;
       Floor space requirements; HVAC requirements; Antenna and combiner
       requirements; Tower requirements; Grounding and lightening protection
       specifications; Alarm interface requirements.**
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
18.    Install all MSC/BSC equipment.**                                                                       X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
19.    Provide Site Preparation Guidelines for the OMP equipment.**                                           X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
20.    Install all OMP hardware and software.**                                                               X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
21.    Arrange for hauling and hoisting (including special permits for parking,                               X
       street closures, etc.).**
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
22.    Furnish installation tools, test equipment and supplies.**                                             X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
23.    Load test batteries.**                                                                                 X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
24.    Maintain clean room during installation.                                              X                X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
25.    Clean floor area & blow out air conditioning system.                                  X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
</TABLE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless     Appendix I           Page 11 of 13
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER. OMITTED
INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>     <C>                                                                            <C>               <C>
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
26.    Maintain security during installation                                                 X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
27.    Provide and install DDFs at all NEs.                                                  X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
28.    Provide connection from DDF to Telco connection point                                 X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
29.    Provide access and leased line test point to Telco (monitor test points to            X
       Telco).
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
30.    Provide test procedures for routing of all access and leased lines to                                  X
       PURCHASER for review.**
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
31.    Review test procedures (change or approve).                                           X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
32.    Perform access and leased line tests and record results.                              X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
33.    Request repair as necessary.                                                          X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
34.    Escalate repair request as necessary to get results.                                  X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
35.    Develop acceptance test procedures.**                                                                  X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
36.    Review and approve acceptance test procedures.                                        X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
37.    Perform Acceptance tests and record results.**                                                         X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
38.    Participate in acceptance testing.                                                    X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
39.    Review test results.                                                                  X                X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
40.    Accept or reject test results.                                                        X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
41.    Define non-SUPPLIER supplied administrative system requirements, i.e.,                X
       billing system, Network Management System.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
42.    Provide written status reports during installation.**                                                  X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
43.    Provide Material List to PURCHASER for the site.**                                                     X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
44.    Provide manuals, drawings, and non-proprietary documentation for all X
       equipment to the satisfaction of PURCHASER. Includes manual, drawings,
       and non-proprietary for Third Party equipment used in all network
       elements supplied by SUPPLIER.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
45.    Accept documentation as provided or request changes, additions.                       X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
46.    Prepare Punch list.                                                                   X                X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
47.    Correct deficiencies in Punch list.**                                                                  X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
48.    Accept equipment.                                                                     X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
49.    Turn up equipment for service.                                                        X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
50.    Monitor performance.                                                                  X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
51.    Perform corrective action as necessary.                                               X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
52.    Develop and install non-SUPPLIER administrative system interfaces and                 X
       software to meet PURCHASER requirements.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
53.    Provide interface documentation with regard to SUPPLIER-provided                                       X
       equipment.**
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
54.    Develop test plan for interface testing of administrative systems.                    X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
55.    Review and comment on interface testing of administrative systems.                    X                X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
56.    Perform interface tests according to test plan (not part of Acceptance                X
       Tests).
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
57.    Supply replacement spare parts during installation-following acceptance and                            X
       within warranty period per Agreement.**
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
</TABLE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless     Appendix I           Page 12 of 13
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER. OMITTED
INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

**The charge for this Service is included in SUPPLIER's normal charges for
installation and/or engineering Services performed under the Agreement and will
not be billed separately, when the Service is performed in conjunction with an
engineer, furnish and install order..

                  3.1.6    Leased Lines

<TABLE>
<S>     <C>                                                                            <C>               <C>
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
                                                                                         PURCHASER         SUPPLIER
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
1.  Identify traffic capacity of network elements.**                                                          X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
2.  Identify end points for lease lines.                                                     X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
3.  Identify diverse routing requirements.                                                   X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
4.  Provide dimensioning rules and interface requirements.                                   X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
5.  Develop schedule of required in-service date for each circuit.                           X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
6.  Enter lease line orders to Telco and conduct follow-up.                                  X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
7.  Notify SUPPLIER if schedules change due to Telco delay.                                  X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
8.  Provide access  and oversee  Telco installation of leased lines.                         X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
9.  Perform short-term (approximately 1 hour) bit error rate and other line                                   X
    testing.**
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
10. Review test results and determine problem resolution.                                    X                X
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------ ---------------
</TABLE>
**The charge for this Service is included in SUPPLIER's normal charges for
installation and/or engineering Services performed under the Agreement and will
not be billed separately, when the Service is performed in conjunction with an
engineer, furnish and install order..

         3.2      Materials - Switching

                  3.2.1    Switching Site Equipment (MSC/HLR/BSC/OMP/NMC)

<TABLE>
<S>     <C>                                                                         <C>         <C>         <C>
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
                                                                                      Supply     Install       Test
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
1.     MSC/HLR/BSC hardware and software                                                S           S            S
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
2.     OMP and NMC hardware and software                                                S           S            S
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
3.     Standby generator and no break & transfer switch                                 P           P            P
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
4.     Main power                                                                       P           P            P
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
5.     Lighting                                                                         P           P            P
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
6.     Wall sockets for general use                                                     P           P            P
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
7.     Grounding system                                                                 P           P            P
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
8.     AC Distribution                                                                  P           P            P
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
9.     Cable trays and supporting steelworks or raised floor                            P           P            P
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
10.    DDF                                                                              P           P            P
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
11.    Alarm distribution panel for external alarms                                     P           P            P
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
12.    Cabling between NEs and DDF                                                      S           S            S
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
13.    Cabling between DDF and Telco termination point                                  P           P            P
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
14.    Workstation and printer cabling to network elements                              S           S            S
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
15.    Rectifiers, batteries, cabling                                                   S           S            S
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
16.    Modem cabling from PDE racks                                                     S           S            S
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
17.    Modem                                                                            S           S            S
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
18.    External alarm cabling from MSC to alarm panel                                   S           P            P
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
</TABLE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless     Appendix I           Page 13 of 13
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER. OMITTED
INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>     <C>                                                                         <C>         <C>         <C>
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
19.    Alarm cabling from PDE racks                                                     S           P            P
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
20.    Ground cabling                                                                   P           S            S
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
21.    Rectifier system                                                                 S           S            S
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
22.    DC distribution and fuse cabinet                                                 S           S            S
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
23.    Power cabling to the switching equipment                                         S           S            S
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
24.    Batteries with rack                                                              S           S            S
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
25.    Battery cabling and termination                                                  S           S            S
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
26.    UPS system for the Switches and peripheral devices                               P           P            P
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
27.    Battery load testing                                                             P           P            P
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- ------------
</TABLE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless     Appendix I           Page 14 of 13
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER. OMITTED
INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                  APPENDIX J

                         PURCHASER Requested Features

"PURCHASER Requested Features", as described in this Appendix J, shall be
available through Lucent Technologies' Request Definition and Assessment Form
(RDAF) Process. (See attached Process Flow Chart.) An additional charge may be
assessed on a per feature request basis, depending upon type.

Once SUPPLIER has made a PURCHASER Requested Feature available for one of
PURCHASER's Systems, SUPPLIER shall ensure that such feature is incorporated in
SUPPLIER's subsequent Software releases so that such feature can be obtained by
PURCHASER for other of PURCHASER's Systems.

Equipment modifications to accommodate Software released under this program may
be required from time to time and at an additional charge. SUPPLIER shall
specify such requirements at the time such Software is made available.

Once a PURCHASER Requested Feature has been incorporated in a Software release,
such feature shall be entitled to support as provided under the Lucent Wireless
System Support program at the fee therefor specified in Appendix "A" or an
Order, as appropriate.

If PURCHASER terminates Software support under the Lucent Wireless System
Support program, SUPPLIER will make Software Maintenance available to PURCHASER
for a future term upon terms and conditions to be mutually agreed.

This Program applies only to the Software as supplied or modified by SUPPLIER on
a per System basis. Modifications, attempted modifications or additions to the
Software by PURCHASER or by any party other than SUPPLIER shall void all
obligations of SUPPLIER under this Agreement. PURCHASER may have the software
feature included in the next subsequent software release in other systems.

In instances when PURCHASER is expected to fund the total development costs for
a requested feature and/or when any feature development contemplates an
abridgement of Lucent's rights to market such feature to other customers, the
parties agree that all such projects shall be treated as Custom Product
Development hereunder and would therefore be subject to the provisions of a
separately negotiated agreement.

PURCHASER RESPONSIBILITIES

1.   PURCHASER shall submit its request in writing by working with a SUPPLIER
     employee to complete Section One of the RDAF. This section represents
     information that is needed to evaluate the customer's requirements in
     minimum sufficient detail, without unnecessary disclosure of information
     that PURCHASER regards as proprietary, to enable SUPPLIER to broadly
     evaluate the following factors:
          o    Whether SUPPLIER is already aware of the desirability for such
               function.
          o    Whether SUPPLIER has planned or begun implementation of such
               function independently or through request of another customer.
          o    Whether such function is available or likely to become available
               through another source.

2.   In the event PURCHASER intends to supplement non-proprietary information
     with any information that PURCHASER believes will give PURCHASER a
     proprietary right, title or

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless       Appendix J           Page 1 of 3
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER. OMITTED
INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

     interest in the requested feature, PURCHASER will only do so after prior
     written notification describing the information in general terms and
     approval from SUPPLIER.

3.   Any such requests are to be directed to a single individual whose name and
     address SUPPLIER will supply and reconfirm from time to time.

4.   Any such request will be handled as follows:
          o    If SUPPLIER does not now provide the requested function, SUPPLIER
               shall advise PURCHASER and arrange for further investigation into
               implementation of the function. If PURCHASER has already
               purchased and deployed the same function from another wireless
               infrastructure vendor, then in such investigation SUPPLIER shall
               use its commercially reasonable efforts to identify a method for
               implementing the same function on SUPPLIER's infrastructure
               equipment. As a matter of clarification, and notwithstanding the
               immediately preceding sentence, further development and
               deployment of any such function implemented by other vendors is
               subject to the terms of this Appendix J set forth below.
          o    If SUPPLIER provides or plans to provide the requested function,
               SUPPLIER shall advise PURCHASER and arrange for discussion of an
               agreement for the implementation of the function in PURCHASER's
               Systems.
          o    Depending upon the type of requested feature, the PURCHASER will
               be required to commit to being the FOA site for the feature.

5.   If PURCHASER does not desire to proceed further, in either instance set
     forth in Paragraph 3 above, one copy of the request may be retained by
     SUPPLIER. PURCHASER waives all right or causes of action against SUPPLIER
     based upon SUPPLIER's receipt of such request.

6.   If the parties decide to pursue implementation of the function requested,
     PURCHASER will supply SUPPLIER with more specific information on a
     non-confidential basis. Upon evaluation of the specific information,
     SUPPLIER shall advise PURCHASER that:
          o The request is not feasible as a technical matter, or o Although
          feasible from a technical standpoint, implementation
               will degrade or impair the functioning of the System, or
          o    SUPPLIER is willing to undertake the implementation of the
               function subject to agreement on the price, delivery and other
               terms thereof.

     PURCHASER acknowledges that nothing herein is intended to give PURCHASER
     priority of access to SUPPLIER's development resources over SUPPLIER's
     customers as a whole or any specific customer, and that SUPPLIER's
     obligation to implement PURCHASER Requested Features is subject to
     availability of adequate resources.

7.   If SUPPLIER makes a reasonable determination that the function requested
     cannot be implemented, it shall be without further obligation to PURCHASER
     to assist or undertake implementation of the function under this Agreement,
     and shall be under no obligation to PURCHASER whatsoever as to
     implementation of such a function in future SUPPLIER products.

8.   In principle, the parties agree that the price to PURCHASER for an added
     System function requested by PURCHASER shall reflect SUPPLIER's decision
     whether or not to support the function as a SUPPLIER product offering. If
     the latter, and SUPPLIER subsequently changes its

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless       Appendix J           Page 2 of 3
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER. OMITTED
INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

     position and decides to support the function as a SUPPLIER product
     offering, fair and equitable compensation will be negotiated with
     PURCHASER.

9.   If the parties agree that SUPPLIER is to undertake further implementation,
     the agreement shall include among other things, that:

          o    System functions and the right of implementation of such
               functions with other SUPPLIER's customers shall become the sole
               and exclusive property of SUPPLIER.

          o    If SUPPLIER undertakes implementation as feasible but the
               installation may impair or degrade performance of PURCHASER's
               Systems, then the implementation agreement shall relieve SUPPLIER
               of any further warranty or service obligations under this
               Agreement to the extent SUPPLIER defines such impact for
               PURCHASER.

10.  PURCHASER will be responsible for first echelon diagnosis and isolation of
     reproducible Software problems in any implemented PURCHASER Requested
     Feature and shall notify SUPPLIER of the failure through the CTSO product
     support Hotline.

11.  When a new Software feature is mutually agreed to be developed, that
     feature name will be added to feature matrix (Appendix K) and tracking of
     the status of that feature will take place when quarterly meetings are
     conducted by PURCHASER and SUPPLIER to update the feature matrix.

12.  PURCHASER shall install all Software and/or Firmware, including
     prerequisite software, such as Software Updates, necessary to accommodate
     implementation of any PURCHASER Requested Feature.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless       Appendix J           Page 3 of 3
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER. OMITTED
INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

               AMPS/PCS - AMPS/PCS REQUEST DEFINITION & ASSESSMENT
                               FORM (RDAF) PROCESS

                     Request Definition and Assessment Form
             In case of problems, please contact Genis Rodriguez at
               (973) 386-4709 or Dave Robinson at (973) 884-6449.
        Please fill out complete form. Incomplete forms will be rejected.
                        An * indicates a mandatory field.

     RDAF
     1.   Request

     RDAF Number:

     Product Manager RDAF Priority:

     1.1  *Name of Request:

     1.2  Date of Request:

     1.3  Lucent Originator:

*Name:                                                    Organization:
Title:                                                    *Email:
*Phone:                                                   Fax:

1.4       Requesting Customer:

          NOTE: Filling in the Customer Name field implies customer has filled
                out RDAF with originator and is expecting a response. Customer
                may be contacted for further information.

*Company:                                                 *Name:
Title:                                                    *Email:
*Phone:                                                   Fax:

     1.5  Requested Availability of Feature:

          *Date:

          Comments:

     1.6     Requested Estimate Availability:

          Comments:

     1.7     Is the customer willing to pay for this feature/enhancement as an
             optional feature?

          Comments, if any:

     1.8     Is this RDAF being filled out with the customer?

     1.9     Is the customer willing to be the FOA for this request?

          Comments, if any:

     1.10 Applications Engineering:  Click here to access the Applications
                                     Engineering Home Page
                                     -------------------------------------

*Name:                                                    *Phone:
Title:                                                    *Email:

2.  Need/Definition/Impact

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless    Appendix J              Page 1 of 2
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER. OMITTED
INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

     2.1  Description of Problem/Need:
          In order to expedite the Estimation Process, please include/attach any
          supplementary information, such as, a Network Configuration Drawing,
          if available. Please explain what the request should do. Be sure to
          include a summary of the critical needs being addressed. Please
          explain expected benefits and give an example of a typical scenario if
          possible. Please give as much detail as possible.

          *High Level Description Line:

     2.2  *Air Interface Impact: (As seen by Customer)

     2.3  Are there any interfaces with non-Lucent equipment or non-Lucent
          software that need to be considered?

          If YES, please explain:

     2.4  Are there any  applicable  standards  and/or  specifications  (e.g.,
          BELLCORE,  Lucent,  TIA,  etc.) that need to be considered?

          If YES, please include Specification and Reference Number:

     3.   Background

     3.1  Existing Products:
          3.1.1   *Indicate any compatibility/transparency issues associated
                   with this request (i.e., compatibility with existing
                   feature(s)/platforms):

<TABLE>
<S>       <C>                                  <C>                                     <C>
     3.2  Related AMUG Number                   Related CAROD/AR Number                 Other: (i.e., PMUG, MR, etc.)

          Click here to view the AMUG           Click here to view the CAROD/AR         Click here to view the PMUG Database
          ----------------------------          --------------------------------        ------------------------------------
          Database                              Database                                Click here to view the MR Database
          --------                              --------                                ----------------------------------
</TABLE>

     3.3  *Will the current request be expanded in the future to address a
          broader application (i.e., is the current request a milestone towards
          a broader application)?

          If YES, what is the overall/broader application?

This marks the end of the Customer Section

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless    Appendix J              Page 2 of 2
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER. OMITTED
INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                            RDAF Process Flow Diagram

<TABLE>
<S>     <C>               <C>                    <C>               <C>         <C>

                                                  /\---------------|
       External            Internal               |                |
                                                  |                |
     |----------|        |----------|             |                |
     | CUSTOMER |        |  LUCENT  |             |                | PROCEED WITH
     | REQUESTS |        | REQUESTS |             |               \/ TECHNICAL REVIEW
     | FEATURE  |        |  FEATURE |             |      |--------------------|
     |-----|----|        |-----|----|             |      |        #5          |
           |                   |                  | |---\|  TECHNICAL REVIEW  |
           |-------------------|                  | |   /|---------|----------|
                     |                            | |              |
                     |                            | |              |
   RDAF             \/                            | |             \/
   RETURNED    |-----------|                      | |          /       \
   FOR REWORK  |    #1     |                      | |         /   #6    \
   |---------\ | COMPLETE  |                      | |        /  INTERIM  \   READY TO
   |         / | RDAF FORM |                      | |       /   PRODUCT   \  RESPOND
   |           |-----------|                      | |       \   MANAGER   /-------------|
   |                 |                            | |        \  REVIEW   /              |
   |                 |                            | |         \         /               |
   |                \/                            | |              |                    |
   |           |-----------|                      | |              |    PROCEED WITH    |
   |           |    #2     |                      | |              \/   ESTIMATION      |
   |           |  SUBMIT   |                      | |    |--------------------|         |
   |           | RDAF FORM |                      | |    |        #7          |         |
   |           |-----------|                      | |---\|     ESTIMATION     |         |
   |                 |                            |     /|---------|----------|         |
   |                 |                            |                |                    |
   |                \/                            |               \/                    |
   |           |-----------|                      |         /      #8      \            |
   |           |    #3     |                      |        /      FINAL     \           |
   |           |    LOG    |                      |       /      PRODUCT     \          |
   |           |   RDAF    |                      |      /       MANAGER      \         |
   |           |-----------|                      |      \       REVIEW       //--------|
   |                 |                            |       \         &        / \
   |                 |                            |        \   ORIGINATOR   /
   |                \/                            |         \ NOTIFICATION /
   |INCOMPLETE                                    |
   |OR UNCLEAR   /      \      RDAF ASSIGNED TO   |                |
   |RDAF        /   #4   \     PRODUCT MANAGER  \ |                |
   |-----------/ REVIEW & \---------------------/ |                |
               \  ASSIGN  /                    |------------------\|
                \ RDAFS  /                     |                  /|
                 \      /                      |      -----------------------------------
                                               |      |                |                |
                                               |      \/               \/               \/
                                               | (         )    (  Unable to  )   (           )
                                               | ( Planned )    ( Accommodate )   ( Delivered )
                                               | (    |    )    (         \   )   (     /     )
                                               |      |                    \           /
                                               |     \/                    \/         \/
                                               |  |-----------|           |-------------|
                                               ---| RDAF OPEN |           | RDAF CLOSED |
                                                  |-----------|           |-------------|
</TABLE>

Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless     Appendix J             Page 1 of 1
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER. OMITTED
INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                  Appendix K

The attached feature lists include ECP and BTS features Generally Available in
Releases 13-15.0 that are currently available to all of Purchaser's markets for
no additional cost.

The ECP and BTS features listed below are the only features available under the
License purchased for Release 15.1.

     o     TCU Memory Optimization
     o     RCC Compiler Change
     o     RCC Compiler Change 2
     o     Software Support for the Rack Mounted Growth Frames (RG1-RG4)
     o     CDMA Series II Mod cell Feature Alignment
     o     Multiple Carrier Support on CDMA Microcell RCS
     o     IS95 B Infrastructure Enhancements
     o     CDMA Intra MSC Hard Handoff
     o     CCU Range Extension-Phase I
     o     Growth to 5th and 6th Carrier with CDMA GF and DDF
     o     CALEA for CDMA Circuit Switch Data
     o     Meter Pulsing for Wireless Payphones IS -95B
     o     New Parameter Bit to indicate SMS over traffic channel delivery
     o     Cell Addressing Support for >222 Cells for CDMA
     o     Silent Re-Origination for Flexent
     o     Cell Site Assert Message Throttling, Babble Detection and Escalation
     o     TDM Bus Enhancements
     o     Microcell/Modcell on the same AP

All remaining features identified as included in Release 15.1 and all features
listed for Releases 16.0 and 18.0 are included in this Appendix for planning
purposes only. Their inclusion in this Appendix does not guarantee their release
and PURCHASER will not hold SUPPLIER responsible for any failure to meet the
Release schedule detailed in this Appendix.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless      Appendix K           Page 1 of 1
Definitive Agreement                                   Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER. OMITTED
INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>         <C>                            <C>      <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>      <C>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    FID              Feature Name          FOA       GA         Feature    Target       SU       Dependencies
                                           Date      Date       Type       Rel
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            CDMA Release 8.0 /13.0
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   2284     CDMA Undeclared Neighbor List  04/12/    06/30/     Standard   CDMA 8.0    Base
                                           1999      1999                    (13.0)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   2092     SMS MO/ User Ack - Access      6/00      10/30/     Optional   CDMA 8.0    Base     SMS Base, SMSC
            Channel                                  2000                    (13.0)             update, Mobile
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   2093     CDMA SMS Mobile Originate/User 6/00      07/28/     Optional   CDMA 8.0    Base     SMS Base, SMSC
            Acknowledgment over Digital              2000                    (13.0)             update, Mobile
            Traffic Channel
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   2281     CDMA Packet Pipe Engineering   4/12/     6/30/      Standard   CDMA 8.0    Base
            Optimization                   1999      1999                    (13.0)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   3125     CDMA Packet Pipe 16            04/12/    06/30/     Standard   CDMA 8.0    Base
                                           1999      1999                    (13.0)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  2042.1    Single Channel Functional Test 04/12/    06/30/     Optional   CDMA 8.0    Base
                                           1999      1999                   (13.0)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   3157     Traffic Channel Assignment     04/12/    06/30/     Standard   CDMA 8.0    Base
            (TCA) Modification             1999      1999                   (13.0)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   2789     Maintenance Limit in Addition  04/12/    06/30/     Standard   CDMA 8.0    Base
            to Out-of-Service Limit        1999      1999                   (13.0)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   2192     CDMA Power Level Measurements  04/12/    06/30/     Standard   CDMA 8.0    Base
                                           1999      1999                   (13.0)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   2521     CDMA Last Call Return (*69)    04/12/    06/30/     Optional   CDMA 8.0    Base
                                           1999      1999                   (13.0)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   2669     OTA - A_Key Exchange and SSD   10/99     11/99      Optional   CDMA 8.0    Base     OTASP, OTAF
            Update                                                          (13.0)              update, Mobile
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3352.1    Service Measurements for       04/12/    06/30/     Standard   CDMA 8.0    Base
            Multiple Carriers - Phase 2    1999      1999                   (13.0)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3045.2    Cell Site Synch Failure and    04/12/    06/30/     Standard   CDMA 8.0    Base
            Correction Phase II            1999      1999                   (13.0)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   3008     Enhanced Handoff Trigger       04/12/    06/30/     Standard   CDMA 8.0    Base
            Processing                     1999      1999                   (13.0)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   3044     CDMA BBA Diagnostics           04/12/    6/30/      Standard   CDMA 8.0    Base
            Improvements                   1999      1999                   (13.0)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless         Appendix K        Page 1 of 11
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER. OMITTED
INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>         <C>                            <C>      <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>      <C>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   2730     Preferred Languages for        04/12/    06/30/     Optional   CDMA 8.0    Base          5ESS
            Recorded Announcements         1999      1999                   (13.0)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   3458     Speech Option Selection        04/12/    06/30/     Standard   CDMA 8.0    Base         Mobile
                                           1999      1999                   (13.0)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3134.2    Pilot Only Carrier Phase II    04/12/    06/30/     Standard   CDMA 8.0    Base
                                           1999      1999                   (13.0)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   2047     CDMA User Zone Platform  Base  9/99      10/27/     Optional   CDMA 8.0    SU 17         Mobile
            Platform                                 1999                   (13.0)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   2748     User Zone II  Enhancement      9/99      10/27/     Optional   CDMA 8.0    SU 17         Mobile
            Parameters                               1999                   (13.0)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   2509     OTA  -  Over the Air           TBD       TBD        Optional   CDMA 8.0    Base     OTASP, OTAF
            Activation Service                                              (13.0)              update, Mobile
            Provisioning:
            ReAuthentication using VP**
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3006.2    CDMA Multiple Pilot Inter      04/12/    06/30/     Standard   CDMA 8.0    Base
            Frequency Semi Soft Handoff    1999      1999                   (13.0)
            Improvements Phase II
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   3154     OFD Capacity                   04/12/    06/30/     Optional   CDMA 8.0    Base
                                           1999      1999                   (13.0)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   3156     OFD Paging                     04/12/    6/30/      Optional   CDMA 8.0    Base
                                           1999      1999                   (13.0)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3497.1    Manual Overhead Placement      04/12/    06/30/     Standard   CDMA 8.0    Base
                                           1999      1999                   (13.0)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   3189     OAMP Translator for RF         04/12/    06/30/     Standard   CDMA 8.0    Base
            Distribution Elements          1999      1999                   (13.0)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   2514     ECU - 3V                       04/12/    06/30/     Standard   CDMA 8.0    Base
                                           1999      1999                   (13.0)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3006.3    CDMA Multiple Pilots Inter     04/12/    06/30/     Standard   CDMA 8.0    Base
            Frequency IS-41 Hard Handoff   1999      1999                   (13.0)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   3708     RCC SM Enhancements Phase 3A - 04/12/    06/30/     Standard   CDMA 8.0    Base
                                           1999      1999                   (13.0)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3451.2    850 CDMA Compact Minicell with 6/99      7/99       Standard   CDMA 8.0    Base      850 Compact
            SW Restrictions                                                 (13.0)                 Minicell
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
99-5E-      PHV Traffic Measurements       7/99      9/99       Optional   CDMA        SU 6          5ESS
</TABLE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless         Appendix K        Page 2 of 11
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER. OMITTED
INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>         <C>                            <C>      <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>      <C>
3474.A      Expansion                                                       8.0 (13.0)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
99-5E-7005  PHV with REX                   7/99      9/99       Optional   CDMA 8.0     ??           5ESS
                                                                            (13.0)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
99-5E-3553  Wireless Trunks on DNUS (SU to 5//1999   06/30/     Optional   CDMA 8.0 (13.0)           5ESS
            release 8.0 FOA 5/99)                    1999
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   2835     Flexible Alerting
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            CDMA Release 14.0 (SII only)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   2869     CDMA Access Channel Overload   9/99      TBD        Standard   CDMA 14.0   Base
            Control
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   2742     CDMA CRTU II  ** (850 only)    7/99      09/29/     Standard   CDMA 14.0   Base
                                                     1999
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   2672     OTASP - IS683 Rev A Compliance 10/99     11/01/     Standard   CDMA 14.0   Base     OTASP, new OTAF,
            **                                       1999                                           Mobile
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3376.6    CRTU Fault Isolation - Receive 7/99      09/29/     Optional   CDMA 14.0   Base      CRTU, Mobile
            Antenna Test**                           1999
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3617.1    ICCD CDMA Radio Parallel       7/99      09/29/     Standard   CDMA 14.0   Base
            Download                                 1999
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3617.3    ICCD NVM Image Decompression   7/99      09/29/     Standard   CDMA 14.0   Base
            Improvement                              1999
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   3462     Test Carrier Capability        7/99      09/29/     Standard   CDMA 14.0   Base
                                                     1999
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3458.1    Upward Service Option          7/99      09/29/     Standard   CDMA 14.0   Base      EVRC, Mobile
            Negotiation **                           1999
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  2099.1    Increase Size of Paging        7/99      09/29/     Standard   CDMA 14.0   Base
            Channel Neighbor List                    1999
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3114.2    RCC SM Enhancements Phase 4    7/99      09/29/     Standard   CDMA 14.0   Base
                                                     1999
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   3507     Service Measurements - DCS     7/99      09/29/     Standard   CDMA 14.0   Base
            Counts on a per sector Basis             1999
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   3436     MCPRCC New Processor Support   7/99      09/29/     Standard   CDMA 14.0   Base
            (HCPU)                                   1999
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            MSC/5ESS 14.1 Release
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   3452     CDMA OTASP - OTAPA (Over the   04/00     04/00      Optional   CDMA 14.1   SU 7       OTASP, OTAF,
            Air Parameter Administration -                                                          Mobile
            Phase 1**
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1059-148   PHV With REX                   TBD       TBD        Optional   CDMA 14.1                  5ESS
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1056-148   PHV Traffic Measurements       10/99     12/99      Optional   CDMA 14.1                  5ESS
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   3606     Analog Fax - Need IWF/NIU      04/00     TBD        Optional   CDMA 14.1   SU 7     NIU, Mobile, IWF
            delivery
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  2730.2    International Support of Pref  --        --         Optional   CDMA 14.1   5E SU 9         5ESS
            Language for Recorded
            Announcements
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless         Appendix K        Page 3 of 11
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER. OMITTED
INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>         <C>                            <C>      <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>      <C>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            Cell Release 14.1 (SII only)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3577.3    RMGF 3                           2/99     2/99      Standard   CDMA 14.1   Cell             HW
                                                                                       14.1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   3657     Antenna Reduction Program        3/99     TBD       Standard   CDMA 14.1   Cell             HW
                                                                                      14.1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3763.3    Performance Improvement          2/99     TBD       Standard   CDMA 14.1   Cell             HW
                                                                                      14.1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3045.3    Cell Site Synch Failure and      2/99     TBD       Standard   CDMA 14.1   Cell
            Correction Phase II                                                       14.1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   3170     PCS CDMA Modular Cell 4-6        5/00     6/00      Standard   CDMA 14.1   Base        Modcell
            Carrier Sectorized
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3170.1    Cellular CDMA Modular Cell 4-6   5/00     6/00      Standard   CDMA 14.1   Base        Modcell
            Carrier Sectorized
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   3713     PCS Country Specific             2/00     5/00      Standard   CDMA 14.1   Base        Modcell
            Requirements for Argentina
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            CDMA Release 15.0 (SII/Microcell only)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   2034     CDMA Full IMSI **                1/01     1/01      Standard   CDMA 15.0   Base         Mobile
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  2137.2    Adding or Deleting DNs During    2/00     5/00      Optional   CDMA 15.0   Base
            RF Call Trace Session
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  2709.1    Wireline Feature Transparency    2/00     5/00      Standard   CDMA 15.0   Base         Mobile
            - Enhancement to 3 Way Calling
            **
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   3028     Silent Re-Origination            2/00     5/00      Standard   CDMA 15.1   Base
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3143.1    ECP Service Measurements         2/00     5/00      Standard   CDMA 15.0   Base
            Enhancements - Phase 2
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   3412     CDMA SM - Partitioning Of        2/00     5/00      Standard   CDMA 15.0   Base
            Misc. Ineffective Attempts
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   3565     International Roaming            1/01     1/01      Optional   CDMA 15.0   Base      Mobile, IMSI
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3697.1    CDMA Series II/Microcell         2/00     5/00      Standard   CDMA 15.0   Base
            Feature Alignment
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  4504.2    CCU 1.1 Performance              2/00     5/00      Standard   CDMA 15.0   Base
            Improvement for Flexent
            MicroCell
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            CDMA Release 15.1 (All
            platforms)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   2508     IS95B Infrastructure             6/00     8/00      Standard   CDMA 15.1   Base
            Enhancements
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   2779     CDMA Intra MSC Hard Handoff      6/00     8/00      Standard   CDMA 15.1   Base
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3028.1    Silent Re-Origination for        6/00     8/00      Standard   CDMA 15.1    Base
            Flexent
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless         Appendix K        Page 4 of 11
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER. OMITTED
INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>         <C>                            <C>      <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>      <C>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3032.2    Microcell/Modcell on the same    6/00     8/00      Standard   CDMA 15.1    Base
            AP
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   3083     RCC Compiler Change              6/00     8/00      Standard   CDMA 15.1    Base
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3083.1    RCC Compiler Change - Phase 2    6/00     8/00      Standard   CDMA 15.1    Base
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   3124     Multiple Carrier Support on      6/00     8/00      Standard   CDMA 15.1    Base
            CDMA Microcell RCS
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   3486     CDMA PCS 3 Sector 6th Carrier     --       --       Standard   CDMA 15.1    Base
            (G5 Growth Cabinet) (Floating
            feature not assigned to any
            release)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   3508     Meter Pulsing for Wireless       6/00     8/00      Optional   CDMA 15.1    Base      IS95B Mobile
            Payphones IS-95B**- High Risk
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   3594     Software Support for the Rack    6/00     8/00      Standard   CDMA 15.1    Base     Rack Mount GC
            Mounted Growth Frames (RG1-RG4)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   3605     CALEA for CDMA Circuit Switch    6/00     8/00      Standard   CDMA 15.1    Base      IWF, Mobile
            Data
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3697.2    CDMA Series II/Modcell Feature   6/00     8/00      Standard   CDMA 15.1    Base
            Alignment
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3763.4    CCU Range Extension - Phase 1    6/00     8/00      Optional   CDMA 15.1    Base          CCC
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   3963     Cell Site Assert Message         6/00     8/00      Standard   CDMA 15.1    Base
            Throttling, Babble Detection
            and Escalation
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3992.2    Cell Addressing Support for >    6/00     8/00      Standard   CDMA 15.1    Base
            222 Cells for CDMA
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   4148     TCU Memory Optimization          6/00     8/00      Standard   CDMA 15.1    Base
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   4154     New Parameter Bit to indicate    6/00     8/00      Standard   CDMA 15.1    Base
            SMS over traffic channel
            delivery
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   4194     TDM Bus Enhancements             6/00     8/00      Standard   CDMA 15.1    Base
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   4273     Growth to 5th and 6th Carrier    6/00     8/00      Standard   CDMA 15.1    Base
            with CDMA GF and DDF
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            CDMA Release 16.0 (All
            platforms)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   2094     CDMA SMS Mobile Terminated       4Q/00   4Q/00      Optional   CDMA R16.0   Base      SMS Base, MC
            Broadcast                                                                          Upgrade, Mobile
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  2730.3    Preferred Language for           4Q/00   4Q/00      Optional   CDMA R16.0   Base
            Recorded Announcements - Any
            four languages (NAR)-5E only
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless         Appendix K        Page 5 of 11
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER. OMITTED
INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>         <C>                            <C>      <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>      <C>
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   2741     5ESS Wireless Primary Rate       4Q/00   4Q/00      Optional  CDMA R16.0   Base         5ESS
            Interface for CDMA (NAR only)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3114.3    Service Measurements             4Q/00   4Q/00      Standard  CDMA R16.0   Base
            Enhancement - Phase 5
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   3430     Aggregate Overload Control       4Q/00   4Q/00      Standard  CDMA R16.0   Base
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3436.1    Improvements to HCPU             4Q/00   4Q/00      Standard  CDMA R16.0   Base
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3436.2    Diagnostic Support for New       4Q/00   4Q/00      Standard  CDMA R16.0   Base
            HCPU Differences
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   3479     IS-95B Access Entry Handoff      4Q/00   4Q/00      Standard  CDMA R16.0   Base     IS95B Mobile,
                                                                                                    2508
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3513.1    CDMA Support of 15 Digit         4Q/00   4Q/00      Standard  CDMA R16.0   Base          NAF
            Directory Number
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   3663     Inter CCC Messaging              4Q/00   4Q/00      Standard  CDMA 16.0    Base
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   3675     CDMA Cellular and PCS            4Q/00   4Q/00      Standard  CDMA R16.0   Base
            Coexistence on the Same MSC
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   3827     System Overload Enhancements     4Q/00   4Q/00      Standard  CDMA R16.0   Base          NAF
            for Network & Cell Message
            Overload Control
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   3843     CDMA OTAPA Phase 2               4Q/00   4Q/00      Standard  CDMA R16.0   Base
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   3973     SMS NO BRO on CTRAFF for Korea   4Q/00   4Q/00      Standard  CDMA R16.0   Base
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  4274.1    Growth to 5th and 6th Carrier    4Q/00   4Q/00      Standard  CDMA R16.0   Base
            with two CDMA Double Density
            Frames (test only)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   4276     Growth to 5th Carrier with       4Q/00   4Q/00      Standard  CDMA R16.0   Base
            CDMA Hybrid Mini and Double
            Density Growth Frame
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   4296     SMS CTRAFF Modification for      4Q/00   4Q/00      Standard  CDMA R16.0   Base
            Korea
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   4336     Echo Cancellors on PHV4 - 5E     4Q/00   4Q/00      Standard  CDMA R16.0   Base         5ESS
            only
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  4372.2    DCS In Call Message Overflow     4Q/00   4Q/00      Standard  CDMA R16.0   Base          NAF
            Long Term Fix
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   4381     SMS Support for Multiple         4Q/00   4Q/00      Standard  CDMA R16.0   Base
            Message Centers
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   4396     IP Switch Data IS95A             4Q/00   4Q/00      Optional  CDMA R16.0   Base
            Interworking Function
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless         Appendix K        Page 6 of 11
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER. OMITTED
INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>         <C>                            <C>      <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>      <C>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   4422     Vocoder Hunting Enhancements -   4Q/00   4Q/00      Standard  CDMA R16.0   Base          5ESS
            (NAR only) - 5E only
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   4424     IP Packet Switched Data          4Q/00   4Q/00      Optional  CDMA R16.0   Base
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   4437     TR Message Restructure           4Q/00   4Q/00      Standard  CDMA R16.0   Base          NAF
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  4551.1    Reduce Downtime to download      4Q/00   4Q/00      Standard  CDMA R16.0   Base
            cell site software-Phase 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  4645.1    One-Way Audio Detection          4Q/00   4Q/00                CDMA 16.0    Base
            Tool-Phase 1 INTL
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            CDMA Release 16.1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3229.3    CDMA Co-location of Flexent      1Q/01   1Q/01      Standard  CDMA R16.1   Base         3453.1
            Modcell w/SII, Compact & PCS
            Minicell
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3453.1    Multicarrier Translations:       1Q/01   1Q/01      Standard  CDMA R16.1   Base
            Neighborhood lists
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3453.5    Per Carrier Translation -        1Q/01   1Q/01      Standard  CDMA R16.1   Base
            Phase 2: Neighbor List
            Parameters (SW only)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   3460     CDMA Modcell 7-9 carrier, 3      1Q/01   1Q/01      Standard  CDMA R16.1   Base
            Sector for PCS (NAR)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   3475     IS-95B Access Handoff            1Q/01   1Q/01      Standard  CDMA R16.1   Base   IS95B Mobile, 2508
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   3478     IS95B Channel Assignment         1Q/01   1Q/01      Standard  CDMA R16.1   Base   IS95B Mobile, 2508
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3581.1    CDMA Enhancements for            1Q/01   1Q/01      Optional  CDMA R16.1   Base
            Geolocation
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   3915     MicroMinicell for PCS            1Q/01   1Q/01      Standard  CDMA R16.1   Base
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   3916     MicroMinicell for 850            1Q/01   1Q/01      Standard  CDMA R16.1   Base
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3993.4    Infrastructure work to support   1Q/01   1Q/01      Standard  CDMA R16.1   Base
            999 Cells - CDMA
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  4162.1    Improved Reverse Link Overload   1Q/01   1Q/01      Standard  CDMA R16.1   Base
            Control Algorithm
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  4258.3    AP OS Upgrade (Test Only)        1Q/01   1Q/01      Standard  CDMA R16.1   Base
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  4323.1    DTMF Tone Signaling - CDMA EVRC  1Q/01   1Q/01      Standard  CDMA R16.1   Base
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   4432     TTY TDD for Digital Wireless     1Q/01   1Q/01      Standard  CDMA R16.1   Base
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   4646     One-Way Audio Detection Tool -   1Q/01   1Q/01      Standard  CDMA R16.1   Base
            Phase 2 (NAR)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  4966.1    Backhaul Engineering             1Q/01   1Q/01      Standard  CDMA R16.1   Base
            Enhancement for IS95 (NAR only)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless         Appendix K        Page 7 of 11
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER. OMITTED
INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>         <C>                            <C>      <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>      <C>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            CDMA Release 17.0 (All
            platforms)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3744.0    3G-1.25 Mhz ExpandedChannel      2Q/01   2Q/01      Standard  CDMA R17.0   Base
            Unit (ECU) for Series II
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3744.2    3G-1X ECU Software for           2Q/01   2Q/01      Standard  CDMA R17.0   Base
            AUTOPLEX Series II systems
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3745.0    3G-1.25 Mhz CDMA Channel Unit    2Q/01   2Q/01      Standard  CDMA R17.0   Base
            (CCU) for Flexent Cells
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3745.2    3G-1X CCU software for Flexent   2Q/01   2Q/01      Standard  CDMA R17.0   Base
            Systems
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3746.0    Basic 3G-1X Call Processing      2Q/01   2Q/01      Standard  CDMA R17.0   Base
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3746.1    3G-1X Subscriber Access Control  2Q/01   2Q/01      Standard  CDMA R17.0   Base
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3747.0    Walsh Code Administration        2Q/01   2Q/01      Standard  CDMA R17.0   Base
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3748.0    3G-1X Power Control for voice    2Q/01   2Q/01      Standard  CDMA R17.0   Base
            rates
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3751.0    Basic support for 3G-1X          2Q/01   2Q/01      Standard  CDMA R17.0   Base
            Handoffs (voice only)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3752.0    3G-1X Inter-generation Handoff   2Q/01   2Q/01      Standard  CDMA R17.0   Base
            (voice only)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3753.0    CDMA 3G Quick Paging Channel     2Q/01   2Q/01      Standard  CDMA R17.0   Base
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3754.0    3G SII Core OA&M                 2Q/01   2Q/01      Standard  CDMA R17.0   Base
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3755.0    Flexent 3G Microcell Core OA&M   2Q/01   2Q/01      Standard  CDMA R17.0   Base
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3756.0    Flexent 3G Modcell Core OA&M     2Q/01   2Q/01      Standard  CDMA R17.0   Base
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3814.0    3G1X-IS-95A/B coexistence        2Q/01   2Q/01      Standard  CDMA R17.0   Base
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3820.0    Feature Parity with CDMA 16.0    2Q/01   2Q/01      Standard  CDMA R17.0   Base
            for Flexent Modular Cell
            systems
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  4167.0    Service Measurements for Third   2Q/01   2Q/01      Standard  CDMA R17.0   Base
            Generation/One carrier (3G)
            CDMA
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3833.0    3G-1X Low Speed Packet Data      2Q/01   2Q/01      Optional  CDMA R17.0   Base      FIDs 3747.0,
            Service                                                                                 3748.0
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3834.0    3G-1X High Speed Packet Data     2Q/01   2Q/01      Optional  CDMA R17.0   Base      FIDs 3747.0,
            Service                                                                                 3748.0
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  4397.0    3G-1X Simple IP Service          2Q/01   2Q/01      Optional  CDMA R17.0   Base      FIDs 3747.0,
                                                                                                    3748.0
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3748.1    Basic 3G-1X CDMA Power Control   2Q/01   2Q/01      Optional  CDMA R17.0   Base      FIDs 3747.0,
            for voice/data                                                                          3748.0
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless         Appendix K        Page 8 of 11
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER. OMITTED
INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>         <C>                            <C>      <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>      <C>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  4536.0    Flexent 3G MicroMinicell Core    2Q/01   2Q/01      Standard  CDMA R17.0   Base
            OA&M feature
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3581.2    More CDMA enhancements for       2Q/01   2Q/01      Optional  CDMA R17.0   Base
            geolocation
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  4403.0    FINDS Wireless Assisted GPS      2Q/01   2Q/01      New HW    Jun-01       Base   FID 3581.1, 3581.2
            Position Determination Equip.                       Element
            (PDE) Hardware
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  4403.0    FINDS Wireless Assisted GPS      2Q/01   2Q/01      Location  Jun-01              FID 3581.1, 3581.2
            Position Determination Equip.                       SW
            (PDE) Software
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  4666.0    NCI Performance Improvement      2Q/01   2Q/01      Standard  CDMA R17.0   Base
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  4895.0    Customer Enhancements for        2Q/01   2Q/01        TBD     CDMA R17.0   Base
            Broadcast SMS (Point-to-Point)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  4896.0    Number Plus Service Customer     2Q/01   2Q/01        TBD     CDMA R17.0   Base
            Enhancement
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  4966.2    Backhaul Engineering             2Q/01   2Q/01      Standard  CDMA R17.0   Base
            Enhancement for IS-95B (Int'l
            only)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  4966.3    Backhaul Engineering             2Q/01   2Q/01      Standard  CDMA R17.0   Base
            Enhancement for 3G-1X
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3617.4    Series II NVM  CCU               2Q/01   2Q/01      Standard  CDMA R17.0   Base
            Decompression
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  4898.0    Network Directed System          2Q/01   2Q/01      Standard  CDMA R17.0   Base
            Selection Customer Enhancement
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            CDMA Release 17.1 (All
            platforms)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  2600.1    DFI Support for 2 T1 or 2 E1     3Q/01   3Q/01      Standard  CDMA R17.1   TBD
            for increased capacity
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3755.1    Flexent CDMA Testing for 3G-1X   3Q/01   3Q/01      Standard  CDMA R17.1   TBD
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3581.3    MSC/Cell interface to support    3Q/01   3Q/01       TBD No   CDMA R17.1   TBD
            EFLT                                                Pick-A-Pack
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  4403.2    PDE Support for Geo-location     3Q/01   3Q/01      Optional  Sep-01       TBD      4403.0, 3581.3
            using EFLT                                          No Pick-A-Pack
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  4403.3    General Location Services        3Q/01   3Q/01      Optional  Sep-01       TBD     4403.0, 3581.1,
            Support                                             No Pick-A-Pack                       3581.2
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  4804.3    Modcell Cross-Carrier T1/E1      3Q/01   3Q/01      Standard  CDMA R17.1   TBD          4804.2
            Sharing - High Capacity
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  4804.2    Modcell Cross-Carrier T1/E1      3Q/01   3Q/01      Standard  CDMA R17.1   TBD
            Sharing - SW Support
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3568.0    CRC Modular cell Redundant       3Q/01   3Q/01      Standard  CDMA R17.1   TBD
            Controller
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless         Appendix K        Page 9 of 11
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER. OMITTED
INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>         <C>                            <C>      <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>      <C>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3458.3    IS95B Call Setup Service         3Q/01   3Q/01      Standard  CDMA R17.1   TBD
            Negotiation
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  4347.0    AutoPlex CCC Sw Improved         3Q/01   3Q/01      Standard  CDMA R17.1   TBD
            Performance
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3471.0    IS-95B New Soft Handoff          2Q00    2Q/01      Standard  CDMA R17.1   TBD
            Algorithm
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3608.0    CDMA Soft Handoff and Search     3Q00    2Q/01      Standard  CDMA R17.1   TBD
            window Parameters Enhancement
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  2137.3    Basic RF Call Trace for 3G-1X    4Q00    2Q/01      Standard  CDMA R17.1   TBD
            HSPD
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  4403.1    ITU/SS7 Interface for FINDS PDE  4Q00    2Q/01      Standard  CDMA R17.1   TBD
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  4966.4    Packet Pipe Engineering          4Q00    2Q/01      Standard  CDMA R17.1   TBD
            Enhancement for 3G-1X Packet
            Data Service
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            CDMA Release 18.X (All
            platforms)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  2600.1    Autoplex DFI Support for 2       4Q/01   4Q/01      Standard       CDMA 18.X
            T1/E1 for increased capacity
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3915.1    3G-1x Testing for MicroMini      4Q/01   4Q/01      Standard       CDMA 18.X
            ( Test Only)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  2600.4    Multiple Packet Pipes for        4Q/01   4Q/01      Standard       CDMA 18.X
            CCU-1X traffic for the CDMA
            Modular Cell
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  5000.1    Packet Overhead Reduction on     4Q/01   4Q/01      Standard       CDMA 18.X
            Backhaul for IS-95 & 3G
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3835.1    Mobile IP Services - Test Only   4Q/01   4Q/01      Optional       CDMA 18.X
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3458.2    Enhanced Speech Option Call      4Q/01   4Q/01      Standard       CDMA 18.X
            Assignment (ESOCA)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  6054.0    Inter- band Load Management      4Q/01   4Q/01      Optional       CDMA 18.X
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  4417.0    Per Call Service Measurement     4Q/01   4Q/01      Optional       CDMA 18.X
            Records (Needed for 3G SM)
            (Infrastructure work in 17.x,
            feature delivery in 18.0)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  4610.0    3G-1X Phase 2 Service            4Q/01   4Q/01      Standard       CDMA 18.X
            Measurements
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  4600.0    Universal Radio                  4Q/01   4Q/01      Standard       CDMA 18.X
            Controller/Packet Network
            Interface SW - CDMA/Flex
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  2890.3    Infras'ture for IS-634/CDG IOS   4Q/01   4Q/01      Optional       CDMA 18.X
            V3.1 A Interface Compl.w/
            Lucent System
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3468.0    IMSHO for LU Cells on LU MSCs    4Q/01   4Q/01      Optional       CDMA 18.X
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless         Appendix K       Page 10 of 11
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER. OMITTED
INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>         <C>                            <C>      <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>      <C>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3812.0    Support for Multiple BSCs on a   4Q/01   4Q/01      Optional       CDMA 18.X
            single AP pair
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  4338.0    Support for Centralized Power    4Q/01   4Q/01      Optional       CDMA 18.X
            Control (CPU):  Enables the
            ECP and LU cells to operate in
            CPC mode.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  4675.0    Multiple Band Class Support in   4Q/01   4Q/01      Optional       CDMA 18.X
            an IS-634/IOS MSC
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  4939.0    IS-634 Nomenclature Change for   4Q/01   4Q/01      Optional       CDMA 18.X
            RC/V and DB
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3581.4    Network Enhancements for  Idle   4Q/01   4Q/01      Optional       CDMA 18.X
            Mode Location & Tracking of
            Mobiles
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  4403.4    Mobile Location and Tracking     4Q/01   4Q/01      Optional       CDMA 18.X
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3746.5    3G - Voice/Data Call Admission   4Q/01   4Q/01      Standard       CDMA 18.X
            - Data System Resource
            Reservation
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  4403.5    Migrate FINDS PDE HW from        4Q/01   4Q/01      Standard       CDMA 18.X
            temporary HW platform to FMS
            platform
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  2034.5    Multiple home Min escape Codes   4Q/01   4Q/01                     CDMA 18.X
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  4873.0    Improve PLFT Accuracy            4Q/01   4Q/01      Standard       CDMA 18.X
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  7011.0    Flexent RF Test Module (use to   4Q/01   4Q/01      Optional       CDMA 18.X
            be called VSWR module)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  4551.2    NVM Improvements                 4Q/01   4Q/01      Optional       CDMA 18.X
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  5097.0    3G - 1X R-FCH 1/8 Gating         4Q/01   4Q/01      Standard       CDMA 18.X
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3750.0    3G-1X Inter-vendor, Inter MSC    4Q/01   4Q/01      Standard       CDMA 18.X
            IS41 Hard Handoff for Voice
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  2072.0    CNAP (Calling Name               4Q/01   4Q/01      Optional       CDMA 18.X
            Presentation)  - test only
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  4858.0    CNAP/CNAR for Customer           4Q/01   4Q/01      Optional       CDMA 18.X
            Enhancement
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  2741.2    5ESS-DCS Wireless Primary        4Q/01   4Q/01      Optional       CDMA 18.X
            Rate Access (PRA) for CDMA
            (5ESS work Started  (LONG LEAD)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  3834.2    3G-1X HSPD Burst Priority        4Q/01   4Q/01      Standard       CDMA 18.X
            Policy - nonAssured QoS
            (Static HLR)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless        Appendix K        Page 11 of 11
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER. OMITTED
INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>            <C>      <C>         <C>     <C>                                         <C>    <C>          <C>
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                FID      RDAF       Cross    Product Configuration or Feature                   Std/Opt     Dependencies
                                   Product   Description                                                      (FID's)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CDMA 17.0     3744.0    981112               3G-1.25 Mhz Expanded Channel Unit (ECU)     3G       Std
                                             for Series II
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              3744.2    981112               3G-1X ECU Software for Autoplex Series      3G       Std
                                             II systems
             ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              3745.0    981112               3G-1.25 Mhz CDMA Channel Unit (CCU) for     3G       Std
                                             Flexent cells
             ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              3745.2    981112               3G-1X CCU Software for Flexent systems      3G       Std
             ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              3746.0    981112               Basic 3G-1X Call Processing                 3G       Std
             ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              3746.1    981112               3G-1X Subscriber Access Control             3G       Std        3746 (5E)
             ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              3747.0    981112               3G Walsh Code Administration                3G       Std
             ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              3748.0    981112               3G-1X Power Control for voice rates         3G       Std
             ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              3748.1                         3G-1X Power Control for voice and data      3G       Opt      3747.0, 3748.0
                                             rates
             ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              3751.0    981112               Basic support for 3G-1X Handoffs (voice     3G       Std
                                             only)
             ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              3752.0    981112               3G-1X Inter-generation Handoff (voice       3G       Std
                                             only)
             ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              3753.0    981112               CDMA 3G Quick Paging channel                3G       Std
             ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              3754.0    981112               3G SII Core OA&M                            3G       Std
             ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              3755.0    981112               Flexent 3G Microcell Core OA&M              3G       Std
             ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              3756.0    981112               Flexent 3G Modcell Core OA&M                3G       Std
             ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              3814.0                         3G1X-IS95A/B coexistence                    3G       Std
             ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              3820.0                         Feature parity with CDMA 16.0 for 3G-1X     3G       Std
                                             Flexent Modular Cell systems
             ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              3833.0                         3G-1X Low Speed Packet Data Service         3G       Opt      3747.0, 3748.0
             ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              3834.0                         3G-1x High Speed Packet Data Service        3G       Opt      3747.0, 3748.0
             ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              4167.0    981303               Service Measurements for Third              3G       Std
                                             Generation / One Carrier (3G-1X) CDMA
             ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              4397.0                         3G-1X Simple IP Service                     3G       Opt      3747.0, 3748.0
             ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              4536.0    981112               Flexent 3G MicroMinicell Core OA&M          3G       Std
                                             feature
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              2111.1     2169        5E      Circuit Switched Data on 3G with 9.6        3G       Opt           None
                                             and 14 kbps
             ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              2137.3    981112               Basic RF Call Trace for 3G-1X HSPD          3G       Std          SW Dev
             ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              2137.4     2164     NAF, NIF   Improved RF Call Trace for 3G-IX HSPD       3G       Std          2137.1
                                             (dropped out of R17)
             ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              2600.3    991932               Multiple Packet Pipes for Series II         SW       Std
                                             CDMA Cluster Controller  (3G) (5ESS
                                             Alignment) (3G-1X)
             ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              3746.5     2167     NAF, NIF   3G - Voice/Data Call Admission - Data       3G       Std           None
                                             System Resource Reservation
             ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless        Appendix K          Page 1 of 2
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER. OMITTED
INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>            <C>      <C>         <C>     <C>                                         <C>    <C>          <C>
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              3750.0     2171        5E      3G-1X Inter-vendor, Inter MSC IS41 Hard     3G       Std           None
                                             Handoff for Voice
             ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              3750.2     2310                3G-1X Inter-vendor, Inter MSC IS41 Hard     3G       Std
                                             Handoff for PD calls
             ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              3834.2     2167        HLR     3G-1X HSPD Burst Priority Policy -          3G       Std
                                             nonAssured QoS (Static HLR)
             ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              3834.7     2309                3G-1X HSPD w/ Improved scheduling           3G       Std
             ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              3834.8     2309                3G-1X HSPD w/ Reduced Min. 320 ms           3G       Std
                                             Duration (Improved Scheduling)
             ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              3835.0    981112       5E      3G-1X Mobile IP service                    Flex      Opt      3747.0, 3748.0
             ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
               4390     981112               Improved Capacity/Reliability for x.25     TBD
                                             data links for Series II
             ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              4478.0    991769               Support of Origination Continuation         SW       Std          4478.1
                                             (3G-1x); Long Lead
             ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              4610.0     2173     NAF, NIF   3G-1X SMs for Phase 2                       3G       Std           None
             ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              5017.0    981112               IS2000- Release A Call Processing           3G       Std
                                             Support
             ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              5023.0     2305        5E      3G-1X HSPD with IS-2000 Release A RLP -     3G       Std
                                             3
             ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              5024.0     2172        5E      3G - 1X Concurrent 3G Services              3G       Opt           None
                                             (VP2-Simultaneous V & D w/ DCCH) Long
                                             Lead
             ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              5088.0     2168     NAF, NIF   3G - 1X Enhanced Access (Basic Access       3G       Opt           None
                                             Mode with minimum set)
             ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
               5097      2490                3G - 1X R-FCH 1/8 Gating                    3G       Std
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
               5042      2159        5E      3G-1X HSPD Mobility Performance             3G       Std    Optical Msg in
                                             Improvement (w/ MAAD)                                       Mobile
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                TBD      2166     NAF, NIF   Short Data Burst                            3G       Opt
             ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              3834.6     2141                3G - 1Gz High Speed Packet Data to          3G       Std
                                             230.4 and 307 Kbps
             ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              4578.0     2170                3G-1X Mobile Assisted Inter-frequency       3G       Std
                                             Hard HO
             ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                TBD      2171                3G-1X Inter-vendor, Inter MSC IS41          3G       Std
                                             Handoff for Circuit Switched Data
             ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                TBD      2159                3G-1X HSPD Mobility Perf. Imprv             3G       Std
                                             (w/reduced or full active set)
             ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                TBD      2161                1X HSPD Performance Improvement (split      3G       Std
                                             into four RDAFS)
</TABLE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless        Appendix K          Page 2 of 2
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER. OMITTED
INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>        <C>                     <C>
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              CDMA RELEASE
                   17.x
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FID             Feature Name                                     Feature Description
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3744.0     3G-1.25 Mhz Expanded    This feature includes the circuit pack hardware for the Series II cells to
           Channel Unit (ECU) for  support the physical interface specified for cdma2000 - 1.25 Mhz systems. The
           Series II               new 3G ECU will be used in SII CDMA cells and minicells for cellular and PCS
                                   frequencies
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3744.2     3G-1X ECU Software for  This feature includes the SW dedicated to the 3G-1X ECU circuit pack
           Autoplex Series II      (FID-3744.0). This will enable the 3G-1X ECU to process up to 32 channels in
           systems                 Forward and 32 in Reverse direction. The Supplemental channel capacity may or
                                   may not be included in these 32 Channel
                                   Resources, based on the CSM and other system
                                   available capacity.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3745.0     3G-1.25 Mhz CDMA This feature provides the new CDMA Channel Unit
           (CCU) board for the Channel Unit (CCU) Flexent cells to support the
           physical interface specified for cdma2000 - 1.25 Mhz for Flexent
           cells systems. The new 3G CCU will be used in Flexent Microcells and
           Modular cells
                                   cellular and PCS frequencies
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3745.2     3G-1X CCU Software for  This feature includes the SW dedicated to the 3G-1X CCU circuit pack
           Flexent systems         (FID-3745.0). This will enable the 3G-1X CCU to process up to 64 channels in
                                   Forward and 64 in Reverse direction. The
                                   Supplemental channel capacity may or may not
                                   be included in these 64 Channel Resources,
                                   based on the CSM and other system available
                                   capacity.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3746.0     Basic 3G-1X Call        This feature provides the software to support the basic call processing for
           Processing              cdma2000 - 1.25 Mhz systems. The feature applies for both Flexent and Series II
                                   cells. Handling of High Speed Packet Data (HSPD) calls is not included in this
                                   feature.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3746.1     3G-1X Subscriber        This feature will provide 3G-1X Subscriber Access Control (SAC) for all
           Access Control          platforms described in FDD-1594.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3747.0     3G Walsh Code This feature provides the ability to handle variable
           length Walsh codes and the Administration management function for
           Walsh codes accross 3G and IS95B required for overlay
                                  deployments.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3748.0     3G-1X Power Control     This feature provides enhancements for Power Control for 3G - 1.25 Mhz systems.
           for voice rates         It includes a new algorithm for Fast Forward Power Control, 3G-1X Reverse Power
                                   Control, 3G-1X Dynamic Power Control and FWD
and REV Overload Power Control..
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3748.1     3G-1X Power Control     This feature includes the 3G-1X Power Control algorithms for both Fundamantal
           for voice and data      and Supplemental channels. Also see FID 3748.0
           rates
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3751.0     Basic support for       This feature provides the basic support of all Handoff types available in a 2G
           3G-1X Handoffs (voice   system for 3G-1X system"
           only)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3752.0     3G-1X Inter-generation  This feature implements the 3G->2G and 3G->analog Handoff for voice calls. "
           Handoff (voice only)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3753.0     CDMA 3G Quick Paging    This feature implements the Quick Paging channel as defined by the IS-2000
           channel                 standard. Use of this new channel reduces the 'wake-up time' required by the
                                   Mobile Station to determine if it has a paging message, resulting in increased
                                   battery life
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3754.0     3G SII Core OA&M        Includes all the basic SII OA&M features that must work with the new 3G-1.25
                                   Mhz hardware (3G ECU)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless            Appendix K                                         Page 1 of 5
Definitive Agreement                                                                       Contract No. ###-##-####

</TABLE>

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER. OMITTED
INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>         <C>                    <C>
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3755.0     Flexent 3G Microcell Includes all the basic Flexent Microcell OA&M
           features that must work with the Core OA&M new 3G-1.25 Mhz hardware
           (3G CCU)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3756.0     Flexent 3G Modcell      Includes all the basic Flexent Modcell OA&M features that must work with the
           Core OA&M               new 3G-1.25 Mhz hardware (3G CCU)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3814.0     3G1X-IS95A/B            This feature allows a Third Generation 1.25 MHz (3G-1X) system to be deployed
           coexistence             in the same frequency with an existing IS95A/B (2G) system.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3820.0     Feature parity with     This feature insures that the 3G-1X Flexent Modular Cell systems support all
           CDMA 16.0 for 3G-1X     the features in CDMA 16.0 release.
           Flexent Modular Cell
           systems
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3833.0     3G-1X Low Speed This feature provides high speed data service in the
           forward direction (where Packet Data Service reverse bursts are not
           required) with effective data rates of up to 144 Kbps,
                                   using the 3g-1x CDMA air interface. This
                                   feature supports applications such as web
                                   browsing, database access, broadcast data and
                                   other applications which require a larger
                                   amount of data to the mobile.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3834.0     3G-1x High Speed This feature provides high speed data service in the
           reverse direction (where Packet Data Service forward bursts are not
           required) with effective data rates of up to 144 Kbps,
                                   using the 3g-1x CDMA air interface. This
                                   feature supports applications such as photo
                                   upload, telemetry (the upload of collected
                                   information to remote databases) and other
                                   applications which require a larger amount of
                                   data from the mobile.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4167.0     Service Measurements This feature provides the necessary Service
           Measurements to evaluate performance for Third Generation / of the
           third generation CDMA One Carrier System (3G-1X). See FDD -1594 for
           One Carrier (3G-1X) additional 3G-1X feature information and SRDs
           1211, 1146 and 1515 for additioanl CDMA 3G-1X OA&M requirements. This
           feature does not include burst and other data
                                   service measurements, they are handled
                                   elsewhere. Service Measurements for the 3G-1X
                                   should support the following performance
                                   metrics: 1. Established call rate for
                                   origination and termination 2. Dropped call
                                   rate 3. RF failure rate for origination and
                                   termination 4. Origination and termination
                                   overflow rate 5. Handoff blocking rate due to
                                   3G CE overflow 6. Handoff overflow due to
                                   power control budget 7. Supplentary Channel
                                   CE usage 8. Primary Supplementary CE minutes
                                   of usage 9. Secondary SCE minutes of usage
                                   10. Voice Activity Factor (forward link
                                   capacity) 11.
                                   ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   Performance Metrics to engineer carriers -
                                   Origination/termination overflow - Carried
                                   load on the metric (erlangs) - Peak number of
                                   3G CE in use 12. Carrier performance
                                   monitoring metrics: - Duration of overload -
                                   Origination failure rate - Termination
                                   failure rate - Dropped call rate 13. 3G
                                   System Blocking Rate 14. 3G System Dropped
                                   Dropped call rate In addition, the 3G-1X
                                   Service Mesurements data may be provided on
                                   per call basis. This feature includes 3G-1X
                                   Service Measurements for all the platforms
                                   described in FDD-1594.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4397.0     3G-1X Simple IP The product is based on the 3G-1X air interface using
           a simple internet Service protocol (IP) based IWF to provide
           connectivity to the public data network.
                                   3G-1X is capable of providing 144 kbps or
                                   higher data rates by adding compression
                                   algorithms.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless            Appendix K                                         Page 2 of 5
Definitive Agreement                                                                       Contract No. ###-##-####
</TABLE>

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER. OMITTED
INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>         <C>                    <C>
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              CDMA RELEASE
                  18.x
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FID             Feature Name                                     Feature Description
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2111.1     Circuit Switched Data   This feature provides wireless CSD functionality using 3G modulation analogous
           on 3G with 9.6 and 14   with the 2G service defined by FID 2111 and FID 2112. 3G modulation is needed
           kbps                    here to provide better spectrum use.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2137.3     Basic RF Call Trace     A large portion of this feature was not implemented in R17.0 (#25 on PTC list).
           for 3G-1X HSPD          This feature is necessary for basic HSPD call assessment.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2137.4     3G-1X Enahnced Access   This feature provides additional 3G-1X HSPD RF Call Trace relative to
           (Basic Access Mode      FID-2137.3. This additional functionality includes at least: for the Forward
           with minimum set)       Link : measure HSPD Burst information (duration, speed, FER, Eb/No,
                                   Eb/No set point); for the Reverse Link : measure HSPD Burst information
                                   (duration, speed) and the GPS distance from the antenna;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2600.3     Multiple Packet Pipes   This feature is needed when more than one for SII CDMA Cluster
           Controller (3G) (5ESS   shelf/CCC is upgraded from 2G to 3G. It contains the required SW for
           Alignment) (3G-1X)      Feature FID 2600.1.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3746.5     3G- Voice/Data Call     This optional FAF feature will reserve to either 3G-1X Voice or 3G-1X Packet
           Admission - Data        Data calls a portion of the system resources defined by the Service
           System Resource         Provider by using system translations per CDMA carrier as follows:
           Reservation             The feature will use  translations to define the choice between either
                                   Packet Data or Voice guaranteed system resources; a guaranteed percentage
                                   of traffic/Fundamental/Overhead channels to be used with a "First Come,
                                   First Serve policy (see FID-3746.0); guaranteed system resources for HSPD
                                   bursts.  When activated this feature supersedes the Equal Priority Call
                                   Admission Policy implemented by 3746.0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3750.0     3G1X Inter- vender,     This feature implements the 3G-3G Hard Handoff between different MSCs using the
           Inter MSC IS41 Hard     ANSI41standard interface
           Handoff for Voice
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3750.2     3G-1X Inter-vendor,     his feature provides 3G-1X Packet Data Hard Handoff for the inter-vendor,
           Inter MSC IS 41 Hard    inter-MSC cases, as specified in the ANSI-41 standards.
           Handoff for PD calls
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3834.2     3G-1X HSPD Burst        This optional FAF feature includes a way of assining a Packet Data end-user
           Priority Policy         or Data end-user or Packet Data end-user a Non Assured Relative Grade of Data
           nonAssured QoS          Service based on available resources. There will be at least 16(sixteen) QoS
           (Static HLR)            levels of data service. The 3G-1X system will never pre-empt lower priority
                                   customers from being served while in Active Mode. The Service Provider will
                                   have a way to input the Non-assured QoS level into the system when provisioning
                                   end-customers. The Non-assured QoS level will also be contained in the Packet
                                   Data billing records. The 16 static levels will be built on a linear scale and
                                   the system will grant Packet Data Bandwidth based on: available RF, RT and
                                   other system resources; the Non-Assured QoS class;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3834.7     3G-1X HSPD w/Improved   This feature provides better HSPD performance by using scheduling improvements
           Scheduling              built on the basic HSPD Feature (3834.2).
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3834.8     3G-1X HSPD w/Reduced    This feature provides better HSPD performance by using scheduling improvements
           Min. 320 ms Duration    built on the basic HSPD Feature (3834.2).
           (Improved Scheduling)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless            Appendix K                                         Page 3 of 5
Definitive Agreement                                                                       Contract No. ###-##-####

</TABLE>

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER. OMITTED
INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>         <C>                    <C>
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3835.0     Mobile IP Service       The Mobile IP feature provides mobility to CDMA Packet Data subscribers using
                                   the Layer 3 network mobility protocol. The feature is based on the IETF Mobile
                                   IP standard which has the appeal of becoming the de-facto mobility protocol for
                                   both wireless and wireline mobile computing on the Internet. Mobile IP allows
                                   mobile users to maintain network connectivity while roaming and changing their
                                   point of attachment on the Internet without changing their IP addresses.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4390.0     Improved                This feature will improve the capacity and also the reliability of the X.25 data
           Capacity/Reliability    links used for the Series II platforms. This will be achieved by using one or
           for x.25 data links for more of the following procedures: - throttling algorithms; - using both links for
           Series II               messaging with load balancing; - implementing an overflow algorithm from one
                                   messaging link to the second link
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4478.0     Support of Origination  The need to support dialed digits in the origination continuation (OC) message
           Continuation (3G-1X);   has become more critical for 3G-1X than in current 2G systems. This is because
           Long Lead               current methods to avoid the support of dialed digits in this message (by
                                   continually increasing the fixed access channel capsule size) will soon reach its
                                   limit for 3G-1X systems. In addition, preliminary performance studies have found
                                   a correlation with larger access message capsule size, increased Erlang capacity
                                   (in3G-1X) and possible access channel occupancy issues. By supporting dialed
                                   digits in the origination continuation message, the fixed access channel message
                                   capsule size can be set to a smaller value (about 2 frames smaller since all or
                                   some of the dialed digits could be coming up on the traffic channel).
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4610.0     3G-1X SMs for Phase 2   This feature provides the 3G1X Service Measurements for voice and data that
                                   were deferred from the first phase. See FIDs 4167.0, 3833.0, 3834.0 for
                                   additional information. This feature does not include IWF Service Measurements.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5017.0     IS2000 - Release A      Call Processing support for IS2000 Release A (does not include support
           Call Processing         for 5ms messages/frames)
           Support
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5023.0     3G-1X HSPD with         This feature will include the integration of the RLP3E with the Low Speed and
           IS-2000 Release A       High Speed 3G-1X Packet data.
           RLP - 3
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5024.0     3G-1X Concurrent 3G     This feature defines a 3G-1X Simultaneous (Concurrent) Voice and Data service
           Services (VP2-          by using a Fundamental, a Supplemental and a Digital Control Channel (DCCH) per
           Simultaneous V & D      each call.
           w/DCCH) Long Lead
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5088.0     3G-1X Enhanced          This feature provides 3G-1X Enhanced Access using the Basic Mode with the
           Access (Basic Access    following overhead channel set: Forward Broadcast Channel, Forward Common
           Mode with minimum       Control Channel, Reverse Enhanced Access Channel.
           set)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5097.0     3G-1X R-FCH 1/8         This feature provides 3G-1X Reverse Fundamental Channel one eighth rate gating
           Gating                  as described in the IS-2000 Release 0 standard. This improves the mobile
                                   battery utilization.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless            Appendix K                                         Page 4 of 5
Definitive Agreement                                                                       Contract No. ###-##-####
</TABLE>

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER. OMITTED
INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>         <C>                    <C>
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              CDMA RELEASE
                   19.x
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FID             Feature Name                                     Feature Description
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3834.6     3G- - 1Gz High Speed    This feature will provide HSPD speeds up to 307.2kbps in the Forward direction.
           Packet Data to 230.4
           and 307 kbps
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4578.0     3G-1X Mobile This feature is for the mobile assisted CDMA-to-CDMA
           3G-1X Inter-Frequency Hard Assisted Inter- Handoff. The Mobile
           reports pilot measurements on candidate hand-off frequency frequency
           Hard HO and based on this the Base Station will process a
           Interfrequency hard handoff.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5042.0     3G-1X HSPD Mobility     This feature provides better mobility performance for FID-3834.0 by using
           Performance Mobile Assisted messaging such as MAAD or MABO.
           Improvement
           (w/MAAD)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TBD        Short Data Burst
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TBD        3G-1X Inter-vendor, Inter MSC IS41 Handoff for Circuit Switched Data
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TBD        3G-1X MHSPD Mobility Performance Improvement (w/reduced or full active set)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TBD        1X HSPD Performance Improvements
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless            Appendix K                                         Page 5 of 5
Definitive Agreement                                                                       Contract No. ###-##-####
</TABLE>

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER. OMITTED
INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

Release / Feature Timeline

                                                      Lucent Technologies
                                                                          [LOGO]
                                                    Bell Labs Innovations

<TABLE>
<S>           <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>             <C>          <C>        <C>
6/00          9/00         12/00         1/01         3/01          6/01           9/01           12/01        1/02       3/02
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         |  ECP            ECP                        ECP            ECP           ECP           ECP                     ECP      |
         |  &              &                          &              &             &             &                       &        |
         |  CDMA           CDMA                       CDMA           CDMA          CDMA          CDMA                    CDMA     |
         |  15.1           16.0                       16.1           17.0          17.1          18.0                    18.1     |
         |  (8/25/00)      (12/15/00)                 (3/9/01)       (6/1/01)      (8/31/01)     (12/31/01)              (3/1/02) |
         --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         /   |  \             |                     MicroMinicell       |                           |
        /    |   \            |                     GA (3/09/01)        |                           |
       /     |   \/           |                                         |                           |
      \/     | Last load      |                                         |                           |
Requires:    | supporting     |                                         |                           |
o CCC        | TCUs           \/                                        |                           |
(TN1852B2:2) |            Requires:                                     \/                          \/
             |            o HCPU (UN530)                             The                          Mobile
             |            o BIB (TN2245)                             "3G-1X"                        IP
             |            o NCI (TN168C2:2)                          Release
             \/           o Only ECUs
         Modcell
         Feature
         Parity (8/00)

          Currently Releases 18.0 and 18.1 are being combined into one Release
with a General Availability of March 2002

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 5E14_FR3   5E15             5E15_FR1  5E15_FR2               5E15_FR3   5E16_FR1      5E16_FRx         OTHER 5E Releases: TBD |
| (7/15/00)  (9/29/00)        (1/15/01) (4/15/01)              (7/15/01)  10/12/01)     1/11/02                                 |
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Lucent Technologies, Inc./Verizon Wireless                                                                              Page 1 of 2
Definitive Agreement                                                                                       Contract No. ###-##-####
</TABLE>

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER. OMITTED
INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

TimeTable

                                                      Lucent Technologies
                                                                          [LOGO]
                                                    Bell Labs Innovations

<TABLE>
<S>        <C>              <C>                 <C>               <C>               <C>               <C>               <C>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           ECP / CDMA        ECP / CDMA         ECP / CDMA        ECP / CDMA         ECP / CDMA        ECP / CDMA       ECP / CDMA
           15.1              16.0               16.1              17.0               17.1              18.0             18.1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gate 3
             6/25/99           12/10/99           3/17/00          9/22/00            1/12/01            4/13/01         6/22/01

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FOA          6/16/00           10/13/00           1/12/00          4/13/01            7/13/01           10/12/01         1/11/02

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

GA           8/25/00           12/15/00           3/9/01           6/1/01             8/31/01           12/7/01          3/1/02

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            5E14_FR3             5E15            5E15_FR1        5E15_FR2            5E15_FR3          5E16_FR1         5E16_FRx
5E
             7/15/00            9/29/00          1/15/01          4/15/01             7/15/01          10/12/01         1/11/02
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Lucent Technologies, Inc./Verizon Wireless                                                                              Page 2 of 2
Definitive Agreement                                                                                       Contract No. ###-##-####
</TABLE>

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER. OMITTED
INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                   APPENDIX L

                       THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless     Appendix L             Page 1 of 1
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                   APPENDIX M

                                  Refurbishing

1.0      REFURBISHED EQUIPMENT
         At PURCHASER'S request and expense, SUPPLIER will conduct an on-site
         certification audit for necessary hardware and/or software upgrades on
         used SUPPLIER'S equipment which is acquired by PURCHASER. The process
         for conducting such audit and the criteria for certification shall
         remain within the sole discretion of SUPPLIER. SUPPLIER will verify
         hardware and/or software baseline levels, physical condition and
         operational status and ensure that such equipment meets SUPPLIER'S
         installation parameters and specifications. However, such installation
         parameters and specifications upon which SUPPLIER relies for purposes
         of the certification audit, shall not exceed the original installation
         parameters and specifications of such equipment. Following
         installation of any required upgrades, at mutually agreed prices,
         SUPPLIER will re-commission such hardware and/or software as
         applicable. Labor for such certification audit will be furnished at
         mutually agreed prices. Materials for any repair or upgrade service
         will be furnished at SUPPLIER'S then-current list prices less any
         applicable discounts. Travel and living expenses will be billed at
         SUPPLIER'S cost plus a five percent (5%) administrative fee. SUPPLIER
         shall provide PURCHASER with copies of all third party invoices for
         travel and living expenses along with SUPPLIER'S invoice for such
         expenses and the administrative fee.

2.0      WARRANTY
         SUPPLIER warrants that it will perform the audit certification and any
         repair or upgrade services listed herein in a professional manner
         based on current published specifications.

         NOTWITHSTANDING THE ABOVE, SUPPLIER SHALL NOT PROVIDE ANY WARRANITES,
         EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, IN CONNECTION WITH ANY SUCH USED HARDWARE AND/OR
         SOFTWARE.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless       Appendix M           Page 1 of 1
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                   APPENDIX N

                                Optional Services

In addition to SUPPLIER's standard Installation and Commissioning services,
SUPPLIER may provide upon request from PURCHASER, the following Optional
Services at additional cost as described in Attachments 1 through 4. The pricing
for these services will be based on the prices identified in Appendix A.1.f
titled Optional Services Price List.

          o    Standard Cell Engineering - Attachment 1
          o    Standard MSC Engineering - Attachment 2
          o    Standard RF Engineering - Attachment 3
          o    RF Optimization Services - Attachment 4
          o    Subject Matter Experts: RF Engineer, MSC Engineer and Cell Site
               Engineer

The following services may also be requested by Purchaser at an additional cost.
Prices will be quoted at the time of request for these services.

          o    Hot Slides
          o    Cold Cuts
          o    Frame Relocation
          o    Cutover Engineering

Hot Slides:
         SUPPLIER's hot slide service ("Hot Slide") is offered to PURCHASER in
         instances where a CDMA or AMPS live air radio and/or switching
         equipment exists and PURCHASER elects to replace such equipment with
         that provided by SUPPLIER. A Hot Slide means that SUPPLIER shall
         install the applicable equipment at each site without interrupting call
         processing. A Hot Slide may be accomplished by either of the following:
         (a) SUPPLIER shall be commissioned to temporarily relocate PURCHASER's
         existing equipment to allocate space for installation of the equipment
         to be furnished by SUPPLIER, or (b) SUPPLIER shall temporarily install
         Hardware until such time as PURCHASER's existing equipment is
         de-commissioned and then perform a Hot Slide of SUPPLIER-furnished
         equipment to its final placement.

         SUPPLIER shall provide PURCHASER with a Hot Slide cut-over plan for the
         specified site at least ten (10) business days prior to beginning
         site-specific work activities. PURCHASER shall provide written approval
         to SUPPLIER at least five (5) business days prior to the commencement
         of the site-specific work activities. The Hot Slide cutover plan shall
         consist of unique requirements for the specified site which will
         outline detailed procedures and timelines for activities. PURCHASER's
         approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

Cold Cuts:
         SUPPLIER's cold cut service is offered to PURCHASER in instance where a
         CDMA or AMPS live radio and/or switching equipment exists and PURCHASER
         elects to replace such equipment with that provided by SUPPLIER("Cold
         Cut"). A Cold Cut means that SUPPLIER shall install the applicable
         SUPPLIER-furnished equipment following de-commissioning and
         de-installation of PURCHASER's existing equipment. Upon commencement,
         SUPPLIER shall perform Cold Cut activities on an around-the-clock basis
         until the applicable SUPPLIER-furnished equipment

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless       Appendix N           Page 1 of 2
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

         is available for service. Interruption of call processing will occur,
         but shall be minimized to the extent possible.

         SUPPLIER shall provide PURCHASER with a Cold Cut plan for each
         specified site at least ten (10) business days prior to beginning
         site-specific work activities. PURCHASER shall provide written approval
         to SUPPLIER at least five (5) business days prior to commencement of
         site-specific work activities. The Cold Cut plan shall consist of
         unique requirements for the specified site which will outline detailed
         procedures and timelines for activities. PURCHASER's approval shall not
         be unreasonably withheld.

Frame Relocation:
         SUPPLIER's Frame Location is offered to PURCHASER in instances where a
         CDMA or AMPS live air radio and/or switching equipment exists and
         PURCHASER elects to replace such equipment with that provided by
         SUPPLIER. A frame relocation by SUPPLIER shall mean (a) relocation of
         incumbent equipment/frame(s) to a new position within the same location
         or Site, as required to secure the floor space needed to install the
         SUPPLIER's equipment/frame(s) at that location or Site, or (b)
         relocation of SUPPLIER's equipment/frame(s) from a temporary position
         to a final installation position within the same location or Site,
         after removal of the incumbent equipment/frame(s) has occurred. A frame
         relocation may be accomplished by any of the following: (a) SUPPLIER
         shall be commissioned to temporarily relocate PURCHASER's existing
         equipment to allocate space for installation of the equipment to be
         furnished by SUPPLIER, (b) SUPPLIER shall be commissioned to
         permanently relocate PURCHASER's existing equipment to allocate space
         for installation of the equipment to be furnished by SUPPLIER, or (c)
         SUPPLIER shall be commissioned to relocate SUPPLIER's equipment from a
         temporary installation position to a permanent installation position
         within the same location or Site after PURCHASER's incumbent equipment
         has been removed.

         SUPPLIER shall provide PURCHASER with a custom Frame Relocation plan
         for the specified site at least ten (10) business days prior to
         beginning site-specific work activities. PURCHASER shall provide
         written approval to SUPPLIER at least five (5) business days prior to
         the commencement of the site-specific work activities. The custom Frame
         Relocation plan shall consist of unique requirements for each specified
         site which will outline detailed procedures, timelines, and project
         fees to be paid by PURCHASER for the agreed to activities.

Cutover Engineering:
         SUPPLIER shall perform the Cutover Engineering services as set out in
         the Cutover Engineering Statement of Work as negotiated at the time
         requested by the PURCHASER for Network Replacements and such services
         shall conclude upon System Final Acceptance. SUPPLIER may also perform
         Cutover Engineering services post System Final Acceptance ('Network
         Expansion Services') upon request from PURCHASER. Pricing will defined
         in negotiated Statement of Work. The Cutover Engineering Statement of
         Work includes Cutover planning and implementation of PURCHASER's
         network ("Network"). Specific PURCHASER-defined service requirements,
         special conditions, obligations, and verification criteria shall be
         finalized and mutually agreed upon by both Parties prior to PURCHASER
         issuing an applicable Purchase Order.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless       Appendix N           Page 2 of 2
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                   APPENDIX N
                                  Attachment 1
                       Standard Cell Engineering Document

Assign SUPPLIER's Cell engineer resource(s) to support the PURCHASER's Cell
Sites and provide consultation as required. Each SUPPLIER Cell Engineer will
report directly to the PURCHASER Regional Manager for work assignments as
described in this agreement.

REQUIREMENTS
     PURCHASER SHALL PROVIDE:
     System parameters and other pertinent data that will allow SUPPLIER's
     personnel to support the PURCHASER's request as detailed in this document.

     Site information required, but not limited to:

          1.   Cell site configuration information
               o    Sectorization
               o    Radio output power
               o    Set-up radio configuration
          2.   Cell site location maps and directions
               o    Access to cell sites
               o    Operating cell Site Generic
               o    Corrective actions taken prior to site visits.
               o    Cell maintenance records
               o    Cell site channel plan

     SUPPLIER SHALL PROVIDE:
     Technical expertise in applicable SUPPLIER System.

STATEMENT OF WORK
     SUPPLIER's engineer may consist of:
          1.   Provide hands on support
          2.   Support PURCHASER personnel on how to monitor, troubleshoot and
               correct Cell problems
          3.   Advise PURCHASER on how to identify and solve problems with Cell
               Sites
          4.   Assist PURCHASER in changing cell site parameters as required
          5.   Consult with PURCHASER's staff in resolving Cell site issues
          6.   Assist PURCHASER's staff in gathering and analyzing test data
          7.   Cell Generic Compatibility - DL options - NVM capability
          8.   Cell hardware Change Notices (CNs) - Cell Site Circuit Card
               Vintages
          9.   Measure transmit and receive path Power Levels
          10.  Monitor and correct excessive Defensive Check Failures, Asserts
               and Audit Reports
          11.  Diagnostic and Functional Failure correction
          12.  Cell-link Errors and problems
          13.  Cell Site Database (Translations) compatibility
          14.  Analyze SYNCMON (CDMA only) - Island Cell conditions
          15.  Analyze ROP - failures and anomalies

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless        Appendix N          Page 1 of 2
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

          16.  Recommend Cell generics Features and Fixes
          17.  Noted Cell Hardware Installation problems (grounding issues etc.)

DELIVERABLES
     Status Report could include the following when applicable:

          1.   Progress report when needed
          2.   Check off list of items performed
          3.   Changes made to Cell's Database (Translations)
          4.   Changes made to the Cell Hardware
          5.   Recommendations to PURCHASER's staff on how to improve the
               existing cell site operation/performance.

ASSUMPTIONS
     1.   SUPPLIER personnel are provided necessary information/access to become
          familiar with PURCHASER plans and requirements.
     2.   SUPPLIER on-site Resource Center staff will NOT be responsible for DS1
          or DS3 problems, nor will they handle data associated with roaming and
          billing issues.
     3.   Workweek is defined as 40 hours per week, 5 consecutive days per week,
          8 hours per day.
     4.   PURCHASER will provide office facilities, telephone, modem access line
          and fax machine for Lucent Engineers use.
     5.   SUPPLIER personnel will use SUPPLIER standard tools and processes. If
          other tools and processes are required, the PURCHASER is responsible
          for providing these tools, training and associated costs.
     6.   Any cost associated with recommended repairs. Hard changes to the
          network or equipment are beyond the scope of this agreement.
     7.   PURCHASER will partner with Lucent to understand how to operate and
          maintain their cell sites and carry out routine diagnostic testing and
          troubleshooting between site visits. (if applicable)

PRICING
     1.   Pricing for these services will be quoted based on the rates in A.1.f

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless        Appendix N          Page 2 of 2
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                   Appendix N
                                  Attachment 2
                            Standard MSC Engineering

SUPPLIER's MSC engineer to the PURCHASER to provide consultation and support as
defined in the scope of work in this document. Each SUPPLIER MSC Engineer will
report directly to the PURCHASER Regional Manager and act at his/her direction
for work assignments as described in this agreement and will supplement not
replace PURCHASER resources.

SUPPLIER's MSC Engineer will not maintain any portion of the PURCHASER's network
or any portion of its network elements.

REQUIREMENTS
     PURCHASER SHALL PROVIDE:
     System parameters and other pertinent data that will allow SUPPLIER'S
     personnel to assist in supporting and maintaining the PURCHASER's
     equipment.

     SUPPLIER SHALL PROVIDE:
     Technical expertise in applicable SUPPLIER System.

STATEMENT OF WORK
     SUPPLIER's engineer may: (when applicable)
     1.   Support PURCHASER personnel on how to monitor, troubleshoot and
          correct 5ESS and switch problems
     2.   Advise PURCHASER on how to set up reports, identify and solve problems
          in the MSC
     3.   Assist PURCHASER in planning how to improve the system quality
          provided by the infrastructure
     4.   Assist PURCHASER in changing system parameters as required
     5.   Consult with PURCHASER's staff in resolving switch issues
     6.   Review switch changes
     7.   Support PURCHASER's staff in implementing changes
     8.   Assist PURCHASER's staff in gathering and analyzing test data

     Items to be addressed may include:
     o    Excessive AM or SM Initializations
     o    Excessive Interrupts
     o    Excessive MDII Reports
     o    Data Base relation REORG failures
     o    Excessive Defensive Check Failures (Asserts & Manual Asserts)
     o    Excessive Audit reports
     o    ODD Backup failures
     o    Check for Manual inhibits of automatic checks & functions
     o    Monitor and correct Audits
     o    Monitor Q pipe failures.
     o    Monitor REX & ATTS failures.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless      Appendix N            Page 1 of 2
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

     o    File and File System Management
     o    SM overloads
     o    C-link/TMS link Errors
     o    MSCU/PFC/PPC/MMP faults (CM)
     o    Switch asserts and audits

DELIVERABLES
     1.   Specific recommendations to the PURCHASER on how to maintain and
          improve the wireless network performance.
     2.   Progress report as needed

ASSUMPTIONS
     1.   SUPPLIER's personnel are provided necessary information/access to
          become familiar with PURCHASER plans and requirements.
     2.   The workweek is defined as 40 hours per week, 5 consecutive days, 8
          hours per day.
     3.   If on site, PURCHASER will provide office facilities, telephone, modem
          access line and fax machine for SUPPLIER Engineers use.
     4.   SUPPLIER's personnel will use Lucent's standard tools and processes.
          If other tools and processes are required, the PURCHASER is
          responsible for providing these tools, training and associated costs.
     5.   Any cost associated with recommended repairs or changes to the network
          or equipment is beyond the scope of this agreement.
     6.   Any cost associated with recommended repairs or changes to the
          wireless network or equipment is beyond the scope of this agreement.

PRICING

Prices will be quoted based on the rates detailed in Appendix A.1.f.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless      Appendix N            Page 2 of 2
Definitive Agreement                                 Contract No. LNM01NMVX02000

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                   APPENDIX N
                                  Attachment 3
                             Standard RF Engineering

SUPPLIER's RF Engineer(s) will provide support and consultation as described in
the scope of work in this document. This proposal does not include any NEW,
GROWTH or F2 optimization activities. SUPPLIER's RF Engineer will report
directly to the PURCHASER Regional Manager and act at his/her direction for work
assignments as described in this agreement and will supplement not replace
PURCHASER resources.

SUPPLIER's RF Engineer will provide RF engineering support and consultation.
SUPPLIER's RF Engineer will not maintain the PURCHASER's network or any portion
of its network elements.

REQUIREMENTS
     PURCHASER SHALL PROVIDE:
     System parameters and other pertinent data that will allow SUPPLIER's
     personnel to support the PURCHASER's request as detailed in this document.

     SUPPLIER SHALL PROVIDE:
     Technical expertise in applicable Lucent System.

STATEMENT OF WORK
SUPPLIER's RF Engineering resource(s) will be responsible for evaluating system
performance and making network improvement recommendations. This analysis will
be performed in relationship to the existing conditions in each market and not
to the original network as designed.

     This resource will: (as requested)

          o    Investigate voice quality impairments

          o    Investigate poor performance areas

          o    Analyze performance metrics and identify top offending sites

          o    Audit and improve neighbor lists and hand-over thresholds to
               enhance call processing

          o    Evaluate overall system functionality

          o    Analyze Translations Parameters

          o    Refer troubles found to be switch-related to appropriate
               PURCHASER personnel for resolution

          o    Aid in the opening of an Assistance Request ("AR") Ticket when
               issues are identified that are not resolvable at a local level

          o    Act as liaison between PURCHASER and SUPPLIER's technical support
               groups.

DELIVERABLES
     Specific recommendations to PURCHASER's staff on how to maintain and
     improve network performance.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless       Appendix N           Page 1 of 2
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

ASSUMPTIONS

     1.   SUPPLIER's personnel are provided necessary information and access to
          become familiar with PURCHASER plans and requirements.
     2.   If on site, PURCHASER to provide office facilities, telephone, modem
          access line and fax machine.
     3.   SUPPLIER's personnel will be experienced in the use of SUPPLIER's
          standard tools and processes. If other tools and processes are
          required, the PURCHASER is responsible for providing these tools,
          training and associated costs.
     4.   Any cost associated with recommended repairs or changes to the
          wireless network or equipment are beyond the scope of this agreement,
          Examples of these hard changes include, but are not limited to,
          antenna tilts/azimuths and antenna replacements.
     5.   This proposal does not include:
          o    Drive Team: Driver, data collector, data processor, tools or
               vehicles associated with the drive team. A drive team would be
               required to collect cell data; conduct cluster tests and perform
               RF optimization.

PRICING
     1.   Pricing for these services will be based on the prices in Appendix
          A.1.f.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless       Appendix N           Page 2 of 2
Definitive Agreement                                 Contract No. LNM01NMVX02000

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                   APPENDIX N
                                  Attachment 4
                             RF Optimization Service

RF Optimization performs fine-tuning of a network by adjusting system parameters
affecting coverage, subscriber access and handoff for new networks or growth
cell and carrier additions for existing networks. Also, antenna orientations may
be adjusted. The goal is to achieve performance that meets system acceptance
criteria in preparation for subscriber traffic.

REQUIREMENTS
     o    Mutual agreement on system acceptance criteria.
     o    An Optimization Plan and Schedule will be mutually agreed upon prior
          to optimization start date. It will include definition of drive routes
          jointly determined by PURCHASER and SUPPLIER and will be used for
          deploying SUPPLIER optimization resources.
     o    Spectral monitoring reports provided by the party responsible for
          spectrum clearing to ensure band is free from interference.
     o    PURCHASER will perform cell site readiness unless it is a SUPPLIER
          responsibility under the contract. Cell site readiness includes cell
          integration, verification of antenna installation per RF design
          specification, antenna cables swept, backhaul facilities in operation,
          power calibration, call through testing inside and outside the base
          station, and satisfactory completion (i.e., all tests passed) of
          manual, routine and functional diagnostics tests.
     o    PURCHASER will have antenna crew on standby for timely implementation
          of any recommended antenna orientation changes unless it is a SUPPLIER
          responsibility under the contract.
     o    Except where RF design is done by SUPPLIER, PURCHASER will provide
          SUPPLIER with the following RF design information:
          o    Predicted coverage (signal strength) and measured coverage (based
               on any continuous wave signal drive tests) plots with coverage
               exclusion zones identified.
          o    Base station latitude and longitude coordinates.
          o    Base station names and ECP numbering.
          o    Base station PN offset plan.
          o    Base station configuration (1, 2, or 3 sectors).
          o    Antennae types, gains, beam widths, down tilts, and orientations.
     o    PURCHASER is responsible for providing Cell Site Engineers, Switch
          Engineers and Maintenance Personnel to support the RF Optimization
          process unless those functions are SUPPLIER responsibilities under the
          contract. Acceptable and reasonable response time is assumed for these
          activities. Prior to commencement of RF optimization activities,
          PURCHASER and SUPPLIER will agree on the process for providing such
          support.
     o    PURCHASER will provide SUPPLIER personnel with the following:
          o    Adequate workspace, including desks, office equipment (copiers),
               analog phone lines (if on site).
          o    Access to buildings, telephones and fax machines (7 day, 24 hour)
               o    Appropriate log-ins to OMP, executive cellular processor
                    (ECP), etc. for optimization activities.
               o    Cellular or test phones and appropriate phone numbers to
                    support drive testing.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless        Appendix N          Page 1 of 2
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

TASKS
It is more efficient to perform optimization on clusters contiguous cells.
However, the demands of deployment often make it difficult to optimize all cells
on a cluster basis. Where cells can not be optimized on a clustered basis,
unclustered optimization will be performed.

SUPPLIER will provide RF optimization service that follows SUPPLIER's current
optimization processes.

Key activities include:
     o    Analyze data for conformance with system acceptance criteria.
     o    Make RF optimization changes as necessary:
          o    Parameter changes
          o    Neighbor list changes
          o    Antenna tilt, height and azimuth changes and other
               recommendations

FIRST CARRIER AND ADDITIONAL CARRIER(S) BORDER AREA OPTIMIZATION (WHERE
APPLICABLE)
Key activities in this area include:
     o    Verify reliable additional carrier to existing carrier handoff as
          inter-carrier handoff boundaries are approached.
     o    Verify reliable origination and termination attempts near existing
          carrier/additional carrier borders.
     o    Maximize additional carrier footprint and capacity in the area near
          the borders.
     o    Maintain good call quality before and after inter-carrier handoff.
     o    Baseline network performance by collecting service measurements for
          several weeks prior to start of additional carrier optimization, if
          applicable.
     o    Perform pilot survey on existing carrier and additional carrier to
          compare coverage and identify any problems.
     o    Optimize additional carrier core area (i. e., the area common to the
          existing and new carrier(s)) based on pilot survey data. Make
          recommendations to resolve any new problems on existing or additional
          carriers.
     o    Identify hard hand-down method to be used on additional carrier border
          base stations to maximize additional carrier capacity without
          compromising inter-carrier handoff performance.
     o    Predict hard hand-down locations using pilot survey data and initial
          configuration of additional carrier border base stations and
          identification of potential handoff failure locations. Reconfigure
          additional carrier border base stations to minimize such problem areas
          while achieving maximum additional carrier capacity.
     o    Verify hard hand-down locations and RF performance on drive routes
          from additional carrier core area to existing carrier only area. Make
          parameter changes to minimize hard hand-down failures.

DELIVERABLES
Acceptance Test (Exit) Report. The report includes all system acceptance
criteria statistics and identification of problems remaining even though
criteria are met.

PRICING
Pricing will be provided upon request for specific jobs based on pricing
provided in Appendix A.1.f.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless        Appendix N          Page 2 of 2
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                   APPENDIX O

                        Co-Operative Advertising Summary

TWO PROGRAMS

     o     Wireless

     o     Messaging

WIRELESS

     o     Credits for hardware and software for network growth earned on all
           purchases.

     o     * credit from June 1, 2000 to November 30, 2000.

     o     * credit from December 1, 2000 through the initial term of the
           Definitive Agreement on the amount invoiced for hardware and
           software.

     o     Credits will accrue at the applicable purchase price net of all
           discounts and credits.

     o     * credit from December 1, 2000 through the initial term of the
           Definitive Agreement for invoices paid within 30 days.

     o     Credits will accrue at the applicable purchase price net of all
           discounts and credits.

     o     Replaces all previous programs.

     o     Up to * co-payment for invoices.

     o     Credits will be made available on a quarterly basis..

     o     Credits issued to PURCHASER will expire 12 months from the issue
           date.

MESSAGING

     o     * credit on new systems only

     o     October 1, 2000 to September 30, 2001

     o     After September 30, 2001, Messaging will be included under the terms
           of the General Wireless program detailed above.

Both programs require SUPPLIER approval.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless      Appendix O           Page 1 of 6
Definitive Agreement                                   Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                   APPENDIX O

                SUPPLIER/PURCHASER Wireless Co-Marketing Program

     o     PURCHASER will earn a co-marketing credit of * of the purchase
           price (after discounts) of all hardware and software ordered from
           June 1, 2000, to November 30, 2000. SUPPLIER began accruing these
           credit dollars as of June 1, 2000 and will make the credits
           available to PURCHASER upon execution of the Definitive Agreement.

     o     For orders placed from December 1, 2000 through the end of the
           initial term of this Agreement, PURCHASER will earn a co-marketing
           credit of * of the purchase price amount invoiced for hardware and
           software. In addition, PURCHASER will earn * for the term
           specified above on invoices paid within 30 days of the date of the
           invoice. SUPPLIER will make these credits available to PURCHASER on
           a quarterly basis.

     o     Credits will be accrued on paid invoices only.

     o     Accrued credits will be valid for a period of twelve (12) months
           from date of accrual. Credits that have not been utilized within
           twelve (12) months will expire and cannot be used or renewed.

     o     Credits can be used to purchase additional SUPPLIER hardware and
           software. SUPPLIER will release credits to PURCHASER at the rate of
           * of every dollar spent for Eligible Activities presented for
           release.

The following conditions are required for PURCHASER's participation in the
SUPPLIER/PURCHASER General Co-Marketing Program.

1.   PURCHASER must sign and have on file at the Co-Marketing Program Office:

     o     Program Enrollment Form - The execution of the new form will
           terminate and replace all forms previously executed by
           Vodafone-AirTouch, PrimeCo Communications, Bell Atlantic Mobile and
           GTE Wireless prior to their inclusion in Verizon Wireless.

     o     Co-Marketing Agreement (this Agreement)

     o     Creative Approval Form for each co-marketing campaign.

2.   PURCHASER must comply with the program guidelines and standards as
     detailed in the Brand and Logo Usage Guidelines attached. In order to be
     eligible for release of credits, marketing programs/activities must be
     approved in advance by the Director of Marketing for the SUPPLIER'S
     Verizon Wireless Customer Team.

3.   Supporting documentation (i.e. actual samples of collateral,
     questionnaires, etc.) and paid invoices must accompany all claims along
     with the approved planning form and completed claim form.

4.   Reimbursement will be in the form of credits released to the PURCHASER at
     the percentage rate agreed to in this Agreement.

PROGRAM ADMINISTRATION

The program will be managed by the SUPPLIER's Director of Marketing who will be
the point-of-contact for all marketing activities. All prior approvals will go
through the Director of Marketing and claims for release of credits will be
handled by the Program Administrator. SUPPLIER reserves the right-of-review and
right-of refusal for approval and release of credits for all marketing
communications under this program prior to printing and or publication.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless      Appendix O           Page 2 of 6
Definitive Agreement                                   Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

PURCHASER shall reproduce SUPPLIER's brand and logo in accordance with the
graphics standards provided by SUPPLIER in its attached Co-Marketing Program
Brand & Logo Usage Guidelines and shall comply with SUPPLIER's other published
brand and logo use guidelines provided to PURCHASER. PURCHASER may request
SUPPLIER's consent to vary such standards or guidelines. Prior to publishing,
PURCHASER shall provide SUPPLIER with a sample of the copy and/or graphics (the
"Sample") for each Eligible Activity and SUPPLIER shall approve or reject the
use of the Sample in writing within forty-eight (48) hours. Future use of
previously approved Samples used in the same context shall not require
additional approvals.

The Co-marketing credits will be released to PURCHASER on any Eligible Activity
expenditures at the rate of * of every dollar spent by PURCHASER. An Eligible
Activity is defined as the following: advertising; media costs (ad space or air
time charges); direct marketing; mailing list, printing and postage for direct
marketing mailings. Customer Connect Marketing Alliance Programs and Market
Research may be covered if the activity is agreed to by SUPPLIER. PURCHASER and
SUPPLIER may identify additional promotional opportunities to be covered by
this fund.

No production or creative costs are covered for any promotional activity.
Creative costs are defined as writing, design or agency services. SUPPLIER will
pay a pro-rated percentage of media costs when the ad identifies additional
vendors, however SUPPLIER will not pay for any portion of any promotion that
includes an infrastructure or technology competitor.

PURCHASER agrees to share the results of all SUPPLIER funded marketing
programs. This includes results of any advertising, telemarketing, direct mail,
or sales incentive campaigns as well as detailed output collection and reports
from any market research project. Results of SUPPLIER funded marketing programs
must be submitted within 90 days of a program end date; credits will not be
released until results are submitted.

SUPPLIER and PURCHASER agree to keep this Agreement confidential.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless      Appendix O           Page 3 of 6
Definitive Agreement                                   Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                    Messaging Products Co-Marketing Program

SUPPLIER is pleased to offer PURCHASER a Co-Marketing program in the form of
credits specifically targeted to purchases of Messaging Products and will
extend the opportunity to earn those credits to all current PURCHASER United
States markets. The purchases eligible for these credits are for those Eligible
Messaging Products specifically detailed in Attachment A - Product List that
were formerly offered through Lucent's Octel Messaging Division.

The Messaging Products Co-Marketing Program will be effective from October 1,
2000 until September 30, 2001.

The following conditions are required for participation in the Co-Marketing
Program for Eligible Messaging Products

1.   PURCHASER must sign and have on file at the Co-Marketing Program Office:

     o     Program Enrollment Form

     o     Co-Marketing Agreement for Messaging Products (this Agreement)

     o     Creative Approval Form for each co-marketing campaign

2.   PURCHASER must comply with the program guidelines and standards as
     detailed in the Brand and Logo Usage Guidelines attached. In order to be
     eligible for this program, marketing programs/activities must be approved
     in advance by the Director of Marketing for SUPPLIER'S Verizon Wireless
     Customer Team, using the Creative Approval Form.

3.   Supporting documentation (i.e. actual samples of collateral,
     questionnaires, etc.) and paid invoices must accompany all claims along
     with the approved planning form and completed claim form.

4.   SUPPLIER will release credits to the PURCHASER at the percentage rate
     agreed to in this Messaging Co- Marketing Agreement.

     o     PURCHASER will earn credits equal to * on the net purchase price
           (after discounts and credits) of hardware and software for new
           systems. Credits will be accrued on paid invoices only

     o     PURCHASER will not receive general co-marketing credits on messaging
           purchases covered by the Messaging Co-marketing Program

     o     No credits accrued (0%) for service upgrades/updates

     o     No credits accrued (0%) for Capacity On Demand

     o     Accrued credits have a life-cycle of twelve (12) months from date of
           accrual. Credits that have not been utilized within twelve (12)
           months will expire and cannot be used or renewed.

     o     SUPPLIER will release credits to PURCHASER at the rate of * of
           Eligible Activities presented for credit release

     o     Credits can be used against invoices for additional Messaging
           equipment and services only

PROGRAM ADMINISTRATION

The program will be managed by the SUPPLIER'S Director of Marketing who will be
the point-of-contact for all marketing activities. All prior approvals will go
through the Director of Marketing and claims for release of credits will be
handled by the Program Administrator. SUPPLIER reserves the right-of-review and
right-of refusal for approval and release of credits for all marketing
communications under this program prior to printing and or publication.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless      Appendix O           Page 4 of 6
Definitive Agreement                                   Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

     o     Co-Marketing credits will be released in the amounts earned on
           eligible activities for marketing campaigns to promote and/or
           support SUPPLIER Messaging Products or services. Unless approved by
           the Program Administrator or Director of Marketing for SUPPLIER all
           marketing campaigns that request reimbursement from the Co-marketing
           Fund must include an approved Co-branding use of SUPPLIER's logo.
           Examples of eligible activities are:

           o    Market Research

           o    Advertising

           o    Sales incentive programs

           o    Direct mail campaigns

           o    Telemarketing

     o     SUPPLIER will not release credits for any production costs (writing,
           design, agency fees, etc.) associated with any Co-Marketing
           promotional activity.

     o     If non-typical, alternative media choices better fit a PURCHASER's
           marketing and promotional needs, SUPPLIER will consider those
           options proposed. SUPPLIER reserves the right to decline eligibility
           for a non-typical, alternative media choice.

     o     PURCHASER agrees to share the results of all SUPPLIER funded
           marketing programs. This includes results of any advertising,
           telemarketing, direct mail, or sales incentive campaigns as well as
           detailed output collection and reports from any market research
           project. Results of SUPPLIER funded marketing programs must be
           submitted within 90 days of a program end date; credits will not be
           released until results are submitted.

     o     SUPPLIER will not reimburse third parties and will not assume
           liability to a third party.

     o     SUPPLIER will not pay for any promotion that includes an
           infrastructure or technology competitor.

     o     All materials and programs must comply with federal and state laws

     o     Other expenses excluded from this program include:

           o    Cash and / or Traveler Check Gifts

           o    Inside market research

           o    Conference / association fees

           o    CPE equipment

           o    Magazine or newsletter subscriptions

           o    Maintenance fees

           o    Hardware / software for the purpose of day-to-day
                activities

           o    Travel expenses associated with the administration of the
                program

SUPPLIER and PURCHASER agree to keep this Agreement confidential.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless      Appendix O           Page 5 of 6
Definitive Agreement                                   Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                  Attachment A

                          Eligible Messaging Products

The following is the list of SUPPLIER Messaging Products on which PURCHASER
will earn a credit of * of the purchase price after all applicable discounts
are applied when those products are purchased for use in a new messaging
system.

     o     Traditional Messaging Platforms (To include hardware and software
           only)

     o     Caller Application (IMA-CA)

     o     AnyPath Unified Messaging

     o     Messaging Solutions

     o     Hardware components for all Professional Services Solutions

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless      Appendix O           Page 6 of 6
Definitive Agreement                                   Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                          Lucent Technologies [Graphic Omitted]
                                          Bell Labs Innovations

Co-Marketing Program
Creative Approval Form

Company Information

Co-Marketing Acct. No.          (Provided by Lucent Co-Marketing Program Office)
                      ---------
Company Name
             ------------------------------------------------------------------

Form Completed By:

Name                                             Title
     --------------------------------------------      ------------------------
Phone                         Fax                  E-mail
     -------------------------   ------------------       ---------------------
Address
        -----------------------------------------------------------------------

Activity Description

Publication or Media Name (or attach a media list):
                                                    ---------------------------
Advertising Medium Type: (check all that apply)

[ ] Newspaper        [ ] Magazine             [ ] Outdoor
[ ] Radio            [ ] Direct Mail          [ ] Other
                                                       -----------------------
[ ] TV
                                                ------------------------------
Run Dates Expected:
                     ----------------------------------------------------------
(be specific)

Attach creative to this form for approval.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

For Lucent Co-Marketing Office Use Only      [ ] Approved      [ ] NOT Approved

Reason
       ------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-----------------------------                       ---------------------------
Lucent Co-Marketing Signature                       Date

PLEASE NOTE:

o  All creative bearing the Lucent Co-Marketing logo, name and/or Lucent
   product trademarks must be approved prior to placing the creative in any
   media.

o  When Lucent requires modifications to meet the approved guidelines, all
   required revisions must be made and resubmitted to Lucent for final
   approval.

o  Complete performance (e.g. tearsheet) must be submitted to Lucent
   Co-Marketing Program (address below) upon completion of promotional
   activity.

Please mail or fax to:

       LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES
       Attn: JIM ROONEY
       5 Wood Hollow Rd., Room 1I73
       Parsippany, NJ 07054
       Tel:     (973) 581-4205
       Fax:     (973) 581-4286

5586-2  7/00

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                                           CO-MARKETING PROGRAM
                                                                ENROLLMENT FORM

Lucent Technologies
Bell Labs Innovations
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Company Information
Company Name:                            Primary Contact
------------                             ---------------

DBA:                                     Name:
---                                      ----

Business Address:                        Title:
----------------                         -----

                                         Phone:           Fax:           Email:
                                         -----            -----          -----

City:             State:   Zip:          Address (if different)
----              -----    ---           ---------------------

Reimbursement Information       Reimbursement will be mailed to Primary Contact

Issue reimbursements to: (if different from company name/DBA above)

Finance Contact

Name:                                       Title:
----                                        -----

Phone:                           Fax:                      E-mail:
-----                             ---                       ------

Address (if different from above)
------

Lucent Customer Team                           Co-Marketing Order No.:

Lucent Customer Team Representative:           Contract No.:

Total Contract Amount:
                       signature               Program Model: Market Development
----------------------
                                               Co-Marketing Accural  %:

                                               Reimbursement  %:

         Fax                                   Payment:  credit memo

                                               Products or Contract No. for
                                               which reimbursement will accrue:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In order to participate in the Lucent Technologies Co-Marketing Program, your
company must agree to the following:

Enrollment: To participate in this program, customer will complete and forward
this Co-Marketing Program Enrollment form to Lucent's Co-Marketing Program
Office. Only when signed by Lucent and returned to customer from Lucent is
customer formally enrolled in the program. No use by customer of the Lucent
Technologies Co-Marketing logo and/or the Lucent Technologies brand name and/or
trademarked Lucent product names is authorized except where Lucent has already
authorized such use until:

1.    Customer is formally notified by Lucent by return of customer's
      approved enrollment form that they are accepted within the program,
      and

2.    Customer has received prior approval from the Lucent Co-Marketing
      Program Office for any planned creative and media placements, except
      where such creative and media placements are consistent with prior
      Lucent authorizations for use.

Creative Terms and Conditions: If the Lucent Technologies Co-Marketing logo
and/or the Lucent Technologies brand name and/or trademarked Lucent product
names are used in a customer promotion, customer agrees that the right to use
these trademarked properties of Lucent Technologies is limited exclusively to
this program. Customer agrees to adhere to the creative guidelines identified
in Lucent's Co-Marketing Brand and Logo Usage Guidelines document. Customer may
request Lucent's consent to vary such standards or guidelines as the marketing
activity may require and Lucent shall not unreasonably withhold such consent.
Violation of these creative guidelines can result in Lucent Technologies
suspending or removing customer from the Lucent Co-Marketing Program, or Lucent
can temporarily or permanently withdraw the rights of customer from using the
Lucent Technologies Co-Marketing logo and/or the Lucent Technologies name
and/or the name of trademarked Lucent products in customer's promotions.
Customer agrees that with the exception of prior Lucent authorized variances or
uses, every usage of the Lucent Technologies Co-Marketing logo and/or the
Lucent Technologies brand name and/or trademarked Lucent product names will
require prior approval by Lucent. Customer will abide by the complete creative
approval process as identified within Lucent's Co-Marketing Brand and Logo
Usage Guidelines document.

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

BY SIGNING BELOW, THE CUSTOMER AGREES TO ABIDE BY THE LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES
CO-MARKETING PROGRAM GUIDELINES, CO-MARKETING BRAND AND LOGO USAGE GUIDELINES
AS THEY MAY BE AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME, THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS SUPPLIED
HEREWITH, AND FURTHER AGREES TO SUBMIT ANY NEW CREATIVE MATERIAL BEARING THE
LUCENT CO-MARKETING LOGO, LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES NAME AND/OR TRADEMARKS TO THE
LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES CO-MARKETING PROGRAM OFFICE PRIOR TO PLACING THE CREATIVE
MATERIAL IN ANY MEDIA.

Customer Signature:

Written Name:

Title:                              Date:

Co-Marketing Program Office Approval:

Date:

Please  Fax  or Mail  this form to

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                                                         [LOGO]

                       Global Service Provider Business
                             Co-Marketing Program
                        Brand and Logo Usage Guidelines

Lucent Network Systems Co-Marketing Program - Brand/Logo
Slide: 1                                       Lucent Technologies - Proprietary
06/27/2001                                     v2 10/10/97

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                                                          [LOGO]

Our Approach

o    Our Co-Marketing objective is to combine our brand with yours in a way that
     builds on the strengths of each. "Contribution Branding" creates a third,
     "bigger" brand that benefits us both.

o    The Co-Marketing Program is intended to support our images, strengthen our
     relationship, and convey our mutual brand messages to our customers.

o    Research shows that Lucent and Bell Labs brands and trademarks communicate
     "high-quality" and "innovation" to end-user" and is crucial that our brand
     continues to be used to communicate a high-quality image and that our brand
     attributes (honest, open, etc.) are not compromised.

Lucent Network Systems Co-Marketing Program - Brand/Logo
Slide: 2                                       Lucent Technologies - Proprietary
06/27/2001                                     v2 10/10/97

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                                                          [LOGO]

Brand and Logo Usage Requirements

o    Must be a customer participating in the Co-Marketing Program

o    Customer must sign and have on file at the Co-Marketing Program Office:

     -    Program Enrollment Form

     -    Co-Marketing Logo Licensing Agreement

     -    Creative Approval Form

Lucent Network Systems Co-Marketing Program - Brand/Logo
Slide: 3                                       Lucent Technologies - Proprietary
06/27/2001                                     v2 10/10/97

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                                                          [LOGO]

Competitive Differentiation

o    Leveraging the Lucent brand and Co-Marketing logos provides a significant
     advantage for service providers who have built their networks with Lucent.

o    While we intend for you to use our brand as a point of competitive
     differentiation we will not allow customers to directly position themselves
     against other customers.

o    As part of our divestiture agreement with AT&T and to avoid confusing your
     customers, it is important that Lucent not be perceived through
     Co-Marketing as a partner in providing service.

Lucent Network Systems Co-Marketing Program - Brand/Logo
Slide: 4                                       Lucent Technologies - Proprietary
06/27/2001                                     v2 10/10/97

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                                                          [LOGO]
General Guidelines

                             The logos must never be
                         altered and must be reproduced
                         from the Lucent supplied logo
                              sheets or diskettes.

      Lucent Technologies has the                        All material must
 right to refuse approval of materials                  comply with the law.

        Participants must use                           Program participants
    the following acknowledgement                     must acknowlege all Lucent
 to identify the logo as a trademark                   Technologies trademarks.
 of Lucent:  The Lucent Co-Marketing
   Logo is a registered trademark
       of Lucent Technologies.

                 Participation in the             Material must not
              Co-Marketing Program shall     misrepresent features and/or
             not be presented as approval   benefits of Lucent Technologies.
                by Lucent of any brand,
               product or company name.

Lucent Network Systems Co-Marketing Program - Brand/Logo
Slide: 5                                       Lucent Technologies - Proprietary
06/27/2001                                     v2 10/10/97

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                                                          [LOGO]

Lucent Co-Marketing Logo Elements

o    Linking Phrase: Agreed upon by both of us, that accurately describes our
     relationship.

     -    "Network built by..."

     -    "Wireless Technology provided by..."

     -    "Network by..."

     -    "Enabled by..."

o    Innovation Ring: Key component of the Lucent Technologies corporate
     signature

o    Lucent Technologies logotype

Lucent Network Systems Co-Marketing Program - Brand/Logo
Slide: 6                                       Lucent Technologies - Proprietary
06/27/2001                                     v2 10/10/97

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                                                          [LOGO]

Lucent Co-Marketing Logo Elements

---------------------------------
Network
Built ..........................................Linking Phrase
By

         [LOGO].................................Innovation Ring

Lucent Technologies(R)..........................Logotype

Lucent Network Systems Co-Marketing Program - Brand/Logo
Slide: 7                                       Lucent Technologies - Proprietary
06/27/2001                                     v2 10/10/97

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                                                          [LOGO]

Print Usage Guidelines - Logo Size

o    To determine the Co-Marketing Logo size, apply the formula (L x W)/2 to
     your logo.

o    Co-Marketing Logo must be at least one (1) inch in width

o    Vertical height must be less than 50% of the participant's logo measured
     diagonally or vertically, whichever is greater

o    Do not enlarge or reduce the logo from existing art. Use the correct size
     provided on the logo sheet

Lucent Network Systems Co-Marketing Program - Brand/Logo
Slide: 8                                       Lucent Technologies - Proprietary
06/27/2001                                     v2 10/10/97

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                                                          [LOGO]

Print Usage Guidelines - Logo Position

o    Must appear in the lower left or right corners of the advertisement, or
     embedded in the copy block

o    May not be part of the visual element of the promotional material

Lucent Network Systems Co-Marketing Program - Brand/Logo
Slide: 9                                       Lucent Technologies - Proprietary
06/27/2001                                     v2 10/10/97

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                                                          [LOGO]

Print Usage Guidelines - Space Around Logo

o    There should be a space of at least 1/4 of the height of the Innovation
     Ring between the entire signature and any edge of the printed surface.

o    The area surrounding the logo should be even, unpatterned and free from
     typography, illustration or other graphic elements.

Lucent Network Systems Co-Marketing Program - Brand/Logo
Slide: 10                                      Lucent Technologies - Proprietary
06/27/2001                                     v2 10/10/97

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                                                          [LOGO]

Print Usage Guidelines - Logo Color

o    The Innovation Ring must always be printed in Pantone 186*; process mix CO,
     M100, Y70.

o    The logo may be reproduced in black or reversed in white of a high-contrast
     background color.

Lucent Network Systems Co-Marketing Program - Brand/Logo
Slide: 11                                      Lucent Technologies - Proprietary
06/27/2001                                     v2 10/10/97

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                                                          [LOGO]

Print Usage Guidelines - Copy Mention

o    At least one mention of Lucent Technologies that describes our part of the
     relationship. For Example:

     -    "...based on Lucent Technologies' Bell Labs Innovations."

     -    "...based on Lucent Technologies innovations."

     -    "...digital network built by Lucent Technologies."

o    The Lucent Technologies brand must always accompany the Bell Labs name.

Lucent Network Systems Co-Marketing Program - Brand/Logo
Slide: 12                                      Lucent Technologies - Proprietary
06/27/2001                                     v2 10/10/97

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                                                          [LOGO]

Backgrounds - Correct Usage

o    The logo can be placed on a screened background as long as the logo is
     clearly visable and the background is of high contrast

Lucent Network Systems Co-Marketing Program - Brand/Logo
Slide: 13                                      Lucent Technologies - Proprietary
06/27/2001                                     v2 10/10/97

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                                                          [LOGO]

Backgrounds - Incorrect Usage

[GRAPHIC OMITTED]               Do not position the logo within a
                                contained space.

[GRAPHIC OMITTED]               Do not place the logo on a patterned
                                background

Lucent Network Systems Co-Marketing Program - Brand/Logo
Slide: 14                                      Lucent Technologies - Proprietary
06/27/2001                                     v2 10/10/97

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                                                          [LOGO]

Backgrounds - Incorrect Usage

[GRAPHIC OMITTED]               Do not add graphic elements to the logo

[GRAPHIC OMITTED]               Do not alter parts of the logo in any way

Lucent Network Systems Co-Marketing Program - Brand/Logo
Slide: 15                                      Lucent Technologies - Proprietary
06/27/2001                                     v2 10/10/97

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                                                          [LOGO]

Backgrounds - Incorrect Usage

[GRAPHIC OMITTED]               Do not separate parts of the logo in any way

Lucent Network Systems Co-Marketing Program - Brand/Logo
Slide: 16                                      Lucent Technologies - Proprietary
06/27/2001                                     v2 10/10/97

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                                                          [LOGO]

Broadcast Usage Guidelines

o    Radio

     -    Must be at least one mention of Lucent Technologies and/or products
          per :60 second spot. May not appear in legal disclaimer tag.

o    Television, Inflight, and Infomercials

     -    Co-Marketing logo must be incorporated into the broadcast in
          appropriate context.

     -    Co-Marketing logo must appear for at least three (3) seconds in a :30
          second commercial.

     -    Minimum of a five (5) word voice-over copy mention must be included
          and may not appear in legal disclaimer tag.

Lucent Network Systems Co-Marketing Program - Brand/Logo
Slide: 17                                      Lucent Technologies - Proprietary
06/27/2001                                     v2 10/10/97

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                                                          [LOGO]

Broadcast Usage Guidelines (Cont'd)

o    Screen Placement

     -    Must be completely within the title-safe area and must not be less
          than 50% of the Participants logo measure vertically or diagonally,
          whichever is greater.

Lucent Network Systems Co-Marketing Program - Brand/Logo
Slide: 18                                      Lucent Technologies - Proprietary
06/27/2001                                     v2 10/10/97

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                                                          [LOGO]

Outdoor Usage Guidelines

o    Outdoor Advertising

     -    Co-Marketing logo must not be less than 50% of the participants logo
          measured vertically or diagonally, whichever is greater.

Lucent Network Systems Co-Marketing Program - Brand/Logo
Slide: 19                                      Lucent Technologies - Proprietary
06/27/2001                                     v2 10/10/97

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                                                          [LOGO]

Camera Ready Logos

o    Composed Co-Marketing logos are available on diskette and logo sheets and
     can be ordered through the Co-Marketing Program Office.

     --------------------     --------------------     --------------------
     Network                  Wireless                 Using
     Built                    Innovation               Technology
     By                       From                     From

      [GRAPHIC OMITTED]         [GRAPHIC OMITTED]        [GRAPHIC OMITTED]

     Lucent Technologies(R)   Lucent Technologies(R)   Lucent Technologies(R)

            --------------------               --------------------
            Technology                         Circuitry
            By                                 Manufactured
                                               By

             [GRAPHIC OMITTED]                   [GRAPHIC OMITTED]

            Lucent Technologies(R)             Lucent Technologies(R)

Lucent Network Systems Co-Marketing Program - Brand/Logo
Slide: 20                                      Lucent Technologies - Proprietary
06/27/2001                                     v2 10/10/97

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                                                          [LOGO]

Standards

o    Marketing communications that incorporate the Lucent Co-Marketing logo
     and/or other Lucent trademarks and the context in which they apear must be
     in good taste and represent the policies and philosophies of Lucent
     Technologies

o    Lucent will not reimburse the Participant for communications that do not
     meet these standards: any misuse of the logos/trademarks will result in
     suspension from the Program.

Lucent Network Systems Co-Marketing Program - Brand/Logo
Slide: 21                                      Lucent Technologies - Proprietary
06/27/2001                                     v2 10/10/97

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                                                          [LOGO]

Final Review

  Lucent reserves the right-of-review and right-of refusal for approval and
  reimbursement for all marketing communications under this program prior to
  printing and or publication.

Lucent Network Systems Co-Marketing Program - Brand/Logo
Slide: 22                                      Lucent Technologies - Proprietary
06/27/2001                                     v2 10/10/97

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                   APPENDIX P

                                    O A & M

                   PROCEDURES FOR OPERATIONS, ADMINISTRATION

                   AND MANAGEMENT OF THE NETWORK ELEMENTS IS

                    LOCATED ON THE WIRELESS NETWORK SYSTEMS

                              DOCUMENTATION CDROM.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless        Appendix P          Page 1 of 1
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                   APPENDIX Q

                          Open Interface Specification

                                  APPENDIX Q-1

                              TR45 Reference Model

                     THIS SECTION INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

                   PARTIES WILL MUTUALLY AGREE UPON THE NEED

                  AND INFORMATION FOR THIS ADDITIONAL SECTION

                     WITHIN 60 DAYS FROM EXECUTION OF THIS

                                   AGREEMENT.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless     Appendix Q             Page 1 of 1
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                   APPENDIX R

                       THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless    Appendix R              Page 1 of 1
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                   APPENDIX S

                         Contract Change Control Process

The Change Control Process is an element of the Contract, agreed to by both
SUPPLIER and the PURCHASER and it will be the only authorized mechanism to
request and approve changes. The authorized persons to request and/or approve
changes will be identified in writing by both parties and included in the
Agreement as part of the Process. All work identified and performed through the
Contract Change Control Process will be governed by the terms and conditions of
the subject Agreement between the PURCHASER and SUPPLIER.

The Program Manager will hold a meeting with the PURCHASER and SUPPLIER, prior
to the start of the work, with all the involved parties in the Project/Agreement
to review and explain the Change Control Process. At the meeting, each party
will identify the person(s) who will have the authority to request and/or
approve changes.

Prior to the start of work, the Program Manager and the PURCHASER will determine
whether the Change Request will be utilized as the sole instrument for payment
of authorized changes or in conjunction with the PURCHASER's Purchase Order
process. Change Request form 1 (CR form #1), Attachment 1, or Supplemental
Authorization Work Order (SAWO), Attachment 2, will be utilized as the sole
instrument for authorization for work and payment as it relates to changes.

For PURCHASER or SUPPLIER Initiated Change Requests, the following process will
be followed:

PURCHASER INITIATED REQUESTS
a)   To request a change, the PURCHASER's authorized person will prepare and
     submit the appropriate Change Order Request and Authorization form to
     SUPPLIER's designated individual, normally the Program Manager (PM). In the
     event that a requested change has been directed to someone other than the
     PM, the recipient will facilitate linkage to the PM in a timely manner.
     Each Change Request will have a unique numbering system that will be
     tracked via the SUPPLIER Change Order Status Log, Attachment 3. The alpha
     characters "CR" for PURCHASER Initiated Request, will precede the numbering
     sequence, (i.e. CR-1 XXXXX for the first PURCHASER Request). The SUPPLIER
     Change Order Status Log may be shared between the PURCHASER and SUPPLIER to
     ensure timely and effective status verification.

b)   Upon receipt of the Change Request the PM will provide the SUPPLIER Program
     Control Manager (PCM) a copy of the Change Request form. The PM will
     determine the impact of the change (pricing, scheduling, etc.) utilizing
     the appropriate Program Team members (i.e. SUPPLIER's Technical Consultant,
     Engineering, Installation, etc.). The Program Team member(s) will provide
     the appropriate feedback to the PM or return the filled out form for review
     and signature. The PM will forward the Change Request to the PURCHASER and
     a copy to the PCM. SUPPLIER's response to the Change Request will be
     provided to the PURCHASER in a timely manner, normally between one (1) to
     three (3) business days unless otherwise mutually agreed to by both
     parties. If necessary, the PURCHASER and the Program Manager will negotiate
     any open issues relative to the Change Request. Upon the PURCHASER's
     acceptance of the Change Request, PURCHASER will execute the Change Order
     Request & Authorization form and return it to the PM. Electronic acceptance
     of a Change Request will be binding on PURCHASER not withstanding the
     absence of a signature.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless         Appendix S         Page 1 of 6
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

c)   The executed Change Request is the authorization to start the work and
     authorization for SUPPLIER to invoice for such work. The PURCHASER's
     signature on the form certifies that the individual signing has the
     authority to authorize the work requested and the additional cost and
     payment. Payment of such invoices will be pursuant to the Agreement between
     PURCHASER and SUPPLIER.

d)   Upon receipt of the Change Request, the PM will notify the appropriate
     Program Team members to proceed with the requirements set forth in the
     Change Request. Upon completion of its requirements, SUPPLIER shall invoice
     the PURCHASER. The contract number and the applicable Purchase Order and
     the Change Request Tracking Number will be referenced on the invoice.

e)   If the parties cannot agree on the requested change, the procedures
     outlined in section 3 below will be followed.

SUPPLIER INITIATED REQUESTS
a)   A Change Order Request & Authorization or SAWO form will be completed by
     SUPPLIER, signed and submitted to the PURCHASER for approval/execution when
     a SUPPLIER identified condition requires a change to the Agreement or when
     an action by the PURCHASER or PURCHASER's representative is identified as a
     potential change to the Agreement. The alpha characters "LR" for SUPPLIER
     Initiated Request, will precede the numbering sequence, (i.e. LR-1 XXXXX
     for the first SUPPLIER Request).

b)   Upon receipt of the Change Request and acceptance thereof, the PURCHASER
     will execute the Change Request. The signature on the form certifies that
     the individual signing has the authority to authorize the work requested
     and the additional cost and payment. The PURCHASER will return the Change
     Request to the PM as soon as practical, no later than three (3) business
     days from receipt of the Change Request unless otherwise mutually agreed to
     by both parties. Upon receipt of the approved Change Request, the PM will
     notify the appropriate SUPPLIER Team members to proceed with the
     requirements set forth in the Change Order Request & Authorization or SAWO
     form and upon completion, invoice the PURCHASER. The contract number and
     the applicable Purchase Order and the Change Request Tracking Number should
     be referenced on the invoice. Payment of such invoices will be pursuant to
     the Agreement between PURCHASER and SUPPLIER.

c)   If the PURCHASER rejects the Change Request, a written explanation
     detailing the reasons for the rejection will be provided to SUPPLIER within
     three (3) business days after receipt of the Change Request. The PM may
     meet with the PURCHASER to resolve such rejection. If the parties still
     cannot agree on the requested change, the procedures outlined in Section 3
     below may be followed.

SETTLEMENT OF DISPUTES
If a Change Request is rejected by either party, the Senior Management of either
Party may elect to utilize a non-binding resolution procedure whereby each
presents its case before a panel consisting of two senior executives of each of
the Parties. If such executives cannot agree upon the requested change, a
mutually acceptable neutral advisor will be selected. A hearing will be held no
more than ten (10) business days after a Party serves notice to use the
procedure set forth in this clause. The neutral advisor

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless         Appendix S         Page 2 of 6
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

will be asked to assist each party's senior executives in evaluating the
strengths and weaknesses of each Party's position. The Parties will each bear
their respective costs incurred in connection with the procedure set forth in
this clause, except that they will share equally the fees and expenses of the
neutral advisor, if any, and the cost of the facility for the hearing.

CHANGE ORDER TRACKING
The SUPPLIER Contract Administrator will have the responsibility of tracking the
Change Request throughout the entire process from the point of origination
through the invoicing and payment cycle.

COST OF CHANGES
The costs associated with PURCHASER requested Change Orders shall be borne
entirely by PURCHASER and PURCHASER shall compensate SUPPLIER per this
Agreement. Such remedy shall be SUPPLIER's sole remedy associated with such
PURCHASER requested Change Order. If PURCHASER fails to perform per the
conditions of this agreement, and a Change Order is required as a result, such
Change Order will be considered a "PURCHASER requested Change Order." SUPPLIER
will invoice PURCHASER for each Change Order and PURCHASER will pay such invoice
separately.

The costs associated with SUPPLIER requested Change Orders shall be borne
entirely by SUPPLIER and SUPPLIER shall compensate PURCHASER per this Agreement.
Such remedy shall be PURCHASER's sole remedy associated with such SUPPLIER
requested Change Order. If SUPPLIER fails to perform per the conditions of this
agreement, and a Change Order is required as a result, such Change Order will be
considered a "SUPPLIER requested Change Order." SUPPLIER will issue PURCHASER a
credit for the amount due as a result of the Change Order.

                                   ATTACHMENTS

Attachment - 1 ---CHANGE ORDER REQUEST & AUTHORIZATION FORM-1
Attachment - 2 - SUPPLEMENTAL AUTHORIZATION WORK ORDER
Attachment - 3 ---SUPPLIER CHANGE ORDER STATUS LOG

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless         Appendix S         Page 3 of 6
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

THIS CHANGE REQUEST IS:
[  ] Customer Initiated

[  ] Lucent Initiated

                                  Attachment 1
                 CHANGE ORDER REQUEST & AUTHORIZATION FORM - 1

                    Agreement No. _________________________

Change Request Tracking No:  ___________  Date of Request: _____________________

Requester's Name: ______________________  Telephone: ___________________________

Customer:  _____________________________  Orig. Customer PO No: ________________

Address:   _____________________________  Customer Request Date: _______________

Lucent Order No:  ______________________  Project/Office Name: _________________

Type of Change:

[  ] Engineering Only       [  ] Engineering / Material      [  ] Material Only

[  ] Installation Only      [  ] Engineering / Material /    [  ] Installation /
                                 Installation                     Material

[  ] Engineering /          [  ] Other:  ___________________
     Installation

Description of Work / Change:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|                                                                              |
|                                                                              |
|                                                                              |
|                                                                              |
|                                                                              |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Customer Required Material / Services Interval:

[  ] Standard Inteval         [  ] Expedited Interval        [  ] Not Applicable

Customer Required Transportation Level:

[  ] Standard Shipment        [  ] Premium Shipment          [  ] Not Applicable

Schedule Impact:

         Original Completion Date: ________  Revised Completion Date: __________

Price:   Engineering     __________________  Bill To:  _________________________
         Material        __________________            _________________________
         Installation    __________________            _________________________
         Transportation  __________________
         Other*          __________________  Ship To:  _________________________
                                                       _________________________
                                                       _________________________

*See Attached for Details

         Price:    ________________________

Customer hereby acknowledges that this change order request is either a change
to the original order or is an additional to the work to which the parties have
already agreed. The terms and conditions of the Agreement identified above will
cover the work provided herein. Customer understands and acknowledges that the
price of this work is not covered under any purchase order or included in the
Agreement identified above. Customer agrees that this fully executed change
order request will serve as the authorization for work and for payment. Customer
certifies that he/she has the authority to authorize this work and the
additional cost.

[  ] THE SIGNATURE BELOW INDICATES THAT LUCENT IS HEREBY AUTHORIZED TO PROCEED
     WITH THE CHANGE

Authorization & Approval

Customer:     _____________________                   Lucent Technologies Inc.

Signed:       _____________________      Signed:       _________________________

Name (Print): _____________________      Name (Print): _________________________

Title:        _____________________      Title:        _________________________

Date:         _____________________      Date:         _________________________

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless         Appendix S         Page 4 of 6
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                  Attachment 2
                      SUPPLEMENTAL AUTHORIZATION WORK ORDER

<TABLE>
<S>                                               <C>                                      <C>
Please Check Items to be Done:
[  ] Engineering only                             [  ] Engineering / material              [  ] Materials only
[  ] Engineering / Material installation          [  ] Installation / material             [  ] Installation only

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    Work Authorization
===========================================================================================================================
-------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------
PURCHASER:                                                     PURCHASER Order Number
-------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------
Engineer/PURCHASER                                             SUPPLIER Order Number
-------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------
PURCHASER Telephone #                                          SA Issue Number:           B-req:
-------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------
Billing Address                                                Billing Town, State, Zip
-------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------
Job Address                                                    EST/Auth
-------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------
Town, State, Zip                                               PO/Account Number
-------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                            <C>
                                Engineering Effort Description of Work                                         Price
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------
Service: [  ] Standard     [  ] Expedite                                                    Total price  $
                                                                                                         ------------------

                                         Material Description                                                  Price
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------
Transportation:  [  ] Standard     [  ] Premium                                             Total Price  $
                                                                                                         ------------------

                Installation Effort Description of Work (Overtime, Nightwork Services)                         Price
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------
Service:  [  ] Standard     [  ] Expedite                                                  Total Price.  $
                                                                                                         ------------------
                                                                                            Grand total  $
                                                                                                         ------------------

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Project Impact Description   (e.g., schedule, resources)

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Authorization

SUPPLIER Manager  _____________________________              Date  ___________     Telephone  ____________________
</TABLE>

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless         Appendix S         Page 5 of 6
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.

<PAGE>

                                  Attachment 3

                        SUPPLIER CHANGE ORDER STATUS LOG

PROGRAM MANAGER:  _______________          CUSTOMER NAME:  _____________________

FROM:  _________    TO:  ________          CONTRACT ADMINISTRATOR: _____________

<TABLE>
<S>       <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>         <C>           <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>        <C>
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Change    Request   Lucent   Original   Location   Description/  Type:    Upscope   Proposed  Invoice  Payment   Total      Comments
Request   Date      Order    PO No.                Reason for    E=Engr.  (U) or    Change    No.      Due       Revenue
Tracking            No.                            Services      I=Instl. Cost      Order              Date      Paid
No. CR-                                                          O=Other  Recovery  Value
Customer  ---------------------------                            Svcs.*   (C)                 -----------------
Request                                                          M=Matl.
LR-Lucent Approval  Lucent   Revised/                                                         Invoice  Payment
Request   (A) or    Quote    New PO                                                           Date     Rec'd
          Reject    No.      No.                                                                       Date
          (R) Date
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 E,I,O,M   U or C
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    E
                                                                ----------------------------                     ---------
                                                                    I
          ---------------------------                           ----------------------------  -----------------  ---------
                                                                    O
                                                                ----------------------------                     ---------
                                                                    M
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    E
                                                                ----------------------------                     ---------
                                                                    I
          ---------------------------                           ----------------------------  -----------------  ---------
                                                                    O
                                                                ----------------------------                     ---------
                                                                    M
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    E
                                                                ----------------------------                     ---------
                                                                    I
          ---------------------------                           ----------------------------  -----------------  ---------
                                                                    O
                                                                ----------------------------                     ---------
                                                                    M
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   Engineering      $0
                                                   ------------------------   C       $0
                                                   Installation     $0
                                                   -----------------------------------------
                                                   Other Services   $0
                                                   ------------------------   U       $0
                                                   Material         $0
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total
Change                                                              $0                $0                            $0
Requests
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Issue 1.2, 12/22/99                                Lucent Technologies - Proprietary
</TABLE>

[      ] Fields to be tracked by PM/CA

*Other Services (such as Netcare, Professional or Technical Services)

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lucent Technologies Inc./Verizon Wireless         Appendix S         Page 6 of 6
Definitive Agreement                                    Contract No. ###-##-####

*CONFIDENTIAL MATERIALS APPEARING IN THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED
SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND RULE 406 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
OMITTED INFORMATION HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH ASTERISKS.<PAGE>

                                                                     Exhibit 4.1

                              TRIAD HOSPITALS, INC.

                             SENIOR DEBT SECURITIES

                                    INDENTURE

                            Dated as of [___________]

                               [_______________]
                                   as Trustee

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE*

Trust Indenture Act Section                                                     Indenture Section
<S>                                                                             <C>
310  (a)(1) ....................................................................  7.1, 7.10
     (a)(2) ....................................................................  7.1
     (a)(3) ....................................................................  N.A.
     (a)(4) ....................................................................  N.A.
     (a)(5) ....................................................................  7.1, 7.10
     (b) .......................................................................  7.1, 7.10
     (b)(1)(9) .................................................................  7.1, 7.10
     (c) .......................................................................  N.A.
311  (a) .......................................................................  7.11
     (b) .......................................................................  7.11
     (c) .......................................................................  N.A.
312  (a) .......................................................................  2.7
     (b) .......................................................................  12.3
     (c) .......................................................................  7.6, 12.3
313  (a) .......................................................................  7.6
     (b)(2) ....................................................................  7.6. 7.7
     (c) .......................................................................  7.6; 12.2
     (d) .......................................................................  7.6
314  (a) .......................................................................  4.3, 12.2
     (a)(4) ....................................................................  12.5
     (b) .......................................................................  N.A.
     (c)(1) ....................................................................  12.4
     (c)(2) ....................................................................  12.4
     (c)(3) ....................................................................  N.A.
     (d) .......................................................................  N.A.
     (e) .......................................................................  12.5
     (f) .......................................................................  N.A.
315  (a) .......................................................................  7.1
     (b) .......................................................................  7.5, 12.2
     (c) .......................................................................  7.1
     (d) .......................................................................  7.1
     (e) .......................................................................  6.11
316  (a)(last sentence) ........................................................  2.9
     (a)(1)(A) .................................................................  6.5
     (a)(1)(B) .................................................................  6.4
     (a)(2) ....................................................................  N.A.
     (b) .......................................................................  6.7
     (c) .......................................................................  2.13
317  (a)(1) ....................................................................  6.8
     (a)(2) ....................................................................  6.9
     (b) .......................................................................  2.5
318 (a) ........................................................................  12.1
     (b) .......................................................................  N.A.
     (c) .......................................................................  12.1
</TABLE>

N.A.  means not applicable.

*This Cross-Reference Table is not part of this Indenture.

<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               PAGE
                                                                                               ----
                                    ARTICLE I

                   DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
<S>                                                                                            <C>
Section 1.1       Definitions ...............................................................   1
Section 1.2       Other Definitions .........................................................   7
Section 1.3       Terms of TIA ..............................................................   7
Section 1.4       Rules of Construction .....................................................   8

                                   ARTICLE II

                                    THE NOTES

Section 2.1       Form Generally ............................................................   8
Section 2.2       Securities in Global Form .................................................   8
Section 2.3       Title and Terms ...........................................................   9
Section 2.4       Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating ............................  11
Section 2.5       Registrar and Paying Agent                                                   12
Section 2.6       Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust .......................................  13
Section 2.7       Holder Lists ..............................................................  13
Section 2.8       Registration, Registration of Transfer and Exchange .......................  13
Section 2.9       Replacement Securities ....................................................  15
Section 2.10      Outstanding Securities ....................................................  15
Section 2.11      Temporary Securities ......................................................  16
Section 2.12      Cancellation ..............................................................  16
Section 2.13      Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved ............................  16
Section 2.14      Persons Deemed Owners .....................................................  17
Section 2.15      Computation of Interest ...................................................  17
Section 2.16      CUSIP Numbers .............................................................  17

                                   ARTICLE III

                                   REDEMPTION

Section 3.1       Right to Redeem; Notice of Redemption to Trustee ..........................  17
Section 3.2       Selection of Securities to Be Redeemed ....................................  17
Section 3.3       Notice of Redemption to Holders ...........................................  18
Section 3.4       Effect of Notice of Redemption ............................................  18
Section 3.5       Deposit of Redemption Price ...............................................  18
Section 3.6       Securities Redeemed in Part ...............................................  19
ARTICLE IV

                                    COVENANTS

Section 4.1       Payment of Securities .....................................................  19
Section 4.2       Maintenance of Office or Agency ...........................................  19
Section 4.3       Reports ...................................................................  20
</TABLE>

                                       -i-

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                PAGE
                                                                                                ----

<S>                                                                                             <C>
Section 4.4       Compliance Certificate ......................................................  20

                                              ARTICLE V

SUCCESSORS

Section 5.1       Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets ....................................  20
Section 5.2       Successor Person Substituted ................................................  20

                                             ARTICLE VI

                                        DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

Section 6.1       Events of Default ...........................................................  21
Section 6.2       Acceleration ................................................................  22
Section 6.3       Other Remedies ..............................................................  22
Section 6.4       Waiver of Past Defaults .....................................................  23
Section 6.5       Control by Majority .........................................................  23
Section 6.6       Limitation on Suits .........................................................  23
Section 6.7       Rights of Holders of Securities to Receive Payment ..........................  23
Section 6.8       Collection Suit by Trustee ..................................................  23
Section 6.9       Trustee May File Proofs of Claim ............................................  24
Section 6.10      Priorities ..................................................................  24
Section 6.11      Undertaking for Costs .......................................................  24

                                             ARTICLE VII

                                               TRUSTEE

Section 7.1       Duties of Trustee ...........................................................  25
Section 7.2       Rights of Trustee ...........................................................  25
Section 7.3       Individual Rights of Trustee ................................................  26
Section 7.4       Trustee's Disclaimer ........................................................  27
Section 7.5       Notice of Defaults ..........................................................  27
Section 7.6       Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Securities .............................  27
Section 7.7       Compensation and Indemnity ..................................................  27
Section 7.8       Replacement of Trustee ......................................................  28
Section 7.9       Successor Trustee by Merger, etc. ...........................................  29
Section 7.10      Eligibility; Disqualification ...............................................  29
Section 7.11      Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company .......................  29
Section 7.12      Trustee's Application for Instructions from the Company .....................  29

                                            ARTICLE VIII

                                     SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

Section 8.1       Discharge of Liability on Securities ........................................  29
Section 8.2       Repayment to the Company ....................................................  30
Section 8.3       Option to Effect Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance ..........................  30
Section 8.4       Defeasance and Discharge ....................................................  31
</TABLE>

                                      -ii-

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                    PAGE
                                                                                                    ----
<S>                                                                                                 <C>
Section 8.5       Covenant Defeasance ............................................................   31
Section 8.6       Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance ................................   31

                                             ARTICLE IX

                                       SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

Section 9.1       Supplemental Indentures without Consent of Holders .............................   32
Section 9.2       Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders ................................   33
Section 9.3       Compliance with Trust Indenture Act ............................................   34
Section 9.4       Revocation and Effect of Consents, Waivers and Actions .........................   34
Section 9.5       Notation On or Exchange of Securities ..........................................   34
Section 9.6       Trustee to Sign Supplemental Indentures ........................................   34
Section 9.7       Effect of Supplemental Indentures ..............................................   34

                                              ARTICLE X

                                            SINKING FUNDS

Section 10.1      Applicability of Article .......................................................   35
Section 10.2      Satisfaction of Sinking Fund Payments with Securities ..........................   35
Section 10.3      Redemption of Securities for Sinking Fund ......................................   35

                                             ARTICLE XI

                                             GUARANTEES

Section 11.1      Applicability of Article .......................................................   35
Section 11.2      Guarantee ......................................................................   36
Section 11.3      Limitation on Guarantor Liability ..............................................   36
Section 11.4      Release of Guarantors ..........................................................   37

                                             ARTICLE XII

                                            MISCELLANEOUS

Section 12.1      Trust Indenture Act Controls ...................................................   37
Section 12.2      Notices ........................................................................   37
Section 12.3      Communication by Holders of Securities with Other Holders of Securities ........   38
Section 12.4      Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent .............................   38
Section 12.5      Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion ..................................   38
Section 12.6      Rules by Trustee and Agents ....................................................   39
Section 12.7      No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders .......   39
Section 12.8      Governing Law ..................................................................   39
Section 12.9      No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements ..................................   39
Section 12.10     Successors .....................................................................   39
Section 12.11     Severability ...................................................................   39
Section 12.12     Counterpart Originals; Acceptance by Trustee ...................................   39
Section 12.13     Table of Contents, Headings, etc. ..............................................   40
Section 12.14     Legal Holidays .................................................................   40
</TABLE>

                                      -iii-

<PAGE>

EXHIBITS:

Exhibit A         Form of Security

                                      -iv-

<PAGE>

         INDENTURE dated as of [___________] by and between Triad Hospitals,
Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and [___________], a national
banking association, duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the
United States of America, as trustee (the "Trustee").

                             RECITALS OF THE COMPANY

         The Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this
Indenture to provide for the issuance from time to time of its debentures, notes
or other evidences of indebtedness (herein called the "Securities") to be issued
in one or more series as provided in this Indenture.

         For and in consideration of the premises and purchase of the Securities
by the Holders thereof, it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for the equal and
ratable benefit of the Holders of the Securities of each series thereof as
follows:

                                    ARTICLE I

                   DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

         Section 1.1       Definitions.

         "Affiliate" means, with respect to any specified Person, any other
Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or
indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this
definition, "Control" when used with respect to any specified Person means the
power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such
Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of Voting Stock,
by contract or otherwise; and the terms "Controlling" and "Controlled" have
meanings correlative to the foregoing.

         "Agent" means any Registrar, Paying Agent or co-registrar.

         "Bankruptcy Law" means Title 11, United States Bankruptcy Code of 1978,
as amended, or any similar United States Federal or state law relating to the
bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, winding-up, liquidation, reorganization or
relief of debtors or any amendment to, succession to or change in any such law.

         "Bearer Security" means any Security, including any interest coupons
appertaining thereto, that does not provide for the identification of the
Securityholder thereof.

         "Board of Directors" means the board of directors of the Company or any
committee of such board authorized with respect to any matter to exercise the
powers of the Board of Directors of the Company.

         "Board Resolution" means a copy of a resolution certified by the
Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted by
the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such
certification, and delivered to the Trustee.

         "Business Day" means, except as otherwise specified as contemplated by
Section 2.3(a), with respect to any Place of Payment or any other particular
location referred to in this Indenture or in the Securities, each Monday,
Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a day on which banking
institutions in that Place of Payment or other location are authorized or
obligated by law or executive order to close.

         "Capital Stock" means, with respect to any Person, any and all shares,
interests, partnership interests, participation, rights in or other equivalents
(however designated) of such Person's capital stock, and any rights (other than
debt securities convertible into capital stock), warrants or options
exchangeable for or convertible into such capital stock, whether now outstanding
or issued after the date hereof.

                                        1

<PAGE>

         "Capitalized Lease Obligation" means, with respect to any Person, any
obligation of such Person under a lease of (or other agreement conveying the
right to use) any property (whether real, personal or mixed) that is required to
be classified and accounted for as a capital lease obligation under GAAP, and,
for the purpose hereof, the amount of such obligation at any date shall be the
capitalized amount thereof at such date, determined in accordance with GAAP.

         "Company" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble.

         "Company Order" means a written order signed in the name of the Company
by an Officer and delivered to the Trustee or, with respect to Sections 2.4,
2.8, 2.11 and 7.2, any other employee of the Company named in an Officers'
Certificate delivered to the Trustee.

         "Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

         "Corporate Trust Office" of the Trustee shall be at the address of the
Trustee specified in Section 12.2 or such other address as to which the Trustee
may give notice to the Company.

         "Currency Agreement" means, with respect to any Person, any foreign
currency protection agreement, any foreign exchange contract, forward contract,
currency swap agreement, currency option agreement or other similar agreement or
arrangement to which such Person is a party or by which such Person is a party
or by which it is bound.

         "Default" means any event that is, or after notice or the passage of
time or both would be, an Event of Default.

         "Depositary" means, with respect to the Securities issuable or issued
in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.3(a) as
the Depositary with respect to the Securities, and any and all successors
thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the
applicable provision of this Indenture.

         "Discount Security" means any Security which provides for an amount
less than the Principal Amount thereof to be due and payable upon a declaration
of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 6.2.

         "Disqualified Stock" means, with respect to any Person and the
Securities of any series and the Guarantees thereof, if any, any Capital Stock
of such Person which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which
it is convertible or for which it is exercisable or exchangeable), or upon the
happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a
sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the
holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the final Stated Maturity of
the Securities of such series; provided that any Capital Stock that would not
constitute Disqualified Stock but for provisions thereof giving holders thereof
the right to require such Person to repurchase or redeem such Capital Stock upon
the occurrence of an "asset sale" or "change in control" occurring prior to the
final Stated Maturity of the Securities of such series shall not constitute
Disqualified Stock if the "asset sale" or "change in control" provisions
applicable to such Capital Stock are no more favorable to the holders of such
Capital Stock than the analogous provisions, if any, which apply to the
Securities of such series and such Capital Stock provides that such Person will
not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions
prior to the Company's repurchase of the Securities of such series as are
required to be repurchased pursuant to the analogous provisions which apply to
the Securities of such series.

         "Dollar" or "$" means a dollar or other equivalent unit in such coin or
currency of the United States as at the time shall be legal tender for the
payment of public and private debts.

         "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

                                       2

<PAGE>

         "Generally Accepted Accounting Principles" or "GAAP" means generally
accepted accounting principles in the United States, consistently applied, that
are in effect on the date of determination.

         "Global Security" or "Global Securities" means any Security or
Securities, as the case may be, in the form established pursuant to Section 2.2
evidencing all or a part of a series of Securities issued to the Depositary of
such series or its nominee and registered in the name of such Depositary or
nominee.

         "Guarantee" means, as applied to any obligation, (a) a guarantee (other
than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary
course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner, of any part or all of
such obligation and (b) an agreement, direct or indirect, contingent or
otherwise, the practical effect of which is to assure in any way the payment or
performance (or payment of damages in the event of non-performance) of all or
any part of such obligation, including, without limiting the foregoing, the
payment of amounts drawn by letters of credit.

         "Guarantor" means with respect to Securities of any series, any
Restricted Subsidiary who has guaranteed the obligations of the Company under
this Indenture and with respect to such series of Securities pursuant to Article
XI; provided that upon the release and discharge of any Person from its Security
Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture, such Person shall cease to be a
Guarantor.

         "Holder" or "Securityholder," when used with respect to any Security,
means, in the case of a Registered Security, a person in whose name a Security
is registered on the Registrar's books and, in the case of a Bearer Security,
the bearer thereof and, when used with respect to any coupon, means the bearer
thereof.

         "Indebtedness" means, except as otherwise specified as contemplated by
Section 2.3(a), with respect to any Person (without duplication):

         (1)      all Indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money;

         (ii)     all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures,
                  notes or other similar instruments;

         (iii)    all obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit
                  or other similar instruments (including reimbursement
                  obligations with respect thereto, but excluding obligations
                  with respect to letters of credit (including trade letters of
                  credit) securing obligations (other than obligations described
                  in (i) or (ii) above or (v), (vi) or (ix) below) entered into
                  in the ordinary course of business of such Person to the
                  extent such letters of credit are not drawn upon or, if drawn
                  upon, to the extent such drawing is reimbursed no later than
                  the third Business Day following receipt by such Person of a
                  demand for reimbursement);

        (iv)      all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid
                  purchase price of property, which purchase price is due more
                  than six months after the date of placing such property in
                  service or taking delivery and title thereto;

        (v)       all Capitalized Lease Obligations;

        (vi)      all Indebtedness of other Persons secured by a Lien on any
                  asset of such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is
                  assumed by such Person;

        (vii)     the Disqualified Stock of such Person;

        (viii)    all Indebtedness of other persons guaranteed by such Person to
                  the extent of such Guarantee; and

                                        3

<PAGE>

         (ix)   to the extent not otherwise included in this definition,
                obligations under Currency Agreements and Interest Rate
                Agreements (other than Currency Agreements and Interest Rate
                Agreements designed solely to protect the Company or its
                Restricted Subsidiaries against fluctuations in foreign currency
                exchange rates or interest rates and that do not increase the
                Indebtedness of the obligor outstanding at any time other than
                as a result of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates
                or interest rates or by reason of fees, indemnities and
                compensation payable thereunder).

         The amount of Indebtedness of any Person as of any determination date
         shall be the outstanding balance on such date in the case of
         unconditional obligations and, with respect to contingent obligations,
         the maximum liability upon the occurrence of the contingency giving
         rise to the obligations, provided that

                (A)    the amount outstanding at any time of any Indebtedness
                       issued at a price less than its principal or face amount
                       at maturity shall be the amount of the liability in
                       respect thereof determined in accordance with GAAP;

                (B)    the amount of Indebtedness represented by Disqualified
                       Stock of any Person shall be the maximum amount that such
                       Person can be required to pay to redeem, repay or
                       repurchase such Disqualified Stock (excluding any accrued
                       dividends) as of the determination date, and if such
                       price is based upon, or measured by, the fair market
                       value of such Disqualified Stock, such fair market value
                       will be determined in good faith by the Board of
                       Directors of the issuer of such Disqualified Stock;

                (C)    the amount of Indebtedness secured by a Lien on any asset
                       of a Person shall be the lesser of (x) the fair market
                       value of such asset as of the determination date and (y)
                       the amount of such Indebtedness;

                (D)    the amount of Indebtedness represented by obligations
                       under any Currency Agreement or Interest Rate Agreement
                       shall be the termination value of such agreement that
                       would be payable by such Person if it was terminated as
                       of the date of determination; and

                (E)    money borrowed and set aside at the time of the
                       incurrence of any Indebtedness in order to refund the
                       payment of the interest on such Indebtedness shall not be
                       deemed to be "Indebtedness" so long as such money is held
                       to secure the payment of such interest.

         Notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall not include:

                (i)    trade payables and accrued liabilities arising in the
                       ordinary course of business;

                (ii)   any liability for Federal, state, local or other taxes;

                (iii)  performance, surety or appeal bonds or other similar
                       agreements or arrangements provided consistent with
                       industry practice or in the ordinary course of business;
                       or

                (iv)   indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar
                       obligations under, or guarantees or letters of credit,
                       surety bonds, appeal bonds, performance bonds or other
                       similar agreements or arrangements securing any
                       obligations of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries
                       pursuant to, agreements relating to the acquisition or
                       disposition of any assets or Restricted Subsidiary (other
                       than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any

                                       4

<PAGE>

                       Person acquiring all or any portion of such business,
                       assets or Restricted Subsidiary for the purpose of
                       financing such acquisition).

         "Indenture" means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time
to time.

         "Interest," when used with respect to a Discount Security which by its
terms bears interest only after Maturity, means interest payable after Maturity.

         "Interest Payment Date," when used with respect to any Security, means
the Stated Maturity of an installment of interest on such Security.

         "Interest Rate Agreement" means, with respect to any Person, any
interest rate protection agreement, interest rate futures agreement, interest
rate option agreement, interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap
agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate floor agreement,
interest rate hedge agreement, option or futures contract or other similar
agreement or arrangement to which such Person is a party or by which it is
bound.

         "Lien" means any mortgage, charge, pledge, lien (statutory or
otherwise), security interest, hypothecation, assignment for security, claim, or
preference of priority or other encumbrance upon or with respect to any property
of any kind, real or personal, movable or immovable, now owned or hereafter
acquired. A Person shall be deemed to own subject to a Lien any property which
such Person has acquired or holds subject to the interest of a vendor or lessor
under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or other title retention
agreement having substantially the same economic effect as the foregoing.

         "Material Subsidiary" of a Person means any Restricted Subsidiary that
would be a significant subsidiary of such Person, as defined in Rule 1-02 of
Regulation S-X promulgated by the Commission.

         "Maturity," when used with respect to any Security, means the date on
which the Principal of such Security or an installment of Principal or, in the
case of a Discount Security, the Principal Amount payable upon a declaration of
acceleration pursuant to Section 6.2, becomes due and payable as therein or
herein provided, whether at the Stated Maturity or by declaration of
acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise.

         "Officer" means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board,
the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Executive or Senior Vice
President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the
Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary, any Assistant
Secretary or any Vice President of such Person.

         "Officers' Certificate" means a certificate signed on behalf of the
Company by two Officers of the Company, one of whom must be the Chief Executive
Officer, the Chief Financial Officer or the principal accounting officer of the
Company, that meets the requirements of Section 12.5.

         "Opinion of Counsel" means an opinion from legal counsel that meets the
requirements of Section 12.5. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to
the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company or the Trustee.

         "Person" means any individual, corporation, limited liability company,
partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust,
unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision
thereof.

         "Place of Payment," when used with respect to the Securities of any
series, means the place or places where, subject to the provisions of Section
4.2, the Principal of and any interest on the Securities of that series are
payable as specified as contemplated by Section 2.3(a).

                                       5

<PAGE>

         "Predecessor Security" of any particular Security means every previous
Security evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such
particular Security; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Security
authenticated and delivered under Section 2.9 in exchange for or in lieu of a
mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security or a Security to which a
mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen coupon appertains shall be deemed to
evidence the same debt as the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security or
the Security to which the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen coupon
appertains, as the case may be.

         "Principal" or "Principal Amount" of a Security, except as otherwise
specifically provided in this Indenture, means the outstanding principal of the
Security plus the premium, if any, of the Security.

         "Redemption Date," when used with respect to any Security to be
redeemed, shall mean the date specified for redemption of such Security in
accordance with the terms of such Security and this Indenture.

         "Redemption Price," when used with respect to any Security to be
redeemed, means the price at which it is to be redeemed pursuant to this
Indenture.

         "Registered Security" means any Security in the form (to the extent
applicable thereto) established pursuant to Section 2.1 which is registered on
the books of the Registrar.

         "Regular Record Date" for the interest payable on any Interest Payment
Date on the Registered Securities of any series means the date specified for
that purpose as contemplated by Section 2.3(a).

         "Responsible Officer," when used with respect to the Trustee, means any
officer within the global agency and trust services department of the Trustee
(or any successor group of the Trustee) or any other officer of the Trustee
customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above
designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust
matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his
knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

         "Restricted Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary other than an Unrestricted
Subsidiary.

         "Security Guarantee" means any guarantee of the obligations of the
Company under this Indenture and the Securities by any Restricted Subsidiary in
accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

         "Securities" has the meaning stated in the first recital of this
Indenture and more particularly means any Securities authenticated and delivered
under this Indenture.

         "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

         "Securityholder" or "Holder," when used with respect to any Security,
means in the case of a Registered Security, a person in whose name a Security is
registered on the Registrar's books and, in the case of a Bearer Security, the
bearer thereof and, when used with respect to any coupon, means the bearer
thereof.

         "Special Record Date" for the payment of any Defaulted Interest on the
Registered Securities of any issue means a date fixed by the Trustee pursuant to
Section 2.13.

         "Stated Maturity" means, when used with respect to any note or any
installment of interest thereon, the date specified in such note as the fixed
date on which the principal of such note or such installment of interest is due
and payable, and, when used with respect to any other Indebtedness, means the
date specified in the instrument governing such Indebtedness as the fixed date
on which the principal of such Indebtedness or any installment of interest
thereon is due and payable.

                                       6

<PAGE>

         "Subsidiary" means any Person a majority of the Voting Stock of which
is at the time owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company or by one or more
other Subsidiaries. For purposes of this definition, any directors' qualifying
shares shall be disregarded in determining the ownership of a Subsidiary.

         "TIA" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. (S)(S)77aaa
-77bbbb) as in effect on the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the
TIA, except as provided in Section 9.3 hereof.

         "Trustee" means the party named as such above until a successor
replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and
thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.

         "Unrestricted Subsidiary" means, except as otherwise specified as
contemplated by Section 2.3(a), (a) any Subsidiary that at the time of
determination shall be an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Board of
Directors, as provided below) and (b) any Subsidiary of any Unrestricted
Subsidiary; provided, however, that in no event shall any Guarantor be an
Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors may designate any Subsidiary
(including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted
Subsidiary so long as (i) neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary is
directly or indirectly liable for any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary, (ii) no
default with respect to any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary would permit (upon
notice, lapse of time or otherwise) any holder of any other Indebtedness of the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, except any nonrecourse guarantee given
solely to support the pledge by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, to declare a default on such other
Indebtedness or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to
its stated maturity and (iii) any such designation by the Board of Directors
shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing a Board Resolution with the Trustee
giving effect to such designation. The Board of Directors may designate any
Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary if immediately after giving
effect to such designation, there would be no Default or Event of Default under
this Indenture.

         "Voting Stock" means any class or classes of Capital Stock pursuant to
which the holders thereof have the general voting power under ordinary
circumstances to elect at least a majority of the Board of Directors, managers
or trustees of any Person (irrespective of whether or not, at the time, stock of
any other class or classes shall have, or might have voting power by reason of
the happening of any contingency).

         Section 1.2       Other Definitions.

         Term Defined                                         in Section

         "Covenant Defeasance" ..........................          8.5
         "Defeasance" ...................................          8.4
         "Event of Default" .............................          6.1
         "Legal Holiday" ................................        12.14
         "Paying Agent" .................................          2.5
         "Registrar" ....................................          2.5

         Section 1.3     Terms of TIA.

         Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision
is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.

         The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following
meanings:

                  "indenture securities" means the Securities;

                                       7

<PAGE>

                  "indenture security holder" means a Holder of a Security;

                  "indenture to be qualified" means this Indenture;

                  "indenture trustee" or "institutional trustee" means the
         Trustee; and

                  "obligor" on the Securities and the Security Guarantees means
         the Company and the Guarantors, respectively, and any successor obligor
         upon the Securities and the Security Guarantees, respectively.

         All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA,
defined by TIA in reference to another statute or defined by Commission rule
under the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them.

         Section 1.4    Rules of Construction.

         Unless the context otherwise requires: (i) a term has the meaning
assigned to it; (ii) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning
assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; (iii) "or" is not exclusive; (iv) words
in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular; (v)
provisions apply to successive events and transactions; (vi) references to
sections of or rules under the Securities Act shall be deemed to include
substitute, replacement of successor sections or rules adopted by the Commission
from time to time; and (vii) unless the context otherwise requires, any
reference to an "Article," a "Section" or an "Exhibit" refers to an Article, a
Section or an Exhibit, as the case may be, of this Indenture.

                                   ARTICLE II

                                    THE NOTES

         Section 2.1    Form Generally.

         The Registered Securities of each series and the Trustee's certificates
of authentication shall be in substantially such form as shall be established by
delivery to the Trustee of an Officers' Certificate or in one or more indentures
supplemental hereto, in each case with such appropriate insertions, omissions,
substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this
Indenture, and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification
and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as may be required to comply
with the rules of any securities exchange or as may, consistently herewith, be
determined by the Officers executing such Securities as evidenced by their
execution of the Securities.

         The permanent Securities shall be printed, lithographed, engraved or
cord processed or produced by any combination of these methods or may be
produced in any other manner, provided that such method is permitted by the
rules of any securities exchange on which such Securities may be listed, all as
determined by the Officers executing such Securities as evidenced by their
execution of such Securities.

         Section 2.2    Securities in Global Form.

         If Securities of a series are issuable in temporary or permanent global
form, as specified as contemplated by Section 2.3(a), then, notwithstanding
clause (9) of Section 2.3(a) and the provisions of Section 2.3(b), any such
Security shall represent such of the Outstanding Securities of such series as
shall be specified therein and may provide that it shall represent the aggregate
amount of Outstanding Securities from time to time endorsed thereon or otherwise
notated on the books and records of the Registrar and that the aggregate amount
of Outstanding Securities represented thereby may from time to time be reduced
to reflect exchanges. Any endorsement of a Security in global form to reflect
the amount of any increase or decrease in the amount of Outstanding Securities
represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee in such manner and upon
instructions given

                                       8

<PAGE>

by such person or persons as shall be specified therein or in the Company Order
to be delivered to the Trustee pursuant to Section 2.4 or 2.11. Subject to the
provisions of Section 2.4 and, if applicable, Section 2.11, the Trustee shall
deliver and redeliver any Security in global form in the manner and upon
instructions given by the person or persons specified therein or in the
applicable Company Order. If a Company Order pursuant to Section 2.4 or 2.11 has
been, or simultaneously is, delivered, any instructions by the Company with
respect to endorsement or other notation on the books and records of the
Registrar or delivery or redelivery of a Security of such series in global form
shall be in writing but need not comply with Section 12.4 or 12.5 and need not
be accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel (except as required by Section 2.4).

         The provisions of the last sentence of Section 2.4 shall apply to any
Security represented by a Security in global form if such Security was never
issued and sold by the Company, and the Company delivers to the Trustee the
Security in global form together with written instructions (which need not
comply with Section 12.4 or 12.5 and need not be accompanied by an Opinion of
Counsel) with regard to the reduction in the Principal Amount of Securities
represented thereby, together with the written statement contemplated by the
last sentence of Section 2.4.

         Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 2.1 and 2.13, unless
otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 2.3(a), payment of Principal of
and any interest on any Security in global form shall be made to the person or
persons specified therein.

         None of the Company, the Guarantor, if any, the Trustee of such series
of Securities, any Paying Agent or the Registrar will have any responsibility or
liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account
of beneficial ownership interests of a Global Security or for maintaining,
supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership
interests.

         Section 2.3   Title and Terms.

         (a)  The aggregate principal amount of Securities which may be
authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited. The Securities
may be issued in one or more series. There shall be established and, subject to
Section 2.4, set forth, or determined in the manner provided, in an Officers'
Certificate or established in one or more indentures supplemental hereto, prior
to the issuances of Securities of any series, any or all of the following, as
applicable:

         (1)  the title and series designation of the Securities of the series
         (which shall distinguish the Securities of the series from all other
         Securities);

         (2)  any limit upon the aggregate Principal Amount of the Securities of
         the series which may be authenticated and delivered under this
         Indenture (except for Securities authenticated and delivered upon
         registration of, transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other
         Securities of the series pursuant to Sections 2.8, 2.9, 2.11, 3.6, 9.5
         or 10.3 and except for any Securities which, pursuant to Section 2.4,
         are deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder);

         (3)  the price or prices at which the Securities of the series will be
         issued;

         (4)  if the Securities of the series will be guaranteed and the terms
         of any such Guarantees;

         (5)  the date or dates on which the Principal of the Securities of the
         series is payable;

         (6)  the interest rate or rates of the Securities of the series or the
         method for calculating the interest rate, and the date or dates from
         which any such interest shall accrue;

                                       9

<PAGE>

         (7)  the place or places where, subject to the provisions of Section
         4.2, the Principal of or interest on Securities of the series will be
         payable and where any Securities of the series may be surrendered for
         registration of transfer, Securities of the series may be surrendered
         for exchange and notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect
         of the Securities of the series and this Indenture may be served;

         (8)  the right, if any, to redeem the Securities of the series and the
         terms and conditions upon which Securities of the series may be
         redeemed, in whole or in part;

         (9)  any mandatory or optional sinking fund or analogous provisions;

         (10) whether the Securities of the series will be secured and any
         provisions relating to the security provided;

         (11) if and the terms and conditions upon which the Securities of the
         series may or must be converted into securities of the Company or
         exchanged for securities of the Company or another enterprise;

         (12) if other than the Principal Amount thereof, the portion of the
         Principal Amount of any Securities of the series which shall be payable
         upon declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to
         Section 6.2;

         (13) whether the Securities of the series, in whole or any specified
         part, shall not be defeasible pursuant to Section 8.4 or 8.5 or both
         such Sections and, if other than by an Officers' Certificate, the
         manner in which any election by the Company to defease such Securities
         shall be evidenced;

         (14) any addition to or change in the Events of Default which apply to
         any Securities of the series and any change in the right of the Trustee
         or the requisite Holders of such Securities to declare the Principal
         Amount thereof due and payable pursuant to Section 6.2;

         (15) the denominations in which any Registered Securities of the series
         shall be issuable, if other than denominations of $1,000 and any
         integral multiple thereof;

         (16) if other than U.S. dollars, the currency or currencies, including
         composite currencies, in which payment of the Principal of or interest
         on the Securities of the series shall be payable and whether the
         Securities of the series may be satisfied and discharged other than as
         provided in Article VIII;

         (17) any terms applicable to Original Issue Discount, if any, (as that
         term is defined in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and the
         Regulations thereunder) including the rate or rates at which such
         Original Issue Discount, if any, shall accrue;

         (18) if the Securities of the series may be issued or delivered
         (whether upon original issuance or upon exchange of a temporary
         Security of such series or otherwise), or any installment of Principal
         of or any interest is payable, only upon receipt of certain
         certificates or other documents or satisfaction of other conditions in
         addition to those specified in this Indenture, the form and terms of
         such certificates, documents or conditions;

         (19) whether the Securities may be represented initially by a Security
         in temporary or permanent global form and, if so, the Depositary with
         respect to any such temporary or permanent Global Security, and if
         other than as provided in Section 2.8 or 2.11, as applicable, whether
         and the circumstances under which beneficial owners of interests in any
         such temporary or permanent Global Security may exchange such interests
         for Securities of such series and of like tenor of any authorized form
         and denomination;

                                       10

<PAGE>

         (20) whether Securities of the series are to be issued as Registered
         Securities, Bearer Securities or both, and any other terms required for
         the establishment of a series of Bearer Securities, including, but not
         limited to, tax compliance procedures;

         (21) any special United States Federal income tax considerations
         applicable to the Securities of the series;

         (22) any addition to or change in the covenants set forth in Article IV
         which apply to Securities of the series; and

         (23) any other terms of the Securities of the series (which terms shall
         not be inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture, except as
         permitted by Section 9.1(8)).

         All Securities of any one series shall be substantially identical
except as to denomination and the rate or rates of interest, if any, and Stated
Maturity, the date from which interest, if any, shall accrue and except as may
otherwise be provided in or pursuant to an Officers' Certificate pursuant to
this Section 2.3(a) or in any indenture supplemental hereto.

         All Securities of any one series need not be issued at the same time
and, unless otherwise provided, a series may be reopened for issuances of
additional Securities of such series or for the establishment of additional
terms with respect to the Securities of such series.

         If any of the terms of the series are established by action taken
pursuant to a Board Resolution, a copy of any appropriate record of such action
shall be certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company and
delivered to the Trustee at or prior to the delivery of the Officers'
Certificate setting forth the terms of the series.

         (b) Unless otherwise provided as contemplated by Section 2.3(a) with
respect to any series of Securities, any Securities of a series shall be
issuable in denominations of $1,000 or integral multiples thereof.

         Section 2.4  Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating.

         The Securities shall be executed on behalf of the Company by an Officer
by manual or facsimile signature. If an Officer whose signature is on a Security
no longer holds that office at the time a Security is authenticated, the
Securities shall nevertheless be valid.

         At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of
this Indenture (and subject to delivery of an Officers' Certificate or a
supplemental indenture as set forth in Section 2.3(a) with respect to the
initial issuance of Securities of any series), the Company may deliver
Securities of any series executed by the Company to the Trustee for
authentication, together with a Company Order for the authentication and
delivery of such Securities; and the Trustee in accordance with such Company
Order shall authenticate and deliver such Securities. If the forms or terms of
the Securities of the series have been established in or pursuant to one or more
Officers' Certificates as permitted by Sections 2.1 and 2.3(a), in
authenticating such Securities, and accepting the additional responsibilities
under this Indenture in relation to such Securities, the Trustee shall be
entitled to receive, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of
Counsel stating:

         (a) that the form or forms and terms of such Securities have been duly
   authorized by the Company and established in conformity with the provisions
   of this Indenture; and

         (b) that such Securities when authenticated and delivered by the
   Trustee or its authenticating agent and issued by the Company in the manner
   and subject to any conditions specified in such Opinion of Counsel, will

                                       11

<PAGE>

   constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable
   in accordance with their terms, subject to customary exceptions.

         Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2.3(a) and of the preceding
paragraph, if all Securities of a series are not to be originally issued at one
time, it shall not be necessary to deliver the Officers' Certificate otherwise
required pursuant to Section 2.3(a) and the Opinion of Counsel required by the
preceding paragraph at or prior to the time of authentication of each Security
of such series if such documents are delivered at or prior to the authentication
upon original issuance of the first Security of such series to be issued.

         Each Security shall be dated the date of its authentication.

         No Security shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be
valid or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Security a
certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein duly
executed by the Trustee by manual signature of an authorized signatory, and such
certificate upon any Security shall be conclusive evidence, and the only
evidence, that such Security has been duly authenticated and delivered
hereunder. The Trustee's certificate of authentication shall be in substantially
the following form:

         This is one of the Securities of the series designated therein referred
to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

                                                   [_________________],
                                                   as Trustee

                                                   By:

                                                          Authorized Officer

         Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Security shall have been duly
authenticated and delivered hereunder but never issued and sold by the Company,
and the Company shall deliver such Security to the Trustee for cancellation as
provided in Section 2.12 together with a written statement (which need not
comply with Section 12.4 or 12.5 and need not be accompanied by an Opinion of
Counsel) stating that such Security has never been issued and sold by the
Company, for all purposes of this Indenture such Security shall be deemed never
to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder and shall never be entitled
to the benefits of this Indenture.

         Section 2.5   Registrar and Paying Agent.

         The Company shall maintain, with respect to each series of Securities,
an office or agency where such Securities may be presented for registration of
transfer or for exchange ("Registrar") and an office or agency where such
Securities may be presented for payment ("Paying Agent"). The Registrar shall
keep a register of the Securities and of their transfer and exchange. The
Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying
agents. The term "Registrar" includes any co-registrar and the term "Paying
Agent" includes any additional paying agent. The Company may change any Paying
Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company shall promptly
notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Paying Agent not a
party to this Indenture. If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another
entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company
or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

         The Company shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with
respect to each series of Securities with any Registrar or Paying Agent (if not
the Trustee). The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture
that relate to such agent. The Company shall notify the Trustee of the name and
address of any such agent. If the Company fails to maintain a Registrar or
Paying Agent for a particular series of Securities, the

                                       12

<PAGE>

Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation
therefor pursuant to Section 7.7. The Company or any Subsidiary or an Affiliate
of either of them may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

         The Company initially appoints the Trustee and the Trustee accepts its
appointment to act as the Registrar and Paying Agent.

         Section 2.6   Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.

         The Company shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to
agree in writing that the Paying Agent will hold in trust for the benefit of
Holders of Securities of any series or the Trustee all money held by the Paying
Agent for the payment of Principal of or interest on such series of Securities,
and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such
payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying
Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Company at any time may
require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment
over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a
Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for the money. If the Company or a
Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust
fund for the benefit of the Holders of any series of Securities all money held
by it as Paying Agent.

         Section 2.7   Holder Lists.

         The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably
practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of
all Holders of each series of Securities and shall otherwise comply with TIA (S)
312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall cause to be
furnished to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each interest
payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a
list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of
the names and addresses of the Holders of such series of Securities and the
Company shall otherwise comply with TIA (S) 312(a).

         Section 2.8   Registration, Registration of Transfer and Exchange.

         Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Securities of a
series at an office or agency of the Company designated pursuant to Section 4.2
for such purpose, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate
and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or
more new Securities of the same series of any authorized denominations, of a
like aggregate principal amount. The Company shall not charge a service charge
for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require
payment of a sum sufficient to pay all taxes, assessments or other governmental
charges that may be imposed in connection with the transfer or exchange of the
Securities from the Securityholder requesting such transfer or exchange (other
than any exchange of a temporary Security for a permanent Security not involving
any change in ownership or any exchange pursuant to Section 2.11, 3.6, 9.5 or
10.3, not involving any transfer).

         Notwithstanding any other provisions (other than the provisions set
forth in the sixth and seventh paragraphs) of this Section 2.8, a Security in
global form representing all or a portion of the Securities of a series may not
be transferred except as a whole by the Depositary for such series to a nominee
of such Depositary or by a nominee of such Depositary to such Depositary or
another nominee of such Depositary or by such Depositary or any such nominee to
a successor Depositary for such series or a nominee of such successor
Depositary.

         At the option of the Holder, Securities of any series may be exchanged
for other Securities of the same series of any authorized denomination or
denominations, of a like aggregate Principal Amount and tenor, upon surrender of
the Securities to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Securities
are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee
shall authenticate and deliver, the Securities which the Holder making the
exchange is entitled to receive.

                                       13

<PAGE>

         If at any time the Depositary for the Securities of a series notifies
the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for the
Securities of such series, the Company shall appoint a successor Depositary with
respect to the Securities of such series. If a successor Depositary for the
Securities of such series is not appointed by the Company within 90 days after
the Company receives such notice, the Company will execute, and the Trustee,
upon receipt of a Company Order for the authentication and delivery of permanent
Securities of such series, will authenticate and deliver Securities of such
series in permanent form in an aggregate Principal Amount equal to the Principal
Amount of the Security or Securities in global form representing such series in
exchange for such Security or Securities in global form.

         The Company may at any time and in its sole discretion determine that
the Securities of any series issued in the form of one or more Global Securities
shall no longer be represented by such Global Security or Securities. In such
event the Company will execute, and the Trustee, upon receipt of a Company Order
for the authentication and delivery of permanent Securities of such series, will
authenticate and deliver Securities of such series in permanent form and in an
aggregate Principal Amount equal to the Principal Amount of the Security or
Securities in global form representing such series in exchange for such Security
or Securities in global form.

         Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as otherwise specified in the
preceding two paragraphs or as contemplated by Section 2.3(a), any Global
Security shall be exchangeable only as provided in this paragraph. If the
beneficial owners of interests in a Global Security are entitled to exchange
such interests for permanent Securities of such series and of like Principal
Amount and tenor but of another authorized form and denomination, as specified
as contemplated by Section 2.3(a), then without unnecessary delay but in any
event not later than the earliest date on which such interests may be so
exchanged, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee permanent Securities in
aggregate Principal Amount equal to the Principal Amount of such Global
Security, executed by the Company. On or after the earliest date on which such
interests may be so exchanged, such Global Security shall be surrendered by the
Depositary with respect thereto to the Trustee, as the Company's agent for such
purpose, to be exchanged, in whole or from time to time in part, for permanent
Securities without charge and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in
exchange for each portion of such Global Security, an equal aggregate Principal
Amount of permanent Securities of the same series of authorized denominations
and of like tenor as the portion of such Global Security to be exchanged which
shall be in the form of Securities, or any combination thereof, as shall be
specified by the beneficial owner thereof; provided, however, that
notwithstanding the last paragraph of this Section 2.8, no such exchanges may
occur during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before any
selection of Securities of that series to be redeemed and ending on the relevant
Redemption Date. If a Registered Security is issued in exchange for any portion
of a Global Security after the close of business at the office or agency where
such exchange occurs on (i) any Regular Record Date and before the opening of
business at such office or agency on the relevant Interest Payment Date, or (ii)
any Special Record Date and before the opening of business at such office or
agency on the related proposed date for payment of Defaulted Interest (as
defined herein), interest or Defaulted Interest, as the case may be, will not be
payable on such Interest Payment Date or proposed date for payment, as the case
may be, in respect of such Security, but will be payable on such Interest
Payment Date or proposed date for payment, as the case may be, only to the
Person to whom interest in respect of such portion of such Global Security is
payable in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

         Upon the exchange of a Security in global form for Securities in
permanent form, such Security in global form shall be cancelled by the Trustee.
All cancelled Securities held by the Trustee shall be destroyed by the Trustee
and a certificate of their destruction delivered to the Company unless the
Company directs, by Company Order, that the Trustee shall cancel Securities and
deliver a certificate of destruction to the Company. Securities issued in
exchange for a Security in global form pursuant to this Section 2.8 shall be
registered in such names and in such authorized denominations as the Depositary
for such Security in global form, pursuant to instructions from its direct or
indirect participants or otherwise, shall instruct the Trustee in writing. The
Trustee shall deliver such Securities as instructed in writing by the
Depositary.

         All Securities issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of
Securities shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same
debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Securities
surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

                                       14

<PAGE>

         Every Security presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or
for exchange shall be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument
of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Registrar duly executed,
by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing.

         The Company shall not be required (i) to issue, register the transfer
of or exchange any Securities of any series during a period beginning at the
opening of 15 Business Days before any selection of Securities of that series to
be redeemed and ending at the close of business on the day of the mailing of the
relevant notice of redemption or (ii) to register the transfer of or exchange
any Security of a series so selected for redemption, in whole or in part, except
the unredeemed portion of any Security being redeemed in part.

         Section 2.9    Replacement Securities.

         If (a) any mutilated Security is surrendered to the Trustee or (b) the
Company and the Trustee receive evidence to their satisfaction of the
destruction, loss or theft of any Security, and there is delivered to the
Company and the Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by them to
save each of them harmless, then, in the absence of written notice to the
Company, any such paying agent or the Trustee that such Security has been
acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Company shall issue and execute and upon
its written request the Trustee or paying agent outside the United States shall
authenticate and deliver, in exchange for any such mutilated Security or in lieu
of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Security, a new Security of the same
series and of like tenor and Principal Amount, bearing a number not
contemporaneously outstanding.

         In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security has
become or is about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may,
instead of issuing a new Security, pay such Security.

         Upon the issuance of any new Securities under this Section, the Company
may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other
governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other
expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee or Paying Agent)
connected therewith.

         Every new Security of any series issued pursuant to this Section in
lieu of any mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall constitute an
original additional contractual obligation of the Company and any such new
Security shall be entitled to all benefits of this Indenture equally and
proportionately with any and all other Securities duly issued hereunder.

         The provisions of this Section 2.9 are exclusive and shall preclude (to
the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement
or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities.

         Section 2.10   Outstanding Securities.

         Securities of any series "Outstanding" at any time are, as of the date
of determination, all the Securities of such series theretofore authenticated by
the Trustee for such series except for those cancelled by it, those delivered to
it for cancellation and those described in this Section as not outstanding. A
Security does not cease to be "Outstanding" because the Company or an Affiliate
thereof holds the Security. Subject to the foregoing, only Securities
outstanding at the time of such determination shall be considered in any such
determination (including, without limitation, determinations pursuant to
Articles VI and IX). In addition, in determining whether the Holders of the
requisite Principal Amount of Outstanding Securities have given or concurred in
any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver
hereunder, (i) the Principal Amount of a Discount Security that shall be deemed
to be Outstanding shall be the amount of the Principal thereof that would be due
and payable as of the date of such determination upon acceleration of the
Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 6.2, (ii) the Principal Amount of a
Security denominated in a foreign currency or currencies shall be the Dollar
equivalent, as determined on the date of original issuance of such Security, of
the Principal Amount (or, in the case of a Discount Security, the Dollar
equivalent on the date of original issuance of such Security of the amount
determined as provided in (i) above) of such Security.

                                       15

<PAGE>

         If a Security has been replaced pursuant to Section 2.8 in exchange for
or in lieu of which another Security has been authenticated and delivered
pursuant to this Indenture, it ceases to be Outstanding unless the Trustee
receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Security is held by a bona
fide purchaser.

         If the Trustee (other than the Company, a Subsidiary of the Company or
an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, in accordance with this Indenture, on a
Redemption Date or on Stated Maturity, money sufficient to pay Securities
payable on that date, then on and after that date such Securities shall cease to
be Outstanding and interest, if any, on such Securities shall cease to accrue.

         Section 2.11   Temporary Securities.

         Pending the preparation of permanent Securities of any series, the
Company may execute, and upon Company Order the Trustee shall authenticate and
deliver, temporary Securities. Temporary Securities shall be substantially in
the form of permanent Securities but may have variations that the Company
considers appropriate for temporary Securities and as shall be reasonably
acceptable to the Trustee. The Company may prepare and the Trustee upon request
shall authenticate permanent Securities of the same series and date of maturity
in exchange for temporary Securities. Until so exchanged in full, temporary
Securities of any series shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits
under this Indenture as permanent Securities of the same series.

         Section 2.12   Cancellation.

         The Company at any time may deliver Securities to the Trustee for
cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any
Securities surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or
payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Securities surrendered for
registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and
shall dispose of the Securities in accordance with its customary procedures
(subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act). The Company
may not issue new Securities to replace Securities that it has paid or that have
been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

         Section 2.13   Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved.

         Unless otherwise provided as contemplated by Section 2.3(a) with
respect to any series of Securities, interest on any Security which is payable,
and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall
be paid to the person in whose name that Security (or one or more Predecessor
Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date
for such interest.

         Any interest on any Security of any series which is payable, but is not
punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date (herein
called "Defaulted Interest") shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder
on the relevant Regular Record Date by virtue of having been such Holder. The
Company shall pay such Defaulted Interest in any lawful manner plus, to the
extent lawful, interest payable upon the Defaulted Interest to the Persons who
are Holders of the series on a subsequent special record date, which date shall
be at the earliest practicable date but in all events at least five Business
Days prior to the payment date (herein called "Special Record Date"). The
Company shall fix or cause to be fixed each such Special Record Date and payment
date, and shall, promptly thereafter, notify the Trustee of any such date. At
least 15 days before the Special Record Date, the Company (or the Trustee, in
the name of and at the expense of the Company) shall mail to the Holders of the
series a notice that states the Special Record Date, the related payment date
and the amount of such interest to be paid. The Company may pay Defaulted
Interest in any other lawful manner.

         Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section and Section 2.8,
each Security delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or
in exchange for or in lieu of any other Security shall carry the rights to
interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other
Security.

                                       16

<PAGE>

         Section 2.14   Persons Deemed Owners.

         Prior to due presentment of a Security for registration of transfer,
the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat
the person in whose name such Security is registered as the owner of such
Security for the purpose of receiving payment of Principal of and (except as
otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 2.3(a) and subject to Section 2.8
and 2.13) interest on such Security and for all other purposes whatsoever,
whether or not such Security be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee
nor any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall be affected by notice to the
contrary.

         None of the Company, the Trustee, any Paying Agent or the Registrar
will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating
to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests of a Security
in global form or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating
to such beneficial ownership interests.

         Section 2.15   Computation of Interest.

         Except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 2.3(a) for
Securities of any series, (i) interest on any Securities which bear interest at
a fixed rate shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of
twelve 30-day months and (ii) interest on any Securities which bear interest at
a variable rate shall be computed on the basis of the actual number of days in
an interest period divided by 360.

         Section 2.16   CUSIP Numbers.

         The Company, in issuing the Securities, may use "CUSIP" numbers (if
then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use "CUSIP" numbers in
notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice
may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers
either as printed on the Securities of a series or as contained in any notice of
a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification
numbers printed on the Securities of such series, and any such redemption shall
not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company will
promptly notify the Trustee of any change in the "CUSIP" numbers.

                                   ARTICLE III

                                   REDEMPTION

         Section 3.1    Right to Redeem; Notice of Redemption to Trustee.

         Securities of any series which are redeemable before their Stated
Maturity shall be redeemable in accordance with their terms and (except as
otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 2.3(a) for Securities of any
series) in accordance with this Article III. If the Company elects to redeem
Securities of any series, it shall, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days
before the Redemption Date, notify the Trustee in writing of, the Redemption
Date and the Principal Amount of and of any other information necessary to
identify the Securities of such series to be redeemed and the Redemption Price.

         Section 3.2    Selection of Securities to Be Redeemed.

         Unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 2.3(a) with
respect to any series of Securities, if less than all the Securities of any
series with the same issue date, interest rate and Stated Maturity are to be
redeemed, the Trustee shall select the particular Securities to be redeemed by
such method as the Trustee considers fair and appropriate, which method may
provide for the selection for redemption of portions (equal to the minimum
authorized denomination for Securities of that series or any integral multiple
thereof) of the Principal Amount of Securities of such series of a denomination
larger than the minimum authorized denomination for

                                       17

<PAGE>

Securities of that series. The Trustee shall make the selection not more than 60
days before the Redemption Date from Outstanding Securities of such series not
previously called for redemption. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to
Securities called for redemption also apply to portions of Securities called for
redemption. The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly in writing of the
Securities to be redeemed and, in the case of any portions of Securities to be
redeemed, the Principal Amount thereof to be redeemed.

         Section 3.3   Notice of Redemption to Holders.

         Unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 2.3(a) with
respect to any series of Securities, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days
before a Redemption Date, the Company shall mail or cause to be mailed, by first
class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed.
The notice shall identify the Securities to be redeemed (including "CUSIP"
number(s), if any) and shall state: (i) the Redemption Date; (ii) the Redemption
Price; (iii) if fewer than all the Outstanding Securities of any series are to
be redeemed, the identification (and in the case of partial redemption, the
Principal Amounts) of the particular Securities to be redeemed; (iv) that the
particular Securities to be redeemed must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to
collect the Redemption Price; (v) that on the Redemption Date the Redemption
Price will become due and payable upon each such Security (or portion thereof)
to be redeemed and, if applicable, that interest thereon will cease to accrue on
and after said date; (vi) the paragraph of the particular Securities called for
redemption and/or the Section of this Indenture pursuant to which such
Securities are being redeemed; (vii) the place or places where such Securities
are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price; (viii) that the
redemption is for a sinking fund, if such is the case; and (ix) that no
representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the "CUSIP" number,
if any, listed in such notice or printed on the particular Securities called for
redemption.

         At the Company's request, the Trustee shall give the notice of
redemption in the Company's name and at its expense; provided, however, that, in
all cases, the text of such Company's notice shall be prepared by the Company.

         Section 3.4   Effect of Notice of Redemption.

         Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.3,
Securities of a series called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable
on the Redemption Date at the Redemption Price. A notice of redemption may not
be conditional. Upon surrender to the Paying Agent, such Securities shall be
paid at the Redemption Price plus accrued interest at the Redemption Date.

         Section 3.5   Deposit of Redemption Price.

         No later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Redemption Date,
the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the
Redemption Price of and accrued interest on all Securities to be redeemed on
that date. The Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Company any money
deposited with the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts
necessary to pay the Redemption Price of, and accrued interest on, all
Securities to be redeemed.

         If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph,
on and after the Redemption Date, interest shall cease to accrue on the
Securities or the portions of Securities called for redemption. If a Security is
redeemed on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related
interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the
Person in whose name such Security was registered at the close of business on
such record date. If any Security called for redemption shall not be so paid
upon surrender for redemption because of the failure of the Company to comply
with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid Principal,
from the Redemption Date until such Principal is paid, and to the extent lawful
on any interest not paid on such unpaid Principal, in each case at the rate
provided in the Securities.

                                       18

<PAGE>

         Section 3.6   Securities Redeemed in Part.

         Upon surrender of a Security that is redeemed in part, the Company
shall issue and execute and, upon the Company's written request, the Trustee
shall authenticate for the Holder of such Securities a new Security equal in
Principal Amount to the unredeemed portion of the Security surrendered.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                                    COVENANTS

         Section 4.1   Payment of Securities.

         The Company shall pay or cause to be paid the Principal of and interest
on the Securities on the dates and in the manner provided in the Securities.
Principal and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying
Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as of 11:00 a.m.
New York City time on the due date money deposited by the Company in immediately
available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all Principal and
interest then due. Unless otherwise provided as contemplated by Section 2.3(a)
with respect to any series of Securities, at the option of the Company interest
may be paid by check mailed to the address of the Holder as such address appears
on the securities register.

         Section 4.2   Maintenance of Office or Agency.

         The Company shall maintain in each Place of Payment for any series of
Securities an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an
affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Securities of a
series may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where
notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities of such
series and this Indenture may be served. The Company shall give prompt written
notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such
office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such
required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address
thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or
served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and the Company hereby
appoints the Trustee as its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders,
notices and demands.

         The Company also may from time to time designate one or more other
offices or agencies where the Securities may be presented or surrendered for any
or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations;
provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner
relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in each
Place of Payment for Securities of any series for such purposes. The Company
shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or
rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

         With respect to any Global Security, and except as otherwise may be
specified for such Global Security as contemplated by Section 2.3(a), the
Corporate Trust Office for the Trustee shall be the Place of Payment where such
Global Security may be presented or surrendered for payment or for registration
of transfer or exchange, or where successor Securities may be delivered in
exchange therefore, provided, however, that any such payment, presentation,
surrender or delivery effected pursuant to the procedures of the Depositary for
such Global Security shall be deemed to have been effected at the Place of
Payment for such Global Security in accordance with the provisions of this
Indenture.

         The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee
as one such office or agency of the Company in accordance with Section 12.2.

                                       19

<PAGE>

         Section 4.3   Reports.

         The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, promptly after it files the
annual and quarterly reports, information, documents and other reports with the
Commission, copies of such annual report and of the information, documents and
other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the
Commission may by rules and regulations prescribe) which the Company is required
to file with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.
The Company also shall comply with the other provisions of TIA Section 314(a).

         Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is
for informational purposes only and the Trustee's receipt shall not constitute
constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from
information contained therein, including the Company's compliance with any of
its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively
on Officers' Certificates).

         Section 4.4   Compliance Certificate.

         The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end
of each fiscal year ending after the date hereof, an Officers' Certificate
stating whether or not, to the best knowledge of the signers thereof, the
Company is in default in the performance and observance of any of the terms,
provisions and conditions of this Indenture (without regard to any period of
grace or requirement of notice provided hereunder) and, if the Company shall be
in default, specifying all such defaults and the nature and status thereof of
which they may have knowledge.

                                    ARTICLE V

                                   SUCCESSORS

         Section 5.1   Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets.

         The Company will not, in a single transaction or through a series of
transactions, consolidate with or merge with or into any other Person or sell,
assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all
of its properties and assets to any other Person or Persons, unless at the time
and immediately after giving effect thereto (i) either (a) the Company will be
the continuing corporation or (b) the Person (if other than the Company) formed
by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the Person that
acquires by sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or disposition all or
substantially all the properties and assets of the Company on a consolidated
basis (1) will be a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the
laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of
Columbia and (2) will expressly assume, by a supplemental indenture in form
reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, the Company's obligation for the due and
punctual payment of Principal of and interest on all the Securities and the
performance and observance of every covenant of this Indenture on the part of
the Company to be performed or observed and (ii) immediately before and
immediately after giving effect to such transaction or series of transactions on
a pro forma basis (and treating any obligation of the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary incurred in connection with or as a result of such transaction or
series of transactions as having been incurred at the time of such transaction),
no Default or Event of Default will have occurred and be continuing.

         Section 5.2   Successor Person Substituted.

         Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, conveyance,
transfer, lease or disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and
assets of the Company in accordance with Section 5.1, the successor Person
formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the
successor Person to which such sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or
disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise
every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture with the same effect
as if such

                                       20

<PAGE>

successor had been named as the Company herein. When a successor assumes all the
obligations of its predecessor under this Indenture or the Securities, the
predecessor shall be released from those obligations; provided that, in the case
of a transfer by lease, the predecessor shall not be released from the payment
of Principal and interest on the Securities.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                              DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

         Section 6.1   Events of Default.

         Unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 2.3(a) with
respect to any series of Securities, an "Event of Default" occurs, with respect
to each series of Securities individually, if:

         (1)  the Company defaults in (i) the payment of any interest upon any
         Security of such series when the same becomes due and payable and such
         default continues for a period of 30 days or (ii) the payment of the
         Principal of any Security of such series at its Maturity (upon
         acceleration, redemption, required purchase or otherwise);

         (2)  the Company defaults in the performance, or breach, of any
         covenant or warranty of the Company contained in this Indenture with
         respect to such series of Securities, which default or breach continues
         for a period of 60 days after the Company receives written notice
         specifying such default from the Trustee or Holders of Securities of at
         least 25% of the outstanding principal amount of such Securities of
         such series;

         (3)  the Company or any Material Subsidiary or group of Restricted
         Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Material
         Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law:

              (i)   commences a voluntary case,

              (ii)  consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in
              an involuntary case,

              (iii) consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all
              or substantially all of its property,

              (iv)  makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors,
              or

              (v)   admits in writing its inability to pay debts generally;

         (4)  a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under
              any Bankruptcy Law that:

              (i)   is for relief against the Company or any Material Subsidiary
              or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would
              constitute a Material Subsidiary in an involuntary case,

              (ii)  appoints a custodian of the Company or any Material
              Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken
              together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary or for all or
              substantially all of the property of the Company or any Material
              Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken
              together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary, or

              (iii) orders the liquidation of the Company or any Material
              Subsidiary, or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken
              together, would constitute a Material Subsidiary, and the order or
              decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; or

                                       21

<PAGE>

         (5)  any other Event of Default provided with respect to Securities of
         that series, which is specified in a supplemental indenture hereto or
         an Officers' Certificate, in accordance with Section 2.3(a).

         Section 6.2   Acceleration.

         If an Event of Default (other than as specified in Section 6.1(3) or
(4)) occurs and is continuing, then the Trustee by written notice to the Company
or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate Principal Amount of the
Outstanding Securities of that series by written notice to the Company and the
Trustee, may declare the Principal Amount (or, if any of the Securities of that
series are Discount Securities, such portion of the Principal Amount of such
Securities as may be specified in the terms thereof) of all the Securities of
that series to be immediately due and payable. Upon any such declaration, such
Principal (or portion thereof) shall be due and payable immediately. If an Event
of Default specified in Section 6.1(3) or (4) occurs and is continuing, then the
Principal (or portion thereof) of all the Securities of that series shall ipso
facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other
act on the part of the Trustee or any Securityholders.

         At any time after a declaration of acceleration, but before a judgment
or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Trustee, the
Holders of a majority in aggregate Principal Amount of the Outstanding
Securities of any series, by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may
rescind such declaration and its consequences if:

         (1)  the Company has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum
              sufficient to pay:

              (i)   all overdue interest, if any, on all Outstanding Securities
              of that series,

              (ii)  the Principal of any Outstanding Securities of that series
              that has become due otherwise than by such declaration of
              acceleration and interest thereon at the rate or rates prescribed
              therefore in such Securities,

              (iii) to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful,
              interest upon overdue interest and overdue Principal at the rate
              or rates prescribed therefore in such Securities, and

              (iv)  all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee under this
              Indenture and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements
              and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel; and

         (2)  all Events of Default, other than the non-payment of amounts of
Principal of or interest on the Securities of such series that has become due
solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived.

         No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any
right consequent thereon.

         Section 6.3   Other Remedies.

         If an Event of Default with respect to a series of Outstanding
Securities occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy
to collect the payment of Principal of and interest on the Securities of such
series or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Securities of such
series or this Indenture.

         The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any
of the Securities of a series or does not produce any of them in the proceeding.
A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Security of a series in
exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not
impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the
Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

                                       22

<PAGE>

         Section 6.4   Waiver of Past Defaults.

         The Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate Principal Amount
of the Outstanding Securities of any series may, on behalf of the Holders of all
the Securities of such series, waive any past Defaults, except a Default in the
payment of the Principal or interest on any Security of such series, or in
respect of a covenant or provision which under this Indenture cannot be modified
or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security of
such series affected. Upon such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and
any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for
every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any
subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

         Section 6.5   Control by Majority.

         Holders of a majority in aggregate Principal Amount of the Outstanding
Securities of any series may direct the time, method and place of conducting any
proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any
trust or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to the Securities of such
series. Securityholders may not enforce this Indenture or the Securities of any
series, however, except as provided in this Indenture. In addition, the Trustee
may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or
that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of other
Securityholders or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability.

         Section 6.6   Limitation on Suits.

         No individual Holder of any of the Securities of any series has any
right to institute any proceeding with respect to this Indenture or any remedy
hereunder, unless (1) the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate Principal Amount
of the Outstanding Securities of that series have made written request, and
offered reasonable indemnity, to the Trustee to institute such proceeding as
Trustee under the Securities of that series and this Indenture, (2) the Trustee
has failed to institute such proceeding within 60 days after receipt of such
notice and (3) the Trustee, within such 60-day period, has not received
directions inconsistent with such written request by the Holders of a majority
in aggregate Principal Amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series.

         A Securityholder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of
another Securityholder or to obtain a preference or priority over another
Securityholder.

         Section 6.7   Rights of Holders of Securities to Receive Payment.

         Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any
Holder of a Security of any series to receive payment of Principal of and
interest on the Security of that series, on or after the respective due dates
expressed in such Security (including in connection with an offer to purchase),
or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such
respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of each
such Holder.

         Section 6.8   Collection Suit by Trustee.

         If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(1) or (2) with respect
to Securities of any series occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized
to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against
the Company for the whole amount of Principal and interest remaining unpaid on
the Securities of that series and interest on overdue Principal and, to the
extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover
the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation,
expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

                                       23

<PAGE>

         Section 6.9   Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

         The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers
or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the
Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the
Holders of the Securities of any series allowed in any judicial proceedings
relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Securities of that
series), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to
collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or
deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding
is hereby authorized by each Securityholder to make such payments to the
Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such
payments directly to the Securityholders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due
to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of
the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under
Section 7.7. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other
amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.7 out of the estate in any such
proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured
by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends,
money, securities and other properties that the Securityholders may be entitled
to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of
reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be
deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on
behalf of any Securityholder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment
or composition affecting the Securities of any series or the rights of any
Securityholder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of
any Securityholder in any such proceeding.

         Section 6.10  Priorities.

         If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article VI, it shall
pay out the money in the following order:

                  First: to the Trustee, its agents and counsel for amounts due
         under Section 7.7, including payment of all compensation, expenses and
         liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the
         costs and expenses of collection;

                  Second: to Securityholders for amounts due and unpaid on the
         Securities for Principal and interest, ratably, without preference or
         priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on such
         Securities for Principal and interest, respectively; and

                  Third: to the Company or to such party as a court of competent
         jurisdiction shall direct.

         The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to
Securityholders pursuant to this Section.

         Section 6.11  Undertaking for Costs.

         In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this
Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by
it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party
litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the
court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable
attorneys' fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due
regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party
litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, to a suit
by a Securityholder pursuant to Section 6.7, to a suit by Holders of more than
10% in aggregate Principal Amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series or
to any suit instituted by any Holder of any Security for the enforcement of the
payment of the Principal of or interest on any Security on or after the Stated
Maturity or Maturities expressed in such Security (or, in the case of
redemption, on or after the Redemption Date).

                                       24

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE VII

                                     TRUSTEE

         Section 7.1   Duties of Trustee.

         (a)  If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee
shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and
use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would
exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person's own
affairs.

         (b)  Except during the continuance of an Event of Default with respect
to Securities of any series:

              (1) the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the
         express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only
         those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no
         others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this
         Indenture against the Trustee; and

              (2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may
         conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the
         correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or
         opinions furnished to the Trustee and reasonably conforming to the
         requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such
         certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically
         required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine the
         certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they reasonably
         conform to the requirements of this Indenture.

         (c)  The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own
negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful
misconduct, except that:

              (1) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of
         this Section 7.1;

              (2) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made
         in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the
         Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

              (3) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it
         takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction
         received by it pursuant to Section 6.5.

         (d)  Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of
this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to the
paragraphs of this Section.

         (e)  The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received
by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in
trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the
extent required by law.

         Section 7.2   Rights of Trustee.

         (a)  The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it
to be genuine and to have been signed or purportedly presented by the proper
Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the
document.

         (b)  Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an
Officers' Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be
liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on
such Officers' Certificate, Opinion of Counsel or Company Order. The Trustee may
consult with

                                       25

<PAGE>

counsel of its selection and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of
Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability
in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good
faith and in reliance thereon.

         (c)  The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not
be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due
care.

         (d)  The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits
to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or
powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

         (e)  Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any
demand, request, direction or notice from the Company shall be sufficient if
signed by an Officer of the Company.

         (f)  No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend
or risk its own funds or incur any liability. The Trustee shall be under no
obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture at the
request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders shall have
offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against
any loss, liability or expense that might be incurred by it in compliance with
such request or direction.

         (g)  The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the
facts or matters stated in any document, but the Trustee, in its judgment, may
make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may
see fit and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or
investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises
of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the
Company, and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by
reason of such inquiry or investigation.

         (h)  The Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or
perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or
attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or
negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it
hereunder.

         (i)  The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or
Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual
knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a
Default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office, and such
notice references the Securities and this Indenture.

         (j)  The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given
to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are
extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities
hereunder, and to each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act
hereunder.

         Section 7.3   Individual Rights of Trustee.

         The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the
owner or pledgee of Securities and may otherwise deal with the Company or any
Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not
Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting
interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the Commission
for permission to continue as trustee or resign. Any Agent may do the same with
like rights and duties. The Trustee also is subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11.

         Section 7.4   Trustee's Disclaimer.

         The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as
to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Securities, it shall not be
accountable for the Company's use of the proceeds from the Securities or any
money paid to the Company or upon the Company's direction under any provision of
this Indenture,

                                       26

<PAGE>

it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by
any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any
statement or recital herein or any statement in the Securities or any other
document in connection with the sale of the Securities or pursuant to this
Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.

         Section 7.5   Notice of Defaults.

         If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing with respect
to a series of Securities and if it is known to a Responsible Officer of the
Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to Holders of such Securities as it appears on
the Registrar a notice of the Default or Event of Default in the manner set
forth in TIA Section 315(b) within 10 days after the Trustee obtains knowledge
of occurrence thereof. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default
relating to the payment of Principal or interest on any Security of any series,
the Trustee may withhold the notice if it determines, in good faith, that
withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of such Securities.

         Section 7.6   Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Securities.

         Within 60 days after each ________ beginning with the ________
following the date of this Indenture, and for so long as Securities remain
outstanding, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder of the Securities a brief
report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA (S) 313(a) (but if
no event described in TIA (S) 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months
preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also
shall comply with TIA (S) 313(b)(2). The Trustee also shall transmit by mail all
reports as required by TIA (S) 313(c).

         A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders of
Securities shall be mailed to the Company and filed with the Commission and each
stock exchange on which the Securities are listed in accordance with TIA (S)
313(d). The Company shall notify the Trustee when the Securities of a particular
series are listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof.

         Section 7.7   Compensation and Indemnity.

         The Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time compensation for
its acceptance of this Indenture and services as the Company and the Trustee
shall from time to time agree in writing. The Trustee's compensation shall not
be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The
Company shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable
disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the
compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the compensation,
disbursements and expenses of the Trustee's agents and counsel.

         The Company shall indemnify the Trustee against any and all losses,
damages, claims, liabilities or expenses incurred by it including taxes (other
than taxes based upon, measured by or determined by the income of the Trustee)
in connection with the performance of its duties under this Indenture, including
the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Company
(including this Section 7.7) and defending itself against any claim (whether
asserted by the Company or any Holder or any other person) or liability in
connection with the acceptance, exercise or performance of any of its powers or
duties hereunder, except to the extent any such loss, damage, claim, liability
or expense is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to have been
caused by its own negligence or bad faith. The Trustee shall notify the Company
promptly of any claim which a Responsible Officer has actually received for
which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company
shall not relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder, except to the extent
that the Company is actually prejudiced thereby. The Company shall defend the
claim and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have
separate counsel and the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of
such counsel. The Company need not pay for any settlement made without its
consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

                                       27

<PAGE>

         The obligations of the Company under this Section 7.7 shall survive the
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

         To secure the Company's payment obligations in this Section, the
Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Securities on all money or property held
or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay Principal and
interest on particular Securities. Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and
discharge of this Indenture.

         When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of
Default specified in Section 6.1(3) or (4) occurs, the expenses and the
compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and
counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any
Bankruptcy Law.

         The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of TIA (S) 313(b)(2) to
the extent applicable.

         Section 7.8   Replacement of Trustee.

         A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor
Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee's acceptance of
appointment as provided in this Section 7.8.

         The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from
the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company. The Holders of Securities
of a majority in aggregate Principal Amount of the Outstanding Securities of any
series may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in
writing. The Company may remove the Trustee if: (a) the Trustee fails to comply
with Section 7.10; (b) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an
order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy
Law; (c) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its
property; or (d) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

         If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the
office of Trustee for any reason, with respect to Securities of one or more
series, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee with respect to
the Securities of that or those series (it being understood that any such
successor Trustee may be appointed with respect to the Securities of one or more
or all of such series and that at any time there shall be only one Trustee with
respect to the Securities of any series). Within one year after the successor
Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in aggregate Principal Amount of
the Outstanding Securities may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the
successor Trustee appointed by the Company.

         If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the
retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company, or
the Holders of Securities of at least 10% in Principal Amount of the Outstanding
Securities may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment
of a successor Trustee, at the expense of the Company.

         If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder of a Security who
has been a Holder of a Security of any such series for at least six months,
fails to comply with Section 7.10, such Holder of a Security may petition any
court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the
appointment of a successor Trustee.

         A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its
appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the
resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the
successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee
under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its
succession to Holders of the Securities. The retiring Trustee shall promptly
transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, provided
all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien
provided for in Section 7.7. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant
to this Section 7.8, the Company's obligations under Section 7.7 shall continue
for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

                                       28

<PAGE>

         Section 7.9    Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.

         If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all
or substantially all of its corporate trust business to another corporation, the
successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.

         Section 7.10   Eligibility; Disqualification.

         The Trustee shall at all times satisfy the requirements of TIA (S)
310(a)(1) and 310(a)(5). The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus
of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report
of condition. The Trustee shall comply with TIA (S) 310(b), including the
optional provision permitted by the second sentence of TIA (S) 310(b)(9). In
determining whether the Trustee has conflicting interests as defined in TIA (S)
310(b)(1), the provisions contained in the proviso to TIA Section 310(b)(1)
shall be deemed incorporated herein.

         Section 7.11   Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company.

         The Trustee is subject to TIA (S) 311(a), excluding any creditor
relationship listed in TIA (S) 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been
removed shall be subject to TIA (S) 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.

         Section 7.12   Trustee's Application for Instructions from the Company.

         Any application by the Trustee for written instructions from the
Company, may, at the option of the Trustee, set forth in writing any action
proposed to be taken or omitted by the Trustee under this Indenture and the date
on and/or after which such action shall be taken or such omission shall be
effective. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken by, or omission
of, the Trustee in accordance with a proposal included in such application on or
after the date specified in such application (which date shall not be less than
five Business Days after the date any officer of the Company actually receives
such application, unless any such officer shall have consented in writing to any
earlier date) unless prior to taking any such action (or the effective date in
the case of an omission), the Trustee shall have received written instructions
in response to such application specifying the action to be taken or omitted.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                           SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

         Section 8.1    Discharge of Liability on Securities.

         Except as otherwise contemplated by Section 2.3(a), this Indenture
shall, at the option of the Board of Directors evidenced by resolutions set
forth in an Officers' Certificate, cease to be of further effect as to all
Outstanding Securities or all Outstanding Securities of any series, as the case
may be, and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper
instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, when:

                                       29

<PAGE>

         (a)   either

               (1)      all Outstanding Securities or all Outstanding Securities
               of any series, as the case may be, theretofore authenticated and
               delivered and all coupons, if any, appertaining thereto (other
               than Securities or Securities of such series, as the case may be,
               which have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which have been
               replaced as provided in Section 2.9 and Securities or Securities
               of such series, as the case may be, for whose payment money has
               theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in
               trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or
               discharged from such trust, as provided in Section 8.2) have been
               delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

               (2)      all such Securities not theretofore delivered to the
               Trustee for cancellation:

                        (i)   have become due and payable,

                        (ii)  will become due and payable at their Stated
                        Maturity within one year, or

                        (iii) are to be called for redemption within one year
                        under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the
                        giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the
                        name, and at the expense, of the Company.

                        The Company, in the case of (i), (ii) or (iii) above,
                        has deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee
                        as trust funds in trust for the purpose, an amount
                        sufficient to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness
                        on such Securities not theretofore delivered to the
                        Trustee for cancellation, for Principal and any interest
                        to the date of such deposit (in the case of Securities
                        which have become due and payable) or to the Stated
                        Maturity or Redemption Date, as the case may be;

         (b)   the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable
         hereunder by the Company; and

         (c) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate
         and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent
         herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this
         Indenture have been satisfied.

         The Trustee shall join in the execution of a document prepared by the
Company acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture on demand of
the Company accompanied by an Officers' Certificate and Opinion of Counsel and
at the cost and expense of the Company.

         Section 8.2    Repayment to the Company.

         The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall return to the Company on its
request any money held by them for the payment of any amount with respect to the
Securities that remains unclaimed for two years. After return to the Company,
Holders entitled to the money must look to the Company for payment as general
creditors unless an applicable abandoned property law designates another person.

         Section 8.3    Option to Effect Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

         Unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 2.3(a) with
respect to Securities of a particular series, the Company may, at its option, by
Board Resolution, at any time, with respect to any series of Securities, elect
to have either Section 8.4 or Section 8.5 be applied to all of the outstanding
Securities of any series (the "Defeased Securities"), upon compliance with the
conditions set forth below in this Article VIII.

                                       30

<PAGE>

         Section 8.4    Defeasance and Discharge.

         Upon the Company's exercise under Section 8.3 of the option applicable
to this Section 8.4, the Company shall be deemed to have been discharged from
its obligations with respect to the Defeased Securities on the date the
conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter "defeasance"). For this
purpose, such defeasance means that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and
discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the Defeased Securities, which
shall thereafter be deemed to be "outstanding" only for the purposes of Sections
2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.9, 2.11, 2.12, 4.1, 4.2, 6.6, 6.7, 7.7, 7.8 and 8.2 of this
Indenture and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such series of
Securities and this Indenture insofar as such series of Securities are concerned
(and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company, and, upon written request,
shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same). Subject to compliance
with this Article VIII, the Company may exercise its option under this Section
8.4 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.5 with
respect to a series of Securities.

         Section 8.5    Covenant Defeasance.

         Upon the Company's exercise under Section 8.3 of the option applicable
under this Section 8.5, the Company shall be released from its obligations under
Sections 4.3 and 4.4 and Article V and such other provisions as may be provided
as contemplated by Section 2.3(a) with respect to Securities of a particular
series and with respect to the Defeased Securities on and after the date the
conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter "covenant defeasance"),
and the Defeased Securities shall thereafter be deemed to be not "outstanding"
for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of
Holders (and the consequences if any thereof) in connection with such covenants,
but shall continue to be deemed "outstanding" for all other purposes hereunder.
For this purpose, such covenant defeasance means that, with respect to the
Defeased Securities, the Company may omit to comply with and shall have no
liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such
Section or Article, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference
elsewhere herein to any such Section or Article or by reason of any reference in
any such Section or Article to any other provisions herein or in any other
document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event
of Default under Section 6.1 but, except as specified above, the remainder of
this Indenture and such Defeased Securities shall be unaffected thereby.

         Section 8.6    Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

         The following shall be the conditions to application of either Section
8.4 or 8.5 to a series of Outstanding Securities:

         (1) The Company shall have irrevocably deposited with the Trustee, in
         trust, (i) sufficient funds in the currency or currency unit in which
         the Securities of such series are denominated to pay the Principal of
         and interest to Stated Maturity (or redemption) on, the Securities of
         such series, or (ii) such amount of direct obligations of, or
         obligations the Principal of and interest on which are fully guaranteed
         by, the government which issued the currency in which the Securities of
         such series are denominated, and which are not subject to prepayment,
         redemption or call, as will, together with the predetermined and
         certain income to accrue thereon without consideration of any
         reinvestment thereof, be sufficient to pay when due the Principal of,
         and interest to Stated Maturity (or redemption) on, the Securities of
         such series.

         (2) The Company shall (i) have delivered an Opinion of Counsel that the
         Company has met all of the conditions precedent to such defeasance and
         that the Holders of the Securities of such series will not recognize
         income, gain or loss for United States Federal income tax purposes as a
         result of such defeasance, and will be subject to tax in the same
         manner as if no defeasance and discharge or covenant defeasance, as the
         case may be, had occurred or (ii) in the case of an election under
         Section 8.4, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion
         of Counsel to the effect that (A) the Company has received from, or
         there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or
         (B) since the

                                       31

<PAGE>

         date this Indenture was first executed, there has been a change in the
         applicable Federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that,
         and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel in the United States shall
         confirm that, the Holders of Outstanding Securities of that particular
         series will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax
         purposes as a result of such defeasance.

                                   ARTICLE IX

                             SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

         Section 9.1    Supplemental Indentures without Consent of Holders.

         Without the consent of any Holders of Securities, the Company and the
Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more
indentures supplemental hereto, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, for any of
the following purposes:

         (1) to evidence the succession of another corporation to the Company
         and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants of the
         Company herein, any applicable Guarantor or any other obligor upon the
         Securities of such series, the Securities of such series and any
         applicable Guarantee in accordance with Article V;

         (2) to add to the covenants of the Company or any other obligor upon
         the Securities of any series for the benefit of the Holders of all of
         the Securities or any series thereof, or to surrender any right or
         power herein conferred upon the Company, any other obligor upon the
         Securities of any series in this Indenture or the Securities of such
         series;

         (3) to cure any ambiguity, or to correct or supplement any provision in
         this Indenture or Securities of any series which may be defective or
         inconsistent with any other provision in this Indenture, the Securities
         or, if applicable, the Security Guarantees or make any other provisions
         with respect to matters or questions arising under this Indenture, the
         Securities of any series or, if applicable, the Security Guarantees;
         provided that, in each case, such provisions will not adversely affect
         the interest of the Holders of any such Securities in any material
         respect;

         (4) to comply with the requirements of the Commission in order to
         effect or maintain the qualification on this Indenture under the Trust
         Indenture Act;

         (5) to provide that any of the Company's obligations under any series
         of Securities or this Indenture shall be guaranteed and the terms and
         conditions for the release or substitution of such Security Guarantee;

         (6) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder
         by a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more
         series and to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture
         as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration
         of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, pursuant to the
         requirements of Section 7.8;

         (7) to mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant a security interest in
         favor of the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders of Securities of
         any series as additional security for the payment and performance of
         the Company's or, if applicable, the Guarantor's obligations herein in
         any property or assets;

         (8) to add to, change or eliminate any of the provisions of this
         Indenture (which addition, change or elimination may apply to one or
         more series of Securities), provided that, any such addition, change or
         elimination (A) shall neither (i) apply to any Security of any series
         created prior to the execution of such supplemental indenture and
         entitled to the benefit of such provision nor (ii) modify the rights of

                                       32

<PAGE>

         the Holder of any such Security with respect to such provision or (B)
         shall become effective only when there is no such Outstanding Security;

         (9)  to establish the form and terms of Securities of any series as
         permitted by Sections 2.1 and 2.3(a), respectively; or

         (10) to make any other change that does not adversely affect the
         rights of any Securityholder in any material respect.

         Section 9.2    Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders.

         With the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in
aggregate Principal Amount of the Outstanding Securities of each series affected
by such supplemental indenture, the Company and the Trustee may amend this
Indenture or the Securities of any series or may enter into an indenture or
indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to or
changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or
of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of the Securities of such
series under this Indenture; provided, however, that no such amendment or
supplemental indenture shall, without the consent of the Holder of each
Outstanding Security affected thereby:

         (1)  change the Stated Maturity of, the Principal of, or any
         installment of Principal or interest on, any such Security, or reduce
         the Principal Amount thereof or the rate of interest thereon or any
         premium payable upon redemption thereof or reduce the amount of
         Principal of any such Discount Security that would be due and payable
         upon a declaration of acceleration of maturity thereof pursuant to
         Section 6.2, or change the Place of Payment where, or change the coin
         or currency in which, any Principal of, or any installment of interest
         on, any such Security is payable, or impair the right to institute
         suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after the Stated
         Maturity thereof (or, in the case of redemption, on or after the
         Redemption Date);

         (2)  reduce the percentage in Principal Amount of the Outstanding
         Securities of any series, the consent of whose Holders is required for
         any such amendment or supplemental indenture, or the consent of whose
         Holders is required for any waiver (of compliance with certain
         provisions of this Indenture or certain defaults hereunder and their
         consequences) with respect to the Securities of such series provided
         for in this Indenture; or

         (3)  modify any of the provisions of this Section, Section 6.4 or 6.7,
         except to increase the percentage of Outstanding Securities of such
         series required for such actions to provide that certain other
         provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the
         consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security affected thereby.

         A supplemental indenture which changes or eliminates any covenant or
other provision of this Indenture which has expressly been included solely for
the benefit of one or more particular series of Securities, or which modifies
the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series with respect to such
covenant or other provision, shall be deemed not to affect the rights under this
Indenture of the Holders of Securities of any other series.

         It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this
Section 9.2 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or
supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the
substance thereof.

         After an amendment or supplemental indenture under this Section 9.2
becomes effective, the Company shall mail to each Holder of the particular
Securities affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment.

                                       33

<PAGE>

         Section 9.3    Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.

         Every supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article IX shall
comply with the TIA as then in effect.

         Section 9.4    Revocation and Effect of Consents, Waivers and Actions.

         Until an amendment or waiver with respect to a series of Securities
becomes effective, a consent to it or any other action by a Holder of a Security
of that series hereunder is a continuing consent by the Holder and every
subsequent Holder of that Security or portion of that Security that evidences
the same obligation as the consenting Holder's Security, even if notation of the
consent, waiver or action is not made on the Security. However, any such Holder
or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent, waiver or action as to such
Holder's Security or portion of the Security if the Trustee receives the written
notice of revocation before the date that the consent of the requisite aggregate
Principal Amount of the Securities of that series has been obtained. After an
amendment, waiver or action becomes effective, it shall bind every Holder of
Securities of that series.

         The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for
the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment or
waiver with respect to a series of Securities. If a record date is fixed, then
notwithstanding the first two sentences of the immediately preceding paragraph,
those persons who were Holders of Securities of that series at such record date
(or their duly designated proxies), and only those persons, shall be entitled to
revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such persons continue to be
Holders after such record date.

         Section 9.5    Notation On or Exchange of Securities.

         Securities of any series authenticated and delivered after the
execution of any supplemental indenture with respect to such series pursuant to
this Article IX may, and shall if required by the Trustee, bear a notation in
form approved by the Trustee as to any matter provided for in such supplemental
indenture. If the Company shall so determine, new Securities of such series so
modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Trustee and the Board of
Directors, to any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by
the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in exchange for
outstanding Securities of that series.

         Section 9.6    Trustee to Sign Supplemental Indentures.

         The Trustee shall sign any supplemental indenture authorized pursuant
to this Article IX if the amendment does not adversely affect the rights,
duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does, the Trustee may,
but need not, sign it. In signing such amendment, the Trustee shall be entitled
to receive, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officers'
Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that such amendment is authorized
or permitted by this Indenture.

         Section 9.7    Effect of Supplemental Indentures.

         Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture under this Article IX,
this Indenture shall be modified in accordance therewith, and such supplemental
indenture shall form a part of this Indenture for all purposes; and every Holder
of Securities theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder
shall be bound thereby, except to the extent otherwise set forth thereon.

                                       34

<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE X

                                  SINKING FUNDS

         Section 10.1   Applicability of Article.

         The provisions of this Article X shall be applicable to any sinking
fund for the retirement of Securities of a series, except as otherwise specified
as contemplated by Section 2.3(a) for Securities of such series.

         The minimum amount of any sinking fund payment provided for by the
terms of Securities of any series is herein referred to as a "Mandatory Sinking
Fund Payment," and any payment in excess of such minimum amount provided for by
the terms of Securities of any series is herein referred to as an "Optional
Sinking Fund Payment." If provided for by the terms of Securities of any series,
the cash amount of any sinking fund payment may be subject to reduction as
provided in Section 10.2. Each sinking fund payment shall be applied to the
redemption of Securities of any series as provided for by the terms of the
Securities of such series.

         Section 10.2   Satisfaction of Sinking Fund Payments with Securities.

         The Company (1) may deliver Outstanding Securities of a series with the
same issue date, interest rate and Stated Maturity (other than any previously
called for redemption) and (2) may apply as a credit Securities of a series with
the same issue date, interest rate and Stated Maturity which have been redeemed
either at the election of the Company pursuant to the terms of such Securities
or through the application of permitted optional sinking fund payments pursuant
to the terms of such Securities, in each case in satisfaction of all or any part
of any mandatory sinking fund payment with respect to the Securities of such
series with the same issue date, interest rate and Stated Maturity; provided,
that such Securities have not been previously so credited. Such Securities shall
be received and credited for such purpose by the Trustee at the Redemption Price
specified in such Securities for redemption through operation of the sinking
fund and the amount of such sinking fund payment shall be reduced accordingly.

         Section 10.3   Redemption of Securities for Sinking Fund.

         Not less than 60 days (or such shorter period as shall be acceptable to
the Trustee) prior to each sinking fund payment date for any series of
Securities, the Company will deliver to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate
specifying the amount of the next ensuing sinking fund payment for that series
pursuant to the terms of that series, the portion thereof, if any, which is to
be satisfied by payment of cash and the portion thereof, if any, which is to be
satisfied by delivering and crediting Securities of that series pursuant to
Section 10.2 and will also deliver to the Trustee any Securities to be so
delivered. Not less than 30 days before each such sinking fund payment date the
Trustee shall select the Securities to be redeemed upon such sinking fund
payment date in the manner specified in Section 3.2 and cause notice of the
redemption thereof to be given in the name of and at the expense of the Company
in the manner provided in Section 3.3. Such notice having been duly given, the
redemption of such Securities shall be made upon the terms and in the manner
stated in Sections 3.4 and 3.6.

                                   ARTICLE XI

                                   GUARANTEES

         Section 11.1   Applicability of Article.

         The provisions of this Article XI will be applicable to any series of
Securities which is to be guaranteed by one or more Guarantors.

                                       35

<PAGE>

         Section 11.2   Guarantee.

         Subject to this Article XI, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and
severally, unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of Securities of a series
as to which it is a Guarantor authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to
the Trustee and its successors and assigns on behalf of each such Holder,
irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the
Securities or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that: (a)
the Principal of and interest on the Securities of such series will be promptly
paid by the Company in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration,
redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue Principal of and interest
on the Securities of such series, if any, if lawful will be promptly paid by the
Company in full, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (b) in
case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Securities of such
series, that same will be promptly paid by the Company in full when due by the
Company in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at
stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due by the
Company of any amount so guaranteed which failure continues for three days after
demand therefor is made to the Company for whatever reason, the Guarantors shall
be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor
agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

         The Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, agree that their
obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity,
regularity or enforceability of the Securities of the series or this Indenture,
the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any
Holder of the Securities of such series with respect to any provisions hereof or
thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce
the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or
equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor. Each Guarantor hereby waives
diligence, presentment, demand of payment (except as specifically provided in
the preceding paragraph), filing of claims with a court in the event of
insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first
against the Company, protest, notice and all demands (except as specifically
provided in the preceding paragraph) whatsoever and covenant that this Security
Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the payment
obligations contained in the Securities of the series and this Indenture.

         If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to
return to the Company, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or
other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or the
Guarantors, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such Holder, this
Security Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in
full force and effect.

         Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of
subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed
hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each
Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and
the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the
obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article VI
hereof for the purposes of this Security Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay,
injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the
obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of
acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article VI hereof, such
obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and
payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Security Guarantee, failing
payment when due by the Company, which failure continues for three days after
demand therefor is made to the Company. The Guarantors shall have the right to
seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such
right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Guarantee.

         Section 11.3   Limitation on Guarantor Liability.

         Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Securities of a series as to
which such Guarantor is a Guarantor, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the
intention of all such parties that the Security Guarantee of such Guarantor not
constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law,
the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or
any similar Federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Security
Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and
the

                                       36

<PAGE>

Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor under
its Security Guarantee and this Article XI shall be limited to the maximum
amount as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other
contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such
laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive
contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in
respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article XI, result
in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Security Guarantee not
constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

         Section 11.4      Release of Guarantors.

         The Security Guarantee of a Guarantor with respect to any series of
Securities will be released under the circumstances specified for such series of
Securities pursuant to Section 2.3(a).

                                   ARTICLE XII

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         Section 12.1      Trust Indenture Act Controls.

         If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with
the duties imposed by TIA, the required provision shall control.

         Section 12.2      Notices.

         Any notice or communication by the Company, any Guarantor or the
Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in person or
mailed by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested),
or sent by telecopier or overnight courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to
the other's address.

         If to the Company and/or any Guarantor:

                  Triad Hospitals, Inc.
                  13455 Noel Road, 20th Floor
                  Dallas, Texas  75240
                  Telecopier No.:  (972) 701-2282
                  Attention:  Treasurer

         With a copy to:

                  Dewey Ballantine LLP
                  1301 Avenue of the Americas
                  New York, New York  10019
                  Telecopier No.:  (212) 259-6333
                  Attention:  Morton A. Pierce, Esq.

         If to the Trustee:

                  [_____________________]
                  [_____________________]
                  [_____________________]
                  Telecopier No.:  [____________]
                  Attention:  [____________]

                                       37

<PAGE>

         The Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others may
designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or
communications.

         All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders of
Securities) shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by
hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the
mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and
the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight
air courier guaranteeing next day delivery.

         Any notice or communication to a Holder of Securities shall be mailed
by first class mail, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery
to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or
communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in TIA (S) 313(c),
to the extent required by the TIA. Failure to mail a notice or communication to
a Holder of Securities or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with
respect to other Holders of Securities.

         If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above
within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee
receives it.

         If the Company or any Guarantor mails a notice or communication to
Holders of Securities, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the
same time.

         Section 12.3   Communication by Holders of Securities with Other
                        Holders of Securities.

         Holders of Securities may communicate pursuant to TIA (S) 312(b) with
other Holders of Securities with respect to their rights under this Indenture or
the Securities. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall
have the protection of TIA (S) 312(c).

         Section 12.4   Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.

         Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take
any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:

                  (1)   an Officers' Certificate in form and substance
         reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the
         statements set forth in Section 12.5) stating that, in the opinion of
         the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided
         for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been
         satisfied; and

                  (2)   an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably
         satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set
         forth in Section 12.5) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel,
         all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied.

         Section 12.5   Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.

         Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition
or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided
pursuant to TIA (S) 314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of TIA (S)
314(e) and shall include:

                  (1)   a statement that the Person making such certificate or
         opinion has read such covenant or condition;

                  (2)   a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the
         examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions
         contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

                                       38

<PAGE>

                  (3)   a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or
         she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to
         enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not
         such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and

                  (4)   a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such
         Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied.

         Section 12.6   Rules by Trustee and Agents.

         The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of
Holders.

         The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set
reasonable requirements for its functions.

         Section 12.7   No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees
                        and Stockholders.

         No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the
Company or any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations
of the Company or such Guarantor under the Securities, this Indenture, the
Security Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of,
such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Securities, by accepting a
Security, waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are
part of the consideration for issuance of the Securities.

         Section 12.8   Governing Law.

         THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO
CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE AND THE SECURITIES.

         Section 12.9   No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.

         This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan
or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any
such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this
Indenture.

         Section 12.10  Successors.

         All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Securities
shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall
bind its successors.

         Section 12.11  Severability.

         In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Securities shall be
invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of
the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

         Section 12.12  Counterpart Originals; Acceptance by Trustee.

         The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each
signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same
agreement. The Trustee hereby accepts the trusts in this Indenture declared or
provided, upon the terms and conditions hereinabove set forth.

                                       39

<PAGE>

         Section 12.13  Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

         The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the
Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of
reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in
no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

         Section 12.14  Legal Holidays.

         A "Legal Holiday" is any day other than a Business Day. If any
specified date (including an Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date or Stated
Maturity of any Security, or a date for giving notice) is a Legal Holiday at any
Place of Payment or place for giving notice, then (notwithstanding any other
provision of this Indenture or of the Securities or coupons other than a
provision in the Securities of any series which specifically states that such
provision shall apply in lieu of this Section) payment of Principal or interest
need not be made at such Place of Payment, or such other action need not be
taken, on such date, but the action shall be taken on the next succeeding day
that is not a Legal Holiday at such Place of Payment with the same force and
effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date or Redemption Date, or at the
Stated Maturity or such other date and to the extent applicable no original
issue discount or interest, if any, shall accrue for the intervening period.

                         [Signatures on following page]

                                       40

<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES

Dated as of [____________]

                                          TRIAD HOSPITALS, INC.

                                          By:__________________________________
                                             Name:
                                             Title:

                                          [_________________], as Trustee

                                          By:__________________________________
                                             Name:
                                             Title:

                                       41

<PAGE>

                               (FACE OF SECURITY)

[INSERT, IF APPLICABLE--THIS SECURITY IS A GLOBAL SECURITY WITHIN THE MEANING OF
THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A
DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE THEREOF. THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED, WHETHER
IN WHOLE OR IN PART, TO, OR REGISTERED OR EXCHANGED FOR SECURITIES REGISTERED IN
THE NAME OF, ANY PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE THEREOF AND NO
SUCH TRANSFER MAY BE REGISTERED, EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED
IN THE INDENTURE. EVERY SECURITY AUTHENTICATED AND DELIVERED UPON REGISTRATION
OF TRANSFER OF, OR IN EXCHANGE FOR OR IN LIEU OF, THIS SECURITY SHALL BE A
GLOBAL SECURITY SUBJECT TO THE FOREGOING, EXCEPT IN SUCH LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES.]

[INSERT ANY LEGEND REQUIRED BY THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE AND THE REGULATIONS
THEREUNDER.]

                                                                    CUSIP:

                              [TITLE OF SECURITIES]

No.:_______________                                                $____________

                              TRIAD HOSPITALS, INC.

promises to pay to _______________________________________________or registered
assigns, the principal sum of______________________________________________
Dollars on [       ].

Interest Payment Dates:  [      ] and [     ], commencing [      ].

Record Dates: [     ] and [      ].

Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Security set forth on
the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the
same effect as if set forth at this place.

                                      A-1

<PAGE>

                               (BACK OF SECURITY)

                               [TITLE OF SECURITY]

         Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them
in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

         1. Interest. TRIAD HOSPITALS, INC., a corporation duly organized and
existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein called the "Company,"
which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture hereinafter
referred to), for value received, hereby promises to pay to
_____________________, or registered assigns, the principal sum of _________
[Dollars] [if other than Dollars, substitute other currency units] on ________,
_____ [if the Security is to bear interest prior to Maturity, insert -- , and to
pay interest thereon from _______________ or from the most recent Interest
Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for],
[semiannually] [if other than semi-annual interest at a fixed rate, insert
frequency of payment and payment dates] on _______ and _______ in each year,
commencing ___________, and at the Maturity thereof, at [if the Security is to
bear interest at a fixed rate, insert -- the rate of __% per annum], [if the
Security is to bear interest at a rate determined with reference to one or more
formula, refer to description index below] until the principal hereof is paid or
made available for payment] [if applicable, insert -- , and (to the extent that
the payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable) at [if the Security
is to bear interest at a fixed rate, insert -- the rate of % per annum on any
overdue principal and premium and on any overdue installment of interest from
the dates such amounts are due until they are paid or made available for
payment]. Interest shall be computed on the basis of [a 360-day year of 12
30-day months] [if another basis of calculating interest is to be different,
insert a description of such method.]

         [If the Security is not to bear interest prior to Maturity, insert --
The principal of this Security shall not bear interest except in the case of a
default in payment of principal upon acceleration, upon redemption or at Stated
Maturity and in such case the overdue principal of this Security shall bear
interest at the rate of ______% per annum (to the extent that the payment of
such interest shall be legally enforceable), which shall accrue from the date of
such default in payment to the date payment of such principal has been paid or
made available for payment.]

         2. Method of Payment. The Company will punctually pay or duly provide
for interest, on any Interest Payment Date, as provided in such Indenture, to
the Person in whose name this Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities)
is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such
interest, which shall be the _________ or __________ (whether or not a Business
Day), as the case may be, next preceding such Interest Payment Date. Any such
interest not punctually paid or duly provided for will forthwith cease to be
payable to the Holder on such Regular Record Date and may either be paid to the
Person in whose name this Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is
registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of
such Defaulted Interest to be fixed by the Company, notice whereof shall be
given to Holders of Securities of this series not less than 15 days prior to
such Special Record Date, or be paid at any time in any other lawful manner.

         Payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and [if applicable,
insert-- any such] interest on this Security will be made at the office or
agency of the Company maintained for that purpose in ___________ in such coin or
currency of [the United States of America] [insert other currency or currency
unit, if applicable] as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of
public and private debts against surrender of this Security in the case of any
payment due at the Maturity of the principal thereof (other than any payment of
interest that first becomes payable on a day other than an Interest Payment
Date), [if applicable, insert --; provided, however,

                                      A-2

<PAGE>

that at the option of the Company payment of interest may be made by check
mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall
appear in the list provided by the Company to the Registrar and provided,
further, that if this Security is a Global Security, payment may be made
pursuant to the applicable procedures of the Depositary as permitted in said
Indenture].

         3.  Paying Agent and Registrar. Initially, the Trustee under the
Indenture will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any
Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any of
its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

         4.  Indenture. This Security is one of a duly authorized issue of
Securities of the Company issued and to be issued in one or more series under an
Indenture, dated as of ________, _____ (herein called the "Indenture"), between
the Company and _______________, as Trustee (herein called the "Trustee" which
term includes any successor trustee under the Indenture), to which Indenture and
all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of
the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder
of the Company, the Trustee and the Holders of the Securities and of the terms
upon which the Securities are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered. This
Security is one of the series designated on the face hereof, [limited in
aggregate principal amount to $_______, except as otherwise provided in the
Indenture]. The terms of the Securities include those stated in the Indenture
and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of
1939, as amended (15 U.S. Code (S)(S) 77aaa-77bbbb) (the "TIA"). The Securities
are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the
TIA for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Security
conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the
Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

         5.  Redemption. [If applicable, insert -- The Securities of this series
are subject to redemption upon not less than 30 days notice by mail, [if
applicable, insert -- (1) on _________ in any year commencing with the year
_____ and ending with the year _____ through operation of the sinking fund for
this series at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of the principal amount, and
(2)] at any time [if applicable, insert -- on or after ________, _____], as a
whole or in part, at the election of the Company, at the following Redemption
Prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount): if redeemed [if
applicable insert -- on or before ________, ___%, and if redeemed] during the
12-month period beginning of the ________ years indicated,

          Year         Redemption Price         Year         Redemption Price

and thereafter at a Redemption Price equal to ______% of the principal amount,
together in the case of any such redemption [if applicable, insert -- (whether
through operation of the sinking fund or otherwise)] with accrued interest to
the Redemption Date, but interest installments whose Stated Maturity is on or
prior to such Redemption Date will be payable to the Holders of such Securities,
or one or more Predecessor Securities, of record at the close of business on the
relevant Record Dates referred to on the face hereof, all as provided in the
Indenture.]

         [If applicable, insert -- The Securities of this series are subject to
redemption upon not less than 30 days notice by mail, (1) on ________ in any
year commencing with the year _____ and ending with the year _____ through
operation of the sinking fund for this series at the Redemption Prices for
redemption through operation of the sinking fund (expressed as percentages of
the principal amount) set forth in the table below, and (2) at any time [if
applicable, insert -- on or after ____________], as a whole or in part, at the
election of the Company, at the Redemption Prices for redemption otherwise than
through operation of the sinking fund (expressed as percentages of the principal
amount) set forth in the table below: If redeemed during the 12-month period
beginning ___________ of the years indicated,

                                      A-3

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
                Redemption Price for Redemption         Redemption Price for Redemption Otherwise
      <S>                                               <C>
      Year    Through Operation of the Sinking Fund     Than Through Operation of the Sinking Fund
</TABLE>

and thereafter at a Redemption Price equal to ___% of the principal amount,
together in the case of any such redemption (whether through operation of the
sinking fund or otherwise) with accrued interest to the Redemption Date, but
interest installments whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to such Redemption
Date will be payable to the Holders of such securities, or one or more
Predecessor Securities, of record at the close of business on the relevant
Record Date referred to on the face hereof, all as provided in the Indenture.]

         [If applicable, insert -- The sinking fund for this series provides for
the redemption on ________ in each year beginning with the year ____ and ending
with the year _____ of [if applicable, insert -- not less than $_____________
("mandatory sinking fund") and not more than] $___________ aggregate principal
amount of Securities of this series. Securities of this series acquired or
redeemed by the Company otherwise than through [mandatory] sinking fund payments
may be credited against subsequent [if applicable, insert -- mandatory] sinking
fund payments otherwise required to be made [if applicable, insert -- in the
inverse order in which they become due].]

         [If applicable, insert -- The Securities are subject to redemption, as
a whole at any time or in part from time to time, at the sole election of the
Company, upon not less than 30 or more than 60 days notice by mail to the
Trustee at a Redemption Price equal to $____.]

         [If applicable, insert -- The holder of this Security shall have the
right to require the Company to pay this Security in full on ____________, __ by
giving the Company or the Registrar written notice of the exercise of such right
not less than 30 or more than 60 days prior to such date.]

         [If the Security is subject to redemption, insert -- In the event of
redemption of this Security in part only, a new Security or Securities of this
series and of like tenor for the unredeemed portion hereof will be issued in the
name of the Holder hereof upon the cancellation hereof.]

         [If applicable, insert -- This Security is not subject to redemption
prior to maturity.]

         6. Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. [If applicable, insert -- The
Securities of this series are issuable only in registered form without coupons
in denominations of $___________ and any integral multiple thereof.] As provided
in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth,
Securities of this series are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount
of Securities of this series and of like tenor of a different authorized
denomination, as requested by the Holder surrendering the same. A Holder may
register the transfer or exchange of the Security as provided in the Indenture
and subject to certain limitations therein set forth. The Registrar may require
a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer
documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the
Indenture.

         [If applicable, insert -- The Securities of this series will be
represented by one or more global securities (collectively, the "Global
Security") registered in the name of ____________, (the "Depositary"), or a
nominee of the Depositary. So long as the Depositary, or its nominee, is the
registered holder and owner of this Global Note, the Depositary or such nominee,
as the case may be, will be considered the sole owner and holder of the Notes
for all purposes under the Indenture. The Global Security may be transferred, in
whole and not in part, only to the Depositary or another nominee of the
Depositary. The Depositary will credit, on its book-entry registration and
transfer system, the respective principal amounts of the Notes represented by
such Global Security to

                                      A-4

<PAGE>

the accounts of institutions that have accounts with the Depositary or its
nominee ("participants"). Ownership of beneficial interests in a Global Security
will be shown on, and the transfer of those ownership interests will be effected
through, records maintained by the Depositary (with respect to participants'
interests) and such participants (with respect to the owners of beneficial
interests in such Global Security).]

         [If applicable, insert -- The Securities represented by this Global
Security are exchangeable for Securities in permanent form of like tenor as such
Global Security in denominations of $1,000 and in any greater amount that is an
integral multiple thereof if (i) the Depositary notifies the Company that it is
unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for this Global Security or if at
any time the Depositary ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (ii) the Company in its discretion
at any time determines not to have all of the Securities of this series
represented by the Global Security and notifies the Trustee thereof, or (iii) an
Event of Default has occurred and is continuing with respect to the Securities.
Any Security that is exchangeable pursuant to the preceding sentence is
exchangeable only for Securities of this series.]

         No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer
or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover
any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

         8.  Persons Deemed Owners. The registered Holder of a Security may be
treated as its owner for all purposes.

         9.  Amendment, Supplement and Waiver. Subject to certain exceptions set
forth in the Indenture, (i) the Indenture and the Securities may be amended or
supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in Principal
Amount of the Outstanding Securities of each series affected by such amendment
or supplement and (ii) any existing default or compliance with any provision may
be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in Principal Amount of
the Outstanding Securities of each series affected by such waiver. Without the
consent of any Holder of Securities of each series affected by such amendment or
supplement, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture or
the Securities of such series to, among other things, evidence the succession of
another Person to the Company or any other obligor on the Securities of such
series, to add to the covenants of the Company or any other obligor upon the
Securities of such series for the benefit of the Holders of such Securities or
to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company or any other obligor
upon the Securities of such series, as applicable, in the Indenture or in such
Securities, to cure any ambiguity, or to correct or supplement any provision in
the Indenture or the Securities of such series or make any other provisions with
respect to matters or questions arising under the Indenture or such Securities,
provided that, in each case, such provisions shall not adversely affect the
interest of the Holders of the Securities in any material respect, or to add to,
change or eliminate any of the provisions of the Indenture (which addition,
change or elimination may apply to one or more series of Securities), provided
that, any such addition, change or elimination (A) shall neither (i) apply to
any Security of any series created prior to the execution of such supplemental
indenture and entitled to the benefit of such provision nor (ii) modify the
rights of the Holder of any such Security with respect to such provision or (B)
shall become effective only when there is no such Outstanding Security.

         10. Defaults and Remedies. If an Event of Default shall have occurred
and be continuing under the Indenture, the Principal of and interest on all of
the Outstanding Securities my be declared, and upon such declaration shall
become, immediately due and payable in the manner, with the effect and subject
to the conditions provided for in the Indenture.

         11. Trustee Dealings with the Company. The Trustee, in its individual
or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform
services for the Company or its Affiliates, and may otherwise

                                      A-5

<PAGE>

deal with the Company or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee; however,
if it acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within
90 days, apply to the Commission for permission to continue or resign.

         12. No Recourse Against Others. A director, officer, employee,
incorporator or stockholder, of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, shall not
have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any Guarantor under the
Securities, the Indenture, the Security Guarantees, or for any claim based on,
in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder
by accepting a Security waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and
release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Securities.

         13. [If applicable, insert -- Guarantees. The payment by the Company of
the Principal of and interest on the Security is fully and unconditionally
guaranteed on a joint and several basis by each of the Guarantors on the terms
set forth in the Indenture.]

         14. Authentication. This Security shall not be valid or obligatory
until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating
agent.

         15. Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a
Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (=
tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (=joint tenants with right of survivorship
and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts
to Minors Act).

         16. CUSIP Numbers. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the
Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused
CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Securities and the Trustee may use CUSIP
numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation
is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Securities
or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on
the other identification numbers placed thereon.

         17. Governing Law. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL
GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SECURITY.

                                      A-6

<PAGE>

         The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without
charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to: Triad Hospitals, Inc.,
13455 Noel Road, 20th Floor, Dallas, Texas 75240, Telecopier No.: (972)
701-2282, Attention: Treasurer.

                                           Dated: ____________________________

                                           TRIAD HOSPITALS, INC.

                                           By: _______________________________
                                               Name:
                                               Title:

This is one of the
Securities of the series designated in
the within-mentioned Indenture:

[____________], as Trustee

By: __________________________
    Authorized Signatory

                                      A-7

<PAGE>

                                 ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Security, fill in the form below: (I) or (we) assign and transfer
                                this Security to
______________________________________________________________________________

                  (Insert assignee's soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

              (Print or type assignee's name, address and zip code)

and irrevocably appoint_______________________________________________________
to transfer this Security on the books of the Company.  The agent may substitute
another to act for him.
______________________________________________________________________________

Date:__________________

                                    Your Signature: ____________________________

                                    (Sign exactly as your name appears on the
                                    Security)

SIGNATURE GUARANTEE

_____________________________________
Participant in a Recognized Signature
Guarantee Medallion Program

                                      A-8

<PAGE>

[IF GLOBAL SECURITY, INSERT -- SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL
SECURITY

         The following exchanges of a part of this Global Security for an
interest in another Global Security or for a permanent Security, or exchanges of
a part of another Global Security or permanent Security for an interest in this
Global Security, have been made:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            Amount of             Amount of            Principal Amount          Signature of
                           decrease in           increase in                of this               authorized
                            Principal             Principal             Global Security          signatory of
                            Amount of             Amount of             following such            Trustee or
   Date of Exchange   this Global Security   this Global Security     decrease (or increase)      Custodian]
   ----------------   --------------------   --------------------     ----------------------      ----------
<S>                   <C>                    <C>                      <C>                        <C>
</TABLE>

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00043-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00043-of-00352.parquet"}]]